Google
This is a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on Hbrary shelves before it was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world's books discoverable online.
It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that's often difficult to discover.
Marks, notations and other maiginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book's long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.
Usage guidelines
Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work is expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we liave taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.
We also ask that you:
+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.
+ Refrain fivm automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google's system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.
+ Maintain attributionTht GoogXt "watermark" you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.
+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users in other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can't offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book's appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liabili^ can be quite severe.
About Google Book Search
Google's mission is to organize the world's information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world's books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web
at|http : //books . google . com/|
1
LJ]
}
r
f
a
!
7-i
University of Iowa
1896^97
CATALOGUE
OP THE
State U^vcrsity of Jowa
IOWA OTY. IOWA
1896 X 97
AND
ANNOUNCEMENT FOR 1897/96
PUBUSHBD BY THE UNIYERSITY
»97
t
A
Calendar for 1897^8.
1897.
Jwne 4y Friday . — ^Anniversary of Literary Societies, 8 p. m.
Examinations, Collegiate Department, end 12 m.
June 6, Sunday. — Baccalaureate Address, 4 p. m.
June 7, Monday, — Class Day Exercises.
Battalion Drill and Dress Parade, 4 P. M.
June 8t Tuesday. — Alumni Day.
Alumni Meeting, 2 p. m.
Alumni Dinner, 6 p. m.
June 9, Wednesday. — Graduating Exercises, Law Department, 10 ▲. M.
June iOy Thursday. — Graduating Exercises, Collegiate Department, 10
A. M.
September 14, Tuesday. — Examinations for Admission.
September 75, Wednesday. — Fall Term begins, all Departments.
November 2$, Thursday. — ^Thanksgiving Holiday.
December 23 j Thursday. — Fall Term ends.
1898.
January 5, Wednesday. — Winter Term begins.
March 24^ Thursday. — Winter Term ends.
March 28 ^ Monday. — Graduating Exercises, Dental Department.
March 2g, Tuesday. — Spring Term begins.
March ^, Tuesday. — Graduating Exercises, Homoeopathic Medical
Department.
March jo, Wednesday. — Graduating Exercises, Medical and Pharmacy
Departments.
June J, Friday. — Anniversary of Literary Societies, 8 p. m.
Examinations, Collegiate Department, end 12 ic.
June 5, Sunday. — Baccalaureate Address, 4 p. m.
June 6, Monday. — Class Day Exercises.
Battalion Drill and Dress Parade, 4 p. m.
June 7, Tuesday. — Alumni Day.
Alumni Meeting, 2 p. m.
Alimmi Dinner, 6 p. m.
June 8t Wednesday. — Graduating Exercises, Law Department, 10 A. m.
June 9, Thursday. — Graduating Exercises, Collegiate Department, 10
A. M.
3
43469
Board of Regents.
His ExceUem\\ FRANCIS M. DRAKE, Governor
of the Staff ^
Member and President of the Board, ex-Officio.
C. A. STANTON, Ceniennile.
SHIRLEY CULLIIJvAND, Glenivood.
W. R. MONINGER. Calvin,
Tkrms Kxpirk 1898.
I
ALBERT W. SWALM, Oskaloosa.
J. D. McCLHARY, Indianola,
J. W. GARNER, Columbus Junction,
K. W. MAHIN, Clinton.
ALONZO ABERNETHY, Osage.
PARKER K. HOLBROOK. Onawa.
HARVEY INGHAM, Algona.
CHARLES E. PICKETT, Waterloo. j
HENRY vSABIN. )
Superintendent of Public Instruction. J
Tkrms Expire 1900.
Tkrms Expire 1902.
Member kx-Okficio.
OFFICERS OF THIE^ BOARD.
LOVELL SWISHER, Iowa City, Treasurer.
WILLIAM J. HADDOCK, loTva City\ Secretary,
ALBERT W. SWALM, |
C. A. STANTON, BvxEcuTivE Committee.
F. W. MAHIN,
Members of the Facultiesi
And Other Officers.
CHART.KS ASHMKAD SCHAEKFER, A. M., PH. D., hL. D.,
Presidenl.
Amos No yes Citrrikr, A. M., LL. D.,
Profesaor of I^titi language and Literature, and Dean of the Collegiate
Facility.
Phii«o Judson Farnsworth, a. M., M. D.,
Emcritufi Professor of Materia Medica and Diseases of Children in the
Medical Department.
John Cuxton Shrader, A. M., M. D., hh, D.,
Professor of Obstetrics and Diseases of Women.
■
WITJJAM DrUMMOND MlDDLKTON, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery in the Medical Department,
and Dean of the Medical Faculty.
Samuel Calvin. A. M., Ph. D.,
Professor of Cieology.
WlLMOT HORTON DICKINSON, M. 1).,
Professsor of Theory and Practice, and Clinical Medicine, and Daan of the
Homceopathic Medical Faculty.
Emlin McClain. a. M., hh. D.,
Profe»(or of I^w, and Chancellor of the I^w Department.
Thomas Huston Macbride, A. M.,
Professor of Botany.
James Grant Gilchrist, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Surgery and Surgical Gynecology, and Registrar of the Hom-
oeopathic Medical Faculty.
KmIL LOfIS BOKRNER, PH. (i.,
Professor of Practical Pharmacy, and Dean of the Pharmacy Faculty.
I,AUNCELOT ANDREW'S, PH. D.,
Professor of Chemistry.
Charles Herbert Cogswell, M. I).,
pTX)fes8or of Obstetrics and Diseases of Children in the Homceopathic
Medical Department
George Thomas White Patrick. Ph. D.,
Professor of Philosophy.
Charles Bundy Wilson, A. M.,
Professor of German Language and Literature, and Secretary of the
Collegiate Faculty.
5
6 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Lawrence Wiw^iamJLittig, A. M., M. D., M. R. C. S.,
Professor of Theory and Practict of Medicine and Clinical Medicine in the
Medical Department.
Andrew Anderson Vebi*en, A. M.,
Professor of Physics.
IvAENAS GIFFORD WBLD, A. M..
Professor of Mathematics.
Charles Cleveland Nutting, A. M.,
Professor of Zoology.
James Renwick Guthrie, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Physiology and Microscopic Anatomy.
Isaac Althaus Loos, A. M.,
Professor of Political Science.
Samuel Hayes, M. S., LL. B.,
Professor of Law.
Joseph Jasper McConnell, A. M.,
Professor of Pedagogy.
Elbert William Rockwood, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Chemistry and Toxicology.
Charles S. Chase, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics in the Medical Department.
George Royal, M. D.,
Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics in the Homoeopathic
Medical Department
James William Dalbey, B. S., M. D.,
Professor of Ophthalmology and Otology in the Medical Department.
Frank John Newberry, M. D.,
Professor of Ophthalmology, Otology and Paedology in the Homoeopathic
Medical Department.
Walter L. Bierring, M. D.,
Professor of Histology, Bacteriology and Pathology.
Charles Bkrard Vogdes, ist Lieutenant ist U. S. Infantry.
Profes.Hor of Military Science and Tactics.
James A. Rohbach, A. M., LL. B.,
Professor of Law.
John J. Ney, LL. B.,
Professor of Law.
William Craig Wilcox, A. M.,
Profeasor of History.
Frank Thomas Breene, M. D., D. D. S.,
Professor of Operative and Clinical Dentistry, and Therapeutics.
WlLLL^lM S. HOSFORD, A. B., D. D. S.,
Professor of Dental Prothesis, and Secretary of the Dental Faculty.
Frederic C. L. van Steenderen, a. M.»
Professor of French Language and Literature.
MEMBERS OF THE FACULTIES AND OTHER OFFICERS. 7
Alfred Vari«ey Sims, C. E.,
Pxofeasor of Civil Engineering.
George Armstrong Wauchope, M. A., Ph. D.,
Professor of English language and Literature.
Edward P. Seeds, LL. B.,
Professor of Law.
John Walter Harriman, m. D.,
Professor of Anatomy.
Martin Joseph Wade, LL. B.,
Professor of Medical Jarisprudence in the Medical Department, and
Lecturer on Evidence in the Law Department.
Leona Angeline Call, A. M.,
Assistant Professor in charge of Greek Language and Literature.
Charles Scott Magowan, A. M., C. E.,
Assistattt Profes.sor of Civil Engineering.
Joseph W. Rich,
Librarian.
BOHUB^L SHIMEK, C. E.,
Assistant Professor of Botany and Curator of the Herbarium.
Gilbert L. Houser, M. S.,
Assistant Professor in charge of Animal Morphology and Physiology.
Henry F. Wickman, M. S.,
Assistant Professor of Zoology, and .A.<$.si8tant Curator of the Museum.
J. Allen Gilbert, Ph. D.,
Assistant Professor of Psychology.
Arthiir G. Smith, A. M.,
Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
Benjamin F. Shambaugh, A. M., Ph. D.,
Assistant Professor of Political Science.
La Vega G. Kinne, LL. D.,
Lecturer on Domestic Relations and Taxation.
Gershom Hyde Hili^ A. B., M. D.,
Lecturer on Insanity.
Oipford Simeon Robinson, LL. D.,
Lecturer on Appellate Practice and Agency.
Horace Emerson Deemer, lyL. B.,
Lecturer on Guaranty and Suretyship and the Conducting of Law Business
Ernest L. Harris, A. M., Ph. D., J. U. D.,
Lecturer on Roman Law.
CHARLES M. Robertson, a. M.. M. D.,
Lecturer on Rhinology and Laryngology.
Jambs E. Flsbner, D. D. S.,
Lecturer on Orthodontia.
8 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Wu^UAM G. Clark/ D. D. S.,
Lecturer on Porcelain Work in the Dental Department.
Pauline Kimball Partridge,
Instructor in Elocution.
Franklin Hazen Potter, A. M.,
Instructor in Latin.
George Cram Cook, A. B.,
Instructor in English.
George N. Bauer, B. S.,
Instructor in Mathematics.
Bertha Gilchrist Ridgway,
Assistant in the General Library.
William R. Whiteis, B. S., M. D.,
Demonstrator of Pathological Histology.
Harry Grant Plum, A. M.,
Instructor in History.
Royal Winthrop Baldwin, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator of Dental Technology.
Charles Henry Bowman, B. Ph.,
Instructor in Physics.
Herbert C. Dorcas, B. Ph.,
Instructor in Pedagogy.
Joseph H. Ridgway,
Taxidermist.
Adble Pauline Kimball, M. D.,
Matron in the Homoeopathic Hospital.
Theodore L. Hazard, M. D.,
Assistant in Materia Medica in the Homoeopathic Medical Department.
Charles B. Lewis, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator in the Dental Department.
George W. Eshleman, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator in the Dental Department.
Prank B. James,
Demonstrator in the Dental Department
John P. Mullin, M. D.,
Demonstrator of Anatomy.
LoxnsE Elizabeth Hughes, a. M.,
Instructor in Latin.
Fred. D. Merritt, B. S.,
Instructor in Mathematics.
Carl Treimer, B. Ph.,*
iBStmctor in German.
•Died Maith 3, iS97-
MEMBERS OF THE FACULTIES AND OTHER OFFICERS. 9
Carl Schlbnker, A. B.,
Instructor in Gemiitn.
Harry EroEXE Keixy, B. Ph.,
Inxtmctor in Bng^lish.
Deua S. Hutchinson, B. Ph.,
Instructor in French.
RUSSEI.L T. Hartman, B. S.,
Instructor in Engineering.
Cari. Leopold Ende, B. S.,
Instructor in Chemistry'.
Karl D. Jessen, A. B.,
Instructor in German.
Lester T. Jackson, A. B.,
Assistant in Chemistry.
Lri^ B. Jester, Ph. G.,
Assistant in Pharmacy.
Georgia Knapp, Ph. G.,
Assistant in Pharmacy.
Leonard C. Rinard, LL. B.,
Law Librarian.
Fred J. Becker, M. D.,
Assistant in Surgery in the Homoepathic Medical Dcpattaeat.
Frank Victor Brock, A. B.,
Fellow in Political Science.
C. H. Van Law, A. B.,
Fellow in Political Science.
Robert L. McCord,
Assistant in Geology.
Alburtus J. Burgs,
Assistant in Botany.
Arthur Bailey,
Assistant in Physics.
Bernard Darwin Willis,
Assistant in Physics.
Mary Emily Barrett, B. Ph.,
Assistant in the General Library.
Eli Grimes, M. D.,
Assistant in the Pathological laboratory.
Ralph W. Homan, M. D.,
Assistant in Ophthalmology in the Homoeopathic Medical Departmsnt.
Samuel Newell Watson, a. M., M. D.,
Assistant in Theory and Practice of Medicine in the Hom«eopathic Medisa
Department.
ftAMVEL B. H08KINS, A. B., M. D.,
Hooac Surgeon in the HomoMpathic Hospital.
State Umvcfsity of Iowa#
Organization.
In the year 1840, the Congress of the United States passed an
act setting apart two townships for the use and support of a Univer-
sity within the Territory of Iowa, whenever it should become a State.
The gift was accepted, as set forth in the Constitution of the State,
and the policy re-affirmed in the amended Constitution of 1857. In
the latter document it is moreover specifically stated that the "General
Assembly shall encourage by all suitable means the promotion of
intellectual, scientific, moral, and agricultural improvement."
The first General Assembly took action in regard to the location
of the University, and a Board of Trustees was appointed. Very
little, however, was accomplished until 1855, when the institution was
first opened for the reception of pupils. The University was subse-
quently re-organized, and under tlie new organization re-opened on
September 19, i860, and this may fairly be regarded as the date of the
beginning of the existing institution.
The control of the University is entrusted to a Board of Regents,
consisting of the Governor of the State and the Superintendent of
Public Instruction, ex-officiiSy and one member from each Con-
gressional District, who are elected by the General Assembly.
The University comprises the following departments:
1. CoLi^BGiATB Department.
2. Law Department.
3. Medical Department.
4. HoMcBOPATHic Medical Department.
5. Dental Department.
6. Pharmacy Department.
10
Collegiate Department
Faculty and Instructors.
Chari^bs Ashmkad Scharpfkr, a. M., Ph. D., hh. D..
Prendent.
Amos No yes Curribr, A. M., LL. D.,
Professor of Latin Language and Literature, and Dean of the Faculty.
Samuel Calvin, A. M,, Ph. D.,
Professor of Geology.
Thomas Huston Macbridk, A. M.,
Professor of Botany.
Launcblot Andrbws, Ph. D.,
Professor of Chemistry.
Gborcb Thomas Whitb Patrick, Ph. D.,
Professor of Philosophy.
Charles Bundy Wilson, A, M.,
Professor of German Language and Literature, and Secretary of the
Faculty.
Andrew Anderson Veblbn, A. M.,
Professor of Physics.
IvABNAS GiFFORD WBLD, A, M.,
Professor of Mathematics.
Charlbs Clbvbland Nutting, A. M.,
Professor of Zoology.
Isaac Althaus Loos, A. M.,
Professor of Political Science.
Josbph Jasper McConnell, A. M.,
Professor of Pedagogy.
Charles Bbrard Vogdes, ist Lieut., ist U. S. Infantry.,
Professor of Military Science and Tactics.
William Craig Wilcox, A. M.,
Professor of History.
Frxdbric C. L. van Stbenderbn, a. M.,
Professor of Prettch Language and Literature.
II
12 STATE UNIVERSITY OK IOWA.
Ai,KRKD Varlky Sims, C. E.,
Professor of Civil KoRiueering.
Gkorge Armstrong Wauchope, M. A., Ph. I).,
Profetisor of Knglinh Language and I^iteraturcr.
Leon'a Angemne Cali,, a. M.,
Assintant Professor in charge of Greek I^anguajfc and I,iterature.
Chari,es Scott Magowan, A. M., C. E.,
Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.
BoHrMii. Shtmek, C. E.,
Assistant Professor of Botany and Curator of thr Herbarium.
Gilbert h. Hoi^ser. M. S..
Assistant Professor in charge of Animal Morphology and Physiology.
Henry F. Wickham, M. S.,
A.s.Mstant Professor of Zoolog>-.
J. Allen Gilbert, Ph. D.,
Assistant Professor of Psychology.
Arthur G. Smith, A. M.,
Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
Benjamin Franklin Shambaugh, A. M.. Ph. D..
A.ssistant Professor of Political Science.
Ernest h. Harris, A. M., Ph. D., J. U. I)
Lecturer on Roman Law.
Pauline Kimball Partridge.,
Instructor in Elocution.
Franklin Hazen Potter. A. M.,
Instructor in l^atin.
George Cram Cook, A. B.,
Instructor in English.
George N. Bauer, B. S.,
Instructor in Mathematics.
Harry Grant Plum, A. M.,
Instructor in History.
Charles Henry Bowman. B. Ph.,
Instructor in Physics.
Herbert C. Dorcas, B. Ph.,
Instructor in Pedagogy. I
Louise Euzabeth Hughes, A. M. I
Instructor in Latin.
Fred. D. Merritt. B. S.,
I
Instrucior in Mathematics. ■
Carl Treimer, B. Ph.,* j
Instructor in German. [
♦Died March 3, 1S97.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 13
Carl Schi.enkrr, A. B.,
Instractor in Germiin.
Harry Eugene Kelly, B. Ph.,
Instructor in English.
Delia S. Hutchinson, B. Ph.,
Instructor in French.
Russell T. Hartman, B. S.,
Instructor in Engineering.
Carl Leopold Ende, B. S.,
Instructor in Chemistry.
Lester T. Jackson, A. B.,
Instructor in Chemistry.
Karl D. Jesskn, a. B.,
Instructor in (German.
Frank Victor Brock, A. B.,
Fellow iu Political Science.
C. II. Van Law, A. B..
Fellow in Political Science.
KOBl£RT L. MCCORD,
Assistant in Geology.
ALBURTUS J. BURGE,
Assistant in Botany.
Arthur Bailev,
Assistant in Physics.
Bernard Darwin Willis,
Assistant in Physics.
General Plan*
The Department embraces four general courses of study,— one^
Classical, two Philosopliical, and one General Scientific; and two tech-
nical courses, — Civil Engineering and Blectrical Engineering.
By pursuing one or another of the four general courses, and devot-
ing the time left open for elective studies to some one line, it is
possible for the student to aiTange a course which, besides furnishing
the means of a broader culture, will more thoroughly fit him for teach-
ing some particular specialty, or which may enable him to develop
his tastes in that particular direction. Thus, for example, a student in
the course in General Science ma>' at the same time devote himself
especially to chemistry, or physics, or mathematics and astronomy; a
student in the Course of Philosophy may also take a special course in
ancient or modem language, or in history. The members of the Fac-
ulty will always be glad to advise with students on this subject, and
¥nll cordially assist them in endeavoring to specialize their work to
the best advantage.
Candidates for degrees are required to make an election of one of
these courses, and will not be allowed, without permission, to change
the elected course, nor to pursue less or more than three studies at a
time, except as required by the program.
Students not candidates for graduation, on complying witli the
terms of admission, will be allowed to select their studies, under the
direction of the Faculty.
Persons over twenty-one years of age not candidates for a degree
may be admitted to special studies, without examination, at the discre-
tion of the Faculty.
Resident Graduates. — Graduates of this or other institutions
desirous of prosecuting studies not included in their undergraduate
course may, on consultation with the President, avail themselves of
such facilities as the department affords.
14
Requireflients for Admission^
Candidates for admission to the Freshman Class in any of the
Collegiate courses must be at least sixteen years of age, and must, by
examination or by presenting acceptable certificates, furnish evidence
of having completed the preparatory requirements.
No one will be admitted whose deficiencies exceed the equivalent of
one study for one year. Candidates having deficiencies not exceeding
this limit may be admitted upon condition that they compute their
m
preparation within the first year after admission.
It is expected that the following work will be completed in the
grammar school: Practical Arithmetic, Reading, Pemnanship,
Orthography, Knglish Grammar, Geography, Book-keeping (single
entr>'), Physiolog\' (the statutory requirements for primary and
grammar schools), United States History (three terms' work). Civil
Government (one term's work), Composition (three terms' work).
Drawing (three terms' work).
The work in Book-keeping, Composition, Drawing, and Civil Gov-
ernment is not to be considered as absolutely required, but only work
in excess of the amount named in this paragraph will receive credit
as preparatory work.
ClirABSICA]; COURSB.
GROUP I.— ANCIENT LANGUAGES.
z. I^tiii. Grammar, Caesar, ( four books ) , Cicero ( four orations ) ,
Vergil (six books) with Prosody.
Instead of the prescribed Csesar an equivalent amount of Viri Romae
or Nepos will be accepted and is recommended to the preparatory
schools. In this case the remainder of the requirements may be offered
in Caesar or Cicero. Other eqiuvalents in kind will be accepted for
any part of the specified requirements. An accurate and ready knowl-
15
i6 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
§dge of grammtiHetU forms and eonxirudum and a good voeabulary are
of essential importance. Sight reading should be taught and practiced
from the first.
Exercise in writing Latin, based upon the current reading, ought to
be carried through the entire preparatory course. An amount equiva-
lent to Collar, Part III. is required for admission.
Four years of dailj recitation are needed for the required prepara-
tion.
The Roman pronunciation is used in the Unirersity.
9. Greek. Grammar, Xenophon*s Anabasis. As few high schools
meet this requirement the University for the present will provide means
for fulfilling it, and an equivalent of three terms* work from Group IV.
may be offered.
The preparatory work in Greek should give thorough knowledge of
grammatical forms, familiarity with the common rules of syntax and
the ability to write simple Greek prose with correct accents. It is not
expected that high school pupils under ordinary drcumstanoes will
be able, in a single year, to cover thoroughly the work required for
admission.
GROUP II.— MATHEMATICS.
3. Algr^bra. The Algebra of the high school should comprise a
careful study of the following topics: signs and symbols; fundamental
operations; factoring (including lowest common multiple and highest
common divisor; fractions; simple and quadratic equations; theory of
exponents (including negative and fractional exponents and radicals);
progression. Especial attention should be given to such salient points
as the significance of the minus sign, factoring, theory* of exponents,
equations, and the ability to state readily algebraic problems. The
interpretation of algebraic results with the graphical method of their
representation should be introduced at the earliest possible stage and
constantly insisted upon.
4. Geometry. The "Heuristic*' method in beginning the study
of geometry is strongly recommended (See Hopkins' Manual of Plane
Geometry, D. C. Heath & Co., and Spencer's Inventional Geometry,
D. Appleton & Co. )
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 17
Whatever method is used the pupil should be provided with adequate
drawing instruments and should construct and verify all of his propo-
sitions and theorems. Geometric processes and results should be
expressed by algebraic symbols whenever possible. Original investi-
gations should not simply be encouraged, but should be insisted upon
as a matter of course. The eminently practical side of the study of
geometry should not be lost sight of, but the work should be so
arranged that it may be of the highest disciplinary value. The language
of all geometrical exercises should be exact.
Arithmeitc. The work in arithmetic should in general be com-
pleted in the grammar grades. At least one term's work in arithmetic
may be done with great profit in the high school after the completion
of the required work in algebra and geometry. Not only will a general
view of the subject be found beneficial in itself but the higher point
of view now attainable may be taken advantage of in many ways which
it is not necessary to enumerate.
In the high school not less than one-fourtli of the time for three
years should be devoted to the work in algebra and geometry. It is
desirable that the high school work in mathematics be not finished
until the end of the course, in order that there may be no break in the
continuity of the work between the high school and the University.
GROUP III.— ENGLISH AND HISTORY.
5. ISttSflish Compoeition. All applicants for admisvsion whether
from accepted schools or not will be examined to test their ability to
write clear and correct English. The applicant will be required to
write an essay of not less than two hundred words upon a subject
chosen by himself from a considerable number set before him. No
applicant will be accepted who is deficient in spelling, punctuation
sentence and paragraph structure.
The tea<^er is reminded that the proper preparation for this part of
the requirement is constant practice in writing, with careful correction
and revision of themes. A part of the time should be devoted to the
fonnal study of rhetoric in any good text-book, such as Genung's
Outlines of Rhetoric (Ginn), or Scott & Denney's Paragraph Writing
(Anyn& Bacon).
i8 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
6. HtkgUBh I/iteratore. Thxioughout the high school course
much attention should he paid to the study of literature, hy which is
meant not merely the study of a manual on the history of literature
but a careful, sympathetic study of literature itself in the writings of
representative authors. Entire masterpieces suited to the attain-
ments of the class should form the basis of recitations and an equal
amount of collateral reading should be assigned and written reports
required.
During the last year of the course a good outline history of the liter-
ature should be used, such as Brooke's Primer of English Literature
(Macmillan) or Pancoast*s Introduction to English Literature (Holt^.
This should always, however, be subordinated to the study of the
texts themselves. In the study of literature the student should be
stimulated and trained not merely to read and enjoy but to analyze the
style and to absorb the spirit and substance of an author.
The applicant will be expected to be familiar with all of the works
in the following list or with their equivalents:
For 1897; Shak8pere*s As You Like It, Irving's Tales of a Traveler,
De Quincey's English Mail Coach, Scott's Marmion, Hawthorne's
Twice-Told Tales, Longfellow's Evangeline, Foe's Gold Bug, George
Eliot's Silas Mamer, Ruskin's Sesame and Lilies, Tennyson's Idylls
of the King, Stevenson's Treasure Island, and Kipling's Jungle Books.
For 1898; Shakspere's Macbeth, Milton's Paradise Lost, Books I.
and II., The Sir Roger de Coverley Papers in the Spectator, Cole-
ridge's Ancient Mariner, Carlyle's Essay on Bums, Shelley's Defence
of Poetry, Stevenson's Viiginibus Puerisque, Burke's Speech on Con-
ciliation with America, Lowell's Vision of Sir Launfal, Hawthorne's
The House of the Seven Gables, Poe*s Pall of the House of Usher, De
Quincey's The Flight of a Tartar Tribe, Thackeray's Henry Esmond,
Arnold's Culture and Anarchy, and Tennyson's The Princess.
7. History. At Itast four terms' work should be presented in
history. The course of study and available text-books should be
somewhat as follows: first and second terms, History of Greece
(Oman, Smith, Cox or Myers) and Rome (Allen, Leighton, Smith
or Myers); third term. History of England (Montgomery or Gardi-
ner >; fourth term, The History of the United States (Thomas, Piske,
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 19
Johnson, Montgomery) or Civil Government (Fiske's Civil Govern-
ment or Andrews* Manual of the Constitution).
Instead of the first three terms' work in history indicated above,
whidi is preferred, the University will accept for the present three
terms* work in general history from one of the following text-books:
Myers, Fisher, Freeman, or Swinton.
GROUP IV.— ELECTIVE.
Three terms' work, and if Greek is not offered six terms' work,
are to be selected in science or in a modem language.
8. Science. The subjects are arranged in the order of preference :
physics, botany, physical geography, physiology, drawing or book-
keeping, economics, chemistry, astronomy, zoology, geology.
Credit for entrance will not be allowed on these subjects for less
than two terms in each, except that one, or one and one half terms,
may be allowed in botany, physiology, physical geography, and draw-
ing or book-keeping, and one term in astronomy, geology and eco-
nomics. In no case should more than two sciences be taken up for
consecittive study in a single year; and whenever possible three terms
of consecutive work in one science are advised, especially in physics.
9. Qeiman. A full year in German may be indicated by Joynes-
Meissner's German Grammar, Parts I and III, about fifty pages
selected from Joynes' German Reader, all of Storm's Immensee and
Gerstaecker's Germelshausen.
10. French. Van Doell's Introduction to the French Language
or Edgren's French Grammar, and Van Doell's Introduction to French
.\iithors or Super's French Reader will be accepted as an equivalent
of a year's work in French.
PHIIX>80PHICAI/ A COUR8B.
The requirements for admission to this course are the same as for
the classical course, except that Greek is not prescribed.
ao STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
PHUrOBOPHICAi; B, SCIENTIFIC AND BN6INBBR-
ING COURSBS.
The entrance requirements for these courses are in all respects the
same as for the classical course, except that twelve terms of work from
Group IV. may be substituted for the prescribed work in ancient lan-
guages. The Latin preparation, entire, or in part, is however, in all
cases preferred. Those who desire to offer a substitution for the Latin
preparation are advised to make the following selection of studies:
physics, one year; botany, physical geography, physiology, and draw-
ing or book-keeping, one-half year each. The remaining six terms
may be selected at the option of the candidates from the other subjedls
under Group iv; but it is urgently advised that those who do not
present any Latin for admission should attain some proficiency in at
least one modem language.
The following conditions should be observed:
1. It is strongly advised that preparatory work be confined to
few subjedts and that they be so chosen that they form two or tliree
groups of closely related subje<5ts.
2. Preparatory credit will not be allowed for less than three terms'
work in any foreign language.
3. Substitutes of real equivalents not affedtiug the absolute require-
ments respedHng Latin, mathematics, English, and history, will be
allowed for the purpose of adapting the University requirements to
the means and needs of the several preparatory schools.
4. The shortest time in which this preparation can be accom-
plished is three years devoted entirely to work of high school grade;
but it is assumed that, under ordinary' circumstances, four years in the
high school will be devoted to meet the requirements for admission
here prescribed.
ADMISSION BY CSRTIFICATE.
At a meeting of the Board of Regents in Jime, 1891, the following
scheme was adopted for the inspection of high schools and for exam-
ination to be held thereat:
I. Any school may be placed upon tlie accepted list upon applica-
tion of its principal or board of directors, provided the Collegiate
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 21
Faculty of the University is satisfied as to its (a) course of study, (^)
methods of teaching, (c) facilities for instnuStion.
2. The coarse of study of such schools must be adapted for fitting
its graduates for some of the collegiate courses of the University, or it
must be in the diredi line of such preparation.
3. Whenever any accepted school in any of the classes requests it,
its pu|nls may be examined by the University at a convenient time in
any sabje<ft or subject sele^ed by the school authorities from the
schedules of studies required for admission to the University, and each
pupil will receive from the University a credit card for each 8ubje<ft
passed.
4. The University shall provide for schools desiring the same, a
syllabus of each of the subje<^s in which examination is to be taken.
5. All accepted schools shall be inspe<5ted at the plea.sure of the
University, the expense of the inspe<5Hon to be borne by the Univer-
Mty.
6. The authorities of accepted schools shall report annually to the
University all changes made in the course of study and submit a list
of names of the instructors employed in the high school, with subje<^n
taught by each.
The work of inspecting high schools has been continued during the
past year and the lists given below have been made.
It is to be said in this connection that the University has not been
able to complete a canvass of the high schools of the State, but from
such data as it has been possible to colleCl, by correspondence with
Superintendents, by the examination of courses of study, and by vis-
itation, the University feels justified in accepting the schools named
below. There are other schools which are doubtless entitled to places
on one or other of these lists, but becatise they have not furnished the
data necessary to enable the University authorities to come to a safe
oondnsion in regard to their proper places in the lists, or because they
have not signified a desire to come into accepted relations with the
University, they are for the present omitted, without prejudice.
Students from such schools will for the present be received as hereto-
fore.
Jt is the intention of the University to continue the work of high
22
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
school iiispcdlion until the position of every school which desires to
come into accepted relations shall be definitely determined.
All candidates for admission to the Freshman class, who come from
accepted schools, or partially accepted schools, must furnish to the
University certificates containing specific staUmtnts as to the amount
of work done in each study. Blanks will be furnished for such certifi-
cates upon application to the President, and should be returned
by September ist.
Accepted Schools.
Adel,
Albia,
Ames,
Anamosa,
Atlantic,
Belle Plaine,
Boone,
Burlington,
Carroll,
Cedar Falls,
Cedar Rapids,
Centerville,
Charles City,
Clarinda,
Clinton,
Columbus Junction,
Coming,
Council Bluffs,
Creston,
Davenport,
Decorah,
E. Des Moines,
N. Des Moines,
W. Des Moines,
Dubuque,
Eatherville,
Fiirfitiid,
Greene,
Greenfield,
Guthrie County.
Hampton,
Harlan,
Independence,
Iowa City,
Iowa Falls,
Knozville,
Keokuk,
LeMars,
Leon,
Manchester,
Maquoketa,
Marengo,
Marion,
Marshall town.
Mason City,
McGregor,
Missouri Valley,
Moline, 111.,
Monteziuna,
Mt. Ayr,
Mt. Pleasant,
Muscatine,
New Hampton,
Newton,
Red Oak,
Rock Rapids,
Sanborn,
Sheldon,
Shenandoah,
Sibley,
Sigoumey,
Sioux City,
Spencer,
Springdale,
Storm I^ke,
Stuart,
TaylorvilleTp.. Taylor-
ville. 111.,
Villisca,
Vinton,
Washington,
E. Waterloo,
W. Waterioo,
Waukon,
Waverly,
Webster City,
Williamsburg, [School.
Calhoun County Normal
Charles City College,
Denison Normal School,
Iowa City Academy,
COi,l.EGIATE DEPARTMENT.
23
Fort Dodge,
Fort Madison,
Geneaeo, 111.,
Glenwood,
Glidden,
Oelwein,
Osceola,
Oskaloosa,
Ottumwa,
Washington Academy,
Whittier College,
Wilton German-Eng-
lish College,
Woodbine Normal School
Parkersburg,
The following schools are accepted as making full preparation for
all non-Latin courses:
Cresco,
Denison,
Forest Citv,
Grundy Center,
Kcosauqua,
Odebolt,
Sioux Rapids,
Victor.
The work done in the schools named below is regarded as of sufficient
merit to entitle them to recognition by the University.
Properly certified work from these schools will therefore be receive«l
so far as this work meets the preparatory requirements of the Univer-
sity.
Adair,
Dysart,
North wood,
Algona
Eagle Grove,
Reinbeck,
Allerton,
Elkader,
Riceville,
Anita,
Ezixa,
Sabnla,
Andnbon,
Payette,
Sac City,
Avoca,
Hamburg,
Shelby,
Brighton,
Hubbard,
Shell Rock,
Britt,
Jefferson,
Springrille,
Charter Oak,
Kingsley,
State Center,
Clarence,
Lake Mills,
Tama City.
Clarion,
Mechanicsville,
Traer,
Clearfield,
Milton,
Wapello,
aearLake,
Morning Sun,
West Union,
Corydon,
Moulton,
Wilton Junction.
DeWitt,
NeoU,
Advanced Standing. Graduates from the four years* course of
the State Normal School will be admitted to Junior standing without
examination, and graduates of the three years' course to the Sopho-
more daas, but with an assignment of studies according to the discre-
tioa of the Faculty. Students from approved colleges bringing cer-
24 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
tificates of work and standing will be admitted without examination,
except to determine their position in the University.
In the case of colleges where the requirements for admission are
substantially those of the University, students will ordinarily be ad-
mitted to the same rank if they enter not later than the opening of
the Senior year. In every instance, at least one full year's work must
be completed in the Collegiate Department of the University. The
assignment of studies shall be at the discretion of the Faculty.
Undergraduate Courses.
CI/ASSICAI^ COURSE.
PresHman Year. fai«l. winter. spring <
Greek 5 liours a week 5 5
I^atin 4 4 4
Bngliah 2 2 2
Mathematics 5 5 5
or
Mathematics 3 3 3
and
Ancient History 2 2 2
Military Drill 3 i 3
Sophomore Tear.
French or German 5 5 5
English 2 2 2
Elective 8 8 8
Military Drill 3 i 3
Jtuiior Tear.
Elective 15 15 15
Military DriU 3 i 3
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 25
Senior Tear. fai,i<. winter spring.
Elective 15 15 15
Military Drill 3 1 3
Condition : — ^Three terms of material science must be taken in thi«
course.
FHII/OSOPHICAI, COUR8B A.
FAI.1,. winter. sprw^g.
German or French 5 5 5
Latin 4 4 4
English 2 2 2
Mathematics 5 5 5
or
Mathematics 3 3 3
and
Ancient History 2 2 2
Military Drill 3 i 3
Sophomore Tear.
French or German 3 3 3
Latin, German, or French 5 5 5
English 2 2 2
Elective 5 5 5
Military Drill 3 i 3
Jmilor Tear.
Philosophy 2 or 3 2 or 3 2 or 3
Elective 12 or 13 12 or 13 12 or 13
Military Drill 3 i 3
Elective 15 15 15
Militaiy Drill 3 i 3
Condition: — ^Three terms of material science must be taken in this
conne.
26 STATE TNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
PHII/080PHICAI< COURSE B.
Freshmaii Year. kai^i,. winter. spring.
German 5 5 5
Latin or French 5 5 5
English 2 2 2
Mathematics 5 5 5
or
Mathematics 3 3 3
and
Ancient Histor>' 2 2 2
MiUUry Drill 3 i 3
Sophomore Tear.
German 3 3 3
English 2 2 2
Latin or French 5 5 5
Elective 5 5 5
MiKtary Drill 3 i 3
Junior Tear.
Elective 15 15 '5
MilitaryDrill 3 i 3
Senior Tear.
Elective 15 15 15
MilitaryDrill 3 i 3
Condition: — Three terms of material science are required during
the course. In the Junior and Senior years, a major ^ the equivalent
of not less than three hours, extending through two years, and a kin-
dred minor of not less than three hours, extending through one year,
must be taken. Each student may select his own major, but in the
selection of his minor he must seek the advice of the professor in
charge of the major, or of a committee of the Faculty. Students enter-
ing this course on the terms prescribed for admission to the Scientific
Course but without tlie full Latin requirements for entrance to Course
Philosophical A, must complete them after entrance, and the Univer-
sity will temporarily provide for instruction in Csesar, Cicero*s Ora-
tions and Vergil. This provision is made solely in the interest of oon-
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 27
siderablc niiinhers of high school graduates whose course has not
furnished the opportunity for fulfilling these requirements.
6SNBRAI/ SCIENTIFIC COURSE.
Preslunan Year. i-xhh. winter. sprinc,.
German or French 5 5 5
Mathematics 5 5 5
English 2 2 2
History or Drawing 2 2 2
Military Drill 3 i 3
Sophomore Tear.
German or French 5 or 3 5 or 3 5 or 3
English 2 2 2
w»y»cs 5 5 5
Botany, Zoology, Morphol-
ogy,Geology, Chemistry,
Mathematics, or Astron-
omy 5 5 5
Military Drill 3 i 3
Junior Tear.
German or French. ... 3 or 5 3 or 5 3 or 5
Chemistry 5 5 5
Botany, Zoology, Morphol-
ogy, or Geology 5 5 5
Elective 30^5 3 or 5 3 or 5
Military Drill 3 i 3
Elective 15 15 15
Military Drill 3 i 3
No substitution whatever is allowed for any of the required work of
the Scientific Conrse, except that an equivalent amount of Latin of
collegiate grade may be offered in place of the full requirement in
either one of the modem languages.
28 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
SPBCIAi; COUR8S8 IN SCIBNCIS.
Tlie student who wishes, in his undergraduate course, to specialize
in some particular line of scientific study, should at the beginning
of the Sophomore year choose from the group of alternate electives
then open to him ( Botany, Morphology, Geologj-, Chemistry, Mathe-
matics and Astronomy) that subject most directly connected with the
branch to which he wishes to give special attention. He will thus be
able to pursue his chosen study without interruption through three
years of his course, the last year of which may, if he so choose, be
devoted entirely to his specialty.
Such extreme specialization is not recommended to undergraduate
students, it being the opinion of the Collegiate Faculty that a better
preparation for a scientific career will be afforded by a broader and
more liberal course of study. However, those wishing to specialize in
any branch of science are urged to confer freely with the professors
with whom they expect to pursue such study.
Unless excused by the Faculty, each student pursuing a special
course in Science will be required in his Senior year to prepare a thesis
upon some subject approved by the professor in charge of his specialty,
such thesis to represent an amount of work entitling the writer to at
least two credits.
Combined Scientific and Medical Coarse.
1 . Students who pursue the General Scientific Course and complete
not leas than two years of biologic science, who in the third year elect
as one elective Anatomy and Dissection in the Medical Department,
and in the fourth year two electives in the Medical Department, of
which Anatomy and Physiology shall be one, may receive credit for
the first two years of the regular course in Medicine, provided also
that such students complete at least two electives in the Collegiate
Department in the spring terms of the fifth and sixth years.
2. Students who at the outset declare their intention of pursuing a
combined Collegiate and Medical Course, may in the General Scientific
Course offer instead of German, two years' work in Latin.
3. The degree of B. S. shall be conferred in June of the sixth year.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 29
COIJR8B IN CIVIL 19NOINSBRING.
FRESHMAN YEAR.
Jui// Tenn. — French or Gennan, 5. Mathematics, 5. English, 2.
Drawing, 5. Military Drill, 3.
Winter Term. — French or German, 5. Mathematics, 5. English,
2. Drawing, 5. Military Drill, i.
Spring Term. — French or German, 5. Mathematics, 5. English,
2. Surveying, 5. Military Drill, 3.
SOPHOMORK YKAR.
Fall Tenn. — (^fnnan or English, 3. Mathematics, 5. Sur\'eying,
5. Physics, 5. Militar>' Drill, 3.
Winter Tenn. — German or English, 3. Mathematics, 5. Descrip-
tive Geomctr)*, 2. Mapping, 3. Physics, 5. Military Drill, i.
Spring Tenn. — German or English, 3. Matheiaatics, 5. Descrip-
tive Geometrj*, 2. Topographical Surve}-ing, 3. Physics, 5. Mili-
tar\- Drill. 3.
JL'NIOR YKAR.
Fail Tenn. — Electricity and Magnetism, 5. Analytical Mechanics,
2. Applied Mechanics, 3. Graphical Statics, 3. Railroad Curves, 3.
Steam Engine, 2. Military' Drill, 3.
Winter Term. — Dynamo and Motor, 3. Civil Engineering, 2,
AnaU-tical Mechanics, 2. Applied Mechanics, 3. Graphical Statics,
3. Theorx- of Stresses, 3. Limes and Cements, 2. Military Drill, i.
Spring Tenn. — Tlienno<lynamics, 3. Civil Engineering, 2. Hydrau-
lics. 5. Graphical Statics, 3. Theory of Stresses, 5. Military' Drill, 3.
SENIOR YEAR.
Fall Term. — Chemistry, 4. Sanitar}' Engineering, 2. Structural
Drawing and Designing, 4. Geology, 5. Civil Engineering, 4. Mili-
tary Drill, 3.
Winter Term. — Chemistry, 4. Sanitar}- Engineering, 2. Struct-
ural Designing, 3. Resistance of Materials, 2. Geology, 4. Civil
Engineering, 3. Military Drill, i.
Spring Term. — ^Watcr Supply Engineering, 3. Specifications and
Contracts, 3. Geology, 4. Civil Engineering, 3. Structural Design-
ingi 3- Thesis. Military- Drill, 3.
30 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
COURSIS IN BI^BCTRICAI, BNOINBBRING.
PRBSHMAN YEAR.
Fall Term. — German or French, 5. Mathematics, 5. English, 2.
Drawing, 5. Military Drill. 3.
Winter Term. — German or French, 5. Mathematics, 5. English,
2. Drawing, 5. Military Drill, i.
Spring Term. — German or French, 5. Mathematics. 5. English,
2. Draughting, 5. Military Drill, 3.
SOPHOMORB YKAR.
Fall Term. — French or German. 5. Physics, 5. Mathematics, 5.
English, 2. Military Drill, 3.
Winter Tertn. — French or German, 5. Physics, 5. Mathematics,
5. English, 2. Militar)^ Drill, i.
.^j^/w^ 7>f7//.— French or German, 5. Physics, 5. Mathematics, 5.
English. 2. Military Drill, 3.
JUNIOR YEAR.
Fall Term. — Physics, lectures, i, laboratory, 4. Chemistrj-, 5
Analytical Mechanics. 3. Applie<i Mechanics, 2. Shop- work, 2
Militar>' Drill, 3.
Winter Term. — Physics, lectures, i, laboratory, 4. Chemistry, 5
Analytical Mechanics, 2. Applied Mechanics, 3. Shop-work, 2
Militar>lDrill, i.
Spring Term. — Direct Current Dynamo, 3. Physical Laboratory, 2
Chemistry, 5. Differential Equations, 3. Heat and Tliermo-Dynamics
2. Shop-work, 2. Military Drill, 3.
SENIOR YEAR.
Fall Term. — Theory of Electricity, Photometry; Electrical Labora-
tory, 10. Draughting, 3. Steam Engine, 2. Military Drill, 3.
Winter Term, — Alternate Current Machinery , Electrical Laboratorj-,
10. Draughting, 3. Strength of Materials, 2. Military Drill, i.
Spring Term. — Distribution and Transmission of Electricity, Tele-
graph and Telephone Electrical Laboratory, 10. Electro-Chemistry,
5. Military Drill, 3.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 31
Note. — One year of German and one of French are required.
Either may be taken during the Freshman year, to be succeeded by
the other in the Sophomore year. Electro-chemistry, being given
only during even-numbered years, will alternate with the Junior
spring terra chemistry' ever>^ other year.
BACCAI/AURBATIE BDB6RBB8.
For each of the courses of study leading to a degree four years'
work is required.
On completion of the regular courses, or of tlie special courses
approved by the Faculty, the following degrees are conferred:
Bachbix>R of Arts upon those who complete the Classical Course.
Bacuei,or of Phii^osophv upon those who complete the Philo-
sophical Course.
Bachbi«or of Science upon those who complete the General
Scientific Course, or either of the Engineering Courses, or a special
course in science which lias previously been approved by the Faculty.
The degree of Bachei«or op Didactics is conferred upon gradu-
ates in the regular courses who have completed the course in Pedagogy
and can show proof of two years' successful teaching after graduation.
Courses of Instruction^
LATIN LANGUAGE AND UTERATURE.
Professor Currier, Mr. Potter and Miss Hughes.
z. Csesar, Cicero and Vergil. Csesar, Cicero*s Orations and
Vergil's Aeneid. For students in Course Philosophical B. as indicated
on page 26. Miss Hughes.
Throughout the year.
a. l^ivy, Cicero and Terence. Fall: Livy, Selections from
nooks I., XXI. and XXII. Winter: Cicero*s De Senectute and De
Amicitia, with outline of Roman Literature. Spring: Terence*s
Phormio and Cicero's Letters. Grammar, writing Latin and sight
reading during the year. Those who show marked proficiency in
writing Latin during the fall term are allowed an option of easy Latin
to be read under the direction of the instructor during the winter and
spring terms. Mr. PoTTER and Miss HuGHES.
Throughout the year, Mon., Tu., Wed. and Th., at 10, 1 1 and 2:30.
3* Cicero and Horace. Fall: Cicero's Tusculan Disputations.
Winter and spring: Horace's Odes, Satires and Epistles. This course
is mainly occupied with the literary side of the authors studied.
Professor CURRIBR.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed. and Fri. at 9.
4. Pliny and Tacitna. Selected Letters of Pliny. Tacitus'
C^nnaniaand Agricola. This course is principally literary and histor-
ical. As much attention is given to the Latinity of the Silver Age as
is needful for the understanding and appreciation of the authors. Mr.
Potter.
Throughout the year, Tu. and Th. at 9.
32
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 33
5. Cicero, f^ointiliatt and Tacitus. Pall: Cicero's De Oratore.
Winter: Quintiliaii, Books X. and XII. Spring: Tacitus* De Orator-
ibos. Particular attention will be paid to literary criticism as exemplified
in these authors. Professor CURRIBR.
Throughout the year, Tu. and Th., at 8.
6. Tacittia and Seneca. Fall and winter: Tacitus, selections
from the Annals and Histories. Spring: Seneca's Morals and Letters.
Professor CURRiBit.
Throughout the year, Tu. and Th. at 8.
Courses 5 and 6 are given in alternate years.
7. Plantus. Three plays. The treatment is mainly literary but
with due attention to metres and ante-classical forms and construc-
tions. Mr. P0TT8IL
Pall term, three hours.
8. Barly I^atin Inscriptions and Poetry. .The course will be
based upon Merry's Fragments of Early Roman Poetry and the Corpus
Inscriptionum Latinarum. One play of Terence will be read to the
class by the instructor. Mr. Potter.
Pall term, three hours a week.
Courses 7 and 8 are given in alternate years.
9. ^ncretiua and Catnllns. Mr. Pottbr.
Winter term, three hours a week.
10. Cicero's letters. The selections will be such as to show
Cicero in the character of a private gentleman rather than as a poli-
tician. Mr. Potter.
Winter term, three hours a week.
Courses 9 and 10 are given in alternate years.
zx. Jnvenal and Persins. Mr. Potter.
Spring term, two hours a week.
za« Martial. Studied as a picture of life and manners. Mr.
Potter.
Spring term, two hours a week.
Courses 11 and 12 are given in alternate years.
13. Seminary in Cflcsar, Cicero and Vergil. This is in-
tended to meet the needs of prospe<5tive Latin teachers and others who
54 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
wish to gain some familiarity with the methods of original research.
The fall term is devoted to syntactical and historical studies covering
Caesar's Gallic War (seven books). The work of the winter term is
mainly historical, and deals with Cicero's career as an orator with the
particular study of six orations. One-half of the term is devoted to a
study of the conspiracy of Catiline which is based largely on Sallust.
Vergil's Aeneid complete is studied in the spring term mainly on the
literary side. Mr. PoTTER.
14. a. History of Roman Xriterature. The course will be
given by lectures with assigned readings in Teuffel, Cruttwell, Sellar,
Simcox and the standard monographs. Pall term, two hours a week.
b, I/atin Syntax. Introduction to the study of historical syntax.
Winter term, two hours a week.
c. I^atin Composition. Advanced course. This course consists
of a study of the descriptive, narrative and oratorical styles of some of
the leading Latin writers through attempts at imitation. Spring term,
two hours a week. Mr. Potter.
Courses 13 and 14 are given in alternate years.
15. Roman Antiquities. A systematic study of private life and
of legal and political Antiquities. Professor Currier.
Throughout the year, two hours a week at 2:30.
i6. Seminary in Archeeolos^. For 1897-8 the subject will be
the Topography and Archaeology of Rome and the vicinity.
17. Cicero, I/ivy and Ovid. Sight reading of suitable selections.
Professor CuRRiBR.
Throughout the year, one hour a week.
18. Teachers' Course. Methods. Professor Currier.
Spring term, two hours a week.
Courses 5 and 6 are open to students who have completed Courses 2
and 3 or 4 and must precede the other courses offered. Course 16 is
intended for graduate students, and Courses 10—18 are open to them.
COIXBGIATB DEPARTMENT. 35
CSEEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Assistant Profbssor Cai«i«.
For the present a course in Goodwin's Greek Grammar, White's
First Greek Book and Xenophon's Anabasis will be given to students
who enter without the required preparation in Greek.
Throughout the year, daily at ii.
z. Xenophon, I^ysias and Homer. Fall: Xenophon's Ana-
basis with written exercises based on the text read, and review of gram-
mar. Winter: select orations of Lysias, social customs and political
institutions. Spring: Homer's Iliad with study of Homeric times
and the history and character of Greek epic poetry.
Throughout the year, daily at lo.
9. Herodotiuiy Plato and Demosthenes. Pall: selections
from Herodotus. Winter: Plato's Apology with sight reading from
Xenophon's Memorabilia. Spring: Demosthenes' Oration on the
Crown.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Pri., at 9.
3. Greek Tragedy^ Pall: Aeschylus' Prometheus Bound.
Winter: Sophocles' Antigone. Spring: Euripides' Alcestis. With
this course are required supplementary readings from other tragedies
and reports on the origin, literary form, and representation of Greek
tragedy.
Throughout the year, Mon. Wed., Fri., at 8.
4« Irate Oreek. Fall: New Testament. Winter: Plutarch's
Pericles. Spring: Sudan's Dialogues.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 9.
5. Greek Poetry. A course in Greek poetry through translations
will be given to students who have no knowledge of Greek. Fall:
epic poetry. Winter: dramatic poetry. Spring: epic and lyric
poetry.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 8.
Course i is required of students in the classical course. Courses 2, 3
^d 4 are open to students who have completed Course i.
36 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Professor Wii^on; Mr. Sturm, Mr. Schlenkbr.
In the instruction in the German language the first year is spent in
laying a broad foundation for the future -work. At the beginning of
the second year it is expected that the student yrill be able to read the
literature with some degree of appreciation, and from tliis time on the
ability to understand and to appreciate the great masterpieces of Ger-
man literature is the main object in view; at the same time, however,
the origin and history of words, and the relation that the German
language bears to the English tongue are studied and explained. But
the courses are, as a whole, literary rather than strictly philological or
linguistic. Sight-translation, translating at hearing, writing from dic-
tation, and conversation, as means to a proper Sprachgefuehl^ form a
part of the work.
As stated elsewhere, an equivalent of the work required in the Fresh-
man year. Course i, will be accepted, and students coming so prepared
will be admitted, on examination, to Course 2. Course i, represents
from four to six terms of ordinary high school work. Courses i, 2, 3,
and 4, are Freshman, Sophomore, Junior, and Senior respectively and
must be taken in the order of the numerals. Courses 5, and 6. are
advanced courses, but may be open to persons who have done at least
I and 3, or an equivalent. Course 7 is a special course and is
intended primarily for scientific students; it must be preceded by at
least one full year's work.
z. Grammar and Reading. Thomas's Practical German Gram-
mar with constant practice in writing German, Storm's Inimensee,
Hillem's Hoeher als die Kirche, and Heyse's L'Arrabbiata. Six sec-
tions. Mr. Sturm and Mr. Schi«snker.
Throughout the year, daily.
2. Preytag, Ooethe and Schiller. Fall: FreyUg's Die Jour-
nalisten with a review of the grammar. Winter: Goethe's Hermann
und Dorothea, and composition. Spring: it is expected that students
in the scientific courses will take during this term Scientific German,
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 37
Course 7, instead of the regular literary work. The reg^ular literar>'
course is as follows: Schiller's Jungfrau von Orleans, and composi-
tion. Four sections. Professor Wn^sON and Mr. Schi^bnk^r.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Fri.
3. German Authors of the Nineteenth Century and Ger-
man Iryrlcs. Fall: Scheffers Ekkehard ( 1896-97) and readings in
German on the literature of the nineteenth century. Winter: Heine's
Prose, and readings from Heine's Poetry by the instructor. Spring:
Bnckheim's Deutsche Lyrik, and lectures on German verse with special
reference to the lyric poets studied. The work of this term is intended
to give a general idea of the historical development of the German
lyric from the sixteenth century to the present. Professor Wii«son.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed. Fri., at 11.
4. Goethe, I^esaing and History of German I^iterature.
Fall: Goethe's Faust, Part i, with an outline of Part 11. Winter:
Lessing's Nathan der Weise. Spring: outline course in the history
of German literature. This course gives a general view of the develop-
ment of German literature from the earliest times to the nineteenth
century, special attention being paid to the two classic periods of the
twelfth and eighteenth centuries. Egelhaaf's Deutsche Litteraturge-
schicfate is used as a chronological guide, which is supplemented by
reports on assigned reading. Professor Wilson.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 11.
5» German Seminary. For the study and discussion of the
works of special periods or of special movements. The Faust Books,
Marlowe's Faustus and Goethe's Faust were the subjects in 1896-97.
This course is primarily for graduate and advanced students. Admis-
sion by personal application. The course counts as a half credit each
tenn. Professor W113ON.
Throughout the year, Tu., at 2:30.
6. Middle Hi^^h German* Fall: Otis's Introduction to Middle
High German, including the selections from the Nibelungen lied, and
Paul's Mittelhochdeutsche Grammatik. Winter: selections from
Hartmann von Aue's Der anne Heinrich. Spring: Middle High
German lyric poetry, principally the poems of Walther von der Vogel-
38 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
weide. This course is primarily for graduate and advanced students,
especially those who expect to teach German. Professor Wii^SON.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at lo.
7. Scientific German. This course is designed especially for
students who wish to acquire a scientific vocabulary and some facility
in reading technical writings. Brandt and Day's German Scientific
Reading is used as a text-book. Applicants must have completed
Course i or an equivalent. Mr. Sturm.
Spring term, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 8.
As a branch of the German department of the University library a
special German library has been founded and it is hoped this collection
may be extended. There are already several hundred volumes on the
shelves in the alcove set aside for this purpose in the general library.
The donors have been chiefly, though not exclusively, German- Amer-
icans of Iowa.
FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.
Propsssor Van Stbendsrkn; Miss Hutchinson.
z. Blenientary French. Grammar, reading, composition and
conversation; Bevier's French Grammar, Van DaelPs French Reader,
Erckmann-Chatrian's Le Conscrit de 1813, HaUvy's I^'Abb^ Con-
stantin, Herdler's Scientific Reader, M^thode Berlitz, Part i. Miss
Hutchinson.
Throughout the year, daily.
a. French Composition. Written and spoken composition:
Grandgent*s French Composition and Part 11. of M^thode Berlitz.
Professor Van Stebndkren.
Fall term, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 9.
Intermediate French. Reading and composition: Bowen's
French Lyrics, 0'Conner*s Choiz de Contes Contemporains, M^ri-
m^e's Lettres k une Inconnue, Victor Hugo's Hemani, Alphonae
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 39
Daadet's Le Nabob, Grandgent's Composition continued. Professor
Van STBBNDBRB27.
Winter and spring terms, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 9.
Courses 2 and 3 are to be taken in succession.
4. Prencli Classical Drama. Comeille's Horace, Cinna and
Le Cid, Racine*s Athalie and Ephig^nie, Molifere's L'Avare, Le Tar-
tufe and Les Pemmes Savantes. Professor Van Stbbnderkn.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 11.
5. Modem French Authors. Each student reads and para-
phrases about five representative works of different authors. The
University library provides these works. Text books: Fortier's Sept
Grands Auteurs du XIX* SiMe and Mell^'s Contemporary French
Writers. Professor Van Stssndbrbn.
Fall and winter terms, Mon., Wed., at 8.
6. Advanced French and Composition. Victor Hugo's
Les Travailleurs de la Mer. Free composition on subje<Sls assigned.
Professsor Van Stkvndbrbn.
Spring term, Mon., Wed., at 8.
Courses 5 and 6 are to be taken in succession.
7. History of French I^iterature. Lectures in the French
language. Text-books: Duval's Litterature Prancaise, Montaigne's
De r Institution des Bnfans. Professor Van Stskndkrbn.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 10.
8. Seminary. Nineteenth century French literature. Professor
Van Stbbndbrbn.
Throughout the year. Wed., at 2:50.
9. Spanish. Bdgren's Spanish Grammar, Matzke's First Spanish
Readings. Professor Van Stbendbrbn.
Spring term, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 11.
Courses 2, 3 and 4 or 2, 3 and 5, 6 may be taken together. Also 5,
6 and 7 or 8, but both 7 and 8 must be preceded by 2, 3. Course 9
must be taken with or after Course i.
40 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.
Professor Wauchopb; Mr. Cook and Mr. Kbi.i«by.
The organization of the following courses has in view the study of
English as (i) a means of expression ^ (2) a literature^ (5) a language.
Group ( I ) consists of courses in rhetoric and theme-writing. Here
the chief aim is by constant practice and sharp but kindly criticism to
enable the student to form a clear, forcible and artistic style. He is
at the same time, by constant work in the librar>% made familiar with
the best modem stylists, and is trained in methods of criticism and
interpretation.
Group (2) embraces a sympathetic and critical study of our litera-
ture as an expression in artistic form of the mind of a great people.
An outline sketch is given in the Sophomore year, and this is followed
in the Junior and Senior years by the broader and deeper study of
special periods, and an insight is gained into the currents of thought
and feeling of a particular age. Here the literature is treated as a fine
art including not merely an appeal to the feelings through beauty of
form but also embod3dng a philosophy of life. In both groups the
idea is constantly kept in view that the study of English, in addition
to its intellectual value, is a powerful means of spiritual culture, and
to this end the artistic and ethical teachings of our great writers are
emphasized.
In Group (3) the subject is considered from its philological side.
The language is studied historically as an organic growth, its struc-
sure, phonology and et3anology are examined, and specimens of the
prose and the poetry of the Anglo-Saxon and Middle English periods
are read. A knowledge of French and German will be of the greatest
value to students taking these courses.
Candidates for all baccalaureate degrees are reqtdred to complete
two years of English, that is six terms of two lectures a week.
Freshmen will take Course i, and Sophomores Course 4. Those who
are preparing to teach English should take at least the fall term of
Course 12 in addition to some of the elective courses in literature.
Law students wishing to take work in English will find Coune 10
especially helpful.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 41
(l) RHETORIC.
•
i« Slictoric and Compositioti. Lectures. Semi-weekly themes
with written and oral criticism; Wendell's English Composition,
Hill's Principles of Rhetoric, and library work. Five sections. Re-
qnired of Freshmen. Professor Wauchope, Mr. Cook and Mr.
KBI.LY.
Two hours a week throughout the year.
a. Advanced Compositioii. Lectures. Wendell's English Com-
position, and suggestive works on style. Tri-weekly and fortnightly
themes. Opon to those only who have attained Grade A in Course i,
and who wish to refine and strengthen the prose style acquired in
that conxBe. Mr. Cook.
Fall and winter terms, two hours a week.
3. Versificatioii. Practice in metrical composition in the fixed
forms of verse such as the heroic couplet, blank verse, Spenserian
stanza, ode, rondeau, sonnet, ballad and song. Analysis of the best ex-
amples of these forms in English poetry. Informal discussion of
artistic questions. Open to those who have had Course 2. Mr. Cook.
Spring term, two hours a week:
(2) ENGI,ISH UTERATURB.
4. Vx&fflittli Uteratnre. General survey from Chaucer to
Tennyson. Lectures. Study of masterpieces in prose and poetry;
recitations, essays, and reports on collateral work in the library. Four
sectioas. Required of Sophomores. Professor Wauchope, Mr.
Cook and Mr. e:bzj«y.
Two honrs a week throughout the year.
5. Chaucer's Poetry. A study in fourteenth century art. Open
to those who have had the training of Course 4 in Chaucer's grammar
and pronunciation. Lectures; Skeat's The Student's Chaucer. Mr.
Cook.
Spring term, two honrs a week.
6. The Bn^Uah Novel. Conducted on the seminary plan with
weekly papers, reports and discussions. Pall term: Seventeenth
oe ntnrj romanoe, Swift, Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Smollett and
Sterne. Winter term: The romantic revival, novels of domestic life,
42 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Austen, Scott, Dickens, Tliackeray, George Eliot, Poe and Hawthorne.
Spring temi: Stevenson, Du Maurier, and some of the more promi-
nent living writers of fiction. Open to Juniors and Seniors.
Professor Wauchope.
Two hours on Monday afternoon throughout the year.
7. Shakspere and Hia Pellow-Playwriflrhta. A critical study
of dramatic art. Lectures, reading of plays, reports. Preytag*s
Technique of the Drama, Moulton*s Shakspere as a Dramatic Artist,
any standard edition of Shakspere, and (in the library) the Mermaid
series. Junior and Senior elective. Mr. Cook.
Fall and winter terms, Tu. and Th. at 11.
8. English I/iterature of the Eighteenth Century. Semi-
nary plan of study; lectures, reports, discussions; assigned readings of
masterpieces and standard criticism. Junior and Senior elective.
Alternate years; to be given in 1897-98. Mr. Kbi«i,y.
Fall and winter terms, two hours a week.
9. EngUsh I/iterature of the Nineteenth Century. A
critical study of the literary art of the century through its representa-
tive poets, essayists and novelists. Lectures, recitations and reports.
Fall term: The romantic movement; Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron,
Shelley, Keats, Lamb, Hazlitt and Leigh Hunt. Winter tenn: De
Quincey, Landor, Macaulay, Carlyle, Scott, Dickens, and Thackeray;
the relation of the novel to literature and life. Spring term: George
Eliot, Stevenson, Ruskin, Arnold, Tennyson and Browning; recent
phases of poetry and fiction. Junior and Senior elective. Professor
Wauchopb.
Throughout the year, Tu. and Th. at 10.
zo. iSaaajdata and Orators. A study in prose. Lectures and
recitations. Fall term: A critical study of Macaulay, Carlyle and
De Quincey in respect to style and substance. Winter term: A
critical study of Burke as stylist, debater, and orator, with such ref-
erence to his political philosophy and to contemporaneous history as
is necessary to a clear understanding of his importance in political
literature. Spring term: A critical study of Emerson and Webster.
Junior and Senior elective. Mr. Kki«i«y.
Two hours a week throughout the year.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 43
xz. American Xriteratnre. Lectures, recitations, reports, and
assigned readings of masterpieces and standard criticism. General
survey of both poetry and prose, including political literature and
oratory. Junior and Senior elective. Alternate years; not to be given
in 1897-8. Mr. Kbi.i«y.
Two hours a week throughout the year.
(3) SNGUSH I«ANGUAG£.
za. History of the Bnglish l^angnage. Lectures with maps
and charts, on the relation of English to the Aryan family of lan-
guages, the Anglo-Saxon literature, the early English dialects, the lin-
guistic effects of the various invasions of England, the native vocabu-
lary and the loan elements, and the history of inflections. Louns-
bnry*s History of the English Language, and Sweet's Anglo-Saxon
Reader. The study of Anglo-Saxon is begun in this class. This
course is especially recommended to all students wishing to become
teachefs of English. Sophomore, Junior and Senior elective. Pro-
fessor Wauchops.
Throughout the year, Wed., Pri., at 2:30.
13. An^lo-Sazon. Reading of selections from Alfred, Aelfric,
Wulfstan, Bede, Beowulf^ Caedmon, Cynewulf, Judith^ and minor
poems. Lectures introductory to Germanic philology. Sweet's Anglo-
Saxon Reader, Harrison and Sharp's Beowulf. Open to those who
have had Course 12. Primarily for graduates, 1897-98. Professor
Wauchops.
Throughout the 3rear, two hours a week.
14. Oofliic and Old Saxon. Bemhardt's Die gotische Bibel
des Vulfila, Siever's Heliand, and Heyne's Die altgermanischen Dia-
lecte. Lectures on Germanic philology in its relations to English.
Open to students who have taken Courses 12 and 13, and who have a
reading knowledge of German. Graduate course 1897-98. Professor
Wauchopb.
Throughout the j^ear, two hours a week.
15. Teacliers' Course. During the spring term of 1898 a course
of lectures intended primarily for teachers of English in the secondary
schools will be given one hour a week. Among the subjects discussed
will be historical grammar, the periods in the development of the
44 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
language, the principles of etymology, and methods of teaching gram-
mar, rhetoric and literature. Professor Wauchope.
Sawyer PriJ^e. A special gold medal, or a purse of twenty-five
dollars, known as "The Sawyer Prize," is offered for 1898 for the best
essay of three thousand words written by any student of the Univer-
sity on a subject approved by the Professor of English.
SIrOCUTION.
Mrs. Partridge.
1. Blementary Vocal Traininj^. Studies in phonics with refer-
ence to articulation, and the eradication of faults of speech or voice;
development of breath control for artistic voice production; studies
of the factors of speech; the timbre of the voice; stress as applied to
tones, emphasis and accent, with selections adapted for illustration
and analysis; studies in gesture; readings from standard authors.
This course is open to Collegiate Freshmen, and Junior Law stu-
dents.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
2. Yocal Bxpresaion. Elementary Principles of Vocal Expres-
sion: correct mental action in reading and speaking; studies and pre-
sentations from speeches and forms of the drama, to develop the powers
of conception and the ability to express every phase of human exper-
ience as a means of securing simplicity and naturalness in all kinds of
speaking. Lectures on problems in vocal expression. Study of mono-
logues, impersonations, and miscellaneous selections, with individual
criticism. This course is open to Sophomores who have completed
Course i.
Throughout the year, one hour a week. Each student receives in
addition to class exercises a private rehearsal each week.
3. Oratory. Application of the principles of expression to the
•ratory of the bar: special exercises for the development of extempo-
raneous speaking; study of orations with the methods employed by
leading orators; selections from Shakspere's tragedies and comedies
as one of the best means of studying human character, studies in
gesture for developing self-control, and spontaneity of action. This
coarse is open to Senior Law students.
Fall and winter terms, two hoars a week.
COLLEGIATB DEPARTMENT. 45
HISTORY,
Propkssor Wiixox; Mr. Pi^um.
I. History of Greece. Text-book and lectures. This course is
intended primarily for members of the Freshman class. Mr. Pi^xjm.
Fall term, two hours a week.
a. History of Rome. Text-book and lectures. Tliis work con-
sists of two parts: the History of the Roman Republic in the winter
term, and the History of the Roman Empire in the spring term. The
work of both terms is designed for members of the Freshman class.
Mr. Pi,UM.
Winter and spring terms, two hours a week.
3. History of Mediseval 9tirope. Text-book and lectures.
This coarse is intended primarily for members of the Sophomore class
and presupposes acquaintance with the History of Greece and Rome.
The course is divided into three parts to correspond with the three
terms of the University year. The first part, constituting the work of
the fall term, extends from the final overthrow of the western Roman
empire in 476 A. D. to the death of Charles the Great, 814 A. D. The
work of the winter and spring terms traces the downfall of the Caro-
lingian system and its gradual reconstruction into Modem Europe.
Professor Wii^cox.
Three terms, two hours a week.
4^ Constitutional History of Bng^land, Analyses and lecture.s.
This coarse is intended for members of the Junior and Senior classes
only. As much previous work as possible in Ancient and Mediseval
History should be taken before beginning this course. Professor Wii,-
cox or Mr. Pi,UM.
Three terms, three hours a week.
g. Constitutional History of the United States. Lectures.
This course is designed for Senior and Graduate students. The course
embraces, during the fall term, the study of the origin and develop-
ment of the constitution of the United States, from preceding political
forms. The winter term continues the work in a study of the text of
the constitution in the light of its historical outworking. The spring
46 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
term finishes the work with a study of the working of the United
States Government under the constitution from 1789 to the present.
Professor Wilcox.
Three terms, three hours a week.
6. The French Revolntlon and the NaiK>leonic Bta. This
course is designed for Senior and Graduate students. Considerable
work in Mediaeval History is an indispensable prerequisite. Professor
Wiixox.
Fall and winter terms, two hours a week.
7. The Nineteenth Centnry History of Europe. This is a
sequel to Course 6 or its equivalent, and is open to the same classes of
advanced students. Professor Wii^cox.
Spring term, two hours a week.
8» Seminary in iSn^^lish History. This course is intended
primarily for Gradiiate students who are qualified to specialize in
English History. Those Senior students who have had Course 4 and
are capable of doing original and independent work will be admitted
to this Seminary. Professor Wii^cox.
Three terms, two hours a week.
9. Seminary in United States History. This course is also
primarily designed for graduate students, but exceptions are made
similar to those specified for Course 8. Professor Wii^cox.
Three terms, two hours a week.
All the courses in History, including the two Seminaries, are given
each year. There are no alternating courses.
All courses in History are elective. Admission to the courses is con-
ditioned only upon the qualifications of the candidate who desires to
to take the courses.
Students are advised to plan their historical work so that it will be
logical in its order of sequence. Students who intend to emphasize
historical work in college are urged to make careftd preparation in
History in preparatory schools.
In arranging the courses in History in the University the attempt
has been made to present the entire field of historical study with ref-
erence to logical and chronological sequence, so that no period shall
be neglected and each period be treated in the light of what goes
before and what comes after.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 47
POLITICAL SCIENCE.
Frofhssor Loos; Assistant Professor Shambaugh, Dr. Harris,
Mr. Brock and Mr. Van Law.
To mark, to some extent, the differentiation of the several branches
of political science the courses here oifered are grouped in the main
under the following headings: ( i) Political Economy and Finance ^ (2)
Pitblic Law and Adtninistration, The requirement of three consecu-
tive terms of work in order to receive credit will apply to the respective
groaps. Courses 2 and 1 1 are the fundamental courses in economics
and politics respectively, and undergraduates are advised to select
these courses as an introduction to advanced work in the group under
which each stands.
poiriTiCAi, SCONomr and finance.
I. Economic History. After an introductory study of primitive
man and primitive civilization (Starr's First Steps in Human Progress)
the coarse will occupy itself mainly with the development of trades
and manufactures in Europe (Cunningham's Industrial History),
and later with tlie industrial development of the United States
(Wright's Industrial Evolution of the United States). Open to Soph-
omores. Mr. .
Throughout the year, Tu., Th. at 8.
a. SconCMillca. An introduction to the study of political econ-
omy. Text-book and lectures. Open to Juniors and Seniors. Professor
Loos, Mr. Brock and Mr. Van Law.
Pall term daily at 11.
3. Pinatice, Cttrrency and Bankiiis: in the United States.
Lectures on the financial history of the United States including a dis-
cussion of the currency and a study of banks and banking. Open to
Juniors. Professor Loos and Mr. Van Law.
Winter term, Mon., Wed., Fri. at 11.
4« Transportation. The course will deal chiefly with railways:
nilroAd oiguiization and management, explanation of terms in com-
48 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
mon use in railroad accounts and reports; history of railroad develop-
ment, discussion of rates, competition, discrimination, and state man-
agement (Hadley's Railroad Transportation); the commission system,
state and inter-state. Open to Juniors. Mr. .
Winter and spring terms, Tu., Th. at 2:30.
5. The Industrial Revolutioti and Modem Social $^e8-
tiona. An elemenrary course in recent economic history and theory.
An analysis of the industrial revolution with lectures on modern
socialism, contemporary economic schools, and recent tendencies in
legislation. Open to those who have passed in Course 2. Professor
Loos and Mr. Brock.
Winter and spring terms, Tu., Th. at 11.
6. The Principles of Bconomics. The development of the
classical political economy will be carefully studied. Special atten-
tion will be given also to the mathematical work of Jevons and other
writers; and to the recent contributions of the Austrian school. Pro-
fessor Marshall's Principles of Economics will be used as a text. For
Seniors and Graduate students. Professor Loos and Dr. Shambaugr.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Fri. at 9.
7. Public Finance. A study in state expenditure, state income,
and state debts. The class w^ill read Bastable's Public Finance. Open
to those who have taken Course 2 or its equivalent. Professor Loos.
Fall term, Tu., Th. at 9.
8. Taxation. This course is designed as a continuation of Course
7 for those who wish to do further work in public finance, and will be
conducted as a research course. Papers will be prepared first on the
literature of taxation; these will be followed by a series of special
studies in existing systems of taxation, national commonwealth and
local. Professor Loos.
Winter and spring terms, Tu. and Th. at 9.
9. History of Political ISconomy. Economic history in the
fall term with special reference to the medieval systems of industry,
the appearance of the modem era, and the writings of the mercantil-
ists and physiocrats. Economic theory in the winter and spring terms
with notice of Smith, Malthus, Ricardo and contemporary schools.
For Seniors and Graduates. Professor Loos and Dr. Shambaugh.
Throughout the year, hours to be appointed.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 49
zo. Debatisis: Course. May be counted also as an English
elective. Selected topics in economics and politics. The course
may not be given in 1897-98. Mr. Kku^y and Dr. Shambaugh.
Fall and winter, hours to be appointed.
FUBI/IC l^AW AND ADMINISTRATION.
zz« Historical and Descriptive Politics. A study, historical
and descriptive, of the governments of Greece, Rome, Prance, Ger-
many, England and the United States. Fall term: Beginning with
the primitive institutions of the Patriarchal Family and the Village
Community, political evolution will be traced through Greece, Rome
(City and Empire ), Mediaeval Europe, Prance and Germany. Winter
■
term: The general outlines of political evolution in Switzerland,
England and the United States. Spring term: The development of
local government, especially in the United States, will receive detailed
consideration. Dr. Shambaugh.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 8.
la. Principles of Goyenunent in the United States. A
study, legal and political, of constitutional government in the United
States, wherein the Constitution of the United States will receive
special examination. Open to Juniors and Seniors. Dr. Shambaugh.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th. at 10, (third hour to be appointed).
13. Principles of Government in the United States. A
special course, supplementing Course 12, wherein the principles of
government in the United States will be studied through primary
sources: colonial charters, commonwealth constitutions, leading state
papers prior to 1787, the Federalist and other contemporaneous
essays on the Constitution, leading state papers and political documents
from 1787 to 1870, the important speeches of Jackson, Webster, Cal-
houn and Lincoln, ordinances of secession, etc. Open to Juniors and
Seniors. Dr. Shambaugh.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
14. International I^aw. Lectures on international law given in
alternate years. Snow's Cases on International Law will be used
as a text. The course was given in 1896-97. Open to Juniors.
Chancellor McClain.
Spring term, Tu., Th., at 11.
50 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
15. Diplomacy and Poreis^ Relations. The consular and dip-
lomatic service with some notice of customs tariffs. Professor Loos.
Spring term, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 11.
i6. Political Theory and Comparative Constitutional I^aw.
The outlines of political theory will be presented in the fall term.
A comparative study of the leading features of the constitutions of the
United States, England, France and Germany will be undertaken in
the winter and spring terms." Open to those who have had Courses 1 1
and 12. An advanced course for Seniors and Graduates. Dr. Sham-
BAUGH.
Two hours through the year.
VJ* Administrative I^aw. A comparative study of administra-
tive law in France, Germany, England and the United States. Open
to those who have taken Courses 11, 12 and t6. Dr. Shambaugh.
Fall term, two hours to be appointed.
18. Government in Iowa. A study, historical and descriptive,
of the political institutions of the commonwealth of Iowa. Dr. Sham-
baugh.
Spring term, two hours to be appointed.
19. Roman I^aw. The history and institutions of the classical
and Justinian law. lyectures with assigned readings. For Seniors and
Graduates. Dr. Harris.
Fall and winter terms, Th., at 1:30.
ao. Roman Municipalities. Lectures. For Seniors and Grad-
uates. Professor Rohbach.
Fall or winter, two hours to be appointed.
az. Municipal Oovemment. A study in administration. This
course is for those who have taken Course 23. Professor Loos.
Spring term Mon., Wed., Fri., at 10.
aa. Political Philosophy. A study in political theory, classical
and modem, with some notice of state forms. Lectures with critical
reading of Aristotle *8 Politics during the fall term; and Green on Poli-
tical Obligations and Sidgwick's Elements of Politics during the winter
and spring terms. Primarily for Graduates. Professor Loos.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 10.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 51
as» Sociolos^. Part i. Lectnres during the fall term on the
primary factora and forces of social pheonomena; special attention is
given to the earliest phases of political organization. Part 2. In the
winter term, police, sanitation, pauperism, and crime receive special
attention. The dose relation of the so-called practical sociology to
the German Verwaltungslehre will be pointed out. Open to Seniors
and Graduates. Professor Loos.
Pall and winter terms, Mon., Wed., Pri., at 10.
S4« Seminary in Political Science. It is the aim of the
Seminary to encourage spedal investigations. Questions in politics,
economics, statistics, finance, administration or law may be taken for
special research. From time to time papera are read, and then famil-
iarly criticised and discussed. Primarily for Graduates. Professor
Loos and Dr. Shambaugh.
Throughout the year, houra to be appointed.
PMLOSOPHY.
Propbssor Patrick; Assistant Processor G113KRT.
z. IrOgic. An elementary course in deductive and inductive
logic. In the fall term deductive logic will be studied with the aid of
Jevons' Lessons in Logic as a text. In the winter term inductive logic
will be studied by means of lectures and readings in Hibben's Induc-
tive Logic and Jevons' Principles of Science. Either term may be
taken alone. Professor Patrick.
Fall and winter terms, two houra.
a. Psychology. An elementary course in general psychology. In
the fall term Dr. G113BRT will lecture on the nervous system, localiza-
tion of brain function, the special senses and sensations. Practical
study and dissection of the sheep's brain will accompany the lectures
on the nervous system. In the winter and spring terms Professor
Patrick will lecture on general psychology. This course will be
accompanied by experimental exercises and by demonstrations with
apparatus from the psychological laboratory. The texts of James,
Kuelpe, Wundt, and Ladd will be used as references and for assigned
leadings. Professor Patrick and Dr. G113BRT.
Throughout the year, three houra, two sections.
52 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
3. History of Philoaophy. A coarse in Greek, mediaeval and
modem philosophy. Lectures, with assigned readings in the texts of
Zeller, Weber, Palckenbeig and Erdmann. Professor Patrick.
Throughout the year, three hours.
4. Btlilca. Lectures, discussions, and recitations. Mackenzie*s
Manual of Ethics will be used as a text-book. Dr. Gii^bbrt.
Spring term, three hours.
5. I^aboratory Course in Bxperimental Psychology. An
introductory course whose aim is to familiarize the student with the
use of psychophysical apparatus and methods of experimental research
in psychology. Dr. Gli^BBRT.
Fall and winter, two hours, or four hours laboratory work.
6. The Psychology of the Child. The methods and results
of child study. This course will be introduced by a short course on
comparative psychology. Lectures and reports. Dr. Gilbert.
Spring term, two hours.
7. The Philosophy of Nature. The principal subjects dis-
cussed will be final causes, the philosophy of evolution, and mate-
rialism. This course is primarily for Graduates. Lectures, theses,
and private readings. Professor Patrick.
Fall term, two hours.
8. Abnormal Psychology. The principal subjects discussed
will be sleep, dreams, somnambulism, h3rpnoti8m, automatism, altera-
tions of personality, telepathy, and psychical research. This course
is primarily for Graduates. It may be taken by undergraduates who
have proper preparation. Lectures, theses, and private readings. Dr.
G113SRT.
Winter term, two hours.
9. Special Research in Psychology. Original investigations
of special problems in normal and abnormal psychology and child
study. Laboratory work and theses. The results of these investiga-
tions, if of sufficient worth, will be published in the Shidus in A^-
ckohgy. This course is primarily for Graduates. It may be taken
by undergraduates who have had Courses 2 and 5. Dr. Gii3SaT.
Thronghont the year, hours to be arranged.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 53
zo* Semiiiary in Paychology. Reports and discussions up-
on advanced problems in psychology, such as the nature of the mind,
theory of knowledge, the relation of mind and body, and kindred
subjects. This course is primarily for Graduates. It may be taken by
undei]graduates who have had Courses 2 and 5. Dr. G113SRT.
Winter term, two hours.
n. Seminary in Philoaophy. Papers and discussions upon
special problems in philosophy. The subjects studied the past year
were pessimism, the philosophy of India, and mysticism. This
course is primarily for Graduates, but may be taken by special per-
mission by undergraduates with full preparation. Professor Patrick.
Winter term, two hours.
Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Philosophy are required to
take the equivalent of three terms' work of two or three hours each
in this department. Courses i and 2 are recommended for this re-
quirement.
The Psychological Laboratory, No. 14 North Clinton street, is open
daily from 8 to 12 a. m., and from 2 to 4 p. M. A description of the
laboratory and apparatus will be found in this catalogue under the
head of Material Equipment of the Collegiate Department. The
librar}' of philosophy is supplied with all the standard works in logic,
psychology, ethics, and philosophy, and is open daily during labora-
tory hours.
PEDAGOGY.
PROPBSSOR McCONNBI«I«; MR. DORCAS.
X. General Pedasrogy. This course is designed primarily for
students who have had no teaching experience. This will be a text-
book course and will consist of a general treatment of the principles
and practice of school teaching. The text-books used in this course
are Putnam's Manual of Pedagogics, Gregory's Seven Laws of Teach-
ing, White's School Management, Prince's Courses and Methods.
The course is open to all students who are permitted by the rules of
the University to take elective courses. Professor McConnbi,i« and
Mr. Dorcas.
Throughout the year, five hours a week.
54 vSTATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
a. Fhiloeophy of 1Sdticati<m and Practice of TeacHinflr*
Lectures and redtations. It is the purpose in this course to set forth
the aims of education, as these aims have been developed in educational
history, also to treat somewhat fully the doctrines of the eductional
leaders of recent times, and finally to illustrate the application of
these doctrines in teaching. Fall term: Educational Aims and Doc-
trines. Comenius, Pestalozzi, Froebel, Herbart. This part of the
course will include a special treatment of the Herbartian Pedagogy
and a discussion of educational values. Winter term: Teaching and
Governing. This part of the course will embrace a treatment of the
Formal Steps of Instruction, an exposition of methods of teaching and
lectures on sanitation. Spring term: Secondary Education. In this
part of the course, attention will be given to the organization of
courses of study and methods of instruction in high schools. Profes-
sor MCCONNBI*!..
Throughout the year, three hours a week.
3. History of Bdttcatioxi. This course will consist of three dis-
tinct parts, {a) The ancient and mediaeval period, (^) the modem
period, and {c) the history of education in the United States. The
course will consist of lectures, recitations and essays on assigned
topics. Mr. Dorcas.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
4. School Supervision. In this course the student will be ex-
pected to make a study of the following subjects: General school
management, the art of classifying schools, and the art of arranging
courses of study. Lectures and recitations. Professor McConnbi^l.
Winter terra, two hours a week.
5. School Systems. This course will require of the student an
examination of the state and city systems of the United States. Lec-
tures and reports. Professor McConnbi^i^.
Fall term, two hours a week.
6. Child Study. In this course the history, literature and meth-
ods of work in child study will be treated. Professor McConnbi*!,.
Spring term, two hours a week.
7* Seminary. The seminary will afford an opportunity for the
special investigation of subjects selected with reference to their bear-
COLI.EGIATE DEPARTMENT. 55
ing on Courses 2 and 6. Pall and winter: The doctrines of the Her-
bartian school. Spring: Child study. Professor McConnbi^i,.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
NoTB. — ^The courses in Pedagogy, expect as otherwise designated,
are open to Juniors, Seniors, and special students. Candidates for
the d^^xee of Bachelor of Didactics are required to take three full
terms* work in Pedagogy.
State Certificate. Acting under a law passed by the Twenty-
third General Assembly, the State Board of Educational Examiners
will grant state certificates, good for five years, to graduates of the
Collegiate Department of the University who comply with the follow-
ing conditions:
(a) The applicant must take three full terms' work in Pedagogy
at the University.
(d) He must furnish written statements, prepared expressly for the
Board, from one or more county superintendents, or other experienced
educators, certifying to the professional success and good moral char-
acter of the applicant.
(c) He must furnish written official statements, addressed to the
Board, from school boards, or directors, for whom the candidate has
taught, certif3Hing to his success in teaching and government.
(d) He must apply to the Board through the Professor of Pedagogy,
to whom he shall send, in addition to the above described certificates,
a formal application for a state certificate, the sum of three dollars
and such other credentials as may be required. The application for a
state certificate should be made by using the blank form provided for
that purpose by the State Board of Examiners.
(e) All the papers and credentials required from candidates for
state certificates must be filed with the President of the University at
least thirty days before the date fixed for the examination.
Ifife Diploma. The State Board of Educational Examiners grants
life diplomas, according to law, to graduates of the University who
have complied with the state certificate conditions mentioned above,
and who, in addition thereto, have had a successful teaching experi-
ence of five years after graduation. Applications are to be made
through the Professor of Pedagogy. The following are the regulations
of the Board in reference to such applicants:
56 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
(a) The Board itself holds the right, which it exercises at discretion ,
to investigate the character, scholarship, and professional standing of
every applicant.
(d) The candidate must present an original thesis in his ovm hand-
ivriting, of not less than 3,000 nor more than 5,000 words, upon some
professional topic selected by the President of the Board. The thesis
will be subjected to a critical examination by at least two persons
chosen by the Board.
(c) The credentials required, the registration blank properly filled,
and the thesis, accompanied by the fee of five dollars, must be filed
with the President of the University at least thirty days before the
date fixed for examination.
PHYSICS,
PROPBSSOR Vbbi,bn; Mr. Bowman, Mr. Baii«by and Mr. Wii«us.
I. Medianice and Heat. Lectures and recitations. Professor
Vbblkn.
Fall term, daily at 11.
a. Blectricity and Masfnetiem. Lectures and recitations.
Professor Vbblbn.
Winter term, daily at ii.
3. Sound and lAght, Lectures three times a week, laboratory
work twice a week. Professor Vbbi«bn, Mr. Bowman, Mr. Baii«by
and Mr. Wii*us.
Spring term, lectures Mon., Wed., Fri., at 11.
Courses i, 2 and 3 constitute the general elementary work in physics
required of all scientific and engineering students, and must be pre-
ceded by the mathematics of the Freshman year.
4. Phyaical Measurementa and Obaenrationa. Laboratory
work. Mr. Bowman and Mr. Baii«by.
One term, daily.
5. Meaanrementa and Determination of Conatanta. Lec-
tures and laboratory work. Professor Vbbi«bn, Mr. Bowman and
Mr. BaUtBY.
One term, daily.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 57
6. M eaatiremetits. Special investigation and research to follow
4 and 5. Professor Vbbi«bn and Mr. Bowman.
Couraes 4, 5 and 6 may be taken any term, but must be pursued in
the order of their numbers. These courses are planned for students
taking a second year in Ph3rsics. Course 4 is required of electrical
engineering students in the fall of their Junior year. In the winter of
the same year they take 5, but in their case this course deals more es-
pecially with electrical measurements.
7. Direct Ctirrent I>3mamo6 and MotorB. Three lectures a
week, laboratory work twice a week. For electrical engineering
Juniors. Professor Vbbi«bn and Mr. Bowman.
Spring term, daily.
8. Theory of ISlecttidty and Photometry. Lectures five
times a week, laboratory work ten hours. Professor Vkblbn and
Mr. Bowman.
Kail term.
9. Alternate Current Machinery. Five lectures a week, ten
hours of special laboratory work. Professor Vbbi«Bn and Mr. Bow-
man.
xo. Dietrlbntion of Electrical Bnergy; Telesfraph and
Telephone* Lectures and laboratory work. Professor Vbbi«9N
and Mr. Bowman.
Spring term, ten hours a week.
The last three numbers form the Senior year course of the electrical
engineers, and will in general include five lectures a week, the subjects
treated being indicated above. The work in the laboratory consists of
practice with the photometer, experiments and measurements on the
various machines, transformers, and other apparatus, and tests of insu-
lators, conductors, samples of iron, etc. The student has the choice
in the latter part of the year of preparing a thesis or carrying out
some research, or doing other special work.
zi. Electricity and Mafifnetiani. For civil engineering students.
Two lectures a week, laboratory work three times a week. Professor
VBBI.BN and Mr. Bowman.
Pall term, daily;
58 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
xa. Dynamo-electric Machinery. Lectures to dvil engineer-
ing students. Professor Vsbi«bm.
Winter term, three times a week.
13. Heat and Thermodynamics. Lectures to Junior electrical
and civil engineering students. Mr. Bowman.
Spring term, twice a week, with one day each week in electrical
laboratory for civil engineers.
14. Shop Work. For electrical engineers. Mr. Bowman and Mr.
WiiAiS.
Throughout the year, twice a week.
15. Seminary. The systematic reading of physical and elec-
trical journals by those students who are well enough equipped, is en-
couraged by a weekly seminary, conducted for this purpose by Pro-
fessor Vhbi^bn.
In addition to the above, lectures and laboratory courses in selected
topics will be given as circumstances may require or the facilities for
instruction may admit. Laboratory work of any grade may be taken
any term, three or more times a week.
CHEMISTRY.
Professor Andrews, Mr. Endb and Mr. Jackson.
z. General Chemistry. Lectures illustrated by experiments
and accompanied by a weekly quiz and laboratory work. Professor
Andrews.
Pall term, four times a week, laboratory once a week.
a. General Chemistry (continued). Lectures illustrated by
experiments. Introduction to qualitative analysis. Laboratory work,
six hours a week. Professor Andrews and Mr. Bnde.
Winter term: Lectures Tu., Th., at 9. Laboratory at hours to be
arranged.
3. General Chemiatry and Qualitative Analysis. Lectures
once a week, laboratory work eight hours. The student is instructed
in the theory and practice of Qualitative Analysis and is expected to
carry out about twenty-five complete analyses besides a number of
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 59
partial ones. This oonrse except the lectures can be taken in any
tenn. Professor Andrews, Mr. Ends and Mr. Jackson.
Spring term, lectures at 9, laboratory eight hours, at times to be
arranged.
4* QtumtitatiYe Analysis* I^ectures on general principles and
aooroes of error once a week, laboratory ten hours. Professor Andrews
and Mr. Jackson.
Lectures Tu., at 4:30, laboratory according to arrangement.
5. Quantitative Analysis. Laboratory practicum. The stu-
dent extends his work from the analysis of substances of defin-
itely known composition to commercial products of various kinds and
makes a study of certain technological methods. Professor Andrews
and Mr. Jackson.
Any term, ten hours a week.
6. Theoretical and Physical Chemistry. Lectures on the gen-
eral principles of thermo-chemistry, electro-chemistry and chemical
dynamics, accompanied by a parallel course of laboratory work cover-
ing, for example, the determination of molecular weights, experimental
study of the laws of Avogadro and Dulong and Petit, the phenomena
of mass action and of dissociation. Ostwald's Outlines of Physical
Chemistry has hitherto been used as an auxiliary text. This course
must be preceded by at least the first three courses in chemistry and
the first three in physics or their equivalent. It will probably only be
given in the even numbered years. Professor Andrews.
Spring term, lectures or laboratory work daily at hours to be arranged
for.
7. a. Or^^anic Chemistry. Lectures on the fatty series,
illnstrated experimentally so far as the subject will permit. Professor
Andrews.
Spring term, even numbered years, twice a week.
7. b. Org^anic Chemistry. Lectures on aromatic and hetero-
cyclic compounds. Professor Anbrkws.
Spring of odd numbered years, thrice a week.
8. Blectro-chemistry. Lectures for students of electrical engi-
neering, comprising the theory of electrolysis, chemistry of primary
6o STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
and secondary batteries, electro-metallut^ and other industrial appli-
cations. Professor Andrbws.
Spring term, five times a week, even numbered years only.
9. Orfi^anic Preparations. Laboratory work comprising pre-
paration of typical organic compoimds, methods of S3aithe8isand study
of diagnostic reactions. This course must be preceded or accompa-
nied by Course 7. Professor Andrbws.
Winter term, laboratory daily, twelve hours a week.
10. Determinative Mineralogy and Cryatallography. Lab-
oratory practicum. Mr. Endb.
Winter and spring, five times a week.
Numbers 3, Qualitative Analysis, and 4, and 5, Quantitative Analy-
sis, may be taken in either fall, winter, or spring term.
Number 6, may be taken after 3. This order is only recommended
to those who devote no more than four terms in all to chemistry.
ANIMAL MORPHOLCXJY AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Assistant Profbssor Housbr, Mr. Burgb.
z. General Morphology and Physiology. A laboratory course
for the study of selected types representing the several great groups of
animals. General biological phenomena, the unicellular animals, and
representatives of the higher invertebrate groups. (Pall term). Dis-
section of t3rpical vertebrates, the microscopic morphology of verte-
brates, and lectures and experiments covering the elements of physi-
ology* (Winter and spring terms. ) Assistant Professor HouSBR.
Throughout the year; daily; two divisions, 10 to 12 and 1:30 to 3:30.
a« Microtomy. Laboratory work. The student makes a prac-
tical application of standard methods of fixing, hardening, staining,
injecting, imbedding, sectioning, and mounting. Methods of drawing
and reconstruction are also considered. Prerequisite: Course i. As-
sistant Professor HouSBR and Mr. BuRGB.
Fall term, daily, 8 to 10.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 6i
3. ComparatiYe Neurology. A study of the central nervous
system and the terminal sense organs. The laboratory work involves
the use of the technique of Golgi, Weigert, and other special means of
investigation peculiar to the subject. Lectures are given twice a week,
and assigned reading is done in the standard authorities. Prerequisite :
Courses i and 2. Assistant Professor HouSBR and Mr. BURGE.
Winter term, daily, 8 to 10.
4. Practical Physiology. A course of laboratory work for ad-
vanced students. References are constantly made to the standard
texts. Prerequisite: Course i. Assistant Professor HouSBR.
Fall and winter terms, daily, time to be arranged.
5. Yertelnrate Bmbryology. Laboratory work accompanied by
a series of lectures. The lectures discuss the general problems of verte-
brate embryology, and are supplemented by collateral reading. The
laboratory work embraces the study of the chick at different stages of
developtnent. Prerequisite: Courses i and 2. Assistant Professor
HOUSER and Mr. BuRGB.
Spring term, daily, 8 to 10.
6. Xliesis Cotirae. A course involving the preparation of a grad-
uating thesis. Opportunities are offered for laboratory work in some
brancli of anatomy, histology, or embryology. Prerequisite: Courses
I, 2 and 5. Assistant Professor HouSBR.
Time to be arranged.
7. Iteeearch Cotirse. Facilities for original investigation will be
provided for those who elect work in this subject as a major in a grad-
uate course. The specific character of such work will be determined
by individual considerations, but, in general, a problem will be assigned
for independent investigation through the use of refined laboratory
methods. Candidates for this work should have completed the under-
graduate courses i, 2 and 5, at least, or the equivalent. Assistant Pro-
fessor HOUSER.
6a STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
ZOOLCXJY.
Profbssor Nutting; Assistant Fropbssor Wickham.
z. Inyertebrated Animalft — ^more especially the sub-kingdoms,
CoeUnterata, and EMnodermata. Fall term. Professor Nutting.
a* Mammalia. The principles of classification are here applied
to a more limited group. More attention is paid to generic and spe-
cific characters and more detailed descriptions are made, daily prac-
tice being afforded by the use of the magnificent series of mammals in
the Homaday collection and main Musetmi. Instruction in the prep-
aration of skulls and skeletons is given to those students desiring it.
Winter term. Professor Nutting.
3. Or]iltholos;7, including instructions in field work. Upon
this course the whole work in systematic zoology is centered. Owing
to the very large series of birds (about 11,000 specimens) in the
Museum, there is ample material for real systematic work during the
term. Spring term. Professor NuTTiNG.
4. Bntomology. Fall term. Assistant Professor Wickham.
Inse<5t Anatomy and Development. I^ectures and laboratory work.
Three hours a week.
5. Btttomologfy. The principles acquired in the preceding term,
will be applied to the study of systematic entomology. Three hours
a week. Winter term. Assistant Professor Wickham.
6. Bntomologfy. The studies of the preceding term will be
continued. Throughout this and the preceding course special atten-
tion will be given to the philosophical bearings of the subject. Three
hours a week. Spring term. Assistant Professor Wickham.
7. ^cttirea in Speculative Zoology. This course is devoted
to a presentation of the more prominent theories concerning the origin
and evolution of animal forms and a historical review of the position
held by the most prominent workers in speculative zoology. Special
attention will also be paid to a study of the habits, instincts, and
intelligence of animals. The course will continue through the year
and will be open to Juniors and Seniors. Two hours a week. Pro-
fessor Nutting.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 63
8. Thesis. Equivalent to two terms' work. Advanced work in
any group of animals of which the Museum contains a sufficient
series. Free access to any specimens or books on the Museum floor
is accorded to students doing thesis work in zoology, and a con
venient study room has been fitted up for the use of advanced
students.
The above courses are intended to be consecutive, except that
courses 4, 5 and 6 may follow i, 2 and 3, in Animal Morphology, and
7 may be taken by Juniors and Seniors, without previous work in
natural science. A combination of Courses 4, 5, 6 and 7 is recom-
mended for students desiring a five hour course which will include a
critical study of a definite group of animals together with the appli-
cation of biological principles elucidated in Course 7. This course is
more particularly designed in the interest of students who do not
intend to specialize in 2k)ology.
The Museum affords an abundance of material for study, and this
is supplemented by (a) a library of zoological works, {d) Photo-
graphs of specimens studied, the photographs to be placed in the
note books along with the descriptions, and {c) Lectures in which the
salient points of the various groups of animals are defined, and habits,
distribution, etc., described.
Students taking special courses in biological science may receive
instruction in field work and in ^^preparaMon of museum material.
GEOLOGY.
Propbssor Cai«vin.
z. Pfinciples of Geology. Lectures, illustrated by museum
specimens, views, maps and microscopic preparations.
Throughout the year, twice weekly, Tu. and Th., at 9.
This course may be supplemented with Course i in Astronomy.
a. Oenersl and Practical Geology. During the faU term this
course embraces lectures and field observation on the geological
phesoiiieiiA in the vicinity of Iowa City as an introduction to the
64 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
fundamental facts of the science. The preliminary work also embraces
the laboratory investigation of material collected during studies in
the field. This is followed by the general facts of rock-making, con-
tinent-making, and the evolution of topographic forms. During
winter and spring terms attention is given to the chronological suc-
cession of strata in the Mississippi Valley, with studies relating to the
genesis, lithology, geographical distribution, economic products, and
typical faunas of the several formations. Large series of rocks, min-
erals, fossils, maps, lantern slides, and photographs afford the material
for lecture illustration and laboratory study.
Throughout the year, daily at lo. Additional hours for laboratory
work arranged to suit the convenience of the individual students.
3. Invertebrate Paleontology. Lectures and laboratory re-
search.
Throughout the year, daily. Lectures at 8. Laboratory work at
convenient hours from 8 to 5.
4. Bconomic Oeology of the United States. Lectures, with
library and laboratory research.
Throughout the year daily.
5. Special Courses in Pleistocene Geology, local Geolog>*
and Paleontology, Characteristics and Faunas of Special Formations,
and similar subjects are arranged to meet the wishes of individual
students.
Throughout the year or through a single term, two, three, or five
hours weekly.
BOTANY.
Professor Macbridb; Assistant Profbssor Shimbk.
Z. General Botany. This course includes lectures and labora-
tory work, and is intended to give a general view of botanical
science. Lectures, accompanied by abundant demonstrations and
laboratory work, present a more or less complete view of the world ol
plants. Spedal attention is paid to all available forms of onr crypto-
xamic flora, slimemoulds, achizophytes, diatoms, algae, fungi, mosses
COI.LBGIATE DEPARTMENT. 65
ferns, and their allies are successively passed in review. This course
is open to all students who are credited with Botany in their prepara-
tory course. While it is in some particulars a review of the prepara-
tory courses, it is also made the basis of work in the subsequent
oonrses. Fall term, ten hours a week. Professor Macbridb and
Assistant Professor Shimbk.
a. General Plant Hi8tolo8:y. General Structtiral Botany.
This course requires ten hours a week in the laboratory. Daily
lectures accompany the laboratory work. The student receives special
instruction in the preparation of vegetable sections, staining, mount-
ing, etc., and is required to prepare for himself approved slides in
illustration of all the topics presented in so far as these are referable to
the microecope. Winter term. Professor Macbridk and Assistant
Professor Shimbk.
3- General Plant Physiolos^. This course consists of lec-
tures, laboratory work, and experiments, supplemented by collateral
reading. The most important problems of vegetable physiology are
discussed and illustrated by simple experiments. Detmer, Vines,
Darwin, and all other standard authorities are available to the student
for collateral reading. Spring term. Assistant Professor Shimbk.
4« General Mycology. This is a course in the fung^ and con-
sists of laboratory work, supplemented by lectures, experiment, and
collateral reading. This is an advanced course. Students make and
dasstfy collections for themselves. In identifying material collected,
students are aided by extensive mycological literature, exsiccatiy etc.
Fall term. Professor Macbridb.
5. Vegetable Bmbryology. A special course with lectures
and laboratory work, including collateral reading. This course is
confined chiefly to the consideration of the embryology of phenogam-
ous plants. Ph3rtoc3rtology is taken up incidentally, and the peculiar-
ities of nuclear division and karyokinesis noted. Spring term. Pro-
fessor Macbridb.
6. Special work in Morphology. A course designed for
advanced students either graduate or special, offering opportunity for
more exact investigation. Throughout the year. Professor Macbridb
and Assistant Professor Shimbk.
66 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
7. Special Systematic work. The large collections of the
University now afford unusual opportunity for the special study of
particular groups and families, and students are in\dted to engage in
original research in the revision of accumulated species. Throughout
the year. Professor Macbride and Assistant Professor Shimek.
8. Special Applied Botany. A course for students of Pharmacy
and Medicine. The official Materia Medica is made the basis of the
special study of medicinal plants, their nature, origin, and relation-
ships. Winter and spring terms. Professor Macbridk.
9. Thesis Course. Designed for such students, either graduate
or others, as desire to undertake problems of original research. Sum-
mer and winter terms. Professor Macbride and Assistant Professor
Shimbk.
MATHEMATICS.
Professor Wbi<d; Assistant Professor Smith; Mr. Bauer and
Mr. Merritt.
Classical and Philosophical students are required to take Course i.
Course 2 may however be substituted for this and the work otherwise
required in Ancient History. Scientific students must take Course 2.
The work of Course 3, though not required, is arranged with reference
to the needs of those students who expect to do special work in Phys-
ical Sdenoe. Civil and Electrical Engineering students are required
to take Courses 2^ 4 and 6, <i. ^. Further explanations will be found
in connection with the following syllabus.
Solid and Spherical Oeometty. To be given twice during the
year as follows: Fall term: from October 4, to November 24, daily,
except Friday, at 4:30. Mr. Bauer. Winter term: from January 10,
to March 2, daily, except Friday, at 3:30. Mr. MerriTT. This course
will not be given after the Collegiate year 1897-8.
Freshman Mathematics for Classical and Philosophical Students,
z. a. Alfirebra« Exerdaes in the statement and solution of prob-
lems involving simple aud quadratic equations; ratio, propoition, and
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 67
variation; aritlimetical, harmonic, and geometrical progressions;
properties of series and the development of simple functions into
series; the binomial theorem; logarithms. Fall term.
b. Plane Trigonometry. Trigonometric functions and formulae;
logarithmic functions; solution of right and oblique angled triangles;
practical applications. Winter term.
c. Analytical Geometry* The point, right line, circle, parabola,
ellipse, and h3^rbola in cartesian coordinates. Spring term.
Three divisions; throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Pri., at 11,
2:30, and 3:30 Mr. Baxtbr and Mr. Mbrritt.
Students contemplating advanced study in Mathematics should
take Course 2, instead of the one here outlined.
Freshman MaihemaHcs/or Scientific and Engineering Students.
9. a. Algebra and Trigonometry. In Algebra the work is
nearly the same as that of i a. This is to be completed by November
12 and will be followed by Plane Trigonometry. Fall term.
b. Trigonometry and Theory of ISqnations. Trigonometry
is to be completed by January 28. The work in the Theory of Equa-
tions will include the study of imaginaries, the properties of the gen-
eral equation and their graphical representation, methods of approxi-
mating to the roots of higher equations with numerical coefficients,
Cardai^'s solution of cubics, and bi-quadratic equations. Winter term.
c. Analytical Geometry. The same as Course i r, with the ad-
dition of the discussion of the general equation of the second degree be-
tween two variables and examples of higher plane curves. Spring
term.
Five divisions, daily, throughout the year at 8, 9, 10 and 2:30. As-
sistant Professor SiOTH, Mr. Bausr and Mr. Mbrritt.
Sophomore Maihematics for Scientific Students,
3. a. Differential and Integral Calcnltts. Theftmdamental
principles of the Calculus are studied and applied to the solution of
problems in geometry and mechanics. Fall term.
b. Integral Calcolna and Method of Ireaat Sqnarea. Win-
ter term.
68 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
c. Applications of the Method of I^east Squares. This is a
continuation of the preceding, the method of least squares being ap-
plied to the reduction of various series of physical observations. Spring
term. Assistant Professor Smith.
This course is open only to those who have taken Course 2. Daily
throughout the year at 8.
Sophomore Mathematics.
4. a. Analytical and Modem Geometry. A review of those
portions of Course 2 c which are supplementary to Course i r, followed
by Analytical Geometry of three dimensions. A short course of lec-
tures on Modem Geometry is given, upon which full notes must be
submitted. Fall term.
b. IHfferential Calcnlus, Winter term.
c, Inte^rral Calculus. The work in Calculus in this course is
nearly the same as that in Course 3. Spring term.
This course is intended primarily for engineering students but is
open to all who have completed the required work of the Freshman
year. Mr. Baukr.
Daily throughout the year at 10.
Mathematics for JunioTy Senior and Graduate Students.
5. Inte^^al Calctdus. a. Hyperbolic Functions and Definite
Integrals. Fall term. b. The Eulerian and Elliptic Integrals. Win-
ter term. c. Differential Equations. Spring term. An elementary
course open to all students who have taken either Course 3 or 4. For
either undergraduate or graduate students. Professor Wkld.
Three hours a week tliroughout tlie year, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 11,
supplemented by a weekly seminary.
6. Hig^her Calculus, a. Harmonic Functions. Lectures. This
will, as soon as possible, be made a separate course running through
the year. Fall term. b. Theory of Functions. Winter term, c. Dif-
ferential Equations. A more advanced course than 5 c. For graduate
students. Professor Wei^d.
Two hours a week throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 11; supple-
mented by a weekly seminary.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 69
7. Detenninaiits and Modem Oeotiletry. For either under-
gTBduate or graduate students, a. Determinants and the Theory of
Quantics. Fall term. b. Modem Geometry; the principle of Invari*
ance. Winter term. e. Modem Geometry of three dimensions, or
Qoatemions. Spring term. Professor Wei<d.
Two hours a week throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 2:30; supple*
mented by a fortnightly seminary.
8. Analjrtical MechaJiics. a. Statics. Composition and reso-
lution of forces, the funicular polygon, centers of gravity, moment of
inertia; friction, etc. Fall term. b. Kinetics. Rectilinear motion,
projectiles; constrained motion of a particle, the simple and conical
pendulums; etc. Winter term. c. Mechanics of fluids. An elemen-
tary course. Spring term. For either undergraduate or graduate
students. Required of Civil and Electrical Engineering students.
Assisant Professor Smith.
Two hours a week throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 11; supple-
mented, for Civil Engineering students, by a three hours course in
applied mechanics in charge of Professor Magowan (See Course in
Civil Engineering) and, for special students in mathematics, by a
weekly seminary.
9. Advanced Analytical Mechanics, a. Problems in statics
and dynamics; virtual velocities; the principle of least action, etc.
Fall term. b. The dynamics of a particle, with special reference to the
theory of orbital motion. Winter term, c. Hydromechanics. This
must be preceded by course 6, a. Spring term. For graduate
students. Professor Smith.
Three hours a week throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Fri. at 11;
supplemented by a weekly seminary.
ASTRONOMY,
Propessor Weld, Mr.
The courses in Astronomy are open to all Juniors and Seniors. The
two here offered may be taken simultaneously or in succession. Others
will be added as soon as the necessary arrangements can be made.
70 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
The University is provided with a small but well equipped students'
observatory.
z. General Astronomy. A course of popular lectures on de-
scriptive astronomy for the general student. This course may be sup-
plemented by Course i in Geology, which is given at the same hour.
Professor Wei4>.
Three lectures a week throughout the year; Mon., Wed., Pri. at 9.
2. Practical Aatronomy. The student is taught the use of the
sextant, transit instrument, clock, chronograph, etc., the arrangement
of the American Ephenteris and Nautical Almanac; and the general
principles of time, latitude, longitude, and azimuth determination.
Professor Wsu) and Mr. .
Two hours a week throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 9; supplemented
by work at the observatory.
CIVn. ENGINEERINa
Prophssor Sims; Assistant Professor Magowan; Mr. Hartman.
All the subjects will be given at definite hours, and students will not
be allowed to substitute other subjects for the required Civil Engineer-
ing studies as specified, without special permission of the Faculty and
the approval of the professor in chatge. Students of one class will not
be allowed to take subjects in an advanced class without permission of
the professor in charge.
So far as possible, instruction will be given by recitations from text-
books. But where this method is not practicable, as in limes and ce-
ments, and in some of the subjects treated under the head of Civil
Engineering, a text will be followed, the first part of the recitation
period being devoted to a quiz, and the remainder to a lecture.
Saturdays, throughout the four years of the course, are devoted in
part to field work, photography, and blue printing — ^including the
making of sensitized paper; also to work in the carpenter shop. The
latter consists chiefly in making models of the structures designed in
the Senior year, and in practical joinery. For all work requiring no
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 71
special preparation ontside of class room, such as drawing, field work,
laboratory exercises, some of the work in graphical statics, etc., two
hours will be required for one hour of credit.
French or German. See Course i, under French, page 38; and
Courses i and 2, under German, page 36. If French be elected in
Freshman year, English must be taken in Sophomore year; but should
German be elected, it must be continued through the Sophomore year.
Freshman year, five hours a week, and Sophomore year, three hours
a week.
McUhetnatics. See Courses 2, 3, or 4 and 7, under Mathematics,
pages 67, 68 and 69. Freshman and Sophomore years, five hours a
week.
English. See Courses i and 4, under English, page 41. For
those electing French, two hours a week through the Freshman,
and three hours a week through the Sophomore years; and for those
electing German, two hours a week through the Freshman year.
Drawing*. For General Scientific, Electrical and Civil Engineer-
ing students. Geometrical and Mechanical Drawing. Orthographic,
oblique, isometric and cabinet projections, and lettering. Linear
perspective, shades and shadows. The work is given principally by
means of personal instruction. The preliminary principles are studied
from text and reference books and their application is employed in
making drawings from models and machinery to exact scale. The
course includes for Civil Engineering students work in graphical
Arithmetic. Assistant Professor Magowan and Mr. HarTman.
Freshman year, fall and winter terms, ^-^t, hours a week.
Blementary Machine Drawing. For Electrical Engineers. A
study in delineation of brackets, shaft-hangers, screws, pillow blocks,
gearing and other elementary parts of machines. Assistant Professor
Magowan and Mr. Hartman.
Freshman year, spring term, three hours a week.
Blementary Snryesring, For Civil and Electrical Engineering
students. The construction, adjustment and use of the compass, level,
and transit. Field practice in surveying, platting of notes and com-
putation of areas. Assistant Professor Magowan and Mr. Hartman.
Freshman year, spring term, five hours a week for Civil, and two
hours a week for Electrical Engineering students.
72 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
I^and SttrveyinST* Recitations and lectures, and field work witli
transit, level, and solar compass; making profiles, leveling and drain-
age surveys. A section of land is surveyed and the location of all
natural and artificial features determined and noted. Assistant Pro-
fessor Magowan and Mr. Hartmak.
Sophomore year, fall term, five hours a week.
Mappinfi^ and Surveying, Pen topography, including the mak-
ing of topographical symbols; platting of section survey from notes
taken during the previous term, and making a finished map of the
same. United States public land surveys, determination of true meri-
dians, and a study of the rules and Supreme Court decisions govern-
ing re-surveys and re-locations of lost or obliterated comers. Assist-
ant Professor Magowan.
Sophomore 3^ar, winter term, three hours a week.
Toposrraphical Suryejdnsf and Mapping:. Including a study
and the use in the field of Stadia, Gradienter, and Plane table, etc.,
and the making of finished contour maps. Assistant Professor
Magowan.
Sophomore year, spring term, three hours a week.
Deactiptive Geometty. The work in this study includes prob-
lems on the point, line, and plane. The simpler geometrical solids,
shades, and shadows, single and double curved and warped surfaces,
and the generation and development of the same. Mr. Hartman.
Sophomore year, winter and spring terms, two hours a week.
Electricity and Ma^yietism. See Course ii, under Physics,
page 57. This course is designed especially for the students in Civil
Engineering, the object being a better general understanding of this
important subject, both in general theory, and in the practice of mak-
ing electrical measurements; also to give a more thorough knowledge
of electricity, preparatory to taking up the study of the Dynamo and
Motor, in the winter term, the importance of which to t&e Civil
Engineer is fully appreciated, and the subject is adequately given.
Junior year, fall term, five hours a week.
Analytical Mechanics, See Mathematics, Course 8, page 69.
Junior year, fall and winter terms, two hours a week.
COLtEGlATB DEPARTMENT. 73
Mechaiilca of MaterlalB. For students in Civil and Electrical
Engineering. The treatment of this subject is designed to be such
that the student shall acquire a thorough training in the elementary
principles of the Mechanics of Materials, and he is then required to
verify by his own investigations, the experimental laws and many of
the derived formulae. Numerous problems taken from actual engi-
neering practioe are given for solution frem time to time, in order that
the student may be trained in the application of his knowledge. The
study includes the resistanoe and elasticity of materials, resistance of
pipes and riveted joints, bending and resisting moments, shears, elas-
tic curve, deflection of simple, cantilever, restrained and continuous
beams; strength of columns with concentric and excentric loading,
torsion and shafting and combined stresses, etc. Assistant Professor
Magowan.
Junior year, three hours a week in fall and winter term.
Railroad Cttrrea. The solution of simple and compound curves
and turn-outs. Enough field work is given to familiarize the student
with the field methods of locating and running curves. Mr. Hartman.
Junior year, fall term, three hours a week.
Steam Bngine and Locomotiye. The subject is treated under
four heads, Heat, Steam, Engine, and Boiler. Under Heat is treated
the economic combustion of fuel. Under Steam the physical proper-
ties and the energy contained. Under Engine the modem types of
simple and compound engines are discussed, with special reference to
the locomotive. The students are given practical problems and are
required to ascertain the indicated horse power from actual indicator
carda, and to determine the efficiency of various engines from assigned
data. The modem types of boilers are then discussed. Compressed
air is also considered in connection with the transmission of power.
Professor Sims.
Junior year, fall term, two hours a week.
Orapliical Statica. The course is so arranged that this subject
precedes the analjrtical determination of stresses. The student is thus
given a mental photograph of the stresses in various members of
ilmctures, and a ready and impressive means of comparison. The
analysts, by this method, of roof tmsses is first taken up, followed by
the plate girder, and simple, continuous cantilever and swing bridges
76 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
find the weakest points of the structures and the factor of safety of
each member, joint, and fastening. Professor Sims.
Senior year, fall term, four hours a week. Winter term, two hours
a week.
Geology, See Courses i, 2, and 3, under Geology, pp. 63, 64. Senior
year, fall term, five hours a week. Winter term, four hours a week.
Sanitary Snffineerinsf, The work offered under this course
includes principally, sewers and sewerage, and the cleaning of cities
and towns. The separate and combined systems of sewers are studied
and discussed. The details of various sewer systems as set forth in
plans and specifications for their construction are carefully studied.
The cost of construction as taken from current contract prices is
especially noted, and the arrangement and action of plumbing fixtures
are incidentally studied. The growing importance of this subject is
fully realized, and it is the intention to keep the instruction fully
abreast of the demands and needs of the present, and if possible, anti-
cipate future needs and methods. Assistant Professor Magowan.
Senior year, fall and winter terms, two hours a week.
Resistance of Materiala, For Civil and Electrical Engineers.
This subject includes the strength and resistance of engineering
materials, their behavior under stress and the methods of their curing
and preservation. Professor Sims.
Senior year, winter term, two hours a week.
Water Supply Sngineerins:. A study of the methods of col-
lecting, purif3dng, storing, and distributing water; also the designing
of a water supply system from assigned data. Assistant Professor
Magowan.
Senior year, spring term, three hours a week.
Specificationa and Contracts. A study of various standard
specifications and a discussion of the effect of general clauses in con-
tracts on same. Professor Sims*
Senior year, spring term, four hours a week.
Thesis. At the close of the spring term of the Senior year, an
acceptable original thesis may be required from each student before
graduation.
For more detailed information and description of course send for
special announcement of Civil Engineering.
COLLBGIATE DEPARTMBNT. 77
MILITARY SCIENCB AND TACTICS.
I^IBirrBNANT VOGDBS.
Instruction in this department is prescribed for all male students of
the Collegiate department, except such as are especially excused.
Students who, for any valid reason, may desire to be excused must
appear in person before the military committee, consisting of the
ocnmnandant and five student captains, on the Friday immediately
succeeding the beginning of each term. Those who claim exemption
on account of physical disability, when the same is not apparent, must
present to the committee a certificate from the battalion surgeon. All
students not specially excused will report to the Professor on the
Monday immediately following the beginning of the term.
OROANia^ATION.
The students are organized for instruction into a battery of artillery
consisting of two gun detachments and an infantry battalion consist-
ing of four companies, a band and the necessary staff officers. The
commissioned officers are selected from the Senior, the sergeants from
the Juniors, the corporals from the Sophomore class. The officers
and non-commissioned officers are selected, for character, military
record, knowledge of the drill regulations and general aptitude.
UNIFORM.
But one style of uniform is worn, known as the undress or fatigue
uniform. It consists of a dark blue suit and is to be worn on all occa-
sions of military duty; it can be procured either before or immediately
after being admitted. A detailed description will be furnished on
application to the President.
Uniforms can be obtained in the vicinity at a cost of from $i3 to
|i8.
7«
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
0RGANI2;ATI0N of BATTAI/ION,
1896 - 97*
STAFF AND NON-COMMISSIONED STAFF.
1st Lieutenant and Adjutant R. O. Brown.
I St Lieutenant and Quartermaster J. Petersberger.
Sergeant Major L. A. Swisher.
Quartermaster Sergeant H. E. Taylor.
COMPANY **A."
Captain G. S. Schae£fer.
ist Lieutenant H. H. Hutchinson.
ist Lieutenant G. S. Gibbs.
2nd Lieutenant I. K. Hull,
ist Sergeant F. A. Soleman.
E. A. Bond.
Sergeants
Corporals.
Lloyd Howell.
J. E. Rederick.
G. M. Rea.
H. Carr.
F. G. White.
F. H. Williams.
COMPANY "B."
Captain F. Larrabee.
ist Lieutenant Geo. M. Johnson.
2nd Lieutenant C. S. Smith.
ist Sergeant Geo. H. Carter.
E. W. Heck.
Sergeants
Corporals.
O. Veblen.
F. Hollingsworth.
J. E. Balle.
Roy A. M. Collins.
H. C. Horack.
I4* r^. Lee.
I B. D. Middleton.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT.
79
COMPANY "C."
Captain B. F. Thomas.
ist Lieutenaut Frank La Force.
2nd Lieutenant S. J. Sayers.
i»t Sergeant W. N. StuU.
Ralph Otto.
Sergeants -j E. E. Hobby.
John Beardsley.
W. B. Chase.
C. C. Bradley.
C. J. Meier.
C. W. Startsman.
Corporals.
»>
COMPANY "D.
Captain » C. W. Sears.
1st Lieutenant E. Simmons.
2nd Lieutenant A. A. Paisley.
1st Sergeant. J. R. Frailey.
' H. S. Colony.
Sergeants - Maro Johnson.
, F. C. Blume.
R. D. Blackmore.
A. J. Burt.
F. C. Neal.
I E. H. Yale.
Corporals,
BATTBRY.
Captain B.D.Willis.
ist Lieutenant J. D. Kiser.
2nd Lieutenant C. S. Poster.
ist Sergeant F. S. Holsteen.
LeRoy D. Weld.
Gunners.
W. H. Eaton.
So STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
COURSE OF INSTRUCTION.
The course of instniction is both practical and theoretical.
Firsi Year, Practical instruction: three hours a week, spring and
fall terms, 1:15 to 2:15; one hour a week, winter term, 4:30 to 5:50.
Practical instruction in Infantry, school of the soldier, company and
battalion; extended order and ceremonies; Rifle firing at 100, 200, 300,
500 and 600 yards. Theoretical: one hour a week, winter term, 4:50
to 5:30. Recitations, infantry, drill regulations and manual of guard
duty.
Second Year. Practical instruction: Infantry, same as first year;
practical instruction: artillery in service of field guns (foot battery)
with mechanical movements and saber exercise; rifie firing, same as
first year. Theoretical: winter term, one hour a week, 4:30 to 5:30.
Recitations, service of security and information.
Third Year, Practical: same as second year. Theoretical: win-
ter term; one hour a week, 4:30 to 5:30. Recitations, tactics and or-
ganization.
Fourth Year, Practical: same as above. Theoretical: winter term
one hour a week, 4:30 to 5:30. Lectures on tlie organization of the
army of the United States, United States army regulations, preparation
of the usual reports and returns pertaining to a company and post.
Lectures on military topography and reconnaissance and elementary
field engineering.
The following students, members of the graduating class of '96, were
reported to the Adjutant General of the Army in compliance with G.
O. 15, A. G. O. 1890, as having shown special aptitude for military ser-
vice: L. T. Jackson, S. C. Smith, C. E. Dakin. The following were
reported to the Adjutant General of the State: L. T. Jackson, S. C.
Smith, C. E. Dakin, H. E. Radasch, W. H. Clark, R. L. Emr>', W.
M. Graves, R. M. Arey,
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 8i
COURSES OF STUDY FOR GRADUATES.
It is the aim of the University to furnish facilities for advanced
study oommensunite with the demand for such work. As the number
of graduate students has increased, especially of candidates for
advanced degrees, the courses of study have been extended to meet
their needs. No set courses of study leading to the degree of Master
ol Science are provided, each candidate for one of these degrees pur-
suing an independent line of study, in which regular University
ooofses are usually combined with special research work, often
Ofigutal in character, laid out with the advice of the professors and
carried oot under their charge.
The elastic nature of the elective system as here adopted renders
the more advanced courses in many branches as valuable to the
graduate as to the advanced undergraduate. The Seminaries, for
instance, hold out encouragement and opportunities for a great deal
of original study and research. The same thing may be said of a
number of the higher courses in the different departments. In the
following pages will be found grouped together those courses which
are of special interest to graduates. In every case courses intended
for graduates only (B) are distinguished from those open also to
undergraduates (A). To the former, undergraduates are only admit-
ted under exceptional circumstances and subject to the discretion
of the professor in charge of the work.
I^ATm XrANOUAGB AND UTSRATURB.
A. Courses open both to graduates and undergraduates.
Courses 5, 6, 15, 17, 18, (See pp. 33 and 34). Professor Curribr.
Courses 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, (loc. dt.) Mr. PoTT«R.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
Seminary in Ardueology. For 1897-8 the subject will be the
Topography and Archseology of Rome and the vicinity. Professor
Currier.
82 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
ORBBK I/ANGUAG9 AND IrlTBRATUItS.
A. Course open both to graduates and undet^graduates.
Plato's Gorgias, Thesetetus and selections from the Republic.
B. Course open to graduates only.
Aristophanes: Special attention will be given to the purpose aud
influence of Greek comedy, and to its value as a picture of Athenian
life.
GBRMAN IrANGUAOB AND I^ITBRATURB.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
1. German Seminary. This course is devoted to the study of special
periods of German literature, of individual authors or of particular
literary movements. Professor WiwoN.
2. Middle High German. Middle High German Grammar, with a
comparison of New High German Syntax and Middle High German
Syntax. Selections from the Nibelungenlied, Gudrun and the poems
of Walther von der Vogelweide. Professor WiwoN.
FRENCH I^ANGUAGB AND I^ITBRATURB.
A. Courses open both to graduates and undeigraduates.
1. History of French I^iterature. I/ectures in the French Lan-
guage. Text-books: Duval's Litt^rature francaise; Montaigne's De
rinstitution des Bnfans. Professor Van Stbbndbrsn.
2. Seminary in 13th Century French Literature. Professor Van
STBBNDBRBN.
SNGI^ISH IrANGUAGB AND IrlTBRATURS.
A. Courses open to both graduates and undergraduates.
During the year 1897-8 candidates for the master's degree may take
work in the following Senior courses:
1. Seminary in the Bnglish Novel. See Course 6, under Bnglish,
p. 41. Professor Wauchopb.
2. The Bnglish Drama. See Course 7, p. 42. Mr. Cook.
3. The Bngliah Baeayists and Orators. Sec Course 10, p. 42. Mr.
Kbi#i#y.
COLI/EGIATE DEPARTMENT. 83
4. English Literature of the Nineteenth Century. See Course 9,
p. 42. Professor Wauchops.
B. Course open to graduates only.
5. Anglo-Saxon. For detailed information see Course 13, p. 43.
Professor Wauchopb.
6. Gothic and Old Saxon. See Course 14, p. 43. Professor Wau-
The instructors in English will hold themselves ready to assist
competent graduate students in planning for other lines of special
study. In special cases where there are no classes organized, resident
graduates may, at the discretion of the Professor, pursue various inde-
pendent lines of work under his direction. .
HI8TORY.
A. Courses open both to graduates and undergraduates.
1. The French Revolution and Napoleonic Era. Lectures. Fall
and winter terms. Two hours a week. Professor Wuxoz.
2. The Nineteenth Century History of Europe. Lectures. Spring
teixn. Two hours a week. Professor Wixcoz.
3. Constitutional History of the United States. Lectures. Three
hours a week. Professor Wii/X)x.
4. Seminary in Early English History. Three terms. Two hours
a week. Professor Wn^oz.
5. Seminary in United States History. Three terms. Two hours a
week. Professor Wnxoz.
Spedal research work is also provided for those who intend to take
the Biaster's degree in History as the major study. This work is con-
ducted personally by the Professor of History and, in each case, is
along the lines of the candidate's dissertation for the degree.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
6. Seminary in the French Revolution. Two hours a week. Pro-
fessor Wixxox.
This consists, so far as possible, in a critical and comparative study
of original sources. Controverted points receive special attention.
7. Seminary in the Period of Napoleon. Three terms. Two hours
a week. Professor WnAX>z.
84 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
8. Seminary in the Protestant Reformation. Three terms. Two
hours a week. Professor Wiw:ox.
POIrlTICAI/ 8CIBNCB.
A. For graduates and undergraduates.
1. Economics, advanced course. A study in economic theorj', his-
torical and critical, as described under Courses 6 and 9, on page 48.
Throughout the year. Professor I^oos and Dr. Shambaugh.
2. Economic Policy. The courses in public finance, currency and
banking, transportation, diplomacy and foreign relations, described
in the undergraduate statement, on pp. 47-51, as Courses 7, 3, 4 and
15, with such additional work as may be prescribed. Open only to
those who have a fair knowledge of economic theory. Throughout
the year. Professor Loos.
3. Principles of Government in the United States. The principles
of government in the United States will be studied through primary
sources: colonial charters, commonwealth constitutions, leading state
papers prior to 1787, the Federalist and other contemporaneous essays
on the Constitution, leading state papers and political documents
from 1787 to 1870, the important speeches of Jackson, Webster, (Sal-
houn and Lincoln, ordinances of secession, etc. Throughout the year.
Dr. Shambaugh.
4. Political Theory and Comparative Constitutional Law. The
outlines of political theory will be presented in the fall term. A com-
parative study of the leading features of the constitutions of the
United States, England, France and Germany will be undertaken in
the winter and spring terms. Throughout the year. Dr. Shambaugh.
5. Roman Law and Comparative Jurisprudence. Lectures with
assigned readings. Throughout the year, hours to be appointed. Dr,
Har&is.
6. Sociology. Part i. Lectures during the fall term on the primary
factors and forces of social phenomonia; special attention is given to
the earliest phases of political organization. Part 2. In the winter
term, police, sanitation, pauperism, and crime receive special attention;
this will be followed in the spring term by a study of municipal gov-
ernment, with special attention to social problems. Throughout the
year, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 10. Professor Loos.
COLi:<EGIATE DEPARTMENT. 85
B. Courses open to graduates only.
7. Political Philosophy. A study in political theory, classical and
modem, with some notice of state forms. Lectures with critical read-
ing of Aristotle's Politics during the fall term; and Green on Political
Obligations and Sidgwick's Elements of Politics during the winter and
spring terms, Tu., Th., at 10. Professor Loos.
8. Seminary in Political Science. It is the aim of the Seminary to
encourage special investigations. Questions in politics, economics,
statistics, finance, anministration or law may be taken for special
research. Prom time to time papers are read, and then familiarly
criticised and discussed. Throughout the year, hours to be appointed.
Professor LOGS and Dr. Shambaugh.
PHU^OSOPHY.
A. Courses open to graduates and to undergraduates.
1. Philosophy of Nature. The principal subjects discussed will be
final causes, the philosophy of evolution, and materialism. Lectures,
theses, and private reading. Professor Patrick.
2. Abnormal Psychology. The principal subjects discussed will be
sleep, dreams, somnambulism, hypnotism, automatism, alterations of
personality, telepathy, and psychical research. lectures, theses, and
private reading. Assistant Professor Gii^BSRT.
In addition to these courses, undergraduate Courses in philosophy
4 and 6 may be taken by graduate students.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
3. Special Researches in Psychology. Original investigations of
special problems in normal and abnormal psychology and child study.
Laboratory work and theses. The results of these investigations, if of
sufficient worth, will be published in the Studies in Psychology.
Assistant Professor Gii«bkrt.
4. Seminary in Philosophy. Papers and discussions upon special
problems in philosophy. The subjects studied the past year were
pessimism, the philosophy of India, and mysticism. Professor Patrick.
5. Seminary in Psychology. Reports and discussions upon ad-
vanced problems in psychology, such as the nature of the mind, theory
of knowledge, the relation of mind and body, and kindred subjects.
Assistant Professor Gii«bert.
86 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
PEDAGOGY.
A. Courses open to both graduates and undergraduates.
1. Philosophy of Education and Practice of Teaching. Lectures
and recitations. It is the purpose in this course to set forth the aims
of education, as these aims have been developed in educational history;
also to treat somewhat fully the doctrines of the educational leaders of
recent times, and finally to illustrate the application of these doctrines
in teaching. Pall term: Educational Aims and Doctrines. Comenius,
Pestalozzi, Froebel, Herbart. This part of the course will include a
special treatment of the Herbartian pedagogy and a discussion of ed-
ucational values. Winter term: Teaching and Governing. This part
of the course will embrace a treatment of the formal steps of instruc-
tion, an exposition of methods of teaching and lectures on sanitation.
Spring term: Secondary Education. In this part of the course, at-
tention will be given to the organization of courses of study and
methods of instruction in high schools. Professor McConnkItI*.
2. School Systems. This course will require of the students an
examination of the state and city systems of the United States. Lec-
tures and reports. Professor McConnsi^i,.
3. Child Study. In this course the history, literature and methods
of work in child study will be treated. Professor McCONNKi/ir.
Graduate students in these courses, in addition to the work expected
of undergraduate students will be required to make a special study of
one or more of the subjects included in the course selected.
B. Courses open to graduate students only.
4. Public School Conditions. This course will consist of concrete
studies of public school conditions, and will be statistical and descrip-
tive. It will be taken as individual work and will be under the direc-
tion of Professor McConnbi^i..
5. Elementary Education in Germany. Iti this course the student
will be required to make a special study of the application of the Her-
bartian principles in the elementary schools of Germany. The student
must be able to read German. Professor McCoknbItI*.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 87
MATHI$MATIC8.
The courses outlined below are offered to graduate students.
1. Integral Calculus. Hyperbolic functions, definite integrals,
including the beia and gofntna functions and elliptic integrals; the
elements of differential equations. Lectures throughout the year; sup-
plemented by a weekly seminary. Professor Wbi«d.
2. Higher Calculus. Harmonic functions; theory of functions;
differential equations. Lectures throughout the year; supplemented
by a weekly seminary. Professor Wbi^d.
3. Determinants and Modern Geometry. This course is supple-
mented by a fortnightly seminary. Professor Wbi«d.
4. Anal3rtical Mechanics. Statics; dynamics; the mechanics of
fluids. This course is supplemented by a weekly seminary. Assistant
Professor Suith.
5. Advanced Mechanics. Virtual velocities, the principle of least
action; dynamics of a particle with reference to the theory of orbital
motion; hydromechanics. Lectures throughout the year; supplemented
by a weekly seminary. Assistant Professor Smith.
Further details regarding the above courses will be found on pages
67-69.
It is to be noted that in each of these courses a knowledge of the
elements of the differential and integral calculus is implied. Graduate
students in other lines of work may, however, take as a minor either
of the two elementary courses in calculus offered to undergraduates.
Sec Courses 3 and 4.
The courses in mathematics cannot, in general, be taken in absentia.
The following schedule is recommended to those wishing two years
graduate work:
First year: Review elementary calculus; integral calculus; analyti-
cal mechanics; minor, subject to the approval of the Faculty. See pp.
67-69.
Second year: Higher calculus; determinants and modem geometry;
advanced mechanics; minor, subject to the approval of the Faculty.
See pp. 68, 69.
Each candidate for a degree will be required to submit a thesis rep-
resenting original investigation in either pure or applied mathematics.
88 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
A. Courses open to both graduates and undeigradnates.
1. Theoretical and Physical Chemistry. This conrse consists of
lectures and laboratory work, and comprises an experimental study of
cryoscopic, ebulioscopic and vapour density methods for the determin-
ation of molecular weights, of the speed of chemical reaction, of co-
efficient chemical affinity, and of other problems of like character.
Only in even numbered years. Professor Andrews.
2. Advanced Quantitative Analysis. Professor And&kws.
3. l/ccture and Laboratory course in Crystallography and Crystal
Measurements. Mr. Wai^kbr.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
4. Research work in Organic Chemistry. Professor Andrsws.
5. Research work in Physical and Inorganic Chemistry. Professor
Andrkws and Mr. Endk.
PHYSICS.
A. Courses open both to graduates and undergraduates.
1. Special Investigation or Research, to follow 4 and 5, page 56.
Professor VSBi«EN and Mr. Bowman.
2. Theory of Direct Current Dynamos and Motors. Professor
Vbbi^sn.
3. Theory of Electricity. Direct currents twice a week. Professor
VSBi^KN. Alternate currents three times a week. Mr. Bowman.
4. Alternate Current Machinery. Pol3rphase current machines
twice a week. Professor Vbbi^kn. The transformer, three times a
week. Mr. Bowman.
5. Heat and Thermodynamics. Mr. Bowman.
6. Seminary. Systematic and critical reading of ph3rsical joui^
nals. Meetings every week through the year. Professor Vbbun.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
The physical laboratory affords opportunity for such special work
and research as may be desired for additional minor and major courses.
Work may be laid out for those who wish, in any special line, and
will include both experimental and theoretical treatment of the
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 89
bfanclies choaen. For those who prefer it a general major course in
physics will be arranged by a suitable selection from the different
courses offered.
6BOLOGV.
A. Courses open both to graduates and undergraduates.
1. Invertebrate Paleontology, or Course 3, described on page 64, is
offered to graduate and undergraduate students who have previously
taken Course 2, This course can only be taken as a minor by candi-
dates for the Master* s degree. Professor Calvin.
2. Economic Geology of the United States may be taken on the
nme terms as i.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
3. Graduate students who elect geology as a major will be assigned
work involving original research in some branch of geology or
paleontology. This work may embrace such subjects as describing
and mapping the geologplcal formation of some selected area. Pleisto-
cene geology of some country or group of coimtries, the stratigraphic
distribution of the fauna of a given geological formation, the critical
study of certain selected geological faunas, the geological and geo-
graphical range of certain zoological groups of organisms, or the evi-
dence of evolution in successive geological fauna. Throughout the
year, daily. Professor Cai^vin.
BOTANT.
A. Courses open to both undergraduates and graduates.
Courses 4, 5, 6, 8 and 9, as described on pp. 65, 66, are open to grad-
uates who may select botany as a minor. The completion of Courses
1, 2 and 3, as described on pp. 64, 65, or the equivalent is presupposed
in all cases.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
I. Histology. The preparation and critical study of material illus-
trative of the structure of some special group of either sporophytes or
spennaph3rtes; or the critical study of some special organ or tissue as
developed in different plant grou]>s. Professor Macbridb and Assist-
ant Professor Shuock.
90 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
2. Physiology. Practical experimentation in laboratory and field,
with the object of solving, so far as may be practicable, some physio-
logical problem as presented in the case of a selected plant or group
of plants; or the critical study of the function of some special organ,
or gproup of tissues. Other topics may be found in research relative to
the effect of environment, cross and self-fertilization, etc., in the mat-
ter of the distribution and differentiation of species, law of heredity,
and kindred problems. Professor Macbrids and Assistant Professor
Shimkk.
3. Systematic Botany. Comparative study of the species of plants
found in special geographic areas in connection with an investigation
of the laws governing geographic distribution; studies of special
natural orders of plants, cryptogamic or phenogamic, with reference
to their taxonomy, relationships, distribution, etc. ; comparative stud-
ies of plants of economic importance, their relationships and history;
studies in problems of local forestry, especially as related to condi-
tions found in the Mississippi Valley. Professor Macbride and
Assistant Professor Shimkk.
AKIlCAXr MORPHOIrOOY AND PHYSIOI^OOY.
A. Courses open both to graduates and undergradutes.
1. Microtomy. laboratory work. Methods employed in the pre-
paration of animal tissues for microscopical study, methods of draw-
ing, and methods of reconstruction from sections. Assistant Professor
HOUS9R and Mr. BuRGB.
2. Comparative Neurology. Laboratory study of the central ner-
vous system and the terminal sense organs by means of the technique
of Golgi, Weigert, Nissl, and Bhrlich. Lectures twice a week. Assist-
ant Professor HouSBR and Mr. Burgb.
3. Vertebrate Embryology. Laboratory work, accompanied by a
aeries of lectures. The lectures discuss the general problems of ver-
tebrate embryology, and are supplemented by collateral reading. The
laboratory work embraces the study of the chick at different stages of
development. Assistant Professor HousBR and Mr. Burgb.
B. Open to graduates only.
4. Research Course. Facilities for original investigation will be
COIylyEGIATB DEPARTMENT. 91
provided for those who select work in this subject as a major. The
specific character of such work will he determined by individual con-
sidetations, bat, in general, a problem will be assigned for independent
investigation through tne use of refined laboratory methods. Candi-
dates for this work are supposed to have a biolog^ical training at least
equivalent to that provided by undergraduate Courses i, 2/ and 5.
Assistant Professor HouSBR.
A. Courses open both to g^raduates and undergraduates.
1. Lectures in Speculative Zoology. Two hours a week. This
course is devoted to a presentation of the more prominent theories
concerning the origin and evolution of animal forms and a historical
review of the position held by the most prominent workers in specu-
lative zoology. Special attention will also be paid to a study of the
habits, instincts, and intelligence of animals. The course will con-
tinue through the year. Professor NtJTTiNG.
2. Thesis. Equivalent to two terms' work. Advanced work in
any group of animals of which the museum contains a sufficient
ieries. Free access to any specimens or books on the musetmi floor
is accorded to students doing thesis work in zoology. Professor Nut-
ting.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
3. An exhaustive systematic discussion of any limited group of
animals of which the museum affords sufficient material and the
library sufficient literature.
In several groups such as birds, echinoderms, molluscs, Crus-
tacea, coleoptera and coelenterata, the museum can now offer facili-
ties for the most advanced systematic work, both the material and
literature being adequate.
4. Special investigation along the line of Speculative TMiogj,
t. g., coloration of animals, geographical distribution, variation,
nattual selection, etc.
92 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
ABYANCBD DBGRSBS.
The degrees of Master of Arts, or Master of Science, will be con-
ferred upon resident graduates on the following conditions:
1. The candidate must be a graduate of this University, or of an
accredited University or College.
2. He must have pursued, during one or more years, a course of
graduate study at this University, covering one major and one minor
subject. In a two years* course, one major, and two minors, may be
allowed. His studies during this time are to be under the immediate
supervision and control of the professors immediately concerned, and
be subject to the approval of the Faculty.
3. In all cases, the minor, (or minors), must be closely allied to
the major subject.
4. He must submit a thesis of at least 5,000 words, showing
marked attainment in some branch of learning. The subject of this
thesis must be announced to the Faculty for approval, not later than
the second Friday in December, and the thesis itself must be pre-
sented to the Examining Committee at a date to be set by the professor
in charge of the thesis work, not later, in any case, than May 20th, of
the year in which the degree is to be granted.
5. He must at the close of his course, pass a satisfactory examina-
tion, both oral and written, conducted by a committee which shall
consist of three professors, selected by the Faculty for this purpose.
6. The degree of Master of Arts may be granted only after the
completion of a course mainly literary in character; Master of Science,
after one mainly scientific.
Non-resident graduates may receive the Master of Arts or Master of
Science degree on complying with the following conditions in addi-
tion to or modifying those enumerated for residents:
1. The candidate will be required to outline a course of study,
comprising a major and one allied minor subject, which must be
approved by a committee of two or more professors named by the
Faculty to pass upon it.
2. He shall at the close of each academic year present to the
Faculty a report, which should constitute a complete synopsis of the
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 93
year's work, naming topics studied and authors read. These annual
reports are expected to be specific and comprehensive.
3. His ^^raduate studies must extend over three years; although in
exceptional cases, where the candidate devotes a large part of his time
to study, a shorter course, but in no case less than two years, may be
accepted.
The de^pree of Civil Engineer is not conferred upon completion of
an underg^raduate course in Engineering, but instead thereof, the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering. The degree C. E.
will be conferred on graduates who have practiced the profession at
least three years, and who have submitted an approved thesis, and
passed a satisfactory examination.
THE UNIVERSITY,
IrABORATORIlBS.
Chemical Iraboratory.
The chemical laboratory occupies two stories in the new laboratory
building. This space is divided into twenty-five rooms, designed in
such a way to aJBford facilities for the prosecution of a wide range of
chemical work.
The general laboratory is a room loo feet long by 27 feet in mini-
mum breadth, lighted from one side only by ten large windows. In
this and all other rooms of the new building provision has been made
for perfect ventilation by the construction of numerous air flues. The
building is heated by steam, which will also be freely used for chemi-
cal purposes, as for dr3ang-ovens, distillation, etc.
The lecture hall is built in amphitheater form with raised seats. It
will accommodate nearly two hundred students, every one of whom
can clearly see the lecture table and any experiment that may be per-
formed there, even from the most distant parts of the room.
The size of the building on the ground is 150 x 105 feet. In all the
rooms, cross lights have been avoided, and in every respect, the de-
signer and the architect, respectively the Professor of Chemistry and
the Professor of Civil Engineering at the University, have spared no
pains to meet every reasonable demand in the construction of a thor-
oughly modem and substantial structure, adapted as perfectly as
means would permit to its spedal uses.
A storage battery and dynamo in connection with a gas engine fur-
nish the electricity to the various laboratories for electrolysis and other
uses. Espedal facilities in the way of apparatus are provided for the
study of physical chemistry.
94
COI/I/EGIATE DEPARTMENT. 95
Physical Iraboratory. .
The physical laboratory occupies the first floor and the basement of
the North bnilding, with an available floor space of more than 8,000
square feet.
In the basement is the large engine and dynamo, containing a gas
engine which drives a shaft twenty feet long. To this shaft are belted
the d3mamos, of which there are five of from one to ten horse-power
capadty, and representing several types. Here also is a cable switch-
board, meters, lamps, and other apparatus. In this room, and driven
by the same engine, are a large lathe, benches, and the usual tools for
wovking metal. In the battery room are some 45 accumulators of dif-
ferent varieties. A large and commodious photometer room is sup-
plied with a complete Kruess photometer. One basement room has
been equipped as an electrical laboratory. Another room is supplied
with a carpenter's bench and a few wood-working tools.
On the floor above are eight rooms. The lecture room, with seats
for some 70 students, is supplied with water and gas and with wires
from the dynamos and the accumulators. The windows can be easily
darkened, and there are conveniences for making projections by sun-
Hght or by electric or other artifical light. A large and well lighted
room is devoted to the uses of a general laboratory, especially in the
line of mechanics, and contains a number of balances, air-pumps, a
calhetometer, and a number of other measuring instruments. Another
large room contains much of the apparatus for electrical testing. Here
also is the special physical library with the journals taken by the lab-
oratory. Three smaller rooms are given respectively to heat, light,
and magnetism, and are well equipped with apparatus. There are also
two offices, for the professor in charge and the assistant professor.
The laboratory is fairly well supplied with lecture apparatus; and
among the instruments of precision are many of the best and finest to
be had. The equipment is especially full in mechanics, optics, and
electricity. Most of the apparatus has been purchased in recent yeara,
and has been selected with great care; and some has been constructed
for particular uses in this laboratory.
96 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
I/aboratoties for Animal Morphology and Physiology.
The laboratories occupy the west half of the first floor of the Natural
Science building, together with a portion of the basement, The main
laboratory for the work of the first year is a large, well lighted room,
and is supplied with heavy oak, slate-topped tables, furnished with
drawers and cases for receiving the microscopes and other instruments
employed in the work. The tables will accommodate twenty-four
students at one time. The laboratory is furnished with twenty-four
first-class students* microscopes, and the necessary accessory apparatus
used in biological investigation. There is also a large series of micro-
scopical and anatomical preparations here. The laboratoiy for advanced
work is equipped with special microscopes, sliding microtomes of ap-
proved pattern, a Minot automatic microtome, imbedding apparatus,
a thermostat, a large incubator, turn tables, a complete stock of glass-
ware and reagents, and various pieces of physiological apparatus.
Opening from the main laboratory are private laboratories for students
pursuing special lines of investigation. The basement laboratory is
utilized for the storing of living material, and for special experimental
work.
Geology and Paleontology.
The material for illustrating the work in geology and paleontology*
embraces:
1. The museum collections of rocks, clays, building stones, miner-
als, and fossils.
2. A large series of maps, charts, lantern slides, photographs, and
geological models.
3. A lithological lathe for making rock sections, or sections to illus-
trate the structure of ancient forms of animals and plants.
4. Petrographical microscopes.
5. Photographic apparatus, including a large photomicrographic
camera.
6. A large series of negatives from which the students make prints
to illustrate their permanent note books.
7. Geological phenomena illustrated within easy reach of Iowa
City.
COI<LKGIATE DEPARTMENT. 97
The sanouiiding neighborhood affords many instructive examples
of phenomena of interest to the student of geology, At the same
time it offers nnezcelled opportunies for field work in mapping, mak-
ing geological sections, tracing strata from one exposure to another
and making paleontological collections. The Pleistocene deposits aie
of especial interest. The available material is not only sufficient to
iUnatxate the ordinary undergraduate courses in geology, but advanced
students will find enough to occupy their time with profit for two or
more years.
Botanical laboratory.
This laboratory is located on the second floor of the Natural Science
building, and is in direct communication with the Herbarium. It is
supplied with heavy oak, slate-topped tables, furnished with drawers
and cases for the instruments used in microscopic work, and is ar-
ranged to accommodate twenty-five students at one time.
Twenty-five compound microscopes, wish necessary accessories,
section-cutters, etc., are at the disposal of the students.
Connected with main laboratory are private laboratories for students
pursuing special lines of investigation. Two of these are furnished
with special microscopes and apparatus for investigation in Vegetable.
Physiology.
These laboratories are well lighted, and in every way adapted to
satisfactory work.
Psychological I/aboratory.
The psychological laboratory occupies the lower floor of the brick
building. No. 14 North Clinton street, facing the campus. It includes
a conmiodious lecture room, library and reading room, in addition to
three quiet, well-lighted rooms for laboratory work, and a dark room.
The thorough equipment of the laboratory with apparatus and
needed accessories offers every opportunity for the study of the differ-
ent senses, memory, illusions, time relations of mental phenomena,
and the nervous system.
A partial list of apparatus is as follows: A complete set of instru- '
laents for studying the time relations of mental phenomena by the
graphic method, recording time to the thousandth part of a second;
9S STATE UNIVBRSrry OP IOWA.
this set, excluding the smaller necessary accessories, comprises the
following more important pieces: a recording drum, two induction
coils, hatteries, multiple key, reaction key, five finger reaction key,
graphic chronometer, rheocord, too v. d. electro-magnetic tuning fork,
time markers, automatic contact, galvanometer, touch key, switches,
commutator, telephone-receivers, Geissler stimulator for sight reac-
tion, pendulum circuit interrupter, instantaneous exposure apparatus,
slide inductorium, foil apparatus and speed counter. For the study
of taste and smell: several varieties of olfactometers and gustatory ap-
paratus. For touch, muscle sense, temperature and kindred phenom-
ena: three sets of muscle sense weights, loaded boxes for the study of
the psycho-physic law and weight illusions, steadiness guage, aesthesio-
meters, hot and cold spot apparatus, balance scale, four dynamo-
meters, algometer, Marey tambours, thought-action apparatus, foil,
muscle-memory apparatus, voluntary motor recorder, spirometer, and
set of touch weights. For hearing: sound pendulum (by Krille),
series of 22 Koenig cylinders for highest audible tone, Galton whistle
with manometer and blower, Appunn's reed, set of tuning forks with
resonance boxes for illustrating hannony, beats and sympathetic vi-
bration; set of forks for discrimination of pitch, metronome, two audi-
ometers, sonometer. For sight: rotation apparatus with Maxwell
color disks for illustrating mixing of colors, color contrast, etc, con-
trast apparatus, two tachistosoopes, apparatus for testing color blind-
ness, Rothe's color-wheel disks, two photometers, binocular and
monocular apparatus, ejre-musde apparatus, dark box, apparatus for
outlining the blind spot, zoetrope and perimeter. The addition,
also, of the latest model of the Zimmerman k3rmograph and Zeitainn
apparatus during the past year gives increased facilities in dealing
with all problems requiring the graphic method and investigation of
the time sense.
In addition to the apparatus enumerated above might be mentioned
other numerous pieces for demonstration purposes. The study of the
nervous system is illustrated by about one hundred charts in addition
to various models, including Auzoux*8 dissectible model of the brain,
ear models, eye models, ophthalmotrope, etc.
The workshop, fitted out with lathe, work bench and necessary
tools^ forms an indispensable adjunct to the laboratory.
COI/LB6UTB DBPARTMBNT. 99
MU8SI7M8.
Mtuetun of Nattural Hiatory.
The tmiaetmi of natural history is rapidly growing, and becomes
daily more valuable through donations of material by friends of the
UniYeisity.
By the generosity of the collector, the famous Homaday collection
of mammals and birds has become the property of the University.
This coUection contains many rare forms of mammals and birds, and
is paxticnlarly rich in t3rpical exotic forms from India and Australia.
Ifr. D. H. Talbot, of Sioux City, has recently donated to the Uni-
versity his extensive collection of natural history specimens and min-
erals. This collection contains many thousand specimens, being
especially rich in mammals, birds, and anatomical preparations.
Daring the last six years, expeditions for zoological explorations in
the interest of the University have visited the following regions:
luimtwtt Islands, Bay of Pundy, Rocky Mountain region. Pacific coast,
Alaska, mountains of Tennessee, the Winnepeg country. Lake Atha-
basca, Gt. Slave Lake, the Arctic coast, Siberia, Cuba, Florida Keys,
British West Indies, and the Bay of Naples.
An entire rearrangement of the museum has been tmdertaken, and
a new system of labeling, cataloguing, and exhibiting has been
adopted, with the intention of making the material embraced of the
utmost practical use to students of natural historv.
A rapidly growing library of reference for the use of students of
loology is placed on the museum floor» and a free use of all the mate-
rial in the various collections is encouraged, for which purpose a
cheerful and convenient study room has been provided for the use of
students and specialists.
The material embraces:
X. Oeologicfll CoUectioiui.
I. A large series of minerals, building stones, fossils, earths, etc.,
collected chiefly in the prosecution of the State geological surveys
between the years 1856 and 1870. These collections are annually
incfcasiiig by contributions from various sources.
loo STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
2. The Calvin collection of American and European fossils.
3. A superb collection of cretaceous cycads from the Dakota sand-
stone of the Black Hills.
4. Recent extensive collections illustrating the cretaceous faunas
and economic geology of the Black Hills.
A rapidly growing collection illustrating general economic geology.
a. Tloological Collection8.
1. Mammals. A large series of mounted specimens is now on
exhibition, the great majority being rare and valuable foreign species,
including a series of marsupials, which surpasses anything of the kind
west of the Alleghanies.
Besides the Homaday collection, the museum contains a large num*.
ber of native mammals, about forty specimens being from the Pacific
coast. A complete series of the larger mammals of North America is
rapidly being secured through the kindness of Mr. D. H. Talbot, and
the efforts of Mr. Prank Russell, who returned from the far North
with an exceptionally fine series of the large mammals of that r^on.
2. Birds. The ornithological material in the museum now em-
braces about 11,000 specimens, about 1,000 of which are exhibited in
the mounted series, the remainder being included in the study series
for the use of students and specialists.
Besides the large collection of native birds, containing nearly all
the species found in Iowa, the following collections are noteworthy:
The Homaday collection of birds, containing one hundred and
twenty-five specimens, nearly all of which are exotics, and many,
such as the ostrich and emu, of great value.
The Bond collection of birds of Wyoming, donated together with a
large collection of Iowa birds, by Mr. Prank Bond, of Cheyenne,
Wyoming.
The Harrison collection of British gdme birds and birds of prey, a
large and valuable series, donated by John Harrison, Esq., of England.
The Talbot collection of American birds, embracing about 10,000
specimens.
A collection of 500 birds from the N. W. Provinces of British Amer-*
ica, made by the Curator, Mr. Prank Ru9scll and Mr, A. G, Smith,'
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. loi
A collection of about 600 specimens of birds from the Winnipeg
country. Great Slave Lake, Athabasca Lake, the Mackenzie River and
the Arctic coast, made by Mr. Frank Russell.
The Curator has donated his study series of over eight hundred bird
skins from North and Central America, and the Bahama Islands. This
series is of special value to students interested in ornithology.
3. Reptiles. The alcoholic collection of reptiles has received many
important additions, among which may be mentioned a number of
specimens from India, donated by Rev. A. Loughridge, and many
native specimens presented by students. Regent B. P. Osbom has
donated his large collection of alcoholic specimens, especially reptiles,
thus nearly doubling the series of these forms.
4. Fishes. Professdr B. Shimek has presented the musetmi with
bis entire collection of fresh-water fishes, of which we now have sev-
eral hundred specimens, besides a number of marine forms.
Dnrini^ the past winter a collection of 135 species of the fresh- water
fishes of Central and Western North America, was donated to the
UniTeimity by the United States Fish Commission.
5. Inflects. Assistant Professor Wickham is now engaged in as-
sorting a large series of the coleoptera of North America, which he
bas generously donated. All of the foreign coleoptera in this mag-
Dtfioent collection are now the property of the museum.
6. Marine Invertebrates. A collection consisting of several thous-
and specimens of crustaceans, moUusks, star fishes, corals, sponges,
etc., has been supplemented by a valuable series consisting of several
hundred alcoholic specimens, many of which are the gift of the United
States Fish Commission.
The alcoholic collection has been enlarged by material collected
during two expeditions to the Bahamas, Cuba and the Florida Keys,
and thousands of specimens have been added by collections made in
the Bay of Fundy by Professors Cai«vin and Nutting,
A car load of marine specimens was secured by the Bahama expedi-
tion, 1893. This collection contains a large number of deep-water
forms, placing this University far ahead of all other western institu-
tions in the matter of marine material for exhibition and study.
A valuable series of marine forms of the more fragile and delicate
kinds, such as medusie, sea-anemones, etc., has been secured from the
102 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Stazione Zoologica at Naples, where the most superb preparations of
these wonderfully beautiful forms are made.
7. Terrestrial and Fresh-Water MoUusca. The Shimek collection
of land and fresh-water shells, embracing nearly all the species known
to occur in Iowa, together with many exotic species.
8. Osteological Preparations. A series of mounted skulls and skel-
etons, illustrating the osteology of typical series of vertebrates, is ex-
hibited, and is of tlie greatest value to students of comparative anatomy
and zoology.
9. Ethnological Material, illustrating tlie handiwork of the Mound
Builders, Pueblo Indians, Zunis, Moquis, Acomas, Mojaves, Crees,
Dog Ribs, Metis, KosmoUiks, Piegans, Tchukchees, and Navajos, to-
gether with skulls and other remains of the ancient and modem in-
habitants of America.
Mr. D. H. Talbot, ot Sioux City, has recently added very largely to
this department of the museum. Mr. Russell has been active in
securing ethnological specimens illustrating the life and manufactures
of the Crees and other northern tribes of Indians, and of the Esqui-
maux.
During the last year the Museum has received specimens or material
aid from the following persons: Mr. Edward Abbott, Prof. Alexander
Agassiz, Mr. N. B. Barber, Mr. John Barnes, Mr. Ventura Barrera,
Mr. Paul Bartsch, Mr. Arthur J. Cox, Dr. W. H. Dall, Mr. M. W.
Davis, Mr. Charles Davis, Mr. Vinal Edwards, Prof. Samuel Carman,
Mrs. Virginia Barrett Gibbs, Mr. G. M. Gray, Mr. William Hoenick,
Dr. A. O. Hunt, Major Lovelace, Capt. E. C. Murray, Mr. J. H. Ridg-
way. Dr. E. W. Rockwood, Prof. B. Shimek, Hon. A. W. Swalm, Mr.
D. H. Talbot, and Prof. A. E. Verrill.
South American Bzpeditloii.
Mr. Charles L. Smith was in Nicaragua from August, 1894, to May,
1896, as botanist for the University. He made handsome collections,
reports of which will appear in succeeding numbers of the Bulletin
0/the Laboratariss 0/ Natural History,
COLI.H6UTE DEPARTMENT. 103
Scientific PtiblicatioiMi.
The laboratories of natural history inaugurated in 1888 the publica-
tion of bnlletins for the porpose of preserving a record of the work
prosecuted along the lines of botany, geology, and zoology. Three
volumes have thus far appeared in twelve numbers, and one number
of the fourth volume is nearly ready. The numbers are sent gratis to
all correspondents from whom the University receives an equivalent,
either in publications or material. To others the price is 50 cents a
number. Address the Secretary of the University.
The Herbarinm.
The herbarium is crowded into a single room on the second floor of
the Natural Science building. It contains:
1. A very large and constantly increasing collection of fungi,
chiefly saproph3rtic, from all parts of North and Central America. To
be classed here is also a large collection of the myxomycetes from all
parts of the world.
2. A large collection of ferns and mosses from both hemispheres.
3. A collection of lichens, representing most of the species east of
the Rocky Mountains.
4. A collection of many thousand flowering plants, representing
very fully the local flora, and specially rich in Central American and
European forms. The number of plants in the herbarium exceeds
40,000.
5. A collection of seeds and fruits (dry) including cones, repre-
•enting the flora of North America chiefly, but containing also much
material from the Tropics.
6. A collection of the principal woods of the United States.
The herbarium collections, thanks to friends and collectors in
various parts of the world, are rapidly increasing in extent and value.
It is hoped that private collectors will hereafter as heretofore find the
University a proper place for the deposit and care of collections of
plants.
Special thanks in this connection are due to B. D. W. Hoi way, A.
P. Morgan, C. I^. Smith, George Payne, Euclid Sanders, James E.
Gow, T. J. Pitzpatrick, F. Reppert, J. H. Mills, D. H. Talbot, L. F.
I04 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Pammel, C. h. Shear, J. B. Ellis, H. F. Wickham, Frank Russell,
Paul Bartsch, B. Fink, R. I. Cratty, J. E. Cameron, C. W. Weidner,
C. C. Stover, W. C. Sturgis, Fannie I/angdop, L. M. Cavanaugh, Jno.
Floerschinger, H. Wieneke, E. A. Spraker, A. O. Hunt, G. B. Rigg,
T. E. Savage, P. C. Myers, C. W. Irish, Herbert Goddard, and C. W.
Sears.
Astronotnical Observatory.
The students' astronomical observatory is conveniently located on
the University campus. It is furnished with a five-inch equatorial
telescope by Grubb, of Dublin, having circles, driving dock, position
micrometer, helioscope, and solar and stellar spectroscopes, a transit
instrument by William Wuerdeman, of Washington, a prismatic sex-
tant and artificial horizon by I'ister and Martins, of Berlin, dock
dironometer, chronograph, etc.
The mathematical and astronomical library comprises over one
thousand volumes, induding many rare and valuable works. The
periodical literature devoted to these branches of sdence is also well
represented.
Sngineerinfi: Iraboratories and DraughUng Rooma.
The hydraulic laboratory is a room having a floor space of 575 square
feet. The equipment for 1897-8 will indude the necessary tanks with
standard orifices, tubes and weirs for free and submerged flow, hook
gauge, water meters of various kinds, pressure gauges and other
necessary appliances for illustrating hydraulic prindples; also a Price's
pneumatic current meter for field gaugings.
The cement laboratory contains a Riehle 1,000 pound cement tester,
both an '*S. U. I." and a ''Sims" briquette making madiine, and all
necessary tanks, mixing sinks, molds, etc., for making complete tests
of cements.
The iron, sted, and wood laboratory contains an autographic test-
ing machine and a 100,000 pound Riehle machine.
The machine shop contains a metal lathe, planer, and drill-press; a
35 horae-power automatic cut-off Lansing engine, injector, speed indi-
cator, all necessary bendi tools, etc.
I
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 105
The dnughtiiig rooms are well lighted and equipped with everything
The department is provided with a field equipment ample to permit
fall and complete practice in the different kinds of surveying; this
equipment consists of a vernier compass, a railroad compass, a solar
compass, levels, and transits with stadia, gradienter and SaegmuUar
solar attachment, also a plane table of the latest approved form with best
telescopic alidade and all necessary attachments, together with all the
rods, flags, chains, tapes, etc., that are necessary to fully equip the
various classes and divisions in surveying without interferring with
each other in their work.
The engineering library consists of 510 volumes of the standard
works on the various engineering subjects; these books are selected
from and are a part of the general library of over 37,000 volumes, but
are arranged in a convenient room adjacent to the drawing rooms, and
are freely used by the engineering student. All the best engineering
joumals and periodicals are received, bound, and kept on file.
In the Tallant memorial library are numerous books on engineering
subjects which the students are allowed to use subject to the rules
off the general library.
Bach engineering student is eligible for membership in the Engi-
neering Society. This society meets each week, and papera upon
engineering subjects are prepared and read by the students.
An engineering journal, The Transit^ is published semi-annually
by the Univenity. It is edited by the engineering students, and con-
tuns the resolts of original research in engineering problems, by
undergraduate students and alumni.
GBN^RAIr INFORMATION.
The l^ibrary of the University.
The libiaries of the University contain in the aggregate 42,000 vol-
vmcs. The general library is open to students of all departments
daring eight hours of every week day. Books may also be drawn for
outside
io6 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
The gift of Mr. D. H. Talbot, of Sioux City, Iowa, is a large and
valuable collection, of about 4500 volumes, — a collection somewhat
miscellaneous, but chiefly pertaining to natural history, and to
explorations, voyages, and travels. It comprises some very scarce
and valuable sets, as well as single volumes. There are a few very old
volumes, dating from the beginning of the sixteenth century, — valu-
able not only on account of the subject matter, but also as specimens
illustrating the history of book-making.
About seventy American and European periodicals are taken, and
are kept on the tables of the reading room throughout the year. Many
of the dailies and weeklies of the State are donated by their publish-
ers and kept on file.
The general reading room is a large, well-lighted apartment, sup-
plied with works of reference and the current periodical literature,
open from 8 a. m. to 12 m., and from 1:30 to 5 P. M., and is free to all
students.
Societies.
Several literary and scientific societies are maintained by the Faculty
and the students of the University. They a£ford an important means
of general culture and scientific research, and thus form a valuable
element as well as an attractive feature in University life.
Among those purely literary are the Tabard, Poi^ygon and Ivy
Lane. The Baconian has for its object discussion of scientific ques-
tions, and the Poi,iTiCAi« Science Ci«ub discusses questions in history,
politics, economics, law, education, and ethics.
The Irving Institute, the Zetagathian Society, the Phii^ma-
THiAN Society, for young men, and the Hesperian Society and
Erodei^phian Society, for young women, hold weekly meetings
for improvement in debate, oratory, writing, and declamation.
There are also in the institution societies connected with the Engi-
neering, Chemical, I^w, and Medical departments.
There is connected with the Irving and Zetagathian Societies a Lec-
ture Bureau, which furnishes at a small cost during the year a series
of literary, and musical entertainments of a high order. From time
to time, also, entertainments, musical, literary and dramatic are given
by the University Glee Club, the Band, and other student organizations.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 107
Student PabHcatioas.
Two periodicals are published by the students: The Quill ^ a weekly
liteiary magazine; and The Vidette-Reporter, a tri-weekly newspaper;
both of which a£Ford an excellent opportunity for journalistic work.
The Junior class publishes a University annual in book form called,
The Hawkeye,
Uniyervity Bxtension.
The University recognizes in the University Extension movement
an agency of great value in education. It invites correspondence from
communities which may desire to organize lecture courses on literary
and scientific subjects, and will to the extent of its ability meet the
desires of these communities.
Lecture couraes covering a wide range of subjects are offered by
members of the University Faculties.
An arrangement has been made between the University and the
University Association of Chicago by which, University professors, so
far as their regular duties will allow, will lecture before the centers
working under the care of the Association.
Printed matter explaining the work offered by the University, in-
cluding syllabi of lecture courses, is published by the Univeraity, and
can be secured by addressing the Director of University Extension.
This prize is open to students of all departments of the University.
Maysr Prizb. — ^Mr. Max Ma3rer, of Iowa City, has established a
prize of the annual value of $25 for excellence in athletics. The details
aa to the spedal matters of competition and the method of awarding
the prize will be publicly announced at the beginning of the year
1897-8.
PiCKARD P&I2K. — ^A prize in the form of a rare set of books of the
value of twenty-five dollars, was offered last year by Dr. J. L. Pickard,
for the encouragement of extempore speaking, to the student in Poli-
tical Science who was awarded first rank in competitive extempore
debate. A aamilar prize of the value of twenty dollars is again offered
for this year. The competitive debate will take place early in June.
lo8 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Peck Prizes. — Mr. F. W. Peck, of Chicago, has established for the
Northern Oratorical League prizes of |ioo and I50 to be given to the
first and second honor men in the annual contests.
8tadeiit6 and Civil. Authotities.
The relation of students to all laws and to city ordinances is pre-
cisely the same as that of other residents of the city. The University
grounds are as completely under the jurisdiction of the civil authori-
ties as any other part of the city.
Means of Moral and RelisnLoua Culture.
Close Hall has been erected through the exertions of the Young
Men's and Young Women's Christian Associations; mainly from funds
contributed by the faculty, students, and alumni of the University
and the citizens of Iowa City. It is a spacious and convenient build-
ing, containing a large assembly hall, gymnasium, reading rooms,
reception room, and bath rooms. It is extensively used for the meet-
ings of the large and vigorous Christian Associations, as well as for
the social and literary gathering of the students.
The churches of the city take a deep interest in the students of the
University and heartily welcome them to their public services and to
a share in their religious activities and aodal life. The churches of
the city are the Baptist, Christian, Congregational, German and Eng-
lish Lutheran, Methodist Episcopal, Presbyterian, Protestant Episco-
pal, Roman Catholic, Unitarian, and Church of God.
Physical Training: and Athletica,
The University authorities enooorage physical training as acquired
in a gymnasium, in military drill, and in the exercises and sports in
the Athletic Park, but only in such amount and of such character as
is compatible with, and promotive of the higher objects of the Uni-
versity. Intercollegiate contests are allowed, but under conditions
as to membership and organization of teams, and leaves of absence
determined by the athletic committee of the Faculty.
Atllletle Park. This field contsins about ten acrea in the im-
mediate vicinity of the University grounds on which have been oon-
CX)I/lrEGIATE DEPARTMENT. lo^
structed a track, for running and bicycling, tennis courts/ baseball,
and football fields, and a grand stand.
Gyauiasitilii. In connection with Close Hall is an excellent
gymnasinni, equipped with suitable apparatus, lockers, baths, etc.
This is nnder the direction of a competent instructor, who organizes
classes for both young men and young women.
New Collegiate Btdlding.
The 26th General Assembly passed an act levying a special tax for a
period of five years of one-tenth mill on the total assessment of the
State, the proceeds to be devoted exclusively to the erection of build-
ings for the University. This tax will yield $275,000, and it is the
intention of the Board of Regents to begin as early as possible the
construction of a large and well-equipped building for the use of the
Collegiate Department.
Bxpenses.
There are no dormitories and no commons connected with the Uni-
versity.
Boarding and lodging in private houses can be obtained for from I3
tolls a week.
Onbs are also formed, in which the cost of living is from 1 1.50 to
fa. 50 a week.
Room rent varies from 50 cents to I1.50 for each student a week.
The expense for tuition is as {9II0WS:
Coll^;iate Department, I^TP^ annum, payable, |io at the begin-
ning of the first term, f 10 at the beginning of the second term, and
the balance at the beginning of third term. For one or two terms the
fee will be $10 each.
It has been determined, however, by the Board of Regents, that no
student need be excluded from the University by reason of his inabil-
ity to pay tuition. Application for reduction of tuition, or for exemp-
tion therefrom, may be made to the President, and will be considered
by the Executive Committee, or by the Board of Regents.
Each candidate for graduation will be required to pay a fee of $$.
no STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
A fee of $io is required of all candidates for the Master's degree, or
for the degree of Civil Engineer.
Ample facilities are afforded in the city for instruction in Book-
keeping, Stenography and Type-writing, in studies preparatory to the
University, and in Music, by the High School, the Iowa City Com-
mercial College and Academy, the Iowa City Conservatory of Music,
and by private instructors.
Law Department
Faculty and Lecturers.
Chajluss Ashmead Schabppbr, a. M., Ph. D., LL. D.»
President and Lecturer on Medical Jurisprudence.
Emun McCi«ain, a. M., LL. D.,
Chancellor, and Resident Prof'essor of I«aw.
Samuei* Haybs, M. S., Ll. B.,
Resident Professor of Law.
Jambs A. Rohbach, A. M., LL. B.,
Secretary, and Resident Professor of Law.
JOHK J. NBY, LL. B.,
Resident Professor of Law.
Bdward p. Sbbds, LL. B.,
Resident Professor of Law.
L. G. KllKNB, LL. D.,
Lecturer on Law.
GiPFORD S. Robinson, LL. B.,
Lecturer on Law.
Martin }. Wadb, LL. B.,
Lecturer on Law.
HORACB B. DBBMBR, LL. B.,
Lecturer oa Law.
Lbonaro C. Rinaro, LL. B.,
Librarian.
LAW DEPARTMENT.
Preparatory Study; J^ength of Cottrae.
The profession of law is properly regarded as a learned profession,
requiring a considerable degree of general education as a preparation
for its proper study and practice. Those who can take a college course,
either in whole or in part, before entering upon the prescribed period
of law study should do so, and it is recommended that in preparatory
study, special attention be given to American and English History,
Political Science and International Law. But whether one who desires
to enter upon the study of law shall have collegiate preparation may
perhaps be left to his own judgment, with the suggestion that such
preparation is important to ulthnate professional success, but in order
that the student may successfully prosecute his studies in the law school
he should have at least a high school education or its equivalent, and
this will be insisted upon as a condition for admission to this Depart-
ment.
The Statutes of Iowa regulating admission to the bar require two
years' study of law, and the same term of study is required for gradu-
ation from the Law Department. The course of study is arranged on
this basis, extending through two school years of thirty-six weeks
each, exclusive of vacations, and the students are classified accordingly
as Juniors and Seniors. The State Bar Association has twice recom-
mended to the Legislature the extension of the required term of study
for admission to the Bar to three years and whenever such extension
is made the Law Department will without doubt, extend its course of
study to three years, and in this respect as in others strive to keep
abreast of the best law schools of the country, but so long as a two
years' term of study is sufficient to secure admission to the bar it is not
deemed expedient to require a longer term for graduation from the
Department.
LAW DEPARTMENT. 113
Methods of InBtmctlon.
The aim of any coorae of instruction in law may properly be con-
sidered as twofold: First, to impart a knowledge of the recognized
principles of the law, and, secondly, to discipline the mind in methods
of l^;al study. Varioois methods of instruction, each having its
special merits, are pursued in different schools. They may be roughly
arranged in three classes, namely, lectures, text-book instruction, and
study of cases. The peculiar merit of the first is that it may be made
the means of giving the most vivid and striking picture of legal
principles; the second furnishes the most convenient means of indi-
vidual study; and the third, the best discipline in legal thinking.
In this school the effort is made so to present the subjects as to com-
bine in the highest practical degree the excellences of these various
In connection with several of the lecture courses, the students are
furnished with printed sjmopses, which give in a concise form, and
more accurately than a student would usually write them in his note-
book, the principal doctrines of the subject, arranged according to
some anal3rtical method. On some of the most extensive and impor-
tant subjects, the students are required to provide themselves with,
and use text-books in which lessons are to be regularly prepared and
recited, the recitations either following, or being accompanied with,
oral explanations more or less formal, calling attention to the impor-
tant doctrines, and explaining those which may be obscure. The
study of leading cases is carried on extensively in connection with the
courses of lectures, references for that purpose being given by tlie
lecturer, or printed in the synopsis, and the students being frequently
required to state briefly in the class the points decided in cases assigned
for that purpose. In some subjects the students are required to pro-
vide themselves with volumes of selected cases, and the exercise in
the class consists of a discussion of such cases by members of the
class, and deduction therefrom of the rules of law on the topic to
which the cases relate. This exercise in developing the rules of law
frcun actual cases selected for the purpose, and studied by each stu-
dent before their discussion in the class, familiarizes the student with
the methods of investigation pursued by the lawyer and the judge,
114 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
and gives not only a knowledge of the law on the subject, but a
discipline in research and in legal thinking not to be attained, it is
believed, in any other way. As a preparation for this method of study,
the course in the study of cases is especially valuable.
The fact that the greater part of the instruction is by resident pro-
fessors, giving their entire time to the school, makes it possible to
pursue each subject consecutively, one hour a day, until it is con-
cluded. The attention of each student being thus directed to but few
topics at once, he is able to obtain a clearer and more complete con-
ception of each than would be possible if the instruction were irregu-
lar and disconnected.
As an aid and stimulus in study, and also for the purpose of furn-
ishing satisfactory evidence of progress, written examinations are
required from time to time on each topic studied in the course, and
until a reasonable proficiency in each topic has thus been shown, the
candidate for graduation will not be presented to the committee for
final examination.
Schedule of Studies.
The course of study is so arranged that the Junior and Senior classes
have separate and distinct courses of instruction throughout, and the
subjects are divided between the two courses and arranged in each
course so as to be presented in natural order.
In the Junior year are placed subjects which are elementary and at
the same time fundamental. The work of this year is therefore of
more importance to the student than that of the Senior year, and
requires careful study, at the same time imparting thorough discipline
and familiarity with the methods of legal reasoning. It is believed
that the Junior studies are such as to make of the greatest value to
the student the services of regular and experienced instructors and the
advantages of a law school. Unless the principles of law as a system,
the nature of its important divisions, and the fundamental doctrines
ef such subjects as Elementary Law, Contract, Torts, Criminal Law,
Pleading, and Evidence, are thorougly mastered, the whole legal edu-
cation will be defective and unsatisfactory.
The conxaes of study are so arranged that the students in each year
LAW DEPARTMENT. 115
shall have iaatnu^ioii in studies peculiar to that year for at least two
hoars a day, that time beinj^ divided between two instructors on sep-
arate subjects, which are thus carried along together. lu each class a
third hour of class work will be required during a part of the year.
The following schedule of study has several features to some extent
peculiar. At the beginning of the Junior year a course ot lectures, oc-
cupying one hour a day, is given on Elementary Law, in which course
the attentioii of the student is called to the nature of law, its sources
and development, the difference between the unwritten and the writ-
ten law, the method of determining what the law is by the use of re-
ports, statutes, treatises, digests, etc., and finally to the different
branches into which the whole body of the law is usually divided, and
their relations to each other. This course covers remedial as well as
substantive law, and thus furnishes instruction in the general princi-
ples of pleading, serving in this respect as a basis for the study of
Code Pleading.
To the various branches of pleading and practice, special attention
is given. Although it has been generally considered that the logic of
pleading is to be found in the common law system, while the code
^tem is looked upon as unscientific, yet a comparative study of the
two will show that the latter is broader in its principles and more lib-
eral in its application than the former. The principal branches of
practice are fully treated during the Junior year in order that the stu-
dent may apply them in the moot courts; but an advanced course in
pleading with special reference to the principle of common law plead-
ing is given in the Senior year.
The school attempts to teach how to ascertain the authoritative value
of oases. There is one course in which this is the only purpose. In
this course the facts, pleadings, and result of each case are briefly
stated by the student. Attention is then directed to the manner in
which the case reached the court whose opinion is reported. The stu-
dent is required to discover ezactiy what proposition of law was es-
sential to the decision and to eliminate dida. To this end he is finally
required to prepare a brief but accurate note of the doctrine for which
the case is authority. This work is intended to fit students for pre-
paring briefs, text-books« and digests. Obviously this method is
identical with that adopted by all careful lawyers in collecting author-
Ii6 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
ities. The student who has mastered the system is prepared to make
good use of other case courses in which the ultimate purpose is the
mastery of the subject to which the cases pertain, and, indeed, is pre-
pared to use intelligently all cases to which he may be referred in any
part of the his study or future practice.
The general instruction in the Law Department does not give prom-
inence to the statutes and decisions of any one state, but is intended
to fit students to practice in any state or country where the Anglo-
American system of law prevails. For the benefit of the student who
has determined where he will practice, and who wishes to familiarize
himself in advance with the statutes and decisions of his chosen state,
the Law Department furnishes optional courses of study, supplementing
the prescribed courses. An optional course will be given on the
law of any state or territory, in which three or more students ask
instruction. Each course will cover the constitution, statutes, and de-
cisions, will call special attention to the points in which the law of
the state in question differs from the law usually found throughout
the United States, and will also require the student to become well
acquainted with leading cases. A student intending to pursue a course
in state law must provide himself with the revised statutes of the state
in question, and a digest of its decisions.
The following schedule presents the course substantially as it was
given during the year 1896-97, and the order in which the subjects
may be expected during the year 1897-98.
JUNIOR TBAR.
PAIX TERM.
Blementary I^aw. A course of lectures presenting the element-
ary principles of law in general, and of its important branches. This
course covers also the principles of pleading. Eight and one-half
weeks. Professor Rohbach.
Contracts. Bishop on Contracts is the text-book used. Ten
weeks. Professor Nby. ^
Code PleadiitSf. A course of instruction, mainly by lecture, on
LAW DEPARTMENT. 117
pleading under the codes, with practical exercises. Five weeks. Pro-
Study of Cases. Recitations in Wambaugh*s Cases for Analysis.
Three and one-half weeks. Chancellor McCu^iN.
WINTBR TERM.
Sales, Bailments and Pleds^es. A course of instruction by the
use of Adam's Cases on Law of Sales and printed synopses, sales, bail-
ments, and pledges. Nine weeks. Chancellor McCi«ain.
Torts. Recitations in Cooley on Torts, with oral explanations,
and citation and examination of leading cases. Eleven weeks. Pro-
fessor Hayes.
Domestic Relations. A course of lectures on the subject of mar-
riage and divorce, the property rights of married women, parent and
child, guardian and ward, the rights and liabilities of infants, and
kindred topics. Two weeks. Judge Kinnb.
Onaranty and Suretyship. A course of lectures. One week.
Judge DSBMBR.
SPRING TBRM.
Probate I^aw and Procedure. A course of lectures on the exe-
cution and probate of wills, and the law of executors and adminis-
trators, including the settlement and distribution of decedents' estates,
with references to statutory provisions and examination of cases.
Five weeks. Professor Sbbds.
Criminal I^aw. A course of lectures accompanied with recita-
tions in McClain's Outlines of Criminal Law and Procedure, with
references also to statutory provisions. Five weeks. Professor Roh-
S^idence. Redtations in the first volume of Greenleaf on Evi-
dence. Five weeks. Judge Wads.
Negotiable Instmments. Recitations in Norton on Bills and
Notes. Five weeks. Professor Rohbach.
Trial and Judgment. Lectures and procedtu^ at law in Courts
of Record from the beginning of the trial until the entering of judg-
ment, with reference to statutory provisions. Five weeks. Professor
NSY.
ii8 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
SBNIOR YBAJL
FAI4« TKRM.
Real Property. Recitations in Tiedeman on Real Property,
accompanied with oral explanations and references to leading cases,
and lectures on actions to recover real property. Ten weeks. Pro-
fessor Haybs.
Inatirance. A course of lectures on Fire, Life, and Accident
Insurance. Pour weeks. Chancellor McCi^ain.
Carriers. Study of cases, McClain*s Cases on Carriers, (covering
both carriers of goods and carriers of passengers), being used as a
text-book. Six weeks. Chancellor McCl^iN.
Criminal Procedure. Lectures, with recitations in McCUdn's
Outlines of Criminal Law and Procedure. Three and one-half weeks.
Professor Rohbach.
Chattel Mortc^a^ee. A course of instruction by lectures with a
printed synopsis. Three and one-half weeks. Professor Sbbbs.
WINTSB. TBRM.
Bquity, and Sqtiity Pleading:. Recitations in Bispham on
Equity. Lectures on Equity Pleading. Eleven weeks. Professor
Nby.
Corporations. Lectures upon the general doctrines of the Law
of Corporations, both private and municipal. Seven weeks. Professor
Rohbach.
A]>pellate Proceedings. Lectures upon the practice and pro-
cedure in Appellate Courts. One week. Judge Robinson.
Agency. A course of lectures. One week. Judge Robinson.
Taxation. A course of lectures. Two weeks. Judge Kinnb.
Trial Practice. A course of lectures. One week. Judge Dbbbckr.
Damages. Recitations in Beale*s Cases on Damages. Optional.
Pour weeks. Chancellor McCi«ain.
8FRING TSRM .
Partnership, Study of Cases. Paige's Cases on Partnership be-
ing used as a text-book. Four weeks. Professor Haybs.
LAW DfiPARtMBNt. 119
CotiAtltatioiial l^w and Federal Jurispnidence. Lectures.
Coc^ey's Principles of Constitutional Law and Black's Constitutional
Law being naed as text-books, and also study of selected cases. Ten
weeks. Chancellor McCiain.
Attadii&eitty Oaraislimetit, and Bxecution. Lectures, with
references to statutory provisions and leading cases. Three weeks.
Professor Hayes.
Justice Practice. Lectures on Practice in Justices* Courts. One
week. Optional. Professor Haybs.
Pleadinfir« ^.n advanced course, including common law and code
pleading. Lectures. Three weeks. Professor Haybs.
Itttematiotial I^aw. Lectures with recitations in Snow's Cases
on International Law as a text book. Optional. Pour weeks. Chan-
cellor McCi^AiN.
Optional Stttdies.
Instruction is given in the Department in the following subjects,
which are additional to the required work and are optional. Admis-
sion to these courses can only be secured by consent of the Faculty.
Romam l^aw* A course for one hour a week throughout the fall
tenn, open to students of the Law Department, or of the Collegiate
Department. The study of Justinian's Institutes, with special refer-
ence to the analogies, dissimilarities, and historical relations between
Roman and English law. Essays and discussions. Professor Rohbach.
State l^aw. In the spring term a course of instruction wUl be
given upon the constitution, statutes, and decisions of any state or
territory as to which three or more members of the Senior class ask
instmction. Open to Seniors only. Chancellor McCm.in.
Studies in Collegiate Department.
For the purpose of giving the law students all the advantages of the
Umversity which it will be practicable for them to make use of, it has
been arranged that so many of them as can do so without interfer-
ence with the regular studies required of them in the Law Depart-
ment, may attend any classes in the Collegiate Department.
Special attention is called to the opportunity thus a£forded for the
study of elocution (in which separate classes are organized for law
I20 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
students), and for ptmning any of the courses of study laid down in
political science, in history, in logic, or in English. No extra chaige
will be made for such studies, but law students will be admitted to
such classes only on the approval of the Law Faculty, and with the
consent of the professor whose class they desire to enter.
I/aw Blectives for Collegiate Stodeiits.
The Collegiate Faculty permits Seniors in that Department to take as
elective studies in their Collegiate Course, and to receive credit therefor,
any of the Junior law studies to the extent of thirty-six weeks' work
of one hour a day, but this provision does not apply to students enter-
ing the Senior year from other colleges.
It is believed that, whether looked at as a means of mental disci-
pline, or as a preparation for the duties of citizenship, or for the pros-
ecution of business, a full course in the Law Department will be found
for those who are properly prepared for it, and can pursue it as a part
of a liberal education, fully equal to any course of study that can be
pursued for the same length of time. If. however, a student deems it
not practicable for him to pursue such a course of study after gradua-
tion from the Collegiate Department, he may derive some of the ad-
vantages of such study, and some insight into the principles and
methods of the system of law under which he lives, by electing as part
of his regular course some of the groups of studies above suggested.
Credit will be given to students in the Collegiate Department taking
studies in this Department for work done, but no credit can be given to
those students in respect to time, the statute requiring, for admission
to the bar of the State, tliat the applicant shall have spent at least two
years of nine months each in a law school, or two years of twelve
months each, in the office of some practicing attorney. Therefore,
while this Department gives credit for work done in any study taken
with its classes, yet it will not give credit for time unless the student
taking such study or studies shall have been duly enrolled as a stu-
dent of this Department.
Moot Cotirta*
For the purpose of affording exercise in the application of legal
principles to statements of facts, and in connection with instruction in
LAW DEPARTMENT. 121
plcflding and practice, moot courts have become a well recognized and
important feature of the Law School. Two such courts are conducted
in connection with the Department, holding their sessions on one or
more afternoons of each week, each presided over by a member of the
Faculty. It is deemed best to keep the members of the two classes
separate in this, as in other work of the school, and it is thus possible
to select the cases assigned so that they may relate to subjects ou
which the students have already had instruction. The Senior moot
court will be organized at the beginning of tlie fall term, whilst that
of the Juniors will not commence its work until the winter term, prac-
tical exercises in pleading being given the members of that class during
the fall term, in connection with instruction in pleading and practice.
The method of conducting these courts is to give to two or more
students, representing the attorneys in the case, a written statement
ahow^ing tlie facts on which the action and defense are to be based.
Pleadings are then prepared as they would be in an actual case. These
pleadings are subjected to attack by motion or demurrer, and the
issues of law or fact raised, are tried to the court, the statement of
facts being regarded as the evidence offered on issues of fact.
Another method of trial has been introduced with success, which in-
volves the proof by competent evidence of the facts shown by the
statement. This gives practice in the examination of witnesses and in
applying the rules determining the admissibility of evidence. During
one term, trials are conducted with all the formalities usual in nisi
prius courts, jurors being summoned and impaneled, witnesses sub-
pcenaed, and instructions prepared and given. It is also recommended
that the students form dub courts for further exercise. Professors
will give such assistance as is needed.
lAttraxj Societies.
Three literary societies composed exclusively of students of this
Department hold regular weekly meetings, furnishing to tlieir members
▼aluable training in debating and other exercises usually provided for
by such oi^ganizations.
122 STATE UNIVERSITY OF lOWA.
Ifibrary Facilities.
In commodious quarters on the same fioor with the lecture-room is
the Law library of eight thousand seven hundred volumes, to which
the students have personal access. This library contains a full series
of the reports of the Supreme Court of the United States and of the
courts of last resort of thirty-three states, including all those whow
reports are most frequently referred to; also the American Decisions,
American Reports, and American State Reports, a collection of Eng-
lish Reports, which, with additions lately made, is almost complete,
full series of the Reporter System and a large collection of the latest
and best law text-books.
The Library is in charge of a regular librarian who renders valuable
assistance to the students in the prosecution of their work.
The Library rooms are open for the use of students from 8 o'clock
A. M. to 12 M., and from 1:30 to 5:30, and 7 to 9 o'clock p. m. of each
school day, and during the forenoon of Saturday.
The University library, containing 52,000 volumes, is open to the
students of this Department, as well as those of the other departments
of the University, and books may be drawn from it under reasonable
regulations. No extra charge is made for the privileges of either of
these libraries.
Hatmnond Hiatotical l^aw CoUection,
A valuable collection of twelve hundred volumes relating prin-
cipally to the Civil Law and the History of the Common Law has
been given to the University by the widow of William G. Hammond,
LL. D., the first Chancellor of the Law Department, to be kept in the
Law library as a separate collection for the use of the students of the
Department and others interested in such subjects. These books are
in special cases, under the charge of the Law Librarian and accessible
on request.
Irecttire Hall.
The Law Department has the exclusive occupancy of the second
floor of the central, or stone building, on the campus, which was
erected for and used as the Capital Building before the removal of the
capital of the State to Des Moines. The rooms on this floor are those
LAW DEPARTMENT. 123
fonnerly occapied as legislative chambers. The lecture hall is fur-
ntthed with arm-chairs provided with broad arm-rests for use in tak-
ing notes.
Fees and Sxpetises.
The rate of tuition established by the Board of Regents is |20 per
teraiy of about twelve weeks, payable in advance, to the Secretary of
the University. Each student upon passing his final examination, is
teqnired to pay the sum of f 7 as a graduation fee, to cover the charge
for diploma and for certificates of admission to the State and Federal
Cooxts. There are no other fees or charges.
Other expenses may be made very reasonable. Good board and
lodging can be had at from I3.50 to $4.50 per week, and this may be
reduced to ^2.50 or $3.00 per week by taking meals in clubs.
Coet of Books.
The books required for use in recitations, and with which the
student must provide himself, are the following:
Bishop on Contracts; McClain*s Synopses; Annotated Code of Iowa;
Wambaugh's Cases for Analysis; Adams's Cases on Sales; Cooley on
Tofts; Volnme i, of Greenleaf on Evidence; McClain's Outlines of
Criminal Law and Procedure; Norton on Bills and Notes; Tiedeman
on Real Property; McClain's Cases on Carriers; Bispham's Principles
of Equity; Cooley's Principles of Constitutional I<aw or Black's Con-
tlitiitional Law; Paige's Cases on Partnership and the Law Bulletin.
The cost of required books will not exceed $45.00 for the Junior
jrear, or I70.00 for both years.
The student will find it greatly to his advantage to provide himself
with a good law dictionary, and if practicable, a copy of Blackstone's
Commentaiies in any edition. It is desirable, also, that the student
bring with him or purchase, in addition to the above list of required
books, as many as practicable of the following which are recommend-
ed as the leading and best books on the subjects which are taught by
lectures; Walker's American Law, or Pomeroy's Municipal Law;
Sdionler's Domestic Relations; Stephen on Pleading; Pomeroy's
Remedies and Remedial Rights, or Bliss on Code Pleading; Drake on
Attachment; Benjamin, or Tiedeman, on Sales; Schouler on Bail-
124 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
ments and Carriers; Story » or Mechem, on Agency; Bates on Partner-
ship; May on Insurance; Beach, or Morawetz, on Corporations; Cur-
tis on Jurisdiction of Federal Courts; Cooley*s Constitutional Limita-
tions.
Any of the books mentioned may be procured through the Law
Librarian from time to time, as needed, at a considerable reduction
from list prices; they are not kept for sale by the book stores in Iowa
City.
The Department owns about twenty-five sets of the text-books above
mentioned as required in the course, which it will rent in sets to stu-
dents, furnishing them all the books required for either year for
1 1 2. 50 for the year. The rent sets do not include a law dictionary,
nor the Law Bulletin. As there are sometimes more calls for rent
sets than can be met, those who desire to rent books should make
application in advance.
j^urollmeiit and Preliminary Bxaminations.
Students may enroll at any time. It is better, however, to enter at
the beginning of the term, and best to enter at the commencement of
the school year.
Those who enter the Department are expected to have an English
education at least equivalent to that generally given in the high
schools of the State. A diploma, or certificate, showing the comple-
tion of a college or high school course, or a course of study in an
academy, equivalent to a high school course, will be accepted in lieu
of any examination. Students who have not such diploma, or certifi-
cate, must take a preliminary examination in the usual branches of a
high school course, or present such evidence of proficiency therein, as
the Faculty may require.
At the preliminary examination of September, 1896, each candidate
was required to write a short essay, correct in expression, spelling,
capitalization, punctuation, and paragraphing, on any one of the fol-
lowing subjects, the essay not containing less than three hundred nor
more than six hundred words. The subjects were:
The causes leading to the Civil War; The settlement of Jamestown;
The causes leading to the War with Mexico; Clay and contempor-
LAW DEPARTMENT. 125
aneous history; The Monroe Doctrine; The settlement of New York
by the Dutch; The resnlts of the War of 1812.
Fatnie examinations will be similar to the examination just now
described, the subjects for essays varying from year to year.
Students wishing to study special subjects without graduation will
be admitted without preliminary examination upon showing them-
selves qualified to pursue the studies desired.
Preliminary examinations will be held on Wednesday, September
15th, 1897, commencing at 9 a. m.
Admisaion to Senior Standins:.
A student may be admitted to the Senior class who has studied law
for one school year of at least thirty-six weeks in this or some other
law school^ or who has studied law in this or some other law school
for at least ten weeks, and in, addition has read law under the direc-
tion of an attorney for such length of time as to make eight months*
study. Time of practice as a licensed attorney in any state will be
considered equivalent to a like period of reading under the direction
of an attorney. If the claim for advanced standing is based upon
other grounds than attendance in this school, certificates of the neces-
sary facts must be presented when Senior standing is claimed.
In addition to the requirements as to time, it will be necessary that
tbe applicant shall pass an examination, before admission to the
Senior class, upon at least five of the principal subjects of the Junior
year, and if he is a candidate for graduation it will be necessary, in
addition to the five subjects before mentioned, that he shall pass upon
all tbe subjects of the Junior year as well as those of the Senior year,
at some time previous to his graduation. This rule applies to those
who have been admitted to practice as well as to students of law.
The examinations for admission to the Senior class for those who
have not previously completed the Junior course in the Department
win commence on the first day of the University year, Wednesday,
September 15, 1897.
While provision is thus made by which credit may be given for
e%ht months' reading under the direction of an attorney, in lieu of
coriespouding time of attendance in this Department, not to exceed
126 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
two terms, yet the Faculty desires to say frankly that the student will
find it difficult in this way to become sufficiently proficient in any of
the Junior studies to pass the required examinations. The Faculty is
not willing to impair the value of the Senior instruction to those who
have prepared themselves for it in the Department, by admitting to
the class those who are not qualified to carry on effectively the work
of the year; nor is it to the interest of either the student or the school
to admit to the Senior class any who, in order to be prepared for final
examination and graduation, must fit themselves in so great a range of
subjects that they cannot thoroughly master them. It must be borne in
mind that it is not the number of pages read, nor the number of answers
learned, which determines the student's attainments in law, but that
discipline and development of the mind, and the habit of correct legal
thinking, are essential elements of a legal education, and that for the
acquirements of these, two years in a law school are not too long a
time even for those who have the best preparation for entering. Ex-
perience has shown how imperfect, as a rule, is the preparation of those
who study in offices, and how necessary S3rstematic instruction is at the
beginning of the student's course, and the Faculty strongly recom-
mends that all the studies of the Junior year be pursued in law school,
and that if but one year can be spent in school, the student shall com-
mence his studies there and read in an office afterward. Even those
who have had previous reading in an office will, it is believed, usually
find the instruction in the Junior year to be of greater importance to
them than that of Senior year, in obtaining a thorough and accurate
knowledge of the law. The practical advantages of experience in a
law office are not to be underrated, but such experience will prove of
greater benefit after the principles of law have been acquired than at
the beginning of the study.
Even in courses in which text-books are used students of the law
school have a great deal of instruction regarding matters not fully de-
veloped in the books. Anyone who wishes to pass with credit the ex-
aminations for Senior standing, and to profit fully by the instruction
in the Senior subjects, should not confine his attention to the Junior
text-books, but should attempt to get an equivalent for the instruction
supplementing those books. Candidates for advanced standing on of-
fice reading are therefore nrged to master, in addition to the prescribed
LAW DEPARTMENT. 127
tert-books, the following books or parts of books: Pomeroy's Reme-
dies and Remedial Rights; Alison on Contracts; Pollock, or Bigelow,
on Torts; Bishop's Criminal Law; Tiedeman on Sales; Schouler on
Bsilments; the American notes in Chamberlayne's edition of Best on
Bvidencc; Stephen's Digest of Evidence; Daniel on Negotiable Instru-
ments.
Oradiiation.
Two years* study is essential to graduation, one year of which must
have been spent in this school.
Students will be given credit for time of study in another school to
the extent of one year, or under the direction of a practicing attorney
to the extent of two-thirds of a year. For time of actual practice as a
doly licensed attorney, the same credit will be given as for study under
the direction of an attorney.
Before being recommended for graduation, the candidate who has
pnrsoed a portion of his studies elsewhere, must satisfy the Faculty of
his proficiency in those studies by passing examinations therein.
Candidates for graduation must be of good character and must, upon
bei^g recommended by the Faculty, pass a final examination con-
ducted at Iowa City by a committee of examiners appointed by the
Supreme Court of Iowa, in accordance with the rules of that court, regu-
lating admission to the bar. Upon passing such examination, the
candidates receive the degree of Bachelor of Laws, and are admitted
to practice in all the courts of the State of Iowa, and in the federal
courts of the Northern District of Iowa, oaths of admission being ad-
ministered in connection with their graduation: and they receive the
usual diplomas, and certificates of admission. Those who are not
twenty-one years of age may pass the examination and receive their
diplomas, but cannot be admitted to practice until attaining that age.
Pinal examinations will be held only at the end of the University
Theses.
Bach candidate for graduation in June, 1897, must present to the
Faculty, on or before the third Wednesday in May, a theses upon
some legal topic approved by the Faculty. Such thesis must be legibly
written, or printed by tjrpewriter, on paper 8x10^ inches in size of page,
128 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
leaving a blank maigin of at least one inch at sides and at top and
bottom. The theses shall not be less than 1,500 nor more than 2,500
words in length, exclusive of citations of authorities. In citing cases
the names of the parties, as well as the volume and page of the report
must be given. The character of the theses will be taken into account
in determining whether the candidate is qualified to be recommended
to the Examining Committee for final examination.
Beginning with the class of 1898 the same requirements with res-
pect to theses will be recognized, except that all theses must be pre-
sented to the Faculty on or before the first Monday in April.
All theses become the property of the Department.
The subjects approved by the Faculty for the year 1896-97 are as
follows. Others will be submitted for following years:
1. Dicuss the right of the State to regulate railroad charges and the
extent to which such regulations may be carried, either by direct leg-
islative action or by railroad commissions.
2. Suppose the drawee of a bill pays the amount to one claiming in
good faith but under forged endorsement, can he recover from such
l^erson the amount so paid.
3. There is a stipulation in a promissory note that security is held
therefore; can the indorsee of such note taken before maturity and for
valuable consideration recover on the note without returning the se-
curity, supposing that such security has never been received by him,
but has been wrongfully converted by the original payee.
4. Can there be a recovery under a contract to pay money in satis-
faction of a tort which was already barred at the time the contract was
made?
5. Is a mortgage to secure a pre-existing debt without a new con-
sideration enforcible?
6. Is there a tort committed when one maliciously induces the ser-
vant of another to quit his service?
7. Is it possible to make one the owner of a legal estate in fee sim-
ple in lands in such a way that the estate shall not be liable to invol-
untary sale for his debts during his life?
8. Which is the better rule, that of the majority of the Court in
Mathews & Co. vs. Mattress Co., 87 Iowa, 246, or that of the minority?
9. Discuss the liability for acts done in the name of a corporation,
LAW DEPARTMENT. 129
when there had been an attempt to incorporate but a faihire to com-
ply with the mandatory requirements for incorporation.
ro. Discuss the rights of a withdrawing member of a building and
loan association, when he has complied with all conditions for the
surrender of his stock, but upon surrender, he finds that there are no
moneys on hand to pay for the stock surrendered.
11. The writ of replevin. Its hi.<¥tory, origin, development, former
nse and use under code.
12. Discuss the protection afforded a bona fide purchaser of a nego-
tiable instrument for value before maturity, where the note is stolen
and where it is obtained by the payee by fraud.
13. Is Chapter 96, Laws of the 26th General Assembly of Iowa, for-
bidding the sale of cigarettees in the original package as imported
constitutional ? Draw any distinction you may see between the regu-
lation of the sale of cigarettes and oleomargarine in the case of Plum-
ley vs. Mass., 155 U. S., 461.
14. Discuss Section 2002 McClain*s Code, making the railroad
company liable for the negligence of an employe to one engaged in
the operation of a railroad, as to what acts or employment bring an
employe within the protection of this Section, in the light of Deppe
▼s. C. R. I. & P. Ry. Co., 36 Iowa, 52, and subsequent decisions.
Prices.
Prom the theses prepared and presented as above described by the
candidates for graduation in the class of 1897, a committee chosen by
the Faculty of the Department from the Examining Committee will
select the five which show the highest merit as legal essays. To the
writer of the one of these five which has the highest literary merit,
from the standpoint of clearness, conciseness and accuracy of expres-
non, will be awarded a prize of twenty-five dollars, offered by the
Chancellor of the Department.
To each of the writers of the other four theses selected as above in-
dicated, a prize of twenty dollars, given by the University, will be
awarded by the same committee.
The Kinsman-McOoud Law Book Company, of Omaha, Nebraska,
offered as a special prize for the year 1895--6, a set of Lawson's Rights
130 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
and Remedies (7 vols., and index) to the best thesis on the subject
proposed by the Faculty, the award being made in the same manner
as the other prizes, the theses written for this prize were not consid-
ered, however, as competing for any other prize. The subject for this
special prize was as follows:
What do you think of the position that there is not a national com-
mon law ? Is it reasonable and sound, or otherwise ?
Beginning with the class of 1898, all theses prepared and presented
as above described, will be examined by the Faculty of the Depart-
ment for the purpose of determining whether the writer is qualified
for graduation.
No prizes for theses vdll be offered after June 1897.
The prizes for 1895-6 were awarded as follows:
The Chancellor's prize to Rollo S. Granger.
The University prizes, all of these being equal in rank and value,
were awarded to the following students, named in order of merit de>
termined by the committee: Stevens A. Coldren, William H. Hughes,
Alfred B, Walsh, Henry M. Troy, with special mention of thesis writ-
ten by James M. Wilson.
The Kinsman-McCloud prize was awarded to John B. Ryan, with
special mention of thesis written by Harry L. Keefe.
Any further information desired may be obtained by addressing the
President of the University, or James A. Rohbach, Secretary of the
Law Faculty, at Iowa City, Iowa.
Medical Department
Faculty and Other Instructors,
Charlbs Ashmbad Schabpfbr, a. M., Ph. D., LL. D.,
Pbiu> Judson Parnsworth, a. M., M. D.,
Bmeritos ProfeMor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics.
John Cunton Shrader, A. M., M. D., LL. D.,
Profenor of Obstetrics, Gynecology, Clinical Gynecology, and Diseases
of Children.
William Drummond Middlbton, A. M., M. D.,
Dean of the Faculty, and Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery.
Lawrbncb William Littig, A. M., M. D., M. R. C. S.,
ProfeMor of Theory and Practice of Medicine, and Clinical Medicine, and
Aaaistant to the Chair of Surgery.
Jambs Rbnwick Gutbrib, A. M., M. D.,
ProfeMor of Physiology and Aasociate Professor of Obstetrics, Gynecology
and Diacaaes of Children.
EUBRT William Rockwood, B. S., M. D.,
Proffcasor of Chemistry and Toxicology, and Secretary of the Faculty.
Jambs William Dalbby, B. S., m. d.,
Pfofeasorof Oyhthalmology.
riiA»i,iffi SUMIVBR Chasb, a. M., M. D.,
ProfcMor of Blateria Medica and Therapeutics
Walter Lawrbncb Bibrrimg, M. d.,
Professor of Histology, Pathology and Bacteriology, and Curator of the
Medical Museum.
John Walter Harriman, m. d.,
Professor of Anatomy.
Hartik J. Wade, hh. B.,
Professor of Medical Jurisprudence.
Charles Moore Robertson, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology.
WILLL4M Robert Whitbis, M. S., M. D.,
Asaistant Professor of Histology.
131
13a STATE UNIVBRSTTY OF IOWA.
Gbrsrom h. hili«, a. m., m. d.,
I«cctar«r on Insanity.
Frank Thobcas Brkbnb, D. D. S., M. D.,
Lecturer on Dentistry.
Kmii,Xouis Bobrner, Phar. D.,
Instmctor in Pharmacy.
WII.I4AM Edward Bari^ow, B. A.,
Demonatrator of Chemistry.
WiLBBR John Tbbtbrs, B. S., Ph. C
Demonstrator of Chemistry. *
John Patrick Mui.un, M. D.,»
Demonstrator of Anatomy.
Eu Grimbs, M. D..
Demonstimtor of Pathology and Bacteriology.
Lbb Waixacb DBAN, M. S., M. D.4
Demonstrator of Anatomy.
WlLUAM GrBBN»
Janitor.
*Until June, 1197.
tAfter June, 1897.
1141
ICAL DEPAFTMENT,
A thoroiigh elementary preparation is required before entering on
the oonrse of medical lectures. The University affords a preliminary
scientific course preparatory to the professional, and it is expected
that many will avail themselves of this opportunity. In the branches
of medicine there should be a thorough training in the principles
before the practical portion is begun. For this purpose a careful pre-
sentation of the subjects is made by lectures, and the knowledge fixed
by recitations and frequent reviews. Ample means of illustration are
nsed, and the materials for demonstration are abundant. In the prac-
tical branches enough clinical material is found to illustrate the sub-
jects taught.
The twenty-eighth annual course of lectures will begin on Septem-
ber 15, 1897, and will dose on March 30, 1898. There will be a holi-
day vacation commencing Thursday evening, December 23, and end-
ing Wednesday morning, January 5, 1898.
The course is divided into four years of twenty-six weeks each. It
ia the intention of the Board of Regents and the Faculty to increase
the length of the annual course of lectures as soon as possible, and
notice of such increase may appear in the next annual announcement.
Medical, Surgical, G3meoological, Eye and Ear and I^aryngological
Clinics, are held each week during the term. Attendance upon these
is required of all students, excepting those engaged in laboratory
work during clinic hours.
133
134 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Outline of the Plan of lostnsction*
Anatomy,
The lectures in anatomy will be illustrated by means of specimens,
charts, models, dissections, and black-board figures. Special effort
will be made to associate anatomical arrangement with clinical facts
and methods of diagnosis.
During the first year the lectures will cover the subjects of osteol-
ogy, syndesmology, the alimentary canal and associated structures,
the vascular and respiratory systems, and the genito-urinary organs.
These will be presented in full detail from their anatomical, mechani-
cal, and ftmctional aspects, attention being paid to practical develop-
mental laws and relations of viscera to surface markings and neigh-
boring structures.
In the second year the subjects covered during the first year will be
careftdly reviewed with additional reference to the medical and surgi-
cal anatomy. The nervous system and the anatomy of the special
senses will be presented in detail not only by lectures but also by
practical demonstrations to the class divided into small sections.
The third year will be devoted entirely to regional anatomy. The
lectures during this year will at all times be illustrated by special dis-
sections or surface marking upon the living subject.
Practical Anatomy.
The tliorough study of this branch, for at least two courses, is made
a condition of graduation. Facilities for obtaining material are such,
under improved legislation in the State, that an abundance will always
be provided for all who may apply. The demonstrators will always
be ready to aid and direct the prosecution of these studies.
Upon the completion of each course of dissection, the student will
be examined on the anatomy of the part dissected, and if the examin-
ination be satisfactory, a certificate to that effect will be given. No
fee is required for dissecting material.
Physiology.
In this department the inductive method is very laigely employed
in imparting instruction. The lectures are profusely illustrated by
MEDICAL DBPARTMBNT. 135
meuis of charts, diagnuns, and blackboard figures, and the student is
rendered practically familiar with the phenomena of the moot impor-
tant bodily foncdons of normal operation by the employment of ex-
periments upon living animals as a means of demonstration. Twelve
lectures will be given in the Junior year upon applied physiology of
the nervous system.
Chemistry and Toxicology.
The course in chemistiy extends through two years. In the first
year the lectures are on general chemistry. The laboratory work con-
sists, first, of analjTtical chemistry, including methods of testing for
the metallic poisons, then the common medicinal substances are
studied. The student learns methods of chemical manipulation, and
the use of apparatus, and also becomes acquainted with the action of
reagents, and of chemicals upon each other. The course includes the
exsmination of drinking water from a sanitary standpoint, each stu-
dent making a number of analyses of various wholesome and polluted
waters. It concludes with the methods of quantitative analysis, which
sre of the most use to the medical practitioner.
In the seoond year, physiological chemistry is taken up. The lec-
tures are in explanation and amplification of the laboratory work. The
latter indndes the study of the proximate principles of the body and
their chemical changes. Artificial digestive experiments are made,
their products being isolated and tested. The constituents of the blood
are tested and the methods for the identification of stains are learned.
The qnalitative tests for the abnormal constituents of the urine follow,
sod the quantitative determination of such as are of importance. The
course is completed by the identification of urinary sediments and
calcnlly and the anal3r8is of various pathological specimens of urine.
The lectures on toxicology treat of the physiological and chemical
actiOD of the principal poisons, as well as their antidotes. The meth-
ods of identifying these in food, excreta, etc., are explained and illus-
trated by cxpenments.
The work in practical chemistry is conducted in the new chemical
laboratories of the Univereity, in which the Medical department oc-
atpics rooms on the ground floor. These consist of rooms for the in-
stnclors, store rooms, and two large laboratories. They are well
156 STATE UNIVBRSITY <»? IOWA.
lighted, and htated by ateam. Hoods, comiected with ventilatixig
riiftfts, earry «ff Offensive and injurious gases. The outfit is ample for
deoMmrtmtiQg the general principles of Chemistry, as well as its ap-
plication to medicine. Bach student is supplied with a set of the
nccesaary'appamtus.
Histoloflry.
The course in histology extends through the Freshman year and
consists of a series of two didactic lectures and four hours laboratory
work each week.
The histological laboratory is situated on the first floor, southeast
comer of the Medical building, is well lighted and thoroughly
equipped with microscopes and all necessary apparatus for carrying
on the work. The laboratory work comprises the preparation and
study of microscopic slides showing the minute structure of the differ-
ent tissues and oixans of the body.
The slides prepared by each student become his personal property.
Instruction is given in all forms of histological technique, harden-
ing, embedding, section-cutting, staining and prepcu^tion of material
for examination.
In the Freshman year the regular work in histology yrUl be pre-
ceded by a number of lectures and laboratory hours devoted to the
- study of general biology.
During the Sophomore year opportunities will be offered to those
who wish to work in embryology and special histology.
Pharmacy.
An outline course in pharmacy is specially provided whereby the
student at the outset may familiarize himself with pharmaceutical pro-
cesses, and the methods of preparing ofiidal preparations by actual
laboratory practice.
Materia Medica.
Tins subject is presented during the Freshman and Sophomore
years in progressive form. The introductory topics, such as defini-
tions, dosage, modes and routes of administration of medicines, pre-
soriftion-writing, wtfeh special reference to the detection and avoidance
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 137
of incompatibilities^ will be presented at the beginning of each session
before the classes jointly. The further consideration of the subject
will be progressive, organic drugs being presented one session, inor-
ganic the next. At the close of each session a test will be given cov-
ering the ground traversed during the session. Toward the close of
the Sophomore year the entire subject will be reviewed and a final ex-
amination given. During the didactic lectures crude drugs will be
pieaented from time to time illustrative of the subject. All official
preparetions from the same will be presented and briefly discussed
during the course.
Tlierapeutic«.
This branch of pharmacology, recognized as the distinctively scien-
tific division of the subject, will be presented during the Junior and
Senior years. Both general and special therapeutics will be outlined
and discussed witli special views to stimulate in the student a
desire to prosecute methods of original research in the direction of
studying the physiological action of drugs. To this end experiments
will be made from time to time illustrative of such action upon the
lower animals.
Applied Therapeutics.
In addition to the general course in therapeutics the Senior class
will be given a special course upon applied or practical therapeutics,
to be illnstrated by bedside discussion of cases in the wards of the
UniTersity Hospital.
Pathology and Bacteriology.
The course in pathology and bacteriology extends through the
Sophomore, Junior and Senior years, and is presented by means of
didactic lectures and laboratory work. The lectures are devoted to
bacteriology and general and special pathology, and are illustrated
by means of drawings, preparations from the Medical museum and
specimens derived from post-mortem examinations.
The pathological and bacteriological laboratory is situated in the
west hall on the second floor of the Medical building. It is thoroughly
equipped with new microscopes of the most modem t3rpe, and all
138 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
apparatus necessary for carrying on every form of bacteriological
research.
Each student is provided with a table, which includes a microscope
and all necessary staining reagents with which to carry on the work
required.
In the Sophomore year the lectures are confined to general pathol-
ogy and the elementary principles of bacteriology. The laboratory
work consists of two hours each week throughout the 3^ear, and is
illustrative of the didactic lectures, comprising the preparation and
study of slides showing the general pathological changes that occur
in human tissues. An examination will be held at the dose of the
year.
In the Junior year the lectures are devoted to the pathology of
tumors, and the special pathology of the different organs of the
human hotly.
The laboratory work, consisting of two hours a week throughout
the year, bears a direct relation to the lectures and comprises the
preparation and study of slides showing the disease changes that oc-
cur in special tissues and organs, including a complete collection of
tumors; furthermore embodying the study of the general character-
istics of micro-organisms, the preparation of artificial media, and the
mounting of slides of the different organisms, with special reference
to the pathogenic bacteria that are of greatest interest to medical men.
Instruction is also given in the technique of making a post-mortem
examination.
A final examination in pathology will be held at the close of the
Junior year.
During the Senior year two hours each week are devoted to clinical
microscopy, and advanced work in pathological histology and bac-
teriology.
Beginning the Thursday after Commencement, at i :30 p. m*, there
is given a course in Practical Bacteriology, which continues for one
month. The laboratory is open daily from 9 a. M. to 6 p. M., and the
students become familiar with all the details of bacteriological tech-
nique. The number of pcuticipants is limited to twenty. Places at the
tables are secured in the order of application and payment of fee.
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 139
Practice of Medidne.
The Chair of Theory and Practice of Medicine combines didactic and
dinical instmction. l^Iany of the subjects treated in the didactic
course find illustration in the hospital amphitheatre, and pathological
study is facilitated by post-mortem examinations, as well as by wet
and dry preparations from the museum.
Medical THagnotds.
Recitations for the Senior class will be held each week on this sub-
ject, the department of medical diagnosis receiving practical treatment
here as well as at the clinic. The Junior class will receive practical
instruction in physical diagnosis, including the use and application of
all the instruments and methods of precision.
dursrery.
Surgery is taught — didactically — ^in lectures reviewed by daily class
quiz, and in recitations by advanced students on prior work, prac-
tically— ^by actual surgical diagnosis and treatment of patients at the
clinic by the members of tlie Senior class; also by a course of operative
snxgery for the same class in which all surgical operations are per-
formed npon the cadaver. One hour each week is devoted to minor
surgery and bandaging.
Ohatettica and Gynecology.
The instruction in these important departments is complete. All
modem means for illustration are employed, and advanced students
are carefully trained in the principal obstetric operations.
Ophthalmology.
The instruction in this branch combines didactic and clinical
teaching. Two lectures a week are given in the anatomy, physiology,
and pathology of the regions involved, and the Wednesday clinic is
devoted to the diagnosis and treatment of their diseases. Large num-
bers of cases appear at these clinics, and a great many operations of
all kinds are performed.
lAO STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Otology. I^aryngology and Rliiiiology.
The instruction in this branch is given by didactic and clinical
teaching, one lecture and one clinic being given each week. Much
attention is directed to the methods of examination and treatment of
cases. The throat and nose clinic being lai^, enables all students
to become familiar with the use of instruments, all being allowed to
treat patients under the supervision of the instructor. It is the aim of
the course to familiarize each student with the normal as well as the
pathological conditions of the throat and nasal passages. The clinic
room has been especially fitted up for the work and is in itself com-
plete.
Medical Jnrlapmdetice.
The essentials, to the practitioner, of this important department of
medicine will be fully treated.
Insanity.
This subject is discussed as concisely as possible, with the special
needs of the general practitioner constantly in view, and material ap-
pearing at the clinics from to time, during the term, is utilized in its
illustration. A course of lectures on this subject will be delivered
during the latter part of January.
Sanitary Science and Pnblic Hygiene.
One lecture a week will be delivered on matters pertaining to sani-
tary science and public hygiene.
Clinics.
The clinics have been well and abundantly supplied with material.
The patronage of the hospital is such that a variety of cases is pre-
sented for operation and treatment. The hospital is open for the re-
ception of patients during the entire year.
Every case is fully utilized as a means of instruction by a system
of examination in which advanced students are required to diagnosti-
cate disease and suggest treatment, before the class, subject to the
correction of the clinical teacher.
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 141
Clinical Patients.
Medical cases should be referred to Professor L. W. Littig; surgical
cases to Professor W. D. Middleton; gynecological cases to Professor
J. C. Shrader; eye and ear cases to Professor J. W. Dalbey; throat
and Dose cases to Prof. C. M. Robertson.
Museum.
The Museum contains a large and interesting collection of morbid
and other specimens, furnishing valuable aid to instruction in its
large amount of material illustrative of pathological and normal con-
ditions. This is constantly drawn upon as a means of demonstration.
Physicians are earnestly requested to send to the curator any speci-
mens of healthy, morbid, or comparative anatomy, for all of which
favors due credit will be given by labeling the specimens with the
name of the donor before placing them in the museum.
Medical Uhtaty.
The Ranney Memorial Medical Library, consisting of a large num-
ber of works especially devoted to insanity and mental diseases, is
open for consultation, together with a well selected list of books on
gmeiml medical subjects to which are added each year the latest
works and the latest editions. The library is supplied with the cur-
rent medical journals, and will be open every day of the session.
Medical students have also the privilege of drawing books from the
general library of the University which contains over 40,000 volumes.
Tk€ doss wMicM graduates in 189S is the last one to complete the
course in three years. The following is an outline of the work for
this doss.
8BNIOR YBAR.
I^UCTURBS, RBCITATIONS, AND CUNICS, KACH W9EK.
Pathology and Pathological Anatomy — ^Two lectures and one reci-
tation.
142 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Theory and Practice of Medicine — ^Three lectures; one recitation;
one and one-half hours of clinic.
Medical Diagnosis — One hour.
Snidery — ^Three lectures; one recitation; two hours clinic.
Surgical Dressing — One hour.
Toxicology — One lecture.
Obstetrics and Gynecology — Pour lectures; one recitation; two
hours clinic.
Therapeutics — ^Two lectures; one recitation.
Ophthalmology — ^Two lectures; one and one-half hours clinic.
Otology, Laryngology and Rhinology — One hour lecture, and
clinic.
Medical Jurisprudence — One hour, after the holidays.
Sanitary Science and Hygiene — One hour.
The folloTving is an outline of the work of the four year c&urse.
FIU3SHMAN TBAR.
I«ECTURBS AND RECITATIONS, EACH WEEK.
Anatomy — Four lectures; one recitation.
Physiology — ^Three lectures; one recitation.
General Chemistry — ^Three lectures; one recitation.
Materia Medica — ^Two lectures; one recitation.
Histology — ^Two lectures; one recitation.
Pharmacy — ^Ten lectures during the session.
Laboratory work for the session as follows:
Chemistry — One hundred and sixty hours.
Biology and Histology — One hundred hours.
Pharmacy — ^Thirty hours.
Bandaging — ^Twenty-six hours.
Dissecting — One course.
Final examination in General Chemistry, Histology, and PhannAcy,
also, examination (not final) in Physiology, Anatomy and Materia
Medica.
MBDICAL DEPARTMENT. 143
SOPHOMORB TBAR.
LECTURES AND RECITATIONS) EACH WEEK.
Analomj — Pour lectures; one recitation before holidays, two after
holidays.
Physiology — ^Three lectures; one recitation before holidays, two
after holidays.
Physiological Chemistry — ^Two lectures.
General Pathology — ^Twc lectures.
Materia Medica — ^Two lectures; one recitation.
Obstetrics — ^Two lectures.
Bacteriology — Twelve lectures during the session.
PhjTsical Diagnosis — One hour.
Hygiene — One hour.
Laboratory work for the term as follows:
Oiemistxy — Sixty hours.
General Pathology — Fifty-two hours.
DisBectiiig — One course.
Bmfaryologj — Optional.
General University clinics, when not otherwise engaged.
Fbial examination in Anatomy, Physiological Chemistry, Physiol-
ogy, and Materia Medica.
JUNIOR TSAR.
LECTURES, RECITATIONS, AND CLINICS, EACH WEEK.
Theory and Practice of Medicine — Pour lectures; one recitation.
Snigery — ^Three lectures; one recitation.
Pttthology — ^Two lectures; one recitation.
Therapeutica — ^Two lectures; one recitation.
Obstetrics — ^Two lectures; one recitation.
Gynecology — ^Two lectures; one recitation.
Tosioology — One lecture.
Applied Anatomy: Medical, Surgical, and Nervous — ^Two lectures.
144 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Applied Physiology of tlie Nervous System — Twelve lectures during
the session.
(^neral Medical, Surgical, Gynecological, and Ophthahnological
Clinics — Seven hours.
Laboratory work for the term as follows:
Patholog}' — Fifty-two hours.
Bacteriology — Fifty-two hours.
Final Examination in Obstetrics and Therapeutics.
8BNIOR TBAR.
I,BCTURES, RECITATIONS, AND CI«INICS, KACH WBSK.
Theory and Practice of Medicine — Pour lectures; two recitations.
Surgery — ^Three lectures; one recitation.
Special Pathology — ^Two lectures; one recitation.
Practical Therapeutics — One hour until the holidays.
Gynecology — Two lectures; one recitation.
Ophthalmology and Otology — One lecture.
Laryngology and Rhinology — One lecture.
Dermatology — One lecture after holidays.
Paediatrics — One lecture after holidays.
Operative Surgery — ^Twelve hours during the session.
Operative Obstetrics — ^Twelve hours during the session.
Medical Jurisprudence — Twelve lectures during the session.
Dentistry — Six lectures during the session.
Insanity — ^Twelve lectures during the session.
General Medical, Surgical, Gynecological, Ophthalmological, and
Laryngological Clinics — Seven hours.
Laboratory work:
Special Pathology — Two hours a week.
Final Examination in Practice of Medicine, Surgery, Gynecology,
Pathology and Ophthalmology.
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 145
T1SXT-BOOKS. AND BOOKS OP RBPBRBNCB.
The following are recommended by the Faculty:
Medical IMctionary — Gonld, Duane, Dunglison.
Anatomy — Gray, Quain, Morris, Treve*s Surgical Applied Anatomy.
Dissectors — ^Holden» Heath, Ellis.
Comparative Anatomy — ^Wiedersheim, Jeffery Bell, Howell.
Physiology — Landois and Stirling, Poster, Flint, Eirk.
General Chemistry — Simon, Witthaus, Roscoe, and Schorlemmer.
Physiological Chemistry — Pellew, Vaughn and Novy.
Urine Analysis — Purdy, Neubauer and Vogel.
Toxicology — ^Reese, Wormley, Woodman and Tidy.
Surgery — ^Park, American Text-Book of Surgery, Roberts, Wyeth,
Gerster, Stimson on Fractures and Dislocations, Wharton's Minor
Smgery and Bandaging.
Pathology — Green, Ziegler, Delafield and Prudden.
Bacteriology — ^Abbott, McParland, Crookshank, Sternberg.
Practice of Medicine — Osier, Strumpel, American Text-Book of
Theory and Practice of Medicine, Roberts, Flint, Bartholow, I/x>mis.
Medical Diagnosis — Vierordt, Musser, DaCosta, Flint.
Obstetrics — American Text-Book of Obstetrics, Lusk, Davis,
Parvin, Irishman, Playfair, King.
Obstetric Surgery — Grandin and Jarmin.
Embryology — ^Minot, Manton.
Gynecology — Skene, Thomas and Munde, Garrigues, American
Text-Book, Pozzi, Davenport, May's Manual, Clinical Gynecology,
Keating and Coe.
Materia Medica — White and Wilcox, Potter, Bartholow.
Therapeutics — ^H. C. Wood, Hare, Potter, Farquharson.
Diseases of Children — ^J. I^. Smith, Goodhart, Starr.
Medical Jurisprudence — McClellan's Civil Malpractice, Wharton
and Stille, Beck, Elwell.
Histology — Stoehr, Piersol, Schafer, Stirling.
Ophthalmology — Fuchs, Juler, Noyes, Nettleship on the Eye.
Otology — ^MacBride, Roosa, Buck, Politzer.
Laryngology and Rhinology — Bosworth, Burnett, Soujous, Ingals,
Browne.
146 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Insanity — Lewis* Text-Book of Mental Diseases, Steams, Clouston^s
Mental Disease.
Dermatology — ^Jamison, Hyde, Duhring, Crocker.
Hygiene and Sanitary Science — Wilson, Rohe, Buck.
The first book mentioned in the foregoing list is recommended for
preliminary reading, with the exception of Chemistry. In this,
" Remsen's Introduction to the Study of Chemistry*' is recommended.
Text-books and books of reference can be obtained at an average
cost per volume of from fo.oo to $5.00.
It is of far greater advantage to the student, during the College
course, to study and review a single text-book in each department
than to read several cursorily. It is, therefore, advised that a single
work, in each department recommended above, be chosen and care-
fully studied, while any other may be used for reference and subse-
quent perusal.
Tuition.
The fee for tuition is J65.00 for each year, of which I40.00 is payable
on or before October i, and the balance on or before January 10. All
fees must be paid when due to the Secretary of the University, William
J. Haddock, and students who do not pay these when due will be sus-
pended from the department until payment has been made.
There are no extra fees whatever, but for each laboratory course in
chemistry, also for that in practical pharmacy, there is required a de-
posit of I3.00 to cover breakage and to insure the return of all keys at
the close of the session. This sum (breakage, if any deducted,) is
returned to the student on presentation of the certificate of the pro-
fessor in charge of the laboratory in question.
The above statement is now in effect, and will be understood to
apply to all students in the department, entirely irrespective of the
date of matriculation.
Alumni of this department will be admitted to lectures and clinics
free of charge, but will pay the usual laboratory fees.
Graduates of other colleges which are recognised by this depart-
ment will be admitted to full lecture privileges upon pajdng the
matriculation fee and a fee of ten dollars and the usual laboratory fees.
MEDICAL DBPARTMBNT. 147
A certificate of attendance will be issued to each stndent during the
last week of the aeasion.
Students upon arrival will apply for all needed information to the
Secretary, Dr. E. W. Rockwood.
Reqtdrements for Admission.
1. Credible certificate of good moral character signed by two phy-
sicians of good standing in the state from which the applicant comes.
2. Graduates or matriculants of reputable colleges, or graduates
of high schools of the first grade, or of normal schools established by
state authority, may be admitted without examination upon presenta-
tion of satisfactory credentials, provided, that in each case, at least
one year of Latin has been included in the course. All candidates for
adndflsion must present their credentials, or apply for a permit for ex-
amination at the office of the President of the University not later
than noon of Tuesday, September 14th, 1897.
Bxamination for admission will embrace the subjects usually taught
in the high schools of Iowa, incuding one year's Latin, which subject
may, however, be made up before entering upon the second year's
course. In September, 1897, those who have no diploma will be ex-
amined in Latin (one year), Physics (one year), English, U. S. His-
tory, Arithmetic, Algebra through Quadratics, plane and solid Geom-
etry, and Botany or some other science.
3. Students from other medical schools must present credentials or
be exanxiiied as stated above.
This school is a member of the Association of American Medical
Colleges, and adheres to the requirements of that Association.
Combined Scientific and Medical Coarse.
Arrangements have recently been made with the Faculty of the
Con^iate Department by which it will be possible for a student to
complete the course in Science and the course in the Medical Depart-
ment in six years, thereby obtaining the degrees B. S. and M. D.
This oomtmied course is especially recommended to all students who
to enter the profession of medicine.
148 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
COHBIimD COURSS IrBADINO TO THB DBGRBB8
OF B. 8. AND M. B.
FimtYear.
German, 5, or Latin, 4 or 5/
Mathematics, 5, and Drawing, 2; or Mathematics, 3, History, 2, and
Drawing, 2; or Mathematics, 5, and History, 2.
English, 3.
Military Drill, 3.
Second Year.
German, 3, and English, 2; or German, 3, and Economics, 2; or
Latin, 5; or Greek, 5.
Physics, 5.
Animal Morphology and Physiology, with Histology, 5.
MiUtaiy Drill, 3.
Tlilrd Year.
French, 5; or Greek, 5; or Latin, 5. (At least one year of Latin re-
quired).
Chemistry, 5.
Botany (fall and winter) and Histology (spring), 5.
Anatomy (fall and winter) and Dissection (spring), 4.
MiUtary Drill, 3.
Fonrth Year.
Anatomy, 5.
Physiology (Medical), 4.
Physiological Chemistry, 2, with laboratory work.
General Pathology, 2.
Materia Medica, 3,
Obstetrics, 2.
Physical Diagnosis, i.
Bandaging, i.
Pharmacy. 40 hours.
Dissecting when possible.
Embryology and Bacteriology (spring).
*Thc fiffiiret refer to the number of exercise<per week.
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 149
FiiUiYear.
Junior Medical, with electives is the spring term.
Sixth Yeax.
Senior Medical, with electives in the spring term.
Admission to Adyanced Standing:, Three Tears' Course.
Those who have attended two courses will be admitted to the
Senior class upon passing an examination in the branches taught dur-
ing the first and second years, and showing that they done as much
prehminary work as is required for entrance to this department.
Advanced Standing, Fonr Years' Conrse.
No student is admitted to advanced standing in this department
without such an examination as shall show that he has done work
elsewhere equivalent to that required of students in this department.
Students from other accredited colleges who have attended one
conrse of lectures, will be admitted to the Sophomore class upon pass-
ing an examination in the branches taught during the first year.
Those who have attended two courses will be admitted to the
Junior class upon passing an examination in the branches taught dur-
ing the first and second years.
Those who have attended three courses will be admitted to the
Senior dass upon passing an examination in the branches taught dur-
ing the first, second, and third years.
Graduates in Pharmacy, upon examination as above, may enter the
Sophomore class.
Graduates of Dental schools in good standing, will be admitted to
the Sophomore dass upon passing the entrance examination only.
Graduates from Veterinary colleges in good standing, will be
admitted to the Sophomore class upon passing the entrance examina-
tion.
In all cases those who enter from other schools with advanced
standing must comply with the requirements for admission, page 32.
Requirements for Oradnation.
1. The candidate must be twenty-one years of age.
2. He must be known to be of unexceptionable moral character.
I50 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
3. He must have been engaged in the study of medicine for lour
years. This includes the time spent with a preceptor, who taxut be a
practitioner in good standing, and attendance upon lectures as stated
in the next paragraph.
*4. The time of study must include attendance upon at least four
full courses of lectures, the last of which must be taken in this insti-
tution. The time occupied by each of the four coures of lectures shall
not be less than six months of twenty-four weeks, and not more than
one of the four courses shall be within the same year.
5. The candidate must have satisfactorily completed at least two
courses in Practical Anatomy.
6. The deportment during the term must have been unexception-
able.
7. Attendance upon all lectures, clinics and other instruction in
the course must have been in accordance with the requirements of the
department.
8. All members of the Freshman class will be examined in General
Chemistry, Histology, Physiology. Anatomy, Materia Medica, and
Pharmacy, at the end of that year. The examination in General
Chemistry, Histology, Pharmacy, and Materia Medica will be final
should the student show the required proficiency.
9. Members of the Sophomore class at the end of that year must
pass satisfactory examinations in Anatomy, Physiology, Physiolc^gical
Chemistry, and General Pathology.
In case of failure to pass any of these examinations, the student may
be re-examined during the first ten days of October, or of January, or
at the end of the next session.
Students of the Senior class must notify the Secretary of the Faculty
in writing, during the second week in February, of their intention of
becoming applicants for the degree of Doctor of Medicine, at the same
time presenting a certificate of legal age, and of good moral character,
also the receipts from the Secretary of the University, showing that
all fees have been paid.
During the last week of the term, having complied with the other
^tttdenta completing three full courses not later than March, iflA a>ay pie-
■en t themselves for graauation under the old plan of three courses ol it«4j, and
one year with a preceptor.
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 151
leqnizcnieiits, they mast pose a satisfactory ezaxninatioii in Practioe
ci Medloaie, Surgery, ObstetricSi and Gjmecology, Tberapentics,
Ophthalmology, and in any other subjects tanght, if so directed by
the Facnlty at the beginning of the term.
Chm standing, recitation marks, together with Demonstrators'
reports and final examinations, will be taken into consideration when
the candidate's fitness to receive the medical degree.
The Medical Building:
Is located on the south end of the campus, in a line with the other
Umversity buildings. It is one of the best and most commodions med-
ical ooUege buildings in the west. It comprises a basement for gen-
eral purposes, the first floor containing the Secretary's office, the pro-
fessors* rooms, the histological laboratory, the medical library and
reading rtxnn, a lecture room, and the janitor's room.
On the second floor is a spacious and well-lighted pathological and
bacteriological laboratory supplied with a sufficient ntmiber of micro-
icopes for dasa-work, and with other appliances; prosector's room,
and general Faculty room, and a large amphiUAeater provided with
opera chairs for two hundred and sixty-six students.
The whole of the third floor (80x36 feet) is used as a dissecting
room, is supplied with sinks and water, and each table is lighted with
The whole building is heated with steam and is well ventilated*
Uniyeraity Hoapital.
The Twenty-sixth General Assembly levied a tax for the erection of
buildings for the University, and by the action of the Board of
Regents the first year's tax, estimated at somewhat more than fifty
thousand dollars, will be devoted to the building and equipment of a
Hoapital. Its capacity when completed will be about 120 beds and it
is cKpected to be ready for the reception of patients by the opening of
the senioB of 1897-98. This will add to the equipment of the Medical
Pi yai I II Milt what it has so loag needed. The University Hospital
will ha IB all rejects modem and without a superior in the west.
152 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
With an administration building thoroughly furnished; with large
and commodious wards as well as private rooms, with a clinical am-
phitheatre that will comfortably seat two hundred or more, and with
separate surgical, gynecological, medical, ophthalmological and laryn-
gological operating rooms together with a well supplied Free Dispen-
sary open throughout the year but little is left to be desired.
It is confidently believed that the students who make the Medical
Department of the University the school of their choice will find in
all its departments complete and perfect equipment, both for didactic
and illustrative instruction.
The Uniyersity Hosfiital Training School for Nurses.
Connected with the Medical Department of the University, the
School for Nurses offers a two years* course of training to women who
desire to enter the profession of nursing. The course of instruction
comprises practical work in wards, theoretical work in class and lec-
ture rooms and a complete course in invalid cookery.
The work is divided into Junior and Senior years, as follows:
Junior ITear* Class work. Anatomy, Physiology, Materia Medica,
Practical Nursing.
lectures on Hygiene, Anatomy, Physiology and on Nursing, — Medi-
cal, Surgical and G3mecological.
Senior Tear. Class work, Obstetric Nursing, Care of Infants,
After care of operative cases.
Lectures on Bacteriology, Obstetrics, Diseases of Children, Surgical
Technique, Special Nursing.
Application for admission must be made to the Superintendent of
Training School, University Hospital.
Internes.
A number of appointments as Internes in State institutions are
made each year from the graduates of the Medical Department.
These are awarded to such of the applicants as the Faculty judges
best prepared for the position, the successful candidates being allowed
to select, in the order of their rank, from those which are available.
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 153
In March, 1897, the following named gxaduates were appointed:
Dr. C. S. Cilley, Mercy Hospital, Davenport.
Dr. P. O. Bsbjoem, University Hospital.
Dr. P. O. Neraal, Hospital for the Insane, Independence.
Dr. Conrad De Jong, Hospital for the Insane, Clarinda.
Board in Iowa City can be obtained for from ^2.00 to $3.00 a week;
rooms from |2.oo to |8.oo a month. Many students procure rooms
and board in clubs, which materially reduces the cost.
Graduates of this school are requested to immediately acquaint the
Secretary of the Faculty with their postoffice addresses, and to inform
him promptly of any change of residence.
For any further information, or for full announcements, address
Dr. E. W. Rockwood, Secretary of the Medical Faculty, Iowa City,
Iowa.
Homoeopathic Medical Department
Faculty and Assistants,
CHA&I4CS A. SCHAKPPRR, A. M., Ph. D., hh. D.,
President.
WiuioT H. Dickinson, M. D.,
Professsor of Theory and Practice, and Clinical Medicine, and De«n of the
Faculty.
Jambs G. Gii,christ, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Surgery and Surgical Gynecology, and Registrar of the
Faculty.
Chari^bs H. COGSWBI*!., M. D.,
Professor of Obstetrics and Diseases of Women.
Prank J. Nbwbbrry, M. S., M. D., O. et A. Chir.,
Professor of Ophthalmology, Otology, and Paedology.
GVORGB ROYAI., M. D.,
Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics.
Thbodorb L. Hazard, M. D.,
A ssistant to the Chair of Materia Medica.
PRBD J. BBCKBR, M. D.,
Assistant to the Chair of Surgery.
Rai«ph W. HOMAN, M. D.,
Assistant to the Chair of Ophthalmology, ate.
Samuki. N. Watson, A. M., M. D.,
Assistant to the Chair of Theory and Practice.
adbuc p. KimbaU., M. D.,
Matron.
Raymond E. Pbck, M. D.,
House Surgeon.
Lbora Johnson, M. D.,
Clinical AssisUnt to the Chair of Surgeiy.
HOMCBOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMBNT. 155
Additional Iiistrtictors from tlie Medical Department.
John W. Harbtman, M. D.,
PrafcMor of Anatomy.
jAlOtS R. GUTBRIS, A. M., M. D.,
Prof CMor of Pliytiology.
EI3BET W. ROCKWOOD, A. M., M. D.,
Profcaior of Chemistry and Toxicology.
Wai«TBR L. BIBRRING, M. D.,
ftofeaaor of Nonnal and RMImIokic*! Histology.
UKH Wmxacb DBAH, B. S., M. D.,
Demonstiator of Amitomy.
WaxiAM R. WHITBI8, B. S., M. D.,
DcmoBBtxmtor of Normal Histology.
W. E. Rarix>w, a. B.,
P— iOinUatoi' of Chemistry.
Gimmnif H. Hzlx«, A. M., M. D.,
(SttperiBtendent of the Hospital for the Insane at Independence}. I«ec»
iuTer on Insanity.
Extnt McCx^AiM, A. M., IX. D.,
IfCctnver on Medical Jarispnidence.
W. Bamcropt, M. D., Keokuk,
p. B. Tlaxii, M. D., Mancheater,
A. 8. Hakskn, M. D., Cedar FalU.
HOMOEOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMENT.
The twenty-first annual course of instruction will open on Wednes-
day, September 15, 1897, and dose on Tuesday, March 29, 1898. The
opening lecture will be given by Prof. Royal at 4 p. m. in the amphi-
theater. The course of study extends over ^ye years, one year being
pre-martriculate, under a preceptor, and four years undei^graduate.
Men and women are admitted on absolutely equal terms, no distinction
whatever being made between them. The large and well equipped
laboratories in the University, the hospital facilities affordied by the
union of the college and hospital under one roof, and the opportunity
for collateral study in any department of literature or science, furnishes
facility for securing an education in medicine not to be surpassed. The
fact that our undergraduates are frequently called upon to occupy po-
sitions as demonstrators in other schools, is a sufficient proof of the
superior advantages accruing from connection with a large University.
A course has been authorized continuing over six years, which will
enable the student to attain the degree of B. S., in addition to the
medical degree.
Admisaion.
The requirements for admission are the same in all departments of
the University, viz: the possession of a diploma from a high school
approved by the University, or some equivalent, as the completion of
the Freshman year in a college of letters, of approved standing, with a
sufficient knowledge of Latin. Failing in these requirements, the ap-
plicant for admission to the Freshman class must pass an examination
in English scholarship, and I^atin sufficient to admit to the Freshman
class in the Collegiate Department. Applicants for admission to ad-
vanced standing must present evidence that they have attended one
156
HOMCEOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 157
or more sessions in a reputable medical college, and will be admitted
to such class as they may prove themselves qualified to enter. All
applicants for admission will apply to the examining committee in the
President's office, on Tuesday, or Wednesday, September, 14 or 15,
1897. If admitted they will then report for enrollment and assign-
ment of seats at the Registrar's office, department building on Dubuque
street. All fees must be paid to the Secretary of the University, and
to Asm only.
Advancement to higher classes is secured only by examination, oral
and written, combined with the quiz record and class standing. An
average of 65 per cent, must be secured in any one study to pass that
chair; an average of 75 per cent, in all the examinations is necessary
to pass to a higher class, and to secure a degree. A failure to pass in
two or more studies will stop advancement untU the conditions are
satisfied. A failure in one study will not stop advancement, but the
student must pass a satisfactory examination in that study before the
dose of the year to which he is promoted. The Faculty reserve the
right to determine the class, which any student shall enter, in the case
of applicants who have had one or more years in other medical schools.
GraduaUs of non-homasopathic medical colleges may be admitted as
graduate students, as follows: If an ad eundem degree is sought they
must matriculate in the University, and pay a lecture fee and an ex-
amination fee, passing an examination in the therapeutics of the
branches taught in this Department. If a degree is not sought a
mstricnlation fee is to be paid, and such laboratory expenses as may
be necessary, together with a lecture fee, if a full course is taken.
Alm$nni of this school will be admitted to all lectures and clinics
free of charge.
By order of the Board of Regents no student will be enrolled until
all neoesaary fees have been paid.
In case any student is unable to pay the feas at the proper time,
snch stodent may, on application to the Dean of the Department, be
granted an extension.
Students who do not pay the proper fees or avail themselves of the
provision above mentioned, will be suspended from the Department
until sncbfees are paid.
i5« STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Tiiitioii Feea.
The fee for tuition is sixty-fiTC dollars (I65) for each year, of which
forty dollars ($40) is payable on or before October ist, and the remain-
der on or before January loth. There are no extra fees wliatever, but
for each laboratory course in chemistr}% there is required a deposit
of I3, to cover breakage, and to ensure the return of all ke3rs at the
close of the session. This sum (breakage, if any, deducted) is re-
turned to the student.
The above statement of fees is now in effect, and wiU apply to all
students in the Department, irrespective of the date of matriculation.
Anatomy,
Anatomy is studied during the Freshman and Sophomore years.
The course is a very thorough one, utilizing all the modem aids to
teaching. Whenever possible the student will have the opportunity,
by actual inspection of material, to become familiar with the appear-
ance, texture, and physical characters of all structures. Practical
anatomy, or dissection, is absolutely essential to promotion to higher
classes, and is most thoroughly taught, the supply of material being
abundant. Bach student is required to make two dissections, one
each year. On the completion of a dissection, a rigid examination will
be held, which will entitle to a certificate to that effect. Without snch
evidence of having made two dissections, in a manner satisfactory to
the Demonstrator, a student cannot be examined for graduation. Text-
book: Gray, Nancredes' Essentials.
Physiolosry.
Physiology is studied in the Freshman and Sophonoie years. In
this subject the inductive method is very largely caiployed in impart-
ing instmctioa. The lectures are proftwely illnstraled by means of
charts, diagrams, and black-board figures; and the etadeat is rendere<l
piacttcally familiar with the phenomena of the moat imyertaiit bodily
functions in normal operation by the emplojoneat (if m pniiwsn>i upon
living animals as a means of demonstration. Tii boak; Ftlat, Dal*
ton, or Foster.
HOMCEOPATHIC MEDICAL, DEPARTMENT. 159
Histolos^'^
The work in this department runs through the Freshman year. One
lecture a week will be given, many of them being illustrated by means
of the stereoptican. Two hours each week are devoted to laboratory
work, in the new histological laboratory, which is commodious, well-
lighted, and supplied with thirty-six new compound microscopes, with
all necessary accessories, dissecting microscopes, microtomes of various
kinds, injecting apparatus, tnrn-tables, etc.
Bach student is furnished a microscope, reagents and apparatus, is
taught the use of the microscope, and does, or has demonstrated t>efore
him, the general technique of the subject of histology, hardening, em-
bedding, sectioning, staining, mounting, etc.
Histological injections are made before the class. During the term
the student prepares for himself a series of slides, illustrating the
ultimate distribution of the blood, and cellular structure of normal
tissues and organs. Klein's Manual of Histology is the text-book
used.
Chemistry.
The work in chemistry is carried on during three years. In the
Freshman year the course consists of lectures and laboratory work.
The lectures treat first of the general principles of the science; then
the subjects of interest to the student of medicine are discussed.
Especial attention is paid to the compounds found in the body, with
their functions and chemical changes. Medicinal and poisonous sub-
stances, and such as are used in practical work are also considered.
In the laboratory the student begins with tests for the metals, par-
ticularly the poisonous ones, and passes to the analysis of complex
sabstances. He learns methods of manipulation, and becomes ac-
quainted with the properties and actions of reagents. In the latter
part of the course urine is studied; quantitative and qualitative tests
are made for its pathological constituents, and such normal ones as
are of importance to the physician.
The course includes the methods for the sanitary examination of
water, and tboae emplo3red in quantitative analysis.
In the Sophomore year physiologtcal chemistry is taken up on the
same general plan. The lectures are in explanation and amplification
i6o STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
of the laboratory work. The latter includes the study of the proxi-
mate principles of the body, and of their chemical changes. Artificial
digestive experiments are made, their products being isolated and
tested. The constituents of the blood are tested, together with the
methods for identification of stains. The qualitative tests for the
abnormal constituents of the urine follow, and the quantitative deter-
mination of such as are of importance. The course is completed by
the identification of urinary sediments and calculi; and the analysis
of various pathological specimens of urine.
In the Junior year toxicology is taken up. Instruction in this
branch is given by means of weekly lectures, supplemented by quizzes.
The general principles are first considered, then the most important of
the poisons are treated separately. Text-books: Simon, or Roscoe
and Schorlemmer, Andrews' Anal3rtical.
Theory and Practice.
Regular attendance on this branch of medical study will be required
only of the Junior and Senior classes; but it is desirable that the
Sophomore class attend the lectures as often as their other duties will
permit. The teaching will be didactic and clinical.
General and special pathology will be taught according to the latest
investigations into the etiology and nature of disease.
It will be the aim of the occupant of this chair to teach only that *
which has secured the sanction of competent observers, and which
has been confirmed by abundant clinical experience.
In teaching the relation of drug pathogenesis to semieology tlie
well established principles of homoeopathic therapeuties will be closely
and consistently followed.
Attendance upon clinics will be obligatory upon Seniors, Juniors and
Sophomores, but optional with the Freshman class.
The lecture room being under the same roof with the hospital
furnishes admirable opportuities for bed-side instruction . The lectures
will be illustrated by diagrams, wax and papier-mach^ models, and
pathological specimens from the museum of the department in order
to enhance their usefulness. No efforts will be spared to prepare the
student to become a successful practitioner.
*/
HOMCEOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMBNT. i6i
The books reooniinended are as follows: Dickinson's Theory and
Practioe, Amdt's S3r8tem of Medicine, Raue's Special Pathology,
Goodno*s Practice. For reference: Pepper's Text-book of Theory
and Pracdoe of Medicine; Stevens' Manual of Pathology.
Ophthalmoloi^r and Otology-
During the Junior and Senior years instruction in diseases of the eye
and ear will be both didactic and clinical. Special stress is laid upon
the diagnosis and treatment of those diseases which will most often
present tfaemselves in the work of the general practitioner. The
didactic teaching is illustrated by models and drawings. The clinics
are laxge and varied, opportunity being thus given to examine and
treat the cases presented. Text-books: Norton, Buffum, Angell.
Iraryns^oloflfy and Rhinology.
Instruction is given in rhinology and laryngology to the Junior and
Senior classes by weekly lectures and clinics. Students are assigned
cases for treatment, and given ample opportunity to become expert in
the nae of the laryngoscope, rhinoscope and other instruments em-
pl03red in the diagnosis and treatment of the various diseases. Text-
books: Ivins or^Brown.
Pttdoios^y.
Weekly lectures and recitations are given on diseases of children to
the Junior and Senior classes. The subjects taken up are the diseases
of infancy, as well as early childhood, and while largely treated by the
didactic method, clinical demonstrations are used whenever possible.
Text-books: Tooker, Fisher.
Materia Medica.
Students will receive instruction from this chair during the entire
oouiae. The Freshmen will be given two lectures each week during
the first half of the year. Ten lectures will be given on the organon,
and ten on institntes and pharmacology.
The Sophomores and Juniors will be instructed together. Four
boors each week will be devoted to lectures, recitations, and quizzes.
i62 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
The minerals will be considered during the term 1897-98. A brief re-
view of the tozicological and physiological effects of the drug will be
given, then the most prominent and characteristic symptoms. These
symptoms will be grouped as they have been found useful for thera-
peutic purposes. The Seniors will be allowed to attend and review
the lectures given the Juniors, and in addition will be given two hours
each week. These two hours will be devoted entirely to practical work.
Clinical cases will be presented for which each student will be required
to prescribe. The remedies thus presented will be thoroughly studied
and compared with others which are applicable to the various mani-
festations of the disease under consideration.
Text-books: Organon; Dewey's Essentials of Materia Medica; Far-
rington's Clinical Materia Medica; Dunham's Homoeopathy and
Science of Therapeutics; Malcolm and Moss' Regional and Compara-
tive Materia Medica, and Allen's Hand-book of Materia Medica.
Surirery.
This study extends through the entire course. Minor surgery is
taught during the Freshman year, including bandaging. In the
Sophomore and Junior year surgical emetgencies is taught, including
such topics as anesthesia, shock, hemorrhage, wounds, fractures, and
dislocations. In the Senior year surgical pathology, general and
special, is thoroughly gone over. The method of instruction is a com-
bination of the didactic and practical. The principal operations are
made on the cadaver, and experimental work, in the seminary, will
receive careful attention in the Senior year. Examinations are held
in each class at the close of the year.*
The books recommended are: In the Freshman year, Sargent's or
Martin's Minor Surger}\ In the Sophomore and Junior years, Gil-
christ's Syllabus, and Hamilton on Fractures and Dislocations. In
the Senior year, Fisher and Macdonald's Text-book of Surgeiy, and
Gilchrist's Surgical Pathology, White and Martin's Genito-urinary
Diseases, Adams' Text-Book.
* Sophomores, luniors, and Seniors are required to attend the clinics; Seniors
are admitted to suo-clinics as detailed in sections.
HOMCBOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 163
Oynecolo^^.
This branch is divided between the chairs of obstetrics and surgery.
The study is pursued in the Senior year.
Medical diseases of women are considered by the chair of obstetrics
during the last half of the term. The surgical diseases are treated dur-
ing the year by the chair of surgery, by lectures, clinics, and demon-
strations. The books recommended are Wood's Gynecology, South-
wick's Practical G3mecology.
Obstetrics.
This branch is taught in the Junior and Senior years. The plan of
instruction in this branch will be the usual didactic method supple-
mented by demonstrations with wet and dry preparations, models and
diagrams, together with clinical practice whenever possible. Two
lectures a week are given, with occasional quizzes and recitations.
The scheme is designed to carry the student forward, after thorough
inatmction in the anatomy of the pelvis and generative apparatus,
through ovulation, menstruation, gestation, and normal labor. Use
of the various instruments is taught on the manikin, and every care
taken to thoroughly prepare the students for dealing with complica-
tions. Dystochia, and all forms of abnormal gc:station and labor are
given in the closing portion of the course. Tlie central idea is to give
the practical preference over the merely theoretical. The text-books
recommended are: Guernsey, Leavitt, and Lusk; Grandin and Jarmen,
Obstetric Surgery.
Fathologfy.
The west hall on the second floor of the Medical building is now the
pathological and bacteriological laboratory. Here are all the instru-
ments necessary for the study and demonstration of pathological anat-
omy and patholgical histology, also the apparatus usually found in a
well equipped bacteriological laboratory, ample for the cultivation and
demonstration of the germs of interest to medical men. Students not
only see this work done, but make all the ordinary cultivations and
pare cultures themselves, and prepare slides of all the ordinary non-
pathogenic and pathogenic microbes.
id4 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Three hours a week are devoted to the practical study of morbid
anatomy. The work consists of laboratory exercises, the aim being to
make this study as practical as possible, and to familiarize the student
with the use of the microscope in diagnosis. Part of the time in the
laboratory is devoted to the study of prepared specimens under the
guidance of the instructor, and the remainder to the mounting of path-
ological specimens by the student himself. An abundance of material
is furnished by the laboratory, and each student is allowed to keep as
his own property all the sections prepared by him during the tenn.
Special attention is paid to the diagnosis of tumors, trichinse, etc.,
microscopically, and the student learns easy and rapid methods of
making preparations for such diagnosis. Two hours a week are used
for lectures, supplementary as well as introductory to the laboratory
work.
The course in this chair is pursued in the Junior and Senior years,
the Senior year being laboratory work.
The text-books recommended are: Green, Dellafield and Pruden,
or Ziegler. In bacteriology, Abbott, Crookshank, or Sternberg.
Medical Jurispnideiice, Insanity and Dentistry
will be treated in short courses of lectures, given by appointment.
Classes in materia medica, practice, minor surgery, pharmacology,
obstetrics, surgical emergencies, surgery, g3mecology, eye and ear, and
peedology are in the lecture room or amphitheater of the Homoeopathic
Hospital, in which rooms also, all the clinics are held. Ph3r8iology,
anatomy, and insanity are taught in the amphitheater of the Medical
Department. Pathology, histolog>', chemistry, and toxicology are
taught in the appropriate laboratories. Medical jurisprudence is taught
in the lecture-room of the Law Department.
Clinics.
The clinics of this Department are open to students of all the classes,
but the attendance is not obligatory in the Freshman year. All the
clinics are full, in some of them the capacity of the hospital has been
ttOMCEOPATHIC MEWCAt DEPARTMENT. 165
severely taxed. The general arrangements and clinical system are as
follows : The House Stugeon at the commencement of the term details
three students from the Senior class as clinical assistants. One of these
retires after one week^s service, one after two weeks, and the remain-
ing one after three weeks. One student a week is detailed thereafter
so that each Senior student has three consecutive weeks of clinical
work. The duties are to assist at all clinics, and attend to all dressings
in the Hospital, under the supervision of the House Surgeon. This
gives unusual facilities for practical instruction. In the medical and
eye and ear clinics each member of the Senior class will be given re-
peated opportunities for examination of patients, and will be required
to diagnose the disease and suggest method of treatment. The clinics
are largely patronized, the number of cases and the variety being fully
equal to the college clinics elsewhere. The clinics are held as follows:
Medical Clinic. Thursday afternoon, service of Professor Dick-
IN90M.
Sorgical Clinic. Saturday morning, service of Professor Gii<-
9ye and Sar Clinic. Tuesday afternoon, service of Professor
Oynecologfical Clinic. Friday afternoon, service of Professor
Obatetrical Clinic. By appointment, service of Professor CoGS-
8lib*C]illica« The sub-clinics are held two or more times a week,
to which sections of the Senior class are admitted, where opportunity
is afforded all to make examinations in gjmeoological cases, and the
tise of various instruments of precision for purposes of diagnosis.
Medical and surgical treatment, and nursing are free for patients
entering the general clinics. Board in the Hospital is furnished for
I7.00 a week.
Correspondence with reference to admission to the clinics or Hospi-
tal should be had with the professor having charge of the particular
dinic, or the Registrar of the Faculty. Arrangements can be made
for the reception of a limited number of obstetrical cases, only between
the 15th of September and the 15th of February.
m s*rA*rE uNtvERSHrv oi^ io\va»
Dispeiuiary. In connedtion with the clinics a dispensary had
recently been opened, where the clinical assistants, under the direc-
tion of the Faculty, prescribe for and visit out-patients, as well as
attend such cases of obstetrics as apply. The dispensary is growing
in patronage and influence, and has become a highly important and
profitable portion of the work, affording at once material for the
clinics, and giving practical instruction to the attendant.
TRAINING SCHOOIr FOR NURBS8.
A training school for nurses has been authorized by the Board of
Regents, the complete course covering three years. The first year is
devoted to preliminary studies fitting the pupil for the active work,
that is, as nurses in the hospital. Candidates for admission to the
Training School must be not under twenty nor over thirty-five years
of age, must have a common school education, and must present two
letters of recommendation as to their capability, qualifications, and
moral character. No other examination for admission will be required .
Tht first year covering the preliminary work begins and closes with
the medical term of the University. A fee of five dollars will.be charged ,
payable at the beginning of the term to the Registrar of the Faculty.
The work of this year is entirely theoretical, consisting of lectures
upon anatomy, physiology, special nursing in diseases of the eye, ear,
nose, and throat, and on practical nursing. For cases of emergency
and home nursing, this course is especially desirable. Aside from
their practical work, during the second year^ the nurses will have one
recitation each week, and during the IhirdyearsptdAl topics for essays
will be assigned. Those who have completed the preliminary work at
the beginning of the second year will be entered upon one month's
probation in the Hospital, during which time they will receive board,
lodging, and laundry, but no compensation. If they are found satis-
factory, they shall at the end of the first month and during the re-
mainder of the second year in addition to their living as above, receive
|8 a month for personal expenses, with a slight increase during the
third year. This sum is not to be regarded as wages, the instruction
given being in itself full compensation for all services rendered . Those
who complete the three years' course shall receive a suitable diploma,
nOMCEOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 167
signed by the President and the Secretary of the University and at-
tested by the seal of the University. The graduating exercises occur
in connection with those of the Department. For further information
address the Matron, ADELE P. KIMBALL, M. D.
Board and Accomodatioiia.
Good board can be obtained at from I3 to $5 a week. By associat-
ing in clubs, students may supply themselves with good accommoda-
tions at a material reduction from the customary prices.
Students will be furnished with all necessary information concern-
ing rooms and boarding by applying to the Y. M. C. A. Information
Bureau.
Reqtdrements for Graduation.
To be admitted to the degree of Doctor of Medicine (M. D. ) in this
Department, the student must exhibit to the Dean evidence of having
pursued the study of medicine for four years; must have attended four
courses of lectures, of at least six months each, the last of which
shall have been in this institution; and must be not less than twenty-
one years of age.
Arrangements have recently been made with the Faculty of the
Collegiate Department by which it will be possible for a student to
complete the course in Science and the course in the Homoeopathic
Medical Department in six years, thereby obtaining the degrees of B.
S. and M. D. This combined course is especially recommended to all
ftndents who intend to enter the profession of medicine.
Altmini Association.
The Alumni Association held its tenth annaul meeting at the College
boilding, March 14, 1897, at which time the following officers were
elected:
President— Da. R. W. Homan.
First Vicc-President—DR. Ci^aka M. Hazard.
Second Vice-President — Dr. Adklr P. Kimbai.];,
Secretary— Dr. R. E. P«ck.
Treasurer— Dr. Lvora Johnson.
i68 STAtE UNIVBRSTTY OP IOWA.
Bzecutive Committee— Prbsidbnt, Sbc&kta&y and Tkhasurbr.
Alimini are urged to send their names to the Secretary, to be en-
rolled as members. A small admission fee is required, the fnnds so
procnred to be donoted to the Hospital agreeably to a TOte taken at
the last meeting. Alumni are requested to keep the Secretary informed
of change of address.
Johnson Coimty Homoeopathic Medical Society.
The meetings of this Society are held weekly in the lecture-room of
the Department, and have been very useful adjuncts to the instruction
given. Senior students are associate members, and enjoy all the privi-
leges of membership, except that of voting and the right to hold office.
Officers for 1897-98:
President— Jambs G. Gii«christ, A. M., M. D.
Vice-President— R. W. Homan, M. D.
Secretary — Adbi«B P. Kof baix, M. D.
Any further information may be obtained by addressing the Presi-
dent of the University, the Dean or Registrar of the Faculty, at lowm
City, Iowa.
Dental Department
Faculty,
Cbakubs Ashmkap Schabfpsk, a. M., Ph. D., LL. D.,
President and Dean of the Dental Department.
F. T. Brxsnb, M. D., D. D. S.,
Professor of Operative Dentist: y and Therapeutics, and Superintendent
of OperatiTe Clinic.
Wif. S. H08FOKD, A. B., D. D. S.,
Profesaor of Proothetic Dentistry and Crown and Bridge Woric, Superin-
tendent of Prosthetic Clinics, and Secretary of the Faculty.
Other Instructors^
W. H. DbFord, a. M., M. D., D. D. S.»
Professor of Oral Pathology and Hygiene.
SI3SBT WHAIAM ROCKWOOD, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Chemistry and Metallurgy.
WaI^TKR l^WSBNCB BlBRRINO, M. D.,
Professor of Pathology. Bacteriology, and Histolc^ry.
Caxmuts SDMNE& Cbasb, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics
]amms Rsnwick Guthrib, M. D.,
Profesaor of Physiology.
John Wai«tbk Habrtmaw, M. D.,
Professor of Anatomy.
WlIXXAM ROBBRT WHinuS, M. S., M. D.,
Assistant Professor of Histology.
J. E. PtXBinCR, D. D. S.,
Lecturer on Orthodontia.
Cha&UCS ClXVnULKD NUTTIMG, A. M.,
I«ectnrer on Comparative Odontography.
169
tyo STATE UNIVERSITY OF tOWA.
R. W. Bajudwin, D. D. S.,
Lecturer on Regional Anatomy.
A. E. ROGBRS, D. D. S.,
Lecturer on Dental Anatomy.
W. G. Clark, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator of Porcelain Work.
J. P. MULLIN, M. D.,
Demonstrator of Anatomy.
R. W. Baldwin, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator of Dental Technologv.
A. E. Rogers, d. D. S.,
Demonstrator of Dental Technology.
G. W. ESHLKMAN, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator of Dental Technologj'.
C. B. LKWIS, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator of Dental Technology.
F. B. JamKS, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator of DenUl Technology.
E. A. Sprakbr,
Custodian.
Hblbn Baschnagkl,
Clerk.
DENTAL DEPARTMENT.
Instruction in this school is given throughout the academic yeaf
by lectures, recitations, clinical teaching, and practical exercises, uni-
fonnal distributed. The course of instruction is progressive and ex-
tends over three years.
Some of the studies of the first and second years are pursued in con-
nection with the classes in the Medical Department, the student re-
ceiving instruction by the same professors,at the same time and place
with the medical students, and at the end of the year passing with them
the examinations.
It is the object of the Faculty to present a complete course of instruc-
UOD in theory and practice of Dentistry; and for this purpose well-
appointed laboratories and infirmaries are provided, and such arrange-
ments made as insure an ample supply of patients. Clinical instruc-
tion is given by the professors and other instructors, and under the
direction of demonstrators patients are assigned to the students, insur-
ing to all opportunity of operating at the chair, and becoming by actual
practice familiar with all the operations demanded of the dentist.
The infirmaries remain open and clinical instructors and demon-
itntors are in attendance daily throughout the school year, offering to
students unsurpassed facilities for acquiring practical knowledge and
manipulative dexterity.
Course of Ittettnctioti.
The course of instruction extends over three years of nine months
each. This, however, does not apply to those students who entered
before the year 1896-97.
171
17^ STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Requiremente for Adnittsioii.
The applicant must present to the Faculty satisfactory evidence of
good moral character, and must pass a preliminary examination or
present a diploma or a certificate of graduation from a college, acade-
my or high school, or a first class teachers' certificate covering the
branches enumerated below under Preliminary Examination . Students
of both sexes are admitted on equal tenns and are afforded the same fa-
cilities for acquiring a thorough dental education.
Preliminary Bzaminatioiis. All students who intend to matric-
ulate in the College are expected to be present at the time appointed
for examination. The preliminary examination will begin on Tues-
day, the day preceding the opening of the session, at 8 a. m., and will
embrace the following branches: Algebra, through quadratics, three
terms; rhetoric and composition, three terms; natural philosophy,
three terms; United States history, three terms; English literature,
three terms; Latin, three terms.
The student may, at the option of the Faculty, substitute any one of
the following electives in lieu of one of the preceding studies. No sub-
stitute, however, will be allowed for Latin: Three terms of algebra,
through quadratics; three terms of geometry, plane and solid; two terms
of physiology ; two terms of physical geography; one term of botany,
with analysis of forty plants; three terms of general history; three terms
physics; three terms of English literature; two terms of civil govern-
ment; two terms of history of England; three terms of American litera-
ture; three terms of chemistry; one term of commercial arithmetic;
two terms of astronomy; two terms of geology; two terms of natural
history; one term of political science; two terms of drawing; three
terms of German; three terms of Greek; three terms of Latin reading,
Caesar; three terms of Cicero, four orations; three terms of Vergil, ax
books; one term of book-keeping; three terms of French; three tferms
of manual training.
Schedule of Stndiea.
First or Preshmaii Tear. Completed the first year: Chemis-
try, including Laboratory, Materia Medica, Histology, including
Laboratory work. Comparative Anatomy, with Dissection, Dental
Anatomy with Technic, and Operative Technic.
DENTAL DEPARTMENT. 173
Subjects taken first year and continued through the second year:
Anatomy, Physiology, Dental Technology, lectures and laboratory
work, and Operative Technic.
Second or Junior Tear. Subjects completed the second year:
Anatomy ¥rith Dissection, Physiology, Organic Chemistry, and Met-
allurgy, including laboratory. Therapeutics, Dental Technology, and
laboratory work.
Subjects taken the second and continued through the third year:
Surgery, Pathology, Therapeutics, Orthodontia Technic, Operative
Technic, Operative Dentistry, and Prosthetic Dentistry.
Third or Senior ITear. Subjects completed the third year:
Oral Surgery, Pathology, Regional Anatomy, Special Histology,
Clinical Dentistry, Therapeutics, Metallurgy and laboratory work,
Dental Art, Special Therapeutics, Practical Bacteriology, Operative
Dentistry, Prosthetic Dentistry, Dental Pathology, and Hygiene.
All students of the first and second years will be reqtdred to pass an
examination on the studies pursued in their respective courses before
leaving the University at the dose of each term. No student who has
failed in two of the studies of his course will pass to advanced stand-
ing unless they are made up before the holiday vacation. No certifi-
cates ate given to any who fail in more than two branches, except a
time certificate stating the actual time of attendance.
COmitSB OF I^9CTURES AND I^ABORATORT WORK.
0]>erative Dentistry and Therapentics.
To arrest decay and prevent the destruction of human teeth is the
ideal work of operative dentistry. To know how to fill teeth well and
lastingly is the ambitious desire of every intelligent student of dentis-
try. In the lectures delivered on this subject he will be made
acquainted with all the useful materials and methods of filling teeth,
the use of instruments, and the various manipulations required in a
fnll practice at the operating chair. The same will be fully illustrated
and demonstrated by numerous clinics, which will constitute an
174 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
important feature of the dental instruction. The student is expected
to supply himself vdth such instruments as will enable htm to perform
all the usual operations of dentistry, under the supervision of the
demonstrators. Students who own a dental engine should bring it
with them. The application of remedies to diseased conditions is
taught practically every day upon the patients in the operative clinics.
Clinical Dentistry.
In clinical dentistry thorough practical instruction will be given in
the details of operations, use of materials, instruments, appliances and
the application of remedial agents for the restoration of diseased con-
ditions. The students are required to take charge of patients and
perform operations under the supervision of demonstrators. The
large number of clinical patients presenting themselves furnishes
ample opportunity for a variety of practical work,
Prosthetic Dentistry.
The instruction in this department is both didactic and practical.
It is the aim to teach not only the mere mechanical processes of Dent-
istry, but that combination of art with mechanism which enables the
practitioner to effect so much in restoring the symmetry of the face
and usefulness of the teeth where they have been lost or impaired by
accident or disease. Thorough instruction is also given in methods
of restoring the dental organs with crowns of metal, or porcelain, by
bridges, and by the making of artificial dentures with bases of metal,
rubber, celluloid, aluminum, gold and porcelain, either alone or in
combination.
General Pathology and Bacteriology.
Pathology and bacteriology will be taught during the Junior and
Senior yeara by means of lectures and laboratory work. The work in
the Junior 3rear will be devoted to general pathology, comprising a
study of the general pathological changes, such as diculatory disturb-
ances, degenerations, and inflammations, that occur in himian tissues.
During the Senior year the work will consist of special pathology and
bacteriology. It will include the study of all forms of new growths
DENTAL DEPARTMENT. 175
and the disease changes occurring in spedal structures, especially the
oral tissues and such changes as come within the sphere of dental
soigery.
The bacteriological laboratory is equipped with the most improved
apparatus for bacteriological investigation. The work will comprise
the study of the characteristics of micro-organisms f nd their cultiva-
tion; special consideration being given to the micro-organisms of the
buccal cayity and their relation to dental caries and other disease
processes. The slides prepared become the property of the student.
Histology.
Histology vrill be taught during the Freshman and Junior years by
means of lectures and laboratory work. The laboratory work will
comprise the preparing and study of microscopical slides, showing
the minute structure of the different tissues and organs of the human
body, with special reference to the digestive apparatus. Instruction
will be given in the various methods of preparing and staining tissues
for microscopical examination, the slides prepared becoming the per-
sonal property of the student. During the Junior year the work will
be continued in the form of special dental histology, which will be
presented by means of didactic lectures and laboratory work. In the
laboratory, each student will prepare and study a collection of slides
pertaining to the histology of all the dental tissues and softer struc-
tures of the buccal cavity, including a complete series showing the de-
velopment of the teeth, the slides becoming the property of the
student.
Oral Pathology.
A brief consideration of inflammation and its terminations, patho-
logical conditions incident to first dentition, pathological conditions
incident to second dentition, dental caries — various theories and ex-
periments by which conclusions are reached, individual diseases of
the teeth, — sensative dentine, hypersemia, congestion and inflamma-
tion of the teeth, pulp nodules, putrescent pulps, alveolar abscess,
acute and chronic, diseases of the peridental membrane, perecemen-
titia, gingivitia, pyorrhcea alveolaris, the tongue and the mouth in dis-
eases of remote parts, of tumors, methods of diagnosis. The epulic
176 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
tumors, osteoma, simple cystic tumors, dentigerous cysts, diseases of
the antrum, ranula, mouth breathing, alveolar necrosis, maxillary
necrosis, phosphor-necrosis, epitheleoma, syphilis, mouth manifesta-
tions, especially neuralgia and many other practical subjects that can
not be mentioned here.
Hyfi^iene.
The importance of this subject cannot be overestimated when it is
understood th|it decay of the teeth, suppuration of the pulp, alveolar
dental abscess, pyorrhoea alveolaris, and perhaps other diseases with
which dentists have to contend are the direct result of unhygienic con-
ditions in the oral cavities. The processes of fermentation, suppura-
tion, and infection in general, will be considered, and full instruction
given in oral, personal, and office hygiene, and in the best methods of
disinfection and antisepsis, including the care of the instruments in
daily use.
Chemistry.
The work in chemistry is carried on during two years. In the Fresh-
man year the lectures treat first of the general principles of the science,
then their application to the needs and operations of dentistry are ex-
plained. The laboratory work of this year is chiefly in qualitative
analysis with a view to familiarizing the student with the action of
reagents, with chemical manipulation and with the most important
properties of the metals and their compounds. In the Junior year the
lectures will be upon organic chemistry and metallurgy, and the labor-
atory work npou the properties of the metals, and also some of tlie more
important methods of quantitative analysis.
Materia Medica and Therapeutics.
The course in these branches will cover the following points:
I . The Freshman class will be given during two-thirds of the session
two hours a week upon both organic and inorganic drugs, special
stress being laid upon those appertaining chiefly to dentistr>*. Among
such drugs may be mentioned aneesthetics, general and local; coagu-
lants, mineral and vegetable; pain obtunders, sedatives, narcotics, etc.
Also such drugs as are comprised in the list of antiseptics, disinfect-
ants, germicides, deodorants, epispastics, eschorotics, etc.
DENTAL DEPARTMENT. 177
2. The Junior class will be given a course in general therapeutics
with the same thought constantly in mind of emphasizing those drugs
that appertain chiefly to the practice of dentistry.
Throughout the session both classes will l>e quizzed frequently to
test their knowledge of the subjects presented, and the Freshmen will
be given a complete course in prescription writing, inclusive of the sub-
ject of incompatability.
Anatomy.
This is taught in the first and second years by lectures and recita-
tions, one course in dissection being taken each year.
Physiolos^.
In this department the inductive method is very largely employed
in imparting instruction. The lectures are illustrated by means of
charts, diagrams, and blackboard figures, and the student is rendered
practically familiar with the phenomena of the most important bodily
functions of normal operation by the employment of experiments upon
li\'ing animals as a means of demonstration.
Orthodontia.
Instruction in this branch will be by the use of large charts demon-
strating appliances of practical cases together with special care as to
pivventive measures for the care of deciduous teeth, and corrective
treatment during the eruption of the permanent teeth. The course
will also consist of the treatment of practical cases in the infirmary,
the care of which will be given to individual students, under the
direction of demonstrators in charge, and will also be used for class
instructions.
Regrional Anatomy.
The instruction on this subject will be supplementary to the lectures
on general anatomy, and will include a careful description of the
bones, muscles, blood vessels, and nerves of the head and face, espe-
cially such as are intimately associated with the physiology and patho-
logy of the dental organs. The lectures w^ill be illustrated by maps,
charts, and models, and by several well prepared natural specimens of
the head, jaws, teeth, and nerves in situ.
178 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
ComparatiTe Odontogrraphy.
This course will be one of unusual practical value. The dental
organs and their practical use, comprised in the various orders or
families of the animal kingdom, will be illustrated bj natural speci-
mens, lantern exhibitions, and dessection of the lower mammals.
Diaaection.
Students will, early in the term, make application to the demon-
strator of anatomy for places at the dissecting table. Bach student
will be required to dissect at least one part. No chaige is made for
material.
Dental Anatomy.
This course is supplementary to the subject of general anatomy and
in addition to the lectures given, each student will prepare a series of
sections of the natural teeth, making the prints of same in a book for
that purpose. The books are the property of the students.
Porcelain Work.
The use of porcelain in the various applications to the practice of
dentistry including crowns, bridges, artificial dentures, inlays, etc.
Also the use of the various furnaces will be demonstrated.
Operative and Prosthetic Tedinic.
This course consists of the tempering and making of instruments
both for operative and prosthetic work, also the preparation of cavi-
ties in the natural teeth out of the mouth and filling of the same with
the different filling materials. The coiuse is thoroughly practical and
constitutes a very important feature of the student's work preparatory
to the clinical experience.
It is the dedre of the Faculty that the dental profession will assist
in the above course by forwarding to the department all the extracted
teeth possible, express charges paid by the department.
Mnaeom and l^ibraxy.
Mtmbers of the dental profession, dental students, and all persons
interested, are invited to contribute to the museum such specimens of
DENTAL DEPARTMENT. 179
malfomiation, normal or diseased conditions, as will serve for illus-
tration of dental teaching; also to the library any books, pamphlets,
journals, or other reading matter pertaining to dental subjects. Such
oontribtttions will be duly labeled with the donor's name, and care-
foUy preserved.
Iraboratories and Clinic Rooms.
The didactic work is supplemented by practical teaching in the
laboratory and clinic rooms; with an abundance of patients (5,226 last
session). The clinic rooms are equipped fully and completely, with
Wilkeson and Columbian chairs, cabinets, and all necessary apparatus
for the purpose, such as lathes, furnaces for porcelain work, rolling
mills, vulcanizers, tables, microscopes, etc. Students are required to
supply only the lighter and more portable instruments, the list of
which will be furnished on application.
Reqidrements for Gradnation for Sesaion of i897-98«
The candidate for graduation must be of legal age, and of good
moral character; must present to the Faculty and Board of Examiners
a satisfactory case of artificial dentistry; also a good clinical record of
pnuitical operations on the natural teeth; must sustain a satisfactory
examination in the branches taught, and must prove his fitness for
the practice of dentistry.
The time of study must include attendance on three courses of lec-
tures, the last of which must be at this institution.
The deportment during the term must have been unexceptionable;
and attendance upon all lectures, clinics and other instruction in the
coarse must have been in accord with the requirements of the depart-
ment.
Members of the Junior class must be examined finally in anatomy,
phjrsiology, organic chemistry, metallurgy and therapeutics.
Members of the Senior class must notify the Dean of the Faculty in
writing during the second week of February of their intention of be-
coming applicants for the degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery, at the
same time presenting a certificate from the Secretary of having paid
all fees, with a certificate of legal age and good moral character.
i8o STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Attendance on any course of lectures in other reputable dental col-
leges having similar requirements will be accepted as equivalent to a
corresponding course in this department. Graduates of medical col-
leges will be required to attend two full years of instruction in prac-
tical dentistry in this institution, including the courses of lectures,
before applying for graduation.
Having complied with the requirements of this department, the
Faculty and Board of Examiners will recommend the candidate to the
Board of Regents as entitled to receive the degree of Doctor of Dental
Surgery.
Tuition.
The fee for tuition is $ys for each year, payable ^50 on or before
October i, and (25 on or before January 10. There are no extra fees
whatever, but a deposit of $3 must be made to cover breakage and
loss before beginning work in the chemical laboratory.
The above statement of the fees is now in effect, and will be under-
stood to apply to all students in the departments, entirely irrespective
of the date of matriculation. All students who do not pay the proper
fees or avail themselves of the provision above mentioned will be sus-
pended from the department until such fees are paid.
It is of greater advantage to the student, during his collegiate
course to study and review a single text-book in each department
than to read several cursorily. It is, therefore, advised that a single
work in each department recommended below be chosen and care-
fully studied, while any others may be used for reference and stibse-
quent perusal.
PRACTITIONER'S COUR8B.
This course is planned for the convenience and benefit of practi-
tioners. It will be optional with those entering the course as to
what studies they will pursue, and what methods in practical work
they may take up. ^
The curriculum will be arranged more especially to give a thorough
course in pulp and abscess^ treatment, and other pathological condi-
tions of the oral cavity. , In addition to this, detailed instruction will
DENTAL DEPARTMENT. i8i
be given in bridge and crown work, continuous giun dentures, porce-
lain fillings, and in the methods of working metals by all the different
opemtions which the practitioner is called upon to perform.
Reqtiiremetits for Admissioti.
Anyone in reputable practice may enter this course. Those attend-
ing the full course of two months will be given a Practitioner's Certi-
6cate at the end of the course. Graduates of this department will be
admitted on the payment of the matriculation fee only.
Graduates of other reputable dental schools will be admitted on
payment of the matriculation fee and $io.
A full corps of demonstrators in all departments have been appointed
to attend to the duties pertaining thereto. The service of several ad-
ditional clinical instructors will be obtained during the session, each
one a specialist.
Pee8 for Practitiofier's Course.
Matriculation fee $ 5 00
Tickets, including certificates 35 00
I^aboratory fee 6 00
fc6oo
All fees must be paid at the beginning of the session to the Secre-
tary of the University, William J. Haddock.
Board, per week I3 00 to |5 00
Board in dubs, per week i50to 300
Unfurnished rooms, per month 2 00 lo 4 00
Students should make their arrangements to be in attendance on
the first day of the session, as the Faculty cannot adjust their plans
to the tardy arrival of students by wasting time on unimportant lec-
tures at the beginning. Promptness at the beginning of the term is
very essential.
i»2 STAtfi UKlVEkSlTY OF IOWA.
TSXT-BOOKS, AND BOOKS OF RSFBRBNC1$.
These can be obtained at the book stores in Iowa City. Dealers
give a discount of from ten to twenty per cent. The following are
recommended by the Faculty:
Operative Dentistry: American Text-book of Operative Dentis-
try, Ottellungui, Flagg*s Plastics.
i^oatll^itic Dentistry: Essig's Prosthetic Dentistry, Richard-
son's Mechaiiical Dentistry, Evan's Artificial Crown and Bridge
Work; collateral reading of Harris's Principle and Practice, American
(System of Dentistry.
General Pathology: Green, Zeigler, Delafield, Pnidden.
Bacteriology: Abbott, Crookshank, Frenkel.
Histology: Piersol, Schcefer, Sterling, Klein.
Oral Pathology and Hygiene: Greene, Garretson's Oral Sur-
gery, Wilson on Hygiene.
Chemistry: General Chemistry — ^Wurtz, Blozam, Witthous; Quali-
tative Analysis — ^Thorpe, Crafts.
Materia Medica: White and Wilcox, Potter.
Therapeutics: H. C. Wood, Potter, Gorgas.
Anatomy: Gray (13th edition), Holden's Ifandmarks, Quain (loth
edition), Holden's Oeteology, McClellan's Regional Anatomy, Treve's
Applied Anatomy.
Physiology: Poster, Landois, and Sterling, Flint, Kirk.
Orthodontia: Angles, Guilford.
Dental Anatomy: Tomes, Black.
Comparative Anatomy: Howell.
Dictionaries: Harris, Dunglison, Thomas.
Notice.
The National Association of Dental Faculties, of which this depart-
ment is a member, passed at their last meeting a rule whereby all stu-
dents not regularly matriculated within ten days from the opening of
any school will not receive credit for a full course.
DENTAL DEPARTMENT. 183
The Dental department of the State University of Iowa not only
complies with the rules and conditions of the National Association of
Dental Faculties but also those of the National Association of Dental
Bxaminers.
Members of the profession who receive the announcement are
requested to notify the Secretary of any change in their address.
They will also confer a favor by sending the names of other dentists
practicing in the towns in which they reside. For further informa-
tion apply to Wm. S. Hosford, D. D. S., Secretary, Iowa City, Iowa.
Department of Pharmacy.
Faculty,
Chari,es a. Schakfker, a. M., Ph. D., hh. D.,
President.
Emii« L. Bobrnkr, Ph. G., Phar. D.,
Professor of Pharmacy, Director of the Pharmaceutical I^ltoratorv, and
Dean of the Faculty.
LAUNCEI.OT Andrews, Ph. D.,
Professor of Chemistry, and Director of the Chemical I^aboratory.
Thomas H. Macbridb, A. M.,
Professor of Pharmacofniosy, and Director of Microscopical Laboratory.
Charles S. Chase, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Materia Medica.
BoHUMiL Shimbk, C. E.,
Professor of Botany.
E. W. ROCKWOOD, A. M., M. D.,
Lecturer on Toxicology.
Carl L. Endb, M. S.,
Instructor in Chemistry.
Lester T. Jackson, B. S.,
Assistant in Chemical 7^borator>\
LuLA Beall Jester, Ph. G.,
Assistant in Pharmaceutical Laboratory.
Georgia Knapp, Ph. G..
Assistant in Pharmaceutical laboratory.
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACY.
The Department of Pharmacy of the State University of Iowa is de-
signed to furnish pharmacists, and those desiring^ to engage in phar-
macy, au opportunity to acquire a thorough practical education in the
departments of science most intimately connected with the practice of
that profession. A technical education, such as that offered by the
schools of pharmacy, and seldom if ever acquired in drug stores, is as
necessary to the accomplished pharmacist as is the special training of
a medical course to the physician. The day is not far distant when
the pharmacist who is not provided with the evidence of skill which
the college diploma furnishes, will labor under equal disadvantages
with the non-graduated physician of to-day.
The experience of the past twelve years has thoroughly demonstrated
the practicability of the courses in this Department. This is shown by
the readiness with which students of even one session find and hold
employment in drug stores, at salaries much higher than they could pos-
sibly command without the college training, and by the fact that the
State Board of Pharmacy admit to their examinations, as candidates for
registration, students who have completed one year's work in this
school. A much lai^r percentage of students pass these examinations
than of candidates who go before the Board from drug stores, even
after several years' experience.
Incidentally, therefore, the courses are well calculated to aid those
who desire specially to qualify for the examinations of the State Board
of Pharmacy.
The thirteenth annual course of lectures will begin on Wednesday,
September ]6th, 1897, and close on Wednesday, March 30th, 1898.
There will be a vacation commencing December I9ftli, 1897, and end-
ing January 3rd, 1898.
185
i86 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Btdlding.
This school is now comfortably located in a new three-story build-
ing, especially erected at a cost of about fifty thousand dollars, and
furnishing about twenty-five thousand square feet of fioor space, per-
haps the largest accommodations in the way of room enjoyed by any
school of pharmacy in this country. The equipment of this building
is of the most modem, and in keeping with the advancing stage of the
science. Through liberal appropriations periodically made by the
Legislature and the Board of Regents, the accumulated equipment of
some years is being rapidly enlarged, and affords excellent facUities
for instruction. The leeture-rooms are provided with all desirable con-
veniences for class demonstration, and with laige tablet chairs. The
laboratories are especially roomy, the chemical and pharmaceutical
laboratories occupying each a floor space of 54x140 feet, divided into
two laige general and a number of smaller special laboratories. Two
forty-horse power boilers supply the steam for all purposes, and a seven-
horse power gas engine fumishesf the power for drug mill, dynamo,
etc.
PreHtnlnary Vxamlnatioii.
Every applicant for admission to the Junior class will be required to
pass a preliminary examination in English, penmanship, geography,
and arithmetic, or give satisfactory evidence of having completed such
studies in a grammar school.
Admission to the Senior class will be by examination in the branches
of study taught during the Junior year. Students presenting evidence
of having passed the Junior examination in another recognized college
of pharmacy will be admitted without further examination.
The Courses of Instructioa
embrace lectures on pharmacy, materia medica, pharmacognosy, bot-
any, chemistry, and toxicology, with practical work in pharmaceutical,
microscopical, and chemical laboratories, and almost daily recitations
during the term.
About two hundred and twenty-five lectures are delivered annually
DEPARTMENT OF PHAkMACY. 187
to the Junior class, and more than four hundred hours are devoted to
practical work in the several laboratories, and to recitations.
Following the wise precedent established a few years ago by some of
the leading colleges of pharmacy, the graded course has been adopted.
The full course will extend over two vears, and the students will be di-
vided into Junior and Senior classes, composed of first and second
course students, respectively. This arrangement, while adding greatly
to the labors of the Faculty, will prove of great benefit to students, by
enabling the Professors not only to introduce new and profitable sub-
jects in their departments, but by extending their lectures over two
sessions, to take up the elementary work during the first, and the more
advanced during the second year.
PHARMACY.
Profbssor Bosrnkr.
The introductory lectures to the Junior class will embrace a short
review of the pharmacopoeias of the United States, England, France,
and Germany; the various systems and appliances of weights and
measures in use by the leading nations; the apparatus and methods
necessary for the determination of the specific gravity of solids and
liquids, and the sources and management of heat for pharmaceutical
purposes. These will be followed by descriptions and illustrations of
apparatus necessary to properly conduct the processes of percolation,
filtration, comminution, sifting, solution, precipitation, neutraliza-
tion, evaporation, distillation, sublimation, etc.
The official drugs will be considered by groups, the classification
being based upon the more prominent proximate constituents con-
tained in the drugs under consideration, beginning with those sub-
stances containing prominently lignin, and passing in order to those
containing starches, sugars, gums, resins, oleo-resins, fixed oils, vola-
tile oils, alkaloids, glucosides, neutral principles, etc.
All the preparations of a drug will be considered together. To aid
the student in memorizing the strength of official preparations, these
will be considered by pharmacopseial classifications.
iS« STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
The lectures to the Senior class will begin with a short review of
the. subjects embraced in the Junior course, followed by a critical
study of the preparations of the United States Pharmacopcda, classi-
fied according to the character of their active or medicinal constitu-
ents. The relation they sustain to different menstrua, and to each
other will be considered, and whenever practicable, the method of
their preparation will be demonstrated, the aim being to apply the
theories and general principles taught in the Junior course.
The concluding lectures of the course will be devoted to extem-
poraneous pharmacy — such as the preparation of emulsions, pills, sup-
positories, solutions, ointments, etc., and the dispensing of phys-
icians' prescriptions.
The adulteration and sophistication to which official preparations
are subject, and the methods for their detection will be noticed to the
extent which their importance may demand.
CHSMI8TRT.
Professor Andrews.
The laboratory work will be divided into two distinct courses, both
of which are requisite for graduation, but only one of which can be
taken by the student during either of the two college years.
The Jtuiior Year
comprises instruction in the general principles of chemistry, and in
qualitative analysis, arranged with special reference to pharmaceutical
preparations.
The lectures elucidate the fundamental laws of the science, demon-
strating them, whenever possible, by munerous experiments performed
before the class. The chief metallic and non-metallic elements, with
their more important compounds and reactions are considered. The
practical application of the principles of chemical calculation, by
which the composition of compounds may be deduced from their
formulas, in consequence of its great importance to the pharmacist, is
carefully inculcated. Instruction in details of the work, and in mat-
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACY. 189
•
ters of manipuUition is conveyed in the laboratory coarse, which occu-
pies, on an average, seven hours a week. Here the student is taught
by a systematically arranged series of experiments the properties of
the commonest chemical agents, and how to handle chemical appara-
tus properly. When some manipulative skill is attained, qualitative
analysis is taken up. The characteristic reactions of bodies as applied
to their detection in mixtures are made familiar in a series of exam-
ples, beginning with the simplest substances, and passing gradually
to the more complex, such as are met with in the practice of Phar-
macy. The student is expected at the conclusion of this course to be
able to test the purity of official preparations and to detect the nature
of any adulteration which may be present. He is required to pass a
practical examination covering this ground.
The Senior Tear.
Quantitative analysis is taken up, particular emphasis being laid
upon volumetric processes, as these, by virtue of the ease and rapidity
with which they are executed, are of the greatest general usefulness.
Practice is given in the valuation of numerous inorganic and
organic pharmaceutical preparations, and in the methods of control-
ling or determining their exact strength. A practical examination
concludes the course.
BOTANT AND PHARMAC06N0ST.
Propbssors Macbridb and Shimkk.
In these subjects three courses are offered, two in botany and two
in pharmacognosy:
Course i. General Botany. The first part of tlie course is devoted
to a careful study of the elements of the science. The various organs
of the plant are reviewed and the local autumnal flora is made to
afford abundant material to illustrate, in the hands of the student, the
morphology of roots, stems, and leaves, as well as the ordinary prin-
ciples of floral analysis, and the means of specific identification.
Pall. Two hours a day for the first six weeks. Professor Shimbk.
I90 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Course 2. The second coarse is devoted to an inquiry into the life
and growth of the plant; the cell, its morphology and products; the
morphology of the entire plant structure as a means of identification.
These and similar topics are made the basis of a course of lectures
illustrated by means of the microscope and stereopticon.
Fall. One hour a week, latter half. Professor Shimbk.
Course 3. Pharmacognosy. This course is intended to present the
organic Materia Medica from the standpoint of the biologist, with
a view to enabling the student to handle his material intelligently,
and to identify them in accordance with the recognized principles of
biologic science. The various drugs of organic origin are taken up in
the order of their natural classification, the principal facts as to their
nature, origin and preparation are set forth in a series of lectures illus-
trated by abundant material in original packages, as well as by her-
barium spedmens (in the case of plants), charts, drawings, microscopic
preparations, etc.
Winter. One hour a week, commencing about November ist.
Professor Macbridb.
Course 4. Microscopic Technology. This course is intended for
Seniors only. It includes instruction in the use of the compound
microscope, and its employment in the investigation of vegetable
structures. The student is supplied with an instrument and all neces-
sary reagents and apparatus, and is taught the various modes of cut-
ting, staining, and mounting histological preparations. Practical
instruction is given in the use of the microscope in the identification
of crude drugs as well as in the detection of adulteration. Each stu-
dent taking this course prepares at the laboratory for his own use, a
cabinet of microscopic slides, illustrative of many of the more impor-
tant official drugs.
Winter. Two hours a week. Professors Macbridb and Shimbk.
In carrying forward the work in botany and pharmacognosy, free
use is constantly made of the magnificent collections now found in
the Herbarium of the State University. Ample cabinets of Materia
Medica are also at hand.
Text-books:
Wood's Class Book of Botany.
Gray's Manual of Botany.
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACY. 191
Flneckiger's Principles of Pharmacognosy.
Maisch's Materia Medica.
Bentlej and Trimen's Medicinal plants.
Milspangh's American Medicinal Plants.
The United States Dispensatory.
The National Dispensatory.
MATBRIA MEDICA.
Professor Chasb.
Both the inorganic and organic Materia Medica will be presented to
the stndents of the Junior class by lectures sunplemented by careful
drill in recitation once each week during the entire session. The pro-
fessor in charge will also specially present to students in the Depart-
ment, a carefid synthetic and analytic course in prescription writing
and interpretation as well. Both the common and metric systems
will be employed, in order that the student may be made familiar
with the various methods.
The official preparations will be considered in detail, with all neces-
sary allusions to the physiological actions and medicinal uses of the
more common and important drugs of the Pharmacopceia.
A special effort will be made to teach the student to familiarize him-
self with all forms of incompatibility, with a view to detection at sight
of improperly written prescriptions. This knowledge, it is believed,
is of vital importance to the pharmacist.
The student will also be carefully drilled in dosage, alkaloidal sub-
stances, toxicology, antidotes, etc., etc. Tests of proficiency are made
from time to time. In a word it is the aim«of this chair to make the
sabject of Materia Medica eminently practical in all its bearings upon
the practice of the profession of pharmacy.
19a STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
TOXICOIrOOY.
Professor Rockwood.
The course consists of one lecture a week during the entire session.
Tlie general action of poisons is first considered, then the most impor-
tant ones are treated separately. Their physical properties and chem-
ical action are noticed, together with their uses, and most common
sources as toxicological agents. The symptoms of the different classes
are given, and the treatment for each. Especial attention is paid to
antidotes. Methods of testing suspicious substances, as well as the
examination of secretions and excretions, are explained and illus-
trated by experiments.
PHARMACBUTICiUr I^ABORATORY.
The pharmaceutical laboratory, provided with the necessary con-
veniences, apparatus, and material for thorough practical instruction,
will be open daily during the greater part of the school year. The
instruction will embrace practice in the use of thermometers, hydrom-
eters, specific gravity bottles, and balances; the preparation of tinc-
ures, syrups, oleo-resins, solid and fluid extracts, pill masses, com-
pound powders, solutions, hypodermic and compressed tablets, and
many chemicals, such as the official iron solutions, scale salts of iron,
mercury and lead compounds, which the apothecary should and can
prepare for himself, both with advantage and profit; extemporaneous
pharmacy, including the preparation of emulsions, pills, plasters, sup-
positories, prescriptions, the application of pharmacopceial tests, the
manufacture of handkerchief extracts, colognes, sachet powders, etc. :
in short, practice in all the varied duties of a first-class pharmacy. The
greatly improved facilities of the new laboratory building will permit
of the introduction of work found impracticable for preceeding classes.
Instruction in this branch is now looked upon as one of the utmost
importance in pharmaceutical education, especially as much of the
work formerly conducted entirely by the apothecar>' is now in the hands
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACY. 193
of large manufacturing establishments, and the student in pharmacy
is thereby deprived of many valuable opportunities for gaining the
necessary experience and self-confidence in drug stores, which a per-
sonal acquaintance with the various manipulations is sure to bring
about. The instruction in this laboratory will be individual; the
progress made will therefore depend upon the student's knowledge
and exertions.
All students desiring to graduate in this school are required to pur-
sue this course during the Junior and Senior years.
Students will be furnished with all necessary apparatus and
material, but will be required to pay for all breakage or damage to
apparatus while in their possession.
Tttition.
The fee for tuition is $js ^or each year, of which I50 is payable on or
before October i, and the remainder on or before January 10. There
are no extra fees whatever, but for each laboratory course in chem-
istry or practical pharmacy there is required a deposit of I3.00
to cover breakage and to insure the return of all keys at the close of
the session. This sum (breakage, if any, deducted) is returned to the
student on presentation of the certificate of the professor in charge of
the laboratory in question.
The above statement of fees is now in effect, and will be understood
to apply to all students in the Department, entirely irrespective of the
date of matriculation.
All fees must be paid to the Secretary of the University, William J.
Haddock.
All students who are delinquent in the payment of tuition will be
snqxnded from the Department until the tuition is paid.
Qaalifications for Graduatioii.
Every person upon whom the diploma of this Department is con-
ferred must be of good moral character, have arrived at the age of
twenty-one years; have attended two full courses of lectures, the last
one of which shall have been in this school, including two full courses
194 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
of phannaceutical, microscopical, and chemical laboratory practice;
and shall pasa satisfactory written examinations in all the branches
taught in this school, when he shall be entitied to the degree of Grad>
uate in Pharmacy (Ph. G.).
Final Sxamiiiatloas.
The examinations of candidates for graduation will take place during
the week preceding the close of the lecture season.
Weekly Bxaminatiosis.
As auxiliary to the lectures, the professors will hold frequent quizzes
in their respective departments, to serve as reviews of the subjects dis-
cussed in the lectures.
Text-Book0.
Pharmacy — For Juniors — U. S. Pharmacopoeia, Remington's Prac-
tice of Pharmacy, National Formulary. For Seniors^All the above,
Caspari's Treatise on Pharmacy, Coblentz* Handbook of Pharmacy,
Scoville's Art of Compounding.
Chemistry — Andrews* Qualitative Analysis, Wulling*s Inorganic
Chemistry; Schimpf*s Volumetrice Analysis (for Seniors).
Pharmacognosy — Maisch's Organic Materia Medica.
Materia Medica — White & Wilcox's Materia Medica and Therapeu-
tics, Sayre*s Organic Materia Medica and Pharmacognosy, Culbreth's
Materia Medica and Pharmacology.
Botany — Gray's or Wood's Manual, Bastin's College Botany.
Heference Books.
U. S. Dispensatory, National Dispensatory, Fresenius' Analytical
Chemistry, Hoffman and Power's Examination of Medicinal Chem-
icals, Gray's Botanical Text-Book, Vol. II.
Boaid.
The cost of board in clubs is from |i .50 to I2.S0 per week; in private
houses from I2.50 to I4.00 per week. Rooms can be obtained at from
50 cents to I1.50 per week for each student.
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACY. 195
l^ibraries.
The libraries of the Universitj number in the aggregate abont 4o,ocx)
Tolnmes. The general library contains 32,000 volumes, and is access-
ible to students of all depcutments during eight hours of every week
day. Books may also be drawn for outside use.
Nearly seventy American and European periodicals are taken, and
are kept upon the tables of the reading room throughout the year.
For further particulars address the Dean, Emil L. Boemer, Iowa
City, Iowa.
DEGREES CONFERRED JUNE 1696.
COI/i;SGIATB DBPARTMSNT.
Hollister, Horace A.
Houser, Eva
Kaye, Percy L.
Master of Arte.
Rockwood, Laura Clarke
Stover, Charles C.
Slotterbec, Clara Agathe
Plum, Harry Grant
Master of Science.
Dean, Lee W.
Brock, Frank Victor
Graves, William Allen
Henry, May Virginia
Jackson, Lester T.
Magruire, Marie Blla
Bachelor of Arte.
Maine, Bmest K.
McCoy, John N.
Van Law, C. H.
Whiting, Samuel Danforth
Zimmerman, M. Amy
Bachelor
Barrett, Mary Emily
Barton, David Henry
Burling, Charles Glenn
Butler, Maud Bernadetta
Charlton, Ethel
CoUaon, Mary E.
Currier, Helen Noyes
of Philosophy.
Davies, Marion
Dewel, William Cornelius
Emry, Roy Logan
Evans, William Thomas
Gardner, Herbert H.
Glass, Eva J.
Harvat, Clara R,
196
GRADUATES.
197
Holson, Lain Claire
Holt, Harriette Grace
Jones, Ella Jane
KaJlcnberg, Henry F.
McAlvin, James Gregg
McCanren, James
Otto, Clementine C.
Palmeter, Roy Armstrong
Seerley, Prank N.
Smith, Samuel Craig
Stempel, Carl Hugo
Treimer, Carl
Willis, Eloise
Wilson, Edwin Brown
Bachelor of Science.
Arey, Rodney Melvin Dakin, Channing E.
Bartsch, Paul
BowersQz, Eugene Clarence
Oavanagh, Lucy
Clark, Whit H.
^igg> George Burton
Stewart, Helen White
Stover, Roy Walter
Tompkins, Erie Duncan
Bachelor of Science in Ciyil Sn^rineeringr.
Gabehnan, Fred Newell, George W.
Hartman, Russell T. Sears, Joseph H.
Hubbard, Prank Richard
Bachelor of Science in Blectrical Sngineeringf.
Koza, Frank Joseph
I;AW DISPARTMSNT.
Bachelor of I/aws.
Aldrich, Charles S., Ph. B. Brown, Charles D.
Allison, WUliam B. Jr., A. B.
Andenon, Oscar C, Ph. B.
Andrews, Walter G.
Arp, Henry A.
Bailey, John P.
Buky, Ralph P.
Barrett, John W.
Bstes, William E.
Bevan, Sargent
Brown, Clarence J.
Brunn, William H.
Burgess, Albert W.
Busby, Homer E.
Butterfield, Mark J.
Butterfield, William H.
Campbell, William H.
Carpenter, Roy D.
Cohen, M. Harry
198
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Coldren, Clymer A.
Coldren, Stevens A.
Corbett, ^ward M., A. B.
Cunningham, Matthew C, A. B.
Curtiss, Fred M.
Cutting, Ehner W.
Dyke, Harry N.
Ehret, Edward E.
Eversmeyer, Fred M.
Fairchild, Timotliy M.
FarwcU, Frank E.
Feenan, Fred K.
Fitzpatrick, Thomas J.
France, James C.
Gaines, Richard }.
Gallagher, William S., C. E.
Geiser, Mathias E.
Gilmore, Merritt C.
Goodspeed, Bert A.
Granger, RoUo S.
Grant, John
Hagemann, Fred P., Ph. B.
Halpenny, William H.
Hayes, Gordon
Hendershot, Charles L.
Hughes, William H.
Hull, John A., Ph. B.
Hurley, William H.
Ingham, Edward P.
Irving, Samuel C, A. M.
Jones, Clyde R.
Keefe, Harry L., Ph. B.
Kepler, Malvern H., A. B.
Kepler, Richard P., B. S.
Knittle, George B.
Krause, Bernard C.
Larrabec, William, Jr., Ph. B.
Lawrence, Albert L., Ph. B.
Lawrence, George C.
Lawrence, Graham W., Ph. B.
Leighton, Kalita E.
Livingston, Lloyd L.
Lusch, Edward F.
Lyons, James P.
McCall, Edward M.
McCleary, Francis
McCormack, Harford T.
McDermott, Thomas G., Ph. B.
McVay, James T.
Maloney, Daniel A.
Melchert, Milton M.
Miller. Clarence J., B. S.
Morris, Jay E.
Morton, Joe
Noth, Albert J.
O'Brien, Frank J.
O'Connell, Daniel J.
Orton, Eldon C.
Rank, Fred W.
Rinard, Leonard C.
Roberts, Luis M.
Robinson, Bertram L.
Rowell, Louis J., Ph. B.
Rudolph, Charles J.
Ryan, John B.
Ryan, William L., B. S.
Seaman, James W., Ph. B.
Shutts, Hervey J., A. B.
Sparks, Charles J.
Spensley, Harker B.
Stilwill, Charles M.
Thomas, David P.
Thompson, Frank E.
Tourtellot, Park W., Ph. B.
GRADUATES.
199
Troy, Henry M., Ph. B.
Vollmer, Frederick
Wallace, Geoi^e E.
Walsh, Alfred E.
Wesche, Wilmer E.
Wilkin, Rufus F.
Wilkinson, William }.
Wilmarth, Myron E.
Wilson, James M.
Wyckoff, Fred
Whittemore, Hugh A., A. B.
DEGREES CONFERRED MARCH, 1897.
MBBICAI^ DBPARTMSNT.
Doctor
Adams, Charles Blackstone.D.V
Allen, Lowell Edward
Anderson, Charles Alfred
Bell, Walter Scott, B. S.
Birkofer, William Joseph
Bntterhangh, Walter Scott
Byrnes, Victor Warren
Cilley, Charles Sidney
Oanser, George Alvin, B. S.
Cnnningham, John Wesley
Day, Henry E.
Decker, George Edward, B. S.
De Jong, Conrad, Jr., A. B.
Denison, Joseph Pence
Downs, Joshna A.
Edgington, Avington A.
Bsbjoem, Paul Oscar, A. B.
Fobes, Henry Lawrence
Grant, Charles Schaeffer
Grimes, Eli
Hart, Raymond Lochary
Harrington, Burton
of Medicine.
. S.Hearst, Will L., Ph. B.
Henderson, Edward Brenton
Hewitt, Henry F.
Hewitt, Etta E.
Howe, James McPherson
Johnson, Elton Mayrant
Kenney, William Le Roy
Keehl, Fred Wilburt
King, John E»ra, D. V. S.
Klein, John Leonard
Knittle, Edward Henry
Lyon, William Edwin
McAlvin, James Gregg, Ph. B.
May, George William
Mettlen, James Harvey, D. V. S.
MiUigan, William Wright
Molison, Robert Crichton, D. V. S.
Neraal, Paul O.
Packard, Chester Walter
Pattison, Dilly Nelson
Pray, Gilbert Leroy
Robinson, James William
200
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Scripture, James Levi
Smittle, Jacob Michael
Spencer, Harry D.
Starr, Orris Ferry
Swensson, John Gustaf
Townsend, William Harold
Van Epps, Clarence, B. S.
Vorwerk, Anthony H.
Whitacre, John Charles
Whitehead, Herman Joseph
Williams, Dell E.
Williams, George Edgar
Wilson, EUsworth, D. V. S.
Wilson, Maurice Edward, D. V. S.
Wright, Walter Nelson
Wyckoff, George Lewis
HOMOSOPATHIC MBBICAI, DBPARTMRNT.
Doctor
Battin, Jas. F.
Bywater, Wm. L.
Dun Van, Edgar K.
Ebersole, Sarah Freeburger
Fry, Arminda C.
Hansen, Jorgen W.
Hazard, Clara M.
Kauffman, Frank E.
of Medicine.
Lillie, Bertha S.
Marvin, Harvey W.
Peck, Raymond E.
Semones, Wm. M.
Speaker, Everett E.
Struble, Linton W.
Taylor, Morrison A.
Westonbeiger, J. C.
Jenson, Cecelia A.
Nurses.
Raff, Mary A.
DBNTAI, DBPARTMl^NT.
Doctor of Dental Sutgety.
Anderson, Arthur Lewis
Baughman, George P.
Blanchard, Frederick Channing
Boos, Casper Milton Baltis
Bums, Erwin Lester
Clark, George Edward
Conn, Frank
Dodge, Clarence Augustus
Donlon, Joseph Patrick
Fox, Charles Sumner
Griffin, Festus M.
Hasek, Voclav O.
Hough, Norman H.
James, Frank Boynton
GRADUATES.
201
Jones, John M.
Jones, Harry Carson
Keams, Chas. Rndolphos
Kennedy, Elmer Francis
Leonard, George R.
Ma3rtnm, Burlington J.
Morrow, Henry, Jr.
Mueller, A. J.
Renshaw, Carroll W.
Rizer, Gustavus Earnest
Scroggs, Richard Erskine
Secor, Alson
Silvia, John C.
Smith, Roy F.
Smith, F. Potter
Toney, Samuel Breese
Wilcox, Charles Shuler
PHABMACT DBPARTMBNT.
OraduateB
Cooper, Zada Mary
Codne, Irvin Vernon
Harvey, Robert Walsh
Highley, Larry Edward
Koch, August Frank
Magee, Edward Washington
in Pharmacy.
McCray, Walter Robert
McMahon, Thomas
Mead, Nehemiah Paul
Reynolds, Lillie Ethel
Watter8,^William Leslie
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT.
GRADUATB STUDENTS.
Reeident Candidates for the Master's Degree.
Bauer, George N., B. S., Differential Equations, Modem
Geometric Theories.
Bowman, Charles H., B. Ph., Physics, Mathematics.
Brock, Prank Victor, A. B. Economics, English.
Butler, Maud Bemadetta, B. Ph., History, French.
Clark, Charles W., B. Ph.,
CoUsou, Mary E., B. Ph.,
Currier, Helen Noyes, B. Ph.,
Davis, Walter M., B. Ph.
Dorcas, Herbert C, B. Ph.,
Fracker, George Cutler, B. Ph.,
Gibbs, George Sabin, Jr., B. S.,
Gilbert, Lydia L., B. Ph.,
Harney, Helen M., B. Ph.,
Hartman, Russell T., B. S.,
Hearst, W. L., B. Ph.,
Hensel, Blanche Alice,
Hilsinger, George E., A. B.,
Jackson, Lester T., B. S.,
Jones, Elizabeth D.,
Kelly, Harry E., B. Ph.,
Lumbar, M. E., B. Ph.,
English, Political Science.
Economics, Speculative Zoology.
English, History.
Political Science, History,
Pedagogy, Psychology.
Pedagogy, Psychology
Heat Relations of Resistance,
Alternate Current Theory.
English, History.
English, French.
Geology f Chemistry.
f
Sociology, History.
Latin, English.
Political Science, English.
Chemistry, Mathematics.
Pedagogy, Morphology.
English, Political Science.
Pedagogy, Philosophy.
McAlvin, James Gregg, B. Ph., M.D. Sociology, History.
Merritt, Fred D., B. S., Political Science, History.
202
BNROLIvMBNT.
ao3
Miller, L. A.,
Radasch, Henry K., B. S.,
Rose, Horace W., B. Ph.,
Savage, Thomas Edmund,
Schlenker, Carl,
Sherwood, Elizabeth L., A. B.,
Shimek, Bohnmil, C. E.,
*Treimer, Carl, B. Ph.,
Van Law, C. H., A. B.,
Watt, Walter G. ,
Sociology, Public Law.
Chemistry, Physics.
Economics, Sociology.
Geology, Botany.
German Classic Drama, Rise of
Prussia to 1830.
German, French.
Botany, History.
German Language, German
Literature.
Political Science.
Political Science, German.
Non-Resident Candidates for the Master's Degree,
Amlie, Thomas R., A. B.,
Bartsch, Paul, B. S.,
Bloom, Mant, B. Ph.,
Brown, Florence E., B. Ph.,
Burdick, Anna Lalor, B. S.,
Cameron, John E., B. S.,
Copeland, Helen L., B. Ph.,
Church, Frances, B. Ph.,
Craiy, HUsha S., B. Ph.,
Crofisley, J. J., A. B.,
O'Donoghue, J. H., A. B.,
Ebon, S. R., B. A.,
FitEpatrick, Mary Linder, B. S.,
Fitspatrick, Thomas J., B. S.,
Gilchrist, Redelia, B. Ph.,
Graves, W. A., A. B.,
Henry, Kay Virginia, A. B.,
Holaon, Lulu, B. Ph.,
Hornby, John A., B. Ph.,
Kelso, Inez F., B. Ph.
Latin, English.
Ornithology, Conchology.
Mathematics, Physics.
Abnormal Psychology, Animal
Morphology.
Latin and English Literature.
Botany, Zoology.
English, History.
English, Botany.
Political Science, History.
Political Science, History.
Chemistry, Geology, German.
History, English Literature.
Botany, French.
Botany, Geology.
Latin, Anglo-Saxon.
Pedagogy.
Latin of Lucretius, Philosophy.
German, French.
English Novel, German.
History, Political Science.
204
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Kimball, Carolyn, B. Ph.,
Leach, Robert E., A. B., B. Ph.,
Lovell, Jessie R., B. Ph.,
Meissner, John, B. Ph.,
Myers, F. W., B. Ph.,
Miller, Nellie B., B. S.,
North, Howard M., A. B.,
Parsons, Louis A., A. B.,
Rigg> George Burton, B. S.,
Seerley, Frank N., B. Ph.,
Seevers, Zoe Williams, A. B.,
Smith, Charles L., A. B.,
Stanley, Clarence J.,
Sueppel, J. W., A. B.,
Thompson, Marie D., B. Ph.,
Thompson, George F., A. B.,
Williams, Hermon P., A. B.,
Weidner, C. W., B. S.,
Whiting, Samuel Danforth, A. B.,
English Literature, Psychology.
Latin, Philosophy of Lucretius.
United States History, Political
Science.
Pedagogy, Political Science.
Political Science, History.
Geology, Sociology.
English History, Political Science.
Mathematics, Physics.
Ciyptogsmic Botany, Entomology.
Psycholog}\
Classification of a Collection of
Central American Plants, His-
tory of Botany.
Chemistry, Physics.
History of Philosophy.
Pedagogy, English.
Geology.
Ethics, Economics.
History, Political Science.
Latin.
Resident Graduates not Candidates for a De^rree.
Barber, Katherine Brainerd, B. Ph.,
Brown, Charles Sumner, A. B., (Rochester University.)
Bailey, Charles H., B. S.,
Dey, Myra Thompson, B. Ph.,
Ditzen, Henry Edward Carl, B. Ph.,
Fickes, Clark R., B. S.,
Furbish, Frederick, B. S.,
Hammond, Juliet, A. B., (Smith College.)
Hosford, Richard Waller, A. B., (Obcrlin.)
Howell, Gertrude, B, Ph.,
Hughes, Louise E., B. Ph.,
Leighton, Kalita Elton, B. Ph., (Western), LL. B.
ENROLLMENT.
205
McCleary, Lucy Josephine, B. Ph., (Simpson College.)
Mordoff, Carrie £., B. Ph.,
Moote, Sophia, B. Ph.,
Pahneter, Roy Armstrong, B. Ph.,
Paine, Katharine* B. Ph..
Rice, Jennie G., B. Ph.,
Rinard, Leonard Cook, LL. B.,
Smith, William Avery, B. S., (Western College.)
Stahl, W. S., B. Ph., (Simpson College.)
Warner, Thomas Farnsworth, B. Ph., (Upper Iowa University.)
Watkins, Charles Grant, M. S., (Iowa Wesleyan.)
Watson, J. O., A. M., (Simpson College.)
Welty, Beit B., B. D., (State Normal.)
8BNIOR CI^ASS.
NAME.
COURSB.
RKSIDBNCE.
Allin, Norra
Ph.
Iowa City.
Bailey, Arthur
El. Eng.
Charles City.
Baker, Irving Wesley
Ph.
Iowa City.
Barker, Arthur J.
Ph.
. Iowa City.
Beckman, F. W.
Ph.
Manilla.
Bettenga, Everett P.
Ph.
Fern.
Bloom, Charles
Ph.
Iowa City.
Boals, Abby
Ph.
Clear Lake.
Boesche, Louise A.
Ph.
Council Bluffs.
Briggs, George N.
CI.
Carson.
Brown, Ralph Othniel
Ph.
Albia.
Budrow, Lester R.
Ph.
Ogden.
Barge, Albertus J.
Sc.
River Junction.
Bursma, Jacob
CI.
Grand Rapids, Mich
Churchill. D. B.
Ph.
Dysart.
CUrk, Whit H.
oc.
Ogden.
Corlett, Jessie M.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Crane, Ezra £.
Sc.
Woodbine.
Crone, Reuben Bertram
Ph.
Dysart.
ao6
STATB UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NABC9.
Daly, William Joseph
Donohoe, Anthony P.
Dorcas, Cora
Ende, August
Ensign, Forest C.
Finch, Grace Ellen
Foster, Charles Scott
Freeman, Mae Agnes
Gibbs, Geoige Sabin, Jr.
Gray, Maud
Grimes, Frank P.
Hamann, Albert W.
Hanks, John
Hanson, Harry Webster
Hardman, James Elias
Heck, Ernest William
Hetzel, Roy Boyd
Hewitt, Charles Edgar
Hobbs, Sam Warren
Horack, Frank Edward
Huebner, Charles F., Jr.
Hull, John Kress
Hulsebus, Lillian
Hutchinson, Harry H.
Irish, Frederic Mortimer
Iverson, Iver, Jr.
Johnson, George Monroe
Keeler, Wilfred Cecil
Kiser, Joseph Donald
LaForce, Frank E.
Larrabee, Frederick
I/>renz, Charles F.
Lynch, Charles Jeremiah
McCord, Robert Leigh, Jr.
MacParland, Beulah
MacFarland, Elena
comtSE.
Ph.
Sc.
Ph.
oc.
Ph.
Sc.
Ph.
Ph.
El. Eng.
Ph.
Ph.
CI.
CI.
Ph.
a.
Sc.
Sc.
Civ. Eng.
Ph.
Ph.
Ph.
Ph.
Ph.
Sc.
wC*
Sc.
Sc.
Ph.
Ph.
Ph.
Ph.
Sc.
Ph.
a.
Ph.
Ph.
RB8IDBNCB.
Cresco.
Iowa City.
Tipton.
Burlington.
Iowa City.
Ackley.
Agency.
Iowa City.
Harlan.
Springdale.
Pamell.
Davenport.
Iowa City.
Mt. Pleasant.
Sigoumey.
Nauvoo, 111.
Avoca.
Morning Sim.
Storm Lake.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Moline, 111.
Burlington.
Muscatine.
Dubuque.
Emmons, Minn.
Maquoketa.
Des Moines.
Ottumwa.
Ottumwa.
Clermont.
Burlington.
Blairstown.
Lake City.
Columbus Junc*n.
Columbna Junc*n.
ENROLLMENT.
3
MAMB.
COURSB.
•
RBSIDBNCB.
Mdssner, John
Ph.
Solon.
Miller, Justus A.
Ph.
Washta.
Moon, Edwin Griswold
Ph.
Montroae.
Otto, Mary Laura,
Ph.
•
Iowa City.
Paisley, Albert A.
CI.
Burlington.
Peteisbexger, Isaac
Ph.
Davenport.
Pile, Mittie Mansfield
a.
Council Bluffs.
Fopham, R. G.
CI.
Williamsburg.
Price, Geoxge M.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Reever, William Henry
Ph.
CarroUton.
Resser, Burt C.
a.
Perry.
Reynolds, John
Ph.
Boone.
Sayers, Samuel Jefferson
Ph.
Iowa City,
Schaeffer, George Schuyler,
a.
Iowa City,
Schulze, J. Otto
Civ.
Eng.
Iowa City.
Sears, Charles Wilber
Ph.
Onawa.
Seymour, Libbie
CI.
Iowa City.
Shellenberger, Enmia W.
Ph.
Humboldt.
Shepard, Hugh H.
Ph.
Mason City.
Sunmons, Edmimd
CI.
Ottumwa.
Smith, Charles Samuel
a.
Albia.
Taylor, Katheryn May
Ph.
Clinton.
Thomas, Benjamin Franklin
Ph.
Traer.
Van Metre, Margaret
Ph.
Waterloo.
Wilkin, Prank Stephenson
Civ.
Eng.
Albia.
Willis, Bernard Darwin
El.;
Eng.
Iowa City.
Yost, Charles Gitchell
Sc.
Center Point.
Zerwekh, Florence A.
a.
Valley Junction.
Anderson, Theodore,
Balle, JuUus E.
Barker, William Lloyd
Baith, George D.
JUNIOR CI/AS8.
COUBSB.
Ph.
Ph.
Ph.
Ph.
RBSIDBNCB.
Iowa City.
Denison.
Humboldt
2o8
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMS.
COURSB.
RKSIDBNCB.
Beardflley, John
Ph.
Burlington.
Bishop, Jene D.
Ph.
Marengo.
Blum, Bertha Marie
CI.
Sioux City.
Blume, Fred M.
CI.
Audubon.
Bond, Edward Harris
Ph.
Denison.
Brown, Samuel Joe
CI.
Ottumwa.
Carroll, Nan Grace
Ph.
Iowa City.
Carter, George H.
Ph.
Le Mars.
Chamberlain, Park K.
Ph.
Wyoming.
Clayton, Joseph E.
Ph.
Rowley.
Clements, Melville Fisk
Civ. Eng.
Agency.
eobb, Clyde Beryl
Ph.
Harlan.
Coldren, May Belle
Ph.
Iowa City.
Copeland, Edwin Grant
Sc.
Iowa City.
Denny, Alden Ray
CI.
Mt. Union.
Dey, Ann Hull
Ph.
Iowa City.
Eaton, William Hammond
Sc.
Iowa City.
Emry, Martha Elva
Ph.
Brighton.
Ensign, Lucie M.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Eustis, Carl
Ph.
Stuart.
Frailey, Joseph Robinson
Ph.
Fort Madison.
Gabriel, Jennie May
a.
Des Moines.
Gonwick, Clara
Ph.
North wood.
Harriman, Tim G.
Ph.
Hampton.
Hatch, Daisy Eleanor
CI.
Iowa City.
Hobby, Edwin E.
av. Eng.
Iowa City.
Hollingsworth, Prank
CI.
Perry.
Holsteen, Fred S.
Ph.
Burlington.
Horine, Ora Huntington
Ph.
Coon Rapids.
Hoskins, John Bennett
CI.
Sioux City.
Howell, Lloyd
El. Eng.
Iowa City.
Huber, Anna Centennial
Ph.
Oskaloosa.
Hubbell, Rena
Ph.
Mortelle.
Johnson, Maro
Civ. Eng.
Iowa City.
Kearwille, Elizabeth
Ph.
Red Oak.
Kelly, Mary Celestia
Ph.
Iowa City
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT.
209
NAMK.
COUKSB.
RBSIDENCB.
Kriechbaum, Ida Elizabeth
Ph.
Burlington.
Lasheck, Adelaide Elizabeth
Ph.
Iowa City.
Lenocker, Francis E.
Ph.
Dexter.
Lindeman, Frank
Sc.
Griswold.
Lodwick, Libbie
Ph.
Eldon.
Loring, Mabel Howe
CI.
Waterloo.
Lowman, Minerva M.
Ph.
Iowa City.
LnkenbeU, Ella
CI.
Sioux City.
Lytle, Mary
Ph.
Iowa City.
Marquis, Frank L.
CI.
Waterloo.
McCordy, Lena
a.
Oskaloosa.
Mortland, James Austin
El. Eng.
Montezuma.
Mnllin, Justin C.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Myers, Milfxed
Ph.
Rockford, Til.
Nelson, Josephine Deane
Ph.
Iowa City.
Northey, Delia Prances
CI.
Dubuque.
Osbom, Charlotte Winston
Ph.
Rippey.
Otto, Joe M.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Otto, Ralph
Ph.
Iowa City.
Paxson, Ruthanna
Ph.
Manchester.
Pfeiffer, W. F.
oc.
Cedar Falls.
Place, Olney
Sc.
Georgetown, Tex.
Prall, John Cornelius
Ph.
Humboldt.
Preston, Gertrude Elaine
Ph.
Iowa City.
Robinson, Jessie
Ph.
Sioux City.
Saylor, Earl Clarence
El. Eng,
Ogden.
Schlenker, Jessie Peters
Ph.
Iowa City.
Sharpe, James Joseph
CI.
Iowa Falls.
Shorett, J. B.
Ph.
Earling.
Smith, Ralph J.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Smith, Edward Shepard
Civ. Eng.
Harlan.
Soleman, Fred Armstrong
Ph.
Tama.
Stover, George Elmer
Ph.
Iowa City.
Shill, WUfred N.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Swalm, looe
Ph.
Oskaloosa.
Swisher, I^eonard A,
?h.
Iowa Citjr,
2IO
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMB.
COX7RSS.
RKSIDBIfCS.
Taylor, Herbert Edward
Ph.
Poatvillc.
Veblen, Oswald
CI.
Iowa City.
Weed, Predmund Carson
CI.
Coming.
Weinrich, Herman P.
Ph.
a
Burlington.
Whitacre, Grace
Sc.
Iowa City.
Young, I^Roy Erwin
av.
Eng.
Iowa City.
80PH0M0R]$ CI^ASS.
NAMB.
Adams, Georgia
Ady, Florence Rae
Alford, Delia Gates
Ankeney, Walter S.
Bailey, Will J.
Baker, J. Clark, Jr.
Barber, Nathan Brainerd
Barclay, Wade C.
Baughman, Ruby
Blackmore, Ralph Davis
Bowman, Ernest Charles
Bradley, Charles C.
Brink, Frank N.
Brown, James Archibald
Brown, Joseph Wesley
Brush, William Burritt
Brusie, Ida M.
Burt, Alfred James
Cantwell, John D.
Carr, Hubert
Cash, W. H.
Chase, WUl B.
Clayton, Mrs. J. E.
Coad, Harry Elmer
Codner, Frances T.
COURSB.
RBSip^NCB.
Ph.
.Solpn.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Waterloo.
Sc.
Des Moines.
Ph.
Iowa City,
Ph.
Lucas.
Civ. Eug.
Iowa City.
CI.
Tiffin.
CI.
Jefferson.
Sc.
ApUngton,
El. Eng.
Solon
CI.
Council Bluffs.
Sc.
Atlantic.
Sc.
Keosauqua.
Sc.
Atlantic.
CI.
Ottumwa.
Ph.
Peoria, lU.
Ph.
Emmetsburg.
Sc.
Davenport.
Ph.
Manchester.
Ph.
Decatur.
Sc.
Des Moines.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Mt. Union.
Sc.
New London.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT.
an
NAMB.
COURSB.
RKSIDENCB.
Collins, Roy A. Miles
Ph.
Eldora.
Colony, H. Lee
Ph.
Tiffin.
Curtis, Maurice Leonard
CI.
Knoxville.
Dameron, James Lewis
CI.
Iowa City.
Dean, Ray H.
oC.
Muscatine.
Dean, William T.
• El. Eng.
Springville.
Denton, Harvey Struble
Ph.
Iowa City.
Dunham, Mattie A.
Ph.
Mason City.
Ehret, Anna Lillian
Ph.
Iowa City.
Poster, Mabel Marcella
Ph.
Iowa City.
Preligh, Clarence Neil
Sc.
New Sharon.
Garrett, Charles Reese
CI.
Troy.
Giese, Charles Oscar
Ph.
Pleasant Grove.
Gilchrist, Helen Cox
Ph.
Iowa City.
Golden, Ethel Rose
Ph.
Vinton.
Graff, Lulu A.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Greeley, Lennie Mabyn
Ph.
Iowa City.
Ham, John Webb
El. Eng.
Iowa City.
Hanson, Roy Marsh
Ph.
Mt. Pleasant.
Hastings, Jessie Pearle
Sc.
Iowa City.
Heriny^, James C.
Sc.
Center View, Mo
Hoag, Liudley Murray
Ph.
Iowa Falls.
Hobby, Ruth Annis
Sc.
Iowa City.
Holbrook, Prank Kinney
Sc.
Tipton.
Holt, John Wesley
Ph.
Swedesburg.
Honirk, H. Claude
Ph.
Iowa City.
Howard, Libbie
Ph.
Jefferson.
HnU, Elmer C.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Hnmphrey, Charles William
Ph.
Winterest.
Hntchiion, Eugene
Ph.
Lake City.
Ink, Raymond P.
Civ. Eng.
Mt. Vernon.
Jacobs, Marda A.
CI.
Iowa City.
Jarvis, Calvin
Ph.
Iowa City.
Jayne, Eben Hay
Civ. Eng.
Iowa City.
Jones, Lillian
Ph.
Iowa City.
Joy, Florence Livingston
CI.
Iowa City.
Keboe, John Joseph
Ph.
Hopkinton.
2T2
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMB.
COURSE.
RBSIDBNCB.
Kellogg, Charles Francis
Ph.
Burt.
Kemmerer, T. Wilbert
Sc.
Eldridge.
Kimball, Alfred Xyce
Sc.
Iowa City.
Koehler, Sophia Margaret
CI.
Le Mars.
Lancaster, Henry Hay
Ph.
Allerton.
Lee, Leslie Parvin
Ph.
Iowa City.
Loomis, William W.
Ph.
Clermont.
Louis, John J.
Ph.
Harlan.
McCormick, John B.
CI.
Churdon.
McCutchen, Lydia May
CI.
Rock Rapids.
McDonnell, Amelia I.
Ph.
Solon.
MacFarland, Winifred
Ph.
Columbus Junction.
McGee, John U. B.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Meier, Charles George
Civ. Eng.
Farmington.
Middleton, Edward D.
Ph.
Davenport.
Miller, Martin J.
Ph.
Montrose.
Moon, Roy
CI.
Montrose.
Moore, Alice Edith
CI.
Le Mars.
Moore, Sybil Jane
CI.
Le Mars.
Morrison, Sam J.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Mosnat, H. Roy
Ph.
Belle Plaine.
Myers, Perry C.
Sc.
Williamsburg.
Neal, Frank Carlton
Ph.
Stuart.
Ogden, John Francis
Ph.
Pleasanton.
Owen, Ezra Lois
Ph.
Iowa City.
Page, Clarence Vernon
CI.
Iowa City.
Parsons, Ethel Baker
Ph.
Iowa City.
Parsons, Percy Leigh
Ph.
Traer.
Peet, Delbert C.
Ph.
Anamosa.
Popham, Jessie
CI.
Williamsburg.
Pritchett, Edward
Ph.
Fort Madison.
Randall, Emma J.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Rea, George Morris
Ph.
Grundy Center.
Rea, Ralph Randolph
Sc.
Grundy Center.
Rederick, John Edward
Civ. Eng.
Sioux City.
Remley, Bertha
Ph.
Anamosa,
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT.
ii3
NAMB.
COURSE.
Riggs, Hattie
Ph.
Roach, Lonis J.
Ph.
Roberts, Anna E.
Ph.
Rogers, David Montford
Sc.
Safley, Agnes Isabel
Sc.
Schoonover, George L.
Sc.
Seymour, Edith Maria
Sc.
Shaffer, Nina R.
Ph.
Sheuennan, Jacob L.
Ph.
Smith, Tillman
Ph.
Startsman, Charles Wentworth El.
Eng.
Stevens, Frederick Leroy
Ph.
Stover, Jacob Edwin
Ph.
Stromsten, Frank Albert
Sc.
Sammy, Roy Ernest
CI.
Swisher, Ben
Ph.
Tompkins, Harry D.
Civ.
Eng.
Townsend, Egbert R.
Ph.
Vaoghn, Michael Walter
Ph.
Vanghn, Philip T.
Ph.
Watkins, Joseph Cook
Civ.
Eng.
Way, Kathryn W.
Ph.
Weeks, Gaylord
El.:
Eng.
Weld, LeRoy Dougherty
Sc.
Werthmueller, Ferdinand R.
Sc.
White, Frank G.
Civ.
Eng.
Wickersham, Dorothy T.
Ph.
Willett, William S.
CI.
Williams, Charles Allyn
CI.
Williams, Fred Almon
Ph.
Williams, Mabel Clare
Ph.
Williams, Mark Wayne
CI.
Yule, Edgar Hamson
Sc.
RBSIDKNCK.
Iowa City.
Rock Rapids.
Iowa City.
Radcliffe.
Tipton.
Anamosa.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Des Moines.
Leon.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Cory don.
Dysart.
Iowa City.
Sioux City.
Iowa City.
Fort Dodge.
Fort Dodge.
Iowa City.
Britt.
Denison.
Nevada.
Burlington.
Winterset.
Capron.
Tama.
Iowa City.
Neola.
Iowa City,
Des Moines.
Tipton.
214
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
FRBSHMAN CI^ASS.
NAMS.
COURAB.
RKSIDSNCK.
Abersol, Edward joe
Ph.
Metamora, 111.
Albert, Henry
gc.
Reinbeck.
Angus, Haney Adelbert
Sc.
Burt.
Appelman, Roger
Sc.
Clermont.
Armstrong, William John
Ph.
Canton, Minn.
Arnold, Henry Stephen
Ph.
Davis City.
Ashby, Eleanor Priscilla
Ph.
Pilotburg.
Baker, Prank Milton
Ph.
Emmetsbuig.
Balle, Minnie
Ph.
Denison.
Barrett, Anna M.
CI.
Iowa City.
Barrett, Grace Adah
Ph.
Iowa City,
Basaett, Bertha A.
Ph.
Creston.
Beach, Carl Hoff
Sc.
Cedar Falls.
Beard, William Finis
Civ. Eng.
Mt. Union.
Beck, William Edmund
Sc.
Sioux City.
Blackmore, Auzman Hodgen
Sc.
Aplington.
Bloom, Blanche
Ph.
Iowa City.
Bloom, Myra
Ph.
Iowa City. ,
Blythe, Edward Ellsworth
Ph.
Williamsburg.
Bossert, Fred Everett
Ph.
Tipton.
Bostedo, Elizabeth
Ph.
Oak Park, 111.
Bowlus, George Fletcher
Civ. Eng.
Cedar Rapids.
Brock, Mrs. Lesta M.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Brown, Martha Mead
Ph.
Solon.
Burge, Jennie
Ph.
River Junction.
Burich, Amelia
Ph.
Iowa City.
Carroll, Elizabeth F.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Cass, Austin
El. Eng.
Harlan.
Chamberlain, Will W.
Ph.
Wyoming.
Childs, Hal Augustin
Sc.
Lenox.
Choate, Earl Robbins
El. Eng.
Hailey, Idaho.
Clapp, Helen Leila,
Ph.
Shelby.
Clark, Mearl
Ph.
Tipton.
Clearman, Hattie M.
Ph.
Oxford.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT.
215
KAMS^
COURAS.
RBSIB^NCB.
Close, S. R.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Cobb, Dennis J.
Ph.
Irwin.
Cogswell, Charles Herbert, Jr.
. Sc.
Cedar Rapids.
Coidxen, Morton Leigh
Ph. .
Iowa City.
Cole, Arthur Casbnm
Ph.
Waterloo.
Consigny, Bagene Prank
El. Eng.
Avoca.
Cook, Wallace Lewelling
Ph.
Davenport.
Cozine, Arthur A.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Danow, John Donald
Ph.
Columbus Junct'n.
Deems, Oren Manferd
Sc.
Ottumwa.
DeVoU, Eola CarlotU
Ph.
Glens Palls, N. Y.
Duval, Harvey M.
Sc.
Atlantic.
Edwards, Anne
Ph.
Iowa City.
^^an, Geoige William
CI.
California.
Eickelbeig, William Chester
Ph.
Waterloo.
EIHs, Ard Hoyt
Sc.
Vinton.
Bostis, Carrie Luella
Ph.
Stuart.
Pairall, Henrietta
Ph.
Iowa City.
Paixall, Herbert Snowden, Jr.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Paixall, Mattie Iglehart
Ph.
West Branch.
Farrington, Minnie
Sc.
Iowa Palls.
Ph.
Centerville.
Person, Merton Leroy
Ph.
Prendale.
Fitzpatrick, Dennis Pntnds
Ph.
Greeley.
Fletcher, GeoigeH.
Ph.
Williamsburg.
Pxacker, Nora R.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Geeaaman, Charles E.
Ph.
Greenfield.
Gillette, Guy M.
Ph.
Cherokee.
Goodale, Aurora
Ph.
Tipton.
Gfeen, Ellen Cecilia
CI.
Sioux Ciiy.
Groendycke, Clark L.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Hanson, Mabel A.
Ph.
Mt. Pleasant.
Harkness, Gordon Pollett
Sc.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Griswold.
Haxtmann, Carl Gottfried
CI.
Brenham, Texas.
Hawk. In T.
CI.
Winterset.
2l6
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMK.
COUK.SK.
RBSIDENCR.
Heath, Maggie May
Ph.
Iowa City.
Hecht, Ralph Henry
Ph.
Tipton.
Heinly, Vera Alberta
Ph.
Durant.
Hensen, Louie
Ph.
Denison.
Hetzel, Clarence Charles
Sc.
Avoca.
Hinchon, WilHam D.
Ph.
Algona.
Hoffman, William Louis
Ph.
Waterloo.
Hoffman, Frank Phillip
Sc.
Ottumwa.
Howard, Libbie
Ph.
Jefferson.
Hubbard, Arthur B.
Ph.
Maquoketa.
Hummer, William James
Sc.
Iowa City.
Humphrey, Almon Eugene
Ph.
Unity.
Humphrey, Wallace George
Ph.
Hamilton, 111.
Hunter, Lemuel Amos
Civ. Eng.
Iowa City.
Hurst, Margaret Lillian
CI.
Leon.
Johnson, Jessie Florence
CI.
Farlin.
Johnson, Robert J.
Ph.
Holstein.
Jones, Clyde Ray
Sc.
Charles City.
Kain, WUl E.
Ph.
Algona.
Kelly, Marjorie Aline
Ph.
Williamsburg.
Kierulff , Anna Edwards
Ph.
Montezuma.
Kierulff, George Browning
Sc.
Montezuma.
Kindall, Joseph W.
CI.
Onawa.
Kingland, Thomas
Ph.
Mt. Valley.
Klinker, John
Ph.
Denison.
Klopp, Laura Emily
Ph.
EstherviUe.
Knapp, Leo
Ph.
Lenox.
Koontz, George Wilson
Sc.
Iowa City.
Lane, Everett Elmer
Sc.
Red Oak.
Larrabee, Helen
Ph.
Clermont.
Leitz, Nellie Mabel
Ph.
Iowa City.
Lingo, Walter M.
Ph.
Norwich.
Littig, Edward Clarence
CI.
Davenport.
Lorenz, Max O.
CI.
Burlington.
Losey, Florence
Ph.
Parkersburg.
Louis, Edmund J.
Ph.
Atlantic.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT.
217
NAME.
COURSK.
RKSIDBNCB.
Lovell, G. E.
Ph.
Garner.
McCanliff, Guy T.
Sc.
Aredale.
McCotd, Clyde W.
CI.
Iowa City.
McComack, CaUie D.
CI.
Traer.
McCutchen, T. C.
Ph.
Holstein.
McDoweU, William Orrin
Ph.
Waterloo.
McElroy. G. A.
Sc.
Tabor.
McGee, Alice Florence
Ph-
Iowa City.
McMillan, Edwin C.
Sc.
Marshalltown.
McNeill. Norah
Ph.
Garden Grove.
Mauthe, Katherine
Sc.
Gracehill.
Meggers, Frank Henry
Civ. Eng.
Dysart.
Miller, James Franklin
Sc,
Strawberry Point
Miller, John William, Jr.
Ph.
Manning
Mitchell, Ernest Roy
Sc.
Bloomfield.
Moody, Lona Lotus
Ph.
Bedford.
Moore, Rolland B.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Morrison, William F.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Monlton, Mark Mills
CI.
Nashville.
Myers, Edgar C.
Ph.
Hampton.
Newbold, BeUe
Sc.
Hillsboro.
Newcomer, Carl S.
Ph.
Eldora.
Nicholas, Edwin Herbert
Ph.
Emmetsburg.
O'Connor, James Lawrence
Sc.
Montreal.
Ogden, Raymond Davis
Ph,
Williamsburg.
Page, Edna E.
CI.
Iowa City.
Paris, Nanna
CI.
Leon.
Patrick, Alex Gerrish
El. Eng.
Lyons.
Pearson, Abbie B.
CI.
Dysart.
PenneU, I?a
CI.
Atlantic.
Penrose, Thomas Emlen
Sc.
West Branch.
Petersen, Walter Herman
Ph.
Davenport.
Peterson, Nina Margaret
Ph.
Evanston, Wyo.
Phillips, Albin Blackmore
Sc.
Creamery.
^nkham, Leda'
Ph.
Miller, S. Dak.
Polk, Mamie
CI.
Winterset.
2l8
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NABCK.
COURSK.
RBSIDBNCB.
Pond, Alma B.
Ph.
Fredericksburg.
Porter, Mary Monta
CI.
Albta.
Purdy, Winifred
Ph.
Iowa City.
Rehkopf , Ned B.
Ph.
Des Moines.
Reid, Frank Beatty
CI.
Oakaloosa.
Remley, james Edward
Ph.
Anamosa.
Reno, Mai^ret
Ph.
Iowa City.
Reynolds, Hal Reade
Civ. Eng.
Des Moines.
Rice, Stephen Edward
av. Eng.
Green Mountain.
Rich, Francis Earle
Sc.
West Branch.
Richardson, I^ida Winifred
Sc.
Sioux City.
Richard, Sidney M.
Ph.
Tipton. »
Robinson, Alta Aileen
Ph.
Iowa City.
Robish, Albert Arrand
Civ. Eng.
Sumner.
Rosenberg, Moses
Ph.
Traer.
Rue, Lars O.
Sc.
Ridgeway.
Russell, Erie W.
CI.
Adel.
Safley, Margaret James
Ph.
Tipton.
Sargent, Fred Wesley
Ph.
Akron.
Sailor, Edwin Allen
Ph.
Lisbon.
Sanders, Susan Margarite
Ph.
Iowa City.
Saunders, Herbert C.
Ph.
Manilla.
Saunderson, William Graham
CI.
Burlington.
Scales, Richard Elmo
a.
Ackley.
Schenk, Erwin
Sc.
Waterloo.
Schmidt, Bernard Edward
Sc.
Pannington.
Secrest, Walter S.
Sc.
Downey.
Shaver, Bird Alexander
Ph.
Red Oak.
Sheldon, Benj. L.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Shuck, May
Ph.
Iowa City.
Simonton, T. M.
Ph.
Sharon Center.
Slater, Marie W.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Smith, Robert L.
Ph.
Leon.
Sortor, Stella Luveme,
Ph.
Iowa City.
Speers, Albert Percy
Ph.
Iowa City.
Spurgeon, Floris J.
Sc.
Iowa City.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT.
219
NAMB.
coini.<iit.
RKRIDBNCK.
Starr, Charles Freeman
Ph.
Emmetsburg.
Steiner, Elizabeth Margaratt Ph.
Iowa City.
Sterling, Editha Hortenae
Ph.
Iowa City.
Storer, Bessie B.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Switzer, Lester Edison
Ph.
Iowa City.
Thomas, M. Ellen
Ph.
Iowa City.
Thomas, Will H.
Ph.
Traer.
Thompson, John Morrow
Civ. Eng.
Bedford.
Vincent, George Hall
Sc.
Davenport.
Vorhees, Edna Marion
Ph.
Waterloo.
VosB, Hertha Louise
Ph.
Davenport.
Wambach, Albert
Ph.
Webster City.
Warfield, Lyford Wilson
Ph.
Des Moines.
Warner, Loren Ashley
Ph.
Luana.
Warren, Kate S.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Watland, Maynard Franklin EL Eng,
New Sharon.
Webb, Florence R.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Weinrich, Oscar L. A.
Sc.
Burlington.
Wells, Prank
Ph.
Miles.
Whaley, Holsa Hiram
Sc.
Aplington.
Whitaker, Ellis J.
CI.
Davenport.
Whitoomb, Bonner
El. Eng.
Des Moines.
Wienke, Lanra Anna
Sc.
Iowa City.
Willis, Bertha B.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Wright, John Henry. Jr.
Sc.
Marshalltown.
Yates. Edward Gilbert
Ph.
Williamsbnnzr.
Yonng, Philip G.
Ph.
Winterset.
SPBCIAL 8TUDBNT8.
NA3CK.
COURaB.
RBSIDBNCB.
Ashe, T. G.
Economics.
La Porte City.
Barrett, Will L.
English.
Waterloo.
Bli^en, George
History.
Sioiiz City.
Brown, Jennie R.
Botany.
Iowa City.
Bnssard, M. K.
Political Economy.
Iowa City.
Crookham, J. A.
Economics.
Oskaloosa.
220
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMB. COURSB.
Davisson, I. E. English Literature.
Dwelle, Elmer H. Psychology, German.
Erickson, Alexander Political Economy, History,
German, French.
Logic.
English, History.
Political Economy.
History.
History, Economics.
Chemistry.
English, French.
English.
American Literature.
Logic, History.
History.
German, History.
German.
Everett, F. D.
Ewing, Peter Ballantyne
Femstrom, Helen M.
Gossman, Andrew T.
Hall, J. Clark
Henderson, Robert
Hill, Mrs. Alice L.
Holbert, Mrs. Anne C.
Humphrey, Minnie
Joseph, John F.
Keeler, Burr Curtis
Kelly, William Francis
Lenz, John G.
Liffring, J. D.
Littig, Marguerite Josephine French, German.
McConnell, William John Logic.
McGuire, Augustine J. Elocution.
Main, Frank H. Politics, Psychology.
Marsh, William Franklin Pedagogy.
O'Connor, Frank A. Economics, History.
Plank, Nicholas English.
Plum, W. M. History.
Probasco, Emery M. Logic.
Rudolph, Samuel Howard Logic.
Searcy, William A. Psychology.
Sharp, E. Floyd Economics.
Sheldon, Nellie Logic, History.
Stapleton, Martin William Logic.
Trogdon, James Edmund Elocution.
Underwood, A. B. French.
Whiteis, Alice Femstrom German.
Williams, William D. Logic.
RBSIDBNCB.
Iowa City.
North wood.
Sioux City.
Bloomfield.
Sheldon.
Lone Tree.
Iowa City.
Davenport.
Creston.
Iowa Citv.
Iowa City.
Io¥ra City.
Crawford.
Mason City.
Waterloo.
Cedar Rapids.
Cherokee.
Davenport.
Northfield.
Des Moines.
Iowa City.
Eldora.
Independence.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Moulton.
EUiott.
Iowa City.
Dexter.
Iowa City.
Nira.
Paris, Ills.
Eldora.
Iowa City.
Newell.
LAW DEPARTMENT.
8BNIOR CI;A8S.
NAME. DEGREE. RESIDENCE.
Aldennan, Ulysses Sherman Nevada.
Alien, Everet Munson Colfax.
B. S., Northern Indiana Normal.
Ashcraft, Adolphus Mosseau Sigouniey.
Ashcraft, Ida Jessup Sigoumey.
Bates, Franklin Freeman Afton.
Beach, Arthur Earl Carroll.
Bouma, Milton S. Killduff.
Brady, Thomas Edward Dunlap.
Briggs, Arthur Holmes Clinton.
Brockway, Earl Bailey Gamer.
A. B., State University of Iowa.
Brown, John J. Hanoverton, O.
Bruce, Robert Rolfe.
Burling, Charles Glenn Postville.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Burrell, Walter C. Greenfield.
Camp, Curtis Bjrron Keokuk.
Carroll, Edward John Clinton.
Colbnrn, Henry Broadly Dexter.
Cooper, Paul Penimore Iowa City.
Corrigan, John I/>uis Lawler.
Daniger, Henry Matthew Omaha, Nebr.
Davis, John Walter Monroe.
Devitt, James Arthur Eldora.
Ditzen, Henry Edward Carl Davenport.
Ph. B., State University of loyfA,
391
232 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMB. DBGRSX. RBSIDKNCE.
Dorland, Henry Howard Whittier, Cal.
Bdelstdn, John Prands Iowa City.
Evans, William Thomas Waterloo.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Everett, Pred De Muth Bloomfield.
Ewing, Peter Ballantyne Sheldon.
Goeldner, Hngo Priedrich Sigoumey.
Graham, TuUy Emerson Union Mills.
Graham, William Alexander Cedar Palls.
Griggs, Edgar James Bloomfield.
Groves, Mack John Greenfield.
Haines, Robert Miller, Jr., Grinnell.
A. B., Iowa College.
Halvorson, Gay Crookston, Minn.
Hammill, John Britt.
Hkrriman, Pred Albion Hampton.
Holbrook, Carleton William Manchester.
A. B., Upper Iowa University.
Hoxie. Wirt Pierce Waterloo.
Keeler, Bnrr Curtis Mason City.
Kehoe, John Joseph Hopkinton.
Kingsbury, Charles Stone Yankton, S. D.
Kintadnger, John Webster La Crosse, Wis.
Kirkland, Louis J. Urbana.
I/attner, Samuel Benjamin Worthingtou.
Lewis, Edward Orin Sioux City.-
Lovrien, Pred Clinton Bradgate.
Lumm, Alfred W. Iowa City.
McCoy, John Nicholson Oskaloosa.
A. B., State University of Iowa.
McGarvey, William Albert Davenport.
Mack, Mansfield Edward New York, N. Y.
Maine, Ernest King Des Moines.
A. B., State University of Iowa.
Mayer, Stephen George Hebron.
A. B., Iowa Wesleyan University.
LAW DEPARTMENT. 223
NAMB. DBGRBB. RKSIDBNCB.
Mercer, Andrew Wilbert Iowa City.
MiUer, Justus A. Washta.
B. S., Western Nebraska Normal.
Mueller, Alfred Christian Davenport.
Mugan, Thomas Agninas Jefferson.
Newman, James Barber Cedar Falls.
Palmeter, Roy Armstrong Clear Lake.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Pendleton, Edmund Sioux City.
B. L., University of Wisconsin.
Petersberger, Isaac Davenport.
Plorn, Jerrie L. Iowa City.
Power, Howard Wilson Pulaski.
B. S., Iowa Wesleyan University.
Probasoo, Emery Melville Moulton.
Qninn, James Lewis Springfield, S. D.
Rndolph, Samuel Han7 Elliott.
StUman, Euarl Elof Corydon.
Seaman, Ernest Wright Davenport.
Slaymaker, Ora Melvin Camforth.
Smith, Samuel Craig Winterset.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Snyder, Charles William Edward Belle Plaine.
A. B., Cornell College.
Spensley, Robert Waller Dubuque.
Stahl, William Sherman Indianola.
Ph. B., Simpson College.
Stapleton, Martin William Nira.
Stempel, Carl Hugo Port Madison.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Thomas, Charles Mortimer Maquoketa.
Van Nice, lasac Webster Vinton.
Wakefield, Albert Orin Sioux City.
A. B., Lombard University.
224
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMB. DBGREB. RESIDBNCB.
Walling, Herman Bernard Oto.
Washburn, Charles Henry Buffalo, N. Y.
Watkins, Charles Grant I^ibertyville.
M. S., Iowa Wesleyan University.
Watson, Joseph Otis Indianola.
A. M., Simpson College.
Wliite, William Allen Washington.
Williams, William David * Newell.
Wilson, Edwin Brown Iowa City.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Winters, Samuel I/)uis Mt. Pleasant.
A. M., Iowa Wesleyan University.
Wood, Benjamin Upham Atlantic
-^7
JUNIOR CIrASS.
NAME. DBCRKE.
RESIDENCE
Allen, George Kirkland
Estherville.
Anderson, Theodore
Iowa City.
Ashe, Thomas Gregory
La Porte City.
Baker, Jesse Clark, Jr.,
Lucas.
Barrett, Will lyouis
Waterloo.
Bassett, Bertha Alfaretta
Creston.
Bawden, Stephen Phelps
Davenport.
Berry, Ernest James
AlU.
Bliven, George Horace
Sioux City.
Blood, William Graffen
Keokuk.
A. M., Parsons College.
Brewster, George Farquhar
Sheldon.
Briggs, George Nathaniel
Carson.
Bronner, George Alois
Coming.
Bruce, James
Rolfe.
Bushyager, Henry B.
Sheffield,
*PM February ai, 1897.
LAW DBPARTMBNT.
225
NAlfB.
Buseard, Melville K.
Camp, Robert Finley
Chick, Charles Alvin
Clark, Charles Warner
Gements, Prank H.
DAGBJKB.
Ph. B., Iowa College.
Ph. B., Iowa College.
RBSIDSNCS.
Iowa City.
La Porte City.
Oskaloosa.
Montezuma.
Newton.
Mt. Pleasant.
Irwin.
Iowa City.
Dysart.
Oskaloosa.
Bloomfield.
Iowa City.
Coad, James Coit
Cobb, Dennis Justus
Coldren. Paul Allied
Crone, Reuben Bertram
Crookham, John Addison
Dabney, Isaac Taylor
Davis, Walter Morton
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
DeBelle, Blizabeth Heartt AtlanU, Ga.
A. M., Capitol Female College.
Dqran, James Arthur Pulaski.
Draper, William Horace Conrad.
Dunham, Henry Clarence Hawarden.
Dnrbin, Fred Emerson.
Dntcher, Lonis William Iowa City.
Dykins, Charles W. Hawkeye.
%Bn, George William California.
Brickson, Alexander Sioux City.
Bversmeyer, Louise Muscatine.
Paust, Paul Blbert Creston.
Fuller, Homer Austin Mt. A3rr.
Gamble, Harry Lee Perry.
Grattan, Paul Hersey Blkton, S. D.
B. S., South Dakota Agricultural College.
Green, George Alfred Cherokee.
Grimes, Prank Patrick Pamell.
Hall, James Clark Davenport.
Hall, Samnel McClain Cedar Rapida
B. S., Coe College.
226
STATE UNTVBRSITY OF IOWA.
NAMB. DEGREE.
Hamann, Albert William
Hanley, Peter Joseph
Hanson, Harry Webster
Hardy, Rufns Lee
Harrington, Timothy P.
Harrison, Albert Dixon
Head, Roscoe Conkling
Hendrick, Berte
Hering, James Clinton
Hilley, William Patrick Joseph
Hilsinger, George Earl
Ph. B., Iowa College.
Hoagland, Frederick Judson
Hoffman, Arthur
Holton, Oliver Branson
Horton, Frank Jodon
Hosford, Richard Waller
A. B., Oberlin College.
Hughes, Samuel Judson
Hull, John Kress
Hyndman, John Alexander
Ink, Raymond Peter
Joseph, John Franklin
Keenan, Edward Patrick
Kellogg, Charles Francis
Kelly, William Francis
Kitchen, George Pusey
Klingenberg, Theodore William
Komarek, Edward Wenceslaus
Elrause, Oscar
Larrabee, Frederic
Lm, Thomas Francis
A. B., Creighton University.
Lewis, Burton Kellogg
Liffring, John Dominick
RESIDENCE.
Davenport.
Nira.
Mt. Pleasant.
Bloomfield.
Rowan.
Iowa City.
Jefferson.
Waukon.
Cedar Rapids.
Ogden.
Sabula.
Council Bluffs.
Muscatine.
Braddyville.
Iowa City.
Dubuque.
•
Corydon.
Moline, 111.
Chicago, ni.
Mt. Vernon.
Crawford.
Le Mars.
Iowa City.
Waterloo.
Iowa City.
Dubuque.
New Prague, Minn.
Garwin.
Clermont.
Omaha, Nebr.
Sioux City,
Cherokee.
LAW DEPARTMENT. aay
NAlfB. DBGR9B. RBSIDENCB.
lavick, Ernest Northwood.
I/mg, Frank Kelso Whitten.
B. D., Western College.
Lynch, Charles Jeremiah Blairstowu.
McConneU, William John Northfield.
McGuire, Augustine Joseph Des Moines.
McNeil, Harry Hallam Indianola.
A. B.. Simpson College.
Marqois, Prank L. Waterloo.
Mather, Charles E. Springdale.
Maxwell, Ezra Austin Greene.
B, S., Upper Iowa University.
Meister, Melvin George La Porte City.
Meyers, Joseph Henry Templeton.
B. Agri., Iowa Agricultural College.
Moon, Edwin Gould Montrose.
Morgan, Vestcr Kellogg.
Morrison, Samuel Turner Iowa City.
Murphy, Charles William Dubuque.
Newbold, Willis Boyd Hillsboro.
OTallaghan, Robert Emmett Des Moines.
O'Connor. Krank Aloysius Lawler.
O'Connor, Maurice Missouri Valley.
B. D., Western Normal College.
Penroee, Harry Shellsburg.
Phelpe, William Piatt Atlantic.
Plum, William Milton Shelby.
Popham, R. G. Williamsburg.
B. S., Northern Indiana Normal.
Price, George Milnes Iowa City.
Pritchett, Edward Port Madison.
Rsdnich, Emric Davis City.
Reaser, Burt C. Perry.
Rollins, Richard Russell Des Moines.
B. S., Amherst College.
228
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
RBSIBBNCB.
Bloomfield.
Ouawa.
Dexter.
Earling.
Page, N. D.
Inwood.
Toledo.
NAME. DBGRKB.
Rominger, Joseph Ambrose
Sears, Charles Wilber
Sharp, Edward Floyd
Shorett, John Burton
Shure, William Henry
Skewis, Edward John
Smith, William Avery
B. S., Western College.
Spensley, Montford
Sullivan, Daniel Francis
Swords, George William
Trogdon, James Edmund
Tyer, Henry Wilbert
B. S., Iowa College.
Underwood, Asa Boyden
Wagner, Henry Franklin
Warner, Thomas Famsworth
Ph. B., Upper Iowa University.
Watkins, Samuel R. Iowa City.
Ph. B. State University of Iowa.
Mineral Point, Wis.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Paris, ni.
Perry.
Eldora.
Sigoumey.
Iowa City.
Watt, Walter Gilmore
Cedar Rapids.
A. B., Coe College.
Wewl, Howard Tobey
West Union.
Welty, Bert B.
Colo.
B. D., Iowa State Normal.
Williams, Joe
Williamsburg.
Worthen, Jesse Montgomery
Warsaw, HI.
Wyckoff , Clarenoe Stanton
Cincinnati.
B'. S., Amity College.
Youker, DeWitt Talmage
RockweU.
—128
— ai5
MEDICAL
^ARTMENT,
SBNIOR CLAS8.
NABCB. R^IDBNCV.
Adams, Chas. Blackstone, D. V. M., Iowa.
Alton, Lowell Edward Minnesota.
Anderson, Charles Alfred Nebraska.
Bell, Walter Soott, B. S., Ohio.
Birkofer, Wm. Joseph Iowa.
Bo96mghaiii,Ottmer N.,D. V.M.
Butterbau^b, Walter Scott
Byrnes, Victor Warren
Cilley, Charley Sidney
Clauaer, Geoi]ge Alvin, B. S.,
Cnnninghain, John Wesley
Day, Henry B.
Decker, Geoqce Edward, B. S.,
De Jong, Conrad, Jr., A. B.,
Denison, Joseph Pence
Detchon, Hngh Smith
Downs, Joflhna A.
Edgington, Ayington A.
Esbjoem, Panl Oscar, A. B.,
Pobes, Henry Lawrence
Grant, Charles Schaelfer
Grimes, Bli
Hart, Raymond I^ochary
Harrington, Burton
Hearst, Will E.» B. Ph.,
Henderson, Edgar Brenton
It
(<
(I
It
It
II
II
II
It
It
It
It
II
Illinois.
Iowa.
II
II
Nebraska.
Iowa.
II
It
PRECEPTOR.
C. J. Allen.
M. L. Allen.
L. M. Shaw.
S. W. Clark.
Walter Prazer.
A. Beane.
Faculty.
Thomas Byrnes.
J. C. Williams.
J. L. Augustine.
A. J. Hobson.
G. W. Appleby.
W. D. Middleton.
F. J. Smith.
J. H. Sams.
A. R. Leath.
J. W. Kirkpatrick.
C. W. Hardman.
A. W. Cantwell.
R. W. Cavett.
Faculty.
Perry Engle.
G. M. Prentice.
A. C. Moon.
D. W. Ciouse.
J. D. McCleary.
239
230
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMB.
RHSIDBNCE.
PRBCBPTOR.
Hewett, Henry F.
Iowa.
C. S. Chase.
Hewitt, Mrs. EtU E.
1 (
C. S. Chase.
Howe, James McPherson
Eli Browning.
Johnson, Elton May rant
J. B. Carder.
Keehl, Fred Wilbert
L. W. Littig.
Kenney, William Le Roy
" J. A. RawlsandF. E. Sampson
King, John Ezra, D. V. M.,
E. W. Gawley.
Klein, John Leonard
James Murphy.
Knittle, Edward Henry
A. B. Bowen.
Lyon, William Edwin
W. S. Parks.
McAlyin, James Gregg, Ph.
B., '•
D. M. Wick.
Marug, Andrew, A. B.,
J. G. Thomas.
May, George
John Heffermen.
Mettlen, Jas. Harvey, D. V.
M. Nebraska.
J. B. Hawk.
Milligan, WUUam Wright
Iowa.
J. C. Shrader.
Molison, RoVt Crichton, D.V.M. '*
Faculty.
Neely, Abner Dale, B. A.,
Pennsylvania.
John Clark.
Neraal, Paul 0
North DakoU.
Faculty.
Packard, Chester Walter
Iowa.
W. M. Morton.
Pattison, Dilly Nelson
I. Pattison.
Pray, Gilbert Leroy
Faculty.
Robinson, James Wm.
H. C. Eschbach.
Scripture, James Levi
J. R. Guthrie.
Smittle, Jacob Michael
J. L. Lyons.
Spencer, Harry D.
W. W. Beam.
Starr, Orris Ferry
F. W. Cram.
Stull, William Hawkins
• i
J. C. Shrader.
Swensson, John Gustaf
Illinois.
W. D. Middleton.
Townsend, William Harold
Iowa.
C. H. Churchill.
Van Epps, Clarence, B. S.
Iowa.
L. W. Littig.
Vorwerk, Anthony H.
E. E. Kirkendal.
Whitacre, John Charles
Faculty.
Whitehead, Herman Joseph
T. C. Brady.
WUliamR, Dell E.
M. 6. Voldeng.
Williams, George Edgar
H. A. Oilman.
Wilson, Maurice Edward, D
. V. M., Iowa.
E. B. Myrick.
MEDICAL DBPARTMENT.
231
NAME.
RBSIDSNCK.
PRKCBPTOR.
Wilson, Blsworth, D. V. M.
Iowa.
J. S. and R. S. Watts
Wright, Walter Nelson
((
Faculty.
Wyckoff, GeoT^ Lewis
(1
R. T. Jewell.
JUNIOR CI/A88.
NAME.
Abegg, Henry Hervy
Allen, Prank Hervy
Anderson, Carl Ali
Anderson, Frederick Eugene
Arent, Asaph
Baird, Jay
Bauer, WilUam John
Besore, Walter McKay
Besser, Bmil, D. V. S.,
Bean, Oley G.
Blake, Charles Wesley
Bowen, Jesse William
Briggs, Walter Homer, B. D.,
Brownell, William Flockton
Bnrsma, Jacob
Campbell, Charles Harvey
Davies, James Eugene
Dwelle, Elmer Hinman
Edmonds, Charles Walton
Ely, Francis Argyle
Engle, Harry Perry
Farrell, Albert Martin
Perry, Addison Moody
Pitz, George G.
Prank, George
Gardner, John Raphal
Gilkes, William
Graeser, Henry Bernard
Habenicht, Robert H.
RESIDENCE.
Iowa.
Michigan.
Nebraska.
Iowa.
PRECEPTOR.
A. K. Berry.
G. H. Cassidy.
Faculty.
W. D. Middleton.
Francis E. Seymour.
O. C. Baird.
E. N. Brown.
J. E. Conn.
C. E. Thomas and J. Payne.
S. J. Nelson.
W. M. Young.
L. W. Littig.
Faculty.
Faculty.
Faculty.
S. O. Whaley.
W. H. Davis.
C. A. Mund.
G. H. Mammeu.
D. D. and R. R. Davisson.
Perry Engle.
F. E. Seymour.
Faculty.
Faculty.
Charles Burwald.
Faculty.
Faculty.
B. N. Graeser.
Faculty.
2S«
STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
NAMS.
RKSZDSNCB.
PRKCBPTOA.
Homer, Herman Corwin
Iowa.
L. E. Eslick.
Hovenden, John Henry
f i
L. H. Jones.
Hoxie, WUl E
" D. G.
Hoxie and J.W. Harritnatt.
Hull, Henry Clay, A. B.,
i(
J. H. Hull.
Hull, John Franklin
i<
J. C. Shrader.
Jorgenaon, Palle Peder Maurius "
James Murphy.
Kearny, Charles Atwell
tf
A. H. Blocklinger.
Kelling, Louis Prands
i(
Faculty.
Kirkland, Benjamin Franklin
(1
R. T. Jewell.
Knudson, Becker Christian
It
R. J. Nestor.
Lambert, Fred Ernest
44
A. J. Hobson.
Lewis, Charles Ball
44
C. G. Lewis.
McClintock, John T., B. A.,
44
R. E. Connii!.
Mcintosh, Dmsie
44
A. D. King.
Mecum, John Warren
Wisconsin.
Faculty.
Morgans, Samuel Lewis
Iowa.
M. H. Waplis.
Moulton, Milo Willie
44
A. M. Avery.
Nass, Hildus Augustinus
44
E. H. Williams.
Noe, Charles Fred
44
C. J. Winzenried.
Parker, William Oilman
Oregon.
A. W. and C. S. Bowman.
Pence, Lawrence Waldo, B. D.,
Iowa.
N. W. PhilUps.
Peters, James Alphonsus
44
James Murphy.
Petersmeyer, William
44
F. S. Johnson.
Purcell, Bert
C. S. Chase and H. P. Duffield.
Proudfoot, Charles Paris
«4
J. D. McCleary.
Replogle, John Alan
44
Faculty.
Richards, James Weldin
44
J. W. Morgan.
Rogers, Henry Courtland
44
Geo. Inglis.
Rogers, Claude Bernard
44
R. A. Rogers.
Sackett, Claude Conwell
44
A. K. Berry.
Simpson, Charles E.
44
M. W. Hill.
Snyder, John Franklin
44
S. R. Cook.
SoUenbarger, Oeorge Hartly
44
D. D. Drennan.
Spiller,Oscar Calvin Henry, Ph.B., Texas.
— Watson.
Stanford, Walter
Iowa.
Faculty.
Stanton, James
44
L. B. Oliver.
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT.
233
KAKB.
RKSTDBNCB.
PRBCBPTOR.
Thielen, Michael H., M. D.
I., Iowa.
Faculty.
Thornton, Albert
t(
W. W. Beam.
Walker, James
i(
Faculty.
Walker, Frederick Earl
ti
J. L. Augustine.
West, Hugh Hamilton
(i
J. D. Uorton.
Willaey, Frank Brown
Illinois.
Faculty.
Wright, Charles Edward
Iowa
C. C. Smead«
Wyland, George Van
(C
Faculty.
SOPHOMORIS CLASS.
NAMB.
RBSIDKNCB.
PRECBPtOR.
Macy, Otto E.
Iowa.
J. P. Mullin.
Sigworth, Harry W.
(t
H. W. Sigworth
PRJ^SHMAN CI/A8S.
NAICB.
Adams, Ortus Fuller
Augustine, Grant
Bachman, Morris Piper
Barker, Archie
Binford, William Sherwood
Bowes, John Joseph
Bright, Henry P.
Brown, Hadley Cyprian
Clarke, Orson Whitney
Cook, Jesse Lee
Copeland, John Albert
Coraant, James
Creel, James Cleon
Deters, Willie August
Dorsey, Michael Francis
Dotson, EliE.
Felt, Roland A.
Freeman, John Peter
George, Abel Benson
RBSEDENCB.
PRBCKPTOR.
Iowa.
Faculty.
(t
J. L. Augustine.
(1
J. L. Heries.
((
C. C. Heady.
IC
G. W. Padgham
(«
T. J. 0*Toole.
(1
C. E. Leithead.
n
Faculty.
<(
0. Clarke.
f (
F. E. Cook.
«i
Faculty.
It
W. S. Burrows.
(i
J. W. Lander.
Minnesota.
Faculty.
Iowa.
Faculty.
t<
J. K. Milboume.
II
Faculty.
II
C. A. Hnrd.
II
A. Carson.
^34
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAUB.
RBSIDBNCB.
PRBCBPTOR.
Gillam, William Newton
Iowa.
C. C. Griffin.
Gray, Howard D.
ti
P. Engle.
Greenlee, Clyde Vemie
tt
E. J. Howard.
Harold, Arthur William
It
O. P. Hanson.
Hawthorne, Robert Acheson
ti
Faculty.
Henderson, Archibald G.
^t
Faculty.
Hildreth, Herman Lee
1 1
J. £. and E. L. Gilmore.
Hohenschuh, Frank Adam
it
Faculty.
Hoyt, Benjamin Franklin
Wisconsin.
J. Simonson.
Ickes, Lawrence James
Iowa.
A. W. Bo¥anan.
Lamerton, William Edward
ft
F. Horton.
Luehrsmann, Barney
ft
Faculty.
Magana, Tobias
Mexico.
Faculty.
McCloskey, Thomas John
Iowa.
J. R. Guthrie.
McFall, Edward Augustus
tt
Faculty.
Meis, Edward William
tt
N. J. A. Mueller.
Meyhaus, John Henry
tt
A. L. Hageboeck.
Morris, Thomas Boyd
ft
Faculty.
Neff, Mary Lawson, A. B.,
tt
Faculty.
Newell, William Carl
tt
W. Abegg.
Osborn, Claude Fenton
tt
Faculty.
Ostrom, Louis, Jr.,
Illinois.
Faculty.
Parsons, Stephen Tyler
Iowa.
A. Folsom.
Patterson, William Edward
ti
Faculty.
Payne, Rollo O.
tt
Faculty.
PhilUps, Isaac Hildreth
tt
C. A. Abbott.
Reiter, Alfred E.
«(
H. P. Steinle.
Rice, Perry Flint
Illinois.
Faculty.
Roberts, Ernest Eugene
Iowa.
J. W. Lander.
Rowe, Prank Noyes
tt
Faculty.
Sargent, Prank Loring
ft
G. E. PuUerton.
Schell, Ida Leonora
ti
Faculty.
Schroeder, Henry A.
tt
A. L. Hageboeck.
Sears, George L.
tt
Faculty.
Sigworth, Fred Byers
tt
H. W. Sigworth.
Smith, Cecil Ephraim
England.
Faculty.
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT.
235
NAMB.
Smith, Ralph Thaddeus
Speirs, George Omar
Stuart, Percy Ernest
Thompson, James Raymond
Tilden, Charles Geoige
Tomey, Samuel James
Tourtellot, Lewis Jamison
Van Gorden, Deland
Von Gnndlach, Erich
Wagner, George Alexander
Warner, Herbert W.
Weir, Edward C.
Williams, Edward B.
York, Nathan Albert
RESIDBNCB.
PRBCBPTOR.
Iowa.
M. N. McNanghton.
niinois.
Faculty.
Iowa.
A. W. Adair.
CI
A. J. Lahrd.
(i
A. Richmond.
Iowa.
Faculty.
if
G. W. Kirkpatrick.
t<
J. C. Davies.
Wisconsin.
E. J. Tiedemann.
Iowa.
M. M. Meiedith.
<i
J. L. and F. W. Powers.
4(
A. Weaver.
t(
Faculty.
it
Faculty.
GRABUATB 8TUDBNT.
Kenefick, Michael J., M. D.,
Iowa.
SPBCIAI, 8TUDBNT8.
Bulge, Albertus Joseph,
Dow, Thomas Jefferson, B. D., A. B.,
Habenicht, Ida Adella,
Teeters, William John, B. S.,
Iowa.
II
14
II
HOMOEOPATHIC
\V$
ICAL DEPARTMENT,
GRADUATIS BTUDBNT8.
Samuel B. Hoskins, A. B., M. D Sioux City
Samuel N. Watson, A. M., M. D Iowa City
NAME.
Anderson, C. L., M. D.
Battin, James F.
Bjrwater, Wm. L.
Dun Van, Edgar K.
Ebersole, Sarah M.
Fry, Arminda C.
Hansen, Jorgen W.
Hazard, Clara M.
Kaufhnan, Frank E.
Lillie, Bertha S.
Marvin, Harvey W.
Peck, Raymond E.
Seems, Gaillard F.
Semones, Wm. M.
Speaker, Everett E.
Struble, I^inton W.
Taylor, Morrison A.
Westonberger, J. C.
NAME.
Bailey, Ida H.
Famtmi, Earl P.
Elauffman, Wm. A.
I/ambert, Elmer J
SBNIOR CIrASS.
PRBCBFTOR.
Faculty,
E. D. Whitacre,
C. M. Morford,
W. C. Cooke,
R. Barton,
I. H. Fry,
A. Shantz-Hansen,
T. L. Hazard,
J. H. Crippen,
Geo. Royal,
H. W. Marvin,
J. W. Watzek,
T. Seems,
J. G. Gilchrist,
C. M. Morford,
T. h' Hazard,
C. H. Barette,
S. Johnson,
JUNIOR CI/AS8.
PRECEPTOR.
J. G. Gilchrist,
A. T. Huxley,
C. M. Morford,
J. C. Bonham,
336
RESIDENCE.
Lees Summit, Mo.
Iowa City
Toledo
Moravia, N. Y.
Manson
Marshalltown
Cedar Falls
Iowa City
Waterloo
Marion
Sioux City
Davenport
Mitchelville
Iowa City
Toledo
Iowa City
Clarksville
Grafton
RESIDENCE.
Iowa City
Mason City
Whitton
Ottumwa
HOMCEOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMENT.
237
NAMB.
Miller, Lucas A.
Sarchett, Lloyd H.
Skinner, Fred C.
Todd, Victor C.
Wood, G. B.
NAME.
Abbott, Bd. C.
Blackstone, B. P.
OdkinB, Fred K.
Carver, H. E.
Davis, Metta B.
Day, Henry L.
Marble, Pearl L.
McCabe, Pordyce
liletzing[er, John J.
Monlton, Horace
Mnlckey, Carl
Pittinger, Fred A.
Rnggles, C. P.
Unkrich, C. Rudy,
Young, Glyndon A.
PRECEPTOR.
J. G. Gilchrist,
F. L. Tribon,
F. D. Paul,
S. N. McLean,
F. A. Seeman,
80PH0M0RI$ CI^ASS.
PRECEPTOR.
J. G. Gilchrist,
A. L. Pollard,
R. W. Calkins,
Faculty,
C. B. Adams,
P. E. Triem,
Thos. Phillips,
A. C. McAllister,
Faculty,
C. W. Smith,
A. E. HoUoway,
H. P. Ustick,
Faculty,
W. H. Connor,
J. Hermann,
RESIDENCE.
Iowa City
Algona
Rock Island, 111.
Washington
Dubuque.
RESIDENCE.
Iowa City
Anamosa
Clarks, Neb.
Oskaloosa
Sac City
Manchester
Raymond
Muscatine
Iowa City
Maquoketa
Knoxville
Boise City, Idaho
Milton, Mass.
Fairfield
Sioux City
Alexander, J. L.
Bickley, W. H.
Bowen, C. A.
Barton, E. G.
Carmicfaael, E.
Coddington, J. K.
BilerB,P.
Bckman, G. A.
(Partial coanc.)
Hill, Alice L.
PRj^HMAN CI^ASS.
PRECEPTOR. RESIDENCE.
Drs. Morhead Muirhead, Marion
Drs. Bickley,
A. Zolner,
Faculty,
J. G. Gilchrist,
Faculty,
W. A. Mirrick,
Faculty,
Waterloo
West Union
Mt. Pleasant
Richland
Princton, Ills.
Monticello
Cambridgeport, Mass.
}. G. Gilchrist, Epworth
23fi
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMB.
Hoekins, J. B.
Johnstone, J. U,
Kemp, E. H.
Laird, J. W.
Lenz, J. G.
Unn, W. N.
McGarvey, Anna M.
Melton, E. A.
Mitchell, P.
Palmer, Pannie A.
(Partial course.)
Rorabangh, W. E.
Schenck, E.
Seeman, C. A.
Tucker, P. A.
Waterbnry, C. A.
Winters, Rose De L.
PRBCBPTOR.
S. B. Hoskins,
F. A. Strawbridge,
C. M. Morford,
Faculty,
J. G. Gilchrist,
A. M. Linn,
J. L. Vandervere,
A. T. Cockrun,
B. A. WUder,
G. W. Palmer,
Geo. Royal,
F . C. Sage,
G. V. ElHs,
I. H. Fry,
Drs. Bickley,
J. G. Gilchrist,
RBSmBNCB.
Sioux City
Sigoomey
Toledo
Mt. Pleasant
Cedar Rapids
JeweU, N. Dak.
Blue Grass
Afton
Sibley
West Branch
Des Moines
Waterloo
Akron
Marshalltown
Waterloo
Epwoxth
NURSES.
8BNIOR.
Gertrude A. Turner, Head Nurse,
Jensen, CeUa, A.
Raff, Mary A.
Graves, Sara L.
Hawkins, Alice
Parrington, Minnie M.
Gardner, Roxana G.
Lewis, Lizzie J.
Melton, Mrs. E. A.
Smith, Carrie E.
Williamson, Elizabeth
JUNIOR.
PUPIIr.
Emmettsbuxg
Osage
Maqnoketa
Dubuque
Des Moines
Iowa City
Iowa City
Iowa City
Afton
Iowa City
Iowa Ctty
DENTAL DEPARTMENT.
SBNIOR ChASa.
NAMK.
Anderson, Arthur Lewis
Bangfaman, George P.
Blanchard, Frederick Channing
Boos, Caspar Milton Baltis
Bums, B. It.
Clark, George Bdward
Conn, Prank
Dodge, Clarence A.
Doolon, Joseph Patrick
Poz, Charles Stunner
Griffin, Pestns Manfred
Hasek, Wesley Ondrey
Holland, Prank Elmer
Hoiton, Fred Willis
Hough, l^orman Hamlin
James, Pnnk Boynton
Jones, Harry Carson
Jones, John Milton
Keams, Charles Randolph
Kennedy, Elmer Prands
hcggett, William B.
Leonard, Geoige Rowe
Lotts, l^ncst Geoige
Maytnm, Bnrlington J.
Morrow, Henry, Jr.
Mneller, Adam Joseph
Renshaw, Carroll Wheaton
Riser, Gnstaviis E.
R^IDBNCB.
Estherville.
Griswold.
Nashua.
Manning.
Kensett.
Galesburg, 111.
Cedar Rapids,
Bnrlington.
Elkader.
Meriden, Conn.
Missoula, Mon.
Cedar Rapids.
Afton.
Iowa City.
Muscatine.
Iowa City.
Des Moines.
Iowa City.
Lincoln, Nebr.
Cherokee.
Marcus.
Mandan, S. D.
Independence.
Warsaw.
Iowa City,
Iowa City.
Rock Valley.
Pt.Madison«
240
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAME.
Scroggs, Richard Enkine
Secor, Alson
Silvis, John Chaunoey
Smith, F. Potter
Smith, Ray
Toney, Samuel Breese
Wilcox, Charles S.
RltSIDBNCB.
Indianola.
Forest City.
Rock Island.
York, Nebr.
Mitchell, S. D.
Chicago, 111.
Elgin, m.
JUNIOR OCfASS.
NAME.
Barrera, Isaac
Barry, Joseph Edward
Beam, Frank N.
Bingham, Frederick Nathaniel
Bradley, William Oscar
Brock, Herbert Brace
Brooks, George
Brown, Sim Chauncey
Brown, Cnxtis Henry
Calhonn, Joseph Farrar
Crandall, Walter G.
Crowley, Thomas Edward
Countryman, Charles Clarence
Davis, John M.
Davis, Walter A.
Darnell, George Washington
Daugherty, James Bertis
Decker, Herbert M.
Deetkin, Julius Charles
Dillinger, Hanna
Eaton, Carroll Reawick
Eickelberg, George C.
Eicher, Cora
Fawkes, Charles James
Fickes, Joeiah Barton
RXSXDENOt.
Mondova, Mezioo.
Dyersville.
Malvern.
Des Moines.
Dubuque.
Iowa City.
Greenfield.
EddyviUe.
Belle Plaine.
Birmingham.
Spencer.
Grundy Center.
Birmingham.
Aledo, m.
Aledo, ni.
RandaHa.
La Moine, 111.
Davenport.
Council Bluffs.
GUdden.
Strawberry Point.
Iowa City.
Ainsworth, Nebr.
Dubuque.
loHra City.
DENTAL DEPARTMENT.
241
NAICB.
Powle, I^eo G.
Prear, Charles Ruf as
PreyniAii, Prank
Pnrry, James Harry
Gary, Arthur Geoi^e
Gay, John Charles
Grafton, Charles W.
Godlove, George W.
Hackett, John Vincent
Hall, Robert W.
Hayes, Clinton LeGrande
Hammons, Robert Walter
Haley, Prank Richardson
Henle, Mathias Prands
Hibbard, Clark D.
Hinus, Jennie
Hizon, Charles L.
Hollenbeck, Charles Dighton
Hood, Gueme Tuttle
Hope, Bird Norris
Hogan, Bdwsrd Michael
Jobnaon, Prank Alexander
Joslin, Walter Nich.
Keeler, Howard Denton
Kinsley, Jason Daniel
Knlp, Dayid Evans
Lanning, George Richard
Lambert, Nella
Lawton, Ernest John
Lawrence, William Henry
Leech, Charles Sloan
Leigh, Charles Lloyd
LiUibridge, William Otis;
Lindsay, Clayton Bums
XcKee, J. W.
Mcdelland, Pay
RBSIDBNCB.
Iowa City.
Sloan.
Dyersville.
Mt. Auburn.
Rush, Penn.
Conesville.
Rock wood.
Riverside.
Creston.
Cherokee.
La Porte.
Parsons, Kas.
Rock Island, 111.
Clinton.
Yankton, S. D.
Princeton, Mo.
Holton, Kas.
Cedar Rapids.
Glidden.
Birmingham.
Adair.
Holsteen.
Moline, lU.
Des Moines.
McGregor.
Grundy Center.
Washington.
Sheridan, Wy.
North Preedom.
Union.
Winterset.
Dubuque.
Akron.
Waucoma.
Davenport.
Cedar Rapids.
242
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAlffS.
McClanahan» William B.
MeiB, Herman J.
Miller, Thomas Jefferson
Miller, William C.
Morrow, Burton Allen
Ogg, Mahlon D.
Oldaker, Leroy
Patton, Jefferson HoUister
Penney, Clarence Lee
Quinn, Guy Richard
Re3nuu'd, May
Reupke, Alvin Carter
Rice, James Kuelon
Rundorff , Arthur Henry
Sensibaugh, William Chandler
Siverly, Edward
Smith, Arthur T.
Specht, Engene Henry
Starbuck, Adelbert W.
Sutton, Harry Burse
Teter, Joseph Henry
Torrance, Charles Anderson
Truaz, Fred Elmer
Watland, Albert
Webb, John Everett
Weckert, William Henry
Westcott, Harry
Welk, Frank Paine
Weymouth, Ida
White, Leonard Alwyn
Wood, Geoige L.
RBSIDBNCE.
Corydon.
Dyersville.
Hull.
Amish.
Larrabee.
Greenleafton, Minn.
Frendale.
Des Moines.
Stacyyille.
Vinton.
Burlington.
Davenport.
Cherokee.
Burlington.
Mt. Pleasant.
Lone Tree.
Believue.
Hebron.
Corydon.
Belington, W. Va.
Maryville, Mo.
Maquoketa.
New Sharon.
McGregor.
Fairfield.
Iowa City.
Fairfield.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Geneaeo, IlL
DENTAL DEPARTMENT.
243
FRESHMAN CI^ASS
■
NAME.
R9SIDENC^.
Alderson, Thomas E.
Dubuque.
Albright, Leroy Clark
Primghar.
Bacon, Alexander Porter
Iowa City.
Baker, Harry Clark
Everly.
Barnard, Leslie Orvil
Luther.
Baumer, John
Iowa City.
Beaumont, Francis Hugh
Mt. Pleasant.
Benson, Piny Fay
Columbus Junct*n.
Booth, John Jacob
Marion.
Bradshaw, Wayland C.
Jefferson.
Browning, Ernest Welcomb
Solon.
Brock, Miles Warren
Iowa City.
Bnice, Guy Rolfe
Dubuque.
Dabney, Harry Benton
Oakland.
Davis, John Clarence
Mt. Vernon.
DeweU, Wells
Magnolia.
Dudley, Dud R.
Lamoni.
Gardner, H. H.
Iowa City.
Gilman, Don Cameron
Colfax.
Gray, I,ewis Ballon
Bancroft.
Grigsby, Fred Redman
Blandinsville, 111.
Henak, Edwin A.
Oxford.
Hora, Josie
Oxford Junction.
Johnson, Oliver
Cedar Falls.
Keeler, Clark C.
Des Moines.
KeUy, William Allan
Afton.
Kcm, F. J.
Burlington.
Lockhart, Will T.
Mediapolis.
Long, John Edwin
Mt. Pleasant.
Lowry, William David
Davenport.
McCarrille, Maurice Francis
Madison, Wis.
McGarvey, Lovelace Edwin
Davenport.
Mentxer, Charles
Marion.
Morris, Robert C.
Union.
244
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMB.
Osbom, John Culbertson
Oyler, William Seward
Page, Robert Roy
Pray, Charles H.
Ridenour, Judson, Beeghly
Rienfried, Charles Joseph
Roberts, Claire Willie
Seydel, Samuel Jordon Kirk wood
Stute, Fred Nicholas,
Stull, Claude
Swain, Ada M.
Swisher, Arthur R.
Tullis, Freeman
Tanner, Samuel H.
Warner, Raymond Theodore
Williams, Ray
Willet, Raymond C.
Willey, Harry Duane
Wilson, Wm. Howard
Welsh, James Donnell
RBSIDBNCB.
Denison.
Downey.
Iowa City.
Vinton.
Garrison.
Dubuque.
Mt. Pleasant.
Iowa City.
Lyle, Minn.
Algona.
Marengo.
Iowa City.
Ottnmwa.
Iowa City.
Parkersburg.
Oakland.
Iowa City.
Onawa.
Pottsdam, N. Y.
New Albin.
SPRING C0UR8B.
Barry, Joseph Edward
Brown, Curtis Henry
Deetken, Julius Charles
Dillinger, Hannah
Freyman, Frank
Godlove, George W.
Goodenough, George
Haley, Frank R.
Henle, Mathias Francis
Holland, Frank Elmer
Leigh, Charles Lloyd
Lillibridge, William Otis
McClelland, Fay
Dyersville.
Belle Plaine.
Council Bluffs.
GUdden.
Dyersville.
Riverside.
Gowrie.
Rock Island, 111.
Clinton.
Afton.
Dubuque.
Akron.
Cedar Rapids.
DENTAL DEPARTMENT.
245
NAMB.
Moore, Rolland B.
Mueller, Adam
Oldaker, Leary
Penney, Clarence Lee
Reupke, Alvin C.
Rnndorff, Arthur H.
Westcolt, Harry
RSSIDSNCE.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Prendale.
Stacyville.
Davenport.
Burlington.
Iowa City.
PRACTITIONER'S COURSE.
Fox, Charles Sumner, D. D. S.
Maytnm, Burlington, D. D. S.
Meriden, Conn.
Warsaw.
PHARMACY DEPARTMENT.
SBNIOR CI4AS&.
NAMB.
Cooper, ZadA Mary
Cozine, Irvin Vernon
Foderberg, Benjamin Henry
Harvey, Robert Walsh
Highley, I^arry Edward
Koch, August Frank
Lafrcnz, Henry Theodore
Magee, Edward Washington
Marks, Charles Rollin
McCray, Walter Robert
McGlone, Agnes
McMahon, Thomas
Mead, Nehemiah Paul
Novak, Joe H.
Packwood, Flemion Bert
Reynolds, LilHe Ethel
Sprecher, George
Van den Berg, Albert *
Watters, William Leslie
KBSroSNCB.
Quasqneton.
Iowa City.
Denison.
Logan.
Whitewood, S. D.
Amana.
Davenport.
Dnnkerton.
Davenport.
Marble Rock.
Independence.
Victor.
Akron.
Iowa City.
Oskaloosa.
Brayton.
Denison.
Alton.
Atalissa.
JUNIOR CI^ASS.
NAME.
Beard, Abner Ruasell
Bemhart, J. C.
Brinton, Gilbert Edward
Cobbs, Milton Henry
Conry, William Le Roy
Corr, Edward
RBSIDSNCB.
DeWitt.
Des Moines.
Brighton.
Plover.
Waterloo.
Sloan.
* Deceased.
246
PHARMACY DEPARTMENT.
247
NAMB.
Clark, James Albert
Elliott, Henry Roseell
Parrand, Bert Blvin
Fans, Albert Samuel
Gearhart, John Carson
Gearhart, Newton A.
Gofisman, Andrew P.
Greiner, Lawrence Franklin
Hinchman, Carl Boyer
Jones, David Ambrose
Landsberg, Will Edward
McFerriny Marion Rose
McLaughlin, Clell J.
McGrew, L. Warner
Mercer, Kline Miller
Mnnson, Charles Hoyle
Nizon, Robert Bums
Owens, David Austin
Park, Charles Grant
Pfeifier, William Fred
Philipp, August Charles
Pohle, Edwin Brainard
Prader, Dolph C.
Roberts, Arthur Addison
Royer, John Delbert
Schen, Louis Charles
Sigworth, M, Perry
Southward, Harry A.
Spear, Benjamin Irving
Steffen, Ruthford Burchard
Strayer, Lucile Irene
Tagne, Marion Samuel
Tisdale, William Henry
Ward, Joseph John
White, Louis Mortimore
Wiese, Rudolph
RBSIDBNCK.
Woodbine.
West Liberty.
Sumner.
Morning Sun.
Monticello
Hopkinton.
Iowa City.
Blairsburg.
Red Oak.
Williamsburg.
Iowa City.
College Springs.
Monticello.
EmeiBon.
Burlington.
Carroll.
Shambaugh.
Cresco.
Wilton Junction.
Cedar Falls.
Earlville.
Dexter.
Monticello.
Canton, Mo.
Hampton.
Stacyville.
Anamosa.
New Boston, 111.
Stanwood.
Storm Lake.
Waterloo.
Likens.
State Center.
Iowa City.
Ma3mard.
Manning.
SUMMARY.
Coi«tKGiATB Department:
Graduate Students 98
Seniors 83
Juniors 82
Sophomores 133
Freshmen 206
Special 42—^
Law DEPARTMENT:
Seniors 87
Juniors 128 — 215
Medicai* Department:
Graduate Students i
Seniors 65
Juniors 73
Sophomores 2
Freshmen 69
Special 4 — 214
HOM<EOPATHIC MEDICAI« DEPARTMENT:
Graduate Students 2
Seniors 18
Juniors 9
Sophomores 15
Freshmen 25 — 69
Dentax Department:
Seniors. 35
Juniors 92
Freshmen 57 — 184
Pharmacy Department:
Seniors 19
Juniors 43 — 62
1388
Deduct for*names counted twice 57
1331
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION.
B. L. Wick, Cedar Rapids
President.
Lucy Hvans, Moline
M. L. Sears, Omaha
Stkujl Prick, Iowa City
Vice-Preaidents.
O. A. BYDfCTON, Iowa City
Secretary.
Charuss S. Magowan, Iowa City
Treasurer.
S. K. STSYBMSON, Iowa City
W. M. Davis, Iowa City
Lbona Cazx, • • • • Iowa Cit>
Execntive Committee.
INDEX,
PAGE.
Admission, Requirements for
Collegiate Department, - . 15
Dental Department, 172
Homoeopathic Medical Department, 156
I/aw Department, 124
Medical Department, 147
Pharmacy Department, 186
Accepted Schools, 22
Advanced Standing.
Collegiate, 23
I^w, 125
Alumni Associations, 167
Animal Morphology, 60
Astronomy, 69
Athletics, -..-.-- ----108
Biological Sciences, Special Courses in 27
Botany, - - 64
Calendar, 3
Chemistry, 58
Chemistry, Special Courses in 26
Civil Engineering, 29, 70
Classical Course, 24
Clinics,
Dental Department, 173
Homoeopathic Medical Department, - - - - 164
Medical Department, 140
Collegiate Department, n
Debating, 4^
Degrees, Advanced, 82
Degrees, Baccalaureate, ^i
INDEX. 351
PAGB.
Degrees Conferred, June, 1896, i^
Collegiate Department, 202
Law Department, 221
Degrees Conferred, March, 1897, 199
Dental Department, 239
Homceopathic Medical Department, - - . . . 236
Medical Depcurtment, 229
Pharmacy Department, - - 247
Degrees, Master's, 92
Dental Department, 169
Spring Course, 180
Draughting Rooms, 104
Electrical Engineering, 30
Elocution, 44
English, 40
Expenses, - 109
Faculty, General, 5
Collegiate, n
Dental, 169
Homceopathic Medical, 154
Law, Ill
Medical, 131
Pharmacy, 184
French, 38
Geology and Paleontology, 63
German, ------_.___ ^5
Graduate Courses of Study, 81
Graduates, June 1896, 162
March, 1897, 164
Graduation, Requirements for
Collegiate Department, 31, 82, 92
Dental Department, - 179
Homceopathic Medical Department, - - - - 167
Law Department, 127
Medical Department, 149
Pharmacy Department, 160
252 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
PAGE.
Greek, 35
Gymnasium, -- 109
Herbarium, - 103
History, 45
Homceopathic Medical Department, 154
Hospital, 151
Hours in Collegiate Course, 24
Information, General, 105
Laboratories, - 94
Botanical, 97
Chemical, 94
Dental, .-. .-..-. ij^
Geological, 96
Engineering, 104
Pharmacy, 122
Physical, 95
Psychological, 97
Physiological, 56
Latin, 32
Law Department, 11 1
Law Electives, 120
Library of the University, 105
Law Library, 122
Medical Library, -147
Material Equipment, -- 94
Mathematics, -66
Medical Department, --131
Military Science and Tactics, -77
Moot Courts, 120
Morphology, -60
Museums, 99»i4i
Nurses, Training Schools for Homceopathic Medical, - - - 166
Medical, 152
Observatory, ---104
Organization, 10
Pedagogy, 53
INDEX. 253
PAGE.
Pharmacy Department, 184
Philosophical Courses, 23
Philosophy, 51
Physics, 56
Physiology, 60
Political Science, 47
Practitioner's Course, Dental Department, - - - - 180
Prizes, 107
Publications, 103, 105, 107
Psychological Laboratory, 97
Psychology, 51
Regents, Board of, 4
Religions Exerdaes, 108
Resident Graduates, 71
Science, Course in, 27, 28
Scientific Expeditions, 102
Schedule of Studies.
Collegiate 24
Dental, 172
Homoeopathic Medical, 158
Law, 116
Medical, 142
Pharmacy 186
Schools, Certificates Accepted, 22
Societies, 106
Students, Enrollment of.
Collegiate Department, 166
Dental Department, 200
Homoeopathic Medical Department, .... 198
Law Department, 181
Medical Department, 189
Pharmacy Department, 208
Summary, -------..-. 248
Text and Reference Books,
Dental Department, 147
Homoeopathic Medical Department, 158
254 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
PAGE.
Law Department, 123
Medical Department, - - - i45
Pharmacy Department, 161, 160
Theses, Law, '^7
Tuition and Expenses,
Collegiate Department, J09
Dental Department, H7
Homoeopathic Medical Department, - - - - 158
Law Department, 1*3
Medical Department, 146
Pharmacy Department, ^93
University Extension, io7
Zoology, ^2
DEC S 1903
University of Iowa
1897^98
CATALOGUE
OF THE
S^te University of Iowa
IOWA CITY. IOWA
1897/ 98
AND
ANNOUNCEMENT FOR 1898/99
PUBUSHBD BY THE U^aVEFSITY
Calendar for 1898^9.
1898.
Jtmejt Friday, ---Axmiytxwry of I^iterary Societies, 8 p. M.
Jwnes% Sunday, — ^Baccalaureate Address, 4 p. m.
June 6y Monday, — Class Day Bxerdses.
Battalion Drill and Dress Parade, 4 p. m.
Jwie 7, Tuesday, — ^Alnmni Day.
Alnmni Meeting, 2 p. m.
Alnmni Dinner, 6 p. M.
Jwm 8t Wednesday, — Graduating Exercises, Law Department, 10 A. m.
June 9, Thursday, — Graduating Exercises, Collegiate Department, 10
September /j, TUesday. — Examinations for Admission.
September 14^ Wednesday, — Pall Term begins, all Departments.
November 24^ Tittfr^^/o^.—Thank^ving Holiday.
December 22^ Thursday, ^V^Xi Term ends.
1899.
January 4, Wednesday, — Winter Term begins.
Mardt 23^ Thursday,— VJiatsx Term ends.
March ^/, Monday, — Graduating Exercises, Dental Department.
March 2S, Tuesday, — Spring Term begins.
March 28, Tuesday, — Graduating Exercises, Homoeopathic Medical
Department.
March ^, Wednesday, — Graduating Exercises, Medical and Pharmacy
Departments.
June 2, /W^j^.— Anniversary of Literary Societies, 8 p. M.
June 4t Sunday, — ^Baccalaureate Address, 4 p. m.
June St Monday, — Class Day Exercises.
Battalion Drill and Dress Parade, 4 p. m.
June 6, 7\iesday,—Alasnm Day.
Alumni Meeting, 2 p. m.
Alumni Dinner, 6 p. m.
June 7, )^^i/«i^5^>^.— Graduating Exercises, Law Department, to a. U.
June 8y 7}fcffrsi/^>.— Graduating Exercises, Collegiate Department, 10
A. M.
Board of Regents^
His ExceUency, LESI^IE M. SHAW, Governor
of the StaU,
Member and President of the Boards ex-Officio,
SHIRLEY GILLILLAND, Glenwood,
W. R. MONINGER, Calvin,
HIRAM K. EVANS, Corydofi.
J. D. McCLEARY, Indianola.
J. W. GARNER, Columbus Junction,
WILLIAM D. TISDALE, Ottumzva.
ALONZO ABERNETHY, Osage.
PARKER K. HOLBROOK, OnarxHi.
HARVEY INGHAM. Algona,
CHARLES E. PICKETT, Waterloo,
RICHARD C. BARRETT,
Superintendent of Public Instruction
Tbrms Expirk 1898.
Terms Expirb 1900.
Terms Expire 1902.
ion, J
Member ex-Officio.
OFFICERS OF THIS BOARD.
LOVELL SWISHER, Iowa City, Treasurer.
WILLIAM J. HADDOCK, /^zm a/y Secretary.
PARKER K. HOLBROOK,
ALONZO ABERNETHY,
CHARLES E. PICKETT,
- Executive Committee.
Meml>ejrs of the PacultieSi
And Other Officers.
Cbarlbs Ashmkad Schabfpbr, a. M., Ph. D., hh- D.,
Presidciit.
Amos Noyks Cttrribr, A. M., LL. D.,
Profemor of Latin Language and Literature, and Dean of tbe Collegiate
Faculty.
Philo Judson Farnsworth, a. M., M. D.,
Bmeritua Profeaaor of Materia Medica and Diseases of Children in the
Medical Department.
John Cuiv^roN Shradbr, A. M., M. D., hL. D.,
Professor of Obstetrics and Diseases of Women.
WILLL4M Drummond Middlkton, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery in the Medical Department,
and Dean of ue Medical Faculty.
X^XSAMvnh Calvin, A. M., Ph. D.,
Professor of Geology.
WiLMOT HORTON DICKINSON, M. D.,
Professor of Theory and Practice and Clinical Medicine, and Dean of the
Homoeopathic Sledical Faculty.
)f Bmun McClain, a. M., LL. D.,
Professor of Law, and Chancellor of the Law Department.
w Thomas Huston Macbridb, A. M., Ph. D.,
Professor of Botany.
Jambs Grant Gilchrist, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Surgery and Surzical Gynecology, and Registrar of the
Homoeopathic Medical Faculty.
BMIL LOVJa BOBRNBR, Pharm. D.,
Professor of Practical Pharmacy, and Dean of the Pharmacy Faculty.
^ ]f^i(l4A.mcMXjfyt Winchbstbr Andrbws, Ph. D.,
Professor of Chemistiy.
Charlbs Hsrbbrt Cogswbll, M. D.,
Professor of Obstetrics and Diseases of Children in the Homoeopathic
Medical Department.
t^ )f Gborgb Thomas Whitb Patrick, Ph. D.,
Professor of Philosophy.
Charlbs Bundy Wilson, A. M.,
Professor of German Language and Literature, and Secretary of the
Collegiate Faculty.
6 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
I/AWRBNCK WHfUAM LiTTiG, A. M., M. D., M. R. C. S.,
Profesior of Theory and Practice of Medicine and Clinical Medicine in
the Medical Department.
Andrbw Andbrson Vkbi^bn, a. M.,
Professor of Physics.
y^y^I^ABNAS GiPPORD WBItD, A. M.,
Professor of Mathematics.
^y Chari«bs Ci«bvbx.and Nutting, A. M.,
Professor of Zoology.
Jambs Rbnwick Guthrib, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Physiology and Microscopic Anatomy.
Isaac AXtThaus Loos, A. M.,
Professor of Political Science.
Samubi* Haybs, M. S., LL. B.,
Professor of I«aw.
JOSBPH JASPBR McCONNBI^I., A. M.,
Professor of Pedagogy.
Ei;bbrT Wii^liam Rockwood, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Chemistxy and Toxicology, and Director of Hospital,
Medical Department.
Chari«bs S. Chasb, a. M., M. D.,
Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics in the Medical Department
Gborgb Royai^, M. D.,
Professor of Materia Medica and Therapentics in the Homoeopathic
Medical Department.
Jambs Wii^ijam Daxbby, B. S., M. D.,
Professor of Ophthalmology and Otology in the Medical Department
Frank John Nbwbbrry, M. D.,
Professor of Ophthalmology, Otology and Paedology in the Homoeopathic
Medical Department.
Wai«tbr L. Bibrring, M. D.,
Professor of Histology, Bacteriology and Pathology.
Jambs A. Rohbach, A. M., LL. B.,
Professor of I«aw.
John J. Nby, LL. B.,
Professor of T<aw.
Wiifi^iAM Craig Wii^cox, A. M.,
Professor of History.
Frank Thomas Brbbnb, M. D., D. D. S.,
Professor of Operative and Clinical Dentistry and Therapeutics.
Wli,i«iAM S. HosPORD, A. B., D. D. S.,
Professor of Dental Prothesis, and Dean of the Dental Faculty.
Frbdbric C. L. van Stbbndbrbn, a. M.,
Professor of French I<anguage and I,iterature.
X>^/ Ai;prbd Vari^by Sims, C. E.,
Professor of Civil Engineering.
MEMBERS OF THE FACUIyTIES AND OTHER OFFICERS. 7
Edward P. Sbbds, LL. B.,
Professor of I«aw.
John Wai,tbr Harriman, M. D.,
Prof enor of Anatomy.
Martin Josbph Wade, LL. B.,
Professor of Medical Jurisprudence in the Medical Department and I^ec-
turer on Evidence in the I^aw Dei>artment.
W114JAM Harfbr DbFord, a. M., M. D., D. D. S.,
Professor of Oral Pathology and Hygiene.
Hanson E. EI/Y, 2iid Lieutenant 17th Infantry, U. S. A.,
Professor of Military Science and Tactics.
GlI,BXRT L. HOUSBR, M. S.,
Professor of Animal Morphology and Physiology.
Brnjamin Frankun Shambaugh, a. M., Ph. D.,
Professor of Government and Administration.
Wii,ijam Prtbrs Rkbvks, Ph. D.,
Professor of English language and I,iterature.
Charijbs Moore Robertson, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Otology, Rhinology and laryngology.
Joseph W. Rich,
Librarian.
Lbona Angeune Cai«z«, a. M.,
Assistant Professor in charge of Greek language and I«iterature.
Chari^s Scott Magowan, A. M., C. E.,
Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.
Bohumii. Shimek, C. E.,
Assistant Professor of Botany and Curator of the Herbarium.
Henry P. Wickham, M. S.,
Assistant Professor of Zoology, and Assistant Curator of the Museum.
Arthur G. Smith, A. M.,
Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
WnxiAM Robert Whiteis, M. S., M. D.,
Assistant Professor of Histology.
Frankun Hazen Potter, A. M.,
Assistant Professor of I^tin.
Cari; E. Seashore, Ph. D.,
Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
La Vega 6. Kinne, LL. D.,
Lecturer on Domestic Relations and Taxation.
Oershom Hyde Hill, A. B., M. D.,
Lecturer on Insanity.
GiFPORD Simeon Robinson, LL. D.,
Lecturer on Api)e]late Practice and Agency.
8 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Horace Embrson Dbkmbr, LL. B.,
I«ecturer on GuatBnty and Suretyship, and the Conducting of I«aw
BusinetB.
JAMKS E. PlSSNER* D. D. Sm
I,ectttrer on Orthodontia.
Wi];i,iAM G. Ci,ARK, D. D. S.,
Lecturer on Porcelain Work in the Dental Department.
w. J. mcGbb, a. M.,
I«ectttrer on Anthropology.
H. Foster Bain, M. S., Ph. D.,
I«ecturer on Economic Geology.
Paui^ine Kimbai«i« Partridge,
Instructor in Elocution.
Frederic Bernard Sturm, A. B.,
Instructor in German.
Percy Hargreaves Walker, m. S.,
Instructor in Chemistry.
George Cram Cook, A. B.,
Instructor in English.
George n. Bauer, B. S.,
Instructor in Mathematics.
Bertha Gilchrist Ridgway,
Assistant in the General Library.
Harry Grant Plum, A. M.,
Instructor in History.
Royal Winthrop Baldwin, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator of Dental Technology.
A. E. Rogers, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator of Dental Technology.
Charles Henry Bowman, B. Ph.,
Instructor in Physics.
Herbert C. Dorcas, B. Ph.,
Instructor in Pedagogy.
Charles B. Lewis, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator in the Dental Department.
Frank B. James, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator in the Dental Department.
William Edward Barlow, A. B.,
Demonstrator of Chemistry.
WiLBER John Teeters, B. S., Ph. C,
Demonstrator of Chemistry.
Louise Elizabeth Hughes, A. M,,
Instructor in Latin.
Fred d. Merritt, b. S.,
Instructor in Mathematics.
MEMBERS OF THE FACULTIES AND OTHER OFFICERS, g
Cau, Schi^knkkr, a. B.,
iBStmctor in German.
Hauiy EuGsim e:kij«y, a. m.,
iBstractor in English.
Saxah Dbua HirrcHiNsoN, A. M.,
Instructor in French.
RussHU. T. Hartman, B. S.,
IttBtmctor in Bngineering.
Lbstsr T. Jackson, A. B.,
Instmctor in Chemistry.
C. H. Van Law, A. M.,
Instractor in Political Science.
I<BB WauaCB DBAN, M. S., M. D.,
Demonstrator of Anatomy.
Joseph H. Ridgway,
Taxidermist.
AOEUC Pauuns Kimbaij,, M. D.,
Matroa in the Homoeopathic Hospital.
Thiodorb L. Hazard, M. D.,
Assistant in Materia Medica in the Homoeopathic Medical Department.
Lkokard C. Rinard, hh. B.,
Law Ifibmrian.
I«ui,A Bbaix Jbsxbr, Ph. G.,
Assistant in the Pharmacy Laboratory.
Giorgia Knapp, Ph. G.,
Assistant in the Pharmacy Laboratory.
FRBD. J. BSCKKR, M. D.,
Assistant to the Chair of Surgery, Homoeopathic Medical Department.
tALPtt W. HOMAN, M. D.,
Aarittant to the Chair of Ophthalmology, etc, Homoeopathic Medical
Department.
Lw>RA Johnson, M. D.,
Clinical Assistant to the Chair of Surgery, Homoeopathic Medical
Department.
ALXKRTDS J. BURGB, B. S.,
Fellow li^Animal Morphology and Physiology.
CHAtLHfl Frbdbrick Lorbnz, B. S.,
Fellow in Physics.
Tboiias Edmund Savagb, B. S.,
Fellow in Geology.
M. IU>BBRTA HOI^BS, A. M.,
Fellow in Latin.
ISKMIB S. COTTLB,
Saperintendent of HosplUl, Medical Department.
lo STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
AlfPHBUS L. POLUiRD, M. D.,
Demonstrator of Pathology and Bacteriology, Homoeopathic Medical
Department.
Raymond E. Pbck» M. D.,
Houae Surgeon, Homceopathic Hospital.
Mary I/Aura Otto, B. Ph.,
Assistant in Botany.
MSTTA LOOMIS,
Assistant in the General I^ibraiy.
G90RGE Lyman Grimes, B. S.,
Mechanician, and Assistant in the Physical I«aboratory.
John T. McCuntock, A. B., M. D.,
Demonstrator of Pathology and Bacteriology, Medical Department.
State University of Iowa#
Organizatioa
In the year 1840, the Congress of the United States passed an
act setting apart two townships for the use and support of a Univer-
sity within the Territory of Iowa, whenever it should become a State.
The gift was accepted, as set forth in the Constitution of the State,
and the policy re-a£Brmed in the amended Constitution of 1857. In
the latter document it is moreover specifically stated that the "General
Assembly shall encourage by all suitable means the promotion of
intellectual, scientific, moral, and agricultural improvement."
The first General Assembly took action in regard to the location
of the University, and a Board of Trustees was appointed. Very
little, however, was accomplished until 1855, when the institution was
first opened for the reception of students. The University was subse-
quently re-organized, and under the new oxganization re-opened on
September 19, i860, and this may fairly be regarded as the date of the
beginning of the existing institution.
The control of the University is entrusted to a Board of Regents,
consisting of the Governor of the State and the Superintendent of
Public Instruction, ex-officiiSy and one member from each Congres-
sional District, who are elected by the General Assembly.
The University comprises the following departments:
I. COI.UGIATK DBPARTBCENT.
3. Law Dhpa&tmsnt.
3. Mbdicai, Dbpa&ticbnt.
4. Homoeopathic Mkdicai. Dspartmsnt.
5. DvirTAI, DSPA&TICSNT.
6. Pharmacy Dhpartmsnt.
zi
Collegiate Department
Faculty and Instructors*
Chari^ks Ashmkad Schabffer, a. M., Ph. D., LL. D.,
President.
Amos Noyes Currier, A. M., LL. D.,
Professor of I^atin Language and Literatare, and Dean of the Faculty.
Samuel Calvin, A. M., Ph. D.,
Professor of Geology.
Thomas Huston Macbride, A. M., Ph. D.,
Professor of Botany.
Launcelot Winchester Andrews, Ph. D.,
Professor of Chemistry.
George Thomas White Patrick, Ph. D.,
Professor of Philosophy.
Charles Bundy Wilson, A. M.,
Professor of German Language and Literature, and Secretary of the
Faculty.
Andrew Anderson Veblen, A. M.,
Professor of Physics.
Laenas Gifford Weld, a. M.,
Professor of Mathematics.
Charles Cleveland Nutting, A. M.,
Professor of Zoology.
Isaac Althaus Loos, A. M.,
Professor of Political Science.
Joseph Jasper McConnell, A. M.»
Professor of Pedagogy.
William Craig Wilcox, A. M.,
Professor of History.'
Frederic C. L. van Steenderen, A. M.,
Professor of French Language and Literature.
Alfred Varley Sims, C. E.,
Professor of Civil Engineering.
12
COLI^EGIATB DEPARTMENT. 13
Hanson E. Ei.y, 2nd Lieutenant 17th Infantry, U. S. A.
Professor of Military Science and Tactics.
G11.BKKT L. HOUSBR, M. S.,
Professor of Animal Morphology and Physiology.
Bbnjamik Frankun Shambaugh, a. M.» Ph. D.,
Professor of Government and Administration.
WiLUAM Peters Reeves, Ph, D.,
Professor of English Language and I,iterature.
Lbona Angeune Cau,, a. M.,
Assistant Professor in charge of Greek I«anguage and I,iterature.
CaARi«Es Scott Magowan, A. M., C. E.,
Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.
BoHUMn, Shimbk, C. E.,
Assistant Professor of Botany and Curator of the Herbarium.
Henry F. Wicrham, M. S.,
Assistant Professor of Zoology, and Assistant Curator of the Museum.
Arthur G. Smith, A. M.,
Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
Franki,ik Hazen Potter, A. M.,
Assistant Professor of I«atiu.
Carx, E. Seashore, Ph. D.,
Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
W. J. McGee, a. M.,
Lecturer on AnthropOiOgy.
H. Poster Bain, M. S., Ph. D.,
Lecturer on Economic Geology.
Pauline Kimball Partridge,
Instructor in Elocution.
Frederic Bernard Sturm, A. B.,
Instructor in German.
Percy Hargreaves Walker, M. S.,
Instructor in Chemistry.
George Cram Cook, A. B.,
Instructor in English.
George N. Bauer, B. S.,
Instructor in Mathematics.
Harry Grant Plum, A. M.,
Instructor in History.
Charles Henry Bowman, B. Ph.,
Instructor in Physics.
Herbert C. Dorcas, B. Ph.,
Instructor in Pedagogy.
Louise Elizabeth Hughes, A. M.,
Instructor in Latin.
14 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
PUCD D. MERUTT, B. S.,
Instructor in Mathematics.
Cari. Schiamkbxl, a. B.,
Instructor in German.
EUk&y Eugbnb Kki«i.y, a. M.,
Instructor in Knglish.
Sarah Deua Hutchinson, A. M.,
Instructor in French.
RUSSBI.Z. T. Hartman, B. S.,
Instructor in Civil Engineering.
LssTBR T. Jackson, A. B.,
Instructor in Chemistry.
C. H. Van Law, A. M.,
Instructor in Political Science.
AI.BERTUS J. BURGB, B. S.,
Fellow in Animal Morphology and Physiology.
Charles Frederick Lorenz, B. S.,
Fellow in Physics.
Thomas Edmund Savage. B. S.,
Fellow in Geology.
M. Roberta Holmes, A. M.,
Fellow in Latin.
Joseph H. Ridgway,
Taxidermist.
George Lyman Grimes, B. S.,
Mechanician and Assistant in the Physical Laboratory.
Mary Laura Otto, B. Ph.,
Assistant in Botany.
General Plan«
The CoUeg^te Department embraces four general courses of study,
—one Classical, two Philosophical, and one General Scientific; and two
t#rii«inai courses, — Civil Engineering and Electrical Engineering.
By pursuing one of the four general courses, and devoting the
time left open for elective studies to some one line, it is possible
for the student to arrange a course which, besides furnishing the
means of a broader culture, will more thoroughly fit him for
*^«^^<^g some particular specialty, or which will enable him to
develop his tastes in that particular direction. Thus, for example,
a student in the course in General Science may at the same time
devote himself especially to chemistry, or physics, or mathematics
and astronomy; a student in the Philosophical Course may also take
a special course in ancient or modern languages, or in history. The
members of the Faculty will always be glad to advise with students
on this subject, and will cordially assist them in endeavoring to
specialize their work to the best advantage.
Candidates for degrees are required to make an election of one of
these courses, and will not be allowed, without permission, to change
the elected course, nor to pursue less or more than three studies at a
time, except as required by the program.
Students not candidates for graduation, on complying with the
terms of admission, will be allowed to select their studies under the
direction of the Faculty.
Penons over twenty-one years of age not candidates for a degree
may be admitted to special studies, without examination, at the dis-
cretion of the Faculty.
Resident Oraduatetf.'-Graduates of this or other institutions
denroas of prosecuting studies not included in their undergraduate
couxse may, on consultation with the President, avail themselves of
sQcfa facilities as the department affords.
15
Requirements for Admission*
Candidates for admission to the Freshmen Class in any of the
Collegiate courses must be at least sixteen years of age, and must, by
examination or by presenting acceptable certificates, fnmish evidence
of haying completed the preparatory requirements.
No one will be admitted whose deficiencies exceed the equivalent of
one study for one year; a preparatory credit is the equivalent of one
study dail}' for a term of twelve weeks, on the basis of three studies a
day in the preparatory schools. Candidates having defidendes not
exceeding this limit may be admitted upon condition thai they complete
their preparation ttnthin thefirstyear after admission.
It is expected that the following work will be completed in the
grammar school: Practical Arithmetic, Reading, Penmanship, Ortho-
graphy, English Grammar, Geography, Book-keeping (single entry).
Physiology, ( the statutory requirements for primary and giammar
schools), United States History (three terms* work), Civil Government
(one term's work). Composition, (three terms' work). Drawing (three
terms' work).
The work in Book-keeping, Composition, Drawing, and Civil Gov-
ernment is not to be considered as absolutely required, but only work
in excess of the amount named in this paragraph will receive credit
as preparatory work.
ci;a88icai; course-
group I.— ANCIENT LANGUAGES.
z. Iratin. Grammar, Ceesar, (four books), Cicero (four orations),
Vergil (six books) with Prosody.
Instead of the prescribed Caesar an equivalent amount of Viri Eomse
or Nepos will be accepted and is recommended to the preparatory
schools. In this case the remainder of the requirements may be <^ered
i6
COI,I,EGIATE DEPARTMENT. 17
in Caesar or Cicero. It is expected that three or four of the six required
orMioiis of dceio (the Catiline orations being taken as the standard
of length) will be read thoroughly and the remainder rapidly with a
▼lew to securing facility in translation. Equivalents in kind will be
accepted for any part of the specified requirements. An accurate and
ready knowledge of grafnmaiical forms and constmction and a good
voadmiary are of essential importance. Sight reading should be
taught and practiced from the first.
Bzerdae in writing Latin, based upon the current reading, ought to
vIk carried through the entire preparatory course. An amount equiva-
lent to Collar, Part III, is required for admission.
Poor years of daily recitation are needed for the required prepara-
tioo.
The Roman pronounciation is used in the University.
S* Greek. Grammar, Xenophon*s Anabasis. As few high schools
meet this requirement, the University for the present will provide
■eaas for fulfilling it, and an equivalent of three tenns' work from
Group IV may be offered.
The preparatory work in Greek should give thorough knowledge of
gnmmatical forms, familiarity with the common rules of S3mtax and
the ability to write simple Greek prose with correct accents. It is not
expected that high school pupils under ordinary circumstances will
be able, in a single year, to cover thoroughly the work required for
admission.
GROUP IL—MATHEMATICS.
3* Algebra. The Algebra of the high school should comprise a
careful study of the following topics: signs and symbols; fundamental
operations; factoring (including lowest common multiple and highest
oommon divisor); fractions; simple and quadratic equations; theory of
exponents (including negative and fractional exponents and radicals);
progression. Especial attention should be given to such salient points
as the significance of the minus sign, factoring, theory of exponents,
equations, and the ability to state readily algebraic problems. The
interpretation of algebraic results with the graphical method of their
Kpresentation should be introd\i^ ^t the earliest |)068ible sti^ ati4
miUflU^ ioiift^ spoilt
i8 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
4. Geometry. Botk plane and solid geometry are teqoired. The
*' Henristic " method in beginning the study of geometry is strongly
recommended (See Hopkins* Manual of Plane Geometry, D. C. Heath
& Co., and Spencer's Inventional Geometry, D. Appleton & Co.)
Whatever method is used the pupil should be provided with adequate
drawing instruments and should construct and verify all of his propo-
sitions and theorems. Geometric processes and results should be
expressed by algebraic symbols whenever possible. Original investi-
gations should not simply be encouraged, but should be insisted upon
as a matter of course. The eminently practical side of the study of
geometiy should not be lost sight of, but the work should be so arranged
that it may be of the highest disciplinary value. The language of all
geometrical exercises should be exact.
ArithmeHc, The work in arithmetic should in general be completed
in the grammar grades. At least one term's work in arithmetic may
be done with great profit in the high school after the completion of
the required work in algebra and geometry. Not only will a general
view of the subject be found beneficial in itself, but the higher point
of view now attainable may be taken advantage of in many ways which
it is not necessary to enumerate.
In the high school not less than one-fourth of the time for three
years should be devoted to the work in algebra and geometry. It is
desirable that the high school work in mathematics be not finished
until the end of the course, in order that there may be no break in the
continuity of the work between the high school and the University.
GROUP III.— ENGLISH AND HISTORY.
5. Sngflisli Composition. All applicants for admission whether
from accepted schools or not will be examined to test their ability to
write clear and correct English. The applicant will be required to
write an essay of not less than two hundred words upon a subject
chosen by himself from a considerable number set before him. No
applicant will be accepted who is deficient in spelling, punctuation,
sentence and paragraph structure.
The teacher is reminded that the proper preparation for this part of
the requirement is constant practice in writing, with careful correction
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 19
and revision of themes. A part of the time should be devoted to the
formal stndy of rhetoric in any good text-book, such as Genmig's
Outlines of Rhetoric (Ginn & Co.), or Scott & Denney's Paragraph
Writing (Allyn & Bacon).
6. SnffUali Uteratttre« Throughont the high school conrse
much attention should be paid to the study of literature, by which is
meant not merely the study of a manual on the history of literature
but a careful, sympathetic study of literature itself in the writings of
lepreaentative authors. Entire masterpieces suited to the attainments
of the class should form the basis of recitations and an equal amount
of collateral reading should be assigned and written reports required.
Daring the last year of the course a good outline history of the liter-
ature ahould be used, such as Brooke's Primer of English Literature
(The Marmillan Co.) or Pancoast's Introduction to English Literature
(Holt & Co.) This should always, however, be subordinated to the
study of the texts themselves. In the study of literature the student
should be stimulated and trained not merely to read and enjoy but to
analyze the style and to absorb the spirit and substance of an author.
The applicant will be expected to be familiar with all of the works
in the following list or with their equivalents:
For 1898; Shakespere's Macbeth, Milton's Paradise Lost, Books I
and II, the Sir Roger de Coverley Papers in the Spectator^ Cole-
ridge's Ancient Mariner, Carlyle's Essay on Bums, Shelley's Defence
of Poetry, Burke's Speech on Conciliation with America, Lowell's
Vision of Sir Launfal.
For 1899; Shakespere's As You Like It, Irving's Sketch Book, De
Qoincey's English Mail Coach, Scott's Marmion, Longfellow's Evan-
geline, George Eliot's Silas Mamer, Tennyson's Idylls of the King.
7* History. At least four terms' work should be presented in
history. The course of study and available text-books should be
somewhat as follows: first and second terms, History of Greece
(Oman, Smith, Cox or Myers) and Rome (Allen, Leighton, Smith or
Myecs); third term. History of England (Montgomery or Gardiner);
fourth term, The History of the United States (Channing, Thomas,
Fiske, Johnson, Montgomery or MacMaster) or Civil Government
(Flake's Civil Government or Andrews' Manual of the Constitution).
20 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
Instead of the first three terms* work in history indicated above,
which is preferred, the University will accept for the present three
terms* work in general history from one of the following text-books:
Myers, Fisher, Freeman or Swinton.
GROUP IV.—ELECTIVE.
Three terms' work, and if Greek is not offered six terms* work, are
to be selected in science or in a modem language.
8. Science. The subjects are arranged in the order of prefer-
ence: physics, botany, physical geography, physiology, drawing or
book-keeping, economics, chemistry, astronomy, zoology, geology.
Credit for entrance will not be allowed on these subjects for less
than two terms in each, except that one, or one and one half terms,
may be allowed in botany, physiology, physical geography, and
drawing or book-keeping, and one term in astronomy, geology and
economics. In no case should more than two sciences be taken np
for consecutive study in a single year; and whenever possible three
terms of consecutive work in one science are advised, especially in
physics.
9* Oerman. A full year in German may be indicated by Jo3me9-
Meissner*8 German Grammar, Parts I and III, about fifty pages
selected from Joynes* German Reader (D. C. Heath and Co.), all of
Storm's Immensee (Henry Holt and Co.) and Riehl*s Buig Neideck
(Ginnand Co.)
ID* French. Van Daeirs Introduction to the French Language
or Edgren's French Grammar, and Van Daell's Introduction to
French Authors or Super's French Reader will be accepted as an
equivalent of a year's work in French.
PHIIirOSOPHICAi; A COU&SB.
The requirements for admission to this course are the same as for
the classical course, except that one year of German or French, or
one year of additional science may be substituted for Greek lui pn>i
vidcd for in Group IV.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. ii
PHII^OSOFHICA]; B, SCIl^NTIPIC AND BNGIimBR-
mO COURSES.
Preparation in all respects the same as that offered for the Classical
or Philosophical A courses will be accepted for the Philosophical B,
Scientific and Engineering conrses.
Twelve terms of work from Group IV will, however, be accepted in
September, 1898, as a substitute for the prescribed work in ancient
languages. The Latin preparation, entire, or in part, is in all cases
preferred, but those who desire to offer substitutes for Latin are advised
to make the following selection of studies: physics, one year; botany,
physical geography, physiology, and drawing or book-keeping, one-
hilf year each« The remaining six terms may be selected at the option
of the candidates from the other subjects under Group IV; but it is
ugently advised that those who do not present any Latin for admis-
sion should attain some proficiency in at least one modem language.
After 1898 two years' work in foreign language will be added to the
absolute xeqoirements for admission to either of the above courses
and the elective group will be correspondingly diminished.
GBNBRAXr OBSBRVATIONS.
1. It is strongly advised that preparatory work be confined to few
sabjects and that they be so chosen that they form two or three groups
of doeely related subjects.
2. Preparatory credit wUl not be allowed for less than three terms'
work in any foreign language.
5. Substitutes of real equivalents not affecting the absolute require-
ments respecting Latin, mathematics, English, and history, will be
allowed for the purpose of adapting the University requirements to the
means and needs of the several preparatory schools.
4. It is assumed that, under ordinary circumstances, four years in
the high school will be devoted to meet the requirements for admission
5. Stndents who are admitted with conditions can make them up
in the lofwa City Academy or under the direction of a private tutor
wippnvtQ. fay the FiMiilty«
23 STATE UWIVERSITy OF IOWA.
ABKI88ION BY CSRTIFICATB*
The Board of Regents has adopted the following plan for the exam*
ination of high school pnpils and for general high school inspection:
1. Any school may be placed upon the accredited list upon appli-
cation of its principal or board of directors, provided the Collegiate
Faculty of the University is satisfied as to its (a) course of study, (^)
methods of teaching, {c) facilities for instruction^
2. The course of study of such schools must be adapted for fitting
its graduates for one or more of the collegiate courses of the Univer-
sity, or it must be in the direct line of such preparation.
3. Whenever any accredited or other school requests it, its pupils
may be examined by the University at a convenient time in any subject
or subjects selected by the school authorities from the schedules of
studies required for admission to the TJmversity, and each pupil will
receive from the University a credit card for each subject passed.
4. The University shall provide for schools desiring the same, a
syllabus of each of the subjects in which examination Is to be taken.
5. All accredited schools shall be inspected at the pleasure of the
University, the expense of the inspection to be borne by the Univer-
sity,
6. The authorities of accredited schools shall report annually to the
University all changes made in the course of study and submit a list
of names of the instructors employed in the high school, with subjects
taught by each.
The following revised rules governing the accrediting of schools
have been adopted by the Collegiate Faculty. These rules will be in
force after 1898, and the attention of the authorities of accredited
schools is called to the revised rules in order that they may have time
to make such changes in their courses of study and in their plans of
work as will enable them fully to conform to the rules.
RUIrBS OOYBRNINO THS ACCRHBITINO OP HIGH
SCHOOl^.
High schools meeting the following conditions may, at the optkn
of the Collegiate Faculty, be accredited as making full prepuatioa
for one or more of the University courses:
COLLB6IATK DEPARTMENT. 23
i« The oonne of stndy must be not less than four years of thirty-
siz weeks each in length, following an elementary oonrse not less
than eight years in length.
3. The oonrse of study must require of each pupil not more than
four recitations daily.
3. The entire time of at least two teachers must be given to
iastmctlon in high school branches.
4. The quality of the instruction given and the character of the
test-books used must be approved by the Faculty.
5. Schools seeking considerable credit in science must demon-
strate their ability to do successful laboratory work.
6. Schools seeking considerable credit in history and English
must give evidence of a special library equipment for these branches.
Private academies, seminaries, normal schools or other secondary
schools meeting the conditions-mentioned above, or their equivalent,
nay be accepted on the same basis as high schools.
Accredited Schools*
All candidates for admission to the Freshman class, who come from
socredited schools, must furnish to the University certificates con-
taining specific statements as to the amount of work done in each study.
Blanks will be furnished for such certificates upon application to the
Preaideiit, and should be returned by September ist.
After 1898 such revision of the list of schools herewith given will
be made, as the rules for the accrediting of schools may require.
There are doobtless other schools which are entitled to places on
one or other of these lists, but because they have not furnished the
data necessary to enable the University authorities to come to a safe
eonclnsion in regard to their proper places in the lists, or because
they have not signified a desire to come into accredited relations with
the University, they are for the present omitted, without prejudice.
The foUowing schools have been accredited by the Collegiate
Faculty of the University as making full preparation for one or more
of the Coorses of the Collegiate Department.
HIGH SCHOOL. PRINCIPAI.. SUPBRINTBNDBNT.
Atlantic, C. M. Cole, William Wilcox.
Boone, Sara P. Rice, Geo. I.
M
STATE UNIVBRSITY OF IOWA.
HIGH SCHOOZr.
PRINCIPAIm
SDP9UliTJCM11BKr.
Burlington,
E. Poppe,
Chas. R. Shelton.
Cedar Falls,
Grace J. Norton,
O. J. Laylander.
Cedar Rapids,
Abbie S. Abbott,
J. T. Merrill.
Clinton,
E. L. Mason,
O. P. Bostwick.
Conndl Bluffs,
U. B. Hayden,
J. C. Hiaey.
Creston,
T. R. Atnlie,
0. E. Frendi.
Davenport,
H. H. Roberts,
J. B. Young.
E. Des Moines,
E. H. White,
Amos Hiatt.
N. Des Moines,
W. N. CliflFoid,
F. A. Lacey.
W. Des Moines,
W. O. Riddell,
F. B. Cooper.
Dubuque,
F. L. Smart,
F. T. Oldt.
Fort Dodge,
Mary L. Huffman
, F. C. Wildes.
Fort Madison,
B. J. Barr,
C. W. Cruikshank.
Iowa City,
F. C. Ensign,
S. K. Stevenson.
Keokuk,
G. E. Marshall,
O. W. Weyer.
Marion,
Lizzie R. Marshall, J. J. Dofflemeyer.
Marshalltown,
C. C. Carstens,
F. E. Willard.
Missouri Valley,
Emma C. DeGrafi!
', A. B. Warner.
Muscatine,
E. F. Schall,
F. M. Witter.
Oskaloosa,
O. E. Dixon,
O. C. Scott.
Red Oak,
Ira S. Condit,
W. F. Chevalier.
Sioux City,
W. H. Tumbull,
H. E. Kratz.
E. Waterloo,
Lydia Hinman,
F. J. Sessions.
W. Waterloo,
Amy Boggs,
S. H. Sheakley.
Webster City,
Laura Seals,
C. W. Ma*^ndale.
Ackley,
O. W. MaxwelL
Adel,
C. R. Aumer.
Albia,
H. C. HoUingsworth.
Algona,
N. Spencer.
Ames,
E. D. Y. Cnlbertsoa.
Anamosa,
A. Palmer.
Brooklyn,
Fred S. Robinson.
Carroll,
C. C. Magee.
Centerville,
F. B. King.
Charles City,
G. S. Dick.
COIXSOUTB OfiPAKtlf SNT.
as
Ooliimbiis Jiiiictioii«
Ooraing,
DcsnsoDy
BigleGiove,
EldocBy
Bsfherville,
Paljfield,
ForeatCity,
Geneaeo* HI.,
Glenwood,
Ofeenfield,
Guthrie Center,
Guthrie Cooiity,
Himlwig,
Hampton,
Independence,
loivm Falls,
j»
Knozrille,
Laon,
ICaqiooketa,
Haicngo,
City,
Mcdine,IlL.
ML Ayr,
SUPBMIMTJtM 1>SMT.
W. BeU.
D. M. KeUy.
D. R. Michener.
C. M. Thompson.
L. E. A. Ling.
B. A. Parks.
H. V. Failor.
J. G. Gmndy.
W* A. Dofon.
R. B. Blackmar.
C C. Stover.
J. Bk Williamson.
J. D. Stont.
M. F. Miller.
J. L. Uird.
J. Perdval Hnggett.
P. B. Palmer.
Adam Pickett.
L. M. Swindler.
J. C. King.
G. A. Bateman.
A. W. Merrill.
J. L. Bnechele.
L. Hezzelwood.
L. B. Carlisle.
S. J. Finley.
B. N. Coleman.
S. I4. Darrah.
R. W. Wood.
C. C. Dudley.
C. H. Carson.
A. R. Sale.
P. M. Williams.
H. M. Slanson.
BmoeFnads*
C* O.Catt8r«
26
STATB UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
HIGH SCHOOI,.
Mt. Pleasant,
New Hampton,
Newton,
Oelwein,
Osage,
Osceola,
Ottnmwa,
Parkersburg,
Perry,
Reinbeck,
Rockford,
Rock Rapids,
Sanborn,
Sheldon,
Shenandoah,
Sibley,
Sigonmey,
Spencer,
Springdale,
Storm I,ake,
Stnart,
Taylorville Tp., Tayloryille, 111.,
Tipton,
Traer,
Villisca,
Vinton,
Washington,
Waukon,
Waverly, .
West Liberty,
SUPSRXNTSNDBNT
J. F. Riggs.
D. A. Thombai^
B. J. H. Beard.
L. B. Mo£Fett
George Chandler.
I. N. Beaxd.
A. W. Stuart.
W. F. Barr.
A. It. Lyon.
J. L. Mishler.
J. C. Wilson.
W. S. Wilson.
R. B. Daniel.
W. I. Simpson.
O. E. Smith.
B. T. Green.
E. H. Griffin.
Carrie B. Parker.
S. B. Stonerook, Jr.
A. V. Storm.
G. W. Bryan.
W. E. Andrews.
W. h. Etter.
O. M. ElUott.
D. A. Knapp.
H. C. Waddle.
G. H. Mullin.
E. L. Coffeen.
E. E. Blanchard.
L. T. Hill.
OTHSR SCHOOZ^. .
Calhoun County Normal School,
Charles City College,.
Denison Normal School,
Dexter Normal College,
PRINCIPAI, OR PRBSIDBNT.
P. C. Holdoegel.
F. J. Hirsch.
W. C. Van Ness.
A. G. Smith.
COLLKGIATE DEPARTMBNT.
n
OTHJUt SCHOOLS.
Epworth Seminarj,
Iowa City Academy,
Washington Academy,
Whitder College,
Wilton German-English College,
Woodbine Normal School,
PRINCIPAI. OR PRBSIDKNT.
Frank G. Barnes.
W. A. Willis.
{
W. C. Pidgeon.
B. Mannholdt.
M. A. Reed.
H. A. Kinney.
The work done in the schools named below is regarded as of suffi-
cient merit to entitle them to recognition by the University.
Properly certified work from these schools will therefore be received
so far as this work meets the preparatory requirements of the Uni-
versity.
HIGH SCHOOL.
Adair,
Allerton,
Anita,
Andnbon,
Avoca,
Bloomfield,
Brighton,
Britt,
Charter Oak,
Clarence,
Clarion,
Clearfield,
Clear Lake,
Corydon,
DeWitt,
Dysait,
KIdon,
BIkader,
Fayette,
Pontanelle,
PRINCIPAI,.
L. J. Neff.
J. F. Holliday.
F. B. La¥n:ence.
F. P. Hocker.
J. Peasley.
Wm Fortune.
S. T. Walker.
A. M. Deyoe.
C. F. Garrett.
J. H. Morgan.
S. T. May.
H. S. Ash.
D. H. Campbell.
Charles Carter.
Margaret Buchanan.
H. O. Bateman.
B. C. Mills.
J. B. Webb.
C. W. Johnson.
F. B. Finch.
C. C. Smith.
J. F. Doderer.
28
STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
HIGH SCHOOZr.
Glidden,
Gnindy Center,
Hubbard,
Keofiauqua,
Kingsley,
I^e Mills,
Lyons,
Manning,
Mechanicsville,
Milton,
Morning Sun,
Moulton,
Nashua,
Neola,
North English,
Northwood,
Odebolt,
OxBugeCity,
Riceville,
Richland,
Rolfe,
Sacaty,
Shelby,
Shell Rock,
Sioux Rapids,
SpringvUle,
State Center,
Tama City,
Victor,
Wapello,
West Union,
WUton,
Hawarden Normal School,
Nora Springs Seminary,
St Anogar Seminary,
PRINCIPAI,.
J. H. Beveridge.
J. E. Stout.
W. O. Reed.
P. E. Buck.
Ernest Richards.
O. O. V<^nitz.
J. A. Breese.
W. H. Reever.
Clarence McCracken.
R. A. Elwood.
A. M. M. Domon.
E. B. Rossiter.
C. J. Trumbauer.
O. J. McManus.
C. E. Fleming.
E. W. G. VogeniU.
Charles Henry.
O. W. Herr.
P. M. Ray.
S. M. Rowley.
A. T. Rutledge.
J. N. Hamilton.
C. S. Cobb.
C. E. Buckley.
T. B. Morris.
S. S. MilUgan.
Lucy Curtis.
C. E. Locke.
W. H. WWtford.
J. W. Cradler.
G. E. Pinch.
P. A. McMillen.
J. H. Orcutt.
H. A. Dwelle.
J. O. Sethre.
COLIiBGIATB DBPARTMBNT. 29
ABYANCSD 8TANDINO.
Stndents from approved colleges bringing certificates of work and
standing will be admitted without examination. In determining
their position in the University, however, the valne of the work done
will be measured by the University standards.
Students coming from colleges whose requirements for admission
are substantially those of the University will be admitted ordinarily
to equal rank, provided they enter not later than the beginning of
the Senior year. In every instance at least one yearns work in resi-
dence must be completed in the Collegiate Department of the Univer-
sity. The assignment of studies shall be at the discretion of the
Faculty.
Graduates of the four years' course of the Iowa State Normal
School will be admitted to Juxdor standing without examination, and
will be required to spend two years at the University before receiving
a degree. Graduates ef the three jrears' course will be admitted to
Sophomore standing and will be required to spend three years in
Undergraduate Courses^
CJ^ASSICAi; COURSE.
FAi;i,. WINTBK. SPRING.
Hours a week. Hours a week. Hours a week.
5 5 5
Latin 4 4 4
Bngliah a 2 2
Mathematics 5 5 5
or
^fathematlcs 3 3 3
and
Andent History 2 2 2
KUUMjr lJf|Ut«»» tf f ft * »f tr j rfrr>*frr**r I •r»»i»»rfirf J
30 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
Sophomore Tear. faix. wintbr. spring.
Hoars a week. Hours a week. Hours a week
French or German 5 5 5
English 2 2 2
Elective 8 8 8
Military Drill 3 i
Jnnior Year.
Elective 15 15 15
Military Drill 3 i 3
Senior Year.
Elective 15 15 15
Military Drill 3 i 3
Condition: — ^Three terms of material science must be taken in
this course.
PHII^OSOPHICAi; COURSB A.
Freshman Year. faix. winter. spring.
Hours a week. Hours a week. Hours a week.
German or Fn»ncli 5 5 5
Latin 4 •••• 4 4
English 2 2 2
Mathematics 5 5 5
or
Mathematics 3 3 3
and
Ancient History 2 2 2
Military Drill 3 i 3
Sophomore Year.
French or German 3 3 3
Latin, German or French. .. 5 5 5
Eoglish 2 2 2
Elective 5 5 5
Military Drill 3 i 3
Jnnior Year.
Philosophy 2 or 3 2 or 3 2 or 3
Elective 12 or 13 12 or 13 i2ori3
Military Drill 3 i 3
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 31
Senior TPear. fai«i,. wintsr. spring.
Hours a week. Hours a week. Hours a week.
Elective 15 15 15
Military Drill 3 1 3
Condition: — ^Three terms of material science must be taken in
this course.
PHUrOSOPHICAi; COX7K8B B.
Ffeahmaii Tear. pau,. wintbr. spring.
Hours a week. Hours a week. Hours a week.
German 5 5 5
Latin or French 5 5 5
English 2 2 2
Mathematics 5 5 5
or
Mathematics 3 3 3
and
Ancient History. 2 2 2
MiUtaryDrill 3 i 3
Sophomore Tear.
German 3 3 3
English 2 3 2
Latin or French 5 5 5
Elective 5 5 5
Military Drill 3 i 3
Jiudor Tear.
Elective 15 15 15
Military Drill 3 i 3
Senior Tear.
Elective 15 15 15
Military Drill 3 i 3
Condition: — ^Three terms of material science must t>e taken in
this course. In the Junior and Senior jrears a major ^ the equivalent
of not less than three hours extending through two years, and a kin-
dred mifwr of not less tlian three hours extending through one year,
most be taken. Bach student may select his own major, but in the
3a STATE UNIVBRSITy OP IOWA.
selection of his minor he most seek the advice of the professor in
chaige of the major, or of a committee of the Pacnlty. Students
entering this course on the terms prescribed for admission to the Scien-
tific Cdurse^ but nnthout the fuU Latin retirements for entrance to
Course Fhilosophical A, must complete them after entrance^ and the
University will temporarily provide for instruction in Gesar, Cicero* s
Orations and Vergil. This provision is made solely in the interest of
considerable numbers of high school graduates whose coarse has not
famished the opportunity for fulfilling these requirements.
OSNSRAIr 8CISHTIFIC COUS8B.
Frefllmiaii Tear. fall. wintbr. spring.
Hours a week. Hours a week. Hours a week.
German or French 5 5 5
Mathematics 5 5 5
English 2 2 2
History or Drawing 3 2 2
HiUtaryDrill 3 1 3
Sophomore Tear.
German or French 5 or 3 5 or 3 5 or 3
English 2 2 2
Physics 5 5 5
Botany, Zoology, Morphol-
ogy, Geology, Chemistry,
Mathematics, or Astron-
omy 5 5 5
MiUtary Drill 3 i 3
Jimior Tear.
German or French 3 or 5 3 or 5 - 3 or 5
Chemistry 5 5 5
Botany, Zoology, Morphol-
ogy, or Geology 5 5 5
Elective 3 or 5 3 or 5 3 or 5
MiUteryDrill 3 x 3
Settlor Tear.
Elective 15 15 15
llilitiii7DriU.t»«.»t».f.*f } ,.•• i .«,,* Mf» 9
COLLBGIATB DEPARTMENT. 33
No substitution whatever is allowed for any of the required work of
the Scientific Course, except that an equivalent amount of I^tin of
collegiate grade may be offered in place of the ftdl requirement in
either one of the modern languages.
SPlSCIAi; COURSES IN SCIBNCB.
The student who wishes, in his undergraduate course, to specialize
in some particular line of scientific study, should at the beginning of
the Sophomore 3rear choose from the group of alternate electives then
open to him (Botany, Zoology, Morphology, Geology, Chemistry,
Mathematics and Astronomy) that subject most directly connected
with the branch to which he wishes to give special attention. He will
thus be able to pursue his chosen study without interruption through
three years of his course, the last year of which may, if he so choose,
be devoted entirely to his specialty.
Such extreme specialization is not recommended to undergraduate
students, it being the opinion of the Collegiate Faculty that a better
preparation for a scientific career will be afforded by a broader and
more liberal course of study. However, those wishing to specialize in
aoy branch of science are urged to confer freely with the professors
with whom they expect to pursue such study.
Unless excused by the Faculty, each student pursuing a special
course in Science will be required in his Senior year to prepare a thesis
upon some subject approved by the professor in charge of his specialty,
soch thesis to represent an amount of work entitling the writer to at
least two credits.
COKBnmD SCIBNTIFIC AND MSBICAIr C0UR8S.
I. Students who pursue the General Scientific Course and complete
not less than two years of biologic science, and in the third year
choose as one elective Anatomy and Dissection in the Medical Depart-
ment, and in the fourth year two electives in the Medical Department,
of which Anatomy and Ph3rsiology shall be one, may receive credit for
the first two years of the regular course in Medicine, provided also
that such students complete at least two electives in the Collegiate
Department in the spring terms of the fifth and sixth yearsi
34 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
2. Students who at the outset declare their intention of pursuing a
combined Collegiate and Medical Course, may in the General Scientific
Course offer instead of German, two years* work in Latin.
3. The degree of B. S. shall be conferred in June of the sixth year.
COURSB IN ClVUr SNGINSSRINO.
FRBSHMAN YSAR.
Fall Tirrwi.— French or German,* 5.t Mathematics, 5. English, 2.
Drawing, 5. Military Drill, 3.
Winter Term, — French or German, 5. Mathematics, 5. English,
2. Drawing, 5. Military Drill, i.
Spring Term, — French or German, 5. Mathematics, 5. English,
2. Survejring, 5. Military Drill, 3.
SOPHOMORE YBAR.
Fall Term, — German or English,* 3. Mathematics, 5. Surveying,
5. Physics, 5. Military Drill, 3.
Winter Term, — German or English, 3. Mathematics, 5. Descrip-
tive Geometry, 2. Mapping, 3. Physics, 5. Military Drill, i.
Spring Term, — German or English, 3. Mathematics, 5. Descrip-
tive Geometry, 2. Topographical Surveying, 3. Physics, 5. Mili-
tary Drill, 3.
JUNIOR YEAR.
Fall Tertn, — Electricity and Magnetism, 5. Analytical Mechanics,
2. Applied Mechanics, 3. Graphical Statics, 3. Railroad Curves, 3.
Steam Engine, 2. Military Drill, 3.
Winter Term, — Dynamo and Motor, 3. Resistance of Materials, 2.
Analytical Mechanics, 2. Applied Mechanics, 3. Graphical Statics,
3. Theory of Stresses, 3. Limes and Cements, 2. Military Drill, i.
spring Term, — ^Thermodynamics, 3. Hydraulics, 5. Graphical
Statics, 4. Theory of Stresses, 5. Military Drill, 3.
SENIOR YEAR.
Fall Term, — Chemistry, 5. Sanitary Engineering, 2. Structural
* Note.— See Courses of Instruction in Civil Engineering for requirement ta
language.
t Note.—The numerals mean hours a week.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 35
Drawing and Designing, 4. Geology, 2. Civil Engineering, 4. Mil-
itary Drill, 5.
WinUr Term, — Chemistry, 5. Sanitary Engineering, 2. Design-
ing, 3. Laboratory, 2. Geology, 2. Civil Engineering, 3. Military
Drill, I.
Spring Term, — Water Supply Engineering, 3. Specifications and
Contracts, 3. Geology, 2. Civil Engineering, 3. Laboratory, 2.
Designing, 3. Thesis. Military Drill, 3.
COUR8R IN BlrBCTRICAi; IBNGIimBRING.
FRBSHMAN YBAR.
Fall Term, — German or French, 5.t Mathematics, 5. English, 2.
Drawing, 5. Military Drill, 3.
Winter Term. — German or French, 5. Mathematics, 5. English,
3. Drawing, 5. Military Drill, i.
Spring Term, — German or French, 5. Mathematics, 5. English,
2. Dranghting, 5. Military Drill, 3.
SOPHOMORE YEAR.
Fall Term, — French or German, 5. Physics, 5. Mathematics, 5.
Bngliah, 2. Military Drill, 3.
Winter Term. — French or German, 5. Physics, 5. Mathematics,
5. English, 2. Military Drill, i.
Spring Term, — French or German, 5. Physics, 5. Mathematics, 5.
Hogliah, 2. Military Drill, 3.
JUNIOR YSAR.
FaU Term. — ^Physics: lectures, i, laboratory, 4. Chemistry, 5.
Analytical Mechanics, 3. Applied Mechanics, 2. Shop-work, 2.
Military Drill, 3.
Winter Term. — Physics: lectures, i, laboratory, 4. Chemistry, 5.
Analytical Mechanics, 2. Applied Mechanics, 3. Shop-work, 2.
Militaty Drill, i.
Spring Term. — Direct Current Dynamo, 3. Physical Laboratory, 2.
Chemistry, 5. Differential Equations, 3. Heat and Thermo- Dyna«
suics, 2. Shop-work, 2. Military Drill, 3.
t Note— The nnmerAU mean hours a week.
36 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
SENIOR YEAR.
Fall Term. — Theory of Electricity, Photometry; Electrical Labora-
tory, lo. Draughting, 3. Steam Engine, 2. Military Drill, 3.
Winter Term, — Alternate Current Machinery, Electrical Laboratory,
10. Draughting, 3. Strength of Materials, 2. Military Drill, i.
Spring Term, — Distribution and Transmission of Electricity, Tele-
graph and Telephone Electrical Laboratory, 10. Electro- Chemistry,
5. Military Drill, 3.
Note. — One year of German and one of French are required.
Either may be taken during the Freshman year, to be succeeded by
the other in the Sophomore year. Electro-chemistry, being given
only during even-numbered years, will alternate with the Junior
spring term chemistry.
baccai;aurbatb dbgrbbs.
For each of the courses of study leading to a bachelor's degree four
years* work is required.
On completion of the regular courses, or of the special courses
approved by the Faculty, the following degrees are conferred:
Bachelor op Arts upon those who complete the Classical Course.
Bachei«or of Phii,osophy upon those who complete the Philo-
sophical Course.
Bachelor op Science upon those who complete the General
Scientific Course, or either of the Engineering Courses, or a special
course in science which has previously been approved by the Faculty.
See Combined Scientidc and Medical Course.
The degree of Bachelor op Didactics is conferred vLpon graduates
in the regular courses who have completed the course in Pedagogy and
can show proof of two years* successful teaching after graduation.
SPBCIAi; TBACHBR8' CISRTIFICATBS.
Special Teachers' Certificates as to scholarship in German or in
French will be granted under the authority of the Collegiate Faculty
on the following conditions:
I. They shall be issued to students of this University on or after
graduation only.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 37
2. Tbej shall be in the nature of an authorized guaranty as to
acholaiahip in German or in French.
3. They shall be issued only after at least three years of full work
(to represent Jive hours of lectures and recitations a week or an
eqnivalent) ia one of these subjects.
4. Caudidatea must pass a final examination in the subject in
which the certificate is desired.
5. The examination must be conducted by the professor in charge
of the subject, assisted by such other instructors as may be agreed
upon by him and the President of the University.
6. These certificates will be signed by the President and by the
professor immediately concerned.
Courses of Instruction*
LATIN LANGUAGE AND UTERATUFE
P&OPBSSOR Currier; Assistant Profbssor Potter, Miss Hughes,
Miss Hoi.mes.
X. Csesar, Cicero and Vergil. Caesar, Cicero's Orations and
Vergil's Aeneid. For students in Course Philosophical B as indicated
on page 32. Miss Hughes and Miss Hoi«mbs.
Throughout the year.
a. I^iTjy Cicero, Vergil and Terence. Fall: I^ivy, Selections
from Books I., XXI. and XXII. Winter: Cicero's De Senectate or
De Amidtia, Somnium Sdpionis and Vergil's Geoigics H, with out-
line of Roman Literature. Spring: Terence's Phormio and Cicero's
I<etters. Grammar, writing Latin and sight reading during the year.
Those who show marked proficiency in writing Latin during the fall
term are allowed an option of easy Latin to be read under the direction
of the instructor during the winter and spring terms. Assistant Pro-
fessor Potter and Miss Hughes.
Throughout the year. Mon . , Tu. , Wed. and Thu. , at 10, 1 1 and 2 :30.
3, Cicero and Horace. Fall: Cicero's Tusculan Disputations.
Winter and spring: Horace's Odes, Satires and Epistles. This oonne
is mainly occupied with the literary side of the authors studied.
Professor Currier.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed. and Fri. at 9.
4* Pliny and Tacitus. Selected Letters of PUnj. Tadtns'
Germania and Agricola. This course is principally literary and his-
torical. As much attention is given to the Latinity of the Silver Age
as is needful for the understanding and appreciation of the authon.
Assistant Professor Potter.
Throughout the year, Tu. and Thn. at 9.
33
COI.LEGIATE DEPARTMENT; 39
5. Cicero, Qniutilian and Tacitus. [ Fall :]]Cicero'8 De Oratore.
Winter: Quintilian, Books X and XII. Spring: Tacitus' De Ora-
toribus. Particular attention will be paid to literary criticisms as
exemplified in these authors. Professor Cxjrribr.
Throughout the year, Tu. and Thu. at 8.
6. Tacitos and Seneca. Fall and winter: Tadtus, selections
fxxnn the Annals and Histories. Spring: Seneca's Morals and Letters.
Professor Citrribr.
Throughout the year, Tu. and Th. at 8.
Courses 5 and 6 are given in alternate years.
7. Piantna. Three plays. The treatment is mainly literary with
due attention to metres and ante^lassical forms and constructions.
Assistant Professor Potter.
Fall term, three hours a week.
8. Sarly I^tin Inact iptions and Poetry. Assistant Professor
POTTBR.
Fall term, three hours a week.
Courses 7 and 8 are given in alternate years.
9. I^ncretiua and Catnllns. Assistant Professor Pottbr.
Winter term, three hours a week.
zo. Cicero'8 letters. The selections will be such as to show
Cicero in the character of a private gentleman rather than as a poli-
tician. Assistant Professor Potter.
Winter term, three hours a week.
Courses 9 and 10 are given in alternate years,
zz« Jnvenal and Martial. Assistant Professor Potter.
Spring ttnxL, two hours a week.
za. Tilmllna and Propertine. Assistant Professor Potter.
Spring term, two hours a week.
Courses 11 and 12 are given in alternate years.
13. Seminary in Cflesar, Cicero and Vergril. This is intended
to meet the needs of prospective I^tin teachers and others who wish
to gain some familiarity with the methods of original research. The
fall term ia devoted to syntactical and historical studies covering
Caesar's Gallic War (seven books). The work of the winter term is
siainly historical, and deals with Cicero's career as an orator. One-
40 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
half of the term is devoted to a study of the consiMiacy of Catiline
which is based largely on Sallust. Vergil's Aeneid complete is studied
in the spring term mainly on the literary side. Assistant Professor
POTTBR.
14. a. History of Roman Iriteratnre. The course will be
given by informal lectures with assigned readings in Teuffel, Crutt-
well, Sellar, Simcox and the standard monographs.
Fall term, two hours a week.
b, c. l^atin Syntax* Introduction to the study of historical
syntax. Assitant Professor PoTTBR.
Winter and spring terms, two hours a week.
Courses 13 and 14 are given in alternate years.
15. Roman Antlqnities. A systematic study of private life and
of legal and political Antiquities. Professor CuRRlBR.
Throughout the year, two hours a week at 2:30.
i6. Seminary in Archseology. For 1898-9 the subject will be
the Topography and Archaeology of Rome and the vicinity. Profes-
sor CURRIBR.
17* Cicero, Uvy and Ovid* Sight reading of stdtable selections.
Professor Currikr.
Throughout the year, one hour a week.
Courses 5 and 6 are open to students who have completed Courses
2 and 3 or 4 and must precede the other courses offered. Course 16 is
intended for graduate students, and Courses 5 — 17 are open to them.
GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.
Assistant Professor Cau,.
For the present a course in Goodwin's Greek Grammar, White's
First Greek Book and Xenophon's Anabasis will be given to students
who enter without the required preparation in Greek.
Throughout the year, daily at 11.
z. Xenophon» Iryaiaa and Homer. Fall: Xenophon*« Ana*
basis with written exercises based on the text read, and review of
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 41
grammar. Winter: select orations of Ljsias, social customs and
political institutions. Spring: Homer's Iliad with study of Homeric
times and the history and character of Greek epic poetry.
Throughout the year, daily at 10.
2. Herodottt8» Plato and Demostlienee. Fall: selections
from Herodotus. Winter: Plato's Apology with sight reading from
Xenophon's Memorabilia. Spring: Demosthenes' Oration on the
Crown.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 9
3. Oreek Trag^edy* Fall: Aeschylus' Prometheus Bound.
Winter: Sophocles' Antigone. Spring: Euripides' Alcestis. With
this course are required supplementary readings from other tragedies
and reports on the origin, literary form, and representation of Greek
tragedy.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 8.
4« I^ate Greek. Fall: New Testament. Winter: Plutarch's
Pericles. Spring: Ludan's Dialogues.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 9.
5* Greek Poetry. A course in Greek poetry through transla-
tions will be given to students who have no knowledge of Greek.
Fall: epic poetry. Winter: dramatic poetry. Spring: lyric poetry.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 8.
Course i is required of students in the classical course. Courses 2,
3 and 4 are open to students who have completed Course i.
GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Propkssor W1130N; Mr. Sturm, Mr. Schi.bnkkr.
In the instruction in the German language the first year is spent in
laying a broad foundation for the future work. At the beginning of
the second year it is expected that the student will be able to read the
litenture with some degree of appreciation, and from this time on
the ability to understand and to appreciate the great masterpieces of
Gennan literature is the main object in view; at the same time, how-
42 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
ever, the origin and history of words, and the relation that the
German language bears to the English tongne are studied and
explained. But the courses are, as a whole, literary rather than
strictly philological or linguistic. Sight-translation, translating at
hearing, writing from dictation, and conversation, as means to a
proper Sprachgefuehl^ form a part of the work.
As stated elsewhere, an equivalent of the work required in the
Freshman year. Course i, will be accepted, and students coming so
prepared will be admitted, on examination, to Course 2. Course i
represents from four to six terms of ordinary high school work.
Courses i, 2, 3 and 4, are Freshman, Sophomore, Junior, and Senior
respectively, and must be taken in the order of the ntmierals. Courses
5 and 6 are advanced courses, but may be open to persons who have
done at least i, 2 and 3, or an equivalent. All the courses in German
run through the entire collegiate year and are offered every year.
X. Orammax and Reading^. Thomas's Practical German
Grammar with constant practice in writing German, Storm's Immen-
see, Baumbach's Die Nonna, and Heyse's L'Arrabbiata. Six sections.
Mr. Sturm and Mr. Schi«enki$r.
Throughout the year, daily.
a. FreytaflT, Goethe, and Schiller. Fall: Freytag's Die Jour-
nalistcn with a review of the grammar. Winter: Goethe's Hermann
und Dorothea, and composition. Spring: Schiller's Jungfrau von
Orleans, and composition. Four sections. Professor W1130N, Mr.
Sturm and Mr. SCRi,BNKaR.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Fri.
3. German Anthora of the Nineteenth Century, and Ger-
man I^yrica* Fall: Scheffel's Ekkehard and readings in German on
the literature of the nineteenth century. Winter: Heine's Prose, and
readings from Heine's Poetry by the instructor. Spring: Bncfaheim's
Deutsche Lyrik, and lectures on German verse with special reference
to the lyric poets studied. The work of this term is intended to give
a general idea of the historical development of the German lyric from
the sixteenth century to the present. Professor W1130N.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Fri., at xx.
COLI<EGIATE DEPARTMENT. 43
4. Qoethey J^eesingf and History of Qertnan Uteratnre.
Fall: Goethe's Faust, Part i, with an outline of Part 11. Winter:
Lessing^s Nathan der Weise. Spring: Outline course in the history of
Gennan literature. This term's work gives a general view of the
development of German literature from the earliest times to the nine-
teenth century, special attention being paid to the two classic periods
of the twelfth and eighteenth centuries. Egcihaaf's Deutsche Lit-
tenitnrgeschichte is used as a chronological guide, which is supple-
mented by reports on assigned reading. Professor Wii«SON.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 11.
5* Germaii Seminary. For the study and discussion of the
works of special periods or of special movements. The Faust Books,
Xarlowe's Paustus, Goethe's Faust, and the Romantic School are
some of the subjects that have been studied. This course is primarily
for gnduate and advanced students. Admission by personal applica-
tion. The course counts as a half credit each term. When the
majority of applicants so elect, this work may be made a course in
Advanced German Composition. Professor Wii«soN.
Throughout the year, Tu., at 2:30.
6. Hiddle Higli German. Fall: Otis's Introduction to Middle
High German, including the selections from the Nibelungenlied, and
Paul's Mittelhochdeutsche Grammatik. Winter: selections from
Hartmann von Aue's Der arme Heinrich. Spring: Middle High
German lyric poetry, principally the poems of Walther von der Vogel-
weide. This course is primarily for graduate and advanced students,
enpfctally those who expect to teach German. Professor Wii«son.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th,, at 10.
Special Teachers' Certificates as to scholarship in German are
granted on or after graduation on conditions stated elsewhere in
thia Catalogue. The minimum amount of work required for such
certificates is represented by Courses i, 2, 3, and two chosen from
4, 5 and 6, but it is recommended that candidates make preparation
in all these Courses.
44 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Propkssor Van Stsbndkrsn; Miss Hutchinson.
z. IQlemeiitary Freudi. Grammar, reading, composition and
conversation: Bevier's French Grammar, Joynes* Fairy Tales, Lewis's
Michel Strogoff, Fontaine's Lectures Courantes, Herdler's Scientific
Reader. Four sections. Miss Hutchinson and Professor Van Stsbn-
DBRBN.
Throughout the year, daily.
a. French Compositioii. Written and spoken composition.
Grandgent's French Composition and M^thode Berlitz, Part n. Two
sections. Professor Van Stbendbrbn.
Fall term, Mon., Wed., Fri.
3. Intermediate French, Reading and composition. Dnmas'
Les Trois Mousquetaires, Victor Hugo's Hemani and Les Mis^iables.
Grandgent's Composition continued. Two sections. Professor Van
STBBNDBRBN.
Winter and spring terms, Mon., Wed., Fri.
4. Hiatory of French J^iteratnre. A reading course with
lectures, recommended to be taken with courses 2 and 3. Aubert's
Litt^rature Fran9ai8e, Montaigne's De 1' Institution des Bnfans. Pro-
fessor Van Stbbndbrkn.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th.
5. Modem French Authors, Each student reads and para-
phrases about six representative works by different authors. The
University library provides these works. Fortier's Sept Grands
Auteurs du XIX* Si^de and Metis's Contemporary French Writers.
Professor Van Stbbndbrbn.
Fall and winter terms, Mon., Wed.
6. Advanced French Compoaition and Syntax. Leune's
Difficult Modem French. Free composition on subjects assigned.
Professor Van STbbndbrBN.
Spring term, Mon., Wed.
COLLBGIATB DEPARTMENT. 45
7* French Claaalcal Drama and Fablee. Corneille*8 1^ Cid
and Horace; Racme's Athalie, Molifere's LeaPemmes Savantes and Le
Tartnffe, La Fontaine's Fables. Professor Van Stbbnderbn.
Thronghont the year, Tu., Th.
8. Seminary. Nineteenth centnry French literature. Professor
Van Stbbndbrbn.
Thronghont the year, Wed.
9* Seminary* Seventeenth century French literature. Professor
Van SnCBNDBRBN.
Only one of these Seminaries will be given in 1898-99.
xo. Spanish* Edgren*s Spanish Grammar. Ramsey's Element-
ary Spanish Reader.
Sprin^^tenn, Tu., Fri.
Courses 2 and 3, 5 and 6 are to be taken together. Course 10 can be
taken only with or after course i.
Special Teachers' Certificates as to scholarship in French are
granted on or after graduation on conditions explained elsewhere
in this Catalogue.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Propbssor Rbbvbs; Mr. Cook, Mr. Kbi.i<y.
The organization of the following courses has in view the study of
Bnglish as a means of expression, as a literature, and as a language.
The first and most important of these courses, the rhetorical, under-
takes to enlarge and strengthen the student's own power of expres-
sion. Constant writing is required in the Freshman year, and the
criticism, both oral and written, is directed to the individual needs of
the student. Informal personal conferences are added to the work of
the dass, and every effort b made to enable the student to form a
dear, forcible and sensible style.
In the study of English as literature a general survey from Old
Bnglish times to the present is first required of all Sophomores.
After this oourse has been completed the student may elect more
46 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
spedal work. In the Jtmior and Senior jears the study is about
equally divided between the matter involved in the text, and the
manner or style in which the text is written. Sound principles of
criticism, analytic and constructive, are insisted upon, while outside
reading of other masterpieces, with written reports, is designed for
the cultivation of the student's own taste and judgment.
The study of the language itself is closely connected with both the
rhetorical and the literary study of English. The characteristic
changes in phonology, grammar, spelling, syntax and vocabulary, are
studied historically, and representative texts in Anglo-Saxon, Middle
English and Early Modem English are read in class. This course is
required for entrance into the more literary study of Anglo-Saxon and
Middle English of the Senior year.
The graduate work in English, while presupposing a knowledge of
the principal courses in the Collegiate Department, may be arranged
to the needs of the student and thus permit him to offer one or more
electives in studying for an advanced degree. The Seminary subject
for 1898-99 will be Nineteenth Century Poetry.
Candidates for aU baccalaureate degrees are required to complete
two years of English, or six terms of two hours a week. Freshmen
will take Course i, and Sophomores Course 4. Those who are pre^
paring to teach English will be expected to take Course 12 in addition
to some of the elective courses in literature. Law students wishing
to take work in English will find Course 10 especially helpful, and
also the rhetorical practice in Exposition and Aigumentation.
( I ) COMPOSITION AND RHBTORIC.
X. ConstmctiTe Rhetoric. Recitations and semi-weekly
themes. Five sections. Required of Freshmen. Professor Rbbvbs,
Mr. Cook and Mr. Kbi«i«y.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
a. Advanced Composition. Lectures. WendelPs English
Composition, and suggestive works of style. Tri-weekly and fort-
nightly themes. Open to those only who have attained Grade A in
Course i, and who wish to add to the training of that course. Mr.
Cook.
Pall and winter terms, two hours a week.
COI/LEGIATB DEPARTMENT. 47
3. Vetsificatiaii. Practice in metrical composition in the fixed
forms of verse such as the heroic conplet^ blank verse, Spenserian
stanza, ode, rondeau, sonnet, ballad and song. Analysis of the best
examples of these forms in English poetry. Informal discussion of
artistic questions. Open to those who have had Course 2, Mr. Cook.
Spring term, two hours a week.
(2) SNGI.ISH UTBRATURB.
4. IRngUBh Uteratture. General survey from earliest times to
the present. Recitation and reports. Four sections. Required of
Sophomores. Professor Rbevbs, Mr. Cook and Mr. Kbi«i.y.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
5« Cliaucer's Poetry. A study in fourteenth century art. Open
to those who have had the training of Course 4 in Chaucer's grammar
and pronunciation. Lectures; Skeat's The Student Chaucer. Mr.
Cook.
Spring term, two hours a week.
6. Kineteenth Century Poetry. Seminary. Outside reading
and reports, with lectures. Fall term: Wordsworth, Coleridge, Shelley
and Keats. Winter term: Tennyson and Browning. Spring term:
Matthew Arnold and minor poets. Open to Seniors. Professor
Rbbvbs.
Throughout the year, two hours on Monday afternoon.
7. Sbakspere and Hia Pellow-Plajrwrifi^hte. A critical
study of dramatic art. Lectures, reading of plays, reports. Freytag*s
Technique of the Drama, Moulton's Shakspere as a Dramatic Artist,
any standard edition of Shakspere, and, in the library, the Mermaid
series. Junior and Senior elective. Mr. Cook.
Pall and winter terms, two hours a week.
8. ItnglMi I^iterature of tlie BiRhteenth Century, Lec-
tures and reports on assigned readings of masterpieces and standard
criticism. Junior and Senior elective. Alternate years; not to be
given in 1898-99. Mr. Kbi^LY.
Fall and winter terms, two hours a week.
9. Nineteenth Century Prose. Fall term: Carlyle and Emer-
son. Winter term: Ruskin and Newman. Spring term: Matthew
48 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Arnold, Pater and minor prose writers. Junior and Senior elective.
Professor Kbbvbs.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
10. Baaayists and Oratora. Lectures and recitations. Fall
term: A critical study of De Quincey and Macaulay in respect to
style and substance. Winter term: Burke as a stylist, debater and
orator, with such reference to his political philosophy and to con-
temporaneous history as is necessary to a clear understanding of his
importance in political literature. Spring term: Webster, and other
American orators and essayists. Junior and Senior elective. Mr.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
11. American Uteratnre* Lectures, recitations and reports on
assigned readings. General survey of both poetry and prose, includ-
ing political literature and oratory. Alternate years; to be given in
1898-99. Mr. Kki.i:.y.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
(3) BNGI<ISH I,ANGUAGB.
12. Hiatory of the BngliaH I/anguage. Lectures and recita-
tions. Bmerson*s History of the English Language and Bright*s
Anglo-Saxon Reader. Junior and Senior elective. Professor Rbbvbs.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
13. Anglo-Saxon and Middle Snglialu Open to those who
have had Course 12. Senior Elective. Professor Rbbvbs.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
14. Gothic and Old Saxon* Braune's Gothic Grammar with
Selections, and Heyne*s Heliand. Lectures on relation of English
to other Germanic languages. Graduate course 1898-99. Professor
Rbbvbs.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
15. Teachera' Courae. In the spring term a course of lectures
for teachers of English in secondary schools will be given, one hour
a week. The Course will include historical grammar, syntax, phon-
ology, and methods of studying literature and constructive rhetoric.
Professor Rbevks.
For prizes in English see general subject of prizes*
COI.LEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 49
BI/OCUTION.
Mrs. Partridgs.
z. Slementary Yocal Training:. Studies in phonics with
reference to articulation, and the eradication of faults of speech or
▼oioe; development of breath control for artistic voice production;
studies of the factors of speech; the timbre of the voice; stress as
applied to tones, emphasis and accent, with selections adapted for
illustration and analysis; studies in gestiure; readings from standard
authors.
Thisoomse is open to Collegiate Freshmen, and Junior I^w students.
Thxonghout the year, two hours a week.
a. Vocal ISzpreaaion. Elementary Principles of Vocal Expres*
sion: correct mental action in reading and speaking; studies and
presentations from speeches and forms of the drama, to develop the
powers of conception and the ability to express every phase of human
experience as a means of securing simplicity and naturalness in all
kinds of speaking. Lectures on problems in vocal expression. Study
of monologues, impersonations, and miscellaneous selections, with
individual criticism. This course is open to Sophomores who have
completed Course i.
Thronghout the year, one hour a week. Each student receives in
addition to class exercises a private rehearsal each week.
3. Oratory. Application of the principles of expression to the
oratory of the bar: special exercises for the development of extempo-
raneous speaking; study of orations with the methods employed by
leading orators; selections from Shakspere's tragedies and comedies
as one of the best means of studying human character, studies in
gesture for developing self-control and spontaneity of action. This
course is open to Senior Law students.
Pall and winter terms, two hours a week.
so STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
HISTORY.
Professor Wilcox; Mr. Plum.
I. History of Greece. Text-book and lectures. This coarse is
intended primarily for members of the Freshman class. Mr. Plum.
Pall term, two hoars a week.
a. History of Rome. Text-book and lectures. This work con-
sists of two parts: the History of the Roman Republic in the winter
term, and the History of the Roman Bmpire in the spring term. The
work of both terms is designed for members of the Freshman daaa.
Mr. Plitm.
Winter and spring terms, two hours a week.
3. History of Medifleval Burope. Text-book and lectures.
This course is intended primarily for members of the Sophomore clsss
and presupposes acquaintance with the History of Greece and Rome.
The course is divided into three parts to correspond with the three
terms of the University year. The first part, constituting the work of
the fall term, extends from the final overthrow of the western Roman
empire in 476 A. D. to the death of Charles the Great, 814 A. D. The
work of the winter and spring terms traces the downfall of the Caro-
lingian system and its gradual reconstruction into Modem Burope.
Mr. Plum.
Three terms, two hours a week.
4* History of the Jews. Lectures and special assignments. A
History of the Hebrew people from Abraham down to the destruction
of Jerusalem by the Romans. This course is designed to give the
student some knowledge of Oriental life and political institutions,
and as well to trace the development and significance of one of the
great Semitic Religions. Not open to Freshmen. Mr. Plum.
Fall and winter terms, two hours a week.
5* Constitutional History of Bngrland. Analyses and lectures.
This course is intended for members of the Jimior and Senior classes
only. As much previous work as possible in Ancient and Mediaeval
History should be taken before beginning this course. Professor
Wilcox.
Three terms, three hours a week.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 51
6. Conatitatlonal Hiatory of the Utiited States. Lectures.
This course is designed for Senior and graduate students. The course
embraces, during the fall term, the study of the origin and develop-
ment of the constitution of the United States, from preceding political
forms. The winter term continues the work in a study of the text of
the constitution in the light of its historical outworking. The spring
term finiahes the work with a study of the working of the United States
Government under the constitution from 1789 to the present. Profes-
sor Wii^cox.
Three terms, three hours a week.
7. The French Revolution and the Na]>oleonic Sra. This
course is designed for Senior and graduate students. Considerable
woik in Mediaeval History is an indispensable prerequisite. Profes-
sor WiiiCOX.
Pall and winter terms, two hours a week.
8. The Nineteenth Century History of Bnrope. This is a
sequel to Course 7 or its equivalent, and is open to the same classes of
advanced students. Professor Wilcox.
Spring term, two hours a week.
9. Seminary in BngHsh History. This course is intended
primarily for graduate students who are qualified to specialize in
English History. Those Senior students who have had Course 4 and
are capable of doing original and independent work will be admitted
to this Seminary. Professor Wiixox.
Three terms, two hours a week.
ID. Seminary in United States History. This course is also
primarily designed for graduate students, but exceptions are made
similar to those specified for Course 9. Professor Wii«cox.
Three terms, two hours a week.
All the courses in History, including the two Seminaries, are given
each year. There are no alternating courses.
All courses in History are elective. Admission to the courses is
conditioned only upon the qualifications of the candidate who desires
to take the courses.
Students are advised to plan their historical work ao that it will be
lo^^cal in its order of sequence. Students who intend to emphasize
52 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
historical work in college are urged to make careful preparation in
History in preparatory schools.
In arranging the courses in History in the University, the attempt
has been made to present the entire field of historical study with ref-
erence to logical and chronological sequence, so that no period shall
be neglected and each period be treated in the light of what goes
before and what comes after.
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Professor Loos; Mr. Van Law.
The several subjects in charge of the professor of political science
are here grouped under the following headings: (r) Ibliiicai Earn-
amy and Finance^ (a) Sociology and Ibltiical PhiloscpAy. The courses
of the first group are, in the main, Junior and Senior electives, while
those of the second are open only to Seniors and graduate students.
Exceptions to these rules may be made in individual cases by the
special permission of the professor in charge.
All the courses under the first group, except i and 2, presuppose
some knowledge of the general principles of political economy as laid
down in the manuals by Walker or Mill. Students who are not thus
prepared are required to take Course 2 (not Course i) ss a prepara-
tion for the other courses in economics; Course 5 may, however, be
taken at the same time with Course 2. Candidates for admission to
advanced courses should in all cases consult the professor in charge
before scheduling.
POI/ITICAXr BCONGMir AND PIKAKCB.
z. Economic History. After an introductory study of primitive
man and primitive civilization (Starr's First Steps in Human Progresa)
the course will occupy itself mainly with the development of tndes
and manufactures in Europe (Gibbins*s Industry in England), and
later with the industrial development of the United States (Wri|(ht*s
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 53
ladnitxial Bvolntkm of the United States). Open to Sophomoxea.
Mr. Van Law.
Throughout the year, Tn., Th., at 8.
a. Scottomics. An introduction to the study of political econ
omy. Text-book and lectures. Open to Juniors and to special
students. Professor Loos and Mr. Van Law.
Fall term, Mon., Wed., Pri., at 11.
This course will be repeated during the second half of the year
when it will be in charge of Mr. Van Law. Two hours, with an
occasional third hour for hearing reports on assigned topics.
Winter and spring terms, Tu. and Th., at 9.
3* FlaaJicey Cttrrency and Banking. Currency and Bank-
ing. Lectures on money and credit ¥dth text-book study of Dunbar's
History and Theory of Banking, followed by a sketch of the fitiA^piftl
hifltoxy of the United States with particular reference to the develop-
ment of banking and the history of the currencies. Jhtdltc Finance.
Lccimes on the Science of Public Finance followed by a study of the
Tariff History of the United States with some notice of the consular
and diplomatic service. The second part of this course is given only
evoy other year. It alternates with International Law (Government
10) which wUl be given in 1899. Professor Loos and Mr. Van Law.
Winter and spring terms, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 11.
4« Transportation. The course will deal chiefly with railways;
railroad organization and management, explanation of terms in com-
moa use in railroad accounts and reports, history of railroad develop-
ment, discussion of rates, competition, discrimination, and state man-
agement (Hadley's Railroad Transportation), the commission system
— state and inter-state. Mr. Van Law.
Winter and spring terms, Tu., Th., at 2:30.
5* Hiatoty of Political Sconomy. The history of political
eoonomy before, and including, Adam Smith. Beginning with a
brief reference to ancient and mediseval systems of industry and
economic ideas, the course will occupy itself with a closer study of the
modem era, the writings of the mercantilists, of the physiocrats, and
of Adam Smith and his precursors.
6. The Ittdnatriai Hevolntlon 9^16. Modem Social itnea-
An dementary course in recent economic history and theory.
54 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
An analysis of the industrial revolution with lectures on the rise of
the classical school of political economy » modem socialism, contem-
porary economic schools, and recent tendencies in legislation. Pro-
fessor Loos.
Winter and spring terms, Tu., Th., at lo.
7* Pablic Finance. A study in state expenditure, state income,
and state debts. The class will read Bastable*s Public Finance. Open
to those who have taken Course 2 or its equivalent. Professor Loos
or Mr. Van Law.
Fall term, Tu., Th., at 9.
8* Taxation. This course is designed as a continuation of Course
7 for those who wish to do further work in public finance, and will be
conducted as a research course. Papers will be prepared first on the
literature of taxation; these will be followed by a series of spedal
studies in existing systems of taxation — national, commonwealth and
local. Professor Loos or Mr. Van Law.
Winter and spring terms, hours to be appointed.
9. The Principles of Sconomice. The development of the
classical political economy will be carefully studied. Special atten-
tion will be given also to the mathematical work of Jevons and other
writers; and to the recent contributions of the Austrian school. Pro>
fessor Marshall's Principles of Economics will be used as a text. For
Seniors and graduate students. Professor Loos.
Throughout the year, Mon., Th., at 2:30.
zo. Debating: Conrse. May be counted also as an English
elective. Selected topics in economics and politics. The course was
not given in 1897--98. Mr. Ksxx,y and Professor Shambaugb.
Fall and winter, hours to be appointed.
B0CI0i;06T AND POIrlTICAXr PHIIirOSOPHT.
z. 8ociologr7« Part i. Lectures during the fall term on the
primary factors and forces of social phenomena. Special attention is
given to the earliest phases of political oiganization. Part 2. In the
winter term, pauperism, crime, police, and sanitation receive special
attention. The close relation of the so-called practical sociology to
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 55
the German Verwaltungslehre will be pointed out. Open to Seniors
and giadnates. Professor Loos.
Pall and winter terms, Mon., Wed., Pri., at 10.
a* Mttnicipal Govenimeiit* A study of municipal government
with particular reference to the economic and social problems of
modem cities. The course is designed especially for those who have
taken the oourse in sociology but it is open to any student who has
taken Economics 2. Professor Loos.
Spring term, Mon., Wed., Pri., at 10.
3* Roman Mttniclpalities. Lectures. Por Seniors and grad-
uates. Professor Rohbach.
Pall or winter, two hours, to be appointed.
4« Political Philoaophy. A study in political theory, classical
and modem, with some notice of state forms. Lectures with critical
reading of Aristotle's Politics during the fall term; and Green on
Political Obligations and Part i of Sidgmck's Elemento of Politics
during the winter and spring terms. Primarily for graduates. Pro-
fessor Loos.
Thronghont the year, Tu., Th., at 11.
5. Seminary in Political Science. It is the aim of the
Seminary to encourage special investigations. Questions in econo-
mics, statistics, finance, political philosophy, administration or law
may be taken for special research. From time to time papers are
read, and then informally discussed and criticised. Primarily for
graduates. Professor Loos and Professor Shambaugh.
Thronghont the year, alternate Mondays, 7:30.
GOVERNMENT AND ADMINISTRATION.
P&OFBssoK Shambaugh.
To indicate clearly the order in which the several subjects in
Government and Administration are presented for purposes of uni-
▼cnity instmction, the principal subjects are first grouped into three
geaertl courses, namely; Politics I., Politics II. and Politics III.
56 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Then, to indicate more clearly the scope and treatment of the aefenl
sabjects, a specific statement is made of each subject viewed as aa
independent coarse.
Politics I. Historical and DesciiptiTe Politics* A stody,
historical and descriptive, of the leading governments of ancient and
modem times. This is a comparative study of political institutions,
wherein the more general and obvious phases of political phenomena
will be presented. Historical and Descriptive Politics is here regarded
as the fundamental course in Government and Administration. Open
to all students except Freshmen.
Throughout the year, three hours, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 8.
Politics H. Principles of Goyemment in the United
States. A study of the principles of American government —
national, commonwealth and local. Fall term: History of Constitu-
tional Government in the United States, including a detailed analysis
of leading state papers, e. g., colonial charters, plans for union, com-
monwealth constitutions, etc. Winter term: American Constitutional
Law, wherein the principles of Government in the United States will
be discussed from the standpoint of judicial interpretation. Spring
term: Local Government in the United States. The course in Local
Government will alternate with a course in Political Parties in the
United States. Open to Juniors and Seniors.
Throughout the year, three hours. Mon., Wed., Fri., at 9.
Politics III. Political Theory and ComparatiTe Consti-
tutional l^aw. A study of the general and theoretical aspects of
political phenomena. Fall term: Outlines of a 83rBtem of political
theory. Winter term: Comparative Constitutional Law, wherein the
theoretical aspects of the constitutions of England, France, Germany
and the United States will be considered. Spring term: Papers on
selected topics in Political Theory and Comparative Constitutioaal
Law will be prepared and read by the students. This is an advanced
course for Seniors and graduates.
Throughout the year, two hours, Tuesday evening.
z. Historical and Desctiptiye Politics. A study, historical
and descriptive, of the leading governments of ancient and modem
COLI/BGIATH DEPARTMENT. 57
times. Tills is a comparative study of political institutions, wheicin
the more general and obvions phases of political phenomena will be
presented. Pall term: The theory of evolution as a working basis
in the study of Historical Politics; some general considerations in
Anthropolpgy; primitive institutions of the Indo-Europeans; the ori-
g;in of government; the political institutions of the ancient Greeks;
the political institutions of the Romans. Winter term: Roman I^iw
— ^four weeks; Feudalism; the government of Prance; the govern-
ments of Germany—the Empire and Prussia. Spring term: the gov-
ernment of Switzerland — federal and cantonal; the government of
Kngland. Open to all students except Preshmen.
Throughout the year, three hours, Mon., Wed., Pri., at 8.
3. History of Coastitutioiial Ooyeniinent in the United
8tate8. A study of the sources and early development of the prin-
ciples of government in the United States. Herein the development
of colonial governments, the growth of federalism and the establish-
ment of the first commonwealth governments will receive special
consideration. The following documents will receive detailed analy-
sis: colonial charters, plans for union, Articles of Confederation,
Dedaiation of Independence, the first commonwealth constitutions
and the Constitution of the United States. Open to Juniors and
Pall term, three hours, Mon., Wed., Pri., at 9.
3« Constitntional l^aw. A study wherein the principles of
jpovemment in the United States will be discussed from the stand-
point of judicial interpretation. The students will read and report
npon selected cases in Constitutional Law. Open to Juniors and
Winter term, three hours, Mon., Wed., Pri., at 9.
4« l^ocal Goremment* A study of Local Government in the
United States, wherein the development of the several forms of town-
ship, county and township-oonnty government will receive special
consideration. This course will sltemate with the course in Political
Parties. Open to Juniors and Seniors.
Spring term, three hours, Mon., Wed., Pri., at 9.
Political Paxtiea. A study in the practical workings of Ameri-
can government, wherein the history, organization, operation and
58 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
influence of political parties will be discnssed. This course will alter-
nate with the course in Local Government. Open to Juniors and
Seniors.
Spring term, three hours, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 9.
6. American Political Theory. An advanced course in which
the writings of Hamilton, Washington, Jefferson, Madison, Clay,
Webster, Calhoun and Lincoln will be read and discussed. A special
course for advanced students.
Fall and winter terms, two hours, Tu., Th., at 9.
7. Goyemjnent in Iowa. A study, historical and descriptive,
of the political institutions of the commonwealth of Iowa.
Spring term, two hours.
8. Political Theory* In this course an attempt will be made to
present an outline of a S3r8tem of pure political theory. An advanced
course for Seniors and graduates.
Fall term, two hours, Tuesday evening.
9. Comparative Constitutional ]^aw« A comparative study
of the constitutions of England, France, Germany and the United
States, wherein the general and theoretical aspects of government
will be considered. An advanced course for Seniors and graduates.
Winter term, two hours, Tuesday evening.
zo. International l^aw. Lectures on International Law accom-
panied by recitations from Snow's Cases on International Law as a
text book. This course is given in alternate years. It was given in
1896-97. Open to Juniors and Seniors. Chancblx.or McClaxn.
Spring term, two hours, Tu., Th., at 11.
zz. AdminiatratiTe l^aw* A comparative study of Administra-
tive Law in France, Germany, England and the United States. An
advanced course for graduates.
One term, two hours.
za« Roman l^aw. A course of about twelve lectures on the his-
tory and principles of the Roman Law. These lectures are given in
connection with and as a part of the general course, Politics I. See
above.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. S9
PHILOSOPHY.
Paopbssor Patrick; Assistant Propessor Skashork.
z. Bleineiit8 of Dednctlve lA>gic. An elementary course.
Text-book: Minto's Logic. Professor Patrick.
Pall term, Tn., Th., two sections, at lo and 3:30.
a. Bleinents of Indnctive I^gic. An introductory course on
scientific method. Lectures, with supplementary reading in Minto's
Logic and Jevons' Principles of Sdence. Professor Patrick.
Winter term, Tu., Th., at 10.
3. Psycholosy. An elementary course in general psychology.
In the fall term Dr. Seashors will lecture on the nervous system,
localization of brain function, the special senses, and sensations.
Practical study and dissection of the sheep's brain will accompany the
lectures on the nervous system. In the winter and spring terms Pro-
fessor Patrick will lecture on general psychology. This course will
be accompanied by experimental exercises and by demonstrations
with apparatus from the psychological laboratory. The texts of
James, Kuelpe, Wundt, and Ladd will be used as references and for
assigned readings. Professor Patrick and Dr. Seashorb.
Throughout the year, two sections, Mon., Wed., Pri., at 8 and 9.
4. History of Philosophy. A course in Greek, mediaeval and
modem philosophy. Lectures, with assigned readings in the texts of.
Zdler, Weber, Palckenberg and Erdmann. Professor Patrick.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Pri., at 11.
5« l^thics* An elementary course. The reading of Mackenzie's
Mamial of Ethics will be accompanied by lectures. Dr. Sbashorb.
Spring tefm, two sections, Tu., Th., at 9 and 10.
6. laboratory Course in Bxperimental Psychology. A
theoretical and practical course in psychological experiment. The
exercises are so arranged as to familiarize the student with the
methods and the apparatus of typical experiments in each of the
appfoved lines of psychological research. The students perfonn
the experiments and report and discuss the results and literature on
6o STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
each subject. Laboratory work and reports. Prerequisite, Course 3.
Dr. Sbashork.
Pall and winter terms, Tu., 2:30 to 3:30. Th., 2:30 to 4:30.
7. Introdiictioii to Philooophy. The purpose of this course is
to supplement the course in the history of philosophy by a more criti-
cal study of philosophical problems and S3rstems. Lectures, with
readings from Paulsen's Introduction to Philosophy. Professor Pat-
rick.
Pall term, Tu., Th., at 11.
8. Abnomial Paycholofi^r. Hypnosis, sleep, alterations of per-
sonality, automatism, hallucination8«and illusions, and the psycfaolc^j^
of the abnormal and defectiye classes, will be discussed. Lectures
with required reading. Prerequisite, Course 3. Dr. Ssashorb.
Winter term, Tu., Th., at 11.
9« The Paychology of the Child* The methods and results of
psychological experiments on children. During the past year the
class made a series of measurements upon children in the public
schools of the city. Dr. Sbashork.
Spring term, Tu., Th., at 11.
zo« Special Research in Psychology. Original investiga-
tion of special problems in psychology. Laboratory work and theses.
The results of these investigations, if of sufficient worth, will be pub-
lished in the Studies in Psychology. This course is primarily for
graduates, but may be taken by undergraduates who have had Courses
3 and 6. Dr. Sbashors.
Throughout the year, hours to be arranged with instructor.
zz. History of Modem Psychology. An historical treatment
of the development of the methods of psychology. This course is a
continuation of Course 6, but may be taken together with, or in
sequence to. Course 3. Lectures, and reports on reading. Dr. Ssa-
SHORB. *•
Spring term, Tu., Th., at 2:30.
za. Seminary in Psychology. Reports and discussions upon
a few selected problems in the psychology and philosophy of mind.
Special emphasis will be laid upon the nature of oonsdoosness and
the theory of knowledge. This course is primarily for gnduates bat
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 6i
may be taken by undeigradtiates who have had Courses 3 and 6. Dr.
Sbashorb.
Whiter term, two hours, Tn., at 7 p. m.
13. Seminary in Philosophy. Papers and discuasions upon
spedal prohlema in philoeophy. Theism was the subject taken up the
past year. Thia course ia primarily for graduates but may be taken
by undergraduates by special permission. Professor Patrick.
Spring term, two hours, Tu., at 7 p. m.
For the convenience of students wishing to make each year's work
m this department continuous throughout the year, the following
oombinations of courses are suggested:
CouTBes I, 2 and 5, two hours, through three terms.
Conrae 3, three hours, through three terms.
Cooxsea 6 and 11, two hours, through three terms.
Coozae 4, three hours, thnmgh three terms.
Courses 7 (fall), 8 or 12 (winter), and 9, 11 or 13 (spring), two hours,
through three terma.
Course 10, two hours, through three terms.
Candidatea for the degree of Bachelor of Philosophy are required to
take the equivalent of three terms' work of two or three hours each
in thia department. Course 3, or Courses i, 2 and 5, are recommended
for thia requirement.
The Psychological Laboratory, No. 14 North Clinton street, is open
daily from 8 to 12 a. m., and from 2 to 4 p. m. A description of the
laboratory and apparatua will be found in thia catalogue under the
bead of Material Equipment of the Collegiate Department. The
library of philosophy is supplied with the standard works in logic,
pesrchology, ethics, and philosophy, and is open daily during labora-
tory hours.
PEDAGOGY.
Professor McComnbu.; Mr. Dorcas.
X, Oenend Pedagogy. Thia course ia designed primarily for
ctndenta who have had no teaching experience. Thia will be a text-
book course and will consist of a general treatment of the principled
62 STATE UNIVBRSITY OF IOWa.
and practice of school teaching. The text-books used in this course
are Putnam's Manual of Pedagogics, Gregory's Seven Laws of Teach-
ing, White's School Management, Prince's Courses and Methods.
The course is open to all students who are permitted by the rules of
the University to take elective courses. Professor McConnki.1. and
Mr. Dorcas.
Throughout the year, five hours a week.
a* Philosophy of Bducation and Practice of Teaching.
Lectures and recitations. It is the purpose in this course to set fortli
the aims of education, as these aims have been developed in educa-
tional history, also to treat somewhat fully the doctrines of the educa-
tional leaders of recent times, and finally to illustrate the application
of these doctrines in teaching. Fall term: Educational Aims and
Doctrines. This part of the course will include a special treatment of
the Herbartian Pedagogy and a discussion of educational values.
Winter term: Teaching and Governing. This part of the course will
embrace a treatment of the Formal Steps of Instruction, an exposi-
tion of methods of teaching and lectures on sanitation. Spring term:
Secondary Education. In this part of the course, attention will be
given to the organization of courses of study and methods of instruc-
tion in high schools. Professor McConnki«i«.
Throughout the year, three hours a week.
3* History of Bdncation. This course will consist of three dis-
tinct parts, (a) The ancient and mediaeval period, {d) the modem
period, and {c) the history of education in the United States. The
course will consist of lectures, recitations and essays on assigned
topics. Mr. Dorcas.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
4« School Snpervision, In this course the student will be
expected to make a study of the following subjects: General school
management, the art of classifying schools, and the art of arranging
courses of study. Lectures and recitations. Professor McConnbi.1,.
Winter term, two hours a week.
5. School Systems. This course will require of the student an
examination of the state and city systems of the United States. Lec>
tures and reports. Professor McCoknbi.L.
Fall term, two hours a week.
COI.LBGIATE DEPARTMENT. 63
6. Child Study. In this course the history, literBture and meth-
ods of work in child study will be treated. Professor McConnbi*!..
Spring term, two hours a week.
7. Seminary. The Seminary will afford an opportunity for the
special investigation of subjects selected with reference to their bear-
ing on Courses 2 and 6. Fall and winter: The doctrines of the Her-
bartian school. Spring: Child study. Professor McConnbij*.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
NoTB. — The courses in Pedagogy, except as otherwise designated,
are open to Juniors, Seniors, and special students. Candidates for
the degree of Bachelor of Didactics are required to take three full
terms* work in Pedagogy.
State Certificate. Acting under a law passed by the Twenty-
third General Assembly, the State Board of Educational Examiners
will grant state certificates, good for five j^ears, to graduates of the
Collegiate Department of the University who comply with the follow-
ing conditions:
(a) The applicant must take three full terms' work in Pedagogy at
the University.
{d) He must furnish written statements, prepared expressly for the
Board, from one or more county superintendents, or other experienced
educators, certifying to the professional success and good moral char-
acter of the applicant.
{c) He must furnish written official statements, addressed to the
Board, from school boards, or directors, for whom the candidate has
taught, certifpng to his success in teaching and government.
{d) He must apply to the Board through the Professor of Pedagogy,
to whom he shall send, in addition to the above described certificates,
a formal application for a state certificate, the sum of three dollars
and such other credentials as may be required. The application for a
state certificate should be made by using the blank form provided for
that purpose by the State Board of Educational Examiners.
(e) All the papers and credentials required from candidates for
state certificates must be filed with the President of the University at
least thirty days before the date fixed for the examination.
l^ife IMploma. The State Board of Educational Examiners grants
64 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
life diplomaa, acocMrding to law, to graduates of the Univenity who
have oompUed with the state certificate oondittons mentioned above,
and who, in addition thereto, have had a snooessf nl teaching experi-
ence of five years after graduation. Applications are to be made
throogh the Professor of Pedagogy. The following are the regula-
tions of the Board in reference to applicants for life diplomas.
(a) The Board itself holds the right, which it exercises at discre-
tion, to investigate the character, scholarship, and professional stand-
ing of every applicant.
{d) The candidate must present an original thesis in his oum hand-
writing, of not less than 3,000 nor more than 5,000 words, upon
some professional topic selected by the President of the Board. The
thesis will be subjected to a critical examination by at least two
persons chosen by the Board.
(c) The credentials required, the registration blank properly filled,
and the thesis, accompanied by the fee of five dollars, must be filed
with the President of the University at least thirty days before the
date fixed for examination.
PHYSICS.
Propbssor Vkbi^sn; Mr. Bowman, Mr. Lorbnz, Mr. Grimes.
z. Mediaiiica and Heat. Lectures and recitations. Professor
Vbbi^bn.
Pall term, daily at 11.
a. Electricity and Masrnetiaiii. Lectures and recitations.
Professor Vkblbn.
Winter term, daily at 11.
3. Bottnd and Ufl^ht. Lectures three times a week, laboratory
work twice a week. Professor Vbbian, Mr. Bowman, and Mr.
LORENZ.
Spring term, lectures Mon., Wed., Pri., at xi.
Courses z, 2 and 3 constitute the general elementary work in
physics required of all scientific and engineering students, and most
be preceded by the mathematics of the Freshman year.
COI^I^BGIATE DEPARTMENT. 65
4. Physical Measurements and Observations. I^aboiatory
work. Mr. Bowman and Mr. I^rsnz.
One term, daily.
5. Measttrements and Determination of Constants* Lec-
tures and laboratory work. Professor Ysbun, Mr. Bowman and
Mr. LoutNZ.
One tenn, daily.
6« Measurements. Special investigation and research to follow
4 and 5. Professor Vkblbn and Mr. Bowman.
CottTBes 4, 5 and 6 may be taken any term, bnt mnst be pnrsned in
the order of their numbers. These courses are planned for students
taking a second year in Physics. Course 4 is required of electrical
engineering students in the fall of their Junior year. In the winter of
the same year they take 5, but in their case this course deals more
enpecially with electrical measurements.
7* Direct Current Dynamos and Motors. Three lectures a
week, laboratory work twice a week. For electrical engineering
Juniors. Professor V8bij(n and Mr. Bowman.
Spring term, daily.
8. Theory of Blectricity and Photometry. Lectures five
times a week, laboratory work ten hours. Professor V9BUN and
Mr. Bowman.
Pall term.
9* Alternate Current Machinery. Five lectures a week, ten
hooTB of special laboratory work. Professor Vbbun, Mr. Bowman,
and Mr. Lorbnz.
10. Distribution of Electrical Bnergy; Telegraph and
Telephone. Lectures and laboratory work. Professor V9bz,9N and
Mr. Bowman.
Spring term, ten hours a week.
The last three numbers form the Senior year course of the electrical
engineers, and will in general include five lectures a week, the sub-
jects treated being indicated above. The work in the laboratory con-
iists of practice with the photometer, experiments and measurements
on the various machines, transformers, and other apparatus, and tests
of iasntators, conductors, samples of iron, etc. The student has the
66 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
choice in the latter part of the year of preparing a thesis or canning
out some research, or doing other special work.
xz. Electricity and MafifnetiAm. For civil engineering stu-
dents. Two lectures a week, laboratory work three times a week.
Professor Vbblsn and Mr. I/>rbnz.
Pall term, daily.
za. Dynamo-electric Machiiiery. Lectures to ciyil engineer-
ing students. Professor VBBI.9N.
Winter term, three times a week.
13. Heat and Thertnodynajnica. Lectures to Junior electrical
and dvil engineering students. Mr. Bowman.
Spring term, twice a week, with one day each week in electrical
laboratory for dvil engineers.
Z4. Shop Work. For electrical engineers. Mr. Grimbs.
Throughout the year, twice a week.
15. Seminary. The systematic reading of physical and electrical
journals by those students who are well enough equipped, is encour-
aged by a weekly Seminary, conducted for this purpose by Professor
VBbun.
In addition to the above, lectures and laboratory courses in selected
topics will be given as circumstances may require or the fadlities for
instruction may admit. Laboratory work of any grade may be taken
any term, three or more times a week.
CHEMISTRY,
Propbssor Andrews; Mr. Wai^kbr, Mr. Jackson.
z. General t^hemiatry. Lectures illustrated by experiments
and accompanied by a weekly quiz and laboratory work. Professor
Andrews.
Pall term, four times a week, laboratory once a week.
a. General Chemiatry {Continued). Lectures illustrated by
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 67
ezperiments. Intnxlaction to qualitative analysis. Laboratory work,
«x hours a week. Professor Andrews and Mr. Walkbr.
Winter term: Lectures Tu., Th., at 9. Laboratory at hours to be
arranged.
3^ General Chemistry and QualitatiTe Analysis. Lectures
once a week, laboratory work eight hours. The student is instructed
in the theory and practice of qualitative analysis and is expected to
cany ont about twenty-five complete analyses besides a number of
partial ones. This course except the lectures can be taken in any
torn. Professor Andrews, Mr. Wai^ker and Mr. Jackson.
term, lectures at 9, laboratory eight hours, at times to be
4« QoantitatiTe Analysis. Lectures on general principles and
aouioes of error, once a week, laboratory ten hours. Professor
Andrews and Mr. Jackson.
Lectures Tn., at 4:30, laboratory according to arrangement.
5« QttantitatiTe Analysis. Laboratory practicum. The student
extends his work from the anal3rsis of substances of definitely known
composition to commercial products of various kinds and makes a
study of certain technological methods. Professor Andrews and
Mr. Jackson.
Any term, ten hours a week.
6. Theoretical and Physical Chemistry. Lectures on the
general principles of thermo-chemistry, electro-chemistry and chem-
ical dynamics, accompanied by a parallel course of laboratory work
covering, for example, the determination of molecular weights,
experimental study of the laws of Avogadro and Dulong and Petit,
the phenomena of mass action and of dissociation. Ostwald's Out-
lines of Physical Chemistry has hitherto been used as an auxiliary
text This course must be preceded by at least the first three courses
in chemistry and the first three in physics or their equivalent. It
will probably only be given in the even numbered years. Professor
Andrews.
Spring term, lectures or laboratory work daily at hours to be
anaagedfor.
7« a. Organic Chemistry. Lectures on the fatty series, illus-
68 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
trated ezperimentally so far as the subject will permit. Professor
Andrews.
Winter term, even numbered years, twice a week.
7* b, Orsfanic Chemistry. Lectures on aromatic and hetero-
cyclic compounds. Professor Andrews.
Spring of odd numbered years, three times a week.
8. Blectro-chemlstry. Lectures for students of electrical engi-
neering, comprising the theory of electrolysis, chemistry of primary
and secondary batteries, electro-metallurgy and other industrial appli-
cations. Professor Andrews.
Spring term, five times a week, even numbered years only.
9* Orsrauic Preparations. Laboratory work comprising pre-
paration of typical organic compounds, methods of synthesis and
study of diagnostic reactions. This course must be preceded or accom-
panied by Course 7. Professor Andrews.
Winter term, laboratory daily, twelve hours a week. This course
may also be taken as a minor, six hours a week in winter and spring
terms, acoompan3dng Courses 7 a and 7 b,
zo. Determinatiye Mineralogy and Crystallography.
Laboratory practicum. Mr. Wa];ker.
Winter and spring, five times a week.
Numbers 3, Qualitative Analysis, and 4, and 5, Quantitative Analy
sis, may by taken in either fall, winter, or spring term.
Number 6, may be taken after 3. This order is only recommended
to those who devote no more than four terms in all to chemistry.
ANIMAL MORPHOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Professor Houser; Mr. Burge.
z. General Horphologry and Physiology. A laboratory
course for the study of selected types representing the several great
groups of animals. General biological phenomena, the unicellular
animals, and representatives of the higher invertebrate groups. Fall
COLI.BGIATB DEPARTMENT. 69
temi.— Dissection of typical vertebrates, the microscopic morphology
of vertebrates, and lectures and experiments covering the elements of
physiology. Winter and spring terms. Professor HouSBR and Mr.
BUKGS.
Throughout the year, daily; two divisions, 10 to 12 and 1:30 to 3:50.
9. Comparative Histology. This is a course in the com-
parative histology of animal tissues and systems of organs. Emphasis
is here given to the laboratory technique of histology. To this end
the student is expected to become proficient in the standard methods
of fixing, staining, imbedding, sectioning, mounting, and the other
processes incident to the making of microscopical preparations. Pre-
requisite: Course i. Professor HousSR and Mr. Burgb.
Fall term. I^borat^ry four days a week, 1:30 to 3:30. Lectures
Fri., at 8.
3. Comparatiye Neurology. A course for the detailed study
of the nervous system. The laboratory work involves the use of the
special technique of Golgi, Nissl, Weigert, and Ehrlich. The archi-
tecture of the nervous system is presented in a series of lectures and
demonstrations. The texts of all the stardard authorities are used for
reference and for assigned reading. Prerequisite: Courses i and 2.
Professor HousSR and Mr. BxT&OB.
Winter term. Lectures Mon., Pri., at 8. Laboratory Tu., Wed.,
Th., 1:30 to 3:30.
4* Vertebrate Embryology. Laboratory work, accompanied
by a aeries of lectures. The lectures discuss the general problem of
vertebrate embryology, and are supplemented by collateral reading.
The laboratory work embraces an examination of the frog's egg
during its early cleavage, and a study of the chick at successive stages
of development during the first four days of incubation. Prerequisite:
Courses i and 2. Professor Hgxtsbb. and Mr. Burgb.
Spring term, daily, ten hours a week.
5* Advanced Morphology. Special courses of laboratory work
will be arranged to meet the needs of those who desire to pursue
morphological studies farther than the outlined Courses i, 2, 3 and 4.
Opportnnitiea are offered for investigation in some branch of anatomy,
histology, or embryology. Professor HouSBR.
Throughout the year, ten hours a week.
TO STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
6. Advanced Fh78iolofi;y. A course for advanced students
who desire to continue the investigation of physiological processes in
greater detail. Laboratory work and library research. Prerequisite:
Course i. Professor HouSKR.
Throughout the year, three times a week.
ZCX5LCXJY,
Professor Nutting; Assistant Professor Wickham.
X. Invertebrated Ajtimals— more especially the sub-kingdoms,
CcsUnUrata, and Echinodermaia. Professor Nutting.
Pall term, daily.
a. Mammalia. The principles of classification are here applied
to a more limited group. More attention is paid to generic and spe-
cific characters and more detailed descriptions are made, daily prac-
tice being afforded by the use of the magnificent series of mammals in
the Homaday collection and main Museum. Instruction in the
preparation of skulls and skeletons is given to those students desiring
it. Professor NuTTiNG.
Winter term, daily.
3* Omithologyy including instruction in field work. Upon this
course the whole work in systematic zoology is centered. Owing to
the very large series of birds (about ii,ooo specimens) in the Musemn,
there is ample material for real systematic work during the term.
Professor Nutting.
Spring term, daily.
4« Sntomology. Insect Anatomy and development. Lectures
and laboratory work. Assistant Professor Wickham.
Fall term, three houra a week.
5* Entomology. The principles acquired in the preceding term,
will be applied to the study of systematic entomology. Assistant
Professor Wickham.
Winter term, three houra a week.
COLLBGIATB D^PARTMBNT. 71
6« Sntomoll^gy. The studies of the preceding term will be oon-
tiniied. Throughont this and the preceding course special attention
will be given to the philosophical bearings of the subject. Assistant
Professor Wickham.
Spring term, three hours a week.
7. I^ectarea in SpecttlatiTe ICoology. This course is devoted
to a jnesentation of the more prominent theories concerning the
origin and evolution of animal forms and a historical review of the
position held by the most prominent workers in speculative zoology.
Special attention will also be paid to a study of the habits, instincts
and intelligence of animals. The course will will be open to Juniors
and Seniors. Professor Nuthng.
Throogfaout the year, two hours a week.
8* Thesis. Equivalent to two terms* work. Advanced work in
any group of animals of which the Museum contains a sufficient
series. Free access to any specimens or books on the museum floor
is accorded to students doing thesis work in zoology, and a convenient
study room has been fitted up for the use of advanced students.
The above courses are intended to be consecutive, except that
Courses 4, 5 and 6 may follow i, 2 and 3, in Animal Morphology, and
7 may be taken by Juniors and Seniors, without previous work in
natural science. A combination of Courses 4, 5, 6 and 7 is recom-
mended for students desiring a five hours' course which will include a
critical study of a definite group of animals together with the applica-
tion of biological principles elucidated in Course 7. This course is
more particularly designed in the interest of students who do not
intend to specialize in zoology.
The Museum affords an abundance of material for study, and this
is supplemented by (a) library of zoological works; {b) photographs
of specimens studied, the photographs to be placed in the note books
along with the descriptions; and {c) lectures in which the salient
points of the various groups of animals are defined, and habits, distri*
botion, etc, described.
Students taking special courses in biological science may receive
instruction in field work and in the preparation of museum material.
73 STATE UNIVBRSrrV OF IOWA.
GBOLCXJY.
Professor Calvin.
X* Principlea of Oeology. Lectures, illastrated by mnaeiiiii
spedmens, views, maps and microsoopic pcepoxations.
Thronghont the year, twice weekly, Tn. and Th., at 9.
This oonrae may be supplemented with ConxBe i in Astronomy.
a. Oeneral and Practical GeoU^gy. Daring the fall term this
conrae embiaces lectures and field observation on the geological
phenomena in the vicinity of Iowa City as an intzodnction to the fun-
damental facts of the science. The preliminary work also embraces
the laboratory investigation of material collected during studies in
the field. This is followed by the general facts of rock-making, con-
tinent-making, and the evolution of topographic forms. During the
winter and spring terms attention is given to the chronological suo-
oesston of strata in the MissLssippi Valley, with studies relating to the
genesis, lithol<^, geographical distribution, economic products, and
typical faunas of the several formations. Large series of rocks, min-
erals, fossils, maps, lantern slides, and photographs afiford the
material for lecture illustration and laboratory study.
Throughout the year, daily at 10. Additional hours for laboratory
work arranged to suit the convenience of the individual students.
3* Inyertebrate Paleontology. Lectures and laboratory
Throughout the year, daily. Lectures at 8. Laboratory work at
convenient hours from 8 to 5.
4. Economic Geology of the United States. Lectures, with
library and laboratory research.
Throughout the year daily.
5. Special Cottraes in Pleistocene Geology, local Geology
and Paleontology, Characteristics and Faunas of Special Formations,
and similar subjects are arranged to meet the wishes of individusl
students.
Thronghont the year or through a single term, two, three, or five
hours weekly.
COLLBGIATB DBPARTMBNT 73
BOTANY.
Profbssok Macb&idb; Assistant Fropbssor Shimkk.
z« General Botany. A course of popular lectnres and special
studies intended to illustrate the purpose, method and scope of present
botanical research, the progress of botanical science in recent years
and the general economic importance of the subject. The lectures
are illustrated by material from the Herbarium and the field and no
effcnrt is spared to giye the course the highest practical value. This
coarse, though intended primarily for those intending to teach, is
open to all students; it is complete in itself, but will be accepted as
one of the three required terms in the case of those who elect Botany
as material science. Professor Macbridb.
Spring term, five hours a week.
9. Morphological Botany. This course consists of lectures
and laboratory work and is intended to illustrate the structure and
life-history of the several types presented by the vegetable king-
dom. Goebel's Outlines of Classification is used as text. Special
attention is paid to all available forms of our cryptogamic flora; slime
moulds, schizophytes, diatoms, algae, fungi, mosses, ferns and their
allies are successively passed in review. This course is open to all
students who axe credited with Botany in their preparatory course.
While it is in some particulars a review of the preparatory courses, it
is also made the basis of work in the subsequent courses. Prof essoi
HACBKibB and Assistant Professor Shimbk.
Pall term, ten hours a week.
3. General Plant Histology. General Stmctural Botany.
This course requires ten hours a week in the laboratory. Daily lec-
tures accompany the laboratory work. The student receives special
instruction in the preparation of vegetable sections, staining, mount-
ing, etc, and is required to prepare for himself approved slides in
illustration of all the topics presented in so far as these are referable
to the microscope. Professor Macb&idb and Assistant Professor
Winter term, dsily.
74 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
4« General Plant "PhytAologj* This oottrae oonsbts of lec-
tures, laboratory work and experiments, supplemented by collateral
reading. The most important problems of v^;etable physiology are
discnssed and illustrated by simple experiments. Detmer, Vine, Dar-
win, and all other standard authorities are available to the student for
coUateral reading. Assistant Professor Shqikk.
Spring term, daily.
5« General Mycology. This is a course in the fungi and con-
sists of laboratory work, supplemented by lectures, experiment and
collateral reading. This is an advanced course. Students make and
classify collections for themselves. In identifying material collected,
students are aided by extensive mycolpgical literature, exsiaaH, etc
Professor Macbrids.
Pall term, daily.
6. Yegretable Sntbryology. A special course with lectures
and laboratory work, including collateral reading. This course is
confined chiefly to the consideration of the embryology of phenogam-
ous plants. Phytocjrtology is taken up incidentally, and the peculiar-
ities of nuclear division and karyokinesis noted. Professor Mac-
BRIDK.
Spring term, daily.
7. Special work in Morphology. A course designed for
advanced students either graduate or special, offering opportunity for
more exact investigation. Professor Macb&ide and Assistant Pro-
fessor Shimbk.
Throughout the year.
8. Special Systematic work. The large collections of the
University now afford unusual opportunity for the special study of
particular groups and families, and students are invited to engage in
original research in the revision of accumulated spedes. Professor
Macbridk and Assistant Professor Shimbk.
Throughout the year.
9* Special Applied Botany. A course for students of Pharmacy
and Medicine. The officinal Materia Medica is made the basis of the
special study of medicinal plants, their nature, origin and relation-
ships. Professor Macbridb.
Winter and spring terms.
COLL^BGIATE DEPARTMENT. 75
lO. Theeia Coturse. Designed for such students, either graduate
or others, as desire to undertake problems of original research. Pro-
fessor Macbridb and Assistant Professor Shimbk.
Throughout the year.
n. Seminary. A special course in reading and study of current
literature is arranged for such students as have completed at least
three courses in Botany. Students are expected to present written
renews and criticisms of the literature presented, to engage in dis-
cussion of topics specially assigned, and to carry forward at appro-
priate seasons special investigations in the field as directed. Professor
Macbridb and Assistant Professor Shimbk.
Throughout the year, one hour a week.
MATHEMATICS.
PM0FBS90R WBU>; ASSISTANT PHOPBSSOR SmiTH, MR. BAUBR, MR.
Mbrritt.
Classical and philosophical students are required to take Course i.
Course 2 may, however, be substituted for this and the work otherwise
required in Ancient History. Scientific students must take Course 2.
The work of Course 3, though not required, is arranged with refer-
ence to the needs of those students who expect to do special work in
physical science. Civil and electrical engineering students are
required to take Courses 2, 3 or 4, and 9. Further explanations will
be found in connection with the following syllabus.
FfTsAman MaihemaUcs/ar GassiceU and Philosophical Students.
z, a. Ali^tira. Exercises in the statement and solution of prob-
lems involving simple and quadratic equations; ratio, proportion, and
variation; arithmetical, harmonic, and geometrical progressions;
properties of series and the development of simple functions into
series; the binominal theorem; logarithms. Fall term.
X. d. Plane Ttigwiomttry* Trigonometric functions and
formnlse; logarithmic functions; solution of right and oblique angled
triangles; practical applications. Winter term. —
76 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
z. c. Analytical Qeometry. The point, right line, circle, par-
abola ellipee and hyperbola in cartesian coordinates. Spring term.
Three divisions; throughout the year, Mon., Wed., PrL, at ii, 2:30,
and 3:30. Mr. Baubr and Mr. MBRRITT.
Students contemplating advanced study in Mathematics should
take Course 2, instead of the one here outlined.
Freshman Mathematics for Scientific and Engineering Students,
a. a, Alfi^ebra and Trigfonometry. In algebra the work is
nearly the same as that of i a. This is to be completed by November
nth and will be followed by Plane Trigonometry. Fall term.
a* b. Trigonometry and Theory of Sqnationa. Trigonome-
try is to be completed by January 27th. The work in the Theory of
Equations will include the study of imaginaries, the properties of the
general equation and their graphical representation, methods of
approximating to the roots of higher equations with numerical coeffi-
cients. Cardan's solution of cubics, and bi-quadratic equations. Win-
ter term.
a. c. Analytical Geometry. The same as Course i^, with the
addition of the discussion of the general equation of the second degree
between two variables and examples of higher plane curves. Spring
term.
Five divisions, daily, throughout the year at 8, 9, 10 and 2:30. As-
sistant Professor Smith, Mr. Bau9R and Mr. Mbrritt.
Sophomore Mathematics for Scientific Students,
3* a. Differential and Integral Calcttlna. The fundamental
principles of the Calculus are studied and applied to the solution of
problems in geometry and mechanics. Fall term.
3. b. Integral Calcttlna and Method of l^ast Squares.
Winter term.
3. c. Applications of tlie Method of i;east Squares. This is
a continuation of the preceding, the method of least squares being
applied to the reduction of various series of ph3rsical observations.
Spring tenn.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 77
This ooorse is open only to those who have taken Course 2. Assist-
ant Professor Smith.
Daily, tlirooghoat the year at 8.
Sophomore MathenuUics,
4. a. Analytical and Modem Geometry. A review of those
portions of Course 2^ which are supplementary to Course i c^ followed
by Analytical Geometry of three dimensions. A short course of lec-
tures on Modern Geometry is given, upon which full notes must be
sabodtfeed. Pall term.
4. b. Differential Calctilns. Winter term.
4* c. Integral Calcnlua. The work in Calculus in this course
is nearly the same as that in Course 3. Spring term.
This course is intended primarily for engineering students but is
open to all who have completed the required work of the Preshman
year. Professor Wsi^D.
Daily, throughout the year, at 10.
MaihefmUics for Junior^ Senior and Graduate Students,
5* Intesrral Calculus* a. Hyperbolic Functions and Definite
Integrals. Pall term. b. The Eulerian and Elliptic Integrals. Win-
ter term. c. Differential Equations. Spring term. An elementary
coarse open to all students who have taken either Course 3 or 4. Por
either undeigraduate or graduate students. Professor Wsi«D.
Three hours a week throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Pri., at 11.
6. Differential Bqnationa. Lectures. The subject is to be
treated from the standpoint of Sophus Lie. Por graduate students.
This course will not be given in 1898-99. Professor Wei#d.
Two hours a week, throughout the year, Tu., and Th., at 8 or 11;
supplemented by a weekly Seminary.
7. Harmonic Fnnctiona* Lectures. Por graduate students.
Frofeaaor WkU).
Two hours a week, throughout the year, Tu., and Th., at 8 or 11;
supplemented by a weekly Seminary.
8. Determinants and Modern Geometry, Por either under-
gEadnate or graduate students, a. Determinants and the Theory of
78 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Qnantics. Pall term. b. Modem Geometry; the principle of Invaru
ance. Winter term, c. Modem Geometry of three dimensions, or
Quaternions. Spring term. Mr. Baukr.
Two hours a week, throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 2:30; supple-
mented by a fortnightly Seminary.
9* Analj^tical Meohntiica. a. Statics. Composition and reso-
lution of forces; the funicular polygon; centers of gravity; moment of
inertia; friction; etc. Pall term. b. Kinetics. Rectilinear motion;
projectiles; constrained motion of a particle; the simple and conical
pendulums; etc. Winter term, c. Mechanics of fluids. An elemen-
tary course. Spring term. Por either undergraduate or graduate
students. Required of civil and electrical engineering students.
Assistant Professor Smith.
Two hours a week, throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 11; supple-
mented, for civil engineering students, by a three hours* course in
applied mechanics in charge of Assistant Professor Magowan (See
Course in Civil Engineering) and, for special students in mathematics,
by a weekly Seminary.
zo. Adyanced Analytical Mediatiics. a. Problems in statics
and dynamics; virtual velocities; the principle of least action, etc.
Pall term, b. The dynamics of a particle, with special reference to the
theory of orbital motion. Winter term, c. Hydromechanics. Spring
term. Por graduate students. Assistant Professor Smith.
Three hours a week throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Pri., at 11;
supplemented by a weekly Seminary.
ASTRONOMY.
Propbssor Wsu>; Mr.
The courses in Astronomy are open to all Juniors and Seniors. The
two here offered may be taken simultaneously or in succession.
Others will be added as soon as necessary arrangements can be made.
The University is provided with a small but well equipped students*
observatory. See Material Equipment.
z. General Aatronoiiiy. A course of lectures on descriptive
astronomy for the general student. This course may be supplemented
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 79
by Omree i in Geology, which is given at the same honr. Professor
Three lectures a week, thronghont the year, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 9.
4. Practical Astronomy, The student is taught the use of the
sextant, transit instrument, clock, chronograph, etc.; the arrange-
meot of the AmericaH Ephemeris and Nautical AlmatuLc; and the
general principles of time, latitude, longitude, and azimuth determin-
ation. Professor Wbu) and Mr. .
Two hours a week, throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 9; supplemented
by work at the observatory.
aVIL ENGINEERINa
PaoFBsaoR Siiis; Assistant Professor Magowan, Mr. Hart-
man.
All the subjects will be given at definite hours, and students will
not be allowed to substitute other subjects for the required civil
engineering studies without the approval of the professor in charge
and special permission of the Faculty. Students in one class will not
be allowed to take subjects in an advanced class without permission
of the professor in charge.
So far as possible, instruction will be given by recitation from text-
books. But where this method is not practicable, as in limes and
cements, and in some of the subjects treated under the head of Civil
Bagineering, a text will be followed, the first part of the recitation
period being devoted to quiz, and the remainder to a lecture.
Saturdays, throughout the four years of the course, are devoted in
part to field work, photography and blue printing — including the
aenaitizing of paper; also to work in the carpenter shop. The latter
consists chiefly in making models of the structures designed in the
Senior year, and in practical joinery. For all work requiring no
special preparation outside of the class room, such as drawing, field
<**«rk, laboratory exercises, some of the work in graphical statics, etc*
not less than two hoars will be required for one hour of credit.
8o STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
French or German. See Conrse i, nnder French, page 44; and
Courses i and 2, nnder German, page 42. If French be elected in
the Freshman year, English mnst be taken in the Sophomore year; but
should German be elected, it must be continued through the Sopho-
more year. Freshman year, fi^e hours a week, and Sophomore year,
three hours a week.
MaihemaHcs. See Courses 2, 3, or 4 and 9, under Mathematics,
pages 76, 77 and 78. Freshman and Sophomore years, five hours a
English, See Courses i and 4, under English, pages 46-47. For those
electing French, two hours a week through the Freshman, and three
hours a week through the Sophomore year; and for those electing
German, two hours a week through the Freshmen year.
Drawiiifl^. For general scientific, electrical and dyil engineer-
ing students. Geometrical and mechanical drawing. Orthographic,
oblique, isometric and cabinet projections, and lettering. Linear
perspective, shades and shadows. The work is given principally by
means of personal instruction. The preliminary principles are studied
from text and reference books and their application is employed in
making drawings from models and machinery to exact scale. Assist-
ant Professor Magowan and Mr. Ha&Tman.
Freshman year, fall and winter terms, five hours a week.
Blementary Machine I>rawi]ifif. For electrical engineers. A
study in delineation of brackets, shaft-hangers, screws, pillow-blocks,
gearing and other elementary parts of machines. Assistant Professor
Magowan and Bfr. Hartmam.
Freshman year, spring term, three hours a week.
Blementary Sturyeyiiifl^* For dvil and electrical engineering
students. The construction, adjustment and use of the compass, level
and transit. Field practice in surveying, platting of notes and com-
putation of areas. Assistant Professor Magowan and Mr. Hajltman.
Freshman year, spring term, five hours a week for dvil, and two
hours a week for electrical engineering students.
l^and 8tirYeyi]isr* Redtations and lectures, and field work with
transit, level and solar compass; making profiles, leveling and drain-
age surveys. A section of land is surveyed and the location of all
COLtBGIATE DEPARTMENT. Si
natuial and artificial features determined and noted. Assistant Pro-
fessor Magowan and Mr. Hartman.
Sophomore year, fall term, five hours a week.
Happbig and Qwryeying, Pen topography, including the mak-
ing of topographical symbols; platting of section survey from notes
taken during the previous term, and making a finished map of the
same. United States public land surveys, determination of true meri-
dians, and a study of the rules and Supreme Court decisions govern-
ing re-surveys and re-locations of lost or obliterated comers. Assist-
ant Professor Magowan.
Sophomore year, winter term, three hours a week.
Topoffrapliical Snnreying and Mappinsf. A study of the
adjustments and methods of use of the stadia, gradienter and plane
table, etc., and the making of finished contour maps from notes of
flurvejrs made by the students, with the above mentioned instruments.
Assistant Professor Magowan.
Sophomore year, spring term, three hours a week.
D— criptive Geometry. The work in this study includes prob-
lems on the point, line, and plane; also the simpler geometrical
solids, shades and shadows, single and double curved and warped sur-
faces, and the generation and development of the same, and the solu-
tion of various practical problems.
Sophomore year, winter and spring terms, two hours a week.
EUdricity and Magnetism, See Course 2, under Physics, page
64. This course is designed especially for the students in Civil
Engineering, the object being a better general imderstanding of this
important subject, both in general theory, and in the practice of mak-
ing electrical measurements; also to give a more thorough knowledge
of electricity preparatory to taking up the study of the dynamo and
motor, in the winter term, the importance of which to the Civil
Engineer is fully appreciated, and the subject is adequately given.
Junior year, fall term, five hours a week.
Analytical Mechanics, See Mathematics, Course 9, page 78.
Junior year, fall and winter terms, two hours a week.
Mechanica of Materials. For students in civil and electrical
engineering. The treatment of this subject is designed to be such
82 STATE UNIVBRSiry OF IOWA.
that the student shall acquire a thorough training in the elementary
principles of the Mechanics of MaterialSi and he is then required to
verify by his own investigations, the experimental laws and many of
the derived fonnulse. Numerous problems taken from actual engi-
neering practice are given for solution from time to time, in order that
the student may be trained in the application of his knowledge. The
study includes the resistance and elasticity of materials, resistance of
pipes and riveted joints, bending and resisting moments, shears, elas-
tic curve, deflection of simple, cantilever, restrained and continuous
beams; strength of columns with concentric and eccentric loading,
torsion and shafting and combined stresses, etc. Assistant Professor
Magowan.
Junior year, three hours a week, fall and winter terms.
Railroad Cunrea. The study of simple and compound curves
and turn-outs. Enough field work is given to familiarize the student
with the field methods of locating and running curves. Mr. Hart-
MAN.
Junior year, fall term, three hours a week.
Steam Sngine and I^ocomotive. The subject is treated under
four heads, Heat, Steam, Engine, and Boiler. Under Heat is treated
the economic combustion of fuel. Under Steam the physical proper-
ties and the energy contained. Under Engine, the modem types of
simple and compound engines are discussed, with special reference to
the locomotive. The students are given practical problems and are
required to ascertain the indicated horse power from actual indicator
cards, and to determine the efiidency of various engines from assigned
data. The modem types of boilers are then discussed. Compresaed
air is also considered in connection with the transmission of power.
Professor Sims.
Junior year, fall term, two hours a week.
Oraphical Statics. The course is so arranged that the study of
the graphical method of determining stresses precedes that of the
analytical method, it being the intention to assist the student to secure
a mental photograph of the amount and kind of stress in the various
members of structures, and thus provide him with a ready and impres-
sive means of their comparison. The analysis, by this method, of
COI/I<HGIATB DBPARTMBNT. 83
roof tniases is fixst taken ap» followed by that of the plate girder, and
nnple, oantilever and swing bridges, with parallel and inclined chords,
nnder yarions conditions of loading as required in the standard speci-
fications, both for actual wheel concentrations and equivalent uniform
loads; after which a course is given in metal and masonry arches. Pro-
fessor Sues and Assistent Professor Magowan.
Junior year, fall, winter and spring terms, three hours a week.
Dynamo-Electric Machinery. See Physics, Course 12, page 66. The
importance of an elementary knowledge of this subject to the dvil
engineer in general practice is fully appreciated, and the course is
designed to give the students a comprehensive knowledge of the laws
governing the construction and operation of the dynamo and motor.
Junior year, winter term, three hours a week.
Theory of Streases. Including the analytical determination
of ■tresses and strains in all the structures analyzed by the graphical
method. (See Graphical Statics.) Much time and study is devoted
to this important subject. Professor Sims.
Junior year, winter term, three hours a week; and spring term, five
hours a week.
Umt^ and Cetnents. The instruction in this subject consists in
sssigncd references, and a course of lectures on the principal proper-
tics of Ihnes, hydraulic limes, and natural and artificial cements, with
a general discussion of the nature and uses of concrete, followed by
laboratory work. Bach student is required to make and test briquettes
of varioos cements, which ¥rill be furnished him for the purpose, and
to calculate their relative values per unit of strength. Professor S1M6.
Junior year, winter term, two hours a week.
CiTil Snsineerinir* '^^^^ subject is given by recitations and lec-
tures, and is designed for the purpose of instruction in the practical
application of the theoretical principles of Civil Bngineering. The
rq^nlar recitations and lectures frequently will be interrupted by de-
signs and estimates of the cost of the work under discussion. The
subjects treated, with thoroughness commensurate with their relative
importance, are: railway reoonnaisance and location; theory of maxi-
mum economy in grades and curves; location of highways and resist-
ance to traction thereon; hydrography; building materials; natural and
84 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
artificial stones; quarrying and blasting; reaching deep foundation
beds in earth, quick sand, water and silt, with pneumatic tubes, cais-
sions and coffer dams, and by the Poetsch-Sooysmith freezing process;
ordinary earth work and methods of computation; masonry, classifi-
cation of, and specifications for; theory and practice of retaining
walls; earth, loose rock and light masonry dams and wein; the con-
struction of brick, masonry, and concrete arches; tunneling and the
use of explosives; highway and street construction; railroad con-
struction and maintenance of way; improvement of rivers and harbors
and canal transportation; street railways and comparison of street
motors. In all, i8o recitations, lectures, and exercises. Professor
Sims.
Senior year, fall term, four hours a week; winter and spring terms,
three hours a week.
Hydraulics. Instruction in this \rork is given by means of lec-
tures, recitations, and laboratory work. The course includes the
weight and pressure of water; head and center of pressure; computa-
tion and measurement of velocity and discharge through orifices,
weirs, pipes, conduits, canals, and rivers, the investigation of meters
and motors and the determination of water power. Assistant Pro-
fessor Magowan.
Junior year, spring term, five hours a week.
Heat and Thermodynamics, See Course 13, under Physics, page
66. Junior year, spring term, three hours a week.
Chemistry, See Courses i and 3, under Chemistry, page 66. It
will be noticed that this course requires five hours a week in lectures
and laboratory work. The students in civil engineering will take
only four hours. The hour omitted, however, must be but one of the
hours of laboratory work. Senior year, fall and winter terms, four
hours a iveek.
Structtiral Drawing and Desisrning. Prior to the work of
designing proper, the students are required to make tracings or draw-
ings of existing structures and compare the sections and connections
of the various members with standard specifications. This work is
followed by the design of trestles, highway and railway bridges, dams,
foundations, etc., of which 'complete working drawings are made.
Professor SlM3.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 8$
Senior year, fall term, four hours a week. Winter and spring
terms, three times a week.
Geology, See Course i, under Geology, page 72. Senior year, fall,
winter and spring terms, two hours a week.
Sanitary Bngineering^. The work offered under this course
includes principally, sewers and sewerage, and the cleaning of cities
and towns. The separate and combined systems of sewers are studied
and discussed. The details of various sewer systems as set forth in
plans and specifications for their construction are carefully studied.
The cost of construction as taken from current contract prices is
especially noted, and the arrangement and action of plumbing fixtures
are incidentally studied. The growing importance of this subject is
fully realized, and it is the intention to keep the instruction fully
abreast of the demands and needs of the present, and if possible, an-
ticipate future needs and methods. Assistant Professor Magowan.
Senior year, fall and winter terms, two hours a week.
Reaiatatice of Materials. For dvil and electrical engineers.
This subject includes the strength and resistance of engineering
materials, their behavior under stress, and the demonstration of the
experimental laws, ultimate strength, elastic limit, etc., by tests in the
laboratory. Professor Sims.
Junior year, winter term, two hours a week.
Water Sujpply Sngineerisiil^. A study of the methods of col-
lecting, purif3dng, storing, and distributing water. Assistant Professor
Magowan.
Senior year, spring term, three hours a week.
Specificatioiui and Contracts. A study of various standard
specifications and a discussion of the effect of general causes in con-
tracts on same. Professor Sims.
Senior year, spring term, four hours a week.
Tlieala. At the dose of the spring term of the senior year, an
aoeeptable original thesis may be required from each student before
graduation.
For more detailed information and description of course send for
special announcement of Civil Engineering.
86 STATE- UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
MIUTARY SOENCB AND TACTICa
Instruction in this department is prescribed for all male students of
the Collegiate Department, except such as are especially excused.
Students who, for any valid reason, may desire to be excused must
appear in person before the military committee consisting of the
commandant and five student captains, on the Monday immediately
succeeding the beginning of each term, at the Armory at ii a. m.
Those who claim exemption on account of physical disability, when
the same is not apparent, must present to the committee a certificate
from the battalion surgeon. All students not specially excused will
report to the Professor on the Monday immediately following the
beginning of the term, at the Armory, at i xx> p. m.
OROANI^ATION.
The students are organized for instruction into a battery of artillery
consisting of two gun detachments and an infantry battalion consist-
ing of four companies, a band and the necessary staff officers. The
commissioned officers are selected from the Senior, the sergeants from
the Junior, the corporals from the Sophomore class. The officers
and non-commissioned officers are selected for character, military
record, knowledge of the drill regulations and general aptitude.
UNIFORM.
But one style of uniform is worn, known as the undress or fatigue
uniform. It consists of a dark blue suit and is to be worn on all occa-
sions of military duty; it can be procured either before or immediately
after being admitted. A detailed description will be furnished on
application to the President.
Uniforms can be obtained in the vicinity at a cost of from $IQ to
|i8.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT.
87
ORGANIiCATIOK OP BATTAIrlON.
Z897-98.
STAPP AND NON-COMMISSONBD STAPP.
I8t Lientenant and Adjutant G. M. Rea.
irt Lieutenant and Quartermaster H. E. Taylor.
Sergeant Major C. W. Startsman.
Acting Qnartermaster Sergeant W. B. Chase.
Color Sergeant P. C. Neal.
(C . It
COMPANY "A.
Captain F. A. Soleman.
1st Lieutenant L. A. Swisher.
2nd Lieutenant L. J. Plynn.
Tst Seixeant H. Carr.
r p. G. White.
Sergeants • P. A. Williams.
^ E. E. Hull.
G. W. Egan.
P. H. Meggers.
T. Kingland.
Corporals
t«v »l
COMPANY **B
Captain C. H. Carter.
ist Lieutenant John Beardsley.
2Ba Lieutenant M. G* Hilpert.
ist Sergeant A. J. Burt.
C. Horack.
L* P* Lee*
W. B. Chase.
G. L. Schoonover.
C. R. Jones.
P. B. Reid.
B. Whitoomb.
E. R. MitcheU.
Corporals,
88 STATB UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
COMPANY **C.**
Cmptain A. R. Denny.
ist Lieutenant R. Otto.
2nd Lieutenant E. E. Hobby.
1st Seigeant W. W. LoonuB.
' C. W. Jarvis.
Sergeants • J. W. T. Holt.
, T. W. Kemmerer.
COMPANY **D."
Captain }. R. Prailey.
ist Lieutenant Maro Johnson.
2nd Lieutenant Oswald Vebleo.
1st Sergeant E. H. Yule.
' R. D. Blackmose.
Sergeants ^ L. J. Roach.
. N. B. Barber.
G. P. HarknesB.
L« Knapp.
A. B. Phillips.
J. C. Bowman.
Corporals
BATTBRY.
Captain P. S. Holsteen.
1st Lieutenant W. L. Barker.
2nd Lieutenant W. S. Willett.
ist Sergeant LeRoy Weld.
B. Swisher.
Gunners
W. S. Ankeney.
COUR8B OP INSTRUCTION IN MUrlTART 8CIBKCB
AND TACTICS.
The course of instruction is both practical and theoretical.
First Year, Practical instruction; three hours a week, spring sod
fall terms, 1:15 to 2:15; one hour a week, winter term, 4:30 to 5:30.
Practical instruction in infantry, school of the soldier, company and
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT, GRADUATE COURSES. 89
bftttalion; extended order and ceremonies; rifle firing at icx), 200, 300,
500 and 600 yaxdfl.
Second Year, Practical instruction: Infantry, same as first year;
practical instruction: artillery in service of field guns (foot battery),
with mechanical movements and saber exercise; rifle firing, same as
fint year. Theoretical: winter term, one hour a week, 4:30 to 5:30.
Recitations, drill regulations and manual of guard duty.
Third Year. Practical: same as second year. Theoretical: winter
term, one hour a week, 4:30 to 5:30. Recitations, service of security
and information.
Fourth Year. Practical: same as above. Theoretical: winter term,
one hour a week, 4:30 to 5:30. Lectures on the organization of the
anny of the United States, United States army regulations, preparation
of the usual reports and returns pertaining to a company and post.
Lectures on military topography and reconnaissance and elementary
field engineering.
COURSES OF STUDY FOR GRADUATES.
It is the aim of the University to furnish facilities for advanced
studv commensurate with the demand for such work. As the number
of graduate students has increased, especially of candidates for
advanced degrees, the courses of study have been extended to meet
their needs. No set courses of study leading to any of the advanced
degrees are provided; each candidate for one of these degrees pur-
sues an independent line of study, in which regular University
courses are usually combined with special research work, often
original in character, Jaid out with the advice of the professors and
carried out under their charge.
The elastic nature of the elective system as here adopted, renders
the more advanced courses in many branches as valuable to the
graduate as to the advanced undergraduate. The Seminaries, for
instance, hold out encouragement and opportunities for a great deal
«yf original study and research. The same thing may be said of a
90 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
number of the higher courses in the different departmentB. In the
following pages will be fonnd gxonped tc^ther those oomses which
are of special interest to graduates. In every case oourses intended
for gxadnates only (B) are distinguished from those open also to
undeigraduates (A). To the former, undetgraduates are admitted
only under exceptional circumstances and subject to the discretion of
the professor in chaige of the work.
i;atin I/Anguaob and utbratuhs.
A. Courses open both to graduates and undergraduates.
Courses 5, 6, 15, 17. See pp. 39 and 40. Professor Currisk.
Courses 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14. Loc. cit Assistant Professor
POTTBR.
Courses i to 4 or an equivalent are the minimum prerequisite for
work leading to an advanced degree.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
Seminary in Archseology. For 1898-99 the subject wiU be the
Topography and Archseology of Rome and the vicinity. Professor
Currier.
ORBBK I^ANGUAGB AKB I^ITBBATUIUS.
A. Course open to both graduates and undergraduates.
Plato'6 OorgiaSy Thesetettis, and selections from the Republic
B. Course open to graduates only.
Aristophanes. Special attention will be given to the purpose and
influence of Greek comedy, and to its value as a picture of Athenisn
life.
GB&MAN I;ANGUAGB AND UTSRAl^UKB.
A. Courses open to advanced students and graduates only.
5. German Seminary. This course is devoted to the study of
spedal periods of German literature, of individual anthoca or of par-
ticular literary movements. See page 43. Professor Wix30N.
6. Middle MUgh German. Middle High German Grsmmar, with
a comparison of New High German Ssmtaz and Middle High GemMS
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT, GRADUATE COURSES. 91
Syntax. Selections from the Nibelungenlied, Gndmn and the poems
of Walther Ton der Vogelweide. See page 43. Professor Wzi^SON.
PRSNCH IrANOUAOB AND I^ITBRATURIE.
A. Courses open to both graduates and undergraduates.
4« Hlatory of French I/iterattire. Lectures in the French Lan-
guage. Text-books; Duval's Litt^rature fran^aise; Montaigne's De
rinstitution des Enfans. Professor Van Stkkndbrkn.
zz« Seminary in X3th Centtiry French I^iteratore. Pro-
fessor Van STSKNDSRBn.
SNOU8H I^ANOUAOB AND I/ITBRATURIS.
A. Courses open to both graduates and undergraduates.
Daring the year 189S-9 candidates for the master's degree may take
work in the following Senior courses:
6. Seminary in Nineteenth Century Poetry. See Course 6,
under English, p. 47. Professor Rkbvbs.
7. The Buffliah Drama. See Course 7, p. 47. Mr. Cook.
zo. The Sngliah Bsaajriats and Orators. See Course 10, p.
48. Mr. KSI.X«Y.
9* Nineteenth Century Prose. See Course 9, p. 47. Professor
B. Courses open to graduates only.
13. Ansrlo-Sazon. For detailed information see Course 13, p.
48. Professor Rbkws.
14* Gothic and Old Saxon. See Course 14, p. 48. Professor
HISTORY.
A. Courses open to both graduates and undergraduates.
7. The French Revolution and Napoleonic ISra. Lectures.
Fall and winter terms. Two hours a week. Professor Wiix:ox.
8. The Nineteenth Century History of Europe. Lectures.
Spring term. Two hours a week. Professor Wii,cox.
92 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
6. Coastittttioiial History of the United States. Lectnrea.
Three hoars a week. Professor Wilcox.
9. Seminary in Sarly Bnglish History. Three terms. Two
hours a week. Professor Wilcox.
10. Seminary in United States History. Three terms. Two
hours a week. Professor Wilcox.
Special research work is also provided for those who intend to take
the Master's degree in History as the major study. This work is con-
ducted personally by the Professor of History and, in each case, is
along the lines of the candidate's dissertation for the degree.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
zz. Seminary in the French Revolution. Two hours a week.
Professor WiLCOX.
This consists, so far as possible, in a critical and comparative study
of original sources. Controverted points receive special attention.
la. Seminary in the Period of Napoleon. Three terms. Two
hours a week. Professor Wilcox.
POI^ITICAi; SCISNCS.
A. For graduates and under graduates.
9* Economics, advanced course. A study in economic theory, his-
torical and critical, as described under Course 9,on page 54. Through-
out the year, Mon., and Th., at 2:30, Professor Loos.
7* Economic Policy. The courses in public finance, currency and
banking, transportation, diplomacy and foreign relations, described
in the undergraduate statement, on pp. 53-54, as Courses 7, 3, 5 and
6, with such additional work as may be prescribed. Open only to
those who have a fair knowledge of economic theory. Throughout
the year. Professor hooa.
I. Sociology. Part i. I^ectures during the fall term on the
primary factors and forces of social phenomena; special attention is
given to the earliest phases of political organization. Part 2. In the
winter term, pauperism, crime, police and sanitation receive spedal
attention; this will be followed in the spring term by a study of muni-
cipal government, with special attention to social problems. Thiongh-
ont the year, Mon., Wed., Pri., at 10. Professor Loos.
COI^LEGIATE DEPARTMENT, GRADUATE COURSES. 93
B. Courses open to graduates only.
4« Political Philosophy. A study in political theory, classical
and modem, with some notice of state forms. I^ectures with critical
reading of Aristotle's Politics during the fall term; and Green on
Political Obligations and Part i of Sidgwick's Elements of Politics
during the winter and spring terms, Tu., Th., at 11. Professor
Loos.
5. Seminary in Political Science. It is the aim of the Sem-
inary to encourage special investigations. Questions in economics,
statiatics, finance, political philosophy, administration or law may be
taken for special research. From time to time papers are read, and
then familiarly criticized and discussed. Professors L008 and Sham-
BAUOB.
Throughout the year alternate Mondays at 7:30.
OOYBRNMBNT AND ADMINISTRATION.
A. Courses open to graduates and undergraduates.
8 and 9* Political Theory and Comparatiye Constitational
l^mw. A study of the more general and theoretical aspects of politi-
cal phenomena. Pall term: Political Theory. Winter term: Com-
parative Constitutional I^w. Spring term: Papers on special topics
in political theory and comparative constitutional law. See above,
Potitics III., page 56. Professor Shambaugh.
6. American Political Theory. In this course the writings
of Hamilton, Washington, Jefferson, Madison, Clay, Webster, Cal-
houn and Lincoln will be read and discussed. Pall and winter terms,
two hours. Professor SHABiBAUGH.
n. Adndniatratiye l^aw. A comparative study of Administra-
tive I^aw in Prance, Germany, England and the United States. One
term, two hours. Professor Shambaugq.
94 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
A. Courses open to graduates and undex^graduates.
4. History of Philosophy. A course in Greek, medueval and
modem philosophy. Lectures, with assigned readings in the texts of
Zeller, Weber, Palckenberg and Erdmann. Professor Patrick.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Pri., at ii.
6. Iraboratory Course in Sxperimental Psycholosry- A
theoretical and practical course in psychological experiment. The
exercises are so arranged as to familiarize the student with the
methods and the apparatus of typical experiments in each of the
approved lines of psychological research. The students perform
the experiments and report and discuss the results and literature on
each subject. Laboratory work and reports. Prerequisite, Course 3.
Dr. Seashorb.
7* Introdtictioti to Philosophy. The purpose of tnis oonrse
is to supplement the course in the history of philosophy by a more
critical study of philosophical problems and S3rstems. Lectures, with
readings from Paulsen's Introduction to Philosophy. Professor Pat-
rick.
8. Abnormal Psychology. Hjrpnosis, sleep, alterations of per-
sonality, automatism, hallucinations, and the psychology of the
abnormal and defective classes, will be discussed. Lectnres with
required reading. Prerequisite, Course 3. Dr. Seashore.
B. Graduate Courses.
lo. Special Research in Psychology. Original investigations
of special problems in psychology. Laboratory work and theses.
The results of these investigations, if of sufficient worth, will be pub-
lished in the Studies in Psychology. Dr. Sbashors.
xa. Seminary in Psychology. Reports and diacnssions upon a
few selected problems in the psychology and philosophy of mind.
Special emphasis will be laid upon the nature of consciousness and
the theory of knowledge. Dr. Ssashork.
13. Seminary in Philosophy. Papers and discussions upon
special problems in philosophy. Theism was the subject taken up
the past year. Professor Patrick.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT, GRADUATE COURSES. 95
PSBA006Y.
A. Courses open to both graduates or undergraduates.
a. Philosophy of ISdttcatioii and Practice of Teaching:.
Lectures and recitations. It is the purpose in this course to set forth
the aims of education, as these aims have been developed in the
history of education; also to treat somewhat fully the doctrines of the
educational leaders of recent times, and finally to illustrate the appli-
cation of these doctrines in teaching. Pall term: Educational Aims
and Doctrines. This part of the course will include a special treatment
of the Herbartian pedagogy and a discussion of educational values.
Winter term: Teaching and governing. This part of the course will
embrace a treatment of the formal steps of instruction, an exposition
of methods of teaching and lectures on sanitation. Spring term:
Secondary Education. In this part of the course, attention will be
given to the ocganization of courses of study and methods of instruc-
tion in high schools. Professor McConnbi«i«.
5. School Syatems. This course will require of the students an
examination of the state and the city systems of the United States.
Lectures and reports. Professor McConnei*!..
6* Child Study. In this course the history, literature and meth-
ods of work in child study will be treated. Professor McConnbi^i,.
Graduate students in these courses, in addition to the work expected
of undeigradnate students will be required to make a special study of
one or more of the subjects included in the course selected.
B. Courses open to graduate students only.
8* Public School Conditions. This course will consist of con-
crete studies af public school conditions, and will be statistical and
descriptive. It will be taken as individual work and will be under
the direction of Professor McConnsi<i«.
9* Vlementary !Bdncation in Germany. In this course the
student will be required to make a special study of the application of
the Herbartian principles in the elementary schools of Germany.
The student must be able to read German. Professor McCoNNKi«ir«
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
A. Courses open both to gradoates and undergraduates.
6. Special Inyestiffatioii or Reaearch, to follow 4 and 5, page
65. Professor Vbbi^bn and Mr. Bowman.
7. Theory of Direct Current Dynamos and Motors. Pro-
fessor Vbbi,sn.
8. Theory of Electricity. Direct currents twice a week. Pro-
fessor Vbbi^en. Alternate currents three times a week. Mr. Bow-
man.
9. Alternate Current Machinery. Polyphase current ma-
chines twice a week. Professor Vbbi^bn. The transformer, three
times a week. Bir. Bowman.
13. Heat and Thermodynamics. Mr. Bowman.
15. Seminary. Sjrstematic and critical reading of physical jour-
nals. Meetings every week through the year. Professor Vbbz,bn.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
The physical laboratory affords opportunity for such special work
and research as may be desired for additional minor and major courses.
Work may be laid out for those who wish^ in any special line, and
will include both experimental and theoretical treatment of the
branches chosen. For those who prefer it a general major course in
phyftics will be arranged by a suitable selection from the different
courses offered.
CHBMI8TRY.
A. Courses open to both graduates and undergraduates.
6. Theoretical and Physical Chemistry. This course con-
sists of lectures and laboratory ;vork, and comprises an experimental
study of cryosoopic, ebulioscopic and vapor density methods for the
determination of molecular weights, of the speed of chemical reaction,
of the coefficients of chemical affinity, and of other problems of like
character. Only in even numbered years. Professor Andrbws.
5. Advanced Quantitatiye Analysis. Professor Andrbws.
zo. Crystallogfraphy. Lecture and laboratory course in Crystal-
lography and Crystal Measurements. Mr. Wai,kbr.
COU#BGIATE DEPARTMENT. GRADUATE COURSES. 97
B. Omraes open to graduates only.
n. Research Work. Organic Chemistry. Professor And&sws.
19. Research Work. Physical and Inorganic Chemistry. Pro-
fessor Andrews and Mr. Wai.ker.
ANIMAL MORPHOi;OOY Ain> PHYSIOXrOGT.
A. Courses open both to graduates and undergraduates.
The following courses are offered to graduate students who elect
work in morphology as a minor. The completion of undergraduate
Conzse i, or its equivalent, is prerequisite.
a. ComparatiTe Histology. A general course of laboratory
work on the histology of animal tissues and systems of organs. Pro-
fessor HOXJSBR and Mr. BxTRGE.
3. Comparatiye Netirologry. This is a specialized course for
the detailed study of the nervous system. Lectures and laboratory
work. Professor HousBR and Mr. Surge.
4. Vertebrate ^Embryology. A laboratory course, accompanied
by a series of lectures, for the study of the frog's e^ and the devel-
opment of the chick. Professor HouSBR and Mr. Burgb.
B. Open to graduates only.
7. Research Course. Facilities for original investigation will
be provided for those who elect work in this subject as a major. The
specific character of such work will be determined by individual needs
and preferences, but, in general, a biological problem will be assigned
for independent investigation through the use of refined laboratory
methods. Candidates for this work are supposed to have a biological
training at least equivalent to that provided by undergraduate Courses
I, 3, 3, and 4. Professor HousER.
a^OOI/OGT.
A. Courses open both to graduates and undergraduates.
7* l/ccttires in Speculatiye Ideology. Two hours a week.
This course is devoted to a presentation of the more prominent theories
ocmceraing the origin and evolution of animal forms and a historical
96 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
review of the position held by the most prominent workers in specu-
lative zoology. Special attention will also be paid to a study of the
habits, instincts and intelligence of animals. The course will con-
tinue through the year. Professor NuTTing.
8. Thesis. Equivalent to two terms' work. Advanced work in
any group of ittiitnala of which the museum contains a sufficient series.
Free access to any specimens or books on the museum floor is
accorded to students doing thesis work in zoology. Professor Nxrr-
TING.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
9. An exhaustive systematic discussion of any limited group of
animals of which the museum affords sufficient material and the
library sufficient literature.
In several groups such as birds, echinoderms, mollusca, cmstaoea,
coleoptera and coelenterata, the museum can now offer facilities for
the most advanced systematic work, both the material and literature
being adequate.
10. Spedal investigation along the line of speculative zoology , e. g. ,
ccftoration of animals, geographical distribution, variation, natural
selection, etc.
GBOI/OGY.
A. Courses open both to graduates and undergraduates.
3, InYertebrate Paleontology. Course 3, described on page
72, is offered to graduate and undergraduate students who have pre-
viously taken Course 2. This course can only be taken as a minor by
candidates for the Master's degree. Professor Cai,vin.
4* 9cotiomic Geology of the United States may be taken on the
same terms as i.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
6. Graduate students who elect geology as a major will be assigned
work involving original research in some branch of geology or paleon-
tology. This work may embrace such subjects as describing and
mapping the geological formation of some selected area. Pleistocene
geology of some country or group of countries, the stratigraphic dis-
tribution of the fauna of a given geological formation, the critical
COIXBGIATE DBPARTMBNT, GRADUATE COURSBS. 99
fltndy of certain selected geological faunas, the geological and geo-
gTBphical nuige of certain zoological groups of ofganiams, or the evi-
dence of evolution in sucoessiYe geological fauna. Throughout the
year, daily. Professor Cai,vin.
BOTANT.
A. Courses open to both undeigraduates and graduates.
Courses 5, 6, 7, 9 and 10, as described on pp. 74, 75, are open to
graduates who may select botany as a mioor. The completion of
Courses i, 3 and 4, as described on pp. 73, 74, or the equivalent is
presupposed in all cases.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
xa* Histology. The preparation and critical study of material
illustrative of the structure of some special group of either sporophytes
or i^>ermaphyte8; or the critical study of some special oigan or tissue
as developed in different plant groups. Professor Macbridb and
Assistant Professor Shimbk.
13. Physiolosy* Practical experimentation in laboratory and
field, with the object of solving, so far as may be practicable, some
phjrsiological problem as presented in the case of a selected plant or
group of plants; or the critical study of the function of some special
ocgan, or group of tissues. Other topics may be found in research
relative to the effect of environment, cross and self-fertilization, etc.,
in the matter of the distribution and differentiation of species, law of
heredity, and kindred problems. Professor Macbridb and Assistant
Professor Shimbk.
Z4« Sjrstematic Botany. Comparative study of the species of
plants found in special geographic areas in connection with an inves-
tigation of the laws governing geographic distribution; studies of
special natural orders of plants, cryptogamic or phenogamic, with
reference to their taxonomy, relationships, distribution, etc.; com-
parative studies of plants of economic importance, their relationships
and history; studies in problems of local forestry, especially as related
to conditions found in the Miitsissippi Valley. Professor Macbridb
and Assistant Professor Shimbk.
100 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
MATHBMATICB.
The courses outlined below are offered to graduate students.
5* Integral Calcttlua. Hyperbolic functions, definite in*
tegrals, including the beta and gamma functions and elliptic inte-
grals; the elements of differential equations. Lectures throughont
the year; supplemented by a weekly Seminary. Professor WSI^D.
6. Differential Bqtiations. Lectures throughout the year;
supplemented by a weekly Seminary. Professor WSU).
7. Harmonic Flinctiona. Lectures throughout the year;
supplemented by a weekly Seminary. Professor Wxld.
8. Determinants and Modem Geometry. This course is
supplemented by a fortnightly Seminary. Mr. Baus&.
9* Analytical Mechanics. Statics; dynamics; the mechanics
of fluids. This course is supplemented by a weekly Seminary.
Assistant Professor Smith.
zo. Advanced Mechanics. Virtual velocities, the principle of
least action; dynamics of a particle with reference to the theory of
orbital motion; hydromechanics. Lectures throughout the year;
supplemented by a weekly Seminary. Assistant Professor Smith.
Further details regarding the above courses will be found on pages
77-78.
It is to be noted that in each of the courses a knowledge of the
elements of the differential and integral calculus is implied. Graduate
students in other lines of work may, however, take as a minor either
of the two elementary courses in calculus offered to undergraduates.
See Courses 3 and 4, pp. 76-77.
The courses in mathematics cannot, in general, be taken in absentia
The following schedule is recommended to those wishing two years
of graduate work:
Pirst year: Review elementary calculus; integral calculus; analyti-
cal mechanics; minor, subject to the approval of the Faculty. See pp.
76-78.
Second year: Differential equations or harmonic functions; detei^
minants and modem geometry; advanced mechanics; minor, subject
to the approval of the Faculty. See pp. 76-78.
Bach candidate for a degree will be required to submit a thesis rep-
resenting original investigation]in either pure or applied mathematics.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT, GRADUATE COURSES. loi
ADYAKCSB D1SORJSS8.
ICaster of Arts and Master of Science. The degxee of Mas-
ter of Arts, or Master of Science, will be conferred upon resident
graduates on the following conditions:
1. The candidate must be a graduate of this University, or of an
accredited University or College.
2. He must have pursued, during one or more years, a course of
graduate study at this University, covering one major and one minor
subject. In a two years' course, one major, and two minors, may be
allowed. His studies during this time are to be under the immediate
supervision and control of the professors immediately concerned, and
to be subject to the approval of the Faculty.
5. In aU cases, the minor, or minors, must be closely allied to the
major subject
4. He must submit a thesis of at least 5,000 words, showing
marked attainment in some branch of learning. The subject of this
thesis must be announced to the Faculty for approval, not later than
the second Friday in December, and the thesis itself must be pre-
sented to the Examining Committee at a date to be set by the professor
in charge of the thesis work, not later, in any case, than May aoth of
the year in which the degree is expected.
5. He must, at the dose of his course, pass a satisfactory examina-
tion, both oral and written, conducted by a committee which shall
consist of three professors, selected by the Faculty for this purpose.
6. The degree of Master of Arts may be granted only after the
completion of a course mainly literary in character; Master of Science,
after one mainly scientific.
Non-resident graduates may receive the Master of Arts or Master of
Sdence degree on complying with the following conditions iif addi-
tion to or modifying those enumerated for residents:
1. The candidate will be required to outline a course of study,
comprising a major and one allied minor subject, which must be
approved by a committee of two or more professors named by the
Faculty to pass upon it.
2. He shall at the dose of each academic year present to the
Faculty a report, whidi should constitute a complete synopsb of the
I02 STATB UNIVBRSITY OF IOWA.
year's work, naming topics studied and authors read. These annnal
repOAta ate expected to be specific and comprehensive.
3. His graduate studies must extend over three years; although in
exceptional cases, where the candidate devotes a large part of his time
to study, a shorter course, but in no case less than two years, may be
accepted.
Civil Bngineer. The degree of Civil Engineer is not conferred
upon completion of an undergraduate course in engineering, but
instead thereof, the degree of Bachelor of Science in Civil Bngrineer-
ing. The degree C. E. will be conferred on graduates who have
practiced the profession at least three years, and who have submitted
an approved thesis, and passed a satisfactory examination.
Doctor of Philosophy. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy
will be granted under the following conditions:
I. Prerequisites.
1. The candidate must have received the Bachelor's d^^ree either
fiom this institution or from some other of equal rank.
2. He must present evidence of having completed a satisfactory
amount of undergraduate work in the subjects proposed for investi-
gation for this degree.
3. He must possess a knowledge of French and German at least
sufficient for purposes of research.
II. Conditions of Candidacy.
1. At least three years of graduate study will ordinarily be re-
quired. Of these two must be in residence and the last year prior to
receiving this degree must be spent at this University.
2. In making formal application for this degree the candidate shall
select one major study and one or two minors; the minor study or
studies shall be closely applied to the major and shall be such as with
it to constitute but one single field of research.
3. The application of the candidate setting forth the line of re-
search proposed shall be approved and endorsed by the professor or
professors under whose direction it is proposed to prosecute the wofk.
III. Dissertotion.
I. On completion of his work the candidate shall submit to the
Faculty a formal dissertation which shall not only exhibit evidence of
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT, GRADUATE COURSES. 103
original research but shall in itself be a oontribntion to the snm ol
Iranian knowledge.
2. The dissertation mnst be in acceptable literary form; although
for acceptance it will depend chiefly npon its sabject matter.
3. The subject of the proposed dissertation mnst be submitted to
the Faculty not later than the last Friday in September of the year
preceding that in which the degree is expected; and a copy of the
disMttation printed or type-written, must be in the hands of the secre-
tary of the Faculty not later than the 20th day of May of the year in
which the degree is expected. In case the dissertation offered is
accepted by the Faculty and the candidate passes satisfactorily the
examinations, provided for in the next section following, he shall
prior to receiving his degree deposit with the librarian of the Univer-
Kty twenty-five printed copies of the dissertation so accepted.
IV. BaEaminations.
I. At such time as may be agreed upon by the candidate and the
professors in charge of his work he shall pass an examination in form
both oral and written; the examination to be conducted by the pro-
fessors immediately concerned, the written privately, the oral in pre-
sence of the Faculty. For purposes of this examination five members
of the Collegiate Faculty shall constitute a quorum.
MATERIAL EQUIPMENT.
i;aboratori98.
Chemical l^aboratory.
The chemical laboratory occupies two stories in the laboratory
building. This space is divided into twenty-five rooms, designed in
such a way as to afford facilities for the prosecution of a wide range
of chemical work.
The general laboratory is a room loo feet long by 27 feet in mini-
mum breadth, lighted from one side only by ten large windows. In
this and all other rooms of the building provision has been made
for perfect ventilation by the construction of numerous air flues. The
building is heated by steam, which will also be freely used for chemi-
cal purposes, as for drying-ovens, distillation, etc.
The lecture hall is bmlt in amphitheater form with raised seats. It
will accommodate nearly two himdred students, every one of whom
can clearly see the lecture table and any experiment that may be per-
formed there, even from the most distant part of the room.
The size of the building on the ground is 150 x 105 feet. In all the
rooms, cross lights have been avoided, and in every respect, the de-
signer and the architect have spared no pains to meet every reason-
able demand in the construction of a thoroughly modem and sub-
stantial structure adapted as perfectly as means would admit to its
special uses.
A storage battery and dynamo in connection with a gas engine fur-
nish the electricity to the various laboratories for electrolysis and other
uses. Especial facilities in the way of apparatus are provided for the
study of physical chemistry.
104
COLI«BGIATE DEPARTMENT. 105
Pkyiical labofatocy.
The phjticBl laboxatoxy occnpies the first floor and the basement of
the North Building, with an available floor space of more than 8,000
square feet.
In the basement is the large engine and dynamo room containing a
gas engine which drives a shaft twenty feet long. To this shaft are
belted the dynamos, of which there are six of from one to ten horse-
power capacity, and representing several types. Here also is a cable
switch-board, meters, lamps, and other apparatus. In this room, and
driven by the same engine, are three lathes, a planer, drill-press, forge
and the usual tools for working metal. In the battery room are some
45 accumulators of different varieties. A large and commodious
photometer room is supplied with a complete Kruess photometer.
One basement room has been equipped as an electrical laboratory.
Another room is supplied with a cabinet-maker's bench and a few
wood-working tools.
On the floor above are eight rooms. The lecture room, with seats
for some 70 students, is supplied with water and gas and with wires
horn the dynamos and the accumulators. The windows can be easily
darkened, and there are conveniences for making projections by sun-
light or by electric or other artificial light. A large and well lighted
room is devoted to the uses of a general laboratory, especially in the
line of mechanics, and contains a number of balances, air-pumps, a
cathetometer, and a number of other measuring instruments. Another
large room contains much of the apparatus for electrical testing.
Here also is the special physical library with the journals taken by the
laboratory. Three smaller rooms are given respectively to heat, light,
and magnetism, and are weU equipped with apparatus. There are
also two offices, for the professor in charge and the assistant professor.
The laboratory is fairly well supplied with lecture apparatus; and
among the instruments of precision are many of the best and finest to
be had. The equipment is especially full in mechanics, optics and
electricity. Most of the apparatus has been purchased in recent years,
a nd has been selected with great care; and some has been constructed
for particular uses in this laboratory.
io6 STATE UNIVBRSITY OF IOWA.
l^abaratories for Ajiimal Morphology and Physiology.
The laboratories for animal morphology and physiologj oocnpy
the west half of the first floor of the Natural Science building together
with a portion of the basement. They are supplied with water and
gas throughout, and are lighted by twenty windows.
The laboratory for the course in general morphology receives light
from the north. It is furnished with heavy oak, slate-topped tables,
particularly adapted to the anatomical and microscopical requirements
of the work. The tables will accomodate thirty students at one time.
The equipment of this laboratory includes thirty compound micro-
scopes, the requisite accessory optical apparatus, a series of over
seven thousand microscopical slides, a large number of anatomical
preparations, charts and models, and the numerous pieces of minor
apparatus, glassware, etc., incident to general biological work.
The laboratory for the several advanced courses is lighted from the
west and south. It is furnished with tables and reagent racks de-
signed to meet the special requirements of the work pursued here. A
smaller room opening from the main one supplies the conditions de-
sired for apparatus of constant temperature. The equipment of this
laboratory embraces special microscopes, sliding microtomes of
approved pattern, a Minot automatic microtome for serial sectioning, a
large I#illie water bath for paraffin imbedding, a laboratory incubator
for work in embryology, a thermostat of ample size, a complete stock
of biological reagents, sets of reagent bottles for each student, a large
assortment of glassware, and various pieces of phjrsiological appar-
atus.
Opening from the main laboratories are smaller rooms available for
those pursuing special lines of investigation. The basement labora-
tory is utilised for aquaria, anatomical tanks, animal cages and appli-
ances for various kinds of work.
Iraboratories for Geology and Paleontology.
The material for illustrating the work in geology and paleontology
embraces:
I. The museum collection of rocks, dajrs, building stones, miner-
als and fossils.
COIXBGIATB DEPARTMBNT. 107
2. A large smes of maps, charts, lantern slides, photographs and
geological models.
3. A lithological lathe for making rock sections, or sections to iUn-
strate the stmctnre of ancient forms of animals and plants.
4. Fetrographical microscopes.
5. Photographic apparatus, including a large photomicrographic
6. A large series of negatives from which the students make prints
to tUnstrate their permanent note books.
7. Geological phenomena illustrated within easy reach of Iowa
City.
The snrronnding neighborhood affords many instructive examples
of phenomena of interest to the student of geology. At the same
time it offers unexcelled opportunities for field work in majyping, mak-
ing geological sections, tracing strata from one exposure to another
and making paleontological collections. The Pleistocene deposits are
of especial interest The available material is not only sufficient to
illustrate the ordinary undergraduate courses in geology, but advanced
students will find enough to occupy their time with profit for two or
more years.
Botanical laboratory.
This laboratory is located on the second floor of the Natural Science
Building, and is in direct communication with the Herbarium. It is
supplied with heavy oak, slate-topped tables, furnished with drawers
and cases for the instruments used in microscopic work, and is ar-
ranged to accommodate twenty-five students at one time.
Twenty-five compound microscopes, with necessary accessories,
section-cutters, etc., are at the disposal of the students.
Connected with the main laboratory are private laboratories for stu-
dents pursuing spedal lines of investigation. Two of these are fur-
nished with special microscopes and apparatus for investigation in
vegetable physiology.
These laboratories are well lighted, and in every way adapted to
satLsfactory work.
io8 STATE UNIVBRSITY OF IOWA.
Psycholofifical l^aboratory.
The psychological laboratory occupies the lower floor of the brick
building, No. 14 North Clinton street, facing the campus. It includes
a commodious lecture room, library and reading room, in addition to
three quiet, well-lighted rooms for laboratory work, and a dark room.
The thorough equipment of the laboratory with appcuratus and
needed accessories offers every opportunity for the study of the differ
ent senses, memory, illusions, time relations of mental phenomena,
and the nervous system.
A partial list of apparatus is as follows: A complete set of instru-
ments for studying the time relations of mental phenomena by the
graphic method, recording time to the thousandth part of a second;
this set, excluding the smaller necessary accessories, comprises the
following pieces: a recording dnmi, two induction coils, batteries,
storage battery, multiple key, reaction keys, five finger reaction key,
graphic chronometer with electro-magnetic attachment, rheocord, 100
V. d. electro-magnetic tuning-fork, double contact electro-magnetic
timing-fork, time markers, automatic contact, galvanometer, con-
denser, touch key, switches, commutator, telephone-receivers, Geissler
stimulator for sight reaction, pendulum circuit interrupter, instan-
taneous exposure apparatus, slide inductorium, foil apparatus and
speed counter. For the study of taste and smell: several varieties of
olfactometers and gustatory apparatus. For touch, muscle sense, tem-
perature and kindred phenomena: three sets of muscle sense weights,
loaded boxes for the study of the psycho-physic law and weight illu-
sions, two sets illusion blocks, steadiness gauge, eethesiometers, hot
and cold spot apparatus, balance scale, five dynamometers, ergograph,
algometer, Marey tambours, thought-action apparatus, foil, musde-
memory apparatus, voluntary motor recorder, spirometer and set of
touch weights. For hearing : siren , sound pendulum ( by Krille) , series
of 22 Koenig cylinders for highest audible tone, Galton whistle with
manometer and blower, Appunn*s reed, set of tuning-forks with reso-
nance boxes for illustrating harmony, beats and sympathetic vibration,
two sets of forks for discriminations of pitch, metronome, two audi-
ometers, two pitch pipes, sonometer, stroboscope for study of pitch
differences. For sight: rotation apparatus with Maxwell color disks
COhltnGlATn DBPAKTMENT. 109
for illustrating mixing of colors, color contrast, etc., contrast appa-
ratns, two tachistoscopes, apparatus for testing color blindness, Rothe's
oolor-wheel with disks, Bradley's pseudoptics, two photometers, bino-
cular and monocular apparatus, eye-muscle apparatus, dark box,
apparatus for outlining the blind spot, zoetrope and perimeter. The
latest model of the Zimmerman kymograph and Zeitsinn apparatus
giyes facilities in dealing with all problems requiring the graphic
method and investigation of the time sense.
In addition to the apparatus enumerated aboye might be mentioned
other numerous pieces for demonstration purposes. The study of the
neryous system is illustrated by about one hundred charts in addition
to various models, including Auzoux's dissectible model of the brain,
ear models, eye models, ophthahnotrope, nerve-muscle machine, etc.
The workshop, fitted out with lathe, work bench and necessary
tools, mimeograph, dissecting apparatus, etc., forms an indispensable
adjunct to the laboratory.
Astrottomical Obserratory.
The students' astronomical observatory is convenientiy located on
the Univerrity campus. It is furnished with a five-inch equatorial
telescope by Gmpp of Dublin, having circles, driving clock, position
micrometer, helioscope and a solar and stellar spectroscope, a transit
instrument by William Wuerdeman of Washington, a prismatic sex-
tant and artificial horizon by Pistor and Martins of Berlin, clock
dmmometer, chronograph, etc.
The mathematical and astronomical library comprises over one
thousand volumes, including many rare and valuable works. The
periodical literature devoted to these branches of science is also well
represented.
CItII Bngineerinif I^aboratorles and l>tBXkg1Mng Rooms.
The hydraulic laboratory is a room having a floor space of 575 square
feet. The equipment for 1898-99 will include the necessary tanks with
standard orifices, tubes and weirs for free and submerged flow, hook
gauge, water meters of various kinds, pressure gauges and other
necessary appliances for illustrating hydraulic principles; also a Price's
pneumatic current meter for field gaugings.
no STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
The cement laboratory contains a Riehle i,ooo pound cement tester,
a Fairbanks automatic shot-stop cement tester of same capacity,
briquette making machine of the Sims and S. U. I. type and all
necessary tanks, mixing sinks, molds, etc., for making complete tests
of cement.
The ir6u, steel, and wood laboratory contains an autographic test-
ing machine and a 100,000 pound Riehle machine.
The draughting rooms are well lighted and equipped with all neces-
sary appliances.
The department is provided with a field equipment ample to permit
full and complete practice in the different kinds of surveying; this
equipment consists of a vernier compass, a railroad compass, a solar
compass, levels and transits with stadia, gradienter and Saegmullar
solar attachment, also a plane table of the latest approved form with
best telescopic alidade and all necessary attachments, together with
all the rods, flags, chains, tapes, etc., that are necessary to equip fully
the various classes and divisions in surveying without interfering
with each other in their work.
The engineering library consists of over 500 volumes of the standard
works on the various engineering subjects; these books are selected
from and are a part of the general library, but are arranged in a con-
venient room adjacent to the drawing rooms, and are freely used by
the engineering student. All the best engineering journals and
periodicals are received, bound and kept on file.
Each engineering student is eligible for member^p in the Engi-
neering Society. This society meets each week, and papers upon
engineering subjects are prepared and read by the students.
An engineering journal, Tke TransU^ is published annually by the
University. It is edited by the members of the Engineering Society,
and contains the results of original research in engineering problems
by undergraduate students and alumni.
COI#LBGIATE DBPARTMENT. in
MU8BUM.
Mimettm of Natural History.
The mnsetun of natural history is rapidly growing, and becomes
daily more valuable through donations of material by friends of the
Univenity.
By the generosity of the collector, the famous Homaday collection
of tiiiiwiTiiaia and birds has become the property of the Uniyersity.
This collection contains many rare forms of mammals and birds, and
is particularly rich in tjrpical exotic forms from India and Australia.
Mr. D. H. Talbot of Sioux City has donated to the University his
extensive collection of natural history specimens and minerals. This
Qollection contains many thousand specimens, being especially rich in
fif«tiwaia^ birds and anatomical preparations.
During the last seven years, expeditions for zoological explorations
in the interest of the University have visited the following regions:
Bahama Islands, Bay of Fundy, Rocky Mountain region, Pacific coast,
Alaska, mountains of Tennessee, the Winnipeg country, Lake Atha-
basca, Great Slave Lake, the Arctic coast, Siberia, Cuba, Florida Keys,
British West Indies and the Bay of Naples.
An entire rearrangement of the museum has been undertaken,
and a new S3rBtem of labeling, cataloguing, and exhibiting has been
adopted, with the intention of making the material embraced of the
utmost practical use to students of natural history.
A rapidly growing library of reference for the use of students of
zoology is placed on the museum floor, and a free use of all the mate-
rial in the various collections is encouraged, for which purpose a
dieetful and convenient study room has been provided for the use of
students and specialists.
The material includes:
1. Geological Coilectiona.
I. A laige series of minerals, building stones, fossils, earths, etc.,
collected chiefly in the prosecution of the State geological surveys,
between the years 1856 and 1870. These collections are annually in-
creasing by contributions from various sources.
112 STATE UNIVBRSITY OF IOWA.
2. The Calvin collection of American and European fossils.
3. A snperb collection of cretaceous cycads from tiie Dakota sand-
stone of the Black Hills.
4. Recent extensive collections illustrating the cretaceous faunas
and economic geology of the Black Hills.
A rapidly growing collection illustrating general economic geology.
2. Zoological Ck>Ueotlons.
1. Mammals. A laige series of mounted specimens is now on
exhibition* the great majority being rare and valuable foreign species,
including a series of marsupials, which suxpasses anything of the kind
west of the All^hanies.
Besides the Homaday collection, the museum contains a large num-
ber of native mammals, about forty specimens being from the Pacific
coast. A complete series of the larger mammals of North America is
rapidly being secured through the kindness of Mr. D. H. Talbot, and
the efforts of Mr. Prank Russell, who returned from the far North
Mrith an exceptionally fine series of the large mammals of that region.
2. Birds. The ornithological material in the museum now em-
braces about 11,000 specimens, about 1,000 of which are exhibited in
the mounted series, the remainder being included in the study series
for the use of students and specialists.
Besides the large collection of native birds, containing nearly all
the species found in Iowa, the following collections are noteworthy:
The Homaday collection of birds, containing one hundred and
twenty-five specimens, nearly all of which are exotics, and many,
such as the ostrich and emu of great value.
The Bond collection of birds of Wyoming, donated together with a
large collection of Iowa birds, by Mr. Prank Bond of Cheyenne,
Wyoming.
The Harrison collection of British game birds and birds of prey, s
large and valuable series, donated by John Harrison, Esq. of England.
The Talbot collection of American birds, embracing thousands of
specimens, mostiy from the Mississippi Valley.
A collection of 500 birds from the N. W. Provinces of British Amer-
ica, made by the Curator, Mr. Prank Russell and Mr. A. O. Smith.
A collection of about 600 specimens of birds from the Winnip^
CX)LLBG1ATE DEPARTMENT. 113
ooimtry. Great Slave Lake, Athabasca Lake, the Mackenzie River and
the Arctic coast, made by Mr. Prank Russell.
The dtTBtor has donated his stndy series of over 800 bird skins from
North and Central America and the Bahama Islands. This series is
of special value to students interested in ornithology.
3. Reptiles. The alcoholic collection of reptiles has received many
important additions, among which may be mentioned a number of
specimens from India, donated by Rev. A. Loughridge, and many
native specimens presented by students. Ex-Regent B. P. Osbom has
donated his laige collection of alcoholic specimens, especially reptiles,
thus nearly doubling the series of these forms.
4. Fishes. Assistant Professor B. Shimek has presented the mu-
seum with his entire collection of fresh-water fishes, of which we now
have several hundred specimens, besides a number of marine forms.
A collection of 135 species of the fresh-water fishes of Central and
Western North America, has been donated to the University by the
United States Pbh Commission.
5. Insects. Assistant Professor Wickham is now engaged in as-
sorting a large series of the coleoptera of North America, which he
has generously donated. All of the foreign coleoptera in this mag-
nificent collection are now the property of the museum.
6. Bfarine Invertebrates. A collection consisting of several thou-
sand specimens of crustaceans, moUusks, star fishes, corals, sponges,
etc, has been supplemented by a valuable series consisting of several
hundred alcoholic specimens, many of which are the gift of the United
States Fish Commission.
The alcoholic collection has been enlarged by material collected
during two expeditions to the Bahamas, Cuba and the Florida Keys,
and thousands of specimens have been added by collections made in
the Bay of Fundy by Professors Calvin and Nutting.
A car load of marine specimens was secured by the Bahama expedi-
tion in 1893. This collection contains a large number of deep-water
forms, placing this University far ahead of all other western institu-
tions in the matter of marine materials for exhibition and study.
A valuable series of marine forms of the more fragile and delicate
kinds, such as medusse, sea-anemones, etc., has been secured from the
114 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Stizione Zoologica at Naples, where the most superb preparations of
these wonderfully beautiful forms are made.
7. Terrestial and Fresh Water MoUusca. The Shimek collection
of land and fresh-water shells, embracing nearly all the species known
to occur in Iowa, together with many exotic species.
8. Osteological Preparations. A series of mounted skulls and skel-
etons, illustrating the osteol<^gy of typical series of vertebrates, is
exhibited, and is of the greatest value to students of comparative
anatomy and zoology.
9. Ethnological Material, illustrating the handiwork of the Mound
Builders, Pueblo Indians, Zunis, Moquis, Acomas, Mojaves, Crees,
Dog Ribs, Metis, Kosmolliks, Piegans, Tchukchees and Navajos, to-
gether with skulls and other remains of the ancient and modem in-
habitants of America.
Mr. D. H. Talbot of Sioux City has added very largely to this
department of the museum. Mr. Russell has been active in securing
ethnological specimens Illustrating the life and manufactures of the
Crees, other northern tribes of Indians and of the Esquimaux.
8. Botanical Ck>llections.
The herbarium is crowded into a single room on the second floor of
the Natural Science Building. It contains:
I. A very large and constantly increasing collection of fungi,
chiefly saprophytic, from all parts of North and Central America. To
be classed here is also a large collection of the myxomyoetes from all
parts of the world.
3. A large collection of ferns and mosses from both hemispheres.
3. A collection of lichens, representing most of the species east of
the Rocky Moimtains.
4. A collection of many thousand flowering plants, representing
very fully the local flora, and especially rich in Central American and
European forms. The number of plants in the herbarium exceeds
aoo,ooo.
5. A collection of seeds and dry fruits including cones, repre-
senting the flora of North America chiefly, but containing also much
material from the Tropics.
6. A collection of the principal woods of the United States.
CX)I.LBGIATE DEPARTMENT. 115
The herbarium coUecticms, thanks to friends and collectors in
▼ariooa parts of the world, are rapidly increasing in extent and value.
It IS hoped that private collectors will hereafter as heretofore find the
University a proper place for the deposit and care of collections of
plants.
Botanical Expeditions. Mr. Charles h. Smith was in Nicaragua
from August 1894 to May 1896, as botanist for the University. He
made handsome collections, reports of which will appear in succeeding
numbers of the BuUetin of the Laboratories of Natural History . In
• 1897 botanical expeditions were sent to various sections of the United
States. The principal one of these was in charge of Mr. T. E. Savage
and waa employed in Southeastern Missouri.
Special thanks in this connection are also due to E. D. W. Holway,
A. P. Moigan, C. L. Smith, George Payne, Euclid Sanders, James E.
Gow, T. J. Pitzpatrick, P. Reppert, J. H. Mills, ly. P. Pammel, J. B.
Ellis, H. P. Wickham, Paul Bartsch, B. Pink, R. I. Cratty, J. E.
Cameron, C. C. Stover, L. M. Cavanagh, G. B. Rigg, T. E. Savage,
P. C. Myers, C. W. Irish, C. W. Sears, E. Bethel, Katharine Vale,
Fkofeasor Van Steenderen, Columbian Museum, H. I/. Jones, S. Cal-
vin, Minnie L.Howe, Wilfred Stull.
OBNSRAi; INFORMATION.
The I^ibrary.
Notwithstanding the loss of some 25,000 volumes by fire June 19,
1897, the University has been able to supply the immediate wants of
students in the past year by making fresh purchases, and the facili-
ties for library work are now good. A large number of new books and
new editions will be added in the ensuing year to the present collec-
tion, which now numbers about 16,700 volumes. The 27th General
Assembly has passed an act levying a special tax for the rehabilitation
of the library. This tax will make about |55iOOO available for this
purpose.
Nearly 130 periodicals, foreign suid domestic, are regularly taken.
These are kept in the general reading-room and are accessible to all
students during Ubrary hours.
Ii6 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
The main room of the library is large and well lighted and ia open
to students of all departments of the University from 8 a. m. to 12 ic.
and from 1:30 to 5 p. m.
Societies.
Several literary and scientific societies are maintained by the Faculty
and the students of the University. They afford an important means
of general culture and scientific research, and thus form a valuable
element as well as an attractive feature in University life.
The Baconian has for its object discussion of scientific queationst
and the Pouticai, Scibnck Ci^ub discusses questions in history,
politics, economics, law, education and ethics. The Whitnky
Society is devoted to the field of language and literature and the
methods of instruction in these subjects.
The Phi Bbta Kappa Socibty elects to membership on the basis
of high scholarship a certain number from the graduating class who
have completed the Classical or Philosophical Course.
Among the purely literary societies are the Tabard, Polygon
and lYv Lanb. The Irving Institute, the Zbtagathian SocntTY,
the PHii«oiif ATHiAN Society for young men, and the Hisspbrian
Society and the Erodei*phian Society for young women, hold
weekly meetings for improvement in debate, oratory, writing and
declamation.
There are also in the institution societies connected with the Engi-
neering, Chemical, Law and Medical departments.
There is connected with the Irving and Zetagathian Societies a Lec-
ture Bureau, which furnishes at a small cost during the year a series
of literary and musical entertainments of a high order. Prom time to
time, also, entertainments, musical, literary and dramatic arc given
by the University Glee Club, the Band, and other student organiza-
tions.
University Pablications.
NatunU History Bulletin, The laboratories of natural history
inaugurated in 1888 the publication of bulletins for the purpose of
preserving a record of the work prosecuted along the lines of botany,
geology and zoology. Three volumes have thus far appeared in
COLI.BGIATE DBPARTMENT. 117
twdve numben, and two numbers of the fourth volume have been
published. Material for three numbers more is at hand and these
may be expected during the next eighteen months. The numbers are
xnXgnUis to all correspondents from whom the University receives
an equivalent, either in publications or material. To others the price
is 50 cents a number. Address the Secretary of the University.
The Transit, An engineering journal, 77te Tensity is published
annually by the University. It is edited by the members of the Engi-
neering Society, and contains the results of original research in
engineering problems by undergraduate students and alumni.
Siudies in P^chology. This is an annual publication devoted to
experimental psychology, begun in 1897. It contains the results of
original research by the students and instructors in the psycholog-
ical laboratory.
Documentary Material Relating to the History of Iowa, These
publications contain documentary material illustrative of the history
and politics of the commonwealth of Iowa. The series is edited by
the professor of government and administration.
Student Pnblications.
The Vidette-Reporter. A tri-weekly newspaper.
The Quill. A weekly literary publication.
The Hawfceye, A University annual published by the Junior class.
University BzteiiBion.
The University recognizes in the University Extension movement
an agency of great value in education. It invites correspondence from
commnnities which may desire to organize lecture courses on literary
aad scientific subjects, and will to the extent of its ability meet the
desires of these communities.
I^ectnre courses covering a wide range of subjects are offered by
members of the University Faculties.
An arrangment has been made between the University and the
University Association of Chicago by which University professors, so
to as their regular duties will allow, will lecture before the centers
working under the care of the Assodation.
n8 STATE UNTVERSITY OF IOWA.
Printed matter explaining the work offered by the Universtty,
indnding syllabi of lecture couraea, ia pnbliahed by the Univeratty,
and can be secured by addreaaing the Director of Univeraity Bztenaion.
Prices.
Peck Prizss.— Mr. F. W. Peck of Chicago has eatabliahed for the
Northern Oratorical League prizes of $ioo and (50 to be given to the
first and second honor men in the annual contests.
PiCKARD PRIZ9.— A prize of $20 waa offered last year by Dr. J. L.
Pickard for the encouragement of extempore speaking to the student
in political acienoe who waa awarded first rank in competitive extem-
pore debate. A prize of the same value is again offered for thia year.
The competitive debate will take place early in June.
Sawyer Prize. A special gold medal, or a purse of $25, known
as The Sawyer Prize, is offered for 1899 for the best essay of three
thousand words written by any student of the Univeraity on a
subject approved by the professor of English.
Robert Tii^unghast French Prize.— A gold medal, in memory
of the late Captain Robert French of Davenport, is offered for the best
short story written by any student of the Univeraity. If work of suffi-
cient merit is offered in competition, the medal will be awarded in
1898. If no such work is offered in that year, the medal will be
awarded the first year sufficiently good work appears.
LowDEN Prizes.— Frank O. Lowden, Esq. of the daaa. of 1885
offers two prizes of the value of $2$ each for excellence in classical
scholarship,— one for work in Latin and the other for work in Greek.
The conditions of the competition will be announced at the opening
of the collegiate year 1898-99.
Mayer Prize.— Mr. Max Mayer of Iowa City haa establiahed a
prize of the annual value of $2$ for excellence in athletics. The de^
taila as to the special matters of competition and the methods of
awarding the prizea will be publicly announced at the beginning of
the year 1898-99. This prize is open to students of all departments of
the University.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 119
Stttdents and CiYil Attthoiitiea.
The relations of students to all laws and to city ordinances is pre-
cisely the same as that of other residents of the dty. The University
gionnds are as completely under the jurisdiction of the civil authori-
ties as any other part of the dty.
Heana of Moral and Relisicma Cttltnre.
Oose Hall has been erected through the exertions of the Young
Men's and Young Women's Christian Associations; mainly fxom funds
oontribated by the Faculty, students and alumni of the University
and the dtizens of Iowa City. It is a spacious and convenient build-
ing, containing a laige assembly hall, gymnasium, reading rooms,
reception room and bath rooms. It is extensively used for the meet-
ings of the large and vigorous Christian Assodations, as well as for
the social and literary gathering of the students.
The dinrches of the dty take a deep interest in the students of the
University and heartily welcome them to their public services and to
a share in their religious activities and social life. The churches of
the dty are the Baptist, Christian, Congregational, German and Eng-
lish Lutheran, Methodist Episcopal, Presbyterian, Protestant Episco-
pal, Roman Catholic, Unitarian and Church of God.
Phjrsical Training: and Athletice.
The University authorities encourage physical training as acquired
in a gymnasium, in military drill and in the exercises and sports in
the Athletic Park, but only in such amount and of such character as
is compatible with, and promotive of the higher objects of the Uni-
versity. Intercollegiate contests axe allowed, but under conditions
as to membership and oxganization of teams, and leaves of absence
determined by the athletic committee of the Faculty.
Athletic Park. , This field contains about ten acres in the immediate
vidnity of the University grounds on which have been constructed a
track for running and bicyding, tennis courts, baseball and football
fidds and a gruid stand.
lao STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
QytntiAJMnm. In coimection with Close Hall is an excellent gym-
nasinm, equipped with suitable apparatus, lockers, baths, etc This
is under the direction of a competent instructor, who oi^nizes classes
for both young men and young women.
New Collegiate Bttildins:.
The 26th General Assembly passed an act levying a special tax for a
period of five years of one-tenth mill on the total assessment of the
State, the proceeds to be devoted exclusively to the erection of build-
ings for the University. This tax will yield $275,000 and it is the
intention of the Board of Regents to begin during the current year
the construction of a laige and well equipped building for the use of
the Collegiate Department.
There arc no dormitories and no commons connected with the Uni-
versity.
Boarding and lodging in private houses can be obtained for from I3
to $5 a week.
Clubs are also formed, in which the cost of living is from I1.50 to
{2.50 a week.
Room rent varies from 50 cents to |i.5ofor each student a we^.
The expense for tuition is as follows:
Collegiate Department, $25 per annum, payable, |io at the begin-
ning of the first term, |io at the beginning of the second term, and
the balance at the beginning of the third term. For one or two terms
the fee will be $10 each.
It has been determined, however, by the Board of Regents, that no
student need be excluded from the University by reason of his inabil-
ity to pay tuition. Application for reduction of tuition, or for exemp-
tion therefrom, may be made to the President, and will be considered
by the Executive Committee, or by the Board of Regents.
Each candidate for graduation will be required to pay a fee of (5.
A fee of |io is required of all candidates for the Master's d^;ree, for
the degree of Civil Engineer, or the degree of Doctor of Philosophy.
COLI/EGIATE DEPARTMENT. wi
Ample facilities are afforded in the dty for instruction in Book-
keqxing, Stenography and Type-writing, in studies preparatory to the
Umversity and in Music, by the High School, the Iowa City Com-
mercial CoU^ie, the Academy, the Iowa City Conservatory of Music,
and by private instructors.
Stunmer Seoeion.
Beginning with the summer of 1899 the University will hold a Sum-
mer Session in the interest of teachers in the public and preparatory
schools as well as of undergraduates who wish to carry on regular
work during that period. Special announcements will be made in
doe time.
Law Department
Faculty and Lecturers.
Chari^BS Ashmsad Schabppsr, a. M., Ph. D., LL- D.,
President and I^ecturer on Medical Jariaprudence.
Emi«in McCZrAiN, A. M., hit, D.,
Chancellor and Resident Professor of I«aw.
SamUKI* HaybS, M. S., LL. B.,
Resident Professor of I^w.
Jambs a. Rohbach, A. M., LL. B.,
Secretary and Resident Professor of I^w.
John J. Nby, LL. B.,
Resident Professor of I^w.
Edward P. Sbbds, LI<. B.,
Resident Professor of I^w.
L. G. KiNNB, LL. D.,
I«ecturer on I«aw.
GiPFORD S. Robinson, LL. D.,
I^ectnrer on I^w.
Martin J. Wads, LL. B.,
I^ecturer on I^w.
Horace E. Dbbmsr, LL. B.,
Lecturer on I^w.
lyBONARD 0. RiNARD, t,lt» B.
Librarian.
LAV DEPAKTMBNT,
Preparatory Study; J^ength of Course.
The profession of law is properly regarded as a learned profession,
requiring a considerable degree of general education as a preparation
for its proper study and practice. Those who can take a college course,
either in whole or in part, before entering upon the prescribed period
of law study should do so, and it is recommended that in preparatory
study special attention be given to American and English history,
political science and international law. But whether one who desires
to enter upon the study of law shall have collegiate preparation may
perhaps be left to his own judgment, with the suggestion that such
preparation is important to tiltimate professional success. But in order
that the student may successfully prosecute his studies in the law
school be should have at least a high school education or its equiva-
lent, and this will be insisted upon as a condition for admission to
this Department.
The Statutes of Iowa regulating admission to the bar require two
yeaxB* study of law, and the same term of study is required for gradu-
ation from the Law Department. The course of study is arranged on
this basis, extending through two school years of thirty-six weeks
each, exclusive of vacations, and tbe students are classified accordingly
as Juniors and Seniors. The State Bar Association has recommended
to tbe Legislature the extension of the required term of study for
admission to the Bar to three years and whenever such extension is
made the Law Department will, without doubt, extend its course of
study to three years, and in this respect as in others strive to keep
abreast of the best law schools of the country, but so long as a two
yeaxB' term of study is sufficient to secure admission to the bar it is not
deemed expedient to require a longer term for graduation from the
Department*
123
124 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Methods of Inetntctioti.
The aim of any course of instruction in law may properly be con-
sidered as twofold: First, to impart a knowledge of the recognized
principles of the law, and, secondly, to discipline the mind in methods
of legal study. Various methods of instruction, each having its
special merits, are pursued in different schools. They may be roughly
arranged in three classes, namely, lectures, text-book instruction and
study of cases. The peculiar merit of the first is that it may be made
the means of giving the most vivid and striking picture of legal
principles; the second furnishes the most convenient means of indi-
vidual study, and the third the best discipline in legal thinking. In
this school the effort is made so to present the subjects as to combine
in the highest practicable degree the excellences of these various
methods.
In connection with several of the lecture courses, the students are
furnished with printed S3mopses, which give in a concise form, and
more accurately than a student would usually write them in his note-
book, the principal doctrines of the subject, arranged according to
some analytical method. On some of the most extensive and impor-
tant subjects, the students are required to provide themselves with
and use text-books in which lessons are to be regularly prepared and
recited, the recitations either following, or being accompanied with,
oral explanations more or less formal, calling attention to the impor-
tant doctrines, and explaining those which may be obscure. The
study of leading cases is carried on extensively in connection with the
courses of lectures, references for that purpose being given by the
lecturer, or printed in the synopsis, and the student is frequently
required to state briefly in the class the points decided in cases assigned
for that purpose. In some subjects the students are required to pro-
vide themselves with volumes of selected cases, and the exercise in
the class consists of a discussion of such cases by members of the
class, and deduction therefrom of the rules of law on the topic to
which the cases relate. This exerdse in developing the rules of law
from actual cases selected for the purpose, and studied by each stu-
dent before their discussion in the class, familiarizes the student with
the methods of investigation pursued by the lawyer and the judge,
LAW DEPARTMENT. 125
and gives not only a knowledge of the law on the subject, but a
discipline in research and in legal thinking not to be attained, it is
believed, in any other way. As a preparation for this method of study,
the course in the study of cases is especially valuable.
The fact that the greater part of the instruction is by resident pro-
fessors, giving their entire time to the school, makes it possible to
pursue each subject consecutively, one hour a day, until it is con-
cluded. The attention of each student being thus directed to but few
topics at once, he is able to obtain a clearer and more complete con-
ception of each than would be possible if the instruction were irregu-
lar and disconnected.
As an aid and stimulus in study, and also for the purpose of fur-
nishing satisfactory evidence of progress, written examinations are
required from time to time on the various topics of the course, and
until a reasonable proficiency in each topic has thus been shown, the
candidate for graduation will not be presented to the committee for
final examination.
Schedule of Stndies.
The course of study is so arranged that the Junior and Senior classes
have separate and distinct courses of instruction throughout, and the
subjects are divided between the two courses and arranged in each
course so as to be presented in natural order.
In the Junior year are placed subjects which are elementary and at
the same time fundamental. The work of this year is therefore of
more importance to the student than that of the Senior year, and
requires careful study, at the same time imparting thorough dicipline
and familiarity with the methods of legal reasoning. It is believed
that the Junior studies are such as to make of the greatest value to
the student the services of regular and experienced instructors and the
advantages of a law school. Unless the principles of law as a system,
the nature of its important divisions, and the fundamental doctrines
of such subjects as Elementary Law, Contract, Torts, Criminal Law,
Pleading, and Evidence, are thoroughly mastered, the whole legal
education wUl be defective and tmsatisfactory.
The courses of study are so arranged that the students in each year
126 STATE UNIVBRSITY OP IOWA.
shall have instraction in studies peculiar to that year for at least two
honrs a day, that time being divided between two instmctors on sep-
curate subjects, which are thus carried along together. In each class a
third hour of class work will be required during a part of the year.
The following schedule of study has several features to some extent
peculiar. At the beginning of the Junior year a course of lectures,
occupying one hour a day, is given on Elementary Law, in which
course the attention of the student is called to the nature of law, its
sources and development, the difference between the unwritten and
the written law, the method of determining what the law is by use of
reports, statutes, treatises, digests, etc., and finally to the different
branches into which the whole body of the law is usually divided, and
their relations to each other. This course covers remedial as well as
substantive law, and thus furnishes instruction in the general princi-
ples of pleading, serving in this respect as a basis for the study of
Code Pleading.
To the various branches of pleading and practice, special attention
is given. Although it has been generally considered that the logic of
pleading is to be found in the common law system, while the code
system is looked upon as unscientific, yet a comparative study of the
two will show that the latter is broader in its principles and more lib-
eral in its application than the former. The principal branches of
practice are fully treated during the Junior 3rear in order that the stu-
dent may apply them in the moot courts; but an advanced course in
pleading with special reference to principles of common law pleading
is given in the Senior 3rear.
The school attempts to teach how to ascertain the authoritative
value of cases. There is one course in which this is the only purpose.
In this course the facts, pleadings, and result of each case are briefly
stated by the student. Attention is then directed to the manner in
which the case reached the court whose opinion is reported. The stu-
dent is required to discover exactly what proposition of law was es-
sential to the decision and to eliminate dida. To this end he is finally
required to prepare a brief but accurate note of the doctrine for which
the case is authority. This work is Intended to fit students for pre-
paring briefs, text-books, and digests. Obviously this method is
identical with that adopted by all careful lawyers in collecting author-
LAW DBPARTMBNT. 127
ities. The student who has mastered the system is prepared to make
good use of other case courses in which the ultimate purpose is the
mastery of the subject to which the cases pertain, and, indeed, is pre-
pared to use intelligently all cases to which he may be referred in any
part of his study or future practice.
The general instruction in the Law Department does not give prom-
inence to the statutes and decisions of any one state, but is intended
to fit students to practice in any state or country where the Anglo-
American system of law prevails. For the benefit of the student who
has determined where he will practice, and who wishes to familiarize
himself in advance with the statutes and decisions of his chosen state,
the Law Department furnishes optional courses of study supplementing
the prescribed courses. An optional course will be given on the
law of any state or territory, in which three or more students ask
instruction. Bach course will cover the constitution, statutes, and
decisions, will call special attention to the points in which the law of
the state in question differs from the law usually found throughout
the United States, and will also require the student to become well
acquainted with leading cases. A student intending to pursue a course
in state law must provide himself with the revised statutes of the state
in question, and a digest of its decisions.
The following schedule presents the course substantially as it was
given during the year 1897-98 and the order in which the subjects
may be expected during the year 1898-99.
JUNIOR TBAR.
PAI,L TERM.
Tiltmentaxy J^aw. A course of lectures presenting the element-
ary principles of law in general, and of its important branches. This
course covers also the principles of pleading. Bight and one-half
wedLS. Professor Rohbach.
Contracto* Bishop on Contracts is the text-book used. Ten
weeks. Professor Nby.
Code Pieadlliff. A course of instruction, mainly by lecture, on
128 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
pleading nnder the codes, with practical exercises. Fiye weeks. Pro-
fessor Haybs.
Study of Cases. Recitations in Wambangh's Cases for Analysis.
Three and one-half weeks. Chancellor McCi«ain.
WINTER TBRM.
SaleSt Bailments and Pleds^es. A coarse of instruction by the
use of Burdick*8 Cases on Sales and printed synopsis of bailments
and pledges. Nine weeks. Chancellor McCEiAIN.
Torts. Recitations in Cooley on Torts, with oral explanations,
and citation and examination of leading cases. Eleven weeks. Pro-
fessor Hayes.
Asrency. A course of lectures. One week. Judge Robinson.
Domestic Relations. A course of lectures on the subject of mar-
riage and divorce, the property rights of married women, parent and
child, guardian and ward, the rights and liabilities of infants, and
kindred topics. Two weeks. Judge Kinnb.
Guaranty and Stiretyship. A course of lectures. One week.
Judge DbBMER.
SPRING TERM.
Nes^otiable Instruments. Recitations in Norton on Bills and
Notes. Five weeks. Professor Rohbach.
Trial and Judgment. Lectures and procedure at law in Courts
of Record from the beginning of the trial until the entering of judg-
ment, with references to statutory provisions. Five weeks. Professor
Ney.
Evidence. Recitations in Jones on Evidence. Five weeks. Judge
Wade.
Criminal l^aw. A course of lectures accompanied with recitations
in McClain's Outlines of Criminal Law and Procedure, with references
also to statutory provisions. Five weeks. Professor Rohbach..
Probate I^aw and Procedure. A course of lectures on the
execution and probate of wills, and the law of executors and adminis-
trators, including the settlement and distribution of decedents* estates,
with references to statutory provisions and examination of
Five weeks. Professor Sheds.
LAW DBPARTMEMT. 139
SBNIOR YSAR.
Real Property. Recitatioiis in Tiedeman on Real Property,
accompanied with oral ezplanationa and ref erencea to leading caaes
and lectures on actiona to recover real property. Ten weeks. Pro-
Inattraiice. A coorae of lectures on Fire, Life, and Accident
Insurance. Pour weeks. Chancellor McCi,ain.
Carriers. Study of cases, McClain*s Caaes on Carriers (covering
both carriers of goods and carriers of passengers) being used as a
test-book. Six weeks. Chancellor McCi^ain.
Criminal Procedure. Lectures with recitations in McClain'a
Outlines of Criminal Law and Procedure. Three and one-half weeks.
Chattel Kortsragfea. A course of instruction by lectures with a
printed aynopais. Three and one-half weeks. Professor Nky.
WINTBR TS&M.
Bquity, and Bqnity Pleading. Recitations in Bispham on
Bquity. Lectures on Equity Pleading. Eleven weeks. Professor
SBBD6.
CorporatioiUl* Lectures upon the general doctrinea of the Law
of Corporations, both private and municipal. Seven weeka. Professor
A]»pellate Proceedings. Lectures upon the practice and pro-
cedure in Appellate Courts. One week. Judge Robinson.
Taxation. A course of lectures. Two weeks. Judge Kinnb.
Trial Practice. A course of lectures. One week. Judge
DSEICBR.
Damagea. Recitations in Beale's Cases on Damages. Optional.
Pour weeks. Chancellor McCi^ain.
SPRING TBMU.
Partttenthip* Study of Cases, Paige's Caaes on Partnership being
nssd as a tczt-book. Pour weeks. Professor Hayvs.
I30 STATE UOTVBRSITY OF IOWA.
Cotiatitational l^aw and Federal Jtiriapradeiice* I^ecttms,
Black's Constitntioiial Law being used as a text-book, and also stady
of selected cases. Ten weeks. Chancellor McCIiAIn.
Attachment, Oamlalmieiit and Szecntion. X^ectnres, with
references to statutory provisions and leading cases. Three weeks.
Professor Hayes.
Justice Practice. Lectures on Practice in Justices* Courts. Two
weeks. Optional. Professor SEEDS.
Pleadins^. An advanced course, Perry on Pleading being used as
a text-book. Lectures. Three weeks. Professor Hayes.
International !l^aw* Lectures, with recitations in Snow*s Cases
on International Law as a text book. Optional. Pour weeks. Chan-
cellor McClfAIN.
Studied in Collegiate Department.
For the purpose of giving the law students all the advantages of the
University which it will be practicable for them to make use of, it has
been arranged that so many of them as can do so without interference
with the regular studies required of them in the Law Department,
may attend any classes in the Collegiate Department.
Special attention is called ip the opportunity thus afforded for the
study of elocution (in which separate classes are organized for law
students) and for pursuing any of the courses of study laid down in
political science, in history, in logic, or in English. No extra charge
will be made for such studies, but law students will be admitted to
such classes only on the approval of the Law Faculty, and with the
consent of the professor whose class they desire to enter.
l4B,w mectiyea for Collegiate Students.
The Collegiate Faculty permits Seniors in that Department to take
as elective studies in their collegiate course, and to receive credit
therefor, any of the Junior law studies to the extent of thirty-siz
weeks' work of one hour a day, but this provision does not apply to
students entering the Senior year from other colleges.
It is believed that, whether looked upon as a means of mental disci-
pline, or as a preparation for the duties of citizenship or the prosecn*
LAW DEPARTMENT. 131
tion of busitiess, a full course in the I<aw Department will be found,
for those who are properly prepared for it and can pursue it as a part
of a liberal education, fully equal to any course of study that can be
pursued for the same length of time. If, however, a student deems it
not practicable for him to pursue such a course of study after gradua-
tion from the Collegiate Department, he may derive some of the
advantages of such study, and some insight into the principles and
methods of the system of law under which he lives, by electing as part
of his regular course some of the groups of studies above given.
Credit will be given to students in the Collegiate Department taking
studies in this Department for work done, but no credit can be given
to those students in respect to time, the statute requiring, for admission
to the bar of the State, that the applicant shall have spent at least two
years of nine months each in a law school, or two years of twelve
months each, in the office of some practicing attorney. Therefore,
while this Department gives credit for work done in any study taken
with its classes, 3ret it will not give credit for time unless the student
taking such study or studies shall have been duly enrolled as a student
of this Department.
Moot Cottrts.
For the purpose of affording ezerdse in the application of legal
principles to statements of facts, and in connection with instruction in
pleading and practice, moot courts have become a well recognized
and important feature of the Jaw School. Two such courts are con-
ducted in connection with the Department, holding their sessions on
one or more afternoons of each week, each presided over by a mem-
ber of the Faculty. It is deemed best to keep the members of the two
classes separate in this, as in other work of the school, and it is thus
possible to select the cases assigned so that they may relate to subjects
on which the students have already had instruction. The Senior moot
court will be organized at the beginning of the fall term, whilst that
of the Juniors will not commence its work until the winter term, prac-
tical exercises in pleading being given the members of that class dur-
ing the iaU term, in connection with instruction in pleading and
T32 STATB UNIV^StSITY OF IOWA.
The method of oondnctiog these courts is to give to two or more
students, representing the attorneys in the case, a written statement
showing the facts on which the action and defense are to he hased*
Pleadingsare then prepared as they would be in an actual case. These
pleadings are subjected to attack by motion or demurrer, and the
issues of law or fact raised are tried to the court, the statement of
facts being regarded as the evidence offered on issue of fact.
Another method of trial has been introduced with success, which in-
volves the proof by competent evidence of the facts shown by the
statement. This gives practice in the examination of witnesses and in
appljdng the rules determining the admissibility of evidence. During
one term, trials are conducted with all the formalities usual in nisi
prius courts, jurors being summoned and impaneled,* witnesses sub-
poenaed, and instructions prepared and given.
It is also recommended that the students form dub courts for f ur^
ther exercise in pleading and practice. Professors will give such
assistance in forming and conducting club courts as is needed.
Iriterary Societiea.
Two literary societies, the Hammond Law Senate and The
Porum, composed exclusively of students of this Department hold re-
gular weekly meetings, furnishing to their members valuable training
in debating and other exercises usually provided for by such organiza-
tions.
Iribrary Facilities.
In commodious quarters on the same floor with the lecture-room is
the Law library of nine thousand two hundred volumes, to which
the students have personal access. This library contains a full series
of the reports of the Supreme Court of the United States and of the
courts of last resort of thirty-three states, including all the aeries of
reports most frequently referred to; also the American. Decisions,
American Reports, American State Reports, a collection of Bng-
lish Reports, which, with additions lately made, is almost complete,
full series of the Reporter System and a laige collection of the latest
andibest law text-books.
LAW DEPARTMENT. 133
The Hbrary is in charge of a regular librarian who renders valuable
MMHtawce to the students in the prosecution of their work.
The library rooms are open for the use of students from 8 a. ic. to
12 M. and from 1:30 to 5:30, and 7 to 9 p. m. of each school day, and
during the forenoon of Saturday.
The UniTersity library is open to the students of this Department,
as well as those of the other Departments of the University, and books
may be drawn from it under reasonable regulations. No extra charge
is made for the privileges of either of the libraries.
Hammond Historical I^aw Collectioii.
A valuable collection of twelve hundred volumes relating principally
to the Civil Law and the History of the Common Law, presented to
the University by the widow of William G. Hammond, LL. D., the
first Chancellor of the Law Department, is kept in the Law library as
a separate collection for the use of the students of the Department
and others interested in such subjects. These books are in special
cases, under the charge of the Law librarian and accessible on
request.
l^ctttre Hall.
The Law Department has the exclusive occupancy of the second
floor of the central, or stone building, on the campus, which was
erected for and used as the Capitol Building before the removal of the
capital of the State to Des Moines. The rooms on this floor are those
fonnerly occupied as legislative chambers. The lecture hall is fur-
nished with arm-chairs provided with broad arm-rests for use in tak-
ing notes.
Fees *and Szpeaaea.
The rate of tuition established by the Board of Regents is $20 per
tenn, of about twelve weeks, payable in advance, to the Secretary of
the Univerrity. Each student upon passing his finsl examination, is
required to pay the sum of (7 as a graduation fee, to cover the charge
for diploma and for oertliicates of admiasion to the State and Federal
OoMts. There are no other fees or chaiges.
134 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Other expenses may be made very reasonable. Good board and
lodging can be had at from $3.50 to $4.50 per week, and this may be
reduced to $2.50 or I3.00 per week by taking meals in dnbs.
Coet of Books.
The books required for use in recitations, and with which the stu-
dent must provide himself, are the following:
Bishop on Contracts; McClain's Synopses; Annotated Code of Iowa;
Wambaugh's Cases for Analysis; Burdick's Cases on Sales; Cooley on
Torts; Jones on Evidence; McClain's Outlines of Criminal Law and
Procedure; Norton on Bills and Notes; Tiedeman on Real Property;
McClain's Cases on Carriers; Bispham's Principles of Equity; Black's
Constitutional Law; Perry on Pleading; Paige's Cases on Partnership,
and the Law Bulletin.
The cost of the required books will not exceed ^.00 for the Junior
year, or $70.00 for both years.
The student will find it greatly to his advantage to provide himself
with a good law dictionary, and if practicable, a copy of Blackstone's
Commentaries in any edition. It is desirable, also, that the student
bring with him or purchase, in addition to the above list of required
books, as many as practicable of the following which are recommended
as the leading and best books on the subjects which are taught by
lectures; Walker's American Law, of Pomeroy's Municipal Law;
Schouler's Domestic Relations; Pomeroy's Remedies and Remedial
Rights, or Bliss on Code Pleading; Drake on Attachment; Benjamin,
or Tiedeman, on Sales; Schouler on Bailments and Carriers; Story,
or Mechem, on Agency; Bates on Partnership; May on Insurance;
Beach, or Morawetz, on Corporations; Curtis on Jurisdiction of Federal
Courts; Cooley's Constitutional Limitations.
Any of the books mentioned may be procured through the Law
librarian from time to time, as needed, at a considerable reduction
from list price; they are not kept for sale by the book-stores in Iowa
City.
The Department owns about twelve sets of the text-books above
mentioned as required in the course, which it will rent in sets to stu-
dents, furnishing them all the books required for either year for
LAW DEPARTMENT. 135
I12.50 for the year. The rent sets do not include a law dictionary,
nor the I^aw Bnlletln. As there are sometimes more calls for rent
sets than can be met, those who desire to rent books should make
i^plicatiott in advance.
Btttollmettt and Preliminary Bxaininationa.
Students may enroll at any time. It is better, however, to enter at
the beginning of the term, and best to enter at the commencement of
the school year.
Those who enter the Department are expected to have an English
education at least equivalent to that generally given in the high
schools of the State. A diploma, or certificate, showing the comple-
tion of a college or high school course, or a course of study in an
acsdemy, equivalent to a high school course, will be accepted in lieu
of an examination. Students who have not such diploma or certifi-
cate, must take a preliminary examination in the usual branches of a
high school course, or present such evidence of proficiency therein as
the Faculty may require.
At the preliminary examination of September, 1897, each candidate
was required to write a short essay, correct in expression, spelling,
capitalization, punctuation and paragraphing, on any one of the fol-
lowing subjects, the essay not containing less than three hundred nor
more than six hundred words. The subjects were:
Daniel Webster and contemporaneous history; The Monroe Doctrine;
Causes leading to the War with England in 1812; The Missouri Com-
promise; Kansas, the struggle as to whether it should be free or slave;
Fenn and the Settlement of Pennsylvania; The Settlement of James-
town.
Future examinations will be simDar to the examination here de-
scribed, the subjects for essays varying from year to year.
Students wishing to study special subjects without graduation will
be admitted without preliminary examination upon showing them-
selves Qualified to pursue the studies desired.
Preliminary examinations will be held on Wednesday, September
14th, 1898, commencing at 9 a. m.
136 STATE UOTVERSmr OF IOWA.
Admission to Senior Standinsr.
A student may be admitted to the Senior class who has studied law
for one school year of at least thirty-six weeks in this or some other
law school, or who has studied law in this or some other law school
for at least ten weeks, and, in addition, has read law tmder the direc-
tion of an attorney for snch length of time as to make eight months*
stndy. Time of practice as a licensed attorney in any state will be
considered equivalent to a like period of reading under the direction
of an attorney. If the claim for advanced standing is bssed upon
other grounds than attendance in this school, certificates of the neces-
sary facts must be presented when Senior standing is claimed.
In addition to the requirements as to time, it will be necessary that
the applicant shall pass an examination, before admission to the
Senior class, upon at least five of the principal subjects of the Junior
year, and if he is a candidate for graduation it will be necessary, in
addition to the five subjects before mentioned, that he shall pass upon
all the subjects of the Junior year as well as those of the Senior year,
at some time previous to his graduation. This rule applies to those
who have been admitted to practice as well as to students of la .v.
The examinations for admission to the Senior class for those who
have not previously completed the Junior course in the Department
will commence on the first day of the University year, Wednesday,
September 14, 1898.
While provision is thus made by which credit may be given for
eight months' reading under the direction of an attorney, in Heu of
corresponding time of attendance in this Department, not to exceed
two terms, yet the Faculty desires to say frankly that the stodent will
find it is difficult in this way to become sufficiently proficient in any of
the Jimior studies to pass the required examinations. The Faculty is
not willing to impair the value of the Senior instruction to those who
have prepared themselves for it in the Department, by admitting to
the class those who are not qualified to carry on effectively the work
of the year; nor is it to the interest of either the student or the school
to admit to the Senior class any who, in order to be prepared for final
examination and graduation, must fit themselves in so great a range of
subjects that they cannot thoroughly master them. It must be borne
LAW DEPARTMENT. 137
in mind that it is not the number of pages read, nor the number of
answers learned, which determines the student's attainments in law,
but that discipline and development of the mind, and the habit of
collect legal thinking, are essential elements of a legal education, and
that for the acquisition of these, two years in a law school are not too
long a time even for those who have the best preparation for entering.
Experience has shown how imperfect, as a rule, is the preparation of
those who study in offices, and how necessary systematic instruction is
at the beginning of the student's course, and the Faculty strongly re-
oommends that all the studies of the Junior year be pursued in the law
school and that if but one year can be spent in school, the student shall
commence his studies there and read in an office afterwards. Even
those who have had previous reading in an office will, it is believed,
usually find the instmction in the Junior year to be of greater impor-
tance to them than that of the Senior year in obtaining a thorough and
aocnxate knowledge of the law. The practical advantages of ex-
perience in a law office are not to be imderrated, but such experience
will prove of greater benefit after the principles of law have been
acquired than at the b^;inning of the study.
Even in courses in which text-books are used students of the law
scfa(M>l have a great deal of instruction regarding matters not fuUy de-
veloped in the books. Anyone who wishes to pass with credit the
examinations for Senior standing, and to profit fully by the instruction
in the Senior subjects, should not confine his attention to the Junior
text^books, but should attempt to get an equivalent for the instmction
supplementing those books. Candidates for advanced standing on of-
fice reading are therefore urged to master in addition to the prescribed
text-books, the following books or parts of books: Pomeroy's Reme-
dies and Remedial Rights; Anson on Contracts; Pollock, or Bigelow,
on Torts; Bishop's, or McClain's, Criminal Law; Tiedeman on Sales;
Schonler on Bailments; Stephen's Digest of Evidence; Daniel on
N<^potiable Instruments.
Oraduation*
Two years' study is essential to graduation, one year of which must
have been ^lent in this school.
Students wUl be given credit for time of study in another school to
138 STATE UNIVBRSiry OF IOWA.
the extent of one year, or under the direction of a practicing attorney
to the extent of two-thirds of a year. For time of actual practice as a
duly licensed attorney, the same credit will be given as for study under
the direction of an attorney.
Before being recommended for graduation, the candidate who has
pursued a portion of his studies elsewhere, must satisfy the Faculty of
his proficiency in those studies by passing examinations therein.
Candidates for graduation must be of good character and must, upon
being recommended by the Faculty, pass a final examination con-
ducted at Iowa City by a committee of examiners appointed by the
Supreme Court of Iowa, in accordance with the rules of that court
regulating admission to the bar. Upon passing such examination, the
candidates receive the degree of Bachelor of Laws, and are admitted
to practice in all the courts of the State of Iowa, and in the federal
courts of the Northern District of Iowa, oaths of admission being ad-
ministered in connection with their graduation; and they receive the
usual diplomas, and certificates of admission. Those who are not
twenty-one years of age may pass the examination and receive their
diplomas, but cannot be admitted to practice until attaining that age.
Final examinations will be held only at the end of the University
year.
Theses.
Each candidate for graduation in June, 1898, must present to the
Faculty, on or before the first Monday in April, a thesis upon some
legal topic approved by the Faculty. Such thesis must be legibly
written, or printed by typewriter, on paper 8 x 10^ inches in size of
page, leaving a blank margin of at least one inch at sides and at top
and bottom. The thesis shall not be less than 1,500 nor mote than
2,500 words in length, exclusive of citations of authorities. In citing
cases the names of the parties, as well as the volume and page of the
report, must be given. The character of the thesis will be taken into
account in determining whether the candidate is qualified to be recom-
mended to the Examining Committee for final examination.
All theses become the property of the Department.
The subjects approved by the Faculty for the year 1897-98 are as
follows:
I^W DBPARTlfBNT. 139
r. Diflcnss the right of recovery and extent of xeoovery under a fire
insmaaoe policy for loss of property in which the insured has but a
limited interest.
2. Diacnss the right of recovery against a telegraph company for
negligence in transmitting a message which is in cipher or is other-
wise obscure as to its meaning.
3. Discnas the right to recover damages for fright or other mental
distnrbanoe and the consequences thereof.
4. Discuss the basis and extent of the doctrine of freedom of con-
5* Discuss the various applications of the rule as to measure of
damages announced in HadUy v, BascendaU, 9 ^. 341.
6. What is the limit of legislative power in respect to passing
statotes providing that relatives of a pauper shall be liable for his
support?
7. In the absence of proof on the subject is there any presumption
that the statutes of another State are the same as those of the State
where the action is brought'
8. Discuss the competency of subscribing witnesses to a will as
experts on the question of the mental condition of the testator.
9. Does the fact that a person otherwise occupies the relation of
heir to one whom he has murdered, prevent his inheriting from his
murdered ancestor?
la Are there any acts which are torts or not, according to whether
they are done maliciously or not?
zi . Discuss the liability for loss occasioned to holder of promissory
note by negligence of banker to whom it had been sent by the holder
for collection, by reason of the fact that the banker had failed to take
those steps which would have made the note collectible against maker
orindorser.
12. Has the Federal Government authority to pass laws with
reference to extradition of fugitives from justice from jurisdiction of
State and provide machinery for enforcement of demands of the State
from which offender is fugitive?
13. Discuss the authority of the courts to restrain persons from
carrying oat snch threatened acts as would, if consummated, result in
disturbances of the peace.
140 STATE UNIVBRSITY OP IOWA.
14. Would trial in civil cases before three persons learned in the
Urw, who should be judges of both the law and the facts, a majority
opinion being sufficient to determine the rights of the parties to the
action, be preferable to present trial bj jury?
15. Discuss the constitutionaUty of Summaty Jurisdiction and the
reasons upon which the utility of such procedure is based.
16. Would the exercise by incorporated towns or cities of the
power of eminent domain so as to condemn private water works for
public use be constitutional?
17. Does the Statute of Frauds render a contract void or voidable
18. Is a special assessment rendering the owner of abutting prop-
erty liable for street improvements, in excess of the value of the
property, constitutional?
19. Can a court take notice of the provisions of the Carlisle Tables
if they have not been introduced in evidence?
20. Discuss the right of action on a contract in favor of a person
not a party thereto.
21. Discuss the effect of Rylands v. FUidter, L. R. 3 H. L. 530, as
shown by subsequent decisions.
From the theses prepared and presented upon some one of the sub-
jects selected for the year 1896-97, it was provided that a committee
chosen by the Faculty of the Department from the Examining Com-
mittee would select the five which had the highest merit as l^gal
e8sa3rs. To the writer of the one of these five which had the highest
literary merit, from the standpoint of deamess, conciseness, and
accuracy of expression, was to be awarded the first prize.
Beginning with the class of 1898, all theses prepared and presented
as above described, will be examined by the Faculty of the Department
for the purpose of determining whether the writer is qualified for
graduation.
No prizes for theses will be offered after June, 1897.
The prises for 1896-97 were awarded as follows:
The first prize to Mack J. Oroves. The other prizes, all being
equal in rank and value, were divided among the following stn-
LAW DEPARTMENT. 141
dents, named in order of merit determined by the committee:
Sumnfl C. Smith, Ph. B., Paul F. Cooper, Andrew W. Mercer, John
I#. Corrigan, Barl B. Brockway, A. B., Edmund Pendleton, B. L.,
Bdwin B. Wilson, Ph. B., Charles W. E. Snyder, A. B., with special
mention of the theses written by the following: Samuel B. Lattner,
Albert O. Wakefield, A. B., Walter C. Burrell, and Wirt P. Hoxie.
Any further information desired may be obtained by addressing the
Preoident of the University, or James A. Rohbach, Secretary of the
Law Pacmlty, at Iowa City, Iowa.
Medical Department
Faculty and Other Instructors.
Chari«bs Ashmkad Schakffsr, a. M., Ph. D., LL. D.,
President. •
Phii«o Judson Farnsworth, a. M., M. D.,
Bmeritus Profeaaor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics.
John Cunton Shrader, A. M., M. D., LL. D.,
Professor of Obstetrics, Gynecology, Clinical Gynecology and Diseases of
Children.
WlIfUAM DRUMMOND MIDDI3TON, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery and Dean of the Facnlty.
I^AWRENCB WlI,I,IAM LlTTlG, ^. M., M. D., M. R. C. S.,
Professor of Theory and Practice of Medicine and Clinical Medicine sad
Assistant to the Chair of Snri^ry.
Jambs Rbnwick Guthrie, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Physiology and Associate Professor of Obstetrics, Gynecotogj
and Diseases of Children.
EI3ERT WlI«I<IAM ROCKWOOD, B. S., M. D.,
Professor of Chemistry and Toxicology, Director of the Hospital, aad
Secretary of the Faculty.
James Wii^i^iam Dai«bey, B. S., M. D.,
Professor of Ophthalmology.
Chari^ES S. Chase, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics.
Wai«ter L. Bierring, M. D.,
Professor of Histology, Pathology and Bacteriology, and Curator of the
Medical Museum.
John Wai^ter Harriman, M. D.,
Professor of Anatomy.
Martin J. Wadb, LL. B.,
Professor of Medical Jurisprudence.
Chari«es Moore Robertson, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology.
WiLUAM Robert Whiteis, M. S., M. D.,
Assistant Professor of Histology.
142
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 143
GSRSHOM Hydb Hii,!,, A. B., M. D.,
I«ecttirer on Insanity.
Frank Thomas B&kbns, D. D. S., M. D.,
I«ecturer on Dentistry.
Emu, Loins Boernhr, Pharm. D.,
Instructor in Pharmacy.
Wiujam Edward Bari^w, A. B.,
Demonstrator of Chemistry.
WII3BR John Tektsrs, B. S., Ph. C,
Demonstrator of Chemlstiy.
LBB Wai,I«ACB DBAN, M. S., M. D.,
Demonstrator of Anatomy.
John Thomas McCuntock, A. B., M. D.,
Demonstrator of Pathology and Bacteriology.
WlUJAM GRKBN,
Janitor.
MEDICAL DEPAFTMENT.
A thorough elementary preparation is required before entering on
the course of medical lectures. The University affords a preliminary
scientific course preparatory to the professional, and it is expected
that many will avail themselves of this opportunity. In the branches
of medicine there should be a thorough training in principles be-
fore the practical portion is begun. For this purpose a careful pre-
sentation of the subjects is made by lectures, and the knowledge fixed
by recitations and frequent reviews. Ample means of illustration axe
used, and the materials for demonstration are abundant. In the prac-
tical branches abundant clinical material is found to illustrate the
subjects taught.
The twenty-ninth annual course of lectures will begin on September
14, 1898, and will close on March 29, 1899. There will be a holiday
vacation commencing Thursday evening, December 22, and ending
Wednesday morning, January 4, 1899.
The course is divided into four years of twenty-six weeks each. It
is the intention of the Board of Regents and the Faculty to increase
the leng^ of the annual course of lectures as soon as possible, and
notice of such increase may appear in the next annual announcement
Medical, Surgical, G3mecological, Ophthalmological, Aural, Lazyn-
gological and Rhinological Clinics, are held each week during the
term. Attendance upon these is required of all students, excepting
those engaged in laboratory work during clinic hours.
Outline of the Plan of Instruction^
Anatomy.
The lectures in anatomy will be illustrated by means oi specimens,
charts, models, dissections and black-board figures. Special effort
will be made to associate anatomical arrangement with clinical facts
and methods of diagnosis.
144
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 145
Onring the first year the lecttues will oover the subjects of osteol-
ogy, sjmdesmology, the alimentary canal and associated stmctores,
the vascular and respiratory systems, and the genito-urinary organs.
These will be presented in full detail from their anatomical, mechani-
cal and functional aspects, attention being paid to practical develop-
mental laws and relations of viscera to surface markings and neigh-
boring structures.
In the second year the subjects covered during the first year will be
carefully reviewed with additional reference to the medical and surgi-
cal anatomy. The nervous system and the anatomy of the special
senses will be presented in detail not only by lectures but also by
practical demonstrations to the class divided into small sections.
The third year will be devoted entirely to regional anatomy. The
lectures during this year will at all times be illustrated by special dis-
sections or surface marking upon the living subject.
Practical Anatomy.
The thorough study of this branch, for at least four courses, is made
a condition of graduation. Facilities for obtaining material are such,
under improved legislation in the State, that an abundance will
be provided for all who may apply. The demonstrators will always
be ready to aid and direct the prosecution of these studies.
Upon the completion of each course of dissection, the student will
be examined on the anatomy of the part dissected, and if the examin-
ation be satisfactory, a certificate to that effect will be given. No
fee is required for dissecting material.
Physiology.
In this subject the inductive method is very largely employed
in imparting instruction. The lectures are profusely illustrated by
means of charts, diagrams and blackboard figures, and the student is
rendered practically familiar with the phenomena of the most impor-
tant normal functions of the body by the employment of experiments
upon living animals as a means of demonstration. Twelve lectures will
be given in the Junior year upon applied physiology of the nervous
system.
146 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Chemistry aad Toxicology.
The course in chemistry extends through two years. In the first
year the lectures are on general chemistry. The laboratory work con-
sists, first, of analytical chemistry, including methods of testing for
the metallic poisons, then the common medicinal substances are
studied. The student learns methods of chemical manipulation, and
the use of apparatus, and also becomes acquainted with the action of
reagents and of chemicals upon each other. The course includes the
examination of drinking water from a sanitary standpoint, each stu-
dent making a number of analyses of various wholesome and polluted
waters. It concludes with the methods of quantitative anal3rsis, which
are of the most use to the medical practitioner.
In the second year, physiological chemistry is taken up. The lec-
tures are in explanation and amplification of the laboratory work. The
latter includes the study of the proximate principles of the body and
their chemical changes. Artificial digestive experiments are made,
their products being isolated and tested. The constituents of the
blood are tested and the methods for the identification of stains are
learned. The qualitative tests for the abnormal oonsdtnents of the
urine follow, and the quantitative determination of such as are of
importance. The course is completed by the identification of urinary
sediments and calculi, and the analysis of various pathological q;>eci-
mens of urine. The lectures on toxicology treat of the physiological
and chemical action of the principal poisons, as well as their anti-
dotes. The methods of identifying these in food, excreta, etc, are
explained and illustrated by experiments.
The work in practical chemistry is conducted in the chemical labor-
atories of the University, in which the Medical Department occupies
rooms on the ground floor. These consist of rooms for the instructors,
store rooms, and two large laboratories. They are well lighted and
heated by steam. Hoods, connected with ventilating shafts, carry
off offensive and injurious gases. The outfit is ample for demonstrat-
ing the general principles of chemistry, as well as its application to
medicine. Each student is supplied with a set of the necessary
apparatus.
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. i47
Hittolosy.
The connBe in hbtology extends through the Freshman year and
consists of a series of two didactic lectures and four hours laboratory
work each week.
The histological laboratory, situated on the first floor, southeast
comer of the Medical Building, is well lighted and thoroughly
equipped with microscopes and all necessary apparatus for carrying
on the work. The laboratory work comprises the preparation and
stndy of microscopic slides showing the minute structure of the differ-
ent tiasnes and organs of the body.
The slides prepared by each student become his personal property.
Instruction is given in all forms of histological technique, harden-
ing, embedding, section-cutting, staining and preparation of material
for examination.
In the Freshman year the regular work in histology is preceded
by a number of lectures and laboratory hours devoted to the study
of general biology.
During the Sophomore year opportunities are offered to those who
wish to work in embryology and special histology.
Phannacy.
An outline course in pharmacy is specially provided whereby the
•tndent at the outset may familiarize himself with pharmaceutical
processes and the methods of preparing official preparations by ac-
tual laboratory practice.
Materia Medica.
This subject is presented during the Freshman and Sophomore
years in progressive form. The introductory topics, such as defini-
tions, dosage, modes and routes of administration of medicines, pre-
scription writing, with special reference to the detection and avoidance
of incompatibilities, will be presented at the beginning of each session
before the classes jointly. The further consideration of the subject
will be progressive, oiganic drugs being presented one session, inor-
ganic the next. At the close of each session a test will be given cov-
148 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
ering the ground trayeiBed during the session. Toward the dose of
the Sophomore year the entire subject will be reviewed and a final ex-
amination given. During the didactic lectures crude drugs will be
presented from time to time illustrative of the subject. All offidal
preparations from the same will be presented and briefly discussed
during the course.
Therapeutics.
This branch of pharmacology > recognized as' the distinctively scien-
tific division of the subject, will be presented during the Sophomore
and Junior years. Both general and spedal therapeutics will be outlined
and discussed with special view to stimulate in the student a desire
to prosecute methods of original research in the direction of studjdng
the physiological action of drugs. To this end experiments will be
made from time to time illustrative of such action upon the lower
animals.
Applied Therapeutics.
In addition to the general course in therapeutics the Senior class
is given a special course upon applied or practical therapeutics,
to be illustrated by bedside discussion of cases in the wards of the
University Hospital.
Pathology and Bacteriology.
The course in pathology and bacteriology extends through the
Sophomore, Junior and Senior years, and is presented by means of
didactic lectures and laboratory work. The lectures are devoted to
bacteriology and general and special pathology, and are illustrated by
means of drawings, preparations from the Medical museum and speci-
mens derived from post-mortem examinations.
The pathological and bacteriological laboratory is situated in the
west hall on the second floor of the Medical Building. It is thoroughly
equipped with new microscopes of the most modem type, and all
apparatus necessary for carrpng on every form of bacteriological re-
search. Bach student is provided with a table, which indndes a'
microscope and all necessary staining reagents.
MEDICAL DEPARTMBNT. 149
In the Sophomore year the lectures are confined to general pathol-
ogy and the elementary principles of bacteriology. The laboratory
work consists of two hours each week thronghout the year, and is
illustratiye of the didactic lectures, comprising the preparation and
study of slides showing the general pathological changes that occur
in human tissues. An examination will be held at the close of the
In the Junior year the lectures are devoted to the pathology of
tumors, and the special pathology of the different organs of the
human body.
The laboratory work, consisting of two hours a week throughout
the year, bears a direct relation to the lectures and comprises the
preparation and study of slides showing the disease changes that oc-
cnr in spedal tissues and organs, including a complete collection of
tomon; furthermore embod3ring the study of the general character-
istics of micro-oiganisms, the preparation of artificial media, and the
mounting of slides of the different organisms, with special reference
to the pathogenic bacteria that are of great interest to medlca men.
Instruction is also given in the technique of making a post-mortem
examination.
A final examination in pathology will be held at the close of the
Junior y^Bi.
During the Senior year two hours each week are devoted to clinical
microscopy, and advanced work in pathological histology and bac-
teriology.
B^;inmng the Thursday after Commencement, at 1:30 p. m., there
is given a private course in practical bacteriology, which continues for
one month. The laboratory is open daily from 9 a. m. to 6 p. m., and
the students become familiar with all the details of bacteriological tech-
nique. The number of participants is limited to twenty. To secure
a place at a table I5 must be paid March i. The rest of the fee is
payable at the opening of the course.
Practice of Medicine.
The Chair of Theory and Practice of Medicine combines didactic
and clinical instruction. Many of the subjects treated in the didactic
find illustration in the hospital amphitheatre, and pathol
I50 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
study is facilitated by post-mortem examinations, as well as by wet
and dry preparations from the mnsenm.
Medical Dlaarnosis.
Recitations for the Senior class will be held each week on this sub-
ject, the department of medical diagnosis receiving practical treatment
here as well as at the clinic. The Sophomore class will receive prac-
tical instruction in physical diagnosis, including the use and applica-
tion of all the instruments and methods of precision.
Surgery is taught didactically in lectures reviewed by daily class
quiz mth recitation by advanced students on prior work, and prac*
tically by actual surgical diagnosis and treatment of patients at the
clinic by the members of the Senior class ; also by a course of operative
surgery for the Senior class in which all surgical operations axe per-
formed upon the cadaver. One hour each week is devoted to minor
surgery and bandaging.
Obstetxics and Ojmecology.
The instruction in these important subjects is complete. All modem
means for illustration are employed, and advanced students are
carefully trained in the principal obstetric operations.
Ophthalmology.
The instruction in this branch combines didactic and clinical
teaching. One lecture a week is given in the anatomy, physiology
and pathology of the region involved, and the Wednesday clinic is
devoted to the diagnosis and treatment of its diseases. A large num-
ber of cases appear at these clinics, and a great many operations of
all kinds are performed.
Otology, Bhiaology and Iraryngology.
The instruction in these branches is given by didactic and clinical
teaching, one lecture and one clinic being given each week. Much
attention is directed to the methods of examination and treatment of
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 151
The ear, uose and throat clinic being large it enables students
to become familiar with the use of instruments, all being allowed to
treat patients under the supervision of the instructor. It is the aim
of the course to familiarize each student with the normal as well as the
pathological conditions of the several organs. The clinic room has
been especially fitted up for the work and is in itself complete.
Medical Jurisprndence.
The essentials, to the practitioner, of this important department of
medicine will be fully treated.
Insanity.
This subject is discussed as concisely as possible, with the special
needs of the general practitioner constantly in view, and material ap-
pearing at the clinics from time to time, during the term, is utilized
in illustration. A course of lectures on this subject will be de-
livered during the latter part of January.
Sanitary Science and Public Hysfiene.
One lecture a week will be delivered on matters pertaining to sani-
taty sdenoe and public hygiene.
Clinica.
The clinics have been well and abundantly supplied with material.
The patzxmage of the hospital is such that a variety of cases is pre-
sented for operation and treatment. The hospital is open for the re-
ception of patients during the entire year.
Every case is fully utilized as a means of instruction by a system of
examination in which advanced students are required to diagnosticate
disease and suggest treatment, before the class, subject to the correc-
tion of the clinical teacher.
Clinical Patienta.
Medical cases should be referred to Professor L. W. I/ittig; surgical
cases to Professor W. D. Middleton; gynecological cases to Professor
J. C. Shnder; eye cases to Professor J. W. Dalbey ; ear, nose and throat
I to Professor C. M. Robertson.
15a STATE XJNIVKItSITY OF IOWA.
Medical M iisetim.
The museum contains a large and interesting collection of morbid
and other specimens, furnishing valuable aid to instruction in its
large amount of material illustratiTe of pathological and normal con-
ditions. This is constantly drawn upon as a means of demonstration.
Phj^cians are earnestly requested to send to the curator any speci-
mens of healthy, morbid, or comparative anatomy; for all such
favors due credit will be given by labeling the specimens with the
name of the donor before placing them in the museum.
Medical l^ilirary.
The Kanney Memorial Medical Library, consisting of a large num-
ber of works especially devoted to insanity and mental diseases, is
open for consultation, together with a well selected list of books on
general medical subjects to which are added each year the latest
works and the latest editions. The library is supplied with the cur*
rent medical journals, and will be open every day of the session.
Medical students have also the privil^;e of drawing books from the
general library of the University.
OUTIrlNB OP THS COUR8S.
Fresbman Year.
I^BCTURBS AND RECITATIONS, BACH WKBK.
Anatomy — Four lectures; one recitation.
Physiology — ^Three lectures; one recitation.
General Chemistry — ^Three lectures; one recitation,
laboratory work for the session as follows:
Materia Medica— -organic— Two lectures; one recitation.
Histology — Two lectures; one recitation.
Chemistry — One hundred and sixty hours.
Biology and Histology — One hundred hours.
Bandaging — Twenty hours.
MBDICAL DEPARTMENT. 153
DiaBecting — ^Two courses.
Final examination in General Cfaemistry, Histology and Pharmacy,
also, examination (not final) in Physiology, Anatomy and Materia
Medica.
Sophomore Year.
I^^CTORKS AND RKCITATIONS, SACH WKKK.
Anatomy — Four lectures; one recitation before holidays, two after
holidays.
Physiology — ^Three lectures; one recitation before holidays, two
after holidays.
Physiological Chemistry — ^Two lectures.
General Pathology and Bacteriology — ^Two lectures.
Materia Medica—Organic: two lectures; one recitation. Inorganic:
one lecture until holidays.
Therapeutics — One lecture after holidays.
Obstetricft— Two lectures.
Physical Diagnosis — One hour.
Hygiene — One hour.
Pharmacy — ^Ten lecturea during the session.
Laboratory work for the term as follows:
Chemistry — Sixty hours.
General Pathology — Fifty hours.
Dissecting — ^Two courses.
Pharmacy — ^Thirty hours.
Embryology — Optional.
General University clinics, when not otherwise engaged.
Pinal examination in Anatomy, Physiological Chemistry, Physiol-
ogy, Materia Medica and General Pathology.
Junior Year.
LSCTURSS, &KCITATIONS AND CLINICS, HACH WKBK.
Theory and Practice of Medicine — Five lectures; one recitation.
Suigery^Three lectures; one recitation.
Pathology — Two lectures; one recitation.
154 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA«
Therapeutics — Two lectures.
Obstetrics — ^Two lectures; one recitation.
Gynecology — ^Two lectures; one recitation.
Toxicology — One lecture.
Applied Anatomy: Medical, Surgical and Nervous — One lecture.
Applied Physiology of the Nervous System — Twelve lectures during
the session.
General Medical, Surgical, G3mecological and Ophthalmological
Clinics — Seven hours.
Laboratory work for the term as follows:
Pathology—Fifty-two hours.
Bacteriology — ^Twenty-six hours.
Pinal examinations in Obstetrics, Therapeutics and Special Pathol-
ogy.
Senior Year.
I;KCTURBS, R^ITATIONS and CI^INICS, 9ACH W99K.
Theory and Practice of Medicine — ^Pive lectures; one recitation.
Surgery — ^Three lectures; one recitation.
Practical Therapeutics — One hour until the holidays.
Gynecology — Two lectures; one recitation.
Ophthalmology — One lecture.
Otology, Rhinology and Laryngology — One lecture.
Dermatology — One lecture after holidays.
Psediatrics — One lecture after holidays.
Operative Surgery — ^Twelve hours during the session.
Operative Obstetrics — ^Twelve hours during the session.
Medical Jurisprudence — ^Twelve lectures during the session.
Dentistry — Five lectures during the session.
Insanity — ^Twelve lectures during the session.
General Medical, Surgical, Gynecological, Ophthalmol<^cal, Anial,
Rhinological and Laryngological Clinics — Seven hours.
Laboratory work :
Clinical Microscopy— Two hours a week.
Final examination in Practice of Medicine, Snzgeiy, Gyneoolocy,
Ophthalmology, Ear, Nose and Throat.
MEDICAL DBPARTMBNT. 155
Text-Books and Books of Reference.
Tlie following axe recommended by the Faculty:
Medical Dictionary — Gould, Duane, Dungliaon.
Anatomy — Gray, Qnain, Morris, Treve's Surgical Applied Anatomy.
DiaaectorB — ^Holden, Heath, Ellis.
CompaiatiTe Anatomy — ^Wiedersheim, Jeffery Bell, Howell.
Physiology — Landois and Stirling, Poster, Flint, Kirk.
General Chemistry — Simon, Witthaus, Rosooe, Schorlemmer.
Urine Analysis— Purdy, Neubauer, Vogel, Black.
Toricology — ^Wormley, Taylor, Woodman and Tidy.
Snigery— Park, American Text-Book of Surgery, Roberts, Wyeth,
Geister, Stimson on Fractures and Dislocations, Wharton's Minor
Surgery and Bandaging, MacDonald.
Pathology — ^Ziegler, Thoma, Delafield and Prudden, Green.
Bacteriology— Abbot, McFarland, Crookshank, Sternberg.
Practice of Medicine— Tyson, Wood and Fitz, Osier, Strumpel,
American Text- Book of Theory and Practice of Medicine, Roberts,
Flint, Bartholow, l/oomis.
Medical Diagnosis— Vierordt, Musser, DaCosta, Flint.
Obstetrics— American Text-Book of Obstetrics, Lusk, Davis, Par-
▼in, Leishman, Playfair, King, Dorland.
Obstetric Surgery— Grandin and Jarmin.
Embryology— Minot, Manton.
Gynecology — Skene, Thomas and Munde, Garrigues, American
Text-Book, Pozzi, Davenport, May's Manual, Clinical Gjmecology,
Keating and Coe.
Materia Medica— White and Wilcox, Potter, Bartholow.
TherapeuticB — Hare, H. C. Wood, Potter, Farquharson.
Diseases of Children— Starr's American Text-Book, J. L. Smith,
Goodhart.
Medical Juxispmdence— McClellan's Civil Malpractice, Wharton
andStille, Beck, Elwell.
Histology— Stoehr, Piersol, Schafer, Stirling.
Ophthalmology— Fuchs, Juler, Noyes, Nettleship on the Eye.
Otcdogy, Laryngology and Rhinology— Bnmette, MacBride, Bos-
worth, Roosa, Buck, Politzer, Sajons, Browne.
156 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Insanity— Lewis* Text-Book of Mental Diseases, Steam, Clouston's
Mental Disease.
Dennatology— Jamison, Hyde, Dnhring, Crocker.
Hygiene and Sanitary Science— Wilson, Ri>he, Buck.
The first book mentioned in the foregoing list is recommended for
preliminary reading, with the exception of chemistry. In this,
Remsen's Introduction to the Stndy of Chemistry is recommended.
Text-books and books of reference can be obtained at an avenge
cost per volume of from $3.00 to (5-00, or $15.00 to $20.00 per year.
It is of far greater advantage to the student, during the college
course, to study and review a single text-book in each department
than to read several cursorily. It is, therefore, advised that a single
work, in each department recommended above, be chosen and care-
fully studied, while any other may be used for reference and subse-
quent perusal. The first one of each of the above lists is preferred.
Tuition.
The fee for tuition is $65.00 for each year, of which $40.00 is payable
at the opening of the term, and the balance on or before January 10.
All fees must be paid when due to the Secretary of the University,
William J. Haddock, and students who do not pay these when due
will be suspended from the Department until payment has been made.
In the combined course the fees are $25.00 for each of the first two
years and $75.00 for each of the last four years of the course. Stu-
dents entering the Medical Department from schools of pharmacy,
dentistry, or veterinary medicine with advanced standing will pay
$10.00 for dissecting material used in making up deficiencies in this
branch. For students taking a partial course the fees are $10.00 per
year for each branch except dissecting where the fee is $15.00.
There are no extra fees whatever, but for each laboratory course ia
chemistry, also for that in practical pharmacy, there is required a de-
posit of $3.00 to cover breakage and to insure the return of all keys at
the close of the session. This sum (breakage, if any, deducted) is
returned to the student on presentation of the certificate of the pro-
fessor in diaige of the laboratory in question.
The above statement is now in effect, and will be understood to
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 157
apply to all students in the Department, entirely irrespective of the
date of matriculation.
Alumni of this Department will be admitted to lectures and clinics
free of charge, but will pay the usual laboratory fees. Graduates of
other colleges which are recognized by this Department will be ad-
mitted to full lecture privileges upon paying the matriculation fee and
a fee of $10.00 and the usual laboratory fees. The laboratory fee is
S5.00 for eadi practical course.
A certificate of attendance will be issued to each student at the close
of the session.
Students upon arrival will apply for all needed information to the
Secretary, Dr. K. W. Rockwood.
Reqttireineiits for Admission.
z. Credible certificate of good moral character signed by two phy-
sicians of good standing in the state from which the applicant comes.
3. Graduates or matriculates of respectable colleges or graduates
of high schools of the first grade, or of normal schools established by
state authority, may be admitted without examination upon presenta-
tion of satisfactory credentials, provided, that in each case, at least
one year of Latin has been included in the course. All candidates
for admission must present their credentials or apply for a permit for
examination at the office of the President of the University not later
than noon of Tuesday, September 13, 1898.
Examination for admission will embrace the subjects usually taught
in the high schools of Iowa, including one year's Latin, which subject
may, however, be made up before entering upon the seoood year's
course. In September, 1898, those who have no diploma will be ex-
amined in Latin (one year). Physics (one year), English, U. S. His*
tory, Arithmetic, Algebra through Quadratics, plane and solid Geom-
etry and Botany or some other science.
3. Students entering from othpr medical schools with advanced
standing must be examined as stated above.
This school is a member of the Association of American Medical
Colleges, and adheres to the requirements of that Association.
158 8TATB UMIVERSITy OP IOWA.
Combliied Scientific and Medical Cotttae.
Arrangements have recently been made with the Faculty of the
Collegiate Department by which it will be possible for a student to
complete the course in Science and the course in the Medical Depart-
ment in six years, thereby obtaining the degrees B. S. and M. D.
This combined course is especially recommended to all students who
intend to enter the profession of medicine. See pages 33 and 34 of
Catalogue.
COMBINED COURSB i;BADING TO THB DBORBBS
OP B. 8. AND M. D.
(Subjects printed in italics are to be taken in the Collegiate Depart-
ment. )
Firat Year.
German^ 5, or Laiin^ 4 or 5.*
MathemaHcs^ 5.
Drawing or History ^ 2.
English, 3.
Military Drills 3.
Second Year.
German^ 3, and English, 2\ or German , 3, and Economics, 3; or
Latin, 5; or Greek, 5.
Physics, 5.
Animal Morphology and Physiology y 5; or Systematic Zoology, 5.
Military Drill, 3.
Third Year.
French, 5; or Greek, 5; or Latin, 5. (At least one 3rear of Latin re-
quired.
Animal Morphology and Physiology, 5.
Chemistry, 5.
Botany (fall and winter) and Histology (spring), 5.
Anatomy (fall and winter) and Dissection (spring), 4.
Military Drill, 3.
^The figures refer to the number of exercises a week.
MBDICAL DEPARTMENT. 159
Foorth Tear.
Anatomy, 5.
Physiology (Medical), 4.
Ph3r8iological Chemistry, 2, with laboratory work.
General Pathology, 2.
Materia Medica, 3.
Obstetrics, 2.
PhjTsical Diagnosis, i.
Bandaging, i.
Pharmacy, 40 hours.
Dissecting when possible.
Embryology and Bacteriology (spring).
Clinics when not otherwise engaged.
PlIlhTear.
Jnnior Medical, with electives in the spring term.
SbcthTear.
Senior Medical, with electives in the spring term.
Advanced Standing.
Students from other accredited medical colleges who have attended
one oonrse of lectures, will be admitted to the Sophomore class upon
passing an examination in the branches taught during the first year.
Those who have attended two courses will be admitted to the
Junior class upon passing an examination in the branches taught dur-
ing the first and second years.
Those who have attended three courses will be admitted to the
Senior class upon passing an examination in the branches taught dur-
ing the first, second, and third years.
Graduates in Pharmacy, upon examination as above, may enter the
Sophomore class.
Graduates of Dental schools in good standing, will be admitted to
the Sophomore class upon passing the entrance examination only.
Giadnates from Veterinary colleges in good standing, will be
admitted to the Sophomore class upon passing the entrance examina-
tion.
Those entering the Sophomore year from Pharmacy, Dental, or
i6o STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Veterinary schools must at the dose of the year pass examinations in
all branches of the Freshman year not previously pursued by them,
and must have completed the work required of the Sophomore class
in the dissection of the human subject.
In all cases those who enter from other schools with advanced
standing must comply with the requirements for admission, page 157.
Reqairemeiits for Gradtiatioii.
1. The candidate must be twenty-one years of age.
2. He must be known to be of unexceptionable moral character.
3. The time of study must include attendance upon at least four
full courses of lectures, the last of which must be taken in this insti-
tution. The time occupied by each of the four courses of lectures shall
not be less than six months of twenty-six weeks, and not more than
one of the four courses shall be within the same year.
4. The candidate must have satisfactorily completed at least four
courses in Practical Anatomy.
5. The deportment during the term must have been unexception-
able.
6. Attendance upon all lectures, clinics and other instruction in
the course must have been in accordance with the requirements of the
department.
7. All members of the Freshman class will be examined in General
Chemistry, Histology, Physiology, Anatomy and Materia Medica at
the end of that year. The examination in General Chemistry and
Histology will be final should the student show the required profic-
iency.
8. Members of the Sophomore class at the end of that year must
pass satisfactory examinations in Anatomy, Physiology, Ph3rsiological
Chemistry, General Pathology, Materia Medica and Pharmacy.
9. Members of the Junior class will be given a final examination
at the end of the year in Obstetrics, Therapeutics and Special Patho-
logy.
In case of failure to pass any of these examinations, the stu-
dent may be re-examined at the opening of the next session. If he
fail in this second examination, he will be allowed to present him-
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. z6z
self for re-ezamination only after attendance npon another ooorse of
lectuies.
Stndenta of the Senior dasa mnat notify the Secretary of the Faculty
in writing, during the second week in Februaxy, of their intention of
becoming applicants for the degree of Doctor of Medicine, at the same
time presenting a certificate of legal age and of good moral character,
also the receipts from the Secretary of the UniTersity, showing that
all fees have been paid.
During the last week of the term, having complied with the other
requirements, they must pass a satisfactory examination in Practice
ofMedidne, Surgery, Ophthalmology, Obstetrics and G3meoology,
Bar, Nose and Throat and in any other subjects taught, if so directed
by the Faculty at the beginning of the term.
Class standing, recitation marks, together with demonstrators*
xeports and final examinations, will be taken into oonsideration when
determining the candidate's fitness to receive the medical degree.
Medical Btdlding.
The Medical Building is located on the south end of the campus,
in a line with the other University buildings. It is one of the best
and most commodious medical college buildings in the west. It com-
prises a basement for general purposes, the first floor containing the
Secretary's office, the professors' rooms, the histological laboratory,
the medical library and reading room, a lecture room and the janitor's
room.
On the second floor is a spacious and well-lighted pathological and
bacteriological laboratory supplied with a sufficient number of micro-
scopes for class-work and with other appliances, prosector's room,
and general Faculty room, and a large amphitheatre provided with
opera chairs for two hundred and sixty-ebc students.
The whole of the third floor (80x36 feet) used as a dissecting
room, is supplied with sinks and water, and each table is lighted with
The whole building ta heated with steim aiid is W«U yei|ti)#t^
i62 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Uniyersity Hoepital.
The Twentyndxth General Assembly levied a tax for the erection of
new buildings for the University, and by the action of the Board of
Regents the first year's tax, somewhat more than fifty thousand
dollars has been devoted to the bnilding and equipment of a
Hospital which was opened for the reception of patients in January,
1898. The University Hospital is in all respects modem and without
a superior in the west. With an administration building thoroughly
furnished, with large and commodious wards as well as private rooms,
with a clinical amphitheatre that will comfortably seat two hundred
or more, and with separate sutgical, gynecological, medical, ophthal-
mological and laryngological operating rooms together with a well
supplied Free Dispensary open throughout the year, but little is left
to be desired.
It is confidently believed that the students who make the Medical
Department of the University the school of their choice will find in
all its departments complete and perfect equipment, both for didactic
and illustrative instruction.
University Training School for Nnrees.
Connected with the Medical Department of the University, the
School for Nurses offers a three years* course to women who desire to
enter the profession of nursing. The course comprises theoretical
work in class, practical work in wards, and a complete course in
invalid cookery. Lectures will be given by members of the Medical
Faculty, and the Superintendent upon Anatomy, Physiology, Materia
Medica, Chemistry of Foods and Nutrition, Bacteriology, Obstetrics,
Gynecology, Diseases of Eye, Ear, Nose, and Throat, Diseases of
Children, Bandaging, Medical, Surgical, and Obstetrical Nursing.
Candidates may be admitted when vacancies occur. For further
information application should be made to the Superintendent, Iftiss
Jennie S. Cottle, University Hospital.
Resident Physicians.
Appointments as Resident Physicians and others in State and other
institutions are made each year from the graduates of the Medical
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 163
Deportment. These are awarded to sach of the applicants as the
Faculty judges best prepared for the position, the successful candidates
being allowed to select, in the order of their rank, from those posi-
tions which are available.
In March, 1898, the following named graduates were appointed:
Dr. Charles E. Wright, Mercy Hospital, Davenport.
Dr. Brands A. Ely, University Hospital.
Board in Iowa City can be obtained for from $2.00 to $3.00 a week;
rocmia from ^.00 to fS.oo a month. Many students procure rooms
and board in dubs, which materially reduces the cost.
NeceMary Yearly Bzpenses.
Tuition fee, which indudes all chaiges except lab-
oratory breakage $6$ $ 65
Breakage ito 2
Room rent, 6 months 12 to 48
Board, 26 weeks 52 to 78
Fuel and light 6 to 15
Books 12 to 20
Total |i48to<228
Graduates of this school are requested to acquaint the Secretary of
the Faculty immediately with their postoffice addresses, and to inform
him promptly of any change of residence.
For any further information address Dr. E. W. Rockwood, Secretary
of the Medical Faculty, Iowa City, Iowa.
Homoeopathic Medical Department
Faculty and Assktants.
Chari«es a. Schabppbr, a. M. Ph. D., lilt. D.,
PresideMt
yfuMort H. Dickinson, M. D.,
Piofeaaor of Theory and Pnctlee and Clinical ICedidne, and Dean of the
Faculty.
jABOtS G. GnjCHMiaftf A. M., M. D.,
Profewor of Surgery and Surgical Gynecology, and Registrar of the
Faculty.
CKARJJfS H. C00SWBI.I„ M. D.,
Profeaaor of Obstetrics and Diseases of Women.
Frank J. Nbwbbrry, M. S., M. D., O. et A. Chir.,
Professor of Ophthalmology, Otology and Psdology.
QD(Ui;99 ROYAI,, M. D.,
Frfkfenor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics.
TmtODORS L. Hazard, M. D.,
Assistant to the Chair of Materia Medica.
PRBD. J. BBCKBR, M. D.,
Assistant to the Chair of Surgery.
Rau»h W. Homan, M. D.,
Assistant to the Chair of Ophthalmology, etc
AiiPHSUs L. Poulard, M. D.,
Assistant to the Chair of Obstetrics.
ADBI*S p. Kimbai,!,, M. D.,
Matron.
BliMRR J. LaMBBRT, M. D.,
House Surgeon.
LaoRA Johnson, M. D.,
Clinical Assistant to the Chair of Surgeiy.
i«4
ROMCEOPATHIC MEDICAL DBPARTMENT. 165
ArtdWonal Iiiatractofs from the Medical Departmetit.
John W. Harbtmaw, M. D.,
PtDfcMor of Anatomy.
Jambs IL Guthrib, A. M., M. D.,
Trottmor of Fhyaiology.
Bi,BBRT W. RocxwooD, B. S., M. D.,
Piofeator of Chemittiy and ToKicology.
Wai/TBR h. BiBUUNG, M. D.,
ProfcMor of Normal and Pathological Histology.
LBB WaXpI^GB Dban, M. S., M. D.,
D«monatimtor of Anatomy.
WIUIAM R. WhiTBIS, M. S., M. D.,
Demonatimtor of Normal Histology.
W. E. Bakix>w, B. a.,
Demonstimtor of Chemistiy.
WiuSK John Tbstbbs, B. S., Ph. C,
Demonstimtor of Chemistry.
gbrshom h. hiia, a. B., M. D.,
(Superintendent of the HosplUl for the Insane at Independence). I«ec-
tuteron Insanity.
Emuk McCz^ain, a. M., LL. D.,
I/ecturer on Medical Jurispmdence.
P. E. TuBM, M. D., Manchester.
A. S. Hansbn, M. D., Cedar Palls.
P. A. Rbminoton, M. D., Sionz City.
HOMOEOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMENT.
The twenty-second annual oonrse of instruction will open on
Wednesday, September 14, 1898 and close on Tuesday, March 28, 1899.
The opening lecture will be given by Professor Newberry, at 4 p. m.,
in the amphitheatre. The course of study extends over five years,
one year being pre-matriculate, imder a preceptor, and four years
undeigraduate. Men and women are admitted on equal terms, no
distinction whatever being made between them. The latge and well
equipped laboratories in the University, the hospital facilities afforded
by the union of the college and hospital under one roof, and the
opportunity for collateral study in any department of literature or
science, furnish facilities for securing an education in medicine not to
be surpassed. A course has been authorized continuing over six years,
which will enable the student to obtain the degree of B. S., in addi-
tion to the medical degree. See pages 33 and 34 of Catalogue.
Admiasion.
The requirements for admission are the same as in all the professional
departments of the University, viz: the possession of a diploma from
a high school approved by the University, or some equivalent, as the
completion of the Freshman year in a college of letters of approved
standing, with a sufficient knowledge of Latin. Failing in these re-
quirements, the applicant for admission to the Freshman class must
pass an examination iu English scholarship, and Latin sufficient to
admit to the Freshman class in the Collegiate Department. Appli-
cants for admission to advanced standing must present evidence that
they have attended one or more sessions in a reputable medical col-
lege and will be admitted to such class as they may prove themselves
qualified to enter. All applicants for admission will apply to the
166
HOMCBOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 167
^>^wittij«g committee in the President's office, on Tuesday or
Wednesday, September 13 or 14, 1898. If admitted, they will then
tcport for enrollment and assignment of seats at the Registrar's office,
Homoeopathic Medical Bnilding on Dubuque street. All fees must
be paid to the Secretary of the University, and to him only.
Advancement to higher classes is secured only by examination, oral
and written, combined with the quiz record and class standing. An
average of 65 per cent must be secured in any one study to pass that
chair; an average of 75 per cent in all the examinations is necessary
to pass to a higher class, and to secure a degree. A failure to pass in
two or more studies will stop advancement until the conditions are
satisfied. A failure in one study will not stop advancement, but the
student must pass a satisfactory examination in that study before the
close of the year to which he is promoted. The Faculty reserves the
right to determine the class which any student shall enter, in the case
of applicants who have had one or more years in other medical schools.
GraduaUs of non-homceopathic medical colleges may be admitted as
gnulnate students, as follows: liBXLod eundem degree is sought they
must matriculate in the University, pay a lecture fee and an examin-
ation fee and pass an examination in the therapeutics of the branches
taught in this Department. If a degree is not sought, a matriculation
fee is to be paid, and such laboratory expenses as may be necessary,
together with a lecture fee, if a full course is taken.
Alumni of this school will be admitted to all lectures and clinics
free of charge.
By order of the Board of Regents no student will be enrolled until
all necessary fees have been paid.
In case any student is unable to pay the fees at the proper time,
such student may, on application to the Dean of the Department, be
granted an extension for a short time.
Students who do not pay the proper fees or avail themselves of the
provision above mentioned, will be suspended from the Department
until such fees are paid.
Tuition Fees.
The fee for tuition is sixty-five dollars (I65) for each yftar, of which
forty dollars ((40) is payable on or before October ist, and the remain-
i68 STATE UNrVBRSITY OF IOWA.
der on or before Janvaiy lodi. There are no extra fees whatever, hot
for each Uibonitoiy ooniae in chemiatry, there is required a depoait
of $3, to cover breakage, and to insure the retom of all ke}^ at the
close of the session. This sum (breakage, if any, deducted) ia re-
turned to the student.
The above statement of fees is now in effect, and will apply to all
students in the Department, irrespective of the date of matriculation.
Anatomy.
Anatomy is studied during the Freshman, Sophomore and Junior
years. Regional anatomy will be taught in a short course of lectures
in the Junior year. The course is a very thorough one, utilizing all
the modem aids to teaching. Whenever possible the student will
have the opportunity, by actual inspection of material, to become
familiar with the appearance, texture and physical characters of all
structures. Practical anatomy, or dissection, is absolutely easentisl
to promotion to higher classes, and is most thoroughly taught, the
supply of material being abundant. Each student is required to make
two dissections, each year. On the completion of a dissection, a
rigid examination will be held, which will entitle to a certificate to
that effect. Without such evidence of having made two dissections,
in a manner satisfactory to the Demonstrator, a student cannot be
examined for graduation. Text-book: Gray, Nancredes' Essentials.
Physiology.
Physiology is studied in the Freshman and Sophomore years. In
this subject the inductive method is very largely employed in impart-
ing instruction. The lectures are profusely illustrated by means of
charts, diagrams, and black-board figures; and the student is rendered
practically familiar with the phenomena of the most important bodily
functions in normal operation by the employment of experiments
upon living animals as a means of demonstration. Text-books: Flint,
Dalton, or Foster.
Bistology.
The work in this department runs through the Freshman year. One
lecture a week will be given, many of them being illustrated by i
HOMCeOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 169
of the stereoptioon. Two hours each week are devoted to laboratory
wQik in the new histological laboratory, which is commodious, well-
lighted and supplied with thirty-siz new compound microscopes, with
all necessary accessories, dissecting microscopes, microtomes of various
kinda, injecting apparatus, turn-tables, etc.
Bach student is furnished a microscope, reagents and apparatus, is
taught the use of the microscope, and does, or has demonstrated before
him, the general technique of the subject of histology, hardening,
embedding, sectioning, staining, mounting, etc.
Histological injections are made before the dass. During the term
the student prepares for himself a series of slides, illustrating the
ultimate distribution of the blood, and cellular structure of normal
tissues and organs. Klein's Manual of Histology is the text-book
Chemiatry.
The work in chemistry is carried on during three years. In the
Preahman year the course consists of lectures in general chemistry
and laboratory work. The lectures treat first of the general principles
of the sctenoe; then the subjects of interest to the student of medi-
cine are discussed. Especial attention is paid to the compounds
found in the body, with their functions and chemical changes. Medic-
inal and poisonous substances and such as are used in practical work
are also considered.
In the laboratory the student begins with tests for the metals, par-
ticularly the poisonous ones, and passes to the anal3r8is of complex
substances. He learns methods of manipulation, and becomes ac-
qnainted with the properties and actions of reagents. In the latter
part of the course urine is studied; quantitative and qualitative tests
are made for its pathological constituents, and such normal ones as
are of importance to the physician.
The course includes the methods for the sanitary examination of
water, and those employed in quantitative analysis.
In the Sophomore year physiological chemistry is taken up on the
same geneial plan. The lectures are in explanation and amplification
of the laboratory work. The latter includes the study of the proxi-
mate principles of the body, and of their chemical changes. Artificial
I70 STATE UNTVBRSiry OF IOWA.
digestive experiments are made, their products being isolated and
tested. The constitnents of the blood are tested, together with the
methods for identification of stains. The qimlitative tests for the
abnormal constituents of the urine follow, and the quantitative deter-
mination of such as are of importance. The course is completed by
the identification of urinary sediments and calculi, and the analysis
of various pathological specimens of urine.
In the Jimior year toxicology is taken up. Instmction in this
branch is given by means of weekly lectures, supplemented by quizzes.
The general principles are first considered, then the most imiportant
of the poisons are treated separately. Text-books: Simon, or Rosooe
and Schorlemmer, Andrews' Analytical Chemistry.
Theory and Practice.
R^;ular attendance on this branch of medical study will be required
only of the Junior and Senior classes; but it is desirable that the
Sophomore class attend the lectures as often as their other duties will
permit. The teaching will be didactic and clinical.
General and special pathology will be taught according to the latest
investigations into the etiology and nature of disease.
It will be the aim of the occupant of this chair to teach only that
which has secured the sanction of competent observers, and which
has been confirmed by abundant clinical experience.
In teaching the relation of drug pathogenesis to semieolqgy the
well established principles of homceopathic therapeutics will be closely
and consistently followed.
Attendance upon clinics will be obligatory upon Seniors, Juniors and
Sophomores, but optional with the Freshman class.
The lecture room being under the same roof with the hospital
furnishes admirable opportunities for bed-side instruction.
The books recommended are: Dickinson's Theory and Prmctioe,
Amdt's System of Medicine, Raue's Special Pathology, Goodno's
Practice; for reference, Pepper's Text-book of Theory and Practioe
of Medicine, Stevens's Manual of Pathology.
HOMCEOPATHIC MBDICAL DEPARTMENT. 171
Ophihaliiiolocy and Otology«
During the Jimior and Senior yean instruction in diseases of the
eye and ear are both didactic and clinical. Special stress is laid upon
the diagnosis and treatment of those diseases which will most often
present themselves in the work of the general practitioner. The
didactic teaching is illustrated by models and drawings. The clinics
are large and varied, opportunity being thus given to examine and
treat the cases presented. Text-books: Norton, Buffum, Angell.
I/aiyiisology and Rhinology.
Instruction is given in laryngology and rhinology to the Junior and
Senior rlnniww by weekly lectures and clinics. Students are assigned
cases for treatment, and given ample opportunity to become expert in
the nae of the laryngoscope, rhinosoope and other instruments em-
ployed in the diagnosis and treatment of the various diseases. Text-
books: Ivin or Brown.
Psedology.
Weekly lectures and recitations are given on diseases of children to
the Junior and Senior classes. The subjects taken up are the diseases
of infancy, as well as early childhood, and while largely treated by the
didactic method, clinical demonstrations are used whenever possible
Text-books: Tooker, Fisher,
Materia Medica.
Students receive instruction from this chair during the entire
course. The Freshmen are given two lectures each week during the
first half of the year. Ten lectures are given on the organon, and ten
on institutes and pharmacology.
The Sophomores and Juniors are instructed together. Four hours
each week are devoted to lectures, recitations, and quizzes. The
v^etable remedies will be considered during the term 189&-99, ^^
weekly quizzes on the minerals. A brief review of the toxicological
and physiological effects of the drug will be given, then the most
prominent and characteristic symptoms. These symptoms will be
grouped as they have been found useful for therapeutic purposes. The
172 STATB UNIVBRSrrV OF IOWA.
Seniors will be allowed to attend and review the lectures given the
Juniors, and in addition will be given two hours each week. These
two hours will be devoted entirely to practical work. Clinical cases
will be presented for which each student will be required to prescribe.
The remedies thus presented will be thoroughly studied and compared
with others which are applicable to the various manifestations of the
disease under consideration.
Text-books: Organon, Dewey's Essentials of Materia Medica, Har-
rington's Clinical Materia Medica, Dunham's Homoeopathy and
Science of Therapeutics and Allen's Hand-book of Materia Medica.
Stirsrery.
This study extends through the entire course. Minor snigery is
taught during the Freshman year, including bandaging. In the
Sophomore and Junior years surgical emergencies are taught, including
such topics as anaesthesia, shock, hemorrhage, wounds, fractures and
dislocations. In the Senior year surgical pathology, general and
special, is thoroughly gone over. The method of instruction is a com-
bination of the didactic and practical. The principal operations are
made on the cadaver, and experimental work in the seminary wiU
receive careful attention in the Senior year. Examinations are hdd
in each class at the dose of the year.*
The books recommended are: In the Freshman year, Sargent's or
Martin's Minor Surgery; in the Sophomore and Junior yean, Ham-
ilton on Fractures and Dislocations; in the Senior year, Fiiher and
Maodonald's Text-book of Surgery, Gilchrist's Surgical Pathol-
ogy, White and Martin's Genito-urinary Diseases, Adams' Text-book.
Oynecolog^y.
This branch is divided between the chair of obstetrics and surgery.
The study is pursued in the Senior year.
Medical diseases of women are considered by the chair of obstetrics
during the last half of the term. The surgical diseases are treated dur-
ing the year by the chair of surgery, by lectures, clinics, and demon-
strations. The books recommended are Wood's Gynecology, South-
wick's Practical Gynecology.
are
*S<»phomore8, Juniors, and Seniors are required to attend the clinics; Bcalon
admitted to sub-clinicB aa detailed in aectiona.
HOMCBOPATHIC MEDICAL DBPARTMBNT. 173
OlMitetrica.
Thia branch ib taught in the Junior and Senior years. The plan of
instruction in this subject will be the usual didactic method supple-
mented by demonstrations with wet and dry preparations, models and
diagxams, together with clinical practice whenever possible. Two
lectures a week are given, with occasional quizzes and recitations.
The scheme is designed to carry the student forward, after thorough
instruction in the anatomy of the pelvis and generative apparatus,
through ovulation, menstruation, gestation, and normal labor. Use
of the various instruments is taught on the manikin, and every care
taken to thoroughly prepare the students for dealing with complica-
tions, pystochia, and all forms of abnormal gestation and labor are
given in the closing portion of the course. The central idea is to give
the practical preference over the merely theoretical. The text-books
recommended are: Guernsey, Leavitt, and Lusk; Grandin and Jar-
men, Obstetric Surgery.
Pathologyf.
The west hall on the second floor of the Medical Building is now the
pathological and bacteriological laboratory. Here are all the instru-
ments necessary for the study and demonstration of pathological anat-
omy and pathological histology, also the apparatus usually found in a
well equipped bacteriological laboratory, ample for the cultivation
and demonstration of the germs of interest to medical men. Students
not only see this work done, but make all ordinary cultivations and
pure cnltares themselves, and prepare slides of all the ordinary non-
pathogenic and pathogenic microbes.
Three honrs a week are devoted to the practical study of morbid
anatomy. The work consists of laboratory exercises, the aim being to
make this study as practical as possible, and to familiarize the student
with the use of the microscope in diagnosis. Part of the time in the
laboratory is devoted to the study of prepared specimens under the
guidance of the instructor, and the remainder to the mounting of
pathological specimens by the student himself. An abundance of
material is fnmJahed by the laboratory, and each student is allowed
to keq> as his own property all the sections pnpBied by him during
174 STATE UNIVBRSTTY OF IOWA.
the tenn. Special attention ia paid to the diagnosis of tumors, tii-
chins, etc., microscopically, and the student learns easy and lapid
methods of making preparations for such diagnosis. Two hours a
week are used for lectures, supplementary as well as introductory
to the laboratory work.
The course in this chair is pursued in the Sophomore and Junior
years, the Junior year being devoted to laboratory work and bacter-
iology.
The text-books recommended are: Green, Dellafield and Pmden,
or Ziegler. In bacteriology: Abbott, Macfarland, Crookshank.
Medical Jnrispnidence, Insanity and Dentistry.
These subjects will be treated in short courses of lectures, given by
appointment.
Classes in materia medica, practice, minor surgery, pharmacology,
obstetrics, surgical emergencies, surgery, g3meoology, eye and ear, and
paedology meet in the lecture-room or amphitheatre of the Homceo-
pathic Hospital, in which rooms also, all the clinics are held. Physio-
logy, anatomy and insanity are taught in the amphitheatre of the
Medical Department. Pathology, histology, chemistry and toxicology
are taught in the appropriate laboratories. Medical jurisprudence is
taught in the lecture-room of the Law Department.
Clinica.
The clinics of this department are open to students of all the classes,
but the attendance is not obligatory in the Freshman year. All the
clinics are full; in some of them the capacity of the Hospital has been
severely taxed. The general arrangement and clinical system are as
follows: The House Surgeon at the commencement of the term details
three students from the Senior class as clinical assistants. One of
these retires after one week's service, one after two weeks, and the
remaining one after three weeks. One student a week is detailed
thereafter, so that each Senj or student has three consecutive weeks of
clinical work. The duties are to assist at all clinics, and to attend to
all dressings in the Hospital, under the supervision of the Honse Sor-
HOMCEOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 175
goon. This gives imiisual facilities for practical instruction. In the
medical and eye and ear clinics each member of the Senior class will
be given repeated opportunities for examination of patients, and will
be required to diagnose the disease and suggest method of treatment.
The clinics are largely patronized, the number of cases and the variety
being fully equal to the college clinics elsewhere. The dinics are
held as follows:
Medical Clinic. Thursday afternoon, service of Professor Dick-
inson.
Sufgical Clinic. Saturday morning, service of Professor Gix^hrist.
Eye and Ear Clinic. Tuesday afternoon, service of Professor Nbw-
BB&RY.
Gynecological Clinic. Friday morning, service of Professor Gilr
Obstetrical Clinics. By appointment, service of Professor C0G8-
Snb-Clinics. The sub-clinics are held two or more times a week, to
which sections of the Senior class are admitted, where opportunity is
affoided aU to make examinations in gynecological cases, and the use
of varions instruments of precision for purposes of disgnosis.
Medical and sui^cal treatment, and nursing are free for patients
entering the general clinics. Board in the Hospital is furnished for
{7.00 a week.
Correspondence with reference to admission to the clinics or Hospi-
tal should be had with the professor having charge of the particular
clinic, or the Registrar of the Faculty. Arrangements can be made
for the reception of a limited number of obstetrical cases, only between
the 15th of September and the 15th of February.
DfSPSNSA&Y. In connection with the clinics a dispensary has
recently been opened, where the clinical assistants, under the direc-
tion of the Faculty, prescribe for and visit out-patients, as well as
attend snch cases of obstetrics as apply. The dispensary is growing
in patronage And influence, and has become a highly important and
pcofitable portion of the work, affording at once material for the
dinics, and giving practical instruction to the attendant.
176 STATB UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
TRAININO SCHOOi; FOR NURSBS.
A trainitig school for nuraes has been authorized by the Board of
Regents, the complete oonrse covering three years. The first year is
devoted to preliminary studies fitting the pupil for the active work,
that is, as nurses in the Hospital. Candidates for admission to the
Training School must be not under twenty nor over thirty-five years
of age, must have a common school education, and must present two
letters of recommendation as to their capability, qualifications, and
moral character. No other examination for admission will be required.
The first year, covering the preliminary work, begins and closes with
the medical term of the University. A fee of five dollars will be
charged, payable at the beginning of the term to the Registrar of the
Faculty. The work of this year is entirely theoretical, consisting of
lectures upon anatomy, physiology, special nursing in diseases of the
eye, ear, p'^se, and throat, and on practical nursing. For cases of
emergency and home-nursing, this course is especially desirable.
Aside from their practical work, during the second j^ear, the nursea
will have one recitation each week, and during the third year special
topics for essays will be arranged. Those who have completed the
preliminary work at the beginning of the second jrear may be entered
upon one months* probation in the Hospital, during which time they
will receive board, lodging, and laundry, but no compensation. If
they are found satisfactory, they shall at the end of the first month
and during the remainder of the second year in addition to their livings
as above, receive fS a month for personal expenses, with a slight in-
crease during the third year. Thissumisnot to beregarded as wages,
the instruction given being in itself full compensation for all sei vices
rendered. Those who complete the three years* course shall receive a
suitable certificate signed by the President and the Secretary of the
University. The graduating exercises occur in connection with those
of the Department. For further information address the Matron,
ADELE P. KlMBAlth, M. D.
HOMCEOPATHIC MBDICAL DEPARTMRNT. 177
Board and Accomtnodatioiis.
Good boaid can be obtained at from I3 to $5 a week. By assodat*
ing in clnbs, atodents may supply themselves with good accommoda-
tionaat a material reduction from the customary prices.
Students will be furnished with all necessary information concern-
ing rooms and boarding by applying to the Y. M. C. A. Information
Bureau.
Requirements for Graduation.
To be admitted to the degree of Doctor of Medicine (M. D. ) in this
Department, the student must exhibit to the Dean evidence of having
pursued the study of medicine for four years; must have attended four
courses of lectures, of at least six months each, the last of which
shall have been in this institution; and must be not less than twenty-
one jreare of age.
Arrangements have recently been made with the Faculty of the
Collegiate Department by which it will be possible for a jjtudent to
complete the course in Science and the course in the Homoeopathic
Medical Department in six years, thereby obtaining the degrees of B.
S. and M. D. This combined course is especially recommended to all
students who intend to enter the profession of medicine.
Homceopathic Medical Alntnni Association.
The Alumni Association held its eleventh annual meeting at the
College Building, March 28, 1898, at which time the following officers
were elected:
President—- A. G. Hanssn, Cedar Palls.
Pirst Vice-President— P. C. Skinnbr, Port Byron, lU.
Second Vice-President— A. L. Poi«i,ard, Iowa City.
Secretary— B. J. Lambbrt, Ottumwa.
Treasurer— Lbo&a Johnson, Iowa City.
Executive Committee— Prssibsnt, Sscrbtary and Trkasttrsr.
Alumni are urged to send their names to the Secretary, to be en-
rolled as members. A small admission fee is required, the funds so
procured to be donated to the Hospital according to a vote taken at
the last meeting. Alumni are requested to keep the Secretary informed
of change of address.
178 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Johnson Connty Honioeopatliic Medical Society.
The meetings of this society are held weekly in the lectnre-room of
the Department, and have been very useful adjuncts to the instruction
given. Senior students are associate members, and enjoy all the
privileges of membership, except that of voting and the right to hold
office. Officers for 1898-99:
President— jAiocs G. Giu:hrist, A. M., M. D.
Vice-President— R. W. Homan, M. D.
Secretary— AI.PHEUS L. Poi^i^ard, M. D.
Any further information may be obtained by addressing the Presi-
dent of the University, the Dean or Registn&r of the Homceopathic
Medical Faculty, at Iowa City, Iowa.
Dental Departinent«
Faculty.
CHABT^KS ABHMSAD SCHA9PFER, A. M., Ph. D., I^L. D.,
Presideiit.
Frank Thomas Brbknb, M. D., D. D. S.,
Professor of Operative Dentistry and Therapeutics, and Superintendent
of Operative Clinics.
WlLUAM S. HoSPORD, A. B., D. D. S.,
Professor of Prosthetic Dentistry and Crown and Bridge Work, Superin-
tendent of Prosthetic Clinics and Dean of the Paculfy.
WiLi^iAM Harpbr DsPord, a. M., M. D., D. D. S.,
Professor of Oral Pathology and Hygiene.
Other Instructors and Officers.
BLBBRT WII.IJAM ROCKWOOD, B. S., M. D.,
Professor of Chemistry and Metallurgy.
Waltrr Lawrencs Bibrring, M. D.,
Professor of Pathology, Bacteriology and Histology.
Chari^bs Sumnkr{Chasb, a. M., M. D.,
Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics.
Jambs Rbnwick Gttthrib, M. D.,
Professor of Ph3rsiology.
John Wai«tbr Harriman, M. D.,
Professor of Anatomy.
Wn^UAM ROBBRT WHITBIS, M. S., M. D.,
Assistant Professor of Histology.
Jambs B. Pi^bbnbr, D. D. S.,
Lecturer on Orthodontia.
CHARI.BS Clbvbi^nd Nutting, A. M.,
Lecturer on Comparative Odontography.
179
i8o STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
ROYAI, WiNTHROP BAI4>WIN, D. D. S.,
I^ecturer on Regional Anatomy and Clinical Demonstiator.
A. E. ROGBKS, D. D. S.,
Lecturer on Dental Anatomy and Clinical Demonstrator.
W. G. Clark, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator of Porcelain Work.
CHARIfES B. LKWIS, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator of Dental Technology.
Prank B. Jabcbs» D. D. S.
Demonstrator of Dental Technology.
William Edward Barlow, B. A.,
Demonstrator of Chemistry.
WiLBSR John Tbstbrs, B. S.. Ph. C,
Demonstrator of Chemistry.
E. A. Sprakbr,
Custodian.
Helen Baschnagel,
Clerk.
Visitiiifi: Clinical Inetrttctora.
T. L. Jabces, D. D. S., Fairfield.
C. J. Peterson, D. D. S., Dubuque.
A. R. Begun, D. D. S., Des Moines.
C. A. Cope, D. D. S., Onawa.
K. M. FuLLERTON, D. D. S., Cedar Falls.
S. C. Hatch, D. D. S., Sioux City.
Guy Huntley, D. D. S., Hiason City.
C. A. Palmer, D. D. S., Grinnell.
C. R. Baker, D. D. S., Davenport.
DENTAL DEPARTMENT.
Iiutructioti in this school is given throughout the academic year
by lectures, recitations; clinical teaching, and practical exercises, uni-
formly distributed. The course of instruction is progressive and ex-
tends over three years.
Some of the studies of the first and second years are pursued in con-
nection with the classes in the Medical Department, the student re-
ceiving instruction by the same professors, at the same time and place
with the medical students, and at the end of the year passing with
them the examinations.
It is the object of the Faculty to present a complete course of in-
struction in theory and practice of Dentistry; and for this purpose
well-appointed laboratories and infirmaries are provided, and such
arrangements made as insure an ample supply of patients. Clinical
instmction is given by the professors and other instructors, and under
the direction of demonstrators patients are assigned to the students,
insuring to all opportunity of operating at the chair, and becoming by
actnal practice familiar with all the operations demanded of the
dentist.
The infirmaries remain open and clinical instructors and demon-
stiEton are in attendance daily throughout the school year, offering
to students unsuxpassed facilities for acqtdring practical knowledge
and manipulative dexterity.
Cotirae of Instractioii.
The course of instruction extends over three years of nine months
each. This, however, does not apply to those students who entered
bcfoie the jrear 1896-97.
181
i82 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Reqidretneiits for Admlseioii.
The applicant must present to the Pacolty satiaEactory evidence of
good moral character, and mnat pass a preliminary examination or
present a diploma or a certificate of graduation from a college, academy
or high school, or a first class teachers* certificate covering the
branches enumerated below under preliminary examinations. Stu-
dents of both sexes are admitted on equal terms and are afforded the
same facilities for acquiring a thorough dental education.
I^liminafy Examinations. All students who intend to matric-
ulate in the Department are expected to be present at the time ap-
pointed for examination. The preliminary examination will b^:in on
Tuesday, the day preceding the opening of the session, at 8 a. ic., and
will embrace the following branches: Algebra, through quadratics,
three terms; rhetoric and composition, three terms; English Literature,
three terms; United States History, three terms.
The student may, at the option of the Faculty, substitute any one of
the following electives in lieu of one of the preceding studies: Three
terms of algebra, through quadratics; three terms of geometry, plane
and solid; two terms of physiology; two terms of physical geography;
one term of botany, with analysis of forty plants; three terms of gen-
eral history; three terms of physics; three terms of English liteimtnxe;
two terms of civil government; two terms of history of England; three
terms of American literature; three terms of chemistry; one term of
commercial arithmetic; two terms of astronomy; two terms of geology;
two terms of natural history; one term of political science; two terms
of drawing; three terms of German; three terms of Greek; three terms
of Latin reading, Csesar; three terms of Cicero, four orations; three
terms of Vergil, six books; one term of book-keeping; three terms of
French; three terms of manual training.
•
Schedule of Stadiee.
First or Freshman Year, Completed the first year: Chemistiy,
including laboratory, Organic Materia Medica, Histology, indudiag
laboratory work. Comparative Anatomy, with Dissection, Dental
Anatomy with Technic, and Operative Technic.
DBNTAL DEPARTMENT. 183
Subjects taken the first year and oontinned through the second year:
Anatomy, Physiology, Dental Technology, lectures and laboratory
work, and Operative Technic.
Second orjunwr Year, Subjects completed the second year: Anat-
omy with Dissection, Physiology, Organic Chemistry, and Metallurgy,
including laboratory, Inorganic Materia Medica and Therapeutics,
Dental Technology, and laboratory work .
Subjects taken the second and continued through the third year:
Surgery, Pathology, Therapeutics, Orthodontia Technic, Operative
Technic, Operative Dentistry, and Prosthetic Dentistry.
Third or Senior Year, Subjects completed the third year: Oral
Surgery, Pathology, Regional Anatomy, Special Histology, Clinical
Dentistry, Therapeutics, Metallurgy and laboratory work. Dental Art,
Special Therapeutics, Practical Bacteriology, Operative Dentistry,
Prosthetic Dentistry, Dental Pathology, and Hygiene.
All students of the first and second years will be required to pass an
examination on the studies pursued in their respective courses before
leaving the University at the dose of each term. No student who has
failed in two of the studies of his course will pass to advanced stand-
ing unless they are made up before the holiday vacation. No certifi-
cates are given to any who fail in more than two branches, except a
time certificate stating the actual time of attendance.
COUK8S OF I^BCTURSS AND XrABORATORT WOSX.
OperatiTe I>e]itiatr7 and Therapeutics.
To arrest decay and prevent the destruction of human teeth is the
ideal work of operative dentistry. To know how to fill teeth well and
lastingly is the ambitious desire of every intelligent student of dentis-
try. In the lectures delivered on this subject he will be made
acquainted with all the useful materials and methods of filling teeth,
the use of instruments, and the various manipulations required in a
full practice at the operating chair. The same will be fully illustrated
and demoostnted by numerous clinics, which will constitute an
ia4 STATE UNIVHRSITY OF IOWA.
important f eatnre of the dental instmction. The student is expected
to supply himself with such instruments as will enable him to pecf ocm
all the usual operations of dentistry, under the supervision of the
demonstrators. Students who own a dental engine should bring it
with then. The application of remedies to diseased conditions is
taught practically eveiy day upon the patients in the operative clinic.
CHtiical Bentlstty.
In clinical dentistry thorough practical instruction is given in the
details of operation, use of materials, instruments, appliances and the
application of remedial agents for the restoration of diseased con-
ditions. The students are required to take charge of patients and
perform operations under the supervision of demonstrators. The
laxge number of clinical patients presenting themselves furnishes
ample opportunity for a variety of practical work.
Prosthetic Dentistry.
The instruction in this subject is both didactic and practical. It is
the aim to teach not only the mere mechanical processes of Dentistry,
but that combination of art with mechanism which enables the prac-
titioner to effect so much in restoring the symmetry of the face and
usefulness of the teeth where they have been lost or impaired by acci-
dent or disease. Thorough instruction is also given in methods of
restoring the dental organs with crowns of metal, or porcelain, by
bridges, and by the making of artificial dentures with bases of metal,
rubber, celluloid, aluminum, gold and porcelain, either alone or in
combination.
General Pathology and Bacteriology.
Pathology and bacteriology are taught during the Junior and Senior
years by means of lectures and laboratory work. The work in the
Junior year is devoted to general pathology, comprising a study ol
the general pathological changes, such as circulatory disturbances,
degenerations, and inflammations, that occur in human tissues. Dur-
ing the Senior year the work consists of special pathdogy and bac-
teriology. It includes the study of forms ol new growths and the
DBNTAI^ DBPARTMBNT. 185
diflease changes oocarriiig in special stmctiues, especially the oral
tisBoesand such changes as ocnne within the sphere of dental snrgeiy.
The bacteriological laboratory is equipped with the most improved
apparatus for bacteriological investigation. The work comprises the
study of the characteristics of micro-organisms of the buccal cavity
and their relation to dental caries and other disease processes. The
slides prepared become the property of the student.
Hiatology.
Histology is taught during the Freshman and Junior years by means
of lectures and laboratory work. The laboratory work comprises the
preparing and study of microscopical slides, showing the minute
structure of the different tissues and organs of the human body, with
special reference to the digestive apparatus. Instruction is given in
the various methods of preparing and staining tissues for microscop-
ical examination, the slides prepared becoming the personal property
of the student. During the Junior year the work ia continued in the
foon of special dental histology, which is presented by means of
didactic lectures and laboratory work. In the laboratory, each stu-
dent prepares and studies a collection of slides pertaining to the
histology of all the dental tissues and softer structures of the buccal
cavity, including a complete series showing the development of the
teeth, the slides becoming the property of the student.
Oral Pathology.
A brief consideration of inflammation and its terminations, patho-
ological conditions incident to first dentition, pathological conditions
incident to second dentition, dental caries— various theories and ex-
periments by which conclusions are reached, individual diseases of
the teeth,— sensitive dentine, hypersemia, congestion and inflamma-
tion of the pulp, pulp nodules, putrescent pulps, alveolar abscess,
acute and chronic, diseases of the peridental membrane, pereoemen-
tis, gingivitis, pyorrhoea alveolaris, the tongue and the mouth in dis-
of remote parts, of tumors, methods of diagnosis. The epulic
tumors, osteoma, simple cystic tumors, dentigerous cysts, diseases of
i86 v^ATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
the antmm, ranula, mouth breathing, alveolar necrosis, majdllsij
necrosis, phosphor-necrosis, epitheleoma, syphilis, month manifesta-
tions, especially neuralgia and many other practical subjects that can
not be mentioned here.
Hygiene.
The importance of this subject cannot be overestimated when it is
understood that decay of the teeth, suppuration of the pulp, alveolar
dental abscess, pyorrhcea alveolaris, and perhaps other diseaaes with
which dentists have to contend are the direct result of unhygienic
conditions in the oral cavities. The processes of fermentation, sup-
puration, and infection in general, are considered, and full instruction
given in oral, personal, and office hygiene, and in the best methods of
disinfection and antisepsis, including the care of the instruments in
daily use.
Chemistry.
The work in chemistry is carried on during two years. In the Fresh-
man year the lectures treat first of the general principles of the scienoe,
then their application to the needs and operations of dentistry are ex-
plained. The laboratory work of this year is chiefly in qualitative
analysis with a view to familiarizing the student with the action of
reagents, with chemical manipulation and with the most important
properties of the metals and their compounds. In the Junior year the
lectures will be upon organic chemistry and metallurgy, and the labor-
atory work upon the properties of the metals, and also some of the
more important methods of quantitative analysis.
Materia Medica.
Freshman Year, The Freshman class receives two lectures each
week upon the preliminary matter leading to the detailed oonsidefB-
tion of drugs proper and organic drugs in particular, indnsive of those
of both vegetable and animal origin. The preliminary topics include
definitions, classification, dosage, routes and modes of administration
of remedies, prescription writing including incompatibilities, metric
and common systems of weights and measures, etc. The second
DBNTAL DBFARTMBNT. 187
dmaioii of the subject, viz., that of organic drugs, takes up their dis-
cnasioii in detail following a natural and helpful classification of same
based upon the dominent action of a leading drug in each group or
class to which such drugs may be assigned. Also the antagonistic and
S7nei]gistic action of the dings are considered in their appropriate places
and order. Quizzes, recitations, and written tests are given frequently
to aid the student's memory. At the close of the session a review and
session-test will be given.
Junior Year. The Junior class completes Inorganic Materia Medica
prior to the holiday vacation and reviews the entire subject preparatory
to passing the same before the close of the sessional year. After the
holidays the class begins general therapeutics, special stress being laid
upon those topics that appertain chiefly to dentistiy, such as anaes-
thetics, general and local; coagulants, mineral and vegetable; pain
obtnnders, sedatives, narcotics, etc. Also such drugs as are comprised
in the list of antiseptics, disinfectants, germicides, deodorants, epis-
posdcs, escharotics, etc., are specially considered. The consideration
of a few of the more prominent and common dental affections, such as
abscess of the antrum, alveolar abscesses, pyorrhoea alveolaris, etc.,
will be briefly discussed from their therapeutic standpoint chiefly.
At the dose of the year an examination will be given upon this sub-
ject as well as that of Materia Medica.
Antttotiiy*
This is taught in the first and second years by lectures and recita
tions, one course in dissection being taken each year.
Phy«i6logy*
In this sut^ect the inductive method is very largely employed in
imparting instruction. The lectures are illustrated by means of charts
diagrams, and blackboard figures, and the student is rendered prac
tically familiar with the phenomena of the most important bodily
functions of nonnal operation by the employment of experiments upon
living animals as a means of demonstration.
i88 STATE UNIVBRSrry OF IOWA.
Orthodoiitia.
Instruction in this branch is given by the use of large charts demon-
strating appliances of practical cases together with special care as to
preventiTe measures for the care of deciduous teeth, and coiTective
treatment during the eruption of the permanent teeth. The course
consists also of the treatment of practical cases in the infirmary, the
care of which is given to individual students, under the direction of
demonstratoni in charge, and is also used for class instructions.
R^onal Anatomy.
The instruction in this subject is supplementary to the lectures on
general anatomy, and includes a careful description of the bones,
muscles, blood vessels, and nerves of the head and face, especially
such as are intimately associated with the physiology and pathology
of the dental organs. The lectures are illustrated by maps, charts,
and models, and by several well prepared natural specimens of the
head, jaws, teeth, and nerves in situ,
Com]>aratiYe Odo]itog:raphy.
This course is of unusual practical value. The dental organs and
their practical use, comprised in the various orders or families of the
animal kingdom, are illustrated by natural specimens, lantern exhibi-
tions, and dissection of the lower animals.
Diaaectioii.
Early in the term students make application to the demonstrator of
anatomy for places at the dissecting table. Each student is required
to dissect at least one part. No charge is made for material.
Dental Anatomy.
This course is supplementary to the subject of general anatomy and
in addition to the lectures given, each student prepares a series of
sections of the natural teeth, making the prints of them in a book for
that purpose. The books are the property of the student.
DENTAI, DEPARTMENT. 189
Porcelain Work.
The use of porcelain in the various applications to the practice of
dentistry is tanght, including crowns, bridges, artificial dentures, in-
lays, etc Also the use of the various furnaces is demonstrated.
OperatiTe and Prosthetic Tedinic.
This course oonsbts of the tempering and making of instruments
both for operative and prosthetic work, also the preparation of cavi-
ties in the natural teeth out of the mouth and filling of the same with
the different filling materials. The course is thoroughly practical and
constitutes a very important feature of the student's work preparatory
to the clinical experience.
It is the desire of the Faculty that the dental profession will assist
in the above course by forwarding to the department all the extracted
teeth possible, express charges paid by the department.
Dental Mnaenm and I^ibrary.
Members of the dental profession, dental students, and all persons
interested, are invited to contribute to the museum such specimens of
malformation, normal or diseased conditions, as will serve for illus-
tration of dental teaching; also to the library any books, pamphlets,
journals, or other reading matter pertaining to dental subjects. Such
contributions will be duly labeled with the donor's name, and care-
fully preserved.
Iraboratoriea and Clinic Rooms.
The didactic work is supplemented by practical teaching in the
laboratory and clinic rooms, with an abundance of patients (6,928 last
session. ) The clinic rooms are equipped fully and completely, with
WUkerson and Columbia chairs, cabinets, and all necessary apparatus
for the purpose, such as lathes, furnaces for porcelain work, rolling
mills, vnlcanizers, tables, microscopes, etc. Students are required to
supply only the lighter and more portable instruments, the list of
which will be furnished on application.
190 STATB UNIVERSITY OP IOWA
Reqtiiremeiits for Oradttation for Sessioii of z898-99*
The candidate for gxadnation must be of legal age, and of good
moral character; mnst present to the Faculty and Board of Examiners
a satisfactory case of artificial dentistry; also the reqaired clinical re-
cord of practical operations on the natural teeth; mnst sustain a satis-
factory examination in the branches taught, and must prove his fitness
for the practice of dentistry.
The tune of study must include attendance on three courses of lec-
tures, the last of which must be at this institution.
The deportment during the term must have been unexceptionable;
and attendance upon all lectures, clinics and other instruction in the
course must have been in accord with the requirements of the depart-
ment.
Members of the Junior class must be examined finally in anatomy,
physiology, organic chemistry, metallurgy and therapeutics.
Members of the Senior class must notify the Dean of the Pacnlty iu
writing during the second week of February of their intention of be-
coming applicants for the degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery, at the
same time presenting a certificate from the Secretary of having paid
all fees, with a certificate of legal age and good moral character.
Attendance on any course of lectures in other reputable dental col-
leges having similar requirements will be accepted as equivalent to a
corresponding course in this department. Graduates of medical col-
leges will be required to attend two full years of instruction in prac-
tical dentistry in this institution, including the courses of lectures,
before applying for graduation.
Having complied with the requirements of this department, the
Faculty and Board of Examiners will recommend the candidate to the
Board of Regents as entitled to receive the degree of Doctor of Dental
Surgery.
Ttiitioii.
The fee for tuition is I75 for each year, payable $so on or before
October i, and $25 on or before January 10. There are no extra fees
whatever, but a deposit of $3 must be made to cover breakage and
loss before beginning work In the chemical laboratory.
The above statement of the fees is now in effect, and will be nnder-
DENTAL DBPARTMENT. 191
stood to apply to all students in the department, entirely irrespective
of the date of matriculation. All students who do not pay the proper
fees or avail themselves of the provision above mentioned will be sus-
pended from the department until such fees are paid.
It is of greater advantage to the student, during his dental course
to study and review a single text-book in each department than to
read several cursorily. It is, therefore, advised that a single work in
each department recommended below be chosen and carefully studied
while any others may be used for reference and subsequent perusal.
PRACTITIONERS' COXJR8B.
This course is planned for the convenience and benefit of practi-
tioners. It will be optional with those entering the course as to what
studies they will pursue, and what methods in practical work they
may take up.
The curriculum will be arranged more especially to give a thorough
course in pulp and abscess treatment, and other pathological condi-
tions of the oral cavity. In addition to this, detailed instruction will
be given in bridge and crown work, continuous gum dentures, porce-
lain fillings, and in the methods of working metals by all the different
operations which the practitioner is called upon to perform.
Requirements for Admission.
Anyone in reputable practice may enter this course. Those attend-,
ing the full course of two months will be given a Practitioner's Certi-
ficate at the end of the course. Graduates of this department will be
admitted on the payment of the matriculation fee only.
Graduates of other reputable dental schools will be admitted on
payment of the matriculation fee and |io.
A full corps of demonstrators in all departments has been appointed
to attend to the duties pertaining thereto. The service of several ad-
ditional clinical instructors will be obtained during the session, each
a specialist.
192 STATE UNIVBRSITY OP IOWA.
Pees for Practitioiiers' Cotuse.
Matriculation fee $ 5 00
Tickets, including certificates 25 cx)
Laboratory fee 6 00
$3600
BBNTAIir ASSISTANTS' COURSB.
A training school for dental assistants has been authorized
by the Board of Regents. The course will extend through one year
of nine months, beginning and ending with the regular dental tenn.
The fee for tuition is $ys for the course, of which I50 is payable on or
before October i, and the balance on or before January 10. Candi-
dates for admission to this course must possess a common school edu-
cation, and must present two letters of recommendation as to their
capabilities, qualifications and moral character. No other examina-
tion for admission will be required. Those completing the course wiU
receive a suitable certificate properly signed, and attested by the seal
of the University. This course virill be both didactic and practical,
thorough instruction being given in Operative and Prosthetic Technics,
Therapeutics, Pathology and Dental Anatomy; there are also special
lectures and work relative to the duties of an assistant both at the
operating chair and in the laboratory.
Credits obtained in this course will be allowed to those desiring to
attend and complete the regular dental course, providing the require-
ments are fulfilled as provided for the regular dental course.
Pajrment of Feea.
All fees must be paid promptly, when due, to the Secretary of the
University, William J. Haddock. Students who do not pay the fees
when due will be suspended from the department until payment has
been made.
Board and Accommodatioiia.
Board in Iowa City can be obtained for from $3.00 to $3.00 a week;
rooms from |2.oo to |8.oo a month. Many students procure rooms,
and board in clubs, which materially reduces the cost
DENTAL DEPARTMENT. 193
Text-Books and Books of Reference.
These can be obtained at the book-fltores in Iowa City. Dealers
give a disconnt of from ten to twenty per cent. The following are
recommended by the Faculty:
OperatiTe Dentistry: American Text-book of Operative Dentistry,
Ottellnngni, Flagg's Plastics.
Prosthetic Dentistry: Essig's Prosthetic Dentistry » Richardson's
Mechanical Dentistry, Evan's Artificial Crown and Bridge Work; col-
lateral reading of Harris's PrincQ>le and Practice, American System
of Dentistry.
General Pathology: Green, Zeigler, Delafield, Prudden.
Bacteriology: Abbott, Crookshank, Prsenkel.
Histology: Piersol, Schsefer, Stirling, Klein.
Oral Pathology and Hygiene: Greene, Garretson's Oral Surgery,
Wilson on Hygiene.
Chemistry: General Chemistry — Wurtz, Bloxam, Witthans; Quali-
tative Analysis— Thorpe, Crafts.
Materia Medica: White and Wilcox, Potter.
Therapeutics: H. C. Wood, Potter, Goxgas.
Anatmny: Gray (13th edition), Holden's Landmarks, Quain (loth
edition), Holden's Osteology, McClellan's Regional Anatomy, Treve's
Applied Anatomy.
Physiology: Poster, Landois and Stirling, Flint, Kirk.
Orthodontia: Angles, Guilford.
Dental Anatomy: Tomes, Black.
Comparative Anatomy: Howell.
Dictionaries: Harris, Dunglison, Thomas.
Notice.
The National Association of Dental Faculties, of which this depart-
ment is a member, passed at their last meeting a rule whereby all stu-
dents not regularly matriculated within ten days from the opening of
any school will not receive credit for a full course.
The Dental Department of the State University of Iowa complies
not only with the rules and conditions of the National Association of
194 STATE UNIVBRSlTy OP IOWA.
Dental Faculties bat also with those of the National Association of
Dental Bzaminers.
Students shonld make their arrangements to be in attendance on
the first day of the session, as the Pacnlty cannot adjust their plans
to the tardy arrival of students by wasting time on unimportant lec^
tures at the beginning. Promptness at the b^^inning of the term is
▼ety essential.
Members of the profession who receive the announcement are re-
quested to notify the Secretary of any change in their address. They
will also confer a favor by sending the names of other dentists practic-
ing in the towns in which they reside. Por further information apply
to Wm. S. Hosford, Dean of the Dental Department, lovraCity, Iowa.
Department of Pharmacy^
Faculty.
Chabt^KS a. Schaspfss, a. M., Fh. D., lili. D.,
President.
Em];. Louis Bo8Rinc&» Ph. G.» Phak. D.,
»f eflflor of Pbamiac
Desn of the Pacu
Profeflflor of Pbamuicv, Director of the Fhannaceutical Laboratory and
^ *ity.
Launcbi«ot W. Andrews, Ph. D.,
Profeaaor of Chemistiy and Director of the Chemical Laboratory.
Thomas H. Macbridb, A. M., Ph. D.,
Profeasor of Pharmacognoqr and Director of the Microacopical Labora-
toty..
Cha&I^S S. ChasR, a. M., M. D.,
Professor of Materia Medica.
BOHUMIL ShiMKK, C. B.,
Professor of Botany.
E. W. RocKWOOD, B. S., M. D.,
Lecturer on Toedoology.
Percy H. Walksr, M. 8.,
Instmctor in Chemistry.
L9STSR T. JACKSON, B. S.,
Assistant in Chemical Laboratory.
G90RGIA Knapp, Ph. G.,
Assistant in Pharmaceutical Laboratory.
Zada M. Cooper, Ph. G.,
Assistant in Pkarmacentlcal Laboratory.
DEPARTMENT OP PHARMACY.
The Department of Pharmacy of the State Univernty of Iowa is de-
signed to famish pharmacists, and those desiring to engage in phar-
macy, an opportunity to acqtiire a thorough practical education in the
departments of science most intimately connected with the practice <tf
that profession. A technical education, such as that offered by the
schools of pharmacy, and seldom if ever acquired in drug stores, is as
necessary to the accomplished pharmacist as is the special training of
a medical course to the physidan. The day is not far distant when
the pharmacist who is not provided with the evidence of skill which
the college diploma furnishes, will labor under equal disadvantages
with the non-graduated physician of to-day.
The experience of the past thirteen years has thoroughly demon-
strated the practicability of the courses in this Department. This is
shown by the readiness with which students of even one session find
and hold employment in drug stores, at salaries much higher than
they could possibly command without the college training, and by the
fact that a much larger percentage of students who have completed
one year's work in this school pass the examinations before the State
Board of Pharmacy, than of candidates who go before the Board from
drug stores, even after several years' experience.
Incidentally, therefore, the courses are well calculated to aid those
who desire specially to qualify for the examinations of the State Board
of Pharmacy.
It is the aim of the Faculty to make the courses so practical that
students will find it not only professionally but also pecuniarily profit-
able to spend a season or two in the Department.
Sec. 2589 of the Code, relating to the registration of pharmacists,
was amended by the I^egislature on March 26th, 1898, to read as fol-
lows:
196
DBPARTMENT OF PHARMACY. i^
Sec. 2589. Krmnitiatioiw-registration. The cominiflsion, atsnch
times and places as it may select, and in sncb manner as it maj deter-
mine upon, shall examine all persons desiring to engage in and con-
duct business as registered pharmacists, as contemplated in the
preceding section, and, if found competent, the applicant's name
shall be entered in the registry book of certificate holders. Graduates
of pharmacy holding a diploma from the State University, or from
any school or college of pharmacy requiring a course of study and
laboratofy work equivalent to that prescribed by the said University
in its catalogue for the school year 1897-98, shall be entitled to regis-
tration as pharmacists without examination. Pharmacists thus r^;is-
tered have the sole right to keep and sell all medicines and poisons
except intoxicating liquors.
The fourteenth annual course of lectures will begin on Wednesday,
September 14, 1898, and close on Wednesday, March 39, 1899. There
wUl be a vacation commencing December 22, 1898, and ending Jan-
uary 4, 1899.
Bttitditig.
This school is comfortably located in a three-story building, erected
at a cost of about fifty thousand dollars, and furnishing about twenty-
five thousand square feet of floor space, perhaps the largest accommo-
dations in the way of room enjoyed by any school of pharmacy in this
country. The equipment of this building is of the most modem, and
in keeping with the advancing stage of the science. Through liberal
appropriations periodically made by the I^egialature and the Board of
R^ents, the accumulated equipment of some years is being constantly
enlaiged, and affords excellent facilities for instruction. The lecture-
rooms axe provided with all desirable conveniences for class demon-
stration, and with large tablet chairs. The laboratories are especially
roomy, the chemical and pharmaceutical laboratories occupsdng each
a floor space of 54x140 feet, divided into two large general and a num-
ber of smaller special laboratories. Two forty-horse power boilers
supply the steam for all purposes, and a seven-horse power gas engine
furnishes the power for drug mill, dynamo, etc.
198 STATB UNTVBRSITy OF IOWA.
PreUttinary gTamiiiation.
Every applicant for admission to the Junior daas will be reqniied to
pass a preliminary examination in English, penmanship, geography,
and arithmetic, or give satisfactory evidence of having completed snch
studies in a grammar school.
Admission to the Senior class vtIII be by examination in the branches
of study taught during the Junior year. Students presenting evidence
of having passed the Junior examination in another recognized coll^;e
or school of pharmacy will be admitted without further examination.
Courses of InstrtictiofL
The courses of instruction embrace lectures on pharmacy, materia
medica, pharmacognosy, botany, chemistry, and toxicology, with
practical work in pharmaceutical, microscopical, and chemical labor-
atories, and almost daily recitations during the term.
About two hundred and twenty-five lectures are delivered annually
to each of the Junior and Senior classes and more than four hundred
hours are devoted by each student to practical work in the severs]
laboratories, and to recitations.
Following the precedent established some years ago by some of the
older colleges of pharmacy, the graded course is adopted. The full
course extends over two years, and the students are divided into
Junior and Senior classes, composed of first and second course stu-
dents, respectively. This arrangement, while adding greatly to the
labors of the Faculty, proves of great benefit to students, by enabling
the professors not only to introduce new and profitable subjects in
their departments, but by extending their lectures over two sessions,
to take up the elementary work during the first, and the more ad-
vanced during the second year.
Pharmacy.
PILOFSSSO& BOSKNER.
The introductory lectures to the Junior class will embrace a short
review of the pharmacopoeias of the United States, England, Fnnce,
DBPARTM^rr OP PHARMACY. 199
and Gcarmany; the various sjrstems and appliances of weights and
measnres in use by the leading nations; the apparatus and methods
neoessaiy for the determination of the specific grayity of solids and
liquids, and the sonrces and management of heat for pharmaceutical
purposes. These will be followed by descriptions and illustrations of
apparatus necessary to conduct properly the processes of percolation,
filtration, comminution, sifting, solution, precipitation, neutralization,
evaporation, distillation, sublimation, etc.
The official drugs will be considered by groups, the classification
being based upon the more prominent proximate constituents con-
tained in the drugs under consideration, beginning with those sub-
stances containing prominentiy lignin, and passing in order to those
containing starches, sugars, gums, resins, oleo-resins, fixed oils, vola-
tile oils, alkaloids, glucosides, neutral principles, etc.
All the preparations of a drug will be considered together. To aid
the student in memorizing the strength of official preparations, these
will be considered by pharmacopeeial classifications.
The lectures to the Senior class will begin with a short review of
the subjects embraced in the Junior course, followed by a critical
study of the preparations of the United States Pharmacopoeia, classi-
fied according to the character of their active or medicinal constitu-
ents. The relation they sustain to each other will be considered, and
whenever practicable, the methods of their preparation will be dem-
onstrated, the aim being to apply the theories and general principles
tau^t in the Junior course.
The concluding lectures of the course will be devoted to extem-
poraneous pharmacy — such as the preparation of emulsions, piUs, sui>-
pontories, solutions, ointments, etc., and the dispensing of physicians'
prescriptions, the preparation of toilet articles and perfumefy, etc.
The adulteration and sophistication to which official preparations
are subject, and the methods for their detection will be noticed to the
extent which their importance may demand.
400 STATE UNIVBRSITY OF IOWA.
Clieiiii0tt7*
Propbssor Andrkws.
The laboratory work will be divided into two distiiict courses, both
of which are reqtiisite for graduation, but only one of which can be
taken by the student during either of the two ooll^;e years.
Junior Year, The Junior year comprises instruction in the general
principles of chemistry, and in qualitative anal3r8is, arranged with
special reference to pharmaceutical preparations.
The lectures elucidate the fundamental laws of the science, demon-
strating them, whenever possible, by numerous experiments performed
before the dass. The chief metallic and non-metallic elements, with
their more important compounds and reaction^ are considered. The
practical application of the principles of chemical calculation, by
which the compositions of compounds may be deduced from their
formulas, in consequence of its great importance to the pharmacist, is
carefully inculcated. Instruction in details of the work, and in mat-
ters of manipulation is conveyed in the laboratory course, which occu-
pies, on an average, seven hours a week. Here the student is taught
by a systematically arranged series of experiments the properties of
the commonest chemical agents, and how to handle chemical appara-
tus properly. When some manipulative skill is attained, qualitative
analysis is tsken up. The characteristic reactions of bodies as applied
to their detection in mixtures are made familiar in a series of exam-
ples, beginning with the simplest substances, and pasBing gimdually
to the more complex, such as are met with in the practioe of Phar-
macy. The student is expected at the conclusion of this course to be
able to test the purity of official preparations and to detect the natu«
of any adulteration which may be present. He is required to pass a
practical examination covering this ground.
Senior Year, Quantitative analysis is taken up, particular rmphwniff
being laid upon volumetric processes, as these, by virtue of the esse
and rapidity with which they are executed, are of the greatest general
usefulness.
The chemical reactions used for detecting morphine, stiycluiiiieand
other ackaloidal and coal tar products of pharmaceutical importaaoe
DBPARTMBNT OP PHARKACY. ^i
afe atadied in the laboratory and the class is exercised in the practical
analysis of mixtuxes of such snbstanoes.
Practice is given in the valuation of numerous inorganic and organic
pharmaoentical preparationSi and in the methods of controlling or
detennining their exact strength. A laboratory examination concludes
the course.
Phamtacogfiiofiy.
Professor Macbrids.
This course is intended to present the organic Materia Medica from
the standpoint of the biologist, with a view to enabling the student to
handle his materials intelligently, and to identify them in accordance
with the recognized principles of biologic science. The various drugs
of organic origin are tahen up in the order of their natural classifica-
tion, the principal facts as to their nature, origin and preparation are
set forth in a series of lectures illustrated by abundant material in
original packages, as well as by herbarium specimens (in the case of
plants), charts, drawings, microscopic preparations, etc.
Winter. One hour a week, commencing about November i.
Ample cabinets of Materia Medica are at hand, and free use is con-
stantly made of the magnificent collections now found in the Her-
barium of the State University.
Text-books:
Flueckiger's Principles of Pharmacognosy.
Maisch's Materia Medica.
Bentley and Trimen's Medicinal Plants.
Millspangh's American Medicinal Plants.
The United States Dispensatory.
The National Dispensatory.
Botany.
Three courses are offered in Botany:
Course i. General Botany. This course is devoted to a careful
study of the elements of the science. The various organs of the plant
202 STATB UNIVBRSITY OP IOWA.
Bxe reviewed and the local antimmal flora is made to afford abandaiit
material to illustrate, in the hands of the stndent, the morphology of
toots, stems, and leaves, as weU as the ordinary principles of floral
analysis, and the means of specific identification. Types of the prin-
ciple orders of greatest economic valne are studied in detail.
Junior Year, Fall term. Two hours a day for the first six weeks.
Course 2. The second course is devoted to an inquiry into the life
and growth of the plant; the cell, its morphology and products; the
morphology of the entire plant structure as a means of identification.
It includes laboratory work with the microscope and evening lectures
illustrated by numerous stereopdcon views.
Junior Year. One hour a week during fall and winter terms,
following Course i.
Course 3. Microscopic Technology. This course includes instruc-
tion in the use of the compound microscope, and its employment in
the investigation of vegetable structures. The student is supplied
with an instrument and aU necessary reagents and apparatus, and is
taught the various modes of cutting, staining, and mounting histolog-
ical preparations. Practical instruction is given in the use of the
microscope in the identification of crude drugs as well as in the detec-
tion of adulteration. Each student taking this course prepares at the
laboratory for his own use, a cabinet of microscopic slides, illustrative
of many of the more important official drugs.
Senior Year, Winter term. Two hours a week.
Students in all these courses are afforded ample laboratory facili-
ties, and the splendid botanical collections in the University Her-
barium are always available for illustrations and comparative study.
The following list includes the principal text-books:
Macbride's Lessons in Elementary Botany.
Wood's Class Book of Botany.
Gray*s Manual of Botany.
Ooodale's Physiological Botany.
DEPARTMENT OP PHARMACY. 203
Kateria Medlca.
Profbssor Chask.
This branch will be presented to the students of the Pharmacy Depart-
ment fnmi a two>fold standpoint, namely, that of extemporaneous
phannacy and the prescribing physidan. To this end a brief outline
coarse in physiology illustrative of the functions of the more promi-
nent organs of the body will precede the discussion in detail of the sub-
ject matter that more properly belongs to this chair. However, the
professor in chaige feels that the pharmacist can best serve those
who seek his aid by having a general apprehension of a few of the
salient points at least that belong chiefly to the physiologist.
Junior Year. The members of the Junior class will be given pre-
liminaiy definitions of the subject; also various terms such as alka-
loids, glucosides, leucomaines, ptomaines, gums, resins, etc., etc.
Also the various official preparations will be defined and discussed.
The routes and modes of administration of remedies, their physiologi-
cal and toxicological action will likewise be considered. The origin,
source, composition, chemical characteristics and physical properties,
the modes of preparations, etc., of each drug will be noted briefly,
their more elaborate consideration being referred to the chair of
Pharmacognosy.
The subject of prescription writing including incompatibles and
their classifications, their instantaneous detection and means of avoid-
ance will be subjects for careful consideration and drill. Cumulative
action of drugs in the system — how it may occur and how avoided —
will also be discussed. The common and metric systems of weights and
measures will receive due attention. Finally with subject of dosage
considered at length, the student will be assumed to be ready to be
introduced formally to the chief dmgs made use of in his profession.
To this end organic dmgs of both vegetable and animal origin will be
first considered. The student will be required to make full and
ezhanstive notes on each lecture at the time of its delivery, and also
present a carefully prepared transcription of the teztnal matter found
in the text-book used. Avery excellent and natural grouping of
drugs considered will be f oUowed, based upon the dominant action of
1Q4 STATE UNTVBRSITY OF IOWA.
the leading drug of the group or cUss to which soch drugs may be
assigned. In this manner systematic study is preserved and the subject
matter much more easily retained. Frequent quizzing, recitations and
written tests supplement the student's part of the work, thereby facili-
tating the retention of the facts presented.
Senior Year. This course is an amplification of the preceding.
The Senior class is given a rapid review of the subject-matter of the
Junior course and then completes the unfinished portion of this part
of his work. A brief course in Inorganic Materia Medica is like-
wise presented to the members of this class, comprising the more
important drugs made use of in pharmacy. With frequent reviews,
tests, drills, etc., this class will, before the termination of the
session, complete the subject, review and pass it. Prescription writing
will be dwelt upon in this course as in the preceding year so as to
make sight reading and detection of errors possible. The physiolog-
ical action of drugs is also specially presented, antagonistic and
syneigistic remedies being noted. Thus with a review of the entire
subject, this class is led to a general comprehension of the fundamental
principles and knowledge of the leading drugs used in this important
branch of their course.
PR0FBS90R ROCKWOOD.
The course consists of one lecture a week during the entire aessioo.
The general action of poisons is first considered, then the most impor-
tant ones are treated separately. Their physical properties and chem-
ical action are noticed, together with their uses, and most common
sources as tozicological agents. The symptoms of the different clnsscn
are given, and the treatment for each. Especial attention is paid to
antidotes. Methods of testing suspidons substances, as well as the
examination of secretions and excretions, are explained and illns-
trated by experiments.
Fhannacetttical Mbotatoty.
The pharmaceutical laboratory, provided with the necessary con-
veniences, apparatus, and material for thorough practical insliBcUoB
DEPARTMENT OP PHARMACY. 105
will be open daily dnring the greater part of the school year. The
instraction will embrace practice in the nae of thermometers, hydrom-
eteiB, specific gravity bottles, and balances; the preparation of tinc-
tures, symps, oleo-resins, solid and fluid extracts, pill masses, com-
poond powders, solutions, hypodermic and compressed tablets, and
many chemicals, snch as the official iron solutions, scale salts of iron,
mercury and lead compounds, which the apothecary should and can
prepare for himself, both with advantage and profit; extemporaneous
pharmacy, including the preparation of emulsions, pills, plasters, sup-
positories, prescriptions, the application of pharmacopceial tests, the
manufacture of handkerchief extracts, colognes, sachet powders, etc.;
in short, practice in all the varied duties of a first-class pharmacy. The
greatly improved facilities of the laboratory building will permit
of the introduction of work found impracticable for preceding classes.
Instruction in this branch is now looked upon as one of the utmost
unportanoe in pharmaceutical education, especially as much of the
work formerly conducted entirely by the apothecary is now in the
hands of laige manufacturing establishments, and the student in phar-
macy is thereby deprived of many valuable opportunities for gaining
the necessary experience aad self-confidence in drug stores, which a
personal acquaintance with the various manipulations is sure to bring
about. The instruction in this laboratory will be individual; the
progress made will therefore depend upon the student's knowledge
and exertions.
All students desiring to graduate from this school are xequired to pur-
sue this course during the Junior and Senior years.
Students wUl be furnished with all necessary apparatus and
material, but will be required to pay for all breakage or damage to
apparatus while in their possession.
Tttitioii.
The fee for tuition is $75 for each year, of which $$0 is payable on or
before October i, and the remainder on or before January 10. There
are no extra fees whatever, but for each laboratory course in chem-
istry or practical pharmacy there is required a deposit of I3 to
cover breakage and to insure the return of all keys at the dose of the
session. This sum (breakage, if any, deducted) is returned to the
2o6 STATB UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
stadent on presentatioii of the certificate of the professor in charge of
the laboratory in question.
The above statement of fees is now in effect, and will be understood
to apply to all students in the Department, entirely irrespective of the
date of matricnlation.
All fees must be paid to the Secretary of the University, William J.
Haddock.
All students who are delinquent in the payment of tnition will be
suspended from the Department until the tuition is paid.
Qnalificatioiui for Qraduatioit.
Every person upon whom the diploma of this Department is con-
ferred must be of good moral character, have arrived at the age of
twenty-one years, have attended two full courses of lectures, the last
one of which shall have been in this school, including two full courses
of pharmaceutical, microscopical, and chemical laboratozy practice,
and shall pass satisfactory written examinations in all the branches
taught in this school, when he shall be entitled to the d^;ree of Grad-
uate in Pharmacy (Ph. G.)*
Final Bxaminationa.
The examinations of candidates for graduation will take place during
the week preceding the dose of the lecture season.
Weekly lExatniiiatioiui.
As auxiliary to the lectures, the professors will hold frequent quizzes
in their respective departments, to serve as reviews of the subjects dis-
cussed in the lectures.
Text-Books.
Pharmacy— Por Juniors— U. S. Pharmacopoeia, Remington's Prac-
tioe of Pharmacy, National Pormulary. Por Seniors —All the above,
Caspari's Treatise on Pharmacy, Coblentz' Handbook of Pharmacy,
Sooville's Art of Compounding.
Chemistry— Andrews' Qualitative Analysis, Long's Kzperimentid
and Analytical Chemistry.
DHPARTMBNT OF PHARMACY. 207
Phannaoognoey — ^Maisch's Organic Materia Medica.
Materia Medica— White & Wilcox's Materia Medica and Therapen-
ticB, Sayxe'a Organic Materia Medica and Pharmacognosy, Culbreth*8
Materia Medica and Pharmacology.
Botany — ^Macbride's Lessons in Blementry Botany, Gray's or Wood's
Mannal, Bastin's College Botany.
Reference Books.
U. S. Dispensatory, National Dispensatory, Presenilis' Analytical
Chemistry, Hoffman and Power's Examination of Medicinal Chem-
cals, day's Botanical Text-Book, Vol. II.
Board.
The cost of board in dubs is from |i.so to $2,50 per week; in private
houses from $2,50 to I4.00 per week. Rooms can be obtained at from
50 cents to ^1.50 per week for each student.
I^lbrarles*
The general librszy of the University is accessible to students of all
departments during eight hours of every week-day. Books may also
be drawn for outside use.
One hundred and thirty American and European periodicals are
taken, and are kept upon the tables of the reading-room throughout
the year.
For further particulars address BmilL. Boemer, Deanof the Depart-
ment of Pharmacy, Iowa City, Iowa.
DEGREES CONFERRED JUNE 1897.
COi;i/BGIAT8 DSPA&TMSNT.
Master of Arts.
Brock, Prank V., A. B. Harney, Helen M., Ph. B.
Currier, Helen Noyes, Ph. B. Kelly, Harry B., Ph. B.
Crossley, J. J., A. B. Van Law, C. H., A. B.
Master of Science.
Radasch, Henry E., B. S. O'Donoghue, J. H., A. B.
Bachelor of Arts.
Briggs, George N. Pile, Mittie Mansfield
Bursma, Jacob Popham, R. G.
Hamann, Albert W. Resser, Burt C.
Hanks, John Schaeffer, George Schuyler
Hardman, James Elias Seymour, Libbie
McCord, Robert Leigh, Jr. Simmons, Edmund
Paisley, Albert A. Smith, Charles Samuel
Zerwekh, Florence A.
Bachelor of Philosophy.
Allin, Norra Bloom, Charles
Baker, Irving Wesley Boals, Abby
Barker, Arthur J. Boesche, Louise A.
Beckman, P. W. Brown, Ralph Othniel
Bettenga, Everett P. Bndrow, Lester R.
208
GRADUATES.
209
Chnrchill, D. B.
Crone, Reuben Bertram
Dorcas, Cora
Ensign, Forest C.
Foster, Charles Scott
Freeman, Mae Agnes
Gray, Maud
Grimes, Frank P.
Hanson, Harry Webster
Hobbs, Sam Warren
Horack, Frank Edward
Huebner, Charles P., Jr.
Hnll, John Kress
Keeler, Wilfred Cecil
Kiser, Joseph Donald
LaForce, Frank E.
Van
Larrabee, Frederic
Lynch, Charles Jeremiah
MacFarland, Beulah
MacFarland, Elena
Meissner, John
Moon, Edwin Griswold
Otto, Mary Laara
Petersberger, Isaac
Price, George M.
Reever, William Henry
Reynolds, John
Sayers, Samuel Je£Ferson
Sears, Charles William
Shephard, Hugh H.
Taylor, Kathryn May
Thomas, Benjamin Franklin
Metre, Margaret
Bachelor of Science.
Bulge, Albertus J.
Clark, Whit H.
Crane, Eaua E.
Daly, William Joseph
Donohoe, Anthony P.
Ende, August
Finch, Grace Ellen
Gibbs, George Sabin, Jr.
Heck, Ernest William
Hetzel, Roy Boyd
Iverson, Iver, Jr.
I^renz, Charles F.
Savage, Thomas Edmund
Yost, Charles Gitchell
Bachelor of Science in Civil Bngineerins:.
Hewitt, Charles Edgar
Johnson, George Monroe
Schultze, J. Otto
Wilkin, Frank Stephenson
Bachelor of Science in Blectxical Bngineerin^ .
Bailey, Arthur
Willis, Bernard Darwin
3IO
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
I^AW DBPARTMBNT.
Bachelor of l^ws.
Alderman, Ul3r88eB S.
Allen, Bveret M., B. S.
Ashcraft, Adolphus M.
Ashciaft, Ida }.
Bates, Franklin P.
Beach, Arthur E.
Booma, Milton S.
Brady, Thomas E.
Brockway, Earl B., A. B.
Brown, John }.
Bruce, Robert
Burling, Charles G., Ph. B.
Burrell, Walter C.
Camp, Curtis B.
Campbell, Joseph
Carroll, Edward J.
Colbum, Henry B.
Cooper, Paul F.
Conigan, John L.
Crary, Elisha A., Jr., Ph. B.
Daniger, Henxy M.
Devitt, James A.
Ditzen, Henry E. C, Ph. B.
Dorland, Henry H.
Edelstein, John F.
Evans, William T., Ph. B.
Everett, Fred D.
Ewmg, Peter B.
Goeldner, Hugo F.
Graham, TuUy E.
Graham, William A.
Groves, Mack J.
Haines, Robert M., Jr., A. B.
Halvorson, Gay
Hammill, John
Harriman, Fred A.
Holbrook, Carleton W., A. B.
Hozie, Wirt P.
Keeler, Burr C.
Kehoe, John J.
Kingsbury, Charles S.
Kintzinger, John W.
Kirkland, I/mis J.
I^attner, Samuel B.
Lewis, Edward O.
I/>vrien, Fred C.
Lumm, Alfred W.
McCoy, John N., A. B.
McGarvey, William A.
Mack, Mansfield E.
Maine, Ernest K., A. B.
Mayer, Stephen G., A. B.
Mercer, Andrew W.
Miller, Justus A., B. S.
Mueller, Alfred C.
Mugan, Thomas A.
Newman, James B.
Palmeter, Roy A., Ph. B.
Pendleton, Edmund, B. L.
Petersberger, Isaac
Plum, Jerrie h.
Probasoo, Emery M.
Quinn, James L.
Ross, Homer L.
GRADUATBS.
9X1
Rudolph, Samuel H.
Sallman, Karl E.
Seaman, Ernest W.
Sla3anaker, Ora M.
Smith, Samuel C, Ph. B.
Snyder, Charles W. E., A. B.
Stahl, William S., Ph. B.
Stapleton, Martin W.
Thomas, Charles M.
Van Nice, Isaac W.
Wakefield, Albert O., A. B.
Walling, Herman B.
Washburn, Charles H.
Watkins, Charles G., M. S.
Watson, Joseph O., A. M.
White, William A.
Wilson, Edwin B., Ph. B.
Winters, Samuel L., A. M.
Wood, Benjamin U.
DEG1
UZJ^K
CO
u^uuzJir
MARCH 1696,
MBBICAI, DBPAB.TMBNT.
Doctor of Medicine.
Abegg, Henry Hervy
Adams, Fred L., B. S.
Allen, Frank Hervey
Anderson, Frederick Eugene
Arent, Asaph
Beaore. Walter McKay
Bean, Oley G.
Blake, Charles Wesley
Bossingham, Ottmer N., D. V.
Bowen, Jesse William
Briggs, Walter Homer, B. Di.
Campbell, Charles Harvey
Detchon, Hugh Smith
Ely, Francis Argyle
Engle, Harry Perry
Farrell, Albert Martin
Fitz, Geoige G.
Frank, George W.
Fuchs, Adele M.
Habenibht, Robert H.
Hozie, Will E.
Hull, John Franklin
^* Joigensen, Palle Peder Marias
Kearney, Charles Atwell
Knudson, Becker Christian
Lambert, Fred Earnest
Lester, Harry Sumner
McClintock, John Thomas, A. B.
212
STATB UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Mcintosh, J. Drnsie
Meciiin» John Warren
Mereness, Herbert Dayton
Morgans, Samnel Lewis
Monlton, Milo WiUie
Nass, Hildus Augostinns O.
Noe, Charles Fred
Parker, Ralph H., M. Di.
Parker, William Oilman
Pence, Laurence Waldo, B. Di.
Pnroell, Bert E.
Replogle, Jerry A., D. V. S.
Rogers, Claude Bernard
Sackett, Claude Conwell
Snyder, John Franklin
Stover, Emery Ellsworth
Thielen, Michael H., M. Dl.
Thornton, Albert Herrick
Walker, Frederick Earl
Walker, James C.
WiUsey, Frank Brown
Wright, Charles Edward
HOMCSOPATHIC MBDICAI/ DSPARTMBNT.
Bailey, Ida Holson
Coleman, Jennie
Famum, Earl P.
Kauffman, Wm. A.
Oraves, Sara L.
Doctor of Medicine.
Lambert, Elmer J.
Sarchet, Lloyd H.
Skinner, Fred C.
Todd, Victor C.
Ntttaes.
Hawkins, Alice
DBNTAI^ DBPARTMBNT.
Doctor of Dental Surgery.
Barrera, Isaac
Beam, Frank N.
Bingham, Frederick Nathan
Bradley, William Oscar
Brock, Herbert Bruce
Brooks, George
Brown, Curtis Henry
Brown, Sim Chaney
Calhoun, Joseph Fanar
Crandall, Walter Gove
Davis, Walter Arthur
Daugherty, James Bertis
Deetkin, Julius Charles
Dillinger, Hanna
GRADUATES.
213
Bickelbei^g, George Charles
Bichar, Cora Leone
Pawkes, Charles James
Fickes, Josiah Barton
Gable, John Carlton
lindsay, Clayton Bums
McClelland, Freeman
McClanahan, William B.
McEee, John Wesley
Meis, Herman James
Killer, Wm. C.
Morrow, Barton Allen
Ogg, fiiahlon D.
Fatton, Jefferson HoUister
Read, William M.
Reynard, May
Gary, Arthur George
Grafton, Charl Warwick
Godlove, George Wesley
Hall, Robert W.
Hayes, Clinton LeGrande
Henle, Mathias Francis
Hirons, Jennie
Wood,
Hollenbeck, Chas. Dighton
Hood, Gneme Tnttle
Hope, Bird Norris
Johnson, Francis Alexander
Joslin, Walter Trich
Keeler, Howard Denton
Kinsley, Jason Daniel
Lambert, Nella Maxwell
Lawton, Earnest John
Leech, Charles Sloan
Leigh, Lloyd Charles
LiUibridge, William Otis
Rice, James Kinlon
Rundorff, Arlhnr H.
Sensibangh, William Chandler
Starbnck, Adelbert W.
Sutton, Harry Burse
Tinker, B. Fay
Torrance, Charles Anderson
Truax, Frederick Blmer
Webb, John Everett
Weikert, William Henry
Wells, Frederick Paine
George Leroy
DBPARTMBNT OF PHARMACT.
Of aduates in Pharmacy.
Brinton, Gilbert Edward
Buss, Fiederic John
Gearhart, Newton Arthur
Nixon, Robert Bums
Park, Charles Grant
Prader, Dolph Christian
Tague, Marion Samuel
White, Louis Mortimore
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT.
ORADUATS STUBSNTS.
Resident Candidates for the Master's D^r^ee.
Baker, Irying W., 6. Ph.,
Bauer, George N., B. S.,
Bowman, Charles H., B. Ph.,
Btirge, Albertus J., B. S.,
Butler, Maud B., B. Ph.,
Cameron, John E., B. S.,
Dorcas, Herbert C, B. Ph.,
Bly, Mary Barber, B.Ph.,
Fracker, George C, B. Ph.,
Fteeman, Mae A., B. Ph.,
Gilbert, Lydia L., B. Ph.,
Hartman, Russell T., B. S.,
Hilsinger, George E., A. B.,
Horack, Prank E., B. Ph.,
Jackson, Lester T., B. S.,
Jones, Elizabeth D., B. Ph.,
Lorenz, Charles P.,B. S.,
Meissner, John, B. Ph.,
Merritt, Fred D., B. S.,
Savage, Thomas E., B. S.,
Schlenker, Carl, A. B.,
Seymour, I^ibbie, A B.,
Political Philosophy, United Stotes
History.
Differential Equations, Modem Ge-
ometric Theories.
Physics, Mathematics.
Morphology, Zoology.
History, French.
Botany, Zoology.
Pedagogy, Psychology.
French, History.
Pedagogy, Psychology.
English, Pedagogy.
English, History.
Geology, Chemistry.
Political Science, English.
Comp. Const. I^w, Philosophy.
Chemistry, Mathematics.
Pedagogy, Morphology.
Physics, Mathematics.
Pedagogy, Political Economy.
Political Science, History.
Geology, Botany.
German Classic Drama, History of
Prussia.
Pedagogy.
214
COLLEGIATE ENROLLMENT.
3x5
SRierwoodf Elizftbeth L*} A. B.,
Shimek, Bohumil, C. E.,
Smith, Charles L, A. B.,
Stanley, Clafence J., B. S.,
Taylor, Kathryn M., B. Ph.,
Thompeon, George P., B. Ph.,
Thotnpoon, L. L*) B. S.,
Thorn, Clifford J., A. B.,
Watt, Walter Gilmore, A. B.,
Zimmerman, Mary A., A. B.,
German, French.
Botany, History.
Central American Plants, History
of Botany.
Chemistry, Physics.
Latin, German.
Paleontology, Botany.
History, Principles of U. S. Gov-
ernment.
Comp. Const. Law, Political Econ-
omy.
Econoxnics, History.
English Literature, Latin.
Non-Resident Candidates for the Master's Degree.
Bartsch, Panl, B. S.,
Bettenga, Everett P., B. Ph.,
Briggs, George N., A. B.,
Brown, Plorenoe E.y B. Ph.,
Bnrdick, Anna L.. B. S.,
Crary, Elisha S., B. Ph.,
Crone, R* B., B. Ph.,
Ensign, Forest C, B. Ph.,
Fitzpatrick, Mary L., B. S.,
Fitzpatrick, Thomas J., B. S.,
Francis, Bmoe, B. Ph.,
Gilchrist, Redelia, B. Ph.,
Gilflllan, Dora, B. Ph.,
Graves, W. A., A. B.,
Hamilton, Arthur S., B. S.,
Hearst, W. L., B. Ph.,
Hornby, John A., B. Ph.,
Keeler, W. C, B. Ph.,
Kelso, Inez F., B. Ph.,
Ornithology, Conchology.
German, Pedagogy.
Pedagogy, Principles of U. S. Gov't.
Abnormal Psychology, Animal
Morphology.
Latin, English Literature. '
Political Science, History.
Mediseval History, Economics.
Sociology, Pedagogy.
Botany, French.
Botany, Geology.
Pedagogy, History.
Latin, Anglo-Saxon.
German, French.
Pedagogy.
Abnormal Psychology, Speculative
Zoology.
Sociology, History.
English Novel, German.
U. S. History, Comp. Const. Law.
History, Political Science.
2i6 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Leftch, Robert B., B. Ph., Latin, Philosophy of Lucretins.
Lovell, Jessie R., B. Ph., History, Political Science.
Lynch, Charles J., B. Ph., History, U. S. Government.
McAlvin, James G., B. Ph., M. D., Sociology, History.
Parsons, Louis A., A. B., Physics, Mathematics.
Pazson, Susan, B. Ph., Pedagogy, Latin.
Reever, W. H., B. Ph., History, Political Economy.
Rigg, G. B., B. S., Cryptogamic Botany, Entomology.
Sayers, S. Jefferson, B. Ph., U. S. History, Administration.
Seevers, Zoe Williams, A. B., English Literature, French Litera-
ture.
Shepard, H. H., B. Ph., Economics, U. S. History.
Thompson, Marie D., B. Ph., Pedagogy, English.
Watson, Joseph O., A. M., Economics, History.
♦Weidner, C. W., B. S., History, Political Science.
Williams, H. P., A. B., Ethics, Economics.
Resident Oradtiatea not Candidates for a Degree.
Allin, Norra, B. Ph.
Barber, Elatherine Brainerd, B. Ph.
Brock, Prank Victor, A. M.
Brown, Charles Sumner, A. B., (Rochester University.)
Cavanagh, Lucy, B. Ph.
Donohoe, Anthony P., B. S.
Eaton, Emma, LL. B., (University of Michigan.)
Hammond, Juliet, A. B., (Smith College.)
Holmes, M. Roberta, A. M.
Holson, Lulu C, B. Ph.
Huebner, Charles Frederick, Jr., B. Ph.
Hughes, Louise, A. M.
McGuire, Mary, B. S.
Neff, Mary Lawson, B. Ph.
Otto, Mary Laura, B. Ph.
Paine, Katharine, B. Ph.
Parker, Bessie G., B. Ph.
*Died in October 1897.
COLI/BGIATB BNROI^LMENT.
217
Plnm, Hany Grant, A. M.
I^gby, Elsie M., M. S., (Cornell College.)
Van Law, C. H., A. M.
Wickham, Pannie Thompeon, A. M.
Williams, Bertha, B. Ph.
8SKIOR OCrASS.
Anderson, Robinson Gregg
Anderson, Theodore
Barker, William Lloyd
Beardaley, John
Blnme, Fred M.
Brown, Samuel Joe
Bmsie, Ida M.
Carroll, Nan Grace
Carter, George H.
Clayton, Joseph B.
Clements, Melville Fisk
Cobb, Clyde Beryl
Coldren, May Belle
Copeland, Edwin Grant
Corlett, Jessie M.
Dalbey, Irvin
Denny, Alden Ray
Dey, Ann Hull
I>anham, Martha Aurilla
Baton, William Hammond
Emry, Martha Elva
Eostis, Carl
Prailey, Joseph Robinson
Gabriel, Jennie May
Golden, Ethel Rose
Gonwick, Clara
Hastings, Jessie Pearl
COURSB.
RESIDBNCB.
Sc
West Union.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Cresco.
Ph.
BnrUngton.
CI.
Audubon.
CI.
Ottumwa.
Ph.
Peoria, 111.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Le Mars.
Ph.
Rowley.
Civ. Eng.
Agency.
Ph.
Harlan.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Sc.
Olin.
Ph.
Mt. Union.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Mason City.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Brighton.
Ph.
Stuart.
Ph.
Port Madison.
CI.
Des Moines.
Ph.
Vinton.
Ph.
Northwood.
Ph.
Iowa City.
nS
STATE UNIVBRSITY OF IOWA,
NAME.
GOURSB.
RKSZDBIVCB.
Hatch, Daisy Eleanor
CI.
Iowa City.
Havner, Horace Moore
Sc.
New York.
Hilpert, Meier George
Sc.
Parmington.
Hilmnger, Margaret I^.
CI.
Sabula.
Hobby, Edwin E.
Sc.
Iowa aty.
Hollingsworth, Frank
CI.
Perry.
Holsteen, Fred S.
Ph.
Burlington.
Horine, Ora Huntington
Ph.
Coon Rapids.
Homibrook, Mary
CI.
Cherokee.
Hoskins, John Bennett
CI.
Sioux City.
Hulsebus, Elizabeth
Ph.
Burlington.
Humphrey, Maude
Ph.
Eagle Centre.
Irish, Fred M.
Sc.
Tempe. Arizona.
Jacobs, Marda A.
CI.
Iowa City.
Johnson, Maro
Civ. Eng.
Iowa City.
Kearwille, Elizabeth
Ph.
Red Oak.
Kelly, Mary Celestia
Ph.
Iowa City.
Kriechbaum, Ida Elizabeth
Ph.
Burlington.
I^nocker, Francis E.
Ph.
Dexter.
Lindeman, Frank
Ph.
Griswcdd.
Lodwick, Libbie
Ph.
Eldon.
Lowman, Minerva M.
Ph.
Iowa City.
I/ytle, Mary
Ph.
Iowa aty.
McCurdy, Lena
a.
Oskalooaa.
Morton, Mary Gertrude
CI.
Iowa Falls.
Northey, Delia Frances
CI.
Dubuque.
Oleson, Ole N.
CI.
Flugatad.
Otto, Joe M.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Otto, Balph
CI.
Iowa City.
Patterson, James Grant
Ph.
Ldghton.
Pazson, Ruthanna
Ph.
Manchester.
Prall, John Cornelius
Ph.
Vllliaca.
Preston, Gertrude Elaine
Ph.
Iowa City.
Rea, George M.
Ph.
Grundy Centre.
St. John, Maud
Ph.
Saylor, Earl Clarence
El. Eng.
Ogden.
COI.LEGIATE ENROLLMENT.
319
KAMB.
COURSE.
RB9IDBNCB.
Sharpe, James Joseph
a.
Iowa Falls.
Smith, Carsten C.
CI.
Deoorah.
Smith, Ralph J.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Smith, William Avery
Ph.
Toledo.
Soleman, Fred Armstrong
Ph.
Tama.
Stover, Geoi]g;e Elmer
Ph.
Iowa City.
StnU, Wilfred N.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Swisher, I/eonard A.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Taylor, Herbert Edward
Ph.
PostviUe.
Veblen, Oswald
CI.
Iowa City.
Weed, Fredmund Carson
CI.
Coming.
Weinrich, Herman P.
Ph.
Burlington.
Welty, Ira Colton
Ph.
Colo.
Werthmueller, Ferdinand R.
Sc.
Burlington.
Whitacre, Grace
Sc.
Iowa City.
Williams, Mark Wayne
CI.
Ues Moines.
Williams, Fred Paul
a.
Des Moines.
Yonng, LeRoy Erwin
Civ. Eng.
Iowa City.
JUNIOR CIrASS.
NAMB.
COURSK.
RBSTOBNCB.
Adams, Georgia
Ph.
Solon.
Ady, Florence Rae
Ph.
Iowa City.
Alford, Delia Gates
Ph.
Waterloo.
Anderson, Fannie E.
Ph.
West Union.
Ankeney, Walter S.
Sc.
Des Moines.
Balle, JnUus E.
Ph.
Denison.
Barber, Nathan Brainerd
Civ. Eng.
Iowa City.
Barclay, Wade C.
CI.
Tiffin.
Blackmore, Ralph Davis
Sc.
Aplington.
Bowman, Ernest Charles
Civ. Eng.
Solon.
Bradley, Charles C.
CI.
Conndl Bluffs.
Brink, Prank N.
Ph.
Atlantic
Brush, William Bnnitt
a.
Ottnmwa.
320
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAME.
COURSE.
RXiSIDBNCB.
Bnrt, Alfred James
Ph.
Emmetsbuig.
Chase, Will B.
Sc.
Des Moines.
Clapp, Helen Leila
Ph.
Shelby.
Coad, Harry Elmer
Ph.
Mt. Union.
Codner, Prances T.
Sc
C^ew London.
Cords, Maurice Leonard
CI.
Knozville.
Dean, Ray H.
Sc.
Muscatine.
Eby, Moray L.
Sc.
Adair.
Ehret, Anna Lillian
Ph.
Iowa City.
Ensign, Lnde M.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Enstis, Carrie Lnella
Ph.
Stuart.
FeUingham, John H.
a.
West Side.
Foster, Mabel Marcella
Ph.
Iowa City.
FreUgh, Clarence Neil
Sc.
New Sharon.
Garrett, Charles Reese
CI.
Troy.
Giese, Charles Oscar
Ph.
Pleasant Grov
Oilohrist, Helen Cox
Ph.
Iowa City.
Graff, Lulu A.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Green, Ellen Cecelia
CI.
Sioux City.
Greeley, Lennie Mabyn
Ph.
Iowa City.
Ham, John Webb
Sc.
Iowa City.
Hawk, Ira Tapper
a.
Winterset
Hearst, Mamie Frances
Ph.
Cedar Falls.
Hoag, Lindley Murray
Ph.
Iowa Falls.
Holt, John Wesley
Ph.
Swedesbuig.
Horack, H. Claude
Ph.
Iowa aty.
Howard, Libbie
Ph.
Jefferson.
Howell, Lloyd
El. Eng.
Iowa City.
Hull, Elmer C.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Humphrey, Charles William
Ph.
Winterset
Hutchison, Eugene
Ph.
Lake City.
Jarvis, Calvin
Ph.
Iowa City.
Jayne, Eben Hay
Civ. Eng.
Iowa City.
Jones, Lillian
Ph.
Iowa City.
Kellogg, Charles Francis
Ph.
Burt.
Kemmerer» T. Wilbert
Sc.
Eldridge.
COLIyEGIATE ENROLI/MENT.
221
NAME.
COURSR.
RESID9NCR.
KimbaU, Alfi«d Lee
El. Eng.
Iowa City.
Lambert, J. J.
Ph.
Cedar Palls.
Lancaster, Henry Hay
Ph.
Allerton.
Latta, Fnmk Blwyn
a.
Washington.
Lee, Leslie Paryin
Ph.
Iowa City.
Lewis, Charles Levi
Ph.
Cambridge.
Lootnis, William W.
Ph.
Clermont,
Lorenz, Max O.
CI.
Burlington.
Lonis, John J.
Ph.
Harlan.
Lnkenbell, Ella
CI.
Sioux City.
Lynch, Geoige A.
a.
Blairstown.
McCormick, John B.
a.
Churdan.
McCnrdy, Ralph Bruce
Ph.
Oskaloosa.
McCntchen, Lydia May
CI.
Rock Rapids.
McParland, Winifred
Ph.
Columbus Junction.
Marqnis, Prank L.
a.
Waterloo.
Miller, James P.
Civ. Eng.
Strawberry Point.
Mosnat, H. Roy
Ph.
Belle Plaine.
Mueller, Herman August
Ph.
McBride.
Myers, Milfred
Ph.
Rockford, 111.
Myers, Perry C.
Sc.
Williamsburg.
Neal, Prank Carlton
Ph.
Stuart.
Nelson, John S.
Ph.
Madrid.
Ogden, John Prands
Ph.
Pleasanton.
Owen, ErzaLois
Ph.
Iowa City.
Peet, Delbert C.
Ph.
Anamosa.
Rea, Ralph Randolph
Sc.
Grundy Center.
Rigg8,Hattie
Ph.
Iowa City.
Roach, LorinJ.
Ph.
Rock Rapids.
Roberts, Anna E.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Robinson, Jessie
Ph.
Sioux City.
Safley, Agnes Isabel
Sc.
Tipton.
Sdmiidt, Bernard Edward
Sc.
Parmington.
Schoonover, George L»
Ph.
Anamosa.
Seymonr, Edith Maria
Sc.
Iowa City.
Sha£Fer, Nina R.
Ph.
Iowa City.
222
STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
NAMB. COURSB.
RBSIDBNCB.
Smith, Effie Winifred
Ph.
Iowa Palls.
Smith, Tilhnan
Ph.
Leon.
Startsman, Charles Wentworth
Sc.
Iowa City.
Stein, Harry S.
Ph.
Denmark.
Stevens, Frederick Leroy,
Sc.
Iowa City.
Stober, Antonie J.
Ph.
Brooklyn.
Swisher, Ben
Ph.
Iowa City.
Terry, M. C.
CI.
Ft. Shaw, Arizona.
Thorbum, Andrew Logan
Ph.
Webster.
Townaend, Egbert R.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Vaughan, Michael Walter
Ph.
Fort Dodge.
Vanghan, Philip T.
Ph.
Fort Dodge.
Watkins, Joseph Cook
Civ. Eng.
Iowa City,
Weeks, Gaylord
Civ. Eng.
Denison.
Weld, LeRoy Dougherty
Sc.
Cedar Rapids.
Weldy, Morton E.
CI.
New Sharon.
White, Eva May
Ph.
Maynard.
White, Frank G.
Civ. Eng.
Winteraet.
White, Lewis Rush
Ph.
Sionz Rapids.
Wickersham, Dorothy T.
Ph.
Capron.
Willett, William S.
CI.
Tama.
Williams, Charles Alljrn
a.
Iowa City.
Williams, Fred Almon
Ph.
Neola.
Williams, Mabel Clare
Ph.
Iowa City.
Yule, Edgar Harrison
Sc.
Tipton.
SOPHOMORB CI/A8S.
NAMB.
COURSB.
RBSIBBNCB.
Albert, Henry
Sc.
Reinbeck.
Angus, Haney Adelbert
Sc.
Burt.
Baker, Frank Milton
Ph.
Emmetsbuzg.
Baker, J. Clark, Jr.
Ph.
Lucas.
Balle, Minnie
Ph.
Denison.
Beach,:Carl Hoff
Sc.
Cedar Falls.
COIXBGIATH BNROLLMBNT.
233
NAMB.
Bcaxd, William Finis
COUKSB.
dv. £ng.
RKSmBNCB.
Mt. Union.
Beck, Williain Edmund
Sc.
Sioux City.
Black, Uva, B.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Sc.
Aplington.
Bloom, M3fTa,
Ph.
Iowa City.
Blythe, Bdward KUaworth
Ph.
Williamsburg.
Bowman, John G.
CI.
Davenport.
Bimnigar, Pxank Waldo
CI.
Burlington.
Brockway, Alice R.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Brown, J. A.
Sc.
Keosauqua.
Brown, liarthaMead
Ph.
Solon.
Cantwell, John D.
Sc.
Daveni>ort.
Carr, Hubert
Ph.
Manchester.
CanoU, Bliiabeth P.
Ph.
Iowa City.
OHa, Anadn
Ph.
Harlan.
Chamberlain, Will W.
Ph.
Wyoming.
Cfailda, Hal Angustin
Sc.
Lenox.
Church, Mae
Sc.
Belmond.
Clark, Mearl
Ph.
Tipton.
Clayton, Mrs. J. £.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Cogswell, Charles Herbert, Jr.
Sc.
Cedar Rapids.
Cole, Arthur Casbum
Ph.
Waterloo.
Conaigny, Bngene Frank
Sc.
Avoca.
Cook, Wallace Lewelling
Ph.
Davenport.
Dameron, James Lewis
a.
Iowa City.
Deems, Oren Manfred
Sc
Ottumwa.
Bdwarda, Anne
Ph.
Iowa City.
Bgan, Geoige William
a.
California.
Fairall, Henrietta
Sc.
Iowa City.
Pairall, Herbert Snowden, Jr.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Flunngton, Minnie
Sc.
Iowa Falls.
Pee, Thomas G.
Ph.
Centerville.
Fenon, Merton Leroy
Ph.
Frendale.
Fletcher, George H.
Ph.
Williamsburg.
Gray, Harry B.
Ph.
Springdale.
Griffith, Harry M.
Ph.
Mt. Ayr.
224
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMB.
COURSB.
RBSIDBNCB.
Hagler, Elisha M.
Civ. Eng.
MUton.
Harkneas, Gordon PoUett
Sc.
Iowa City.
Hartley, May M.
So.
Colton, California.
Hartman, Amelia
Ph.
Griswold.
Heath, Maggie May
Ph.
Iowa City.
Hecht, Ralph Henry
Ph.
Tipton.
Hensen, Louie
Ph.
Denison.
Hetzel, Clarence Charles
Sc.
Avoca.
Hobby, Ruth Annis
Sc.
Iowa City.
Hoffman, Prank Phillip
Sc.
Ottumwa.
Hoffman, William Louis
Ph.
Waterloo.
Humphry, Wallace Geotge
Ph.
Hamilton, IlL
Hunter, Lemuel Amos
Civ. Eng.
Iowa City.
Hurst, Margaret Lillian
Ph.
ItfCon.
Johnson, Jessie Florence
CL
Farlin.
Jones, Clyde Ray
Sc.
Charles aty.
Kain, Will E.
Ph.
Algona.
Kierulff, Anna Edwards
Ph.
Montezuma.
Kindall, Joseph W.
a.
Onawa.
Kingland, Thomas
Ph.
Mt. Valley.
Klincker, P. John
Ph.
Denison.
Klopp, Laura Emilie
Ph.
Estherville.
Knapp, Leo
Civ. Eng.
Lenox.
Larrabee, Helen
Ph.
Clermont.
Linder, Emma G.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Lingo, Walter M.
Ph.
Norwu^.
Louis, Edmund J.
Ph.
Atlantic.
Lovell, G. E.
Ph.
Gamer.
McCord, ayde W.
a.
Iowa City.
McCutchen, Fred C.
Ph.
Holstein.
McElroy, G. A.
Sc.
Thurman.
McGee, Alice Florence
Ph.
Iowa City.
McKinney, Henderson H.
Sc.
McNeill, Norah
Ph.
Garden Grove.
Macomber, Edith Katharine
Ph.
CanoU.
Mason, Ralph Taylor
Ph.
Albia.
COLLEGIATE ENROLLMENT.
325
NAMB.
COT7KSB.
KBSIDSZTCB.
Mantfae, Katherine
Sc.
Grsoehill.
MeggeiB, Pnmk Henry
Civ. Eng.
Dysart.
Miller, John William, Jr.
Ph.
Manning.
Mitchell, Ernest Roy
Ph.
Ottnmwa.
Morrison, William P.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Moolton, Mark Mills
CI.
Nashville.
Newbold, Belle Edna
Sc.
Hillsboro.
Nicholas, Edwin Herbert
Ph.
O'Connor, James Lawrence
Ph.
Montrose.
Ogden, Raymond Davis
Ph.
Williamsburg.
Padmore, Jnlia Rachel
a.
Le Mars.
Page, Edna Elizabeth
a.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Leon.
Penrose, Thomas Emlen
Sc.
West Branch.
Pttrkins, C^tlia Ethel
Ph.
Keosauqua.
Peterson, Nina Mar^garet
Ph.
Evanston, Wyo.
Phillips, Albin Blackmore
Sc.
Creamery.
Pinkham, Leda
Ph.
Sioux Pslls, S. Dak.
Polk. Mamie
a.
Winterset.
Porter, Mary Monta
a.
Albia.
Pordy, Winifred
Ph.
Iowa City.
Read, Erwin C.
Sc.
Ogden.
Rehkopf, Ned B.
Ph.
Des Moines.
Reid, Prank Beatty
CI.
Oskaloosa.
Remley, James Edward
Ph.
Anamosa.
Reno, Margaret
Ph.
Iowa City.
Reynolds, Hal Reade
Civ. Eng.
Des Moines.
Rice, Stephen Edward
Civ. Eng.
Green Mountain.
Robins, Elvene
Ph.
Emmetsburg.
Robinson, Alta Aileen
Ph.
Iowa City.
Robish, Albert Arrand
Civ. Eng.
Sumner.
Rne, Lars O.
Sc.
Ridgeway.
Safford, Abbie M.
Sc.
Hamilton, 111.
Safley, Margaret James
Ph.
Tipton.
Sannders, Herbert C.
Ph.
Manilla.
Savage, Samuel M.
Sc.
Salem.
226
STATE UNIVERSrry OF IOWA.
NAME.
COt7RS9.
RSSm^NCB.
Sawyer, I^izzie M.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Schenk, Brwin
Sc
Waterloo.
Secrest, Walter S.
Ph.
Downey.
Sheldon, Benj. I/.
Sc.
Iowa City,
Sheaerman, Jacob L.
Ph.
Des Moines.
Shuck, May
Ph.
Iowa City.
Simonton, T. M.
Ph.
Sharon Cente
Smith, Robert L.
Ph.
Leon.
Sogard, John
Ph.
EUsworth.
Speera, Albert Percy
Ph.
Iowa City.
Springer, John Elbert
a.
Washington.
Springer, William Jamea
a.
Leon.
Spnigeon, Floria J.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Switzer, I^ester Edison
Ph.
Iowa City.
Thomas, Will H.
Sc
Traer.
Thompson, John Morrow
Ph.
Bedford.
Voss, Hertha Lonise
Ph.
Davenport.
Waite, Lillian Ethel
Sc.
Iowa City.
Wambach, Albert
Ph.
Webster City.
Warfield, Lyford Wilson
Ph.
Des Moines.
Warner, Loren Ashley
Ph.
Leon.
Way, Kathxyn W.
Ph.
Britt.
Weinrich, Oscar L. A.
Sc.
Burlington.
Wells, Frank
Ph.
Miles.
Werts, Charles M.
Sc
Russell.
Whaley, Holsa Hiram
Sc.
Aplington.
Whitaker, EUis J.
a.
Whitcomb, Bonner
El. Eng.
Des Moines.
Wieneke, Laura Anna
Sc
Iowa City.
Willis, Bertha Belle
Ph.
Iowa City.
Wright, John Henry Jr.
Sc.
Marahalltown.
Wyman, Anna Wilson
Ph.
Des Moines.
Yates, Edward Gilbert
Ph.
Williamsbuzg.
COLLEGIATE ENROLLMENT.
227
FRB8HMAN CI^ASS.
NAME.
COURSK.
RBSIDSNCS.
Aldeiiy Henry P.
Sc.
Davenport.
Allen, Charles P.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Allin, George R.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Anderson, Lanra
Ph.
Iowa City.
Anderson, Rudolph Martin
Ph.
Forest City.
Anthony, Charles Henry
Sc.
Iowa City.
Bailey, Frank Sidney
Ph.
Iowa City.
Bailey, Frederick W.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Ball, George Washington
Ph.
Iowa City.
Banister, Nettie
Ph.
Cherokee.
Bannister, Robert J.
Ph.
Ottumwa.
Barrett, Anna Moore
Ph.
Iowa City.
Becker, Gertrude Adah
Ph.
Newton, Elan
BePiUon, Abraham Addison
Sc.
Oskaloosa.
Bell, Everett Garfield
a.
Milton.
Benham, Bessie
Ph.
Shelby.
Berry, Edmund C.
Sc.
Livermore.
Berry, Ethel Maxwell
Ph.
Chillioothe.
Berry, J. K. M.
CI.
Cedar Rapids
Birk, Levi Albert
Civ. Eng.
Anamosa.
Boddy, Marshall V.
Ph.
Ayrshire.
Boler, John
Ph.
Atlantic.
Bond, Perry Avery
Sc.
Sioux City.
Booth, CharloUe Esther
a.
Harlan.
Bondxeau, Franklin M.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Brackett, Otto T.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Bradbury, Roy R.
Sc.
Marahalltown
Bny, William SherriU
Civ. Eng.
Oskaloosa.
Briggs, Fletcher
Sc.
Nevada.
Brockway, James Madison
Ph.
Iowa City.
Brown, Clarence A.
Sc.
Sioux City.
Burrier, Emmett F.
Sc.
Farmington.
Burma, James H.
CI.
Maple Grove.
Burton, Harry Edward
Ph.
Onawa.
238
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAME.
COUKSB.
RBSIDBMCB.
Boflh, Kenneth Roy
Sc.
LeMars.
Byrnes, Ralph ^.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Carder, Helen I«.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Carris, Clara M.
Ph.
Wira.
Carroll, Mary Emma
Ph.
Iowa City.
Clapp, Mortimer Edw^
Sc.
Shelby.
Clearman, Hattie M.
Ph.
Oxford.
Close, Katherine S.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Conley, Agnes Jane Mercedes
Ph.
New Hampton.
Converse, Charles Crosat
Ph.
Cresoo.
Cook, Roy Arthur
a.
Independence.
Coz, Clifford Vemard
Sc.
Newton.
Cashing, Kdith WyUe
CI.
Davenport.
Dsrrow, J. Don
Ph.
Columbus Junction
Danm, Selma
Ph.
WestUberty.
Davies, Edward Edwin
Sc.
Dixon.
Dennis, Bartie Ann
Ph.
Villisca.
Dickinson, Jerry Wells
Ph.
Larchwood.
Downing, Harold B.
Ph.
Wellman.
Downing, Ralph V.
Ph.
Wellman.
Drake, Pred Collins
a.
Adel.
Dye, Charles Westley
Sc.
Macedonia.
Eaton, John Alvin
Civ. Eng.
Creston.
Eberhart, l^Uiam Vaughan
Sc
Newton.
Eddy, Helen M.
Ph.
Felkner, Ida
Ph.
Downey.
Fenton, Jennie Inez
Ph.
Eldora.
Pesenbeck, J. Alwin
Ph.
Danbury.
Fracker, Nora R.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Freeman, Walter J.
Ph.
lowaaty.
Gardner, Lucy Florence
Ph.
Iowa City.
jQilchrist, Janet Marjorie
Ph.
Iowa City.
Goettsch, Henry Max
Ph.
Davenport.
Gow, Annie Louise
Ph.
Greenfield.
Gow, James Ellis
Ph.
Greenfield.
Griffith, John George
Ph.
Iowa City.
COLLEGIATE ENROLLMENT.
229
NAME. COURAK.
RBSIDBNCS.
Haas, Lam N.
Ph.
Iowa City.
HaUer, Julius T.
Sc.
Davenport.
Ham, Geoi^ge Norval
Ph.
Iowa City.
Hanson, Prank P.
Sc.
Monmouth.
Harvey. James P.
Ph.
Leon.
Hathwmy, Ethel Calista
CI.
Webster City.
Heishixe, Mildred
Ph.
Iowa City.
Hickenlooper, Thomas Wallace
Civ. Eng.
Albia.
Hinchon, William D.
Ph.
Algona.
Hobhy, William Richard
Civ. Eng.
Iowa City.
Hoffman, Panl M.
Sc.
Muscatine.
Holbrook, C. E.
Ph.
Onawa.
Holbrook, P. K.
Sc.
Tipton.
Howard, Alice
Sc.
Marshalltown.
Hmska, Victoria
Ph.
Spillville.
Hnghes, Homer
Sc.
Iowa City.
Hnlbert, Adda Beatrice
Ph.
Pontanelle.
Hnll, Pearl
Ph.
Iowa City.
Hunt, John Prands
Sc.
Leon.
ngenfritz, Bnrr D.
Ph.
Clarksville.
Ingersoll, Helen Prances
Ph.
Cherokee.
Jensen, Prank T.
Civ. Eng.
Dysart.
Ph.
Parlin.
Johnson, Eva Nancy
Sc.
Holstein.
Johnson, John Peter
El. Eng.
Hampton.
Johnson, Robert Joseph
Ph.
Holstein.
Jorgensen, Jsmes Edwin
a.
West Side.
Kelley, Rita Amanda
Ph.
Iowa City.
Kephart, Milton Lawrence
Ph.
Shuesrville.
•Kingsbory, Maud Cleaveland
Ph.
Iowa City.
Kitterman, P. Gad
Sc.
Ottumwa.
Koontz, G. Wilson
Sc.
Iowa City.
Knck, Orlando A.
Sc.
Charles City.
Lawrence, Carl Austin Bickf ord
Ph.
Sibley.
Lewis, Arthur C.
Sc.
Macedonia.
Lewis, LMum
Sc
Macedonia.
230
STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
NAMB.
COtTRSS.
RBSIDENCB.
Lodwick, Ruth
Ph.
Eldon.
McCaffree, Howard A.
CI.
Waverly Junction
McCarthy, M. J.
Ph.
Struble.
McClain, Donald
CI.
Iowa City.
McCord, Charles Joseph
CI.
Iowa City.
McCulla, Walter PhUo
Ph.
Sutherland.
McCntchen, Ezra H., Jr.
Ph.
Holstein.
MacDonald, Charles S.
CI.
Council Bluffs.
Mclaughlin, Harold M.
Sc.
Mason City.
MAi*M«Uti, ai**tifi V.
Ph.
Rock Rapids.
Mahin, Harold Joseph
Ph.
Muscatine.
Mann, Loolu Mina
Ph.
Des Moines.
Mantz, Frank J.
Ph.
Audubon.
Merriau, Fred S.
a.
Marble Rock.
Miller, Daniel Fry, Jr.
CI.
Keokuk.
Miller, Era
Sc.
Hamilton, 111.
Moore, William Franklin
CI.
Dale.
Mortland, Inez
Ph.
Montezuma.
Murphy, William H.
Ph.
Onawa.
Nelson, Prank D.
CI.
Harlan.
Noland, Hany B.
Ph.
Cedar FaUs.
Otto, Luda C.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Paarmann, J. H.
Ph.
Davenport.
Paine, George W,
Sc.
Burt.
Peterson, Walter H.
Ph.
Davenport.
Plum, Hattie
Ph.
Shelby.
Ragan, Ella
Sc.
Iowa City.
Rahn, Jerry Frederick
Sc.
La Porte City.
Randall, Van Quincy
El. Eng.
Kansas City.
Rankin, Warren L.
Ph.
Carson.
Rate, Robert Gower
Ph.
Iowa City.
Reed, Luther Oliver
Sc.
Burr Oak.
Remley, Arthur
Sc.
Anamosa.
Remley, George E.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Riggs, Obie N.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Robinson, Claude Lyle
Sc.
Iowa City.
COI^LBGIATB BNROLI^MBNT.
231
NAMB.
OOURS9.
RoflscTi B. P.
Sc
Troy.
Sowe, FtankN.
Sc.
Iowa City.
RiuaeU, Brie WiUaid
a.
Adel.
Sanders, George B.
Sc
Palm Beach, Pla.
Scales, Richard
a.
Ackley.
Schlesinger, Leo R.
Sc.
Hampton.
Schnltz, Dorothy Matilda
a.
Burlington.
SeyiiKrar, William T.
Civ. Bng.
Iowa City.
Sieg, I^eeP.
Sc.
Marshalltown.
Sieg, Stanley B.
Sc.
Marshalltown.
Slater, Marie W.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Slavata, Jennie
Sc.
Iowa City.
Smith, C Horton
Civ. Bng.
Iowa City.
Soeabe, Clarenoe William
a.
Greene.
Spurrier, Mary Madge
Ph.
Des Moines.
Staehle, Henry D.
Ph.
Barlville.
Sterling, Bditha Hortense
Ph.
Iowa City.
Storey, I^ealie
Ph.
Dysart.
Stnart, Clara
Ph.
West Branch.
Sweney, Gail
Ph.
Osage.
Swisher, Bsther McDoweU'
Ph.
Iowa City.
Taylor, Mary Bthel
Ph.
Iowa City.
Thomas, M. Bllen
Ph.
Iowa City.
Tnlloss, Carolyn M.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Umberger, T. D. Terrill
Sc.
Burlington.
Waite, ]>>vell Bdith
Ph.
Iowa City.
Walker, Lucy Mabel
Ph.
Iowa City.
Warner, Loren Ashley
Ph.
Luana.
Warren, Clyde Madison
Ph.
Glenwood.
WatUns, Dai^ A.
Sc.
Neola.
Westoott, Hortense Bmmer
Ph.
Iowa City.
Whedon, Arthur D.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Wiedow, Henry
Sc
Victor.
Williams, Samuel Clyde
Sc.
Iowa City.
Willis, Psith Gertrude
Ph.
Iowa City.
Wright, Hiram Newton
Ph.
Mt. Pleasant.
23i
STATE UNIVERSITV OF tOWA.
NAMB.
COUKSE.
RBSIDBNCB.
Yonng, Blanche
Sc.
North Liberty.
Yonng, John Wray
Sc
Bloomfield.
SPHCIAI/ STUDENTS.
NAMK.
SUBJECT.
RBSIDBNCB.
Abel, Eva Vesta
English, Physics.
Hnmeston.
Ashe, T. G.
Psychology.
La Porte City.
Benham, I^wis A.
Chemistry.
Shelby.
Barrett, William L.
English.
Waterloo.
Bawden, Stephen P.
Davenport.
Belsheim, GnlUk H.
Politics.
Leland.
Bickley, William H.
Psychology.
Sioux City.
Bliven, George H.
Psychology.
Sioux City.
Bower, Charles A.
Psychology.
West Union.
Breene, Harry D.
English.
Iowa City.
Brown, Mrs. Jennie R.
Geology.
Iowa dty.
Bnss, I«nona Adele
English.
Hammond, N. Y.
Carmichael, Eugene
Psychology.
Iowa City.
Carpenter, Arthur E.
PoUtics.
Columbus Junction.
Crary, Charles Judson
History.
Lafayette, Ind.
Dayton, Jennie L.
French.
Iowa City.
Dickinson, Lester J.
Logic, Politics.
Danbuiy.
Dilley, Wesley, B. Ph.
Economics.
Hawarden.
Durbin, Pred
PoUtics.
^nerson.
Edson, J. T.
PoUtics.
Blaine.
Eilers, Paul
Psychology.
Montic^o.
Frank, Walter 0.
English, Economics.
Red Oak.
French, R. Fred
Politics.
Independence.
Goodenongh, Walter R.
Zoology, Latin.
Council Bluffs.
Gothard, Stanton B.
German.
Atlantic
Hagander, Oscar W.
Logic.
Keokuk.
Hall, James Prank
History, English.
EddyviUe.
Hays, Charles R.
PoUtics.
Norfolk, Neb.
Hill, Alice h.
Psychology.
Iowa City.
Holly, William R.
Logic.
Meriden.
Honuel, Eckeit, Jr.
Chemistry.
lowaaty.
COLLEGIATE ENROLLMENT.
233
ITAMS.
Horton, Prank J.
Johannsen, Palmrich E.
Kelly, Arthur Roland
Kramer, Anna y. B.
Knntze, Otto
Lenz, John G.
Lynch, Thomaa P.
McBeth, Robert
McCarty, Thomas Prancis
McKee, John William
licReynolda, Soott
Mattiaon, George E.
Meiater, M. G.
Meyers, Joseph Henry
Mitchell, Pied L.
Patterson, George E.
Peck, Paul, A. B.,
Peek, L. S.
Popham, Amelia A.
Righy, Elsie M., A. M.
Robezg, Richard
Sager, Irene M.
Sargent, Amos H., B. Ph.
Sharp, E. Ployd
Sims, Rath Hairston
Smith, Edward A.
Spfingmire, Pannie
Tanner, John P.
Tonrtellot, Lonis J.
Treimer, Anna
Tnmer, E. J., B. DL
Vandermast, Joseph W.
Wd>ber, John Prancis
Welty, Bert B.
Willonghby, Hugh A.
Wiae, Henry
SX7BJKCT.
History.
English.
Mathematics.
English, German.
Geology, Chemistry.
Psychology.
Politics.
Logic, Politics.
Mathematics, Latin.
Politics, Economics.
Economics, History.
Politics.
Psychology.
Gennan.
Psychology.
Logic.
History.
English.
English, History.
Politics.
Politics.
German.
History.
Psychology.
Prench.
English.
Politics, Botany.
Biology, Botany.
German, Prench.
Politics.
History, Economics.
Economics.
PoUtics.
Economics.
Gennan, Prench.
R9SIBBNCB.
Iowa City.
Walnut.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Cedar Rapids.
Bamum.
Keosauqua.
Walnut.
Conesville.
Valdosta, Ga.
Clinton.
La Porte City.
Templeton.
Sibley.
Algona.
Council Bluffs.
Normal, HI.
Williamsbnxg.
Mt. Vernon.
Deoorah.
Iowa City.
Grundy Centre.
Iowa City.
Omaha, Neb.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Wyoming.
Dizon.
Manaon.
Monroe.
Perris, 111.
Colo.
Grundy Centre.
Thompson, Ark.
LAW DEPAFTMENT.
8BNIOR CI,A88.
NAMB.
DB6RBB.
RBSIDKNCB.
Allen, George Kirkland
Estherville.
Anderson, Theodore
Iowa City.
Ashe, Thomas Gregory
La Porte City.
Baker, Irving Wesley
Iowa City.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Baker, Jesse Clark, Jr.
Lucas.
Barrett, Will Lonis
Waterloo.
Bawden, Stephen Phelps
Davenport.
Beard, Henry Clay
Mt. Ayr.
Berry, Ernest James
Alta.
Bliven, George Horace
Sioux City.
Brewster, George Parqohar
Sheldon.
Bronner, George Alois
Coming.
Bmoe, James
Rolfe.
Bushyager, Henry B.
Sheffield.
Bnssard, Melville K.
Iowa City.
Clark, Charles Warner
MontesEuma.
Ph.
B., Iowa
College.
Clements, Prank H.
Newton.
Ph.
B., Iowa
College.
Coad, James Coit
Mt. Pleasant
Cobb, Dennis Justus
Irwin.
Cosson, George W.
Manning.
Crookham, John Addison
Oskaloosa.
Davis, Walter Morton
Iowa City.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Draper, William Horace Iowa City.
Dunham, Henry Clarence Hawarden.
234
LAW ENROLLMENT.
235
DBGRBS.
Dnnlap, Ralph Luther
DnrtMiiy Fred
Dntcher, Louis William
Dykins, Charles W.
Kversmeyer, Louise
Fry, Joseph Henry
Pnller, Homer Austin
*Gamble, Harry Lee
Grattan, Paul Hersey
RSSIDSNC9.
Iowa City.
Emerson.
Iowa City.
Hawkeye.
Muscatine.
Iowa City.
Mt. Ayr.
Perry.
Elkton, S. D.
B. S., South Dakota Agricultural College.
Green, George Alfred Cherokee.
Hall, James Clark Davenport.
Hamann, Albert WiUiam Davenport.
A. B., State University of Iowa.
Hanley, Peter Joseph Nira.
Hanson, Harry Webster Mt. Pleasant.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Hardy, Rufns Lee
Harrison, Albert Dixon
Head, Roscoe Conkling
Hendrick, Berte
Hering, James Clinton
Hilsinger, George Earl
Ph. B., Iowa College.
Hoffman, Arthur
Horton, Frank Jodon
Hosford, Richard Waller
A. B., Oberlin College.
Hughes, Samuel Judson
Hull, John Elress
Hyndman, John Alexander
Johannsen, Palmrich E.
Keenan, Edward Patrick
Kellogg, Charles Francis
Bloomfield.
Iowa City.
Jefferson.
Wankon.
Cedar Rapids.
Sabula.
Muscatine.
Iowa City.
Dubuque.
Corydon.
Moline, 111.
Chicago, ni.
Walnut.
Le Mars.
Burt.
*I>icd March 16, 1896.
236
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMB. DBORBE.
Kelly, William Francis
^Kitchen, George Pusey
Klingenbezg, Theodore William
Komarek, Edward Wenoeslaua
KratiBe, Oscar
I^rrabee, Frederic
RKSlDBlfCV.
Waterloo.
Warrentott, Va.
Dabuqne.
New Prague, Minn.
Garwin.
Clermont.
Fh. B., State Univenity of Iowa.
I^ee, Thomas Francis Omaha, Neb.
A. B., Creighton University.
I^ewis, Burton Kellogg
LifFring, John Dominick
Livick, Ernest
Long, Frank Kelso,
B. D., Western College.
Sioux City.
Cherokee.
Northwood.
Whitten.
Iowa City.
Indianola.
Waterloo.
Springdale.
Greene.
McGuire, Augustine Joseph
McNeil, Harry Hallam
A. B., Simpson College.
Marquis, Frank L.
Mather, Charles E.
Maxwell, Enea Austin
B. S., Upper Iowa University.
Meister, Melvin George La Porte City.
Meyers, Joseph Henry Templeton.
B. Agri., Iowa Agricultural College.
Morgan, Vester Kellogg.
Murphy, Charles William Dubuque.
Naughton, John P. Pamell.
B. S., Northern Indiana Normal.
Newbold, WUlis Boyd Hillsboro.
O'Callaghan, Robert Emmett Des Moines.
O'Connor, Frank Aloysius Lawler.
O'Connor, Maurice Missouri Valley.
B. Di., Western Normal College.
*IHed Nov. II, 1897.
I,AW ENROLLMENT. 237
NAMB. DBGRBB. RBSIDBNCB.
Pennwe, Harry Shellsbnrg.
Plum, William Milton Shelby.
Popham, R. G. Williamsburg.
A. B., State University of Iowa.
Price, Geoige Milnes Iowa City.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Reaser, Bnrt C. Perry.
A. B., State University of Iowa.
Rollins, Richard Rnssell Des Moines.
B. S., Amherst College.
Rominger, Joseph Ambrose Bloomfield.
Sharp, Edward Floyd Dexter.
Shnre, William Henry Page, N. D.
Skewis, Edward John Inwood.
Smith, William Avery Toledo.
B, S., Western College.
Spensley, Robert Waller Dubuqne.
Swords, George William Iowa City.
Tyer, Henry Wilbert Perry.
B. S., Iowa College.
Wagner, Henry Franklin Sigonmey.
Warner, Thomas Farnsworth Iowa City.
Ph. B., Upper Iowa University.
Watkins, Samuel R. Iowa City.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Watt, Walter Gilmore Cedar Rapids.
A. B., Coe Coll^;e.
Weed, Howard Tobey West Union.
Welty, Bert B. Colo.
B. Di., Iowa State Normal.
Williams, Joe Williamsbui^.
Wyckoff, Clarence Stanton Cincinnati.
B. S., Amity College.
Yonker, DeWitt Talmage Rockwell.
238
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
J17NIOR CI;A88.
NAME.
Adams, Dayis Rankin
Ainsworth, Fanny I/>uise
Allen, Charles Herbert
Amnions, Charles Ross
Anderson, Fannie Parker
Anderson, Joseph Robert
Anderson, Robinson Gregg
DK6RKB.
B. L., Upper Iowa University.
Anundaen, Arthur Fernando
Baker, George B.,
Balle, Jnlins Edinger
Barker, WOliam Lloyd
Bamer, Fred Irvin
B. Di., Iowa State Normal.
Belsheim, Gnllik Henry
Blackburn, Arthur
Brown, Lieutellas
Brown, Samuel Joe
Buggy, James Bernard
Bulman, Walter Washington
Burrows, James Sidney
Carpenter, Arthur Edward
Coldren, Paul Alfred
Condon, Maurioe Francis
Cooper, Francis Augustine
Crans, Norman Wallace
Crary, Archie West
B. S., Cornell College.
Crary, Charles Judson
Crary, Samuel Delos
Davidson, Thomas Jefferson
Dennis, Edward Swain
Diamond, John Daniel
RKSIDSNCS.
Nora Springs.
West Union.
Scranton.
Se3rmour.
West Union.
Keokuk.
West Union.
Deoorah.
Iowa City.
Denison.
Cedar Falls.
Inland.
Monmouth.
Ottumwa,
Waukon.
Waukon.
Keokuk.
Columbus Junction.
Iowa City.
New Hampton.
Davenport.
Davenport.
Boone.
Lafayette, Ind.
Mapleton.
Marengo.
Red Oak.
Cedar Palls.
LAW ENROLLMENT.
239
NAME.
Dickinaon, Lester Jesse
Dilley, Wesley Yonng
DEGREE.
Ph. B., Cornell College.
Donglas, Charles Lew
Bdflon, John Tntman
Ely, Hanson Edward
RESIDENCE.
Danbnry.
Hawarden.
West Branch.
Blaine.
Iowa City.
United States Military Academy.
Etickson, Christian
Eostis, Carl
FairalL Harry W.
Parber, Edwin U.
Pee, Thomas Grant
Pehr, Elmer Lincoln
Plynn, Leo James
Prailey, Joseph Robinson
Prench, Remington Fred
Gould, William Edwin
Gnlliver, Charles Thomas
Hackler, Charles Wesley
A. B., Iowa College.
Haddock, Paul Stewart
Hagander, Oscar William
Hall, James Prank
Hampson, Prank Christopher
Hanley, Joseph Rhodes
Harrington, Timothy P.
Havner, Horace Moore
Hays, Charles Rolvin
Hoag, Lindley Murray
Holbert, Anna Catharine
HoUingsworth, Prank
Holly, William Richard
Hnebner, Charles Frederick
Ph. B., State University of
Inwood.
Stuart.
Iowa City.
Davenport.
Centerville.
Oakland.
Dubuque.
Port Madison.
Independence.
Quasqueton.
Charles City.
Grinnell.
Bedford.
Keokuk.
Eddyville.
Osage.
Muscatine.
Rowan.
New York.
Norfolk, Neb.
Iowa Palls.
Iowa City.
Perry.
Meriden.
Iowa City.
Iowa.
240 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMB. DBGRBB. RBSIDBNCS.
Johnson, Elmer Angustus Chester.
Keeler, Wilfred Cecil Des Moines.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Kennedy, George Washington Montrose.
Korf , Henry Christopher Newton.
Lehr, Andrew G. Tyndall, S. D.
B. h.i University of South Dakota.
Long, Will Ira Newton.
I/Uken, Fernando Oskaloosa.
B. L. Oskaloosa College.
Lynch, Thomas Finn Bamnm.
McBeth, Robert Keosanqna.
McCarty, Thomss Francis Walnut.
McCord, Robert Leigh Lake City.
A. B., State University of Iowa.
McKee, John William ConesviUe.
Macomber, Charles Coombs Carroll.
Ph. B., The University of Chicago.
Mattison, George Eaton Clinton.
Metcalf, Oren Jay Vinton.
Millen, Emmor Henry EarlviUe.
Miskimins, Sidney Irwin Baxter.
Mitchell, Oliver Holmes Vinton.
Moothart, John Solomon Primghar.
Morrison, Samuel Turner Iowa City.
Muekell, Francis Lewis Dubuque.
Munger, Robert Howe Sioux City.
Noel, Fred William Iowa aty.
Oliver, Daniel C. Onawa.
0*Neil, Bernard Thomas Big Rock.
Paisley, Albert Alexander Iowa City.
A. B., State University of Iowa.
Patterson, George E. Algona.
Peck, Paul Council Bluffs.
A. B., Iowa College.
LAW ENROLLMENT.
341
NAM9. DKGREB.
Phillips, Leon Paul
Pienol, Geoige Jndson
Ph. B., Iowa College.
Reiley, Robert Le Roy
A. B., Knox College.
Rigby, Elsie lilies
A. M., Cornell College.
Roberg, Richard
Rohde, Carl Adolph
Sargent, Amor Hartley
Ph. B., Iowa College.
Shaver, Bird Alexander
Shenerman, Jake L.
Showalter, Daniel Lynn
Smith, Edward A.
Smith, Ralph J.
Sperry, Edward Smith
Swisher, Leonard Alonzo
Talbott, Mina G.
Taylor, James Arthur
B. S., Southern Iowa Normal.
RESIDENOt.
Volga City.
Rockwell.
Wapello.
Mt Vernon.
Deoorah.
Davenport.
Grundy Center.
Red Oak.
Des Moines.
Brainard, Neb.
Omaha, Neb.
Iowa City.
Hamburg.
Iowa City.
Carroll.
Bloomfield.
Temple, William Nathaniel Osceola.
A. B., Iowa College.
Thompson, Leon Lewis Waverly.
B. S., Upper Iowa University.
Thorn, Clifford J. Washington.
A. B., Boston University.
Threlkeld, Delman Chariton.
Tzmcy, Hayden Kenney Cedar Rapids.
Turner, Earl James Manson.
B. D., Iowa State Normal.
Underwood, Mount Vernon Jesup.
Van Wagenen, Frank Alexandria, S. D.
Walker, Gerald Griffin Waverly.
242 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMS. DBGRBB. RBSID9KCB.
Weaver, Abnm Cnthbert Colfax.
Webber, John Prands Ferria, 111.
Weed, Fredinand Casson Coming.
Weatrope, Norman Scott Harlan.
Wheelock, Thurlow Morris Moline, HI.
White, Arthnr Wellealey Vinton.
B. D., Northern Indiana Normal.
White, Lawrence James BCarengo.
Williams, Augnstus Bumside Ottumwa.
Williams, Keota W. Ottamwa.
Willing, William Arthur Northwood.
Willoaghby, Hugh A. Grundy Center.
Witt, Fred Henry Ottawa, 111.
Work, Emmet Alexander Ottumwa.
A. B., Iowa Wesleyan University.
1:^1
ICAL DEPARTMENT.
8SNIOR CIrAdS.
NAMS.
RSSID9NCS.
PRKCBPTOR.
Ab^^, Henry Henry
Iowa.
A. K. Berry.
Adams, Fred L.
<i
A. J. Morgan.
Allen, Fnmk Henry
i«
G. H. Cassidy.
Andenon, Frederick Engene
it
W. D. Middleton.
Arent, Asaph
ti
Francis E. Seymonr.
Besore, Walter McKay
t(
J. E. Conn.
Bean, Oley G.
It
S. J. Nelson.
Blake, Charles Wesley
i(
W. M. Young.
Bosainghain ,?pttmer N., D. V.
M.
A. Beane.
Bowen, Jesse William
II
L. W. Uttig.
Briggs, Walter Homer, B. Did.
ii
Faculty.
Campbell, Charles Harvey
Nebraska.
S. O. Whaley.
Detchon, Hugh Smith
Iowa.
A. R. Leath.
Bly, Ptanda Aigyle
D.
D. and R. R. Davisson.
Engle,'.Harry Perry
IC
Perry Engle.
ParxeU, Albert Martin
(i
F. E. Sejrmour.
Pitz, George G.
11
Faculty.
Frank, George W.
II
Charles Burwald.
Pnchs, Adele Matilda
II
Agnes Eichelberger.
Gardner, John Raphal
II
Faculty.
Gilkes, William
II
Faculty.
Habenicht,;Robert H.
II
Faculty.
Hozie, Will E.
** D. G. Hoade & J. W. Harriman.
Hnll, John Franklin
II
J. C. Shrader.
Jorgensen, Palle Peder Marius
Ii
James Murphy.
Kearney, Charles Atwell
it
A. H. Blocklinger.
Knndson, Becker Christian
II
R. J. Nestor.
243
244
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAM8.
RBSIDBNCB.
Lambert, Fred Ernest
Lester, Harry Sumner
McClistock, John Thomas, B. A.
Mcintosh, J. Drusie
Mecum, John Warren.
Mereness, Herbert Dayton
Moi^n, Samuel Lewis
Moulton, Milo WUUe
Nass, Hildus Augnstinas O.
Neely, Abner Dale
Noe, Charles Fred
Parker, Ralph H.
Parker, William Oilman
Pence, Lawrence Waldo, B. Did.
Pnrcell, Bert
Replogle, Jerry Allan
Richards, James Weldin
Rogers, Claude Bernard
Sackett, Claude Conwell
Snyder, John Franklin
Stover, Emery Ellsworth
Stull, Will H.
Thielen, Michael H., M. Did.
Thornton, Albert H.
Walker, James C.
Walker, Frederick Earl
Willsey, Frank Brown
Wright, Charles Edward
CI
If
<l
((
IC
li
«l
(I
<c
II
A. J. Hobson.
Faculty.
R. E. Conniff .
A. D. King.
Wisconsin. Faculty.
Iowa. C. Brown.
M. H. Waplia.
A. M. Avery.
E. H. Williams.
Faculty.
C. J. Winzenried.
P. J. Barry.
Orsgon. A. W. and C. S. Bowman.
Iowa. N. W. Phillips.
'* C. S. Chase and H. P. Dnffield.
Faculty.
J. W. Morgan.
R. A. Rogers.
A. K. Berry.
S. R. Cook.
A. Folsom.
Faculty.
Faculty.
W. W. Beam.
Faculty.
J. L. Augustine.
Illinois. Faculty.
Iowa. C. C. Smead.
CI
II
II
II
li
II
II
II
II
II
II
JUNIOR ClfASa.
NAMB.
RKSIDBNCK.
PRBCBPTOR.
Macy, Otto E.
Iowa.
J. P. Mullin.
Sig worth, Harry S.
II
H . W. Sigworth.
MEDICAL ENROLLMENT.
245
SOPHOMORE CIrASS.
NAME.
RBSmSNCB.
FRSCBPTOR.
Adams, Ortiis Poller
Iowa.
Paculty.
Alford, Edward True, Ph. G.
<(
C. S. Chase.
Anderson, Mannie Florine, D.
D.S. •*
Paculty.
Angnsdne, Grant
i<
J. L. Augustine.
Bachman, Morris Piper
i(
J. L. Heries.
Barker, James Archie, B. Di.
(f
C. C. Heady.
Binford, William Sherwood
II
G. W. Padgham.
Bowes, John Joseph
(4
P. J. WUl.
Bright, Henry P.
II
C. E. Leithead.
Brown, Hadley Cyprian
<l
I. C. Brown.
Clark, Orson Whitney
It
0. Clarke.
Cook, Jesse Lee
11
P. E.Cook.
Cooper, Dean Gordon, D. V.
S. Iowa.
P. H. Parrington.
Copeland, John Albert
*i
J. B. Kessler.
Corsant, James Colvan
II
W. S. Burrows.
Creel, James Cleon
• II
J. W. Lander.
Deters, Willie August
Minnesota.
Paculty.
Dotson, Eli E.
Iowa.
J. K. Milboume.
Preeman, John Peter
II
C. A. Hurd.
Geofge, Abel Benson
II
A. Carson.
Gray, Howard D.
IC
P. Engle.
Greenlee, Clyde Vemie
II
D. D. Drennan.
Henderson, Archibald G.
«l
Paculty.
HOdreth, Herman Lee
J.
E. and E. L. Gilmore
Hohenschuh, Prank Adam
<1
Paculty.
HoUenbeck, Hubert Lewis
l<
L. J. Adair.
Ickes, Lawrence James
If
A. W. Bowman.
Johnson, George Monroe, Pb
I. B.
G. 0. Johnson.
Lamerton, William Edward
<i
P. Horton.
I^nz, Joseph Alyin, Ph. G.
i(
Paculty.
Lnehramann, Barney
II
Paculty.
McPall, Edward Augustus
((
Paculty.
Martin, Ernest Edwin
i<
Paculty.
Mela, Edward William
11
N. J. A. Mueller.
246
STATE UNIVERSITY OF lOt^^A.
NAMB.
Meyhaus, John Henry
Morris, Thomas Boyd» Ph. B.
Neff, Mary I^awson, A. B.
Newell, William Carl
Osbom, Claude Fenton
Ostrom, Louis, Jr., A. B.
Patterson, William Edward
Payne, RolloO.
Reiter, Alfred E.
Rice, Perry Flint
Roberts, Ernest Eugene
Sargent, Frank Loring, Ph. G.
Sears, George L.
Sigworth, Fred Byers
Sloan, Arthur Neely
Smith, Ralph Thaddeus
Stuart, Percy Ernest
Thompson, James Raymond
Tilden, Charles George
Tomey, Samuel James, M. Did.
Van Gorden, Jesse Leland
Wagner, George Alexander
Weir, Edward C.
Wells, Seth M.
Williams, Edward B.
Wright, Charles Alfred
York, Nathan Albert
RKSIDBNCB.
PRBCKPTOit.
Io¥rai.
A. D. Hageboeck.
(f
Faculty.
f 1
Faculty.
II
W. Abegg.
(I
Faculty.
Illinois.
Faculty.
Iowa.
Jas. Murphy.
II
Faculty.
II
H. F. Steinle.
Illinois.
Faculty.
Iowa.
J. W. Lander.
(1
G. E. Fulierton.
II
Faculty.
II
H. W. Sigworth.
II
R. E. Conniff.
II
M. N. McNanghton
II
A. W. Adair.
• It
C. B. Allen.
II
W. E. Harriman.
II
Faculty.
II
J. C. Dayiea.
II
M. M. Meredith.
«
A. Weaver.
II
Faculty.
CI
Faculty.
II
J. R. Stfton.
tl
Faculty.
FR1S8HMAN CIrASS.
NAMB.
RBSIDBNCB.
Ainsworth, Willard Charles
Iowa.
E. W. Haradon.
Beach, Lena Alice
II
Faculty.
Beach, Melville Augustus
II
Faculty.
Belsheim, Andrew Gilbert
II
G. G. Bekheim.
Bennett, Henry Sumner
Illinob.
Faculty.
MEDICAL ENROLLMENT.
247
NAM8.
RKSmSNCB.
PRSCBPTOR.
Blackmore, Ralph Davis
Iowa.
E. L. Blackmore.
Bmndage, Myron
<(
Faculty.
Bollock, William Elmer
i<
G. H. Cassidy.
Cantonwine, Entellua Augnstufl
Sonth Dakota.
Faculty.
Cantwell, John Dalzell
Iowa.
A. W. Cantwell.
Cook, James Orlando
Illinois.
W. 0. Beam.
Chapman, Henry S.
Iowa.
Faculty.
Cretzmeyer, Charles H.
«i
W. A. Rohlf.
Daly, Mand
(<
Faculty.
DeLespinasse, Adolph Frederick H. ' '
J. F. DeLespinasse.
Dennert, F!rank
tt
J. R. Guthrie.
Denney, Alden Ray
tt
Faculty.
Donohoe, Anthony P.
{(
Jas. Murphy.
Ekblad, William, A. B.
Kansas.
Faculty.
Pairchild, Renben Joel
Illinois.
J. S. Whitmire.
Fitzpatrick, Dennis Francis
Iowa.
Jas. Murphy.
Frank, Carl Schnrtz
»c
J. C. Wilson.
Gifford, Andrew James
South Dakota.
W. H. Lane.
Gaines, Daniel
Iowa.
Faculty.
Gorham, Amy Margaret
Minnesota.
Faculty.
Hall, Elmo Allen
Iowa.
Faculty.
Harlan, Charles D.
M
J. C. Williams.
Heilman, Ernest Samnel
(1
E. C. Heilman.
Hender, Alfred Baker
(i
W. D. Middleton.
Hess, William Clarence
ii
Faculty.
Hews, Lewis DeWitt
(f
R. H. Hews.
Hibbs, Fred Valentine
(1
W. W. Chatterton.
Hobbs, Samnel Warren, Ph. B.
it
Faculty.
Hobby, Edwin Elmer
fC
C. M. Hobby.
Jarvis, Fred Jackson
(f
Faculty.
Johnson, Frank George
<i
M. B. Coltrane.
Eemmerer, Theodore Wilbert
u
C. T. Kemmerer.
Kenner, Joseph J.
Missouri.
S. M. Green.
Kiejsa, Oldrich
Iowa.
Faculty.
Langhead, John Samnel
<(
W. W. Syp.
Lofgren, Emil
Illinois. B. <
C. and S. L. Anderson.
248
STATE UNIVBRSTTY OF IOWA.
NAME.
RKSTDBNCB.
FRKCWPTOK.
Logan, Fred Wallace
Iowa.
E. E. Munger.
Logan, Jay Angustus
Illinois.
Faculty.
Long, Henry Shively
Iowa.
Faculty.
Long, Ulysses Preston
(«
Faculty.
Lovewell, John Hubert
Missouri.
Faculty.
Lowry, James David
Iowa.
R. Evans.
Luckey, George Miller, B. A.
Illinois.
Faculty.
McCall, Harry Kenyon
Iowa.
Faculty.
Meadows, Lawrence Harland
«i
Faculty.
Meigs, Benjamin Lyle
**W.A.
Chapman and C. V. Arte.
Middleton, Edward Duncan
it
W. D. Middleton.
Middleton, George McOeUan
i(
W. D. Middleton.
Morgan, Charles Henry
<t
A. W. Adair.
Morton, Lewis Burrows
(C
W. M. Morton.
Overholser, John D.
l(
Faculty.
Peterson, August John
Iowa.
Faculty.
Pence, Roy William
li
Faculty.
Plumer, Lee Elmer
f<
Faculty.
Pringle, Jesse
«
L* A. Rogers.
Puleston, Fred
i(
A. G. Hejinian.
Ramsey, Guy
li
Jas. Murphy.
Rentz, Charles Bernard
(1
E. A. Doty.
Ridenour, Joseph Elmer
it
Faculty.
Sailor, Edwin Allen
ti
Faculty.
Schultze, Frederick Pitte
Iowa. W. C. Schultie and E. F. Clapp.
Schroeder, William
(t
J. F. McCarthy.
Sears, Edwin
Illinois.
Faculty.
Shaw, Robert H.
(1
Chas. Lanning.
Sheldon, Benjamin L.
Iowa.
Faculty.
Smith, Lizzie
«<
Faculty.
Starr, Charles Freeman
(4
Faculty.
Stober, Alvin Martin
<(
Faculty.
Speers, Will Frederick
f (
C. C. GrifHn.
Stanley, Clarence J., B. S.
(C
J. S. Love.
Wesoott, Leroy Anderson, M. :
Did. "
A. F. Walters.
MEDICAL BNROLLMENT. 249
RKSn>KNCB.
Wheat, Fted Calwell Iowa. Faculty.
Wright, Howard Jeiee " Faculty.
8PBCIAI; STUDENTS.
Hahenicht, Ida Adella
Masom Walter Milton
Teeters, Wilber John, B. S., Fh. C.
Tourtellot, Lewis Jamison
HOMOEOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPASTMENT.
NAMB.
Bailey, Ida H.
Coleman, Jennie
Pamum, Earl P.
Kauffman, Wm. A.
Lambert, Elmer J.
Sarchett, Llyod H.
Skinner, Fred C.
Todd, Victor C.
SBNIOR CIrA88.
PRBCBPTOR.
J. G. Gilchrist,
George Royal,
A. T. Huxley,
C. M. Morford,
J. C. Bonham,
F. L. Tribon,
F. D. Paul,
S. N. Mcl^ean,
RBSIDKNOI.
Iowa City.
Dee Moines.
Mason City.
Whitton.
Ottumwa.
Algnna.
Rock Island, ni.
Washington.
NAME.
Abbott, Ed. C.
Blackstone, B. P.
Calkins, Fred E.
Carver, H. E.
Davis, Metta E.
Marble. Pearl L.
McCabe, Fordyce
Metiinger, John J.
Unkrich, C. Rudy
Young, Glyndon A.
JUNIOR Cl^ASS.
PRBCBPTOR.
J. G. Gilchrist,
A. L. Pollard,
R. W. Calkins,
Faculty,
C. B. Adams,
Thos. Phillips,
A. C. McAllister,
Faculty,
W. H. Connor,
J. Hermann,
RBSIDRNCB.
Iowa City.
Anamosa.
Clarks, Neb.
Oskalooaa.
Sac City.
Raymond.
Muscatine
Iowa City.
Fairfield.
Sioux City.
NAMK.
Alexander, J. L.
Barton, E. G.
SOPHOMORS CI^ASS.
PRBCSPTOR.
Drs. Morhead and Muirhead, Marion.
Faculty, Mt. Pleasant,
aso
fiOMd^OPATfilC JH^DlCAt El9ROtI/MBKT.
a^t
Bickley, W. H.
Bower, C. A.
Carmichae], B.
Coddington, J. K.
Bilers, P.
Bvenson, Geo. A.
mil, Alice L.
Howe, Marion A.
Johxutone, J. U.
Kemp, H> H.
Laiid, J. W.
Lenz, J. G.
linn, W. N.
McGanrey, Anna M.
MitcheU, P.
Rotabangh, W. E.
Schenck, B.
Tucker, F. A.
Waterbnry, C. A.
WinterB, Rose De L.
P&BCBPTOR.
Dtb. Bickley.
A. Zolner,
J. G. Gilchrist,
Faculty.
W. A. Mirrick,
C. F. Bennett,
J. G. Gilchrist,
Faculty,
F. A. Strawbridge,
C. M. Morford,
Faculty,
J. G. Gilchrist,
A. Bf • X^iwn,
J. L. Vandervere,
B. A. Wilder,
Geo. Royal,
F. C. Sage,
I. H. Fry,
Dtb. Bickley,
J. G. GUchrist,
RB8IDSNCB.
Waterloo.
West Union.
Richland.
Princton, His.
Monticello.
Finchford.
Bpworth.
Des Moines.
Sigoumey.
Toledo.
Mt. Pleasant.
Cedar Rapids.
Des Moines.
Blue Grass.
Sibley.
Des Moines.
Waterloo.
Marshalltown.
Waterloo.
Bpworth.
PAS8HMAN CI^A88.
NAMB.
Anderson, George W.
Baboock, BLmer
Blessin, Otto
Cross, George B.
Dameron, James L.
Hubbard, Chester
Kauffman, Edward C.
Kauftnan, Ira D.
Launder, Prank T.
litUe, Lowell
Martin, Hobart E.
RBSIDBNCB.
Dysart.
Bldora.
Bldorado.
Nashua*
Iowa City.
Cedar Rapids.
Estherville.
Whitten.
Orient
Stromsbnrg, Nebr.
Boone.
252
STATB UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
NAMB.
Maxwell, Adeldert B.
Musgrove, GeoigeJ.
Parsons, Percy L.
Pond Issi Otto
Richards, Frank O.
Sarchett, Geo. A.
Snitkay, Chas. J.
Swallnm, James A.
Wenzelick, George J.
Wilkinson, I«andy A.
Winters, Louis E.
&BSIDSNCB.
Ames.
Parmington.
Traer.
Gladbrook.
Iowa City.
Algona.
Tipton.
Carroll.
Iowa City.
Hedrick.
Hampton.
NURSES.
WSAD NUR898.
NAMK.
Jensen, Cecilia A.
Raff, Mary A.
Graves, Sara L.
Hawkins, Alice
Smith, Carrie E.
Waite, Carrie I.
Williamson, Elizabeth
Blanck, Mae Ellen
Moore, Mary P.
Anderson, Ida Sophia
Blowers, Hannah M.
8BNI0R8.
JUNIORS.
PUPUr NURSBS.
RBSIDBNCB.
Osage.
Maquoketa.
Dnbnqne.
Des Moines.
Iowa City.
Wellman.
Ladora.
Walker.
Mt. Vernon.
Iowa City.
Iowa City,
HOMCEOPATHIC MEDICAL ENROLLMENT.
253
NAMB.
Camiichael, Mrs. E.
Ernst, Alice B.
Gibeon, Mary L.
Hofeditz, Mary
Hnlaebns, Elizabeth
Lenz, Ada
Linn, Retta
Myera, Milfred
Needer, Emma
Phelps, Jennie L.
Safley, Agnes J.
Walker, Lucy Mabel
Walker, Minnie M.
RESIDENCE.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Burlington.
Iowa City.
Des Moines.
Rockford, 111.
Iowa City.
Martinsbuzg.
Tipton.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
DENTAL DEPARTMENT.
SSNIOR CSrASB.
NAMB.
Barrera, Isaac
Beam, Prank N.
Bingham, Frederick Nathaniel
Bradley, William Oscar
Brock, Herbert Bruce
Brooks, George
Brown, Sim Chauncey
Brown, Curtis Henry
Calhoun, Joseph Parrar
Crandall, Walter G.
Countryman, Charles Clarence
Davis, Walter A.
Daugherty, James Bertis
Decker, Herbert M.
Deetkin, Julius Charles
Dillinger, Hanna
Eickelberg, George C.
Eicher, Cora h.
Pawkes, Charles James
Pickes, Josiah Barton
Gable, John Carleton
Gary, Arthur George
*Gay, John Charles
Grafton, Charles W.
Godlove, Geoxge W.
Hall, Robert W.
* Not inattendance.
RBSIDBNCB.
Porfirio, Mexico.
Moorland.
Des Moines.
Dubuque.
Lone Tree.
Greenfield.
HddyviUe.
Iowa City.
Birmingham.
Spenoer.
Birmingham.
Aledo, ni.
La MoUle, 111.
Davenport.
Council Bluffs.
Glidden.
Waterloo.
Ainsworth, Nebr.
Dubuque.
Iowa City.
Anamosa.
Walker.
Conesville.
Pack wood.
Riverside.
Cherokee.
254
DENTAL ENROLLMENT.
355
HAMS.
Hayes Clinton LeGrande
Haley, Prank Richardaon
Henle, Mathias Francis
Hirons, Jennie
HoUenbeck, Charles Dighton
Hood, Gueme Tuttle
Hope, Bird Norris
Johnson, Prank Alexander
Joelin, Walter Trich
Keeler, Howard Denton
Kinsley, Jason Daniel
Lambert, Neiia M.
Lawton, Ernest John
Leechi Charles Sloan
Leigh, Charles Lloyd
UUihridge, William Otis
Undalay, Clayton Bums
McKee, J. W.
McClelland, Freeman
McClanahan, William B.
Meis, Herman J.
MiUer, William C.
Morrow, Burton Allen
Ogg, Mahlon D.
Patton, Jefferson HoUister
Read, William M.
Reynard, May
Rice, James Kinlon
Rundorff. Arthur Henry
Sensibaugh, William Chandler
SUrbnck, Albert W.
Sutton, Harry Burse
Tinker, E. Pay
Torrance, Charles Anderson
Tmax, Fred Elmer
Webb, John Everett
RBSIDSNCB.
La Porte City.
New York, N. Y.
N. Clinton.
Princeton, Mo.
Cedar Rapids.
Dunlap.
Birmingham.
Holsteen.
Moline, 111.
Des Moines.
McGregor.
Springgeld, 111.
North Freedom, Wis.
Winterset.
Dyersville.
Akron.
Waucoma.
Davenport.
Cedar Rapids.
Cincinnati.
Dyersville.
Kalona.
Larrabee.
Greenleafton, Minn.
Des Moines.
Allerton.
Burlington.
Amelia.
Burlington.
Mt. Pleasant.
Springdale.
Corydon.
Wheatland.
Maryvllle, Mo.
Maquoketa.
McGregor.
256
STATB UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
MAMS.
Weickert, William Henry
Wells, Frederick
Weymouth, Ida
Wood, Geoige L.
RBSmSNCR.
Fairfield.
Fairfield.
Iowa City.
Geneaeo, 111.
JUNIOR ci;ass.
NAME.
AlderBon, Thomas E.
Albright, Leroy Clark
Baker, Harry Clark
Bawner, John
Booth, John Jacob
Biadshaw, Wayland C.
Browning, Ernest Welcomb
Bruce, Guy Rolfe
Burtchby, F. T.
Davis, John Clarence
Gardner, H. H.
Goodenough, G. H.
Gray, Lewis Ballon
Grigsby, Fred Redman
Hallett, J. A.
Hannofin, T. L.
Johnson, Oliver
Keeler, Clark C.
Kelley, Orange R.
Kern, F. J.
Lockhart, Will T.
Long, John Edwin
Lowry, William David
McGarvey, Lovelace Edwin
Mentzer, Charles
Morris, Robert C.
*Moore, Rolland B.
USSIDBNCB.
Dubuque.
Frimghar.
Everly.
Iowa City.
Marion.
Jefferson.
Solon.
Dubuque.'
Montezuma.
Mt. Vernon.
Iowa City.
Gowrie.
Bancroft.
Blandinsville, lU.
Dea Moines.
Cedar Rapids.
Cedar Falls,
Des Moines.
Iowa City.
Burlington.
Mediapolis.
Mt. Pleasant.
Davenport.
Davenport.
Robbins.
La Platte, Mo.
Iowa City.
*Irregu]Ar.
DBNTAI^ ENROI^LMBNT.
257
NAliS.
Oyler, WilUam Sewaxd
Page, Robert Roy
Pzmy. Charles H.
Peek, h. S.
*Ridenoiir, Judaon, Beeghly
Roberta. Claire Willie
Seydel, Saxnnel Jordon Kirkwood
State, Fred Nicholaa
Stall, Claade
Swain, Ada M.
tSwiaher, Arthur R.
Tollia, Preeman
Warner, Raymond Theodore
Williama, Ray
WUley, Harry Dnane
Wilson, Wm. Howard
Welsh, James Donnell
tWoolverton, Blla
RBSI09NC9.
Downey.
Iowa City.
Vinton.
Normal, 111.
Garrison.
Mt. Pleasant.
Iowa City.
Lyle, Minn.
Algona.
Marengo.
Iowa City.
Ottnmwa.
Parkersburg.
Coandl Blnffs.
Onawa.
Potsdam, N. Y.
New Albin.
Iowa City.
PBS8HMAM CIrASS.
KAMB.
tBoostell, F.
Brockway, F. L.
Brown, Bsther
Cheesbro, M. D.
Clarke, A. O.
Dessaint, I4. R.
Devamey, W.
Dexter, C. J.
EUer, C. A.
FaiiBU, J. A.
Gibfofd, H.
Gote, F. A.
&BSZDBNCB.
Anamosa.
Jefferson.
Staceyrille.
Shell Rock.
Charles City.
Davenport.
Lake Mills.
Rockwell.
Pekin.
Des Moines.
Newton.
Riyerton.
t IrrefulAT.
X Not ui attcadsnce.
258
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMK.
Gothard, S. B.
Griffis, T. R.
tGoodenough, G. D.
Hall, B. A.
Haaek, A.
Holson, Alliene
Holson, B. R.
Kenderdine, W. H.
Knowles, A. C.
Kuster, S. W.
McCartney, O. B.
Mentzer, J. A.
Meves, O. C.
fMoore, R. B.
Oyerholt, T. B.
PaxBona, D. C.
Rathbone, R. R.
Reppert, I^.
Robeson, Mary
Safford, Margaret L.
Seller, Agnes
Shannon, R. B.
tStewart, J. F.
tSwisher, A. R.
Taylor, M. H.
Thompson, D. I^.
Vorwald, T.
Will, R. T.
Atlantic.
CaxBon.
Gowrie.
Reinbeck.
Oedar Rapids.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Spencer.
Winthrop.
Caledonia, Minn.
Thniman.
Robbins.
Wheatland.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Traer.
Red Oak.
Mnacatine.
MoUne, 111.
Hamilton, 111.
Mnscatine.
Miliedgeville, HI.
Kellogg.
Iowa City.
Geneaeo, HI.
Coming.
Dnbnque.
Glenwood.
FRACTITI0NSR8' C0UR8S.
McClelland, Freeman, D.D.S.
Cedar Rapids.
flxregular.
tNot in Attendance.
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACY,
8SNI0R CI;A88.
NAHB.
Brinton, Gilbert Edward
Boas, F)«deric John
Gearhart, Newton Arthur
Nixon, Robert Boms
Owena, David Austin (Special)
Park, Charles Grant
Piader, Dolph C
Tagoe, Marion Samuel
White, I/mia Mortimore
RBSID9NC9.
Brighton.
Hammond, N. Y.
Hopkinton.
Shambaugh.
Wilton.
Monticello.
Vinton,
liaynard.
JUNIOR ClirASS.
HAMS.
Adam, William Charles
Ashford, George Washington
Barr, Henry James
Benham, Lewis Albert
Carney, Bdward Holland
Conry, William LeRoy
Dabney, Maurice John
Delaney, Jerry C.
Doran, John William
Boigeloh, Henry
Dyhr, William
Junger, William Fred
R9SID9NCE.
Volga.
Homer, Neb.
Vinton.
Shelby.
Cedar Palls.
Waterloo.
Oakland,
MilUgan, Neb.
Dnrant.
Anamosa.
West Branch.
«mXBll8Ba«
Cedar Palls.
Reinbeck.]
259
26o
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAICS.
LeFevre, I^ouis Kaantz
McGnan, Charles
McPheeters, Ben Brown
Mittvalsky, Edward Charles
Nebei::gall, George N.
Nichols, Fred Claudius
Phillips, Amy Drake
Rebnm, William Warren
Schanmloe£Pel, Marie Berenice
Schnier, John Valentine
Stra3rer, Lncile I.
Swan, Wallace Cantwell
Updegraff , Simon L.
Montrose.
Iowa City.
Jefferson.
Cedar Rapids.
Davenport.
Green Mountain.
Fertile.
New Albin.
Ravenwood, Mo.
Worthington.
Waterloo.
Morning Sun.
Hedrick.
SUMMARY.
COUrBGIATB DSPARTMBMT:
Graduate Stndents 88
Seniora 8i
I Jntiiora no
Sophomores 147
Preahmen 180
Special 67—673
JjLW D^PA&TMSirr:
Senion loi
Juniors 116 — 227
MEDiCAi, Dbpa&tmbnt:
Seniors 55
Juniors 2
I Sophomores 61
Freshmen 78
Special 4 — 200
HOM<EOPATHIC MJtDICAI, D9PA&TM8NT:
Seniors • 8
Juniors 10
Sophomores 22
Freshmen 22
Nurses 24 — 86
Dbntai, Dspartbcbmt:
Seniors 66
Juniors 45
Freshmen 40
Practitioner i — 152
Phakicacy Dbpartmbmt:
Senion 9
Juniora 27— 36
1374
Deduct for names counted twice 61
1313
UNIVERSITY ALUMNI ASSCX3ATI0N.
President:
John CAMPsm.!,, C. '77, L. '79 Colorado Springs, Col.
Vice-Presidents:
H. E. D99MB&, I^. '79 Red Oak
I4OX71S9B. HUOHBS, C. *78 Iowa City
W. A. GiBBKNS, C. '77 Oasis
Secretary:
O. A. Byikgton, C. '80, L. '8t Iowa City
Treasnrer:
Chakt,K3 S. Maoowak, C. '84 Iowa City
Ezecntive Committee:
Hah&yE. KKlfZ^Y, C. '93 Iowa City
BUZAB9TH h. Sherwood, C. '81 Iowa City
Arthur G. Sboth, C. '91 Iowa City
Advisory Committee to the Athletic Association:
Arthur G. Smith, C. '91 Iowa City
W. T. CHAirri^AND, C. '92 Fort Dodge
J. J. Crossiay, C. '91 Winterset
Railroad Secretary:
S. E. STEVENSON, C. *93 Iowa City
INDEX,
Admusion, Requirements for.
Collegiate Department, i6
Dental Department, 183, 191
Horn. Med. Department, 166
Law Department, 123
Medical Department, 157
Pharmacy Depaitment, 198
Accredited Schoou, 22
Advanced Degrees, xoi
Advanced Standing,
Collegiate, 39
Medical, xw
Altunni Associations,
University, a6a
Hom. Med., 177
Animal Morphology, 68, 97
Assistants* Coarse, Dental 193
Astronomy, 78, 109
Athletics, 1x9
BattaUon. 87
Biological Sciences, Special Courses
^^^^^ in* 3a. 33
Botanical cSbcctiotts, 1x4
Calendar, 3
Certificate, Admission by, aa
Certificates, Special Teachers*, 36
Chemistry, 66, 96
Chemistij, Special Courses in, 33
Civil Authorities, Students and, 1x9
ClassicafCourse, 29
Clinics,
Dental Department, X89
Hom. Med. Department, 174
Medical Department, 15X
Collegiate Building, New, xaa
Collegiate Department, X2
Courses of Instruction, 38
CourKS of Study,
Collegiate, 39
Dental, x8x. x8a
Graduate, 89
Hom. Med., x68.
Law, X27
MedicaOsa
Pharmacy, 198
Degrees, Advanced, xot
Degrees, Baccalaureate, 36
Degrees Conferred, June X897,
Collegiate Department, ao8
Law Department, 2x0
Degrees Conferred, March, x8q8,
Dental Department, 212
Hom. Med. Department, 2x2
Medical Department, 2xx
•X ^""<^ Department, 2x3
Dental Department, x8x
Draughting Rooms, X09
Education, 61, 95
IClectrical Bng^eering, 35
Blectridty, 64
Elocution. 49
Engineering,
Electr&i; 35
English, 45, 91
Enrollment,
Collegiate, 2x4
Dental, 354
Hom. Med., 250
Medical, 243
Pharmacy, aS9
Summary, 26X
Bthica 59
Examinations, Law Preliminary, 13s
Expeditions, Botanical, 1x5
Collegiate, xao
Dental, X90, X92
Hom. Med., X67, X77
Law. xm
Medical, 136. 163
Pharmacy, 205, 207
Facultv,
Collegiate, xa
Dental, X79
General, 5
Hom. Med., X64
Law, X22
Medical, X42
Pharmacy, 195
Finance, 52
Geological ODllections, ixx
Geology, 72, 98
German, 4X, 90
Government and Administration,
Graduate cSurses of Study, 89
Graduates, Resident, 15, 89
Graduates, see Degrees Conferred.
Graduation, Requirements for.
Collegiate Department, 36, xox
Dental Department, 190
Hom. Med. Department, X77
Law Department, 137
Medical Department, x6o
Pharmacy Department, 206
Greek, 40, 90
Gymnasium, x20
Hammond Library, X33
Herbarium, xx4
High Schools, Accredited, 22
Histology, 69
Historv, Sf>,9i
Hom. Medical Department, x66
Hospitals,
University Hospital, x62
Horn. Med. HospiUl, 176
264
STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
Information, Gcnenl, 1x5
Instructors, Collegiate, la
Laboratories
Botanical, X07
ChemicaL 104
Dental, xw
Bnidneering, X09
Geological, 106
Pharmaceutical, ao^
Physical, 105 ^ ,
Physiological and Morphological,
X06
Psychological, 61, xo6
I«atin,38,90
Law Department, X23
Law Electives, 130
Lecture Bureau, xi6
Library of the University, xis
Law Library, 132
Dental Lil>iax7i 189
Medical Library, 153
LiteraxT Societies,
Collegiate, xx6
I#aw. X3a
Material Equipment, X04
Mathematics. 75, xoo
Medical BuildiAg, x6i
Medical Department, lu
Medical and Scientific Course,^ 158
Military Science and Tactics, 86
Moot Courts, X3X
Morphology, 68, 97
Museums,
Natural History Museum, iii
Medical Museum, xs2
Dental Museum, X89
Normal School, Iowa SUte, 29
Nurses, Trsining School for,
Hom. Medical, 176
Medical, x6a
Observatoxy, X09
Orsanisation, xi
Officers, 4, s
Paleontology, 7a, 9B
Pedagogy, 61, 95^
Pharmacy Department, 196
Philosophical Courses, 30, 31
PhlloBophY, 5ft 94
Physical Training, 1x9
Physics, 64, 96
Physiology. 68, 97
poUtical Soenoe, 5s, 9a
Praetitionerg* Course, Den. Dcpt, X9X
(^leglate Department, xi8
Law Department, 140
Publications,
University, xx6
Student, xx7
Psychological Laboratoxy, 6x
Piychoiogar, 59.^94,
Resents, Board of, 4
Religious Exercises, X19
Resident Graduates, 3x4, 216
Resident Phjrsicians, 163
Science, General Course in, 32
Science, Special Courses, 33
Scientific Expeditions, 1x5
Schedule of Studies,
Collegiate, 39
Dental, 181, X82
Hom. Med., x68
I.aw.x27
Medical, X52
Pharmacy, xo8
Schools, Accredited, 22
Societies, 1x6
Sociology, 54
Students, see Enrollment
Summary, 261
Summer Session, xsx
Teachers* Certificates and Diplomas,
63
Teachers' Certificates. Special, 36
Text and Reference Books,
Dental Department, 193
Hom. Med. Department, x68
Law Department, X34
Medical Department, 155
Pharmacy Department, 206
Theses, Law, x^
Txaining School for Nurses,
University, x62
Hom. Med., 176
Tuition and Expenses,
Collegiate Department, 120
Dental Department, X90
Hom. Med. Department, 167
Law Department, X33
Medical Department, 156
Pharmanr Department, 20s 207
University ^tension, X17
Young Men's Christian Associatlim,
Young Women's Christian Assoda-
Zoological Co;
Zoology, 7«i 97
ti<»»t_ 1x9 ,
llections,
XIS
^ / O . /J
Il^'f//'-*^'^ /ff^
HEW SBBIES Toi. I. Bo. 3.
BULLETIN
University of Iowa
May 16, 1899
IOWA CITY, IOWA
AppUcstiaii made foi Bally at UK FoM Ofloe u Second Clu* Hatter.
CATALOGUE
OF THE
State University of Iowa
IOWA CITY, IOWA
1898-99
AND
Announcement for 1899-1900
PUBIvISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY
1899
CALENDAR FOR 1899 -1900.
1899.
June 2, Frtday.—Axmiv&mary of I^iterary Societies, 8 p. M.
June 4^ Sunday. — Baccalaureate Address, 4 p. m.
June 5, Monday, ~-^3asa Day Exercises.
Commencement, Dental Department.
Battalion Drill and Dress Parade, 4 p. m.
June 6, Tuesday. — ^Alumni Day.
Alumni Meeting, 2 p. m.
Alumni Dinner, 6 p. m.
June 7, Wednesday, — Commencement, Law Department, 10 a. m.
June 8, Thursday, — Commencement, Collegiate Department, 10 a. m.
September 12^ Tuesday, — Examinations for Admission.
September /j, Wednesday, ^^9!i\ Term begins, all Departments.
November i*j, Thursday, — ^Thanksgiving Holiday.
December 21^ Thursday, — Fall Term ends.
1900.
January 3^ Wednesday, ^Winter Term begins.
March 22, Thursday, — Winter Term ends.
March ^7, Tuesday, — Spring Term begins.
March ^7, Tuesday, — Commencement, Homoeopathic Medical Depart-
I ment.
March 28^ Wednesday. — Commencement, Medical and Pharmacy De-
partments.
June /, Friday, — ^Anniversary of Literary Societies, 8 p. M.
June s* Sunday. — Baccalaureate Address, 4 p. M.
June 4, Monday. — Class Day Exercises.
Commencement, Dental Department.
June 5, Tuesday. — Alumni Day.
Alumni Meeting, 2 p. M.
Alumni Dinner, 6 P. M.
June 6, Wednesday. — Commencement, Law Department, 10 a. m.
June 7, Thursday. — Commencement, Collegiate Department, 10 a. m.
BOARD OF REGENTS.
Tbrms Ezpirb 1900.
His Excellency, LESLIE M. SHAW, Governor
of the State y
Member and President of the Board, ex-Offido.
J. D. McCLEARY, Indianola.
WILLIAM D. TISDALE, Otiumwa.
W. I. BABB, Mt, Pleasant.
GEORGE W. CABLE, Davenport.
ALONZO ABERNETHY, Osage.
PARKER K. HOLBROOK, Onawa.
HARVEY INGHAM, Algona,
CHARLES E. PICKETT, Waterloo,
SHIRLEY GILLILLAND, GUnwood.
HIRAM K. EVANS, Corydon,
M. A. HIGLEY, Cedar Rapids.
RICHARD C. BARRETT,
Superintendent of Public Instruction,
Terms Expire 1902.
• Terms Expire 1904*
Member ex-Opficio.
OFFICERS OF THE BOARD.
LOVELL SWISHER. lotva City Treasurer.
WILLIAM J. HADDOCK, loiva City, Secretary.
EMMA HADDOCK, Iowa City, Assistant Secretary.
PARKER K. HOLBROOK,
ALONZO ABERNETHY, !• Executive Committee.
M. A. HIGLEY,
MEMBERS OF THE FACULTIES
AND OTHER OFFICERS.
Charles Ashmbad Schaeffbr/ A. M., Ph. D., LL. D.,
President
Amos Noyks Currier, A. M., LL. D.» *
Adting President.
Professor of I«atin I^anguage and I«iterature, and Dean of the Collegiate
Faculty.
Phii/> Judson Farnsworth, a. M., M. D.,*
Bmeritufl Professor of Materia Medica and Diseases of Children in the
Medical Department
John Cunton Shrader, A. M., M. D., LL. D.,
Emeritus Professor of Obstetrics and Diseases of Women.
Wii^UAM Drummond Middi«etok, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Sarvery and Clinical Surgery in the Medical Department, and
Dean of the Medical Faculty.
Samubi* Cai^vin, a. M., Ph. D.,
Professor of Geology.
WiwioT HoRTON Dickinson, t M. D.,
Professor of Theory and Pra(5Uce, and Clinical Medicine, and Dean of the
Homoeopathic Medical Faculty.
Emlin McCi^ain, a, M., LL. D.,
Professor of I«aw, and Chancellor of the I«aw Department.
Thomas Huston Macbride, A. M., Ph. D.,
Professor of Botany.
James Grant Gii^hrist, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Surgery, and Surgical Gynecology, and Registrar of the
Homoeopathic Medical Faculty.
Bmii« Louis Boerner, Pharm. D.,
Professor of Pni<5tical Pharmacy, and Dean of the Pharmacy Faculty.
Launcbi^ot Winchester Andrews, Ph. D.,
Professor of Chemistry.
Chari«es Herbert Cogswei,i<, M. D.,
Professor of Obstetrics and Diseases of Children in the Homoeopathic
Medical Department.
George Thomas White Patrick, Ph. D.,
Professor of Philosophy.
^ Died September 33, 1898.
t Died October a6, 189B.
6 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Charles Bundy W1150N, A. M.,
Professor of German I«anguage and Mterature, and Secretary of the
Collegiate Faculty.
Lawrbncb Wii«uam Littig, a. M., M. D., M. R. C. S.,
Professor of Theory and PradHce of Medicine, and Clinical Medicine in the
Medical Department.
Andrew Anderson Vebi^n, A. M.,
Professor of Physics.
Laenas Gifford Wei,d, a. M.,
Professor of Mathematics.
Chari^es Ci,evei,and Nutting, A. M.,
Professor of Zoology, and Curator of the Museum of Natural History.
jABfES Renwick Guthrie, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology in the Medical Department.
Isaac Ai«thaus Loos, A. M., D. C. I/.,
Professor of Political Science.
Samuei. Hayes, M. S., LL. B.,
Professor of l«aw.
Joseph Jasper McConneix, A. M.,
Professor of Pedagogy.
E13ERT WlI,WAM ROCKWOOD, B. S., M. D.,
Professor of Chemistry and Toxicology, and Director of Hospital,
Medical Department.
George Royai^, M. D.,
Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics in the Homoeopathic
Medical Department.
James Wiijjam Dai^bey, B. S., M. D.,
Professor of Opthalmology in the Medical Department.
Ch arises S. Chase, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics in the Medical DepartmenL
Frank John Newberry, M. S., M. D., O. et A. Chin,
Professor of Opthamology, Otology, and Paedology in the Homoeopathic
Medical Department.
Wai^ter L. Bierring, M. D.,
Professor of Badteriology and Pathology.
James A. Rohbach, A. M., LL. B.,
Professor of I«aw.
Wii^WAM Craig Wii/:ox, A. M.,
Professor of History.
Frank Thomas Breene, M. D., D. D. S.,
Professor of Operative and Clinical Dentistry, and Therapeutics.
WlI^UAM S. HOSFORD, A. B., D. D. S.,
Professor of Dental Prothesis, and Dean of the Dental Faculty.
Frederic C. L. van Steenderbn, A. M.,
Professor of French l«anguage and Mterature.
Ai^prkd Vari^ey Sims, C. E.,
Professor of Civil Engineering.
MEMBERS OF THE FACUWIES AND OTHER OFFICERS. 7
John Wai^ter Harriman, M. D.,
Professor of Anatomy.
Martin Joseph Wade, LL. B.,
Professor of Medical J[urisprudence in the Medical Department, and I«ec-
turer on Evidence in the I^aw Department.
WiijjAM Harper DeFord, A. M., M. D., D. D. S.,
Professor of Oral Pathology and Hygiene in the Dental Department.
G113ERT Logan Houser, M. S.,
Professor of Animal Morphology and Ph3rsioIogy.
Benjamin Frankwn Shambaugh, A. M., Ph. D.,
Professor of Government and Administration.
WiLijAM Peters Reeves, Ph. D.,
Professor of English I«anguage and I«iterature.
Chari<es Moore Robertson, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Otology, Rhinology, and I«aryngology in the Medical Depart-
ment.
William Robert Whiteis, M. S., M. D.,
Professor of Histology and Embryology.
Harry S. Richards, Ph. B., LL. B.,
Professor of Law.
Lee Wallace Dean, M. S., M. D.,
AAing Professor of Physiology.
Philip E. Triem, A. M., M. D.,
Adting Professor of Theory and Pradtice in the Homoeopathic Medical
Department.
Leona Angeline Call, A. M.,
Assistant Professor in charge of Greek Language and Literature.
Charles Scott Magowan, A. M., C. E.,
Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.
BoHUMiL Shimek, C. E.,
Assistant Professor of Botany, and Curator of the Herbarium.
Henry F. Wickham, M. S.,
Assistant Professor of Zoology, and Assistant Curator of the Museum of
Natural History.
Arthur G. Smith, A. M.,
Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
Franklin Hazen Potter, A. M.,
Assistant Professor of Latin.
Carl E. Seashore, Ph. D.,
Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
Gershom Hyde Hill, a. B., m. D.,
Ledturer on Insanity.
GiPPORD Simeon Robinson, LL. D.,
Ledturer on Appellate Pradtice and Agency.
Horace Emerson Deemer, LL. B.,
Ledturer on Guaranty and Suretyship, and the Condudting of Law Business.
8 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Jambs E. Fi^bbner, D. D. S.,
I^edturer on Orthodontia.
w. J. mcGeb, a. M.,
IfCdturer on Anthropology.
Paui«inb Kimbai^i* Partridge,
Instnidlor in Elocution.
Frederic Bernard Sturm, A. B.,
Instrudtor in German.
Percy Hargreaves Wai«ker, M. S.,
Instrudtor in Chemistry.
George Cram Cook, A. B.,
Instrudtor in English.
George N. Bauer/ M. S.,
Instrudtor in Mathematics.
Bertha Gii«christ Ridgway,
Ifibrarian.
Harry Grant Pi,um,» A. M.,
Instrudtor in History.
ROYAI, WiNTHROP BaI^DWIN, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator of Dental Technol(^;y, and l^e&nrer on Regional Anatomy.
A. E. Rogers, D. d. S.,
Demonstrator of Dental Technology, and I«edturer on Dental Anatomy.
Chari^ES Henry Bowman, Ph. B.,
Instrudtor in Physics.
Herbert C. Dorcas, Ph. B.,
Instrudtor in Pedagogy.
Chari.es B. Lewis, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator in the Dental Deparment.
WlUJAM G. Cl^RK, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator of Porcelain Work in the Dental Department.
Frank B. James, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator in the Dental Department.
W11.WAM Edward Bari,ow, M. A.,
Demonstrator of Chemistry.
Wn^BER John Teeters, M. S., Ph. C,
Demonstrator of Chemlstiy.
Louise Ewzabeth HuGEms, A. M.,
Instrudtor in I«atin.
Fred D Merritt, A. M.,
Instrudtor in Mathematics.
Harry Eugene Kbixy,! A. M.,
Instrudtor in English.
* Absent on leave.
t Absent on leave, winter and spring terms.
MEMBERS OP THE FACULTIES AND OTHER OFFICERS. 9 *
Burton S. Easton, B. S.,
Instmdkor in Mathematica.
Pkrcy Lewis Kayk, A. M., Ph. D.,
Instrudtor in History.
Wii«i,iAM O. Farnsworth, a. M.,
Instrudlor in French.
Wn^ijAM Roi^i^ Patterson, Ph. D.,
Instrudtor in Statistics and Economics.
Ci^RBNCE Wii^us Eastman, Ph. D.,
Instrudtor in German.
George Schuyi^r Schaeffer, A. B.,
Instrudtor in Military Science and Tactics.
Fred Ai^i^ison Howe, A. B., LL. B.,
Instrudtor in English.
Joseph H. Ridgway,
Taxidermist.
Theodore L. Hazard, M. D.,
Assistant in Materia Medica in the Homceopathic Medical Department
Chari«es G. Park, Ph. G.,
Assistant in the Pharmacy I«aboratory.
Zada M. Cooper, Ph. G.,
Assistant in the Pharmacy I^aboratory.
Fred J. Becker, M. D.,
Assistant to the Chair of Surgery, Homoeopathic Medical Department.
Rai«ph W. HOMAN, M. D.,
Assistant to the Chair of Ophthalmology, etc., Homceopathic Medical
Department
Leora Johnson, M. D.,
Clinical Assistant to the Chair of Surgery, Homoeopathic Medical Depart-
ment
Thomas E. Savage, M. S.
Assistant in Botany.
OSWAU) Vebi,en, a. B.,
Fellow in Physics.
John J. Lambert,
Assistant in Animal Morphology and Physiology.
Herman A. Muei^i^er,
Assistant in Geology.
Frank N. Brink,
Assistant in Chemistry.
Jennie S. Cotti^e,
Superintendent of Hospital, Medical Department
AlrPHEDS L. POIXARD, M. D.,
Assistant to the Chair of Obstetrics in the Homoeopathic Medical Depart-
ment
10 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
John T. McCXintock, A. B., M. D.,
Demonstrator of Anatomy, Pathology, and Ba<ftcriology in the Medical
Department.
BESsm G. Parker, Ph. B.,
Assistant in the I«ibrary.
Ethei, Chari^ton, Ph. B.,
Assistant in the Mhrary.
I/>UISB MOULTON, A. B.,
Assistant in the Ifibiary.
Mary A. Raff,
Matron of the Homceopathic Hospital.
THE UNIVERSITY AND THE STATE.
The University of Iowa is an integral part of the public school
system of the State. As required by law, it begins, as far as pradti-
cable, where the high schools end, and seeks to complete the work
carried through the various grades below it. A sense of this vital
connection with the system of public schools determines, in large
measure, its requirements of admission, its spirit and the trend of its
work.
In the year 1840, the Cong^ress of the United States passed an act
setting apart two townships for the use and support of a University
within the Territory of Iowa, whenever it should become a State. The
gift was accepted, as set forth in the Constitution of the State, and the
policy reaffirmed in the amended Constitution of 1857.
The first General Assembly took adlion in regard to the location
of the University, and a Board of Trustees was appointed. Very little,
however, was accomplished until 1855, when the institution was first
opened for the reception of students. The University was subsequently
reorganized, and under the new organization reopened on September
19, i860, and this may fairly be regarded as the date of the beginning
of the existing institution.
The control of the University is entrusted to a Board of Regents,
consisting of the Governor of tlie State and the Superintendent of
Public Instrudtion, ex-officiis^ and one member from each Congres-
sional District, who are ele<5led by the General Assembly.
ORGANIZATION OF THE UNIVERSITY.
The University comprises the following departments:
I. COI^I^BGIATB DBPARTMBNT.
2. Law Department.
3. Medicaid Department.
4. HOMCEOPATHIC MEDICAI, DEPARTMENT.
5. Dentai« Department.
6. Pharmacy Department.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT.
FACULTY AND INSTRUCTORS.
Amos Noybs Currier, A. M., LL. D.,
Adting President.
Professor of I^tiu I«angiiage and X^iteniture, and Dean of the Faculty.
Samubi, Cai^vin, a. M., Ph. D.,
Professor of Geology.
Thomas Huston Macbridb, A. M., Ph. D.»
Professor of Botany.
I/AUNCKLOT Winchester Andrews, Ph. D.,
Professor of Chemistry.
George Thomas White Patrick, Ph. D.,
Professor of Philosophy.
Chari^es Bundy Wilson, A. M.,
Professor of German l«anguage and I«iterature, and Secretary of the
Faculty.
Andrew Anderson Vebi«en, A. M.,
Professor of Phjrsics.
I/AENAS GiPFORD WEI^D, A. M.,
Professor of Mathematics.
Chari^es Ci,evei*and Nutting, A. M.,
Professor of Zoology.
Isaac Ai^thaus I/k>s, A. M., D. C. L.,
Professor of Political Science.
Joseph Jasper McConnei«i«, A. M.,
Professor of Pedagogy.
Wii^ifiAM Craig Wii^ox, A. M.,
Professor of History.
Frederic C. L. van Steenderen, A. M.,
Professor of French I«anguage and l«iterature.
Ai^FRED Vari^ey Sims, C. E.,
Professor of Civil Engineering.
GlI<BERT IvOGAN HOUSER, M. S.,
Professor of Animal Morphology and Physiology.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 18
Benjamin Franklin Shambauoh, A. M., Ph. D.,
Professor of Government and AdministTBtion.
William Petbrs Rbsvbs, Ph. D.,
Professor of English Language and Literature.
Leona Angblinb Call, A. M.,
Assistant Professor in charge of Greek Language and Literature.
Charles Scott Magowan, A. M., C. E.,
Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering.
BOHUMIL Shimek, C. E.,
Assistant Professor of Botany, and Curator of the Herbarium.
Henry F. Wickham, M. S.,
Assistant Professor of Zoology.
Arthur G. Smith, A. M.,
Assistant Professor of Mathematics.
Franklin Hazen Potter, A. M.,
Assistant Professor of Latin.
Carl E. Seashore, Ph. D.,
Assistant Professor of Philosophy.
Pauline Kimball Partridge,
Instru^or in Elocution.
Frederic Bernard Sturm, A. B.,
Instrudtor in German.
Percy Hargreavbs Walker, M. S.,
Instructor in Chemistry.
George Cram Cook, A. B.,
Instrudlor in English.
George N. Bauer,* M. S.,
Instructor in Mathematics.
Harry Grant Plum.* A. M.,
Instructor in History.
Charles Henry Bowman, Ph. B.,
Instructor in Physics.
Herbert C. Dorcas, Ph. B.,
Instructor in Pedagogy.
Louise Elizabeth Hughes, A. M.,
Instructor in Latin.
Fred D Merritt, A. M.,
Instructor in Mathematics.
Harry Eugene Kelly,* A. M.,
Instructor in English.
Burton S. Easton, B. S.,
Instructor in Mathematics.
Percy Lewis Kaye, A. M., Ph. D.,
Instructor in History.
* Absent on leave.
14 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
WnxiAM O. Pakmsworth, a. M.,
InstmAorin French.
WUXIAM ROhUL PaTTKKSON, PH. D.,
InstmAor in StatistiGB and Koonomics.
CXAJtHNCH Wnxis Eastman, Ph. D.,
InstmAorin German.
Gborgb Schuyi^br Schabfpbr, a. B.,
InstmAor in Military Science and TaAics.
Frbd Aujson Howb, a. B., LIr. B.,
Instnȣkor in BnKlish.
Thomas Edmund Savagb, M. S.,
Assistant in Botany.
OSWAI4> Vbbi^bn, a. B.,
Fellow in Physics.
Joseph H. Ridgway,
Taxidermist.
John J. Lambert,
Assistant in Animal Morphology and Physiology.
Herman A. Mueixer,
Assistant in Geology.
Prank N. Brink,
Assistant in Chemistry.
STANDING COMMITTEES OF THE COLLEGIATE
FACULTY.
Szecatiye: The A<5ling President, and Professors Weld, and Patrick.
Admission and Classification: Professors Weld, Wilson, McConnell,
and Patrick.
Preparatory Schools: Professors McConnell, Loos, Calvin, and Houser.
Graduate Students: Professors Wilcox, Loos, Macbride, and Nutting.
Catalogue: Professors Wilson, Reeves, and Skambaugh.
Military: Professors Andrews, Weld, and McConnell.
Athletics: Professors Sims, Shambaugh, and Reeves.
Library: The Adling President, and Professors Wilson, Calvin, Nut-
ting, and Patrick.
finles: Professors Veblen, Calvin, and Van Steenderen.
GENERAL PLAN.
The Collegiate Department offers four general courses of study, —
one Classical, two Philosophical, and one General Scientific; and two
technical courses, — Civil Engineering and Eledbical Engineering,
whose requirements and lines of work offered are set forth under
Courses of Study.
Candidates for degrees are required to make an ele<5tion of one of
these courses, and will not be allowed, without permission, to change
the ele<5led course, nor to take less or more than fifteen hours of ledl-
ures or recitations per week, except as required by the program.
The President, Dean, and members of the Faculty are glad to advise
with students as to courses and the choice and grouping of eledlive
studies.
Students not candidates for graduation, on complying with the terms
of admission, will be allowed to seledl their studies under the diredUon
of the Faculty.
Persons over twenty-one years of age, not candidates for a degree,
may be admitted to special studies, without examination, at the discre-
tion of the Faculty.
Resident Gradnates. — Graduates of this University and of other Col-
1^^ and Universities in good standing, are admitted without exam-
ination, whether candidates for advanced degrees or not, on application
to the President or Dean. Graduate courses are set forth under the
proper heading.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION.
Candidates for admission to the Freshman Class in any of the Col-
legiate courses must be at least sixteen years of age, and must, by
examination or by presenting acceptable certificates, furnish evidence
of having completed the preparatory requirements.
No one will be admitted whose deficiencies exceed the equivalent of
four credits; a preparatory credit is the equivalent of one study daily
for a term of twelve weeks, on the basis of three studies a day in the
preparatory schools. Candidates having deficiencies not exceeding
this limit may be admitted upon condition that they complete their
preparation within the first year after admission.
It is expedled that the following work will be completed in the
grammar school: Practical Arithmetic, Reading, Penmanship, Orthog-
raphy, English Grammar, Geography, Book-keeping (single entr>'),
Physiology, (the statutory requirements for primary and grammar
schools). United States History (three terms* work). Civil Government
(one term's work). Composition (three terms* work), Drawing (three
terms* work).
The work in Book-keeping, Composition, Drawing, and Civil Gov-
ernment is not to be considered as absolutely required, but only work
in excess of the amount named in this paragraph will receive credit as
preparatory work.
CLASSICAL COURSE.
GROUP I.— ANCIENT I^ANGUAGES.
z. Latin. Grammar, Csesar (four books), Cicero (six orations),
Veigil (six books) with Prosody.
Instead of the prescribed Csesar an equivalent amotmt of Viri Ronue
or Nepos will be accepted and is recommended to the preparatory
schools. In this case the remainder of the requirements may be offered
in Csesar or Cicero. It is expe<£led that three or four of the six required
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 17
orations of Cicero (the Catiline orations being taken as the standard
of length) will be read thoroughly and the remainder rapidly with a
view to securing facility in translation. Equivalents in kind will be
accepted for any part of the specified requirements. An accurate and
ready knowledge of grammatical /or9ns and constru£lion and a good
vocabulary are of essential importance. Sight reading should be
taught and pra<^iced from the first.
Exercise in writing Latin, based upon the current reading, ought to
be carried through the entire preparatory course. An amount equiva-
lent to Collar, Part m, is required for admission.
Pour years of daily recitation are needed for the required prepara-
tion.
The Roman prontmciation is used in the University.
a. Greek. Grammar, Xenophon's Anabasis. As few high schools
meet this requirement, the University for the present will provide
means for fulfilling it, and an equivalent of three terms* work from
Group rV may be offered.
The preparatory work in Greek should give thorough knowledge of
grammatical forms, familiarity with the common rules of S3mtax and
the ability to write simple Greek prose with correal accents. It is not
expe<^ed that high school pupils under ordinary circumstances will be
able, in a single year, to cover thoroughly the work required for admis-
sion.
GROUP n.— MATHEMATICS.
3. Algebra. The Algebra of the high school should comprise a
careful study of the following topics: signs and symbols; fundamental
operations; factoring (including lowest common multiple and highest
common divisor) ; fra<5Uons; simple and quadratic equations; theory of
exponents (including negative and fradlional exponents and radicals) ;
progressions. Especial attention should be given to such salient points
as the significance of the minus sign, fa<5loring, theory of exponents,
equations, and the ability to state readily algebraic problems. The
interpretation of algebraic results with their graphical representation
should be introduced at the earliest possible stage and constantly
insisted upon.
4. Geoniftryp Both plane and solid geometry are required. The
18 STATE UOTVERSrrY OF IOWA.
'* Heuristic *' method in beginning the study of geometry is strongly
recommended (See Hopkins' Manual of Plane Geometry, D. C. Heath
& Co., and Spencer's Inventional Geometry, D. Appleton & Co).
Whatever method is used the pupil should be provided with adequate
drawing instruments and should construct and verify all of his propo-
sitions and theorems. Geometric processes and results should be
expressed by algebraic 83rmbols whenever possible. Original investi-
gations should not simply be encouraged, but should be insisted upon
as a matter of course. The eminently pra<Stical side of the study of
geometry shotdd not be lost sight of, but the work should be so arranged
that it may be of the highest disciplinary value. The language of all
geometrical exercises should be exadl.
Arithtnetic, The work in arithmetic should in general be completed
in the grammar grades. At least one term's work in arithmetic may
be done with great profit in the high school after the completion of
the required work in algebra and geometry. Not only will a general
review of the subjedi be found beneficial in itself, but the higher point
of view now attainable may be taken advantage of in many ways which
it is not necessary to enumerate.
In the high school not less than one-fourth of the time for three
years should be devoted to the work in algebra and geometry. It is
desirable that the high school work in mathematics be not finished
until the end of the course, in order that there may be no break in the
continuity of the work between the high school and the University.
GROUP in.— ENGLISH AND HISTORY.
5 . English Composition. All applicants for admission whether from
accepted schools or not will be examined to test their ability to write
clear and corred^ English. The applicant will be required to write an
essay of not less than two hundred words upon a subject chosen by
himself from a considerable number set before him. No applicant will
be accepted who is deficient in spelling, pim^uation, sentence, and
paragpraph stmdture.
The teacher is reminded that the proper preparation for this part of
the requirement is constant pra<5lice in writing, with careful corredtion
and revision of themes. A pcut of the time should be devoted to the
study of composition in any good text-book, such as Lewis's First Book
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 19
in Writing (Macmillan) or Scott & Denney's Paragraph Writing
(Allyn & Bacon).
6. Snglish Literature. Throughout the high school course much
attention should be paid to the study of literature, by which is meant
not merely the study of a manual on the history of literature but a
careful, sympathetic study of literature itself in the writings of repre-
sentative authors. Entire masterpieces suited to the attainments of the
class should form the basis of recitations and an equal amount of col-
lateral reading should be assigned and written reports required.
During the last year of the course a good outline history of the liter-
ature should be used, such as Brooke's Primer of English Literature
(The Macmillan Co. ) or Pancoast's Introdudtion to English Literature
(Holt & Co.) This should always, however, be subordinated to the
study of the texts themselves. In the study of literatmre the student
should be stimulated and trained not merely to read and enjoy but to
anal3rze the style and to absorb the spirit and substance of an author.
The applicant will be expected to be familiar with all the works
in the following list or with their equivalents:
For 1899; Shakespere's As You Like It, Irving's Sketch Book, De
Quincey*8 English Mail Coach, Scott's Marmion, LongfeUow's Evan-
geline, George Eliot's Silas Mamer, Tenn3rson's Idylls of the King.
For 1900; Shakespere's Macbeth, Milton's Paradise Lost, Books I
and II, the Sir Roger de Coverley Papers in the SpeBaiar^ Coleridge's
Ancient Mariner, Carlyle's Essay on Bums, Shelley's Defence of
Poetry, Burke's Speech on Conciliation with America, Lowell's Vision
of Sir Launfal.
7. History. At least four terms' work shotdd be presented in his-
toty. The course of study and available text-books should be some-
what as follows: first and second terms. History of Greece (Oman,
Smith, Cox or Myers) and Rome (Allen, Leighton, Smith or Myers) ;
third term, History of England (Montgomery or Gardiner); fourth
term. The History of the United States (Channing, Thomas, Fiske,
Johnson, Montgomery or McMaster) or Civil Government (Piske's
Civil Government or Andrews's Manual of the Constitution).
' Instead of the first three terms' work in history indicated above,
which is preferred, the University will accept for the present three
terms' work in general history from one of the following text-books:
Myers, Fisher, Breeman or Swinton.
20 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
GROUP IV.— ELECTIVE.
Three terms' work, and if Greek is not offered six terms* work, are
to be seledled in science or in a modem language.
8. Science. The subjects are arranged in the order of preference:
physics, botany, physical geography, physiology, drawing or book-
keeping, economics, chemistry, astronomy, zoology, geology.
Credit for entrance will not be allowed on these subje<5ls for less
than two terms in each, except that one, or one and one-half terms,
may be allowed in botany, phjrsiolpgy, physical geography and draw-
ing or book-keeping, and one term in astronomy, geology and
economics. In no case should more than two sciences be taken up for
consecutive study in a single year; and whenever possible three terms
of consecutive work in one science are advised, especially in ph3rsics.
9. German. A full year in German may be indicated by Joynes-
Meissner*s German Grammar, Parts I and III, about fifty pages
selected from Joynes's German Reader (D. C. Heath & Co.), all of
Storm's Immensee (Henry Holt & Co.) and Riehl's Bui^ Neideck
(Ginn & Co).
xo. French. Van Daell's Introdu^on to the French Language or
Edgren's French Grammar, and Van Daell's Introdudlion to French
Authors or Super's French Reader will be accepted as an equivalent of
a year's work in French.
PHILOSOPHICAL COURSE A.
The requirements for admission to this course are the same as for
the Classical Course, except that one year of German or French, or one
year of additional science may be substituted for Greek as provided
for in Group IV.
PHILOSOPHICAL B, SCIENTIFIC, AND ENGINEER-
ING COURSES.
Preparation in all respedls the same as that offered for the Cla«tcal
Course will be accepted for the Philosophical B, Scientific, and Engi-
neering Courses.
In place, however, of the twelve terms' work in ancient languages
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 21
required for admission to the Classical Course, candidates for admission
to the courses above named may offer as substitutes six terms' work in
foreign language and six terms* work in science. The requirements
in foreign language may be satisfied by (i) two years in Latin; (2) two
years in German; or (3) two years in French; but not by a single year
in each of two languages, nor by f radHons of years in different lan-
guages, though the time spent in foreign language study may amount
to two years in the aggregate.
Two years in foreign language is a minimum language requirement
for admission to these courses; but nine terms of foreign language and
three terms of science, or twelve terms of foreign language alone, will
be acceptable substitutes for the twelve terms of ancient languages
required for admission to the Classical Course; provided that not less
than two years have been given to some one language, and not less
than one year to each additional language that may be offered.
Work in science may be selecEled from the subjedU named in Group
rV, sedtion 8. When the maximum amount of six terms is to be offered
candidates are advised, if it be practicable, to spend one year on
physics, and one half year on each of two subjedls seledled from the
following list: botany, physical geography (Davis), physiology, draw-
ing, and book-keeping.
Excepting the ancient languages, as above noted, all other require-
ments for admission to the Classical Course must be fully met by can-
didates for admission to the Philosophical B, Scientific, and Engineering
Courses.
GENERAL OBSERVATIONS.
1. It is strongly advised that preparatory work be confined to few
subjedls and that they be so chosen that they form two or three groups
of closely related subjects.
2. Subtitutes of real equivalents not affecting the absolute require-
ments respecting foreign languages, mathematics, English, and his-
tory, will be allowed for the purpose of adapting the University re-
quirements to the means and needs of the several preparatory schools.
3. It is assumed that, under ordinary circumstances, four years in
the high school will be devoted to meet the requirements for admission
here prescribed.
22 STATEIUNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
4. Students who are admitted with conditions can make them np
in the Iowa City Academy or under the direction of a private tutor
approved by the Faculty.
ADMISSION BY CERTIFICATE-
The Board of Regents has adopted the following plan for the exam-
ination of high school pupils and for general high school inspection:
1. Any school may be placed upon the accredited list upon appli-
cation of its principal or board of directors, provided the Collegiate
Faculty of the University is satisfied as to its (a) course of study, (d)
methods of teaching, {c) facilities for instruction.
2. The course of study of such schools must be adapted for fitting
its graduates for one or more of the collegiate courses of the Univer-
sity, or it must be in the diredl line of such preparation.
3. Whenever any accredited or other school requests it, its pupils
may be examined by the University at a convenient time in any subject
or subjects selected by the school authorities from the schedules of
studies required for admission to the University, and each pupil will
receive from the University a credit card for each subjeCl passed.
4. The University shall provide for schools desiring the same, a
syllabus of each of the subje<5ts in which examination is to be taken.
5. All accredited schools shall be inspedled at the pleasure of the
University, the expense of the inspection to be borne by the Univer-
sity.
6. The authorities of accredited schools should report annually to
the University all changes made in the course of study and submit a
list of names of the instructors employed in the high school with sub-
jects taught by each.
The following revised rules governing the accrediting of schools
have been adopted by the Collegiate Faculty, and are now in force.
The attention of the authorities of accredited schools is called to the
revised rules in order that they may make such changes in their
courses of study and in their plans of work as will enable them fully
to conform to the rules.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 28
RULES GOVERNING THE ACCREDITING OF
HIGH SCHOOLS.
High schools meetmg the following conditions may, at the option
of the Collegiate Faculty, be accredited as making full preparation for
one or more of the University courses:
1. The course of study should be not less than four years of thirty-
six weeks each in length, following an elementary course not less than
eight years in length.
2. The course of study should require of each pupil not more than
four recitations daily.
3. The entire time of at least two teachers should be given to
instrudbion in high school branches.
4. The quality of the instrudlion given and the chara<Sler of the
text-books used should be approved by the Faculty.
5. Schools seeking considerable credit in science shotdd demonstrate
their ability to do successful laboratory work.
6. Schools seeking considerable credit in history and English should
give evidence of a special library equipment for these branches.
Private academies, seminaries, normal schools or other secondary
scliools meeting the conditions mentioned above, or their equivalent,
may be accepted on the same basis as high schools.
ACCREDITED SCHOOLS.
All candidates for admission to the Freshman class, who come from
accredited schools, must furnish to the University certificates con-
taining specific statements as to the amount of work done in e<uh study.
Blank certificates will be furnished upon application to the President,
and should be returned by September ist.
There are doubtless other schools which are entitled to places on
one or other of these lists, but because they have not furnished the
data necessary to enable the University authorities to come to a safe
conclusion in regard to their proper places in the lists, or because they
have not signified a desire to come into accredited relations with the
University, they are for the present omitted, without prejudice. Stu-
dents presenting themselves from secondary schools, not included in
the list of accredited schools, will be admitted only upon examination.
24
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
The following schools have been accredited by the Collegiate Faculty
of the University as making full preparation for one or more of the
courses of the Collegiate Department.
HIGH SCHOOI^
Ackley,
Adel,
Albia,
Algona,
Ames,
Anamosa,
Atlantic,
Bedford,
Boone,
Brooklyn,
Burlington,
Carroll,
Cedar Falls,
Cedar Rapids,
Centerville,
Charles City,
Cherokee,
Oarinda,
Clinton,
Columbus Jun(5lion,
Council Bltiffs,
Coming,
Creston,
Cresco,
Davenport,
Decorah,
Denison,
Des Moines, B.,
Des Moines, N.,
Des Moines, W.,
Dubuque,
Eagle Grove,
Eldora,
PRINCIPAI,.
Supt. a&a,
Supt. a(Sts,
Maicy Schreiner,
Minnie Coale,
Supt. adb,
Maude Humphrey,
C. M. Cole,
Eveljm Miller,
Alice Bradrick,
Supt. adls,
E. Poppe,
Chas. E. Blodgett,
Supt. adls,
Abbie S. Abbott,
Janet Wilson,
^ovinia Marsh,
Rodney M. Arey,
Supt. adb,
E. L. Mason,
Supt. adls,
W. N. Clifford,
Supt. a<5ls,
T. R. Amlie,
Supt. adls,
W. D. WeUs,
Supt. a<Sis,
G. W. Lee,
E. H. White,
Arthur W. Brett,
W. O. Ridden,
F. L. Smart,
Supt. adb,
Henrietta Holmes,
SUPBRINTBNDBMT.
O. W. Maxwell.
C. R. Aumer.
H. C. HoUingsworth.
N. Spencer.
E. D. Y. Culbertson.
A. Palmer.
William Wilcox.
E. H. Griffin.
Geo. I. Miller.
Fred S. Robinson.
Chas. R. Shelton.
C. C. Magee.
O. J. Laylander.
J. T. Merrill.
F. E. King.
G. S. Dick.
A. V. Stover.
G. W. Fisher.
O. P. Bostwick.
D. R. Michener.
H. B. Hayden.
D. M. Kelly.
O. E. French.
L. E. A. Ling.
J. B. Young.
E. A. Parks.
H. V. Failor.
Amos Hiatt.
F. A. Lacey
F. B. Cooper.
F. T. Oldt.
J. G. Grundy.
W. A. Doron.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT.
26
HIGH SCHOOL.
Emmetsbiirg,
Estherville,
Paixfield,
Forest City,
Fort Dodge,
Port Madison,
Geneseo, 111.,
Glenwood,
Greene,
Greenfield,
Guthrie Center,
Guthrie County,
Hambui;g,
Hampton,
Harlan,
Ida Grove,
Independence,
Iowa City,
Iowa Falls,
Jefferson,
Keokuk,
Knoxville,
LeMars,
Leon,
Lyons,
Manchester,
Maquoketa,
Marengo,
Marion,
Marshalltown,
Mason City,
McGregor,
Missouri Valley,
Moline, 111.,
Monteacuma,
Mt. Ayr,
FRINCIPAI,.
H. C. Richardson,
Inez Myers,
A. B. Goss,
Supt. a<^,
W. H. WUcox,
J. W. McCulloch,
Supt. a<5ls,
Supt. a<5ls,
Supt. a6b,
Supt. adb,
Supt. adb,
Lenna Prater,
Alice Sudlow,
E. T. Sheppard,
Clara M. Travis,
P. C. Ensign,
Mrs. A. L. Burdick,
Mrs. E. B. Wilson,
G. E. Marshall,
H. E. Simpson,
Jennette Carpenter,
Supt. a<Sis,
Supt. adb.
A. E. Rigby,
Supt. adis,
Supt. a<Sb,
L. H. Marshall,
C. C. Carstens,
WUliam Ege,
Supt. adls,
Emma C. DeGroff,
Ida McKee,
Supt. adis,
SUPBRINTSNDBNT.
H. E. Blackmar.
C. C. Stover.
J. E. Williamson.
J. D. Stout.
P. C. Wildes.
C. W. Cruikshank.
M. P. Miller.
Jessie G. Nutting.
J. R. Jamison.
P. E. Palmer.
Adam Pickett.
P. E. Lenocker.
J. C. King.
G. A. Bateman.
E. S. White.
T. B. Hutton.
J. L. Buechele.
S. K. Stevenson.
L. Hezzelwood.
L. B. Carlisle.
O. W. Weyer.
Harlan Updegraff.
E. N. Coleman.
S. L. Darrah.
O. H. Brainerd.
R. W. Wood.
C. C. Dudley.
C. H. Carson.
J. J. Dofflemeyer.
P. E. Willard.
A. R. Sale.
P. N. WUlard.
A. B. Warner.
H. M. Slauson.
Bruce Francis.
L. H. Maus.
2B
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
HIGH SCHOOI,.
Muscatine,
Nevada,
New Hampton,
Newton,
Osage,
Osceola,
Oskaloosa,
Ottumwa,
Parkersbuig,
Peny,
Red Oak,
Reinbeck,
Rockford,
Rock Rapids,
Sanborn,
Sheldon,
Shenandoah,
Sibley,
Sigoumey,
Sioux City,
Spencer,
Storm Lake,
Stuart,
Taylorville Tp.,
Tipton,
Traer,
Villisca,
Vinton,
Washington,
Waterloo, E.,
Waterloo, W.,
Waukon,
Waverly,
Webster City,
West Liberty,
Williamsburg,
PRINCIPAX,.
E. P. Schall,
Supt. adts,
Blanche K. Perry,
Supt. a6ls,
Sadie M. Bold,
Viola M. Waid,
O. E. Dixon,
Owen Griffiths,
Supt. adts,
Florence Zerwekh,
E. U. GraflF,
Supt. a<^,
J. C. Sanders,
Ida Fesenbeck,
May Kennedy,
Nellie Jones,
Lizzie Marley,
Supt. a6U,
A. M. Bean,
W. A. TumbuU,
F. E. Trigg,
Clara R. Bamber,
C. F. Wright,
Taylorville, 111.,
Supt. adls,
Supt. a<5ls,
Stella Westcott,
Katherine Cunningham,
Mattie E. Emry,
Lydia Hinman,
Amy Boggs,
Supt. adts,
Supt. a(^,
Wilber Sparks,
Supt. acts,
Supt. a<5ls,
SUPERINTSNDBNT.
F. M. Witter.
H. G. Lamson.
D. A. Thomburg.
E. J. H. Beard.
George Chandler.
I. N. Beard.
S. J. Finley.
A. W. Stuart.
W. F. Barr.
L. A. Blezek.
W. F. Chevalier.
J. L. Mishler.
J. C. Wilson.
W. S. Wilson.
J. J. Billingsly.
W. I. Simpson.
O. E. Smith.
W. P. Johnson.
J. M. Davis.
H. E. Kratz.
Carrie B. Parker.
J. H. 0*Donoghue.
G. W. Bryan.
W. E. Andrews.
W. L. Etter.
O. M. Elliott.
C. C. Williamson.
H. C. Waddle.
G. H. MuUin.
F. J. Sessions.
S. H. Sheakley.
E. L. CofFeen.
A. W. Merrill.
C. W. Martindale.
L. T. Hill.
A. T. Hukill.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT.
27
OTHER 6CHOOI3.
Cedar Valley Seminary, Osage,
Charles City College,
Decorah Institute,
Denison Normal School,
Dexter Normal College,
Epworth Seminary,
Howe's Academy, Mt. Pleasant,
Iowa City Academy,
Michigan Military Academy, Orchard
Sac City Institnte,
Urbana-Shrader Academy, Urbana,
Washington Academy,
Whittier College,
Wilton German-English College,
Woodbine Normal School,
{
PRINCIPAI, OR PRBSIDBNT.
Alonzo Abemethy.
J. F. Hirsch.
J. Breckenridge.
W. C. Van Ness.
A. G. Smith.
D. P. Repass.
Frank G. Barnes.
S. C. Howe.
W. A. Willis.
Lake, Mich., J. Sumner Rogers.
Walter Guthridge.
Mrs. J. S. Wilson.
C. M. Grumbling.
W. N. Halsey.
J. F. Grove.
M. A. Reed.
H. A. Kinney.
{
The work done in the schools named below is regarded as of suffi-
cient merit to entitle them to recognition by the University.
Properly certified work from these schools will therefore be received
so far as this work meets the preparatory requirements of the Univer-
sity.
HIGH SCHOOlr. PRINCIPAL.
Adair, E. R. Neptune.
AUerton, J. F. Holliday.
Anita, F. B. Lawrence.
Audubon, F. P. Hocker.
Avoca, J. Peasley.
Bloomfield, Will Fortune.
Brighton, J. E. Vance.
Britt, A. M. Deyoe.
Chariton, S. M. Cart.
Charter Oak, C. F. Garrett.
Clarence, J. H. Morgan.
Clarion, S. T. May.
28
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
HIGH SCHOOI3.
Clearfield,
Clear I^e,
Colfax,
Corredlionville,
Corydon,
DeWitt,
Dysart,
Eldon,
Elkader,
Exira,
Fayette,
Fonda,
Fontanelle,
Gamer,
Glidden,
Grundy Center,
Holstein,
Hubbard,
Keosauqua,
Kingsley,
I^ke Mills,
Manning,
Mechanicsville,
Milton,
Monticello,
Morning Sun,
Moulton,
Mt. Pleasant,
Nashua,
Neola,
North English,
Northwood,
Oak Park, Des Moines,
Odebolt,
Oelwein,
Orange City,
PRIKCIPAI,.
H. S. Ash.
D. H. Campbell.
S. A. Power.
T. B. Morris.
Charles Carter.
Mai^aret Buchanan.
H. O. Bateman.
E. C. Mills.
J. E. Webb.
W. H. Fort.
F. E. Finch.
R. B. Crone.
C. C. Smith.
J. F. Doderer.
J. H. Beveridge.
J. E. Stout.
E. P. Bettenga.
W. O. Reed.
David Williams.
Frank Jarvis.
O. O. Vogenitz.
W. H. Reever.
Clarence McCracken.
F. E. Buck.
C. R. Scroggie.
A. M. M. Domon.
E. B. Rossiter.
S. T. Walker.
C. J. Trumbauer.
O. J. McManus.
E. H. McMillan.
E. M. MitcheU.
G. W. Hanna.
C. H. Kamphoefner.
L. B. Moffett.
O. W. Herr.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT.
29
HIGH SCHOOI«.
Riceville,
Richland,
Rolfe,
Sac City,
Shelby,
Shell Rock,
Sioux Rapids,
Springdale,
Springville,
State Center,
Tama City,
Victor,
Wapello,
West Union,
Wilton,
Hawarden Normal School,
Nora Springs Seminary,
St. Ansgar Seminary,
PRINCIPAI,.
P. M. Ray.
W. C. Pidgeon.
A. T. Rutledge.
J. N. Hamilton.
C. S. Cobb.
C. E. Buckley.
P. L. Dorland.
S. B. Stonerook, Jr.
S. S. Milligan.
J. E. Clayton.
C. E. Locke.
W. H. Whitford.
J. W. Cradler.
G. E. Finch.
P. A. McMillen.
C. H. Brake.
H. A. Dwelle.
J. O. Sethre.
ADVANCED STANDING.
Students from approved colleges bringing certificates of work and
standing will be admitted without examination. In determining
their position in the University, however, the value of the work done
will be measured by the University standards.
Students coming from colleges whose requirements for admission
are substantially those of the University will be admitted ordinarily
to equal rank, provided they enter not later than the beginning of
the Senior year. In every instance at least one year's work in resi-
dence must be completed in the Collegiate Department of the Univer-
sity. The assignment of studies shall be at the discretion of the
Faculty.
Graduates of the four years* course of the Iowa State Normal School
will be admitted to Junior standing without examination, and will be
required to spend two years at the University before receiving a de-
gree. Graduates of the three years' course will be admitted to Sopho-
more standing and will be required to spend three years in residence .
UNDERGRADUATE COURSES.
CLASSICAL COURSE.
Freshman Tmt. fai^i,. winter. spring.
Hours a week. Hours a week. Hours a week.
Greek 5 5 5
Latin 4 4 4
English 2 2 2
Mathematics 5 5 5
or
Mathematics 3 3 3
and
Ancient History 2 2 2
Military Drill 3 1 3
Sophomore Tear.
French or German 5 5 5
English 2 2 2
Eledlive 8 8 8
Military Drill 3 i 3
Junior Year.
Ele<ftive ... 15 ^5 15
Military Drill 3 i 3
Senior Tear.
EleAive 15 15 15
Military Drill 3 i 3
Condition: — ^Three terms of material science must be taken in
this course.
PHILOSOPHICAL COURSE A.
Freshman Tear. fai^i,. winter. spring.
Hours a week. Hours a week. Hours a week.
German or French 5 5 5
Latin 4 4 4
English 2 2 2
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 81
FAIX. WINTSR. SPRING.
Hours a week. Hours a week. Hours a week.
Mathematics 5 5 5
or
Mathematics 3 3 3
and
Ancient History 2 2 2
Military Drill 3 1 3
Sophomore Tear.
French or German .... 3 3 3
Latin, German or French . 5 5 5
English 2 2 2
EloStive 5 5 5
Military Drill 3 i 3
Junior Year.
Philosophy 2 or 3 2 or 3 2 or 3
EleAive 12 or 13 .... 12 or 13 .... 12 or 13
MUitary Drill 3 i 3
Senior Year.
ElcAive 15 15 15
Military Drill 3 i 3
Condition: — ^Three terms of material science must be taken in
this course.
PHILrOSOPHICAL COURSE B.
Freshman Year. pai^i,. wintsr. spring.
Hours a week. Hours a week. Hours a week.
Gcnnan 5 5 5
Latin or French 5 5 5
English 2 2 2
Mathematics 5 5 5
or
Mathematics 3 3 3
and
Ancient History 2 2 2
Military Drill 3 i 3
Sophomore Year.
German 3 3 3
English 2 2 2
32 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
FAI,!,. WINTER. SPRING.
Hours a week. Hours a week. Hours a week.
Latin or French 5 5 5
Elective 5 5 5
Military Drill 3 i 3
Junior Tear.
Ele<5live 15 15 15
Military Drill 3 i 3
Senior Year.
EleAive 15 15 15
Military Drill 3 i 3
Condition: — ^Three terms of material science must be taken in
this course. In the Junior and Senior years a tnajor, the equivalent
of not less than three hours extending through two years, and a kin-
dred minor of not less than three hours extending through one year,
must be taken. Each student may sele<5l his own major, but in the
sele<Slion of his minor he must seek the advice of the professor in
charge of the major, or of a committee of the Faculty. Students
enttrinz this course on the terms prescribed for admission to the Scien-
tific Course^ but without the full Latin requirements for entrance to
Philosophical Course A, must complete them after entrance j and the
University will temporarily provide for instru^ion in Cicero* 5 Ora-
tionSf and Ver^iL This provision is made solely in the interest of
considerable numbers of high school graduates whose course has not
furnished the opportunity for fulfilling these requirements.
GENERAI, SCIENTIFIC COURSE.
Freshman Year. pai«i,. wintbr. spring.
Hours a week. Hours a week. Hours a week.
German or French 5 5 5
Mathematics 5 5 5
English 2 2 2
Drawing 3 3 3
Military Drill 3 i 3
Sophomore Year.
German or French .... 5 or 3 5 or 3 5 or 3
COLI/EGIATE DEPARTMENT. 88
FAI,!,. WINTER. SPRING.
Hours a week. Hours a week. Hours a week.
English 2 2 2
Physics 5 5 5
Botany, Zoology, Morphol-
ogy, Geology, Chemistry,
Mathematics, or Astron-
omy 5 5 5
Military Drill 3 i 3
Jimior Tear.
German or French .... 3 or 5 3 or 5 3 or 5
Chemistry 5 5 5
Botany, Zoology, Morphol-
ogy or Geology 5 5 5
Eledlivc 3 or 5 3 or 5 3 or 5
Military Drill 3 i 3
Senior Tear.
EleAive 15 15 15
Military Drill 3 i 3
No substitution whatever is allowed for any of the required work of
the Scientific Course, except that, in place of the full requirement in
either one of the modem languages, there may be offered an equiva-
lent amount of Latin of collegiate grade,
SPECIAL COURSES IN SCIENCE.
The student who wishes, in his undergraduate course, to specialize
in some particular line of scientific study, should at the beginning of
the Sophomore year choose from the group of alternate eledtives then
open to him (Botany, Zoology, Morphology, Geology* Chemistry,
Mathematics and Astronomy) that subject most dire^y connedled
with the branch to which he wishes to give special attention. He will
thus be able to pursue his chosen study without interruption through
three years of his course, the last year of which may, if he so choose,
be devoted entirely to his specialty.
Such extreme specialization is not recommended to undergraduate
students, it being the opinion of the Collegiate Faculty that a better
preparation for a scientific career will be afforded by a broader and
34 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
more liberal course of study. However, those yrishing to specialize in
any branch of science are urged to confer freely with the professors
with whom they expe<5l to pursue such study.
Unless excused by the Faculty, each student pursuing a special
course in science will be required in his Senior year to prepare a thesis
upon some subjedl approved by the professor in charge of his specialty,
such thesis to represent an amount of work entitling the writer to at
least two credits.
COMBINED SCIENTIFIC AND MEDICAI, COURSE.
1. Students who pursue the General Scientific Course and complete
not less than two years of biologic science, and in the third year
choose as one eledlive anatomy and dissecSlion in the Medical Depart-
ment, and in the fourth year two eledlives in the Medical Department,
of which anatomy and physiology shall be one, may receive credit for
the first two years of the regular course in Medicine, provided also
that such students complete at least two ele6lives in the Collegiate
Department in the spring terms of the fifth and sixth years.
2. Students who at the outset declare their intention of pursuing a
combined Collegiate and Medical Course, may in the General Scien-
tific Course offer instead of German, two years* work in Latin.
3. The degree of B. S. shall be conferred in June of the sixth year.
COURSE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING-
PRKSHMAN YBAR.
Fall Term, — French or German,* s.f Mathematics, 5. English, 2.
Drawing, 3. Military Drill, 3.
Winter Term, — French or German, 5. Mathematics, 5. English,
2. Drawing, 3. Military Drill, i.
Spring Term. — French or German, 5. Mathematics, 5. English,
2. Drawing, 3. Military Drill, 3.
SOPHOMORB YEAR.
Fall 7>rw.— German or English,* 3. Mathematics, 5. Surveying,
5. Physics, 5. Military Drill, 3.
* Note.— Sec Courses of Instni<5iion in Civil EnffineerinflT for Kquirement in
language.
t Note. —The numerals mean hours a week.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 86
Winter Term, — German or English, 3. Mathematics, 5. Descrip-
tive Geometry, 2. Mapping, 3. Physics, 5. Military Drill, i.
Spring Term. — German or English, 3. Mathematics, 5. Descrip-
tive Geometry, 2. Topographical Surveying, 3. Physics, 5. Mili-
tary Drill, 3.
JUNIOR YEAR.
Fall Term, — Eledlricity and Magnetism, 5. Analytical Mechanics,
2. Applied Mechanics, 3. Graphical Statics, 3. Railroad Curves, 3.
Steam Engine, 2. Military Drill, 3.
Winter Term. — Dynamo and Motor, 3. Resistance of Materials, 2.
Analytical Mechanics, 2. Applied Mechanics, 3. Graphical Statics,
3. Theory of Stresses, 3. Limes and Cements, 2. Military Drill, i.
Spring Term, — ^Thermodynamics, 3. Hydraulics, 5. Graphical
Statics, 4. Theory of Stresses, 5. Military Drill, 3.
SENIOR YEAR.
Fall Term. — Chemistry, 5. Sanitary Engineering, 2. Structural
Designing, 4. Geology, 2. Civil Engineering, 4. Military Drill, 3.
Winter Term, — Chemistry, 5. Sanitary Engineering, 2. Stru^ural
Designing, 3. Laboratory, 2. Geology, 2. Civil Engineering, 3.
Military Drill, i.
gyring Term, — Water Supply Engineering, 3. Specifications and
Contrails, 3. Geology, 2. Civil Engineering, 3. Laboratory, 2.
Strudlural Designing, 3. Thesis. Military Drill, 3.
COURSE IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING.
FRESHMAN YEAR.
Fall Term, — German or French, 5.t Mathematics, 5. English, 2.
Drawing, 3. Military Drill, 3.
Winter Term, — German or French, 5. Mathematics, 5. English,
2. Drawing, 3. Military Drill, i.
Spring Term, — German or French, 5. Mathematics, 5. English,
2. Drawing, 3. Military Drill, 3,
SOPHOMORE YEAR.
Fall Term, — French or German, 5. Physics, 5. Mathematics, 5.
English, 2. Military Drill, 3.
t Note.— The oumcrahi mean hours a week.
36 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Winter 7>rw.— Ft«ich or Gemun, 5. Physics, 5. Mathematics,
5. English, 2. Military Drill, i.
Spring 7>rwi.— French or German, 5. Ph3rsic8, 5. Mathematics, 5.
English, 2. MUitary Drill, 3.
JUNIOR YBAR.
Fall 7>rw.— Physics: ledbires, i, laboratory, 4. Chemistry, 5.
Analytical Mechanics, 3. Applied Mechanics, 2. Shop-work, 2.
Military Drill, 3,
Winter 7<Pf7ii.— Physics: ledhires, i, laboratory, 4, Chemistry, 5.
Anal3rtical Mechanics, 2, Applied Mechanics, 3. Shop-work, 2.
Military Drill, i.
Spring Term, — ^Diredl Current D3mamo, 3. Physical Laboratory, 2.
Chemistry, 5. Differential Equations, 3. Heat and Thermodynam-
ics, 2. Shop-work, 2. Military Drill, 3.
SENIOR YBAR.
Fall Term.— Theory of Ele&icity, Photometry; Ele<5bical Labora-
tory, 10. Draughting, 3. Steam Engine, 2. Military Drill, 3.
Winter Term. — Alternate Current Machinery, Ele^lrical Laboratory,
10. Draughting, 3. Strength of Materials, 2. Military Drill, i.
Spring Term. — Distribution and Transmission of EleAricity, Tele-
graph and Telephone, Ele<5lrical Laboratory, 10. Eledbochemistry,
5. Military Drill, 3.
Note. — One year of German and one of French are required.
Either may be taken during the Freshman year, to be succeeded by
the other in the Sophomore year. Ele<Strochemistry, being given only
during even-numbered years, will alternate with the Junior spring
term chemistry.
BACCALAUREATE DEGREES.
For each of the courses of study leading to a bachelor's degree four
years' work is required.
On completion of the regular courses, or of the special couiscs
approved by the Faculty, the following degrees are conferred:
Bachsi^or of Arts upon those who complete the Classical Course.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 87
Bachei^R op Phii^osophy upon those who complete the Philo-
sophical Cottise.
Bachbi,or op Scibncb upon those who complete the General
Scientific Course, or either of the Engineering Courses, or a special
course in science which has previously been approved by the Faculty.
See Combined Scientific and Medical Course.
The degree of Bachsi^r op Didactics is conferred upon graduates
in the r^ular courses who have completed the required work in
pedagogy and can show proof of two years* successful teaching after
graduation.
SPECIAL CERTIFICATES IN GERMAN AND
FRENCH.
Special Certificates as to scholarship in German or in French will be
granted under the authority of the Collegiate Faculty on the following
conditions:
1. They shall be issued to students of this University on or after
graduation only.
2. They shall be in the nature of an authorized guaranty as to
scholarship in German or in French.
3. They shall be issued only after at least three years of full work
(to represent ^i'^ hours of ledtures and recitations a week or an equiv-
alent) in one of these subjects.
4. Candidates must pass a final examination in the subjedt in
which the certificate is desired.
5. The examination must be conduced by the professor in chaige
of the subje^, assisted by such other instrudlors as may be agreed
upon by him and the President of the University.
6. These certificates will be signed by the President and by the
professor immediately concerned.
COyRSES OF INSTRUCTION.
LATIN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.
Professor Curribr; Assistant Professor Pottbr, Miss Hughes.
z. Cicero and Vergil. Cicero's Orations and Veigil*sAeneid. With
the Aeneid is given a course in mythology. For students in Course
Philosophical B as indicated on page 32. Miss Hughes.
Throughout the year.
a. LiYj, CicerOy Vergil and Terence. Fall: Livy, Seledtions from
Books I, XXI and XXII. Winter: Cicero's De Sene<ftute or De
Amicitia and Seledled Letters, with outline of Roman Literature.
Spring: Terence's Phormio and Vergil's Georgics II or IV. Gram-
mar, writing Latin and sight reading during the year. Those who
show marked proficiency in writing Latin during the fall term are
allowed an option of easy Latin to be read under the dire<5Hon of the
instrudlor during the winter and spring terms. Assistant Professor
Potter and Miss Hughes.
Throughout the year, Mon., Tu., Wed., Th., at 10, 11 and 1:30.
3. Cicero and Horace. Fall: Cicero's Tusculan Disputations.
Winter and spring: Horace's Odes, Satires and Epistles. This course
is mainly occupied with the literary side of the authors studied. Pro-
fessor Currier.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 9.
4. Pliny and Tacitiis. Selected Letters of Pliny. Tacitus' Germania
and Agricola. This course is principally literary and historical. As
much attention is given to the Latinity of the Silver Age as is needful
for the imderstanding and appreciation of the authors. Assistant
Professor POTTER.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 9.
5. Cicero, Quintilian and Tacitns. Fall: Cicero's De Oratore.
Winter: Quintilian, Books X and XII. Spring: Tacitus' De Ora-
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 39
toribus. Particular attention will be paid to literary criticisms as
exemplified in these authors. Professor CuRRiHR.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 8.
6. Tacitus and Seneca. Pall and winter: Tacitus, selections from
the Annals and Histories. Spring: Seneca's Morals and Letters.
Professor Currier.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 8.
Courses 5 and 6 are given in alternate years.
7. Plantns. Three plays. The treatment is mainly literary with
due attention to metres and ante-classical forms and construdtions.
Assistant Professor PoT^SR.
Pall term, three hours a week.
8. Early Latin Inscriptions and Poetry. Assistant Professor Potter.
Pall term, three hoiurs a week.
Courses 7 and 8 are given in alternate years.
9. Lttcretiiia and Catullus. Assistant Professor PoTTKR.
Winter term, three hours a week.
ID. Cicero's Letters. Advanced course. Assistant Professor Pot-
ter.
Winter term, three hours a week.
Courses 9 and 10 are given in alternate years.
XX. Juvenal and Martial. Assistant Professor Potter.
Spring term, two hours a week.
X3. TibnlluB and Propertius. Assistant Professor Potter.
Spring term, two hours a week.
Courses 11 and 12 are given in alternate years.
X3. Seminary in Caesar, Cicero and Vergil. This is intended to
meet the needs of prospe<^ve Latin teachers and others who wish to
gain some familiarity with the methods of original research. The
fall term is devoted to syntactical and historical studies covering
Caesar's Gallic War (seven books). The work of the winter term is
mainly historical, and deals with Cicero's career as an orator. One
half of the term is devoted to a study of the conspiracy of Catiline
which is based laxgely on Sallust. Vergil's Aeneid complete is studied
in the spring term mainly on the literary side. Assistant Professor
Potter.
40 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
14. a. d. History of Roman Literature. The reading by the class
of seledtions from all the principal Latin writers will be supple-
mented by informal lectures on the history of the literature. Assist-
ant Professor Potter.
Fall and winter terms two hours a week.
14. c, Latin Syntax. Introdu^ion to the study of historical
syntax. Assistant Professor PoTTBR.
Spring term, two hours a week.
Courses 13 and 14 are given in alternate years.
15. Roman Antiquities. A systematic study of private life and of
legal and political Antiquities. Professor CURRIBR.
Throughout the year, two hour a week at 2:30.
16. Seminary in Archaeology. For 1899-1900 the subje6k will be
the Topography and Archseology of Rome and the vicinity. Professor
Currier.
17. Cicero, Livy and Ovid. Sight reading of suitable selections.
Professor CURRIBR.
Throughout the year, one hour a week.
Courses 5 and 6 are open to students who have completed Courses
2 and 3 or 4, and must precede the other courses offered. Course 16 is
intended for graduate students, and Courses 5 — 17 are open to them.
GREEK LANGUAGE AND I^ITERATURE.
ASSISTANT Professor Cali,.
For the present a course in Goodwin's Greek Grammar, White's
First Greek Book and Xenophon's Anabasis will be given to students
who enter without the required preparation in Greek.
Throughout the year, daily at 11.
z. Zenophon, Lysias and Homer. Fall: Xenophon's Anabasis
with written exercises based on the text read, and review of grammar.
Winter: aeleA orations of Lysias, social customs and political insti-
tutions. Spring: Homer's Iliad with study of Homeric times and the
history and charadler of Greek epic poetry.
Throughout the year, daily at 10.
COLI/EGIATB DEPARTMENT. 41
a. Herodotns, Plato and Demosthenes. Fall: selections from
Herodotus. Winter: Plato's Apology with sight reading from Xeno-
phon's Memorabilia. Spring: Demosthenes' Oration on the Crown.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 9.
3. Greek Tragedy. Fall: Aeschylus' Prometheus Bound. Winter:
Sophocles' Antigone. Spring: Euripides' Alcestis. With this course
are required supplementary readings from other tragedies and reports
on the origin, literary form, and representation of Greek tragedy.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 8.
4. Late Greek. Fall: New Testament. Winter: Plutarch's Peri-
des. Spring: Sudan's Dialogues. Homer's Odyssey may be substi-
tuted for Plutarch.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 9.
5. Greek Poetry. A course in Greek poetry through translations
will be given to students who have no knowledge of Greek. Fall:
epic poetry. Winter: dramatic poetry. Spring: lyric poetry.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 8.
Course i is required of students in the Classical Course. Courses 2,
3 and 4 are open to students who have completed Course i.
GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.
Propkssor Wh^on; Mr. Sturm, Dr. EiiSTMAN.
In the instruction in the German language the first year is spent in
laying a broad foundation for the future work. At the beginning of
the second year it is expedted that the student will be able to read the
literature with some degree of appreciation, and from this time on the
ability to understand and to appreciate the great masterpieces of Ger-
man literature is the main objedt in view; at the same time, however,
the origin and history of words, and the relation that the German
language bears to the English tongue are studied and explained. But
the courses are, as a whole, literary rather than strictiy philological or
linguifltic. Sight-translation, translating at hearing, writing from
didiation, and conversation, as means to a proper SprachgefueM^ form
a part of the work.
42 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
As stated elsewhere, an equivalent of the work required in the
Freshman year, Course i, will be accepted, and students coming so
prepared will be admitted, on examination, to Course 2. Course i
represents from four to six terms of ordinary high school work.
Courses i, 2, 3, and 4, are Freshman, Sophomore, Junior, and Senior
respedtively, and must be taken in the order of the numerals. Courses
5 and 6 are advanced courses, but are open to persons who have done
at least i, 2, and 3, or an equivalent, and have made a high record
during the three years. These six courses run through the entire
collegiate year and are offered every year.
X. Grammar and Reading. Thomas's Pra^cal German Grammar
with constant pradlice in writing German, Storm's Immensee, Baiun-
bach's Nicotiana, and Heyse's L*Arrabbiata. Six sediions. Mr.
Sturm, and Dr. Eastman.
Throughout the year, daily.
a. Freytag, Goethe, and Schiller. Fall: Freytag's Die Joumalisten
with a review of the grammar. Winter: Goethe's Hermann und
Dorothea, or Egmont, and composition. Spring: Schiller's Jungfrau
von Orleans, and composition. Four sediions. Professor Wilson,
Mr. Sturm, and Dr. Eastman.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Fri.
3. German Authors of the Nineteenth Century, and German Lyrics.
Fall: Scheffel's Ekkehard, and readings in German on the literature
of the nineteenth centiu*y. Winter: Heine's Prose, and readings from
Heine's Poetry by the instrudlor. Spring: Buchheim's Deutsche
Lyrik, and ledlures on German verse with special reference to the
l3^c poets studied. The work of this term is intended to give a
general idea of the historical development of the German lyric from
the sixteenth century to the present. Professor Wilson.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 11.
4. Goethe, Leasing, and Hiatory of German Literature. Fall:
Goethe's Faust, Part I, with an outline of Part II. Winter: Lessing's
Nathan der Weise. Spring: The History of German Literature.
This term's work gives a general view of the development of German
literature from the earliest times to the nineteenth century, special
attention being paid to the two classic periods of the twelfth and
COLIvEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 48
eighteentli centuries. Francke's Social Forces in German Literature
is used as a text-book, which is supplemented by reports on assigned
reading. Professor Wilson.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at ii.
5. German Semiiuiiy. For the study and discussion of the works
of special periods or of special movements. The Faust Books, Mar-
lowe's Faustus, Goethe's Faust, and the Romantic School are some of
the subjedls that have been studied. This course is primarily for
graduate and advanced students. Admission by personal application.
The course counts as a half credit each term. When the majority of
applicants so ele(5l, this work may be made a course in Advanced
German Composition. Professor W1130N.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 9.
6. Middle High German. Fall: Otis's Introdu(5tion to Middle High
German, including the seledlions from the Nibelimgenlied, and Paul's
Mittelhochdeutsche Grammatik. Winter: seledlions from Hartmann
von Aue's Der arme Heinrich. Spring: Middle High German lyric
poetry, principally the poems of Walther von der Vogelweide. This
course is primarily for graduate and advanced students, especially
those who expedl to teach German. Professor WII^SON.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 10.
Special Certificates as to scholarship in German are granted on or
after graduation on conditions stated elsewhere in this Catalogue.
The minimum amount of work reqiured for such certificates is repre-
sented by Courses i, 2, 3, and two chosen from 4, 5, and 6, but it is
recommended that candidates make preparation in all these Courses.
For additional courses in German see under the head of Courses of
Study for Graduates.
FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.
Profbssor Van Stbendb&Bn; Mr. Parnsworth.
I. Elementary French. Grammar, reading, composition and con-
versation: French Grammar, Joynes's Fairy Tales, I^ewis's Michel
44 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
Strogoff, Fontaine's Led^ures Conrantes, Herdler's Scientific Reader.
Pour se<5tions. Mr. Parnsworth, and Professor Van Stskmdb&BN.
Throughout the year, daily.
a. French Composition. Written and spoken composition. Grand-
gent's Prench Composition and M6thode Berlitz, Part 11. Two
se<5lions. Professor Van ST9BN09RSN, and Mr. Parnsworth.
Pall term, Mon., Wed., Pri.
3. Intermediate French. Reading and composition. Dumas' Les
Trois Mousquetaires, Vidior Hugo's Hemani and Les Misdrables.
Grandgent's Composition continued. Two sedUons. Professor Van
Stbbndsrbn, and Mr. Parnsworth.
Winter and spring terms, Mon., Wed., Pri.
4. History of French Literature. A reading course with ledtures,
recommended to be taken with courses 2 and 3. Aubert's Litt^rature
Pran^aise, Montaigne's De 1' Institution des Enfans. Professor Vak
Stbbndrrbn.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th.
5. Modem French Authors. Each student reads and paraphrases
about six representative works by different authors. The University
library provides these works. Portier's Sept Grands Auteurs du
XlXcSi^cle and Mell6's Contemporary Prench Writers. Professor
Van Stbbndbrbn.
Pall and winter terms, Mon., Wed.
6. Advanced French Composition and Syntax. Leune's Difficult
Modem Prench. Pree composition on subjedbs assigned. Professor
Van Stbbndbrbn.
Spring term, Mon., Wed.
7. French Classical Drama and Fables. Comeille's Le Cid and
Horace; Racine's Athalie, Moli^re's Les Pemmes Savantes and Le
Tartuffe, La Pontaine's Pables. Professor Van Stbbndbrbn.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th.
8. Seminary. Nineteenth century Prench literature. Professor
Van Stbbndbrbn.
Throughout the year, Tu.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 45
9. Seminary. Seventeenth century French literature. Professor
Van Stbbndsrbn. Tu.
Only one of these Seminaries will be given in 1899-1900.
ID. Spanish. Ramsey's Text-book of Modem Spanish. Ramsey's
Elementary Spcuiish Reader. Dona Perfecta, Don Quijote.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Fri.
Courses 2 and 3, 5, and 6 are to be taken together. Course 10 can
be taken only with or after course i.
Special Certificates as to scholarship in French are granted on or
after graduation on conditions explained elsewhere in this Catalogue.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.
Phopbssor Rbsvrs; Mr. Cook, Mr. Kbi«i«y.
The organization of the following courses has in view the study of
English as a means of expression, as a literature, and as a language.
The first and most important of these courses, the rhetorical, under-
takes to enlarge and strengthen the student's own power of expres-
sion. Constant writing is required in the Freshman year, and the
criticism, both oral and written, is dire<5led to the individual needs of
the student. Informal personal conferences are added to the work of
the class, and every effort is made to enable the student to form a
clear, forcible and sensible style.
In the study of English as literature a general survey from Old
English times to the present is first required of all Sophomores.
After this course has been completed the student may ele&, more
special work. In the Junior and Senior years the study is about
equally divided between the matter involved in the text, and the
manner or style in which the text is written. Soynd principles of
criticism, analytic and constru<5live, are insisted upon, while outside
reading of other masterpieces, with written reports, is designed for
cultivation of the student's taste and judgment.
The study of the language itself is closely connedled with both the
rhetorical and the literary study of English. The characteristic
changes in phonology, grammar, spelling, syntax and vocabulary, are
46 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
studied historically, and representatiye texts in Anglo-Saxon, Middle
English and Early Modem English are read in class.
The graduate work in English, while presupposing a knowledge of
the principal courses in the CoUegiate Department, may be arranged
to the needs of the student and thus permit him to offer one or more
ele<itives in studying for an advanced degree. The Seminary subje<ft
for 1899-1900 will be Shakespere and Elizabethan Drama.
Candidates for all baccalaureate degrees are required to complete
two years of English, or six terms of two hours a week. Freshmen
will take Course i, and Sophomores, Course 4. Those who are pre-
paring to teach English will be expe<5led to take Course 12 in addition
to some of the ele<5iive courses in literature. Law students wishing to
take work in English will find Course 9 especially helpful, and also
the rhetorical practice in Exposition and Argumentation.
( I ) COMPOSITION AND KHHTO&IC.
1. Constmctiye Rhetoric. Recitations and semi-weekly themes.
Five se<5lions. Required of Freshmen. Mr. Cook and Mr. Kbi.i«y.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
2. Ad Yanced Composition. Leisures. Wendeirs English Composi-
tion, and suggestive works of style. Tri-weekly and fortnightly
themes. Open to those only who have attained grade A in Course i,
and who wish to add to the training of that course. Mr. Cook.
Fall and winter terms, two hours a week.
3. Versification. Practice in metrical composition in the fixed
forms of verse such as the heroic couplet, blank verse, Spenserian
stanza, ode, rondeau, sonnet, ballad and song. Analysis of the best
examples of these forms in English poetry. Informal discussion of
artistic questions. Open to those who have had Course 2. Mr. Cook.
Spring term, two hours a week.
(2) BNGUSH I.ITERATURB.
4. English Literature. General survey from earliest times to the
present. Recitation and reports. Four se<5lions. Required of Soph-
omores. Professor Rbeves, Mr. Cook and Mr. Kbucy.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
5. Chaucer's Poetry. A study in fourteenth century art. Open to
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 47
those who have had the training of Course 4 in Chaucer grammar
and pronunciation. Lectures; Skeat's The Student's Chaucer. Mr.
Cook.
Spring term, two hours a week.
6. English Minor. Five hours a week. Professor Rbbves. Old
English, Monday and Tuesday . Middle English , Tuesday and Thurs-
day. English Language, Friday.
7. English Major. Five hours a week. Professor Rbbv^.
Nineteenth Century Prose. Monday and Wednesday.
Nineteenth Century Poetry. Tuesday and Thursday.
Milton. Friday.
8. English Seminary. Shakespere and Elizabethan Drama. Pro-
fessor Rkevbs.
9. English Literature of the Eighteenth Century. Ledlures and
reports on assigned readings of masterpieces and standard criticism.
Junior and Senior eledlive. Mr. Kbi«i«y.
Fall and winter terms, two hours a week.
ID. American Literature. Le<5lures, recitations and reports on
assigned readings. General survey of both poetry and prose, includ-
ing political literature and oratory. Mr. Kbixy.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
11. Gothic and Old Saxon. Graduate Course. Professor Rbbvbs.
12. Teacher's Course. In the spring term a course of ledlures for
teachers of English in secondary schools will be given, one hour a
week. The course will include historical grammar, syntax, pho-
nology, and methods of studying literature and constru<flive rhetoric.
Professor Rbbvbs.
For prizes in English see general subjedi of prizes.
ELOCUTION.
Mrs. Partridgb.
I. Elementary Vocal Training. Studies in phonics with reference
to articulation, and the eradication of faults of speech or voice; de-
velopment of breath control for artistic voice produdiion; studies of
the fadiors of speech, the timbre of the voice; stress as applied to
48 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
tones, emphasis and accent, with sele<5tions adapted for illustration
and analysis; studies in gesture; readings from standard authors.
This course is open to Collegiate Freshmen, and Junior Law stu-
dents.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
a. Vocal Expression. Elementary Principles of Vocal Expression;
correal mental adlion in reading and speaking; studies and presenta-
tions from speeches and forms of the drama, to develop the powers
of conception and the ability to express every phase of human expe-
rience as a means of securing simplicity and naturalness in all kinds of
speaking. Le<5lures on problems in vocal expression. Study of mono-
logues, impersonations, and miscellaneous sele^ions, with individual
criticism. This course is open to Sophomores who have completed
Course i.
Throughout the year, one hour a week. Each student receives in
addition to class exercises a private rehearsal each week.
3. Oratory. Application of the principles of expression to the
oratory of the bar; special exercises for the development of extempo-
raneous speaking; study of orations with the methods employed by
leading orators; sele<Slions from Shakespere's tragedies and comedies as
one of the best means of studying human charadler, studies in gesture
for developing self-control and spontaneity of adlion. This course is
open to Senior Law students.
Pall and winter terms, two hours a week.
HISTORY.
Professor WiZrCox; Dr. Kaye.
I. History of Oreeci. Text-book and lectures. This cowik is
intended primarily for members of the Preshman class. Dr. Katb.
Pall term, two hours a week. .
a. History of Rome. Text-book and ledlures. This work consists
of two parts: The History of the Roman Republic in the winter term,
and the History of the Roman Empire in the spring term. The work
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 49
of both terms is designed for members of the Freshman class. Dr.
Kayb.
Winter and spring terms, two hours a week.
3. History of Uedisval Bnrope. Text-book and lectures. This
course is intended primarily for members of the Sophomore class and
presupposes acquaintance with the History of Greece and Rome. The
course is divided into three parts to correspond with the three terms
of the University year. The first part, constituting the work of the
fall term, extends from the final overthrow of the western Roman
empire in 476 A. D. to the death of Charles the Great, 814 A. D. The
work of the winter and spring terms traces the downfall of the Caro-
ling^an system and its gradual reconstru<5lion into Modem Europe.
Dr. Kayb.
Three terms, two hours a week.
4. History of the Jews. Ledlures and special assignments. A
history of the Hebrew people from the earliest times to the destrudlion
of Jerusalem by the Romans. This course is designed to give a
general view of the progress of Oriental civilization and to trace the
development and significance of the great Semitic Religions. Atten-
tion will be dire<5led to other eastern nations with a view to illustrat-
ing their political and institutional relation to the Jews. This course
is open only to those who have taken Courses i and 2, or their
equivalents. Dr. Kayb.
Fall and winter terms, two hours a week.
5. Constitiitioiud History of England. Analyses and le<Slures. This
course is intended for members of the Junior and Senior classes only.
As much previous work as possible in Ancient and Mediseval History
should be taken before beginning it. Professor Wii<cox.
Three terms, three hours a week.
6. Constitutional History of the United States. Le^ures. This
course is designed for Senior and graduate students. The course
embraces, during the fall term, the study of the origin and develop-
ment of the constitution of the United States from preceding political
forms. The winter and spring terms finish the work with a study of
the working of the United States Government under the constitution
from 1789 to the present. Professor Wii^ox.
Three terms, three hours a week.
60 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
7. The French Rerolntioii, and the Napoleonic En, This oouise is
designed for Senior and graduate students. Considerable work in
Mediaeval History is an indispensable prerequisite. Professor Wiixx>x.
Pall and winter terms, two hours a week.
8. The Nineteenth Centory History of Sorope. This is a sequel to
Course 7 or its equivalent, and is open to the same classes of advanced
students. Professor Wilcox.
Spring term, two hours a week.
9. Seminary in English History. This course is intended primarily
for graduate students who are qualified to specialize in English His-
tory. Those Senior students who have had Course 4 and are capable
of doing original and independent work will be admitted to this Sem-
inary. Professor Wii^oz.
Three terms, two hours a week.
ID. Seminary in United States History. This course is also primarily
designed for graduate students, but exceptions are made similar to
those specified for Course 9. Professor W11.COX.
Three terms, two hours a week.
All the courses in History, including the two Seminaries, are given
each year. There are no alternating courses.
All courses in History are eledlive. Admission to the courses is con-
ditioned only upon the qualifications of the candidate who desires to
take them.
Students are advised to plan their historical work so that it will be
logical in its order of sequence. Students who intend to emphasize
historical work in college are uiged to make careful preparation in
History in preparatory schools.
In arranging the courses in History in the University, the attempt
has been made to present the entire field of historical study with ref-
erence to logical and chronological sequence, so that no period shall
be n^le<Sled and each period be treated in the light of what goes
before and what comes after.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 61
POLITICAI. SCIENCE.
Propbssor Loos; Dr. Patterson.
The several subjects in charge of the professor of political science
are here grouped under the following headings: (i) Political Econ-
omy, (2) Sociology and Fblitical Philosophy. The courses of the first
group are, in the main, Junior and Senior ele<Stives, while those of the
second are open only to Seniors and graduate students. Exceptions
to these rules may be made in individual cases by the special permis-
sion of the professor in charge.
All the courses under the first group, except i and 2, presuppose
some knowledge of the general principles of political economy as laid
down in the manuals by Walker or Mill. Students who are not thus
prepared are required to take Course 2 (not Course i ) as a preparation
for the other courses in economics; Course 4, 5 or 7, may, however, be
taken at the same time with Course 2, during the fall term, and 5, 6,
or 8 during the winter and spring terms. Candidates for admission to
advanced courses should in all cases consult the professor in charge
before scheduling.
POLITICAL ECONOMY.
I. Economic History. After an introdudlory study of primitive
man and primitive civilization (Starr's First Steps in Human Progress)
the course will occupy itself mainly with the development of trades
and manufadlures in Europe (Gibbins's Industry in England), and
later with the industrial development of the United States (Wright's
Industrial Evolution of the United States). Open to Sophomores.
Dr. Patterson.
Fall term, Tu., Th., at 8.
a. Economics. An introdudtion to the study of political economy.
Order of topics: The nature and scope of economic science, funda-
mental economic concepts; the organization of industry; the theory of
value, and the distribution of wealth; the functions of government.
Text-book and ledlures. Open to Juniors and to special students.
Professor Loos and Dr. Patterson.
Fall term, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 11.
52 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
This course will be repeated daring the second half of the year when
it will be in charge of Dr. Patterson. Two hours, with an occasional
third hour for hearing reports on assigned topics.
Winter and spring terms, Tu., Th., at 8.
3. Finance, Currency, and Banking in the United States. Le^ures
on the financial history of the United States including a discussion of
the currencies and a study of banks and banking. Professor Loos.
Winter term, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 11.
Note. — Courses 2 and 3, given each year, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 11
during the fall and winter terms respedlively, are followed in the
spring term at the same hour, by a course in International Law. See
below. Course 15.
4. Statistics. Le<5lures and investigation. A study of population
in Europe and America, grouped under the heads: stru<5lure of the
population, numbers, density, races and nationalities, sex, age, conju-
gal condition, and occupation. Growth of population: natural in-
crease; births, intensity; sexes, nationality; marriages, intensity, age,
productivity; deaths, intensity, sex, age, causes, epidemics and sui-
cides. Immigration and emigration. Population in its economic
aspe<^, agriculture, mining, manufadluring, commerce, railroads,
banks, money, prices, wages, consumption. Population in its social
aspedls, education, pauperism and crime.
Readings in the literature of the subjedl will be assigned, and
special care taken to acquaint the student with the pra<^ical use of
the principal governmental publications bearing on the subjedts dis-
cussed. Dr. Patterson.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 11.
5. History of Political Economy. The history of political economy
before, and including, Adam Smith, with introductory leClures on
culture history. Beginning with a brief reference to primitive, ancient,
and mediaeval systems of industry and economic ideas, the course will
occupy itself with a closer study of the modem era, the writings of
the mercantilists, of the physiocrats, and of Adam Smith and his
precursors. Throughout this course, and in the one which follows,
careful attention will be given to the relations of political economy to
political philosophy. Professor Loos.
Fall term, Tu., Th.. at 10.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 68
6. The Industrial Reyolntion, and Modem Social Questions. An
elementary course in recent economic history and theory. An analysis
of the industrial revolution with le<5lure8 on the rise of the classical
school of political economy, modem socialism, contemporary eco-
nomic schools, and recent tendencies in legislation. Professor Loos.
Winter and spring terms, Tu., Th., at lo.
7. Pnblic Finance. A study in state expenditure, state income,
and state debts. The class will read Bastable's Public Finance. Open
to those who have taken Course 2 or its equivalent. Professor Loos
or Dr. Patterson.
Fall term, Tu., Th., at 9.
8. Transportation. The course will deal chiefly with railways;
railroad oxganization and management, explanation of terms in com-
mon use in railroad accounts and reports, history of railroad develop-
ment, discussion of rates, competition, discrimination, and state man-
agement (Hadley*s Railroad Transportation), the commission system
— «tate and inter-state. Dr. PaTTB&SON.
Winter and spring terms, Tu., Th., at 9.
9. The Principles of Economics. The development of the classical
political economy will be carefully studied. Special attention will be
given also to the mathematical work of Jevons and other writers, and
to the recent contributions of the Austrian school. Professor Mar-
shall's Principles of Economics will be used as a text. For Seniors
and graduate students. Dr. PaTTBRSOn.
ThxY>ughout the year, hours to be appointed.
10. Debating Course. May be counted also as an English eledlive.
Seledled topics in economics and politics. Mr. Kbixy and Dr. Pat-
terson.
Fall and winter, hours to be appointed.
SOCIOLOGY AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY.
IX. Sociology. Part I: Ledlures during the fall term on the
primary favors and forces of social phenomena. Special attention is
given to the earliest phases of political organization. Part II: In the
winter term, police, pauperism, crime, and sanitation receive special
attention. The close relation of the so-called pradltcal sociology to
64 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
the Gennaii Verwaltungslehre will be pointed out. Open to Seniors
and graduates. Professor Loos.
Fall and winter terms, Mon., Wed., Fri., at lo.
12. Municipal Goyemment. A study of municipal government with
particular reference to the economic and social problems of modem
cities. The course is designed especially for those who have taken the
course in Sociology, but it is open to any student who has taken
Economics 2, or Politics I. Professor Loos.
Spring term, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 10..
13. Roman Municipalities. Le<Siures. For Seniors and graduates.
Professor Rohbach.
Fall or winter term, two hours to be appointed.
14. Political Philosophy. A study of political philosophy with
special reference to modem conditions and problems. Ledlures with
assigned readings in Herbert Spencer, Leroy-Beaulieu, and other
modem writers during the fall term, followed by a brief sketch of tlie
history of the theory of the state — classical, mediaeval, and modem,
with some notice of state forms and the elements of legal history,
during the winter term, and a more special examination of the current
dogmas of individualism and socialism during the spring term. Pro-
fessor Loos.
Throughout the year, hours to be appointed.
15. International Law. A text-book course on International Law
(Lawrence, The Principles of International Law) with le<^ures on
diplomacy and foreign relations. This course is offered for 1900, and
alternates with Chancellor McClain's course in International Law,
namely, a course of le<5lures with recitations in Snow's Cases in Inter-
national Law (See Courses of Study for Seniors in Law Department);
the latter course was given in 1899. Professor Loos.
Spring term, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 11.
and AduiiiiistiBtion, I'sycliohff
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 55
GOVERNMENT AND ADMINISTRATION.
Profbssor Shambaugh.
To indicate clearly the order in which the several subjedls in
Government and Administration are presented for purposes of uni-
versity instrudtion. the principal subjedis are first grouped into four
general courses, namely: Politics I, Politics II, Politics III, and Politics
IV. Then, to indicate more clearly the scope and treatment of the
several subje<5ls, a specific statement is made of each subjedl viewed
as an independent course.
Politics I. Historical and Descriptive Politics. A study, historical
and descriptive, of the leading governments of ancient and modem
times. This is a comparative study of political institutions, wherein
the more general and obvious phases of political phenomena will be
presented. Historical and Descriptive Politics is here regarded as the
ftmdamental course in Government and Administration. Open to all
students except Freshmen.
Throughout the year, three hours, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 8.
Politics n. Principles of Government in the United States! A
study of the principles of American government — national, common-
wealth, and local. Fall term: History of Constitutional Government
in the United States, including a detailed analysis of leading state
papers, e. g., colonial charters, plans for union, commonwealth con-
stitutions, etc. Winter term: American Constitutional Law, wherein
the principles of Government in the United States will be discussed
from the standpoint of judicial interpretation. Spring term: Local
Government in the United States. The course in Local Government
will alternate with a course in Political Parties in the United States.
Open to Juniors and Seniors.
Throughout the year, three hours, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 9.
Politics HI. Political Theory, and Comparatiye Constitutional Law.
A study of the general and theoretical aspecSls of political phenomena.
Fall term: Outlines of a system of political theory. Winter term:
Comparative Constitutional Law, wherein the theoretical aspe<^ of the
constitutions of England, France, Germany, and the United States
66 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA,
will be considered. Spring term: Papers on seledled topiqs in Polit-
ical Theory and Comparative Constitutional Law will be prepared and
read by the students. This is an advanced course for Seniors and
graduates.
Throughout the year, two hours, Tuesday evening.
Politics IV. American Political Theory. A study in the history of
political theory in the United States, wherein the writings of Hamil-
ton, Madison, Washington, Jefferson, John Adams, Clay, Webster,
Calhoun, and Lincoln will be read and discussed. This is an advanced
course. Only a limited number of students are admitted.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 9.
z. Historical and Descriptive Politics. A study, historical and
descriptive, of the leading governments of ancient and modem times.
This is a comparative study of political institutions, wherein the more
general and obvious phases of political phenomena will be presented.
Fall term: The theory of evolution as a working basis in the study of
Historical Politics; some general considerations in Anthropology;
primitive institutions of the Indo-Europeans; the origin of govern-
ment; the political institutions of the ancient Greeks; the political
institutions of the Romans. Winter term: Roman Law — ^four weeks;
Feudalism; the government of France; the governments of Germany —
the Empire and Prussia. Spring term: the government of Switzer-
land— federal and cantonal; the government of England. Open to all
students except Freshmen.
Throughout the year, three hours, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 8.
a. History of Constitutional Government in the United States.
A study of the sources and early development of the principles of
government in the United States. Herein the development of
colonial governments, the growth of federalism, and the establishment
of the first commonwealth governments will receive special considera-
tion. The following documents will receive detailed analysis: colonial
charters, plans for union. Articles of Confederation, Declaration of
Independence, the first commonwealth constitutions and the Constitu-
tion of the United States. Open to Juniors and Seniors.
Fall term, three hours, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 9.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 57
3. American Constitational Law. A study wherein the principles
of government in the United States will be discussed from the stand-
point of judicial interpretation. The students will read and report
upon seledled cases in Constitutional Law. Open to Juniors and
Seniors.
Winter term, three hours, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 9.
4. Local Goyermnent. A study of Ix>cal Government in the United
States, wherein the development of the several forms of township,
coimty , and township-county government will receive special consider-
ation. This course will alternate with the course in Political Parties.
Open to Juniors and Seniors.
Spring term, three hours, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 9.
5. Political Pariiaa. A study in the practical workings of American
government, wherein the history, organization, operation,and influence
of political parties will be discussed. This course will alternate with
the course in Local Government. Open to Juniors and Seniors.
Spring term, three hours, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 9.
6. American Political Theory. A study in the history of political
theory in the United States, wherein the writings of Hamilton, Mad-
ison, Washington, Jefferson, John Adams, Clay, Webster, Calhoun,and
Lincoln will be read and discussed. This is an advanced course, and
is offered for those students who desire to make a more exhaustive
study of American Government than is possible in the general course,
Politics II. Only a limited number of students are admitted.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 9.
7. Goremment in Iowa. A study, historical and descriptive, of the
political institutions of the commonwealth of Iowa.
Spring term, two hours.
8. Political Theory. In this course an attempt will be made to
pi^esent an outline of a system of pure political theory. An advanced
course for Seniors and graduates. Seminary plan.
Fall term, two hours, Tuesday evening.
9. ComparatiTe Constitntional Law. A comparative study of the
constitutions of England, France, Germany, and the United States,
wherein the general and theoretical aspects of government will be con-
sidered. An advanced course for Seniors and graduates.
Winter term, two hours, Tuesday evening.
58 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
10. AdminitftratiTe Law. A oomparative study of Administrative
Law in France, Germany, England, and the United States. An
advanced course for graduates.
One term, two hours.
XX. Soman Law. A course of about twelve le<5bires on the history
and principles of the Roman Law. These leisures are given in con-
nedtion with and as a part of the general course. Politics I. See above.
PHILOSOPHY.
Propbssor Patrick: Assistant Professor Seashorb.
I. Deductive Logic. An elementary course. Text-book: Jevons*s
Elementary Lessons in Log^c, with reading in Welton*s Logic and
Miirs Logic. Professor Patrick.
Fall term, two sediions, Tu., Th.
a. Inductive Logic. An intxt)du(5lory course on scientific method.
Ledlures, with supplementary reading in Mill's Logic, Jevons*s Prin-
ciples of Science and Welton's Logic. Professor Patrick.
Winter term, Tu., Th.
3. Ethics. An elementary course. The reading of Mackenzie's
Manual of Ethics will be accompanied by lectures. Dr. Sbashors.
Spring term, two sections, Tu., Th.
4. General Psychology. This course will be introduced by a series
of twenty leisures upon the nervous system, the localization of brain
f un<Slion, and the structure of the organs of the special senses. Tlie
le^ures on general psychology will be accompanied throughout the
year by demonstrations with apparatus from the psychological labora-
tory. Professor Patrick and Dr. Sbashorb.
Students wishing to take five hours a week in psychology may sup-
plement this course by Course 5 and Course 6.
Throughout the year, two se<5lions, Mon., Wed., Fri.
5. Laboratory Course in Bzperimental Psychology. A theoretical
and pra<5tical course in psycholog^ical experiment. The exercises aie
so arranged as to familiarize the student with the methods and the
COLI.EGIATE DEPARTMENT. 59
apparatus of typical experiments in each of the approved lines of
psychological research. The students perform the experiments, and
report and discuss the results and literature on each subjedl. Labora-
tory work and reports. Dr. Sbashorb.
This course may be taken with or in sequence to Course 4, and may
be followed in the spring term by Course 6.
Fall and winter terms, Tu., 2:30 to 3:30, Th., 2:30 to 4:30.
6. Abnormal Psychology. Hypnosis, sleep, alterations of per-
sonality, automatism, hallucinations and illusions, and the psychology
of the abnormal and defective classes will be discussed. Ledlures,
with required reading. Prerequisite, Course 4. Dr. Sbashorb.
Spring term, Tu., Th.
7. History of Philosophy. A course in Greek, mediaeval, and
modem philosophy. The fall term will be devoted to pre-Socratic
Greek philosophy and to Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle. Plato's Re-
public will be read and carefully studied. Each member of the class
will read and report upon one other of the Platonic dialogues. In the
winter term the work will include medieval philosophy and modem
philosophy as far as Hume. The spring term will be devoted to Kant
and German Philosophy of the nineteenth century. Professor Pat-
rick.
This course may be supplemented by Course 8.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Pri.
8. Seminary in Philosophy. Papers and discussion upon special
problems in philosophy. The following plan is proposed for the year
1899-1900: Fall term, special study of materialistic theories of reality.
Winter term, mysticism. Spring term, theism and anti-theistic
theories. This course is primarily for graduates. It may be taken by
undergraduates by special permission. Professor Patrick.
Throughout the year, two hours.
9. Special Research in Psychology. Original investigation of special
problems in psychology. Laboratory work and theses. The results
of these investigations, if of sufficient worth, will be published in the
University of loTva Studies in Psychology, This course is primarily
for graduates, but may be taken by undergraduates who have had
Courses 4 and 5. Dr. Sbashorb and Professor Patrick.
Throughout the year, hours to be arranged with instruAors. —
60 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
zo. Deyelopment of Mind. This will be a course in genetic psy-
chology. It will include an introdudlion on comparative psychology,
the methods and results of psychological experiments upon children,
and the laws of mental development in general so far as such laws
have been gained. This course is primarily for graduates. Dr. Sba-
SHORB.
Spring term, Tu., Th.
For the convenience of students wishing to make each year's work
in this department continuous throughout the year, the following
combinations of courses are suggested:
Courses i, 2 and 3, two hours, through three terms.
Course 4, three hours, through three terms.
Course 5, and 6 or 10, two hours, through three terms.
Course 7, three hours, through three terms.
Course 8, two hours, through three terms.
Course 9, two hours, through three terms.
Candidates for the degree of Bachelor of Philosophy are required to
take the equivalent of three terms* work of two or three hours each in
this department. Course 4, or Courses i, 2 and 3, are recommended
for this requirement.
The Psychological Laboratory, No. 14 North Clinton street, is open
daily from 8 to 12 A. M., and from 2 to 4 P. M. A description of the
laboratory and apparatus will be found in this Catalogue under the
head of Material Equipment of the Collegiate Department. The
library of philosophy is supplied with the standard works in logic,
psychology, ethics, and philosophy, and is open daily during labora-
tory hours.
PEDAGOGY.
Propbssor McConkbi,!,; Mr. Dorcas.
I. General Pedagogy. This course is designed primarily for stu
dents who have had no teaching experience; it is a text-book course
and consists of a general treatment of the principles and pradlice of
school teaching. The text-books used are Putnam's Manual of Peda-
gogics, Gregory's Seven Laws of Teaching, Prince's Courses and
COLIvEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 61
Methods, and White's School Management. The course is open to all
students who are permitted by the rules of the University to take
ele<Elive courses. Mr. Dorcas.
Throughout the year, five hours a week.
a. Philosophy of Bdacation. It is the purpose in this course to set
forth the aims of education, and the laws upon which mental develop-
ment depends; to treat in some detail the educational doiSbines and
theories that have become effective or promise to become efife^ve in
determining the trend of school pradlice; and to devote some time to
the application of the laws of mental development, and to the seledlion
and arrangement of the materials of instruction.
The cotirse is open to Juniors, Seniors, and special students.
This course should be preceded by a course in general psychology
or an extended experience in teaching. Professor McConnbi.i«.
Fall and winter terms, Mon., Wed., Fri., at lo.
3. Teaching and Gorerning. This course will embrace a careful
study of De Garmo's Essentials of Method and other related literature.
The methods of teaching the various subje^ of the public school cur-
riculum will be discussed and illustrated. Through the kindness of
the school authorities of Iowa City, students taking this course will be
allowed the privilege of visiting the schools freely, for the purpose
of familiarizing themselves with the methods of work employed.
Ledlures on school government and school sanitation will conclude
the course. Professor McConnkix.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 10.
4. History of Education. This course will consist of three distindl
parts: (a) The ancient and mediaeval period, {d) the modem period,
and (c) the history of education in the United States. The work will
consist of ledlures, recitations, and essays on assigned topics. Mr.
Dorcas.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
5. School Sapenrision. In this course the student will be expedled
to make a study of the following subjedls: General school manage-
ment, the art of classifying schools, and the art of arranging courses
of study. Le^res and recitations. Professor McConnki,!,.
Pall term, two hours a week.
62 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
6. School Systema. This course will reqtiire of the student an
examination of the state and city systems of the United States. Lect-
ures and reports. Professor McCoNNBi«lr.
Winter term, two hours a week.
7. Child Study. In this course the history, literature, and methods
of work in child study will be treated. Professor MCCONNBI.L.
Spring term, two hours a week.
8. Secondary Education. This course will include a study of the
report of the Committee on Secondary School Studies and other related
literature. The organization of courses of study and the methods of
instrudlion in high schools will receive specific treatment in ledtures,
discussions, and reports. Professor McConnbix.
Spring term, two hours a week.
9. Seminary in the Theory and Practice of Teaching. This Semi-
nary will aiford an opportunity for the special investigation of educa-
tional problems. The work is designed to be germane to Courses 2, 3
and 7. Membership in tliis Seminary is contingent upon special
arrangement with the professor in charge. Professor McConnhi.L.
Throughout the year, Tuesday, 7:30—9:30 p. M.
10. Seminary in Secondary Education. This Seminary will afford
its members an opportunity to make a pradHcal study of high school
work. The work will include a careful examination of the text-books
used in secondary schools, the preparation of examination lists for
use in secondary schools, and the judging of examination papers pre-
pared by high school pupils. Mr. Dorcas.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
zi. Teachers' Seminary. Open to public school teachers. The
subje<5ls chosen for this Seminary will be such as are suggested by the
requirements of its members. Professor McConneix, and Mr.
Dorcas.
Throughout the year, Friday, 7 — 9 p. M.
Note. — ^The courses in Pedagogy, except as otherwise designated,
are open to Juniors, Seniors, and special students. Candidates for
the degree of Bachelor of Didactics are required to take three full
terms* work in Pedagogy.
Students who are intending to fit themselves for teaching in the
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 63
public schools are advised to seledt their undergraduate work with
special reference to the staple branches of instrudlion in the public
high schools.
State Certificate. The Stote Board of Educational Examiners, as
authorized by law, will grant state certificates, good for five years, to
graduates of the Collegiate Department of the University who comply
with the following conditions:
{a) The applicant must take three full terms' work in Pedagogy at
the University.
{d) He must furnish written statements, prepared expressly for the
Board, from one or more county superintendents, or other experienced
educators, certifying to the professional success and good moral char-
a^r of the applicant.
(c) He must furnish written official statements, addressed to the
Board, from school boards, or diredlors, for whom the candidate has
taught, certifying to his success in teaching and government.
(d) He must apply to the Board through the Professor of Pedagogy,
to whom he shall send, in addition to the above described certificates,
a formal application for a state certificate, such other credentials as
may be required, and the sum of three dollars. The application for a
state certificate should be made by using the blank form provided for
that purpose by the State Board of Educational Examiners.
(e) All the papers and credentials required from candidates for
state certificates must be filed with the President of the University at
least thirty days before the date fixed for the examination.
Life Diploma. The State Board of Educational Examiners grants
life diplomas, according to law, to graduates of the University who
have complied with the state certificate conditions mentioned above,
and who, in addition thereto, have had a successful teaching experi-
ence of five years after graduation. Applications are to be made
through the Professor of Pedagogy. The following are the regula-
tions of the Board in reference to applicants for life diplomas.
(a) The Board itself holds the right, which it exercises at discretion,
to investigate the character, scholarship, and professional standing of
every applicant.
(d) The candidate must present an original thesis, in his oum hand-
lifritingy of not less than 3,000 nor more than 5,000 words, upon some
64 STATE UNIVERSmr OF IOWA.
professional topic sele<5led by the President of the Board. The thesis
will be subje^ed to a critical examination by at least two persons
chosen by the Board.
(c) The credentials required, the registration blank properly filled,
and the thesis, accompanied by the fee of five dollars, must be filed
with the President of the University at least thirty days before the
date fixed for examination.
PHYSICS.
Propbssor Vbbi,kn; Mr. Bowman, Mr. Vebi^bn.
I. Mechanics and Heat. Ledlures and recitations. Professor Vbb-
i,BN and Mr. Vbbi^BN.
Fall term, daily at ii.
a. Electricity and Magnetism. Ledlures and recitations. Professor
VCBI,BN and Mr. VrblBN.
Winter term, daily at ii.
3. Sonnd and Light. Le<Shires three times a week, laboratory work
twice a week. Professor Vbblbn, Mr. Bowman, and Mr. Vbbi.bn.
Spring term, le<5lures, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 11.
Courses i, 2 and 3 constitute the general elementary work in physics
required of all scientific and engineering students, and must be pre-
ceded by the mathematics of the Freshman year.
4. Physical Measurements and Obserrations. Laboratory work.
Mr. Bowman.
One term, daily.
5. Measurements and Determination of Constants. Ledlures and
laboratory work. Professor Vbbi«bn and Mr. Bowman.
One term, daily.
6. Measurements. Special investigation and research to follow
Courses 4 and 5. Professor Vbbijsn and Mr. Bowman.
Courses 4, 5 and 6 may be taken any term, but must be pursued in
the order of their numbers. These courses are planned for students
taking a second year in physics. Cour^ 4 is required of eledbical
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 65
engineering students in the fall of their Junior year. In the winter of
the same year they take 5, but in their case this course deals more
especially with ele<Sbical measurements.
7. Direct Current Dynamos and Motors. Three ledlures a week,
laboratory work twice a week. For eledirical engineering Juniors.
Professor Vbbi,bn and Mr. Bowman.
Spring term, daily.
8. Theory of Electricity and Photometry. Lectures five times a
week, laboratory work ten hours. Professor Vkblbn and Mr. Bow-
man.
Pall term.
9. Alternate Current lIKachinery. Pive ledlures a week, ten hours
of special laboratory work. Professor VBBtSN and Mr. Bowman.
10. Distribution of Electrical Energy; Telegraph and Telephone.
Le<5lures and laboratory work. Professor Vbbi«bn and Mr. Bowman.
Spring term, ten hours a week.
The last three numbers form the Senior year course of the eledbical
engineers, and will in general include five ledlures a week, the subjedls
treated being indicated above. The work in the laboratory consists of
pradlice with the photometer, experiments, and measurements on the
various machines, transformers, and other apparatus, and tests of
insulators, conductors, samples of iron, etc. The student has the
choice in the latter part of the year of preparing a thesis or carrying
out some research, or doing other special work.
IX. Electricity and Magnetism. For civil engineering students.
Two le<5lures a week, laboratory work three times a week. Professor
VBBI.8N.
Pall term, daily.
la. Dynamo-electric Machinery. Lediures to civil engineering
students. Professor VBBI.BN.
Winter term, three times a week.
13. Heat and Thermodynamics. Le<5);ures to Junior ele<5trical and
civil engineering students. Mr. Bowman.
Spring term, twice a week, with one day each week in ele<flrical
laboratory for civil engineers.
66 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
14. Shop Work. For eledbical engineers. Mr. Bowman.
Throughout the year, tvrice a week.
15. Seminary. The systematic reading of physical and ele^bical
journals by those students who are well enough equipped, is encour-
aged by a weekly Seminary, condu<5led for this purpose by Professor
Vbbi«bn.
In addition to the above, ledlures and laboratory courses in sele^led
topics will be given as circumstances may require or the facilities for
instru<5tion may admit. Laboratory work of any grade may be taken
any term, three or more times a week.
CHEMISTRY.
Professor Andrews; Mr. Waiter, Mr. Brink.
X. General Chemistry. Ledhires illustrated by experiments and
accompanied by a weekly quiz and laboratory work. Professor
Andrews.
Fall term, four times a week, laboratory once a week.
3. General Chemistry. (Continued.) Le<ftures illustrated by ex-
periments Introdu^on to qualitative analysis. Laboratory work,
six hours a week. Professor Andrews and Mr. Waiter.
Winter term: I/cdlures Tu., Th., at 9. Laboratory at hours to be
arranged.
3. General Chemistry and Qualitative Analysia. Lectures once a
week, laboratory work eight hours. The student is instrudled in the
theory and practice of qualitative analysis and is expedled to carry out
about twenty-five complete analyses besides a number of partial ones.
This course, except the ledlures, can be taken in any term. Professor
Andrews and Mr. Wai,ker.
Spring term, le<5tures at 9, laboratory eight hours, at times to be
arranged.
4. Quantitative Analysis. Le<5lures on general principles and
sources of error, once a week, laboratory ten hours. Professor An-
drews.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 67
Winter term, in odd numbered years. Fall term, even numbered
years.
Ledbares Tuesday at 4:30, laboratory according to arrangement.
6. Qnantitatiye Analysis. Laboratory pradlicum. The student ex-
tends his work from the analysis of substances of definitely known
composition to commercial produ<5b3 of various kinds and makes a
study of certain technological methods. Professor Andrews.
Any term, ten hours a week.
6. Theoretical and Physical Chemistry. Ledlures on the general
principles of thermochemistry, electrochemistry, and chemical dynam-
ics, accompanied by a parallel course of laboratory work covering,
for example, the determination of molecular weights, experimental
study of the laws of Avogadro and Dulong and Petit, the phenomena
of mass adlion and of dissociation. Ostwald's Outlines of Physical
Chemistry has hitherto been used as an auxiliary text. This course
must be preceded by at least the first three courses in chemistry and
the first three in physics or their equivalent. It will probably only be
given in the even numbered years. Professor Andrews.
Spring term, ledtures or laboratory work daily at hours to be
arrang[ed.
7. a. Organic Chemistry. Ledlures on the fatty series, illustrated
experimentally, so far as the subjedl will permit. Professor Andrews.
Winter term, odd numbered years, twice a week.
7. d. Organic Chemistry. Le<Shires on aromatic and heterocyclic
compounds. Professor Andrews.
Spring term, odd numbered years, three times a week.
8. Electrochemistry. Le6bires for students of eletSlrical engi-
neering, comprising the theory of eie<5lrolysis, chemistry of primary
and secondary batteries, ele<flrometallurgy and other industrial appli-
cations. Professor Andrews.
Spring term, even numbered years only, five times a week,
9. Organic Preparations. Laboratory work comprising preparation
of typical organic compounds, methods of synthesis and study of
reactions. This course must be preceded or accompanied by Course
7. Professor Andrews.
Winter term, laboratory daily, twelve hours a week. This course
68 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
may also be taken as a minor, six hours a week in winter and spring
terms, accompanying Courses 7 a and 7 d,
ID. Determinatiye Mineralogy and CrystaUography. Laboratory
pradlicum. Mr. WAI.KBR.
Winter and spring, five times a week.
Course 3, Qualitative Analysis, and 4, and 5, Quantitative Analy-
sis, except as noted, may be taken in either fall, winter, or spring term.
Course 6, may be taken after 3. This order is only recommended
to those who devote no more than four terms in all to chemistry.
ANIMAL MORPHOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Professor Housbr; Mr. Lambert.
z . General Morphology and Physiology. A laboratory course for the
study of selected types representing the several great groups of ani-
mals. General biological phenomena, the unicellular animals, and
representatives of the higher invertebrate groups. Fall term. — Dis-
sedtion of typical vetebrates,the microscopic morphology of vertebrates,
and ledlures and experiments covering the elements of physiology.
Winter and spring terms. Professor HouSBR and Mr. Lambbrt.
Throughout the year, daily, ten hours a week.
a. Comparative Histology. This is a course in the comparative his-
tology of animal tissues and systems of organs. Emphasis is here
given to the laboratory technique of histology. To this end the student
is expe^ed to become proficient in the standard methods of fixing,
staining, imbedding, sectioning, moimting, and the other processes
incident to the making of microscopical preparations. Prerequisite:
Course i. Professor HousBR and Mr. LambbrT.
Pall term. Laboratory, four days a week, eight hours. Ledbires
Friday.
3y Comparative Neurology. A course for the detailed study of the
nervous system. The laboratory work involves the use of the special
technique of Golgi, Nissl, Weigert, and Ehrlich. The archite<5ture of
the nervous system is presented in a series of leCbires and demonstra-
COttEGlATE DEPARTMENT. 6d
dons. The texts of all the standard authorities are used for reference
and for assigned reading. Prerequisite: Courses i and 2. Professor
HousSR and Mr. Lambert.
Winter term. Laboratory, Mon., Wed., Fri., six hours. LecStures
Tu., Th.
4. Vertebrate Embryology. Laboratory work, accompanied by a
series of le<Slures. The le<5lures discuss the general problems of verte-
brate embryology, and are supplemented by collateral reading. The
laboratory work embraces an examination of the frog's egg during its
early cleavage, and a study of the chick at successive stages of develop-
ment during the first four days of incubation. Prerequisite: Courses
I and 2. Professor HouSBR and Mr. Lambbrt.
Spring term, daily, ten hours a week.
5. Advanced Morphology. Special courses of laboratory work will
be arranged to meet the needs of those who desire to pursue morpho-
logical studies farther than the outlined Courses i, 2, 3, and 4. Oppor-
tunities are offered for investigation in some branch of anatomy,
histology, or embryology. Professor HousBR.
Throughout the year, ten hours a week.
6. Advanced Ph3rsiology. A coiuse for advanced students who
desire to continue the investigation of physiological processes in greater
detail. Laboratory work and library research. Prerequisite: Course
I. Professor HouSBR.
Throughout the year, three times a week.
ZOOLOGY.
Professor Nutting; Assistant Professor Wickham.
X. Invertebrated Animals — ^more especially the subkingdoms, Cct/-
enierata, and Echinodermata. Propbssor Nutting.
Fall term, daily.
a. MammaliA. The principles of classification are here applied to
a more limited group. More attention is paid to generic and specific
chara<Sters and more detailed descriptions are made, daily practice
being afforded by the use of the large series of mammals in the
70 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA,
Homaday coUedtion and main museum. InstnuStion in the prepara-
tion of skulls and skeletons is given to students desiring it. Pro-
fessor Nutting.
Winter term, daily.
3. Ornithology, including instrudlion in field work. Upon this
course the whole work in systematic zoology is centered. Owing to
the very large series of birds (about 11,000 specimens) in the museum,
there is ample material for systematic work during the term. Pro-
fessor Nutting.
Spring term, daily.
4. Sntomology. Inse<Et Anatomy and development. Le^res and
laboratory work. Assistant Professor Wickham.
Fall term, three hours a week.
5. Entomology. The principles acquired in the preceding term
will be applied to the study of systematic entomology. Assistant Pro-
fessor Wickham.
Winter term, three hours a week.
6. Sntomology. The studies of the preceding term will be con-
tinued. Throughout this and the preceding course special attention
will be given to the philosophical bearings of the subje^. Assistant
Professor Wickham.
Spring term, three hours a week.
7. Lectures in Speculative Zoology. This course is devoted to a
presentation of the more prominent theories concerning the origin
and evolution of animal forms and a historical review of the position
held by the most prominent workers in speculative zoology. Special
attention will also be paid to a study of the habits, instindls, and in-
telligence of animals. The course will be open to Juniors and Seniors.
Professor NuTTiNG.
Throughout the year, two hours a week.
8. Thesis. Equivalent to two terms* work. Advanced work in
any group of animals of which the museum contains a sufficient series.
Free access to any specimens or books on the museum floor is accorded
to students doing thesis work in zoology, and a convenient study room
has been fitted up for the use of advanced students.
COLtEGIATE DEPARTMENT. n
The above courses are intended to be consecutive, except that
Courses 4, 5 and 6 may follow i, 2 and 3, in animal morphology, and
7 may be taken by Juniors and Seniors, without previous work in
natural science. A combination of Courses 4, 5, 6, and 7 is recom-
mended for students desiring a five hours* course which will include a
critical study of a definite g^up of animals together with the applica-
tion of biological principles elucidated in Course 7. This course is
more particularly designed in the interest of students who do not
intend to specialize in zoology.
The museum affords an abundance of material for study, and this
is supplemented by (a) library of zoological works; (d) photographs
of specimens studied, the photographs to be placed in the note books
along with the descriptions; and (c) ledlures in which the salient
points of the various groups of animals are defined, and habits, distri-
bution, etc., described.
Students taking special courses in biological science may receive
instru(5lion in field work and in the preparation of museum material.
GEOLOGY.
Professor Cai^vin.
X. Principles of Geology. I/e<5hires, illustrated by museum speci-
mens, views, maps, and microscopic preparations.
Throughout the year, tvdce a week, Tu., Th., at 9.
This course may be supplemented with Course i in astronomy.
3. General and Practical Geology. During the fall term this course
embraces lecflures and field observations on the geological phenomena
in the vicinity of Iowa City as an introduAion to the fundamental
fadls of the science. The preliminary work also embraces the labora-
tory investigation of material coUeAed during studies in the field.
This is followed by the general fadls of rock-making, continent-mak-
ing, and the evolution of topographic forms. During the winter and
spring terms attention is given to the chronological succession of strata
in the Mississippi Valley, with studies relating to the genesis, lithology,
geographical distribution, economic produdls, and typical faunas of
72 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
the several foimations. Laige series of rocks, minerals, fossils, m^is,
lantern slides, and photographs afford the material for ledture illustiB-
tion and laboratory study.
Throughout the year, daily at lo. Additional hours for laboratory
work arranged to suit the convenience of the individual students.
3. Invertebrate Paleontology. Ledhires and laboratory research.
Throughout the year, daily. Le<5iures at 8. Laboratory work at
convenient hours from 8 to 5.
4. Economic Geology of the United States. Ledbires, with library
and laboratory research.
Throughout the year, daily.
5. Special Courses in Pleistocene Geology, local geology and paleon-
tology, charadieristics and faunas of special formations, and similar
subje^ are arranged to meet the wishes of individual students.
Throughout the year, or through a single term, two, three, or five
hours a week.
BOTANY.
Propbssor Macbride; Assistant Propsssor Shimsk.
I . General Botany. A course of popular le6lures and special studies
intended to illustrate the purpose, method and scope of present botan-
ical research, the progress of botanical science in recent years and
the general economic importance of the subjedt. The le<Slures are
illustrated by material from the Herbarium and the field, and no effort
is spared to give the course the highest pradtical value. This course,
though intended primarily for those intending to teach, is open to all
students; it is complete in itself, but will be accepted as one of the
three required terms in the case of those who eledt Botany as material
science. Professor Macbride.
Spring term, five hours a week.
a. Morphological Botany. This course consists of le<Slures and lab-
oratory work and is intended to illustrate the strudture and life-history
of the several types presented by the vegetable kingdom. Goebers Out-
lines of Classification is used as basis. Special attention is paid to all
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 73
available forms of our OTptogamic flora; slime moulds, 8chizopli3rtes,
diatoms, algae, fungi, mosses, ferns and their allies are successively
passed in review. This couse is open to all students who are credited
with botany in their preparatory course. While it is in some partic-
ulars a review of the preparatory courses, it is also made the basis of
work in the subsequent courses. Professor Macbridb and Assistant
Professor Shimek.
Pall term, ten hours a week.
3. General Plant Histology. General Stmctoral Botany. This course
requires ten hours a week in the laboratory. Daily ledlures accom-
pany the laboratory work. The student receives special instru6lion
in the preparation of vegetable sections, staining, mounting, etc., and
is required to prepare for himself approved slides in illustration of all
the topics presented in so far as these are referable to the microscope.
Professor Macbridb and Assistant Professor Shimbk.
Winter term, ten hours a week.
4. General Plant Physiology. This course consists of ledlures,
laboratory work ai\d experiments, supplemented by collateral read-
ing. The most important problems of vegetable physiology are dis-
cussed and illustrated by simple experiments. Detmer, Vines, Dar-
win, and all other standard authorities are available to the student for
collateral reading. Assistant Professor Shimbk.
Spring term, ten hours a week.
5. General Mycology. This is a course in the fungi and con-
sists of laboratory work, supplemented by le^ures, experiment and
collateral reading. It is an advanced course. Students make and
classify collections for themselves. In identifying material collected,
students are aided by extensive mycological literature, exsiccatty etc.
Professor Macbridb.
Pall term, daily as arranged.
6. Vegetable Embryology. A special course with ledbires and
laboratory work, including collateral reading. This course is confined
chiefly to the consideration of the embryology of phenogamous plants.
Ph3rtoc3rtology is taken up incidentally, and the peculiarities of nuclear
division and karyokinesis noted. Professor Macbridb.
Spring term, daily as arranged.
74 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
7. Special Work in Morphology. A course designed for advanced
students either graduate or special, offering opportunity for moreexai^t
investigation. Professor Macbridb and Assistant Professor Shimbk.
Throughout the year.
8. Special Systematic Work. The large colledlions of the Univer-
sity now afford unusual opportunity for the special study of particular
groups and families, and students are invited to engage in original re-
search in the revision of accumulated species. Professor Macbridb
and Assistant Professor Shimkk.
Throughout the year.
9. Special Applied Botany. A course for students of Pharmacy and
Medicine. The officinal Materia Medica is made the basis of the special
study of medicinal plants, their nature, origin and relationships. Pro-
fessor Macbridb.
Winter and spring terms.
ID. Thesis Coarse. Designed for such students, either graduate or
others, as desire to undertake problems of original research. Professor
Macbridb and Assistant Professor Shimbk.
Throughout the year.
zz. Seminary. A special course in reading and study of current
literature is arranged for such students as have completed at least
three courses in Botany. Students are expe<Sied to prepare written
reviews and criticisms of the literature presented, to engage in discus-
sion of topics specially assigned, and to carry forward at appropriate
seasons special investigations in tlie field as dire<5ted. Professor Mac-
bridb and Assistant Professor Shimbk.
Throughout the year, one hour a week.
MATHEMATICS.
Propbssor Wbld; Assistant Propbssor Smith, Mr. Kaston, Mr.
Mbrritt.
Classical and philosophical students are required to take Course i.
Course 2 may, however, be substituted for this and the work otherwise
required in ancient history. Scientific students must take Course 2.
COIvLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 75
Civil and eledtrical engineering students are required to take Courses
2, 3, and 9. Further explanations will be found in connedtion with
the foUomng syllabus.
Freshman Mathematics for Classical and Philosophical Students.
I. ay b. Algebra. Exercises in the statement and solution of
problems involving simple and quadratic equations; ratio, proportion,
and variation; arithmetical, harmonic, and geometrical progressions;
properties of series and the development of simple functions into
series; the binominal theorem; permutations and combinations; con-
tinued fradlions; logarithms with applications. Fall term and first
half of winter term.
I. by c. Trigonometry. Trigonometric fun^ions and formulae;,
logarithmic fun<5tions; solution of right and oblique angled triangles,
both plane and spherical; pra<5lical applications to problems in survey-
ing, navigation, geography, astronomy, and mensuration. Second
half of winter term and spring term.
Two divisions; throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 11:00 and
2:30. Mr. Easton and Mr. MbrriTT.
Freshman Mathematics for Scientific and Engineering Students,
a. a. Algebra and Trigonometry. In algebra the work is nearly
the same as that of i a. This is to be completed by November 22nd
and will be followed by plane trigonometry. Fall term.
a. b. Trigonometry. The same as Course i b^ c, witli the addition
of a discussion of Euler*s, and Demoivre's formulae and the develop-
ment of the trigonometric fun<Slions into series. Winter term.
a. c. Theory of Equations. The work in the Theory of Equations
will include the study of imaginaries, the properties of the general
equation and their graphical representation, methods of approximat-
ing to the roots of higher equations with numerical coefficients. Car-
dan's solution of cubics, and biquadratic equations. The rudiments
of the theory of determinants are also presented. Spring term.
Five divisions, daily, throughout the year at 8, 9, 10, and i :30 As-
sistant Professor Smith, Mr. Easton, and Mr. Mbrritt.
76 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
Sophomore Mathematics^
3. a. Analytical Geometry. The point, right line, parabola, cirde,
ellipse, and h3^rbola in cartesian coordinates; discussion of the gen-
eral equation of the second degree; analytical geometry of three
dimensions; higher plane curves; etc. Pall term.
3. ^, c. Differential and Integral Calculna. The fundamental prin-
ciples of the calculus are studied and applied to the solution of prob-
lems in geometry, mechanics, etc. Winter and spring terms.
Two divisions; daily, throughout the year, at 8xx) and loxo. Pro
fessor Wei«d and Assistant Professor Smith.
Mathematics for Junior^ Senior^ and Graduate Students.
4. a, h. Advanced Calcnlns. A continuation of the work of the
sophomore year; devoted particularly to topics in the differential cal-
culus, such as the extension of Taylor's theorem, the theorems of
lyagrange and Leibnitz, maxima and minima of fundUons of two or
more variables, the theory of curved surfaces, transformations of dif-
ferential equations, etc. Pall and winter terms.
4. c. Differential Equations. An elementary course devoted to the
methods of solution of ordinary differential equations. Open to all
students who have completed Course 3.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Pri., at 9XX). Assistant Professor
Smith.
5. a. Theory of Functions. Ledtures, the work of Durdge being
used by the student for collateral reading. Pall term.
5. b. Definite Integrals, including a discussion of the Beta and
Gamma fundlions. Le^ures. Winter term.
5. c. Elliptic Integrals and Functions. Lectures and problems.
Spring term.
Throughout the year. Wed., and Pri., at 8xx). Professor Wbld.
6. Harmonic Functions, a. Laplace's equation of continuity in
re<5Ungular, cylindrical, and spherical coordinates; Pourier's series and
integral. Pall term, b. Applications of Pourier's series to problems
in acoustics, heat, eledlridty, etc. Winter term. r. Cylindrical,
zonal, and spherical harmonics with numerous applications to physical
problems. Spring term.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 77
Lectures. Throughout the year, Tu., and Th., at ii:oo. Professor
Weu).
7. DiiferentiAl S^uatioiia. I^dlures. The subjedl is to be treated
from the standpoint of Sophus Lie.
Throughout the year, two or three hours per week, the time to be
arranged.
8. Determinants and Modem Geometry, a. Determinants and the
theory of quantics. Fall term. d. Modem geometry; the principle
of invariance. Winter term, c. Modem geometry of three dimen-
sions. Spring term.
Lediures. Throughout the year, Wed. and Fri., at 11:00. Profes-
sor Wbld.
9. Anal3rtical Mechanics, a. Statics. Composition and resolution
of forces; the funicular polygon; centers of gravity; moment of inertia;
fridHon, etc. Pall term, b^ c. Kinetics. Re<Slilinear motion; pro-
jedliles; constrained motion of a particle; the pendulum, etc. Winter
and spring terms.
A course for civil and electrical engineering students, supplemented
by a three hours' course in applied mechanics in charge of Assistant
Professor Magowan. (See course in civil engineering. )
Throughout the year, Tu. and Th., at 11:00. Assistant Professor
Sbhth.
10. Advanced Axalyficil Mechanics, a. Problems in statics and
dynamics; virtual velocities; the principle of least a<5lion; etc. Pall
term, b. The dynamics of a particle, with special reference to the
theory of orbital motion. Winter term, c. The potential theory,
with special reference to attractions. Spring term.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 11. Assistant Professor
XI. a. ThsMstliod of Losst Sqwuros^ with numerous applications
to the reduction of series of physical observations.
Pall term only; Mon., Wed., Fri., at 2:30.
xa. b. Calculus of Variations. LeCtiires and problems.
Winter term only; Mon., Wed., Fri., at 1:30. Assistant Professor
Smith.
13. c. Quaternions. LeClures.
Spring term only; Mon., Wed., Fri., at 2:30.
78 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
ASTRONOMY.
Professor Whi«d, or Mr. Easton.
The courses in Astronomy are open to all Sophomores, Juniors, and
Seniors. The two here offered may be taken simultaneously or in suc-
cession. Others will be added as soon as necessary arrangements can
be made. The University is provided with a small but well equipped
students' observatory. (See Material Equipment.)
X. General Astronomy. A course of le<5tures on descriptive astron-
omy for the general student. This course may be supplemented by
Course i in Geology, which is given at the same hour.
Three leAures a week, throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Fri., at 9.
a. Practical Astronomy. The student is taught the use of the sex-
tant, transit instrument, clock, chronograph, etc. ; the arrangement of
the American Ephemeris and Nautical Almanac; and the general
principles of time, latitude, longitude, and azimuth determination.
Two hours a week, throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 9; supplemented
by work at the observatory.
CIVIL ENGINEERING.
Professor Sims; Assistant Professor Magowan.
The Civil Engineering, Eledlrical Engineering, and General Scien-
tific Courses are identical throughout the Freshman year, and change
may be made from anyone of these courses to another at the beginning
of the Sophomore year; but after this year no subjedis can be substi-
tuted for the required civil engineering studies without the approval
of the professor in charge and special permission of the Faculty.
Students in one class \nll not be allowed to take subje^ in an ad-
vanced class without permission of the professor in charge.
So far as possible, instrudlion will be given by recitation from text-
books. But where this method is not pra^icable, as in limes and
cements and in some of the subjedls treated under the head of Civil
Engineering, the first part of the recitation period will be devoted to
quizzes, and the remainder to a le^ure.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 79
Saturdays, throughout the last three years of the course, are devoted
to work in the field, shop, and laboratories, in making surveys, testing
materials, construdting models, photography, blue-printing and ele-
mentary carpentry.
For all work requiring no special preparation outside of the class
room, such as drawing, field work, laboratory exercises, some of the
work in graphical statics, not less than two hours will be required for
one hour of credit.
Only the subje<5ls that appear in bold-faced type are given under
the direction of the chair of Civil Engineering.
French or German. See Course i, under French, page 43; and
Courses i and 2, under German, page 42. If French be ele<5led in
the Freshman year, English must be taken in the Sophomore year;
but should German be eledled, it must be continued through the
Sophomore year. Freshman year, five hours a week, and Sophomore
year, three hours a week.
Mathematics, See Cotuses 2, 3, or 4, and 9, under Mathematics,
pages 75, 76, and 77. Freshman and Sophomore years, five hours a
week.
English. See Courses i and 4, tmder English, pages 45, 46. For
those electing French, two hours a week through the Freshman, and
three hours a week through the Sophomore year; and for those elect-
ing German, two hours a week through the Freshman year.
Drawing. For general scientific, eledhical and civil engineering
students. The course comprises geometrical and mechanical draw-
ing, orthographic, oblique, isometric and cabinet projedlions, and
lettering. Linear perspedtive, shades and shadows. The work is given
principally by means of personal instrudUon. The preliminary princi-
ples are studied from text and reference books, and their application
is employed in making drawings from models and machinery to exadl
scale. Assistant Professor Magowan.
Freshman year, fall, winter, and spring terms, three hours a week.
Land Surveying. For civil engineering students. The construdlion,
adjustment and use of the compass, level and transit. Recitations
and ledlures, and field work with transit, level and solar compass;
making profiles, leveling, and drainage surveys. A sediion of land is
80 STATE UNTVBRSITY OP IOWA.
surveyed and the location of all natural and artificial features deter-
mined and noted. Assistant Professor Magowan.
Sophomore year, fall term, five hours a week.
Mapping and Surveying. Pen topography, including the making of
topographical S3rmbols; platting of section survey from notes taken
during the previous term, and making a finished map of the same.
United States public land surveys, determination of true meridians,
and a study of the rules and Supreme Court decisions governing
resurveys and relocations of lost or obliterated comers. Assistant
Professor Magowan.
Sophomore year, winter term, three hours a week.
Topographical Sorveylng and Mapping. A study of the adjustments
and methods of use of the stadia, gradienter and plane table, etc., and
the making of finished contour maps from notes of surveys made by
the students, with the above mentioned instruments. Assistant Pro-
fessor Magowan.
Sophomore year, spring term, three hours a week.
Descriptive Geometry. The work in this study includes problems on
the point, line, and plane; also the simple geometrical solids, shades
and shadows, single and double curved and warped surfaces, and the
generation and development of the same, and the solution of various
pradHcal problems.
Sophomore year, winter and spring terms, two hours a week.
Ele5lridty and Magnetism, See Course 2, under Physics, page 6^4.
This course is designed especially for the students in civil engineering,
the objedi being a better general understanding of this important sub-
ject, both in general theory, and in the practice of making ele^bical
measurements; also to g^ve a more thorough knowledge of ele^bicity
preparatory to taking up the study of the dynamo and motor, in the
winter term, the importance of which to the civil engineer ia fully
appreciated.
Junior year, fall term, five hours a week.
Analytical Mechanics, See Mathematics, Course 9, page 77.
Junior year, fall and winter terms, two hours a week.
Mechanics and Materials. For students in civil and ele<5^rical engi-
neering. The treatment of this subject is designed to be such that the
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 81
student shall acquire a thorough training in the elementary principles
of the mechanics of materials, and he is then required to verify, by his
own investigations, the experimental laws and many of the derived
formulae. Numerous problems taken from adhial engineering practice
are given for solution from time to time, in order that the student may
be trained in the application of his knowledge. The study includes
the resistance and elasticity of materials, resistance of pipes and riveted
joints, bending and resisting moments, shears, elastic curve, defledlion
of simple, cantilever, restrained, and continuous beams, strength of
columns with concentric and eccentric loading, torsion and shafting
and combined stresses, etc. Assistant Professor Magowan.
Junior year, three hours a week, fall and winter terms.
Railroad Curves. The study of simple and compound curves and
turn-outs. Enough field work is given to familiarize the student with
the field methods of locating and running curves.
Junior year, fall term, three hours a week.
Steam Engine and Locomotive. The subjedi is treated under four
heads, Heat, Steam, Engine, and Boiler. Under Heat is treated the
economic combustion of fuel; under Steam the physical properties
and the energy contained; under Engine, the modem types of simple
and compound engines are discussed, with special reference to the
locomotive. The students are given practical problems and are re-
quired to ascertain the indicated horse power from a<ftual indicator
cards, and to determine the efficiency of various engines from assigned
data. The modem types of boilers are then discussed. Compressed
air is also considered in connedtion with the transmission of power.
Professor Sims.
Junior 3rear, fall term, two hours a week.
Graphical Statics. The course is so arranged that the study of the
graphical method of determining stresses precedes that of the analyt-
ical method, it being the intention to assist the student to secure a
mental photograph of the amount and kind of stress in the various
members of strudlures, and thus provide him with a ready and impres-
sive means of their comparison. The analysis, by this method, of roof
trusses is first taken up, followed by that of the plate girder, and
simple, cantilever, and swing bridges, with parallel and inclined
chords, under various conditions of loading as required in the stand-
82 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
ard specifications, both for adVual wheel concentrations and equivalent
uniform loads, after which a course in metal and masonry arches is
given. Professor Sims.
Junior year, fall, winter, and spring terms, three hours a week.
Pynamo-eleHric Machinery^ See Physics, Course 12, page 65. The
importance of an elementary knowledge of this subjedl to the civil
engineer in general practice is fully appreciated, and the course is
designed to give the students a comprehensive knowledge of the laws
governing the construdHon and operation of the dynamo and motor.
Junior year, winter term, three hours a week.
Theory of Stresses. Including the analytical determination of
stresses and strains in all the strudtures analyzed by the graphical
method. See Graphical Statics. Much time and study are devoted to
this important subje<ft. Professor Sims.
Junior year, winter term, three hours a week; and spring term, five
hours a week.
Limes and Cements. The instrudlion in this subject consists in as-
signed references, and a course of ledlures on the principal properties
of limes, hydraulic limes, and natural and artificial cements, with a
general discussion of the nature and uses of concrete, followed by
laboratory work. Each student is required to make and test briquettes
of various cements, which will be furnished him for the purpose, and
to calculate their relative values per unit of strength. Professor Sims.
Junior year, winter term, two hours a week.
Civil Engineering. This subjedl is given by recitations and led^ures,
and is designed for the purpose of instruction in the pradtical applica-
tion of the theoretical principles of civil engineering. The r^^ar
recitations and ledlures are frequently interrupted by designs and
estimates of the cost of the work under discussion. The subjedts are
treated with thoroughness commensurate mth their relative impor-
tance and are, railway reconnaissance and location ; theory of mayinmm
economy in grades and curves; location of highways and^resistance to
tradlion thereon; hydrography; building materials; natural and arti-
ficial stones; quarrying and blasting; reaching deep foundation beds
in earth, quick sand, water and silt, with pnuematic tubes, caissons
and coffer dams, and by the Poetsch-Sooysmith freezing process; ordi-
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 88
nary earth work and methods of computation; masonry, classification
of, and specification for; theory and pradtice of retaining walls; earth,
loose rock, and light masonry dams and weirs; the construdlion of
brick, masonry, and concrete arches; tunneling and the use of explo-
sives; highway and street constru^on; railroad constru<5lion and
maintenance of way; improvement of rivers and harbors, and canal
transportation; street railways and comparison of street motors. Pro^
fessor SiBCS.
Senior year, fall term, four hours a week; winter and spring terms,
three hours a week.
Hydraulics. Instruction in this work is given by means of lediures,
recitations, and laboratory work. The course includes the weight and
pressure of water; head and center of pressure; computation and meas-
urement of velocity and discharge through orifices, weirs, pipes, con-
duits, canals, and rivers; the investigation of meters and motors, and
the determination of water power. Assistant Professor Magowan.
Junior year, spring term, five hours a week.
Heat and Tftermodynamics, See Course 13, under Physics, page
65. Jimior year, spring term, three hours a week.
Chemistry, See Courses i and 2, under Chemistry, page 66. Senior
year, fall and winter terms, five hours a week.
Structural Designing. Prior to the work of designing proper, the
students are required to make tracings or drawings of existing strudi-
ures and compare the sedtions and connedlions of the various mem-
bers with standard specifications. This work is followed by the design
of trestles, highway and railway bridges, dams, foundations, etc., of
which complete working drawings are made. Professor Sims.
Senior year, fall term, four hours a week; winter and spring terms,
three times a week.
Geology, See Course i, under Geology, page 71. Senior year, fall,
winter, and spring terms, two hours a week.
Sanitary Engineering. The work offered under this course includes
principally sewers and sewerage, and the cleaning of cities and towns.
The separate and combined systems of sewers are studied and dis-
cussed. The details of various sewer systems, as set forth in plans and
specifications for their construdlion, are carefully studied. The cost of
84 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
construfSlion, as taken from current contract prices, is especially noted,
and the arrangement and action of plumbing fixtures are incidentally
studied. The growing importance of this subjedl is fully realized, and
it is the intention to keep the instrudUon fully abreast of the demands
and needs of the present, and when possible, anticipate future needs
and methods. Assistant Professor Magowan.
Senior year, fall and winter terms, two hours a week.
Resistance of Materials. For civil and ele<5bical engineers. This
subje^ includes the strength, resistance, and properties of engineering
materials, their behavior under stress, and the demonstration of the
experimental laws, ultimate strength, elastic limit, resilience, etc., by
tests in the laboratory. Professor Sims.
Junior year, winter term, two hours a week.
Water Supply Engineering. A study of the methods of coUedting,
purifying, storing, and distributing water. Assistant Professor Ma-
gowan.
Senior year, spring term, three hours a week.
Specifications and Contracts. A study of various standard specifica-
tions and a discussion of the effed^ of general clauses in contrails of
same. Professor Sims.
Senior year, spring term, four hours a week.
Thesis. At the close of the spring term of the Senior year, an accept-
able original thesis will be required from each student before gradua-
tion, unless equivalent work shall have been done on papers prepared
for the Engineering Society.
For more detailed information and description of course, apply to
the Professor in charge, or send for special announcement of Civil
Engineering Course.
MILITARY SCIENCE AND TACTICS.
Me. Schaspprr.
Instruction in these subjedls is prescribed for all male students of
the Collegiate Department, except such as are especially excused.
Students who, for any valid reason, may desire to be excused must
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 86
appear in person before the military committee consisting of the com-
mandant and five student captains, on the Monday immediately suc-
ceeding the beginning of each term, at the Armory, at 1 1 a. m. Those
who claim exemption on account of physical disability, when the same
is not apparent, must present to the committee a certificate from the
battalion surgeon. All students not specially excused will report to
the instrudtor on the Monday immediately following the beginning of
the term, at the Armory, at i p. M.
ORGANIZATION.
The students are organized for instnuStion into a battery of artillery
consisting of two gun detachments, and an infantry battalion consist-
ing of four companies, a band, and the necessary staff officers. The
commissioned officers are seledled from the Senior, the sergeants from
the Junior, and the corporals from the Sophomore class. The officers
and non-commissioned officers are seledled for character, military
record, knowledge of the drill regulations, and general aptitude.
UNIFORM.
But one style of uniform is worn, known as the undress or fatigue
uniform. It consists of a dark blue suit and is to be worn on all occa-
sions of military duty; it can be procured either before or immediately
after being admitted. A detailed description will be furnished on
application to the President. Uniforms can be obtained in the vicinity
at a cost of from |i2 to |i8.
COURSE OF INSTRUCTION IN MILITARY SCIENCE AND
TACTICS.
The course of instruction is both pnuSiical and theoretical.
First Year. PnuSlical instruction, three hours a week, 4:30 to 5:30.
Practical instruction in infantry drill, school of the soldier, company
and battalion drill; extended order and ceremonies; rifle firing at 100,
200, 300, 500, and 600 yards.
Second Year, Practical instruction: Infantry, same as first year;
artillery in service of field guns (foot battery), with mechanical move-
ments and saber exercise; signaling; rifle firing, same as first year.
86
STATE UNIYERSrry OP IOWA.
Theoretical: winter term, one hour a week, 4:50 to 5:50. Recitations,
drill regulations, and manual of guard duty.
Tkird Year. Practical: same as second 3rear. Theoretical: winter
term, one hour a week, 4:50 to 5:30. Recitations, service of security,
and information.
ORGANIZATION OF BATTALION.
1898-99.
Stapp and N0N-C0MMIS810NBD Staff.
1st Lieutenant and Adjutant C. W. Startsman.
1st Lieutenant and Quartermaster . . . W. B. Chase.
Sergeant Major M. L. Ferson.
Quartermaster Sergeant F. C. McCutchen.
Color Seigeant G. W. Egan.
COMPAirV A.
Captain . . .
ist Lieutenant
ist Seigeant .
Sergeants
Corporals
. B. F. Swisher.
. L. P. Lee.
. G. F. Harkneas.
' B. Whitcomb.
A. B. PhiUipa.
. T. Kingland.
D. McClain.
D. F. Mfller.
C. C. Converse.
F. Briggs.
COMPANY B.
Captain . . .
1st Lieutenant
1st Seigeant .
Sergeants
Corporals
A. J. Burt.
F. E. Latta.
.E. R. Mitchell.
J. W. Kindall.
W. J. Springer.
A. P. Speers.
M. V. Boddy.
J. M. Brockway.
M. E. Clapp.
v.. vv. ooesbe.
COLLEGIATK DEPARTMENT.
87
COMPANY C.
Captain . . .
1st Lieutenant
ist Sergeant .
Sergeants
Corporals
H. C. Horack.
R. A. M. Collins.
L. E. Switzer.
W. E. Beck.
C. C. Hetzel.
, C. H. Cogswell, Jr.
C. L. Coy.
G. R. Allen.
S. C. Williams.
G. W. Ball, Jr.
F. S. Drake.
COMPANY D.
Captain . . . .
1st Lieutenant
1st Sergeant .
W. W. Loomis.
P. A. Williams.
E. F. Consigny.
Sergeants
Corporals
C. R. Jones.
F. H. Meggars.
, J. E. Remley.
r C. S. McDonald.
G. E. Remley.
E. W. Russell.
J. G. Griffith.
E. F. Burner.
BATTSRY AND SIGNAI* CORPS.
■
Captain L. D. Weld.
ist Lieutenant L. R. White.
1st Sergeant O. M. Deems.
Gunner A. Cass.
COURSES OF STUDY FOR GRADUATES.
It is the aim of the Univeisity to furnish facilities for advanced study
commensurate with the demand for such work. As the number of
graduate students has increased, especially of candidates for advanced
degrees, the courses of study have been extended to meet their needs.
No set courses of study leading to any of the advanced degrees are pro-
vided; each candidate for one of these degrees pursues an independent
line of study, in which regular University courses are usually com-
bined with special research work, original in charadler, laid out with
the advice of the professors, and carried out under their dire<Slion.
The elastic nature of the eleAive system as here adopted, renders
the more advanced courses in many branches as valuable to the
graduate as to the advanced undergraduate. The Seminaries, for
instance, hold out encouragement and opportunities for a great deal
of original study and research. The same thing may be said of a
number of the higher courses in the different departments. In the
following pages will be found grouped together those courses which
are of special interest to graduates. In every case courses intended
for graduates only (B) are distinguished from those open also to
undergraduates (A). To the former, undergraduates are admitted
only under exceptional circumstances and subje<5i to the discretion of
the professor in charge of the work.
lyATIN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.
A. Courses open to graduates and undergraduates.
Courses 5, 6, 15, 17. See pp. 38, 39, 40. Professor CtTRRiBE.
Courses 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14. Loc. cit. Assistant Professor
POTTBR.
Courses i to 4, or an equivalent, are the minimum prerequisite for
work leading to an advanced degree.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. GRADUATE COURSES. 89
B. Course open to graduates only.
x6. Seminary in Archaeology. For 1899-1900 the subjedi will be
the Topography and Archaeology of Rome and the vicinity. Pro-
fessor Currier.
GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.
A. Course open to graduates and undergraduates.
6. Plato's Gorgias, Theaetetus, and seledlions from the Republic.
B. Course open to graduates only.
7. Aristopluuies. Special attention will be given to the purpose and
influence of Greek comedy, and to its value as a pidlure of Athenian
life.
GERMAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.
A. Courses open to advanced students and graduates only.
5. German Seminary. This course is devoted to the study of
special periods of German literature, of individual authors, or of par-
ticular literary movements. See page 43. Professor WiwoN.
6. Kiddle High German. Middle High German Grammar, with a
comparison of New High German Syntax and Middle High German
S3mtaz. Selections from the Nibelungenlied, Gudrun, and the poems
of Walther von der Vogelweide. See page 43. Professor Wix^on.
7. Old High German. Braune*s Althochdeutsche Grammatik and
Althochdeutsches Lesebuch; Miillenhoff and Scherer's Denkmaler.
Professor Wii^son and Dr. Eastman.
Throughout the year, two hours a week; time to be arranged.
8. The German Romantic Movement, with special reference to its
social and political aspedb. Professor Wii«SON and Mr. Sturm.
Throughout the year, two hours a week; time to be arranged.
FRENCH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.
A. Courses open to graduates and undergraduates.
4. Hiatory of French Literature. Le<5lures in the French language.
Text-books: Aubert's Litt^rature fran9aise; Montaigne's De T Institu-
tion des Enfans. Professor Van St^bndbrsn.
8 and 9. Seminaries in French Literature of the 17th and 19th Cen-
turies. Professor Van Stkbndbrbn.
90 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE.
A. Courses open to graduates and undergraduates.
During the year 1899-1900 candidates for the master's degree may
take work in the following Senior courses:
8. Seminary in Shakespere. See Course 8, under English, page
47. Professor Rbbvbs.
7. Nineteenth Century Poetry and Prose. See Course 7, p. 47. Pro-
fessor Reeves.
B. Course open to graduates only.
X z . Gothic and Old Saxon. See Course 1 1 , p. 47. Professor Reeves.
HISTORY.
A. Courses open to graduates and undergraduates.
7. The French Revolntion, and Napoleonic Era. Ledlures. Fall
and winter terms. Two hours a week. Professor Wilcox.
8. The Nineteenth Century History of Europe. Ledlures. Spring
term. Two hours a week. Professor Wilcox.
6. Constitutional History of the United States. Le^ures. Three
hours a week. Professor Wilcox.
9. Seminary in English History. Three terms. Two hours a week.
Professor Wilcox.
zo. Seminary in United States History. Three terms. Two hours
a week. Professor Wilcox.
Special research work is also provided for those who intend to take
the master's degree in History as the major study. This work is cou-
dudled personally by the Professor of History and, in each case, is
along the lines of the candidate's dissertation for the degree.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
zz. Seminary in the French Reyolution. Two hours a week. Pro-
fessor Wilcox.
This consists, so far as possible, in a critical and comparative study
of original sources. Controverted points receive special attention.
za. Seminary in the Period of Napoleon. Three terms. Two hours
a week. Professor Wilcox.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT, GRADUATE COURSES. 91
POLITICAL SCIENCE.
POUTICAI* EC0N02£Y.
A. For graduates and undergraduates.
9. Economics, advanced course. A study in economic theory, his-
torical and critical, as described under Course 9, on page 53. Through-
out the year; Mon., Th., at 2:30. Professor Loos.
4. Statistics. For description of this course see Coiuse 4, on page
52. Dr. PaTTBRSON.
5 and 6. History of Political Bconomy and Modem Social Questions
A course in the history of political economy, before and including
Adam Smith, followed by an analysis of the industrial revolution at
the dose of the eighteenth century with lediures on the rise of the
classical school of political economy, modem socialism, contemporary
economic schools, and recent tendencies in legislation. Throughout
the year at 10. Professor Loos.
7. Xconomic Policy. The courses in public finance, currency and
banking, transportation, diplomacy and foreign relations, described
in the undergraduate statement, on pp. 52-53, as Courses 3, 4, 7, 8,
and 9, with such additional work as may be prescribed. Open only
to those who have a fair knowledge of economic theory. Throughout
the year. Professor Loos.
SOCIOIX>GY AND POUnCAI, PhII«OSOPHY.
A. For graduates and undergraduates.
IX. Sociology. Part I. A study during the fall term of the
primary factors and forces of social phenomena, with introdu<Slory
lectures on anthropology and ethnology; special attention is given to
the earliest phases of political organization. Part 11. Ledlures during
the winter term on police, sanitation, pauperism, and crime; this will
be followed in the spring term by a study of municipal government,
with special attention to social problems. Throughout the year,
Mon., Wed., Fri., at 10. Professor Loos.
B. Primarily for graduates.
14. Political Philosophy. A study in political philosophy, classical
92 STATE UNIVERSITy OF IOWA.
and modem, with some notice of state forms and the elements of legal
history. Professor Loos.
Throughout the year; hours to be appointed.
GOVERNMENT AND ADMINISTRATION.
A. Courses open to graduates and undergraduates.
8 and 9. Political Theory and Comparatiye Constitutional Law. A
study of the more general and theoretical aspedls of political phenom-
ena. Fall term: Political Theory. Winter term: Comparative Con-
stitutional Law. Spring term: Papers on special topics in political
theory and comparative constitutional law. See above, Politics III,
P^fi^c 55- Professor Shambaugh.
6. American Political Theory. A study in the history of political
theory in the United States, wherein the writings of Hamilton, Mad-
ison, Washington, Jefferson, John Adams, Clay, Webster, Calhoun, and
Lincoln will be read and discussed. Professor Shambaugh.
Throughout the year, Tu., Th., at 9.
II. Administrative Law. A comparative study of administrative
law in France, Germany, England, and the United States. One term,
two hours. Professor Shambaugh.
PHILOSOPHY.
A. Courses open to graduates and undergraduates.
7. History of Philosophy. A course in Greek, mediaeval, and mod-
em philosophy. Ledlures, with assigned readings in the texts of
Zeller, Weber, Falckenberg, and Erdmann. Professor Patrick.
Throughout the year, Mon., Wed., Pri., at 11.
5. Laboratory Conrse in Experimental Psychology. A theoretical
and pra<^ical course in psychological experiment. The exercises are
so arranged as to familiarize the student with the methods and the
apparatus of typical experiments in each of the approved lines of
psychological research. The students perform the experiments and
report and discuss the results and literature on each subje<5l. Labo-
ratory work and reports. Dr. Ssashoru.
6. Abnormal Psychology. Hypnosis, sleep, alterations of person-
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT, GRADUATE COURSES. 93
ality, automatism, hallucinations, and the psychology of the abnormal
and defe<5live classes will be discussed. Lediures, with required read-
ing. Dr. Sbashors.
B. Graduate Courses.
9. Special Research in Psychology. Original investigations of
special problems in psychology. Laboratory work and theses. The
results of these investigations, if of sujficient worth, will be published
in the University of loTva Studies in Psychology, Dr. Seashorb and
Professor Patrick.
8. Seminary in Philosophy. Papers and discussions upon special
problems in philosophy. Professor Patrick.
10. The Development of the Mind. A course in genetic psychology.
Instrudlion in comparative psychology. Methods and results of
psychological experiments upon children. Laws of mental develop-
ment. Dr. Sbashorb.
PEDAGOGY.
A. Courses open to graduates and undergraduates.
2. Philosophy of Education. It is the purpose in this course to set
forth the aims of education, and the laws upon which mental develop-
ment depends; to treat in some detail the educational dodlrines and
theories that have become or promise to become effective in determin-
ing the trend of school practice; and to devote some time to the appli-
cation of the laws of mental development to the sele^on and arrange-
ment of the materials of instrudUon. Professor McConnbi^l.
6. School Systems. This course will require of the students an
examination of the state and the city systems of the United States.
Ledinres and reports. Professor McConnbi«z#.
7. Child Study. In this course the history, literature, and methods
of work in child study will be treated. Professor McConnbi«i,.
Graduate students in these courses will be required to make, in addi-
tion to the work expe<5ted of undergraduate students, a special study of
one or more of the subje<5is included in the course sele<5led.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
8. Pnblic School Conditions. This course will consist of concrete
94 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
studies of public school conditions, and will be statistical and descrip-
tive. It will be taken as individual work and will be under the direc-
tion of Professor McConnki.1*.
9. Elementary Education in Germany. In this course the student
will be required to make a special study of the application of the
Herbartian principles in the elementary schools of Germany. The
student must be able to read German. Professor McConnbu*.
PHYSICS.
A. Courses open to graduates and undergraduates.
6. Special Investigation or Research, to follow Courses 4 and $,
page 64. Professor Vbbi^n and Mr. Bowman.
7. Theory of Direct Cnrrent Dynamos and Motors. Professor Veb-
I,BN.
8. Theory of Electricity. Diredt currents twice a week. Professor
Vbbi«bn. Alternate currents three times a week. Mr. Bowman.
9. Alternate Current Kachinery. Polyphase current machines, twice
a week. Professor Vbbi«bn. The transformer, three times a week.
Mr. Bowman.
13. Heat and Thermodynamics. Mr. Bowman.
15. Seminary. Systematic and critical reading of physical jour-
nals. Meetings every week through the year. Professor Ybbi^hn.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
The physical laboratory affords opportunity for such special work
and research as may be desired for additional minor and major courses.
Work may be laid out in any special line for those who wish, and
will include both experimental and theoretical treatment of the
branches chosen. For those who prefer it a general major course in
physics will be arranged by a suitable seledlion from the different
courses offered.
CHEMISTRY.
A. Courses open to graduates and undergraduates.
6. Theoretical and Physical Chemistry. This course consists of
le<5lures and laboratory work, and comprises an experimental study
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT, GRADUATE COURSES. 96
of cryoscopic, ebulioscopic, and vapor density methods for the deter-
mination of molecular weights, of the speed of chemical rea<5lion, of
the coefficients of chemical affinity, and of other problems of like
chara<5ler. Only in even numbered years. Professor Andrews.
5. Advanced Quantitative Analysis. Professor Andrews.
ID. Crystallography. Le^ure and laboratory course in crystal-
lography and crystal measurements. Mr. Wai^kbr.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
XI. Research Work. Organic chemistry. Professor Andrbws.
12. Research Work. Physical and inoxganic chemistry. Professor
Andrews and Mr. Walker.
ANIMAL MORPHOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY.
A. Courses open to graduates and undergraduates.
The following courses are offered to graduate students who ele<5l
work in morphology as a minor. The completion of undergraduate
Course i, or its equivalent, is a prerequisite.
2. Comparative Histology. A general course of laboratory work on
the histology of animal tissues and sytems of organs. Professor
HousER and Mr. Lambert.
3. Comparative Neurology. This is a specialized course for the
detailed study of the nervous system. Le<5tures and laboratory work.
Professor HouSER and Mr. Lambert.
4. Vertebrate Smbryology. A laboratory course, accompanied by
a series of ledlures, for the study of the frog's egg and the develop-
ment of the chick. Professor HouSER and Mr. Lambert.
B. Open to graduates only.
7. Research Course. Facilities for original investigation will be
provided for those who eledl work in this subje^ as a major. The
specific charadler of such work will be determined by individual needs
and preferences, but, in general, a biological problem will be assign-
ed for independent investigation through the use of refined laboratory
methods. Candidates for this work are supposed to have a biological
training at least equivalent to that provided by undergraduate Courses
I, 2, 3, and 4. Professor HouSER.
96 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA,
ZOOLOGY.
A. Courses open to graduates and undergraduates.
7. Lectures in Speculatiye Zoology. Two hours a week. This
course is devoted to a presentation of the more prominent theories
concerning the origin and evolution of animal forms and a historical
review of the position held by the most prominent workers in specu-
lative zoology. Special attention will also be paid to a study of the
habits, instindls, and intelligence of animals. The course will con-
tinue through the year. Professor Nutting.
8. Thesis. Equivalent to two terms' work. Advanced work in
any group of animals of which the museum contains a sufficient series.
Free access to any specimens or books on the museum floor is
accorded to students doing thesis work in zoology. Professor Nut-
ting.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
g. An exhaustive sjrstematic discussion of any limited group of
animals of which the museum affords sufficient material and the library
sufficient literature.
In several groups such as birds, echinoderms. mollusca, Crustacea,
coleoptera, and coelenterata, the museum can now offer facilities for
the most advanced systematic work, both the material and literature
being adequate.
10. Special investigation along the line of speculative zoology, e. g.,
coloration of animals, geographical distribution, variation, natural
selection, etc.
GEOLOGY.
A. Courses open to graduates and tmdergraduates.
3. Inyertebrate Paleontology. Course 3, described on page 72, is
offered to graduate and tmdeigraduate students who have previously
taken Course 2. This course can only be taken as a minor by candi-
dates for the master's deg^ree. Professor Cai^vin.
4. Bconomic Geology of the United States may be taken on the same
terms as 3.
B. Courses open to graduates only.
6. Graduate students who eledk geology as a major will be assigned
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT, GRADUATE COURSES. 97
work involving original research in some branch of geology or paleon-
tology. This work may embrace such subje<5is as describing and
mapping the geological formation of some sele<5led area, Pleistocene
geology of some country or group of countries, the stratigraphic dis-
tribution of the fauna of a given geological formation, the critical
study of certain selected geological faunas, the geological and geograph-
ical range of certain zoological groups of organisms, or the evidence
of evolution in successive geological fauna. Throughout the year,
daily. Professor Cai«vin.
BOTANY.
A. Courses open to undergraduates and graduates.
Courses 5, 6, 7, 9, and 10, as described on pp. 72 to 74, are open to
graduates who may sele<5l botany as a minor. The completion of
Courses i, 5, and 4, as described on pp. 72, 73, or the equivalent, is
presupposed in all cases.
B. Courses are open to graduates only.
xa. HUtology. The preparation and critical study of material illus-
trative of the stmdlure of some special group of either sporoph3rte8 or
spermaphytes, or the critical study of some special organ or tissue as
developed in different plant groups. Professor Macbridb and Assist-
ant Professor Shimkk.
13. Physiology. Pra^ical experimentation in laboratory and field,
with the obje^ of solving, so far as may be practicable, some physio-
logical problem as presented in the case of a sele^ed plant or gpioup of
plants; or the critical study of the function of some special organ, or
group of tissues. Other topics may be found in research relative to
the effedt of environment, cross and self-fertilization, etc., in the mat-
ter of the distribution and differentiation of species, laws of heredity,
and kindred problems. Professor Macbridb and Assistant Professor
Shimbk.
14. Systematic Botany. Comparativestudyof the species of plants
found in special geographic areas in connection with an investigation
of the laws governing geographic distribution ; studies of special, natural
orders of plants, crjrptogamic or phenogamic, with reference to their
taxonomy, relationships, distribution, etc.; comparative studies of
plants of economic importance, their relationships and history; studies
98 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
in problems of local forestry, especially as related to conditions found
in the Mississippi valley. Professor MacbrioK and Assistant Profes-
sor Shimbk.
MATHEMATICS.
The courses outlined below are offered to graduate students.
5. Integral Calculus. Hyperbolic fundlions, definite integrals,
including the beta and gatntna functions and elliptic integrals.
Ledlures throughout the year. Professor Wei*d.
6. Harmonic Functions. Le<ftures throughout the year. Professor
Wei*d.
7. Differential Equations. Ledlures throughout the year.
8. Determinants and Modem Geometry. This course is supple-
mented by a fortnightly Seminary.
9. Analytical Mechanics. Statics; dynamics; the mechanics of
fluids. This course is supplemented by a weekly Seminary, Assist-
ant Professor Smith.
ID. Adyanced Mechanics. Virtual velocities, the principle of least
adiion; d3naamics of a particle with reference to the theory of orbital
motion; hydromechanics. Ledlures throughout the year; supple-
mented by a weekly Seminary. Assistant Professor Smith.
Further details regarding the above courses will be found on pages
76 and 77.
It is to be noted that in each of the courses a knowledge of the
elements of the differential and integral calculus is implied. Graduate
students in other lines of work may, however, take as a minor either
of the two elementary courses in calculus offered to undergraduates.
See Courses 3 and 4, page 76.
The courses in mathematics cannot, in general, betaken in absentia.
The following schedule is recommended to those wishing two years
of graduate work:
First year: Review elementary calculus; int^^ calculus; analyt-
ical mechanics; minor, subjedl to the approval of the Faculty. See pp.
76 and 77.
Second year: Differential equations or harmonic fundions; deter-
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT, GRADUATE COURSES. 99
minants and modem geometry; advanced mechanics; minor, subjedl
to the approval of the Faculty. See pp. 76 and 77.
Each candidate for a degree will be required to submit a thesis rep-
resenting original investigation in either pure or applied mathematics.
ADVANCED DEGREES.
Kaster of Arts, and Master of Science. The degree of Master of Arts,
or of Master of Science, will be conferred upon resident graduates on
the following conditions:
1. The candidate must be a graduate of this University, or of an
accredited University or College.
2. He must have pursued, during one or more years, a course
of graduate study at this University, covering one major and one minor
subjedl. In a two years' course, one major, and two minors, may be
allowed. His studies during this time are to be under the immediate
supervision and control of the professors immediately concerned, and
to be subje^ to the approval of the Faculty.
3. In all cases, the minor, or minors, must be closely allied to the
major 8ubje<5t.
4. He must submit a thesis of at least 5,000 words, showing marked
attainment in some branch of learning. The subjeiSl of this thesis
must be announced to the Faculty for approval, not later than the
second Friday in December, and the thesis itself must be presented to
the examining committee at a date to be set by the professor in charge
of the thesis work, not later, in any case, than May aoth of the year
in which the degree is expedied.
5. He must, at the close of his course, pass a satisfaAory examina-
tion, both oral and written, condudled by a committee which shall
consist of three professoi^, seledled by the Faculty for this purpose.
6. The degree of Master of Arts may be granted only upon the com-
pletion of a coiuse mainly literary in chara<5ler; the degree of Master
of Science after one mainly scientific.
7. No graduate student, carrying full work in any professional de-
partment of the University, is permitted to receive the master's degree
in less than two years after becoming a candidate.
8. Any graduate student in any professional department of the
100 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
University, doing actual resident work in the Collegiate Department,
may become a resident candidate for an advanced d^^ree; but tyro
years of such residence shall be necessary to fulfil the residence re-
quirement of one year imposed by rule 2 above, the residence to be
counted only from the date of the application for the advanced degree.
Non-resident graduates may receive the degree of Master of Arts, or
of Master of Science, on complying with the following conditions in
addition to or modifying those enumerated for residents.
1. The candidate will be required to outline a course of study, com-
prising a major and one allied minor subje<^, which must be approved
by a committee of two or more professors named by the Faculty to
pass upon it.
2. He shall at the dose of each academic year present to the Fac-
ulty a report, which should constitute a complete synopsis of the year's
work, naming topics studied and authors read. These annual reports
are expedled to be specific and comprehensive.
3. His graduate studies must extend over three years; although in
exceptional cases, where the candidate devotes a laxge part of his time
to study, a shorter course, but in no case less than two years, may be
accepted.
4. Candidates for the master's degree who have graduated else-
where are required to spend at least one year in residence at this
University.
Civil Sngineer. The degree of Civil Engineer is not conferred upon
completion of an undergraduate course in engineering, but instead
thereof, the degree of Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering. The
degree of Civil Engineer will be conferred on graduates who have
pranced the profession at least three years, and who have submitted
an approved thesis, and passed a satisfactory examination.
Doctor of Philosophy. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy will be
granted under the following conditions:
I. Prerequisites.
1. The candidate must have received the bachelor's degree either
from this institution or from some other of equal rank.
2. He must present evidence of having completed a satisfa^ory
amount of undergraduate work in the subjects proposed for investiga*
tion for this degree.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT, GRADUATE COURSES. 101
3. He must possess a knowledge of I^rench and German at least
sufficient for purposes of research.
II. Conditions of candidacy.
1. At least three years of graduate study will ordinarily be re-
quired. Of these two must be in residence, and the last year prior to
receiving this degree must be spent at this University.
2. In making formal application for this degree the candidate shall
seleA one major study and one or two minors; the minor study or
studies shall be closely allied to the major and shall be such as with
it to constitute but one single field of research.
3. The application of the candidate setting forth the line of research
proposed shall be approved and endorsed by the professor or profes-
sors under whose dire<5lion it is proposed to prosecute the work.
III. Dissertation.
1. On completion of his work the candidate shall submit to the
Faculty a formal dissertation which shall not only exhibit evidence of
original research but shall in itself be a contribution to the sum of
human knowledge.
2. The dissertation must be in acceptable literary form; although
its acceptance will depend chiefly upon the subje^ matter.
3. The subject of the proposed dissertation must be submitted to
the Faculty not later than the last Friday in September of the year
preceding that in which the degree is expected; and a copy of the
dissertation, printed or type-written, must be in the hands of the Secre-
tary of the Faculty not later than the 20th day of May of the year in
which the degree is expe<5led. In case the dissertation offered is
accepted by the Faculty and the candidate passes satisfactorily the
examinations, provided for in the next sedtion following, he shall,
prior to receiving his deg^ree, deposit with the librarian of the Univer-
sity twenty-five printed copies of the dissertation so accepted.
IV. Examinations.
I. At such time as may be agreed upon by the candidate and the
professors in charge of his work, he shall pass an examination,
both oral and written; the examination to be condu<5led by the pro-
fessors immediately concerned, the written privately, the oral in the
presence of the Faculty. For purposes of this examination five mem-
bers of the Collegiate Faculty shall constitute a quorum.
MATERIAL EQUIPMENT.
LABORATORIES.
CHEMICAL LABORATORY.
The chemical laboratory occupies two stories in the Chemical
Building. This space is divided into twenty-five rooms, designed in
such a way as to afford facilities for the prosecution of a wide range
of chemical work.
The general laboratory is a room loo feet long by 27 feet in mini-
mum breadth, lighted from one side only by ten large windows. In
this and all other rooms of the building provision has been made for
perfe<5l ventilation by the construdlion of numerous air flues. The
building is heated by steam, which will also be freely used for chemical
purposes, as for drying-ovens, distillation, etc.
The le<^ure hall is built in amphitheater form with raised seats. It
will accomodate nearly two hundred students, every one of whom can
clearly see the leiSbire table and any experiment that may be performed
there, even from the most distant part of the room.
The size of the building on the ground is 150 z 105 feet. In all the
rooms cross lights have been avoided, and in every respect the de-
signer and the archite<Sl have spared no pains to meet every reasonable
demand in the construdlion of a thoroughly modem and substantial
strudture adapted as perfectly as means would admit to its special
uses.
A storage battery and dynamo in connedtion with a gas engine fur-
nish the eledbicity to the various laboratories for ele<Sbx>lysisand other
uses. Especial facilities in the way of apparatus are provided for the
.Jtndy of physical chemistry.
PHYSICAL LABORATORY.
The physical laboratory occupies the first floor and basement of the
North Building, with an available floor space of more than 8,000
square feet.
In the basement is the large engine and dynamo room containing a
gas engine which drives a shaft twenty feet long. To this shaft are
belted the dynamos, of which there are six of from one to ten horse-
power capacity, and representing several types. Here also is a cable
switch-board, meters, lamps, and other apparatus. In this room, and
driven by the same engine, are three lathes, a planer, drill-press, foige
and the usual tools for working metal. In the battery room are some
45 accumulators of different varieties. A large and commodious
photometer room is supplied with a complete Kruess photometer.
One basement room has been equipped as an eledlrical laboratory.
Another room is supplied with a cabinet-maker's bench and a few
wood-working tools.
On the floor above are eight rooms. The le<5lure room, with seats
for some 70 students, is supplied with water and gas and with wires
from the d3mamo8 and the accumulators. The windows can be easily
darkened, and there are conveniences for making proje<5lions by sun-
light or by eledlric or other artificial light. A large and well lighted
room is devoted to the uses of a general laboratory, especially in the
line of mechanics, and contains a number of balances, air-pumps, a
cathetometer, and a number of other measuring instruments. Another
large room contains much of the apparatus for ele<Shical testing.
Here also is the special physical library with the journals taken for the
laboratory. Three smaller rooms are given respe<Skively to heat, light,
and magnetism, and are well equipped with apparatus. There are
also two offices, for the professor in charge and the assistant professor. -
The laboratory is fairly well supplied with ledhire apparatus; and
among the instruments of precision are many of the best and finest to
be had. The equipment is especially full in mechanics, optics, and
eledkricity. Most of the apparatus has been purchased in recent years,
and has been selected with great care; and some has been construdled
for particular uses in this laboratory.
104 STATE UNIVBRSITY OF IOWA.
LABORATORIES FOR ANIMAL MORPHOLOGY AND
PHYSIOLOGY.
The laboratories for animal morphology and physiology occupy the
west half of the first floor of the Natural Science Building, together
with a portion of the basement. They are supplied with water and
gas throughout, and are lighted by twenty windows.
The laboratory for the course in general morphology receives light
from the north. It is furnished with heavy oak, slate-topped tables,
particularly adapted to the anatomical and microscopical requirements
of the work. The tables will accomodate thirty students at one time.
The equipment of this laboratory includes thirty compound micro-
scopes, the requisite accessory optical apparatus, a series of over seven
thousand microscopical slides, a large number of anatomical prepara-
tions, charts and models, and the numerous pieces of minor apparatus,
glassware, etc., incident to general biological work.
The laboratory for the several advanced courses is lighted from the
west and south. It is furnished with tables and reagent racks designed
to meet the special requirements of the work pursued here. A smaller
room opening from the main one supplies the conditions desired for
apparatus of constant temperature. The equipment of this laboratory
embraces special microscopes, sliding microtomes of approved pattern,
a Minot automatic microtome for serial se<Slioning, a large Lillie water
bath for paraffin imbedding, a laboratory incubator for work in
embryology, a thermostat of ample size, a complete stock of biological
reagents, set of reagent bottles for each student, a large assortment of
glassware, and various pieces of physiological apparatus.
Opening from the main laboratories are smaller rooms available for
those pursuing special lines of investigation. The basement labora-
tory is utilized for aquaria, anatomical tanks, animal cages and appli-
ances for various lines of special work.
LABORATORIES FOR GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY.
The material for illustrating the work in geology and paleontology
embraces:
I. The museum colledlion of rocks, clay, building stones, miner-
als, and fossils.
COI^LEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 106
2. A large series of maps, charts, lantern slides, photographs, and
geological models.
3. A lithological lathe for making rock sedlions, or sections to illus-
trate the strudiure of ancient forms of animals and plants.
4. PetTQgraphical microscopes.
5. Photographic apparatus, including a large photomicrographic
camera.
6. A large series of negatives from which the students make prints
to illustrate their permanent note books.
7. Geological phenomena illustrated within easy reach of Iowa
City.
The surrounding neighborhood affords many instru(5iive examples
of phenomena of interest to the student of geology. At the same time
it offers unexcelled opportunities for field work in mapping, making
geological sedtions, tracing strata from one exposure to another, and
making paleontological collections. The Pleistocene deposits are of
especial interest. The available material is not only sufficient to illus-
trate the ordinary undergraduate courses in geology, but advanced
students will find enough to occupy their time with profit for two or
more years.
BOTANICAL LABORATORY.
This laboratory is located on the second floor of the Natural Science
Building, and is in diredl communication with the herbarium. It is
supplied with heavy oak, slate-topped tables, furnished with drawers
and cases for the instruments used in microscopic work, and is ar-
ranged to accommodate thirty students at one time. Thirty com-
pound microscopes, with necessary accessories, sediion-cutters, etc.,
are at the disposal of the students.
Connected with the main laboratory are private laboratories for stu-
dents pursuing special lines of investigation. Two of these are fur-
nished with special miscroscopes, a photomicrographic camera, and
apparatus for investigation in vegetable phjrsiology.
A fine stereopticon, the joint property of this and the geological
laboratory, is a recent addition to our general equipment. These
laboratories are well lighted, and in every way adapted to satisfa^ry
work.
106 STATE tmrVERSITY OP IOWA.
PSYCHOLOGICAL LABORATORY.
The psychological laboratory occupies the lower floor of the brick
building, No. 14 North Clinton street, facing the campus. It includes
a commodious lediure room, library and reading room, in addition to
three quiet, well-lighted rooms for laboratory work, and a dark room.
The thorough equipment of the laboratory with apparatus and
needed accessories offers excellent opportunity for the study of the
different senses, memory, illusions, time relations of mental phenom-
ena, and the nervous system.
A partial list of apparatus is as follows: A complete set of instru-
ments for studying the time relations of mental phenomena by the
graphic method, this set, excluding the smaller necessary accessories,
comprises the following pieces: a recording drum, three induction
coils, various kinds of batteries, multiple key, rea<5lion keys, five-fin-
ger readlion key, graphic chronometer with ele6bx>-magnetic attach-
ment, rheocord, 100 v. d. eledlro-magnetic tuning-fork, double contad
eledbro-magnetic tuning-fork, time markers, automatic contact, gal-
vanometer, condenser, touch key, switches, commutator, telephone-
receivers, Geissler stimulator for sight readtion, pendulum circuit
interrupter, instantaneous exposure apparatus, slide indudtorium, foil
apparatus and speed counter. A spark chronoscope and Jastrow's
sorting apparatus have recently been added. For the study of taste
and smell: several varieties of olfactometers and gustatory apparatus.
For touch, muscle sense, temperature and kindred phenomena: three
sets of muscle sense weights, loaded boxes for the study of the psycho-
physic law and weight illusions, two sets illusion blocks, steadiness
gauge, von Frey*s pressure balance, sethesiometers, hot and cold spot
apparatus; balance scale, five dynamometers, ergograph, algometer,
Marey tambours, thought-adtion apparatus, foil, muscle-memory ap-
paratus, voluntary motor recorder, spirometer and set of touch weights.
For hearing: siren, sound pendulum (by Krille), series of 22 Koenig
cylinders for highest audible tone, Galton whistle with manometer and
blower, Appunn's reed, set of tuning-forks with resonance boxes for
illustrating harmony, beats and sympathetic vibration, two sets of
forks for discriminations of pitch, metronome, two audiometers, two
pitch pipes, sonometer, stroboscope for study of pitch differences.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 107
For sight: rotation apparatus with Maxwell color disks for illustrating
mixing of colors, color contrast, etc., contrast apparatus, two tachisto-
scopes, Ewald's pseudoscope, apparatus for testing color blindness,
Rothe's color-wheel with disks, Bradley's pseudoptics, two photo-
meters, binocular and monocular apparatus, eye-muscle apparatus,
dark box, apparatus for outiining the blind spot, zootrope, perimeter,
the latest model of the Zimmerman k3rmograph and zeitsinn appa-
ratus, a pleth3rsmograph, a pneumograph, and a sphygmograph are
used in the study of rhythm, etc.
In addition to the apparatus enumerated above, numerous other pieces
for demonstration purposes might be mentioned. The study of the
nervous system is illustrated by about one hundred charts in addition
to various models, including Auzoux's dissedUble model of the brain,
ear models, eye models, a compound microscope, a dissecting micro-
scope, slides of the nervous system, ophthalmotrope, nerve-muscle
machine, etc.
The workshop, fitted out with lathe, work bench, and necessary
tools, mimeograph, dissecting apparatus, etc., forms an indispensable
adjundl to the laboratory. *
ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATORY.
The students' astronomical observatory is convenientiy located on
the University campus. It is furnished with a five-inch equatorial
telescope by Grubb of Dublin, having circles, driving clock, position
micrometer, helioscope, and a solar and stellar spectroscope, a transit
instrument by William Wuerdeman of Washington, a prismatic sex-
tant, and artificial horizon by Pistor and Martins of Berlin, clock
chronometer, chronograph, etc.
The mathematical and astronomical library comprises over one
thousand volumes, including many rare and valuable works. The
periodical literature devoted to these branches of science is also well
represented.
CIVIL ENGINEERING LABORATORIES AND DRAUGHTING
ROOMS.
The hydraulic laboratory is a room having a floor space of 575 square
feet. The equipment for 1899- 1900 will include the necessary tanks
108 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
with standard orifices, tubes and weirs for free and submerged flow,
hook gauge, water meters of various kinds, pressure gauges, and other
necessary appliances for illustrating hydraulic principles; also a Price's
pneumatic current meter for field gaugings.
The cement laboratory contains a Riehle i,ooo pound cement tester,
a Fairbanks automatic shot-stop cement tester of same capacity,
briquette making machine of the Sims and S. U. I. type, and all neces-
sary tanks, mixing sinks, molds, etc., for making complete tests of
cement.
The iron, steel, and wood laboratory contains an autographic test-
ing machine and a 100,000 pound Riehle machine.
The draughting rooms are well lighted and equipped with all neces-
sary appliances.
The department is provided with a field equipment ample to permit
full and complete practice in the different kinds of surveying; this
equipment consists of a vernier compass, a railroad compass, a solar
compass, levels and transits, with stadia, gradienter and Saegmullar
solar attachment, also a plane table of the latest approved form with
best telescopic alidade and all necessary attachments, together with
all the rods, flags, chains, tapes, etc., that are necessary to equip fully
the various classes and divisions in surveying without interfering with
each other in their work.
The engineering library consists of over 500 volumes of the standard
works on the various engineering subjedb; these books are selected
from and are a part of the general library, but are arranged in a con-
venient room adjacent to the drawing rooms, and are freely used by
the engineering student. All the best engineering journals and
periodicals are received, bound, and kept on file.
Each engineering student is eligible for membership in the Engi-
neering Society. This society meets each week, and papers upon
engineering subjedls are prepared and read by the students.
An engineering journal, TTie Transit ^ is published annually by the
University. It is edited by the members of the Engineering Society,
and contains the results of original research in engineering problems
by imdergraduate students and alumni.
COI^I^EGIATE DEPARTMENT. 109
NATURAL HISTORY COI.I.ECTIONS.
GEOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS.
1. A large series of minerals, building stones, fossils, earths, etc.,
coUeAed chiefly in the prosecution of the State geological surveys,
between the years 1856 and 1870. These colle^ions are annually in-
creasing by contributions from various sources.
2. The Calvin colle<^ion of American and European fossils.
5. A colledlion of cretaceous cycads from the Dakota sandstone
of the Black HQls.
4. Recent extensive colle^ons illustrating the cretaceous faimas
and economic geology of the Black Hills.
5. A colle^on illustrating general economic geology.
A beautifully preserved skeleton of a Mosasaur, Platecarpus, has
lately been added to the geological collections through the generosity
of the Davenport Alumni Association.
HERBARIUM.
The herbarium is located in one room on the second floor of the
Natural Science Building. It contains:
1. A very large and constantly increasing coUedHon of fungi,
chiefly saproph3^c, from all parts of North and Central America. To
be classed here is also a large coUedlion of the myxomycetes from all
parts of the world.
2. A large coUedtion of ferns and mosses from both hemispheres,
including an especially complete series from tropical America.
3. A collection of lichens, representing most of the species of the
United States.
4. A collection of many thousand flowering plants, representing
very fully the flora of North America, and especially rich in Central
American and European forms. The number of plants in the herba-
rium exceeds 200,000.
5. A collection of seeds and dry fruits including cones, represent-
ing the flora of North America chiefly, but containing also much
material from the tropics.
. 6. A collection of the principal woods of the United States.
100 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
University, doing actual resident work in the Collegiate Department,
may become a resident candidate for an advanced degree; but two
years of such residence shall be necessary to fulfil the residence re-
quirement of one year imposed by rule 2 above, the residence to be
counted only from the date of the application for the advanced deg^ree.
Non-resident graduates may receive the degree of Master of Arts, or
of Master of Science, on complying with the following conditions in
addition to or modifying those enumerated for residents.
1. The candidate will be required to outline a course of study, com-
prisiug a major and one allied minor subject, which must be approved
by a committee of two or more professors named by the Faculty to
pass upon it.
2. He shall at the close of each academic year present to the Fac-
ulty a report, which should constitute a complete synopsis of the year's
work, naming topics studied and authors read. These annual reports
are expedted to be specific and comprehensive.
3. His graduate studies must extend over three years; although in
exceptional cases, where the candidate devotes a laige part of his time
to study, a shorter course, but in no case less than two years, may be
accepted.
4. Candidates for the master's degree who have graduated else-
where are required to spend at least one year in residence at this
University.
Civil Engineer. The degree of Civil Engineer is not conferred upon
completion of an undergraduate course in engineering, but instead
thereof, the degree of Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering. The
degree of Civil Engineer will be conferred on graduates who have
practiced the profession at least three years, and who have submitted
an approved thesis, and passed a satisfactory examination.
Doctor of Philosophy. The degree of Doctor of Philosophy will be
granted under the following conditions:
I. Prerequisites.
1. The candidate must have received the bachelor's degree either
from this institution or from some other of equal rank.
2. He must present evidence of having completed a satisfactory
amount of undergraduate work in the subjedb proposed for investiga-
tion for this degree.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. GRADUATE COURSES. 101
3. He must possess a knowledge of French and German at least
sufficient for purposes of research.
II. Conditions of candidacy.
1. At least three years of graduate study will ordinarily be re-
quired. Of these two must be in residence, and the last year prior to
receiving this degree must be spent at this University.
2. In making formal application for this degree the candidate shall
seledl one major study and one or two minors; the minor study or
studies shall be closely allied to the major and shall be such as with
it to constitute but one single field of research.
3. The application of the candidate setting forth the line of research
proposed shall be approved and endorsed by the professor or profes-
sors under whose dire<5lion it is proposed to prosecute the work.
III. Dissertation.
1. On completion of his work the candidate shall submit to the
Faculty a formal dissertation which shall not only exhibit evidence of
original research but shall in itself be a contribution to the sum of
htunan knowledge.
2. The dissertation must be in acceptable literary form; although
its acceptance will depend chiefly upon the subje<Sl matter.
3. The subject of the proposed dissertation must be submitted to
the Faculty not later than the last Friday in September of the year
preceding that in which the degree is expelled; and a copy of the
dissertation, printed or type-written, must be in the hands of the Secre-
tary of the Faculty not later than the 20th day of May of the year in
which the degree is expedled. In case the dissertation offered is
accepted by the Faculty and the candidate passes satisfadlorily the
examinations, provided for in the next se<5tion following, he shall,
prior to receiving his degree, deposit with the librarian of the Univer-
sity twenty-five printed copies of the dissertation so accepted.
IV. Examinations.
I. At such time as may be agreed upon by the candidate and the
professors in charge of his work, he shall pass an examination,
both oral and written; the examination to be condu<fted by the pro-
fessors immediately concerned, the written privately, the oral in the
presence of the Faculty. For purposes of this examination ^ve mem-
bers of the Collegiate Faculty shall constitute a quorum.
MATERIAL EQUIPMENT.
I^ABORATORIES.
CHEMICAL LABORATORY.
Thb chemical laboratory occupies two stories in the Chemical
Building. This space is divided into twenty-five rooms, designed in
such a way as to afford facilities for the prosecution of a wide range
of chemical work.
The general laboratory is a room loo feet long by 27 feet in mini-
mum breadth, lighted from one side only by ten large windows. In
this and all other rooms of the building provision has been made for
perfe<^ ventilation by the construdlion of numerous air flues. The
building is heated by steam, which will also be freely used for chemical
purposes, as for dr3nng-ovens, distillation, etc.
The ledlure hall is built in amphitheater form with raised seats. It
will accomodate nearly two hundred students, every one of whom can
clearly see the lecture table and any experiment that may be performed
there, even from the most distant part of the room.
The size of the building on the ground is 150 x 105 feet. In all the
rooms cross lights have been avoided, and in every respect the de-
signer and the archite<5t have spared no pains to meet every reasonable
demand in the construdlion of a thoroughly modem and substantial
strudture adapted as perfedlly as means would admit to its special
uses.
A storage battery and dynamo in connedtion with a gas engine fur-
nish the ele<Siricity to the various laboratories for eledbx>lysis and other
uses. Especial facilities in the way of apparatus are provided for the
study of physical chemistry.
PHYSICAL LABORATORY.
The ph3rsical laboratory occupies the first floor and basement of the
North Building, with an available floor space of more than 8,000
square feet.
In the basement is the large engine and dynamo room containing a
gas engine which drives a shaft twenty feet long. To this shaft are
belted the d3mamos, of which there are six of from one to ten horse-
power capacity, and representing several t3rpes. Here also is a cable
switch-board, meters, lamps, and other apparatus. In this room, and
driven by the same engine, are three lathes, a planer, drill-press, foxge
and the usual tools for working metal. In the battery room are some
45 acctmiulators of different varieties. A large and commodious
photometer room is supplied with a complete Kruess photometer.
One basement room has been equipped as an eledlrical laboratory.
Another room is supplied with a cabinet-maker's bench and a few
wood-working tools.
On the floor above are eight rooms. The leAure room, with seats
for some 70 students, is supplied with water and gas and with wires
from the dynamos and the accumulators. The windows can be easily
darkened, and there are conveniences for making projedlions by sun-
light or by eledlric or other artificial light. A large and well lighted
room is devoted to the uses of a general laboratory, especially in the
line of mechanics, and contains a number of balances, air-pumps, a
cathetometer, and a number of other measuring instruments. Another
large room contains much of the apparatus for eledlrical testing.
Here also is the special physical library with the journals taken for the
laboratory. Three smaller rooms are given respectively to heat, light,
and magnetism, and are well equipped with apparatus. There are
also two offices, for the professor in charge and the assistant professor. -
The laboratory is fairly well supplied with ledture apparatus; and
among the instruments of precision are many of the best and finest to
be had. The equipment is especially full in mechanics, optics, and
eledtricity. Most of the apparatus has been purchased in recent years,
and has been seleiSled with great care; and some has been construdled
for particular uses in this laboratory.
104 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
LABORATORIES FOR ANIMAL MORPHOLOGY AND
PHYSIOLOGY.
The laboratories for animal morphology and physiology occupy the
west half of the first floor of the Natural Science Building, together
with a portion of the basement. They are supplied with water and
gas throughout, and are lighted by twenty windows.
The laboratory for the course in general morphology receives light
from the north. It is furnished with heavy oak, slate-topped tables,
particularly adapted to the anatomical and microscopical requirements
of the work. The tables will accomodate thirty students at one time.
The equipment of this laboratory includes thirty compound micro-
scopes, the requisite accessory optical apparatus, a series of over seven
thousand microscopical slides, a large number of anatomical prepara-
tions, charts and models, and the numerous pieces of minor apparatus,
glassware, etc., incident to general biological work.
The laboratory for the several advanced courses is lighted from the
west and south. It is furnished with tables and reagent racks designed
to meet the special requirements of the work pursued here. A smaller
room opening from the main one supplies the conditions desired for
apparatus of constant temperature. The equipment of this laboratory
embraces special microscopes, sliding microtomes of approved pattern,
a Minot automatic microtome for serial se<Slioning, a large Lillie water
bath for paraffin imbedding, a laboratory incubator for work in
embryology, a thermostat of ample size, a complete stock of biological
reagents, set of reagent bottles for each student, a large assortment of
glassware, and various pieces of physiological apparatus.
Opening from the main laboratories are smaller rooms available for
those pursuing special lines of investigation. The basement labora-
tory is utilized for aquaria, anatomical tanks, animal cages and appli-
ances for various lines of special work.
LABORATORIES FOR GEOLOGY AND PALEONTOLOGY.
The material for illustrating the work in geology and paleontology
embraces:
I. The museum collection of rocks, day, building stones, miner-
als, and fossils.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 105
3. A large series of maps, charts, lantern slides, photographs, and
geological models.
3. A lithological lathe for making rock sections, or se<^ons to illus-
trate the strudiure of ancient forms of animals and plants.
4. Petrographical microscopes.
5. Photographic apparatus, including a large photomicrographic
camera.
6. A large series of negatives from which the students make prints
to illustrate their permanent note books.
7. Geological phenomena illustrated within easy reach of Iowa
City.
The surrounding neighborhood affords many instrudtive examples
of phenomena of interest to the student of geology. At the same time
it offers unexcelled opportunities for field work in mapping, making
geological sedtions, tracing strata from one exposure to another, and
making paleontological coUedUons. The Pleistocene deposits are of
especial interest. The available material is not only sufficient to illus-
trate the ordinary undergraduate courses in geology, but advanced
students will find enough to occupy their time with profit for two or
more years.
BOTANICAL LABORATORY.
This laboratory is located on the second floor of the Natural Science
Building, and is in diredt communication with the herbarium. It is
supplied with heavy oak, slate-topped tables, furnished with drawers
and cases for the instruments used in microscopic work, and is ar-
ranged to accommodate thirty students at one time. Thirty com-
pound microscopes, with necessary accessories, 8e<ftion-cutters, etc.,
are at the disposal of the students.
Connedied with the main laboratory are private laboratories for stu-
dents pursuing special lines of investigation. Two of these are fur-
nished with special miscroscopes, a photomicrographic camera, and
apparatus for investigation in vegetable physiology.
A fine stereopticon, the joint property of this and the geological
laboratory, is a recent addition to our general equipment. These
laboratories are well lighted, and in every way adapted to 8atisfa<^ry
work.
106 StATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
PSYCHOLOGICAL LABORATORY.
The psychological laboratory occupies the lower floor of the brick
building, No. 14 North Clinton street, facing the campus. It includes
a commodious ledlure room, library and reading room, in addition to
three quiet, well-lighted rooms for laboratory work, and a dark room.
The thorough equipment of the laboratory with apparatus and
needed accessories offers excellent opportunity for the study of the
different senses, memory, illusions, time relations of mental phenom-
ena, and the nervous system.
A partial list of apparatus is as follows: A complete set of instru-
ments for stud3ring the time relations of mental phenomena by the
graphic method, this set, excluding the smaller necessary accessories,
comprises the following pieces: a recording drum, three induction
coils, various kinds of batteries, multiple key, readUon keys, five-fin-
ger reaction key, graphic chronometer with eledlro-magnetic attach-
ment, rheocord, 100 v. d. ele<Stro-magnetic tuning-fork, double conta^
ele<5bx>-magnetic tuning-fork, time markers, automatic contact, gal-
vanometer, condenser, touch key, switches, commutator, telephone-
receivers, Geissler stimulator for sight reaction, pendulum circuit
interrupter, instantaneous exposure apparatus, slide indu^orium, foil
apparatus and speed counter. A spark chronoscope and Jastrow's
sorting apparatus have recently been added. For the study of taste
and smell: several varieties of olfactometers and gustatory apparatus.
For touch, muscle sense, temperature and kindred phenomena: three
sets of muscle sense weights, loaded boxes for the study of the psycho-
physic law and weight illusions, two sets illusion blocks, steadiness
gauge, von Frey*s pressure balance, sethesiometers, hot and cold spot
apparatus; balance scale, five dynamometers, ergograph, algometer,
Marey tambours, thought-adtion apparatus, foil, muscle-memory ap-
paratus, voluntary motor recorder, spirometer and set of touch weights.
For hearing: siren, sound pendulum (by Krille), series of 22 Koenig
cylinders for highest audible tone, Galton whistle with manometer and
blower, Appunn's reed, set of tuning-forks with resonance boxes for
illustrating harmony, beats and sympathetic vibration, two sets of
forks for discriminations of pitch, metronome, two audiometers, two
pitch pipes, sonometer, stroboscope for study of pitch differences.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 107
For sight: rotation apparatus with Maxwell color disks for illustrating
mixing of colors, color contrast, etc., contrast apparatus, two tachisto-
scopes, Bwald's pseudoscope, apparatus for testing color blindness,
Rothe's color-wheel with disks, Bradley's pseudoptics, two photo-
meters, binocular and monocular apparatus, eye-muscle apparatus,
dark box, apparatus for outlining the blind spot, zootrope, perimeter,
the latest model of the Zimmerman kymograph and zeitsinn appa-
ratus, a plethysmograph, a pneumograph, and a sphygmograph are
used in the study of rhythm, etc.
In addition to the appcuratus enumerated above, numerous other pieces
for demonstration purposes might be mentioned. The study of the
nervous system is illustrated by about one himdred charts in addition
to various models, including Auzoux*s disse<Siible model of the brain,
ear models, eye models, a compound microscope, a dissedting micro-
scope, slides of the nervous system, ophthalmotrope, nerve-muscle
machine, etc.
The workshop, fitted out with lathe, work bench, and necessary
tools, mimeograph, dissedting apparatus, etc., forms an indispensable
adjun^ to the laboratory. *
ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATORY.
The students* astronomical observatory is conveniently located on
the University campus. It is furnished with a five-inch equatorial
telescope by Grubb of Dublin, having circles, driving clock, position
micrometer, helioscope, and a solar and stellar spectroscope, a transit
instrument by William Wuerdeman of Washington, a prismatic sex-
tant, and artificial horizon by Pistor and Martins of Berlin, clock
chronometer, chronograph, etc.
The mathematical and astronomical library comprises over one
thousand volumes, including many rare and valuable works. The
periodical literature devoted to these branches of science is also well
represented.
CIVIL ENGINEERING LABORATORIES AND DRAUGHTING
ROOMS.
The hydraulic laboratory is a room having a floor space of 575 square
feet. The equipment for 1899- 1900 will include the necessary tanks
108 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
with standard orifices, tubes and weirs for free and submerged flow,
hook gauge, water meters of various kinds, pressure gauges, and other
necessary appliances for illustxating hydraulic principles; also a Price's
pneumatic current meter for field gaugings.
The cement laboratory contains a Riehle i,ooo pound cement tester,
a Fairbanks automatic shot-stop cement tester of same capacity,
briquette making machine of the Sims and S. U. I. type, and all neces-
sary tanks, mixing sinks, molds, etc., for making complete tests of
cement.
The iron, steel, and wood laboratory contains an autographic test-
ing machine and a 100,000 pound Riehle machine.
The draughting rooms are well lighted and equipped with all neces-
sary appliances.
The department is provided with a field equipment ample to permit
full and complete pradtice in the different kinds of surveying; this
equipment consists of a vernier compass, a railroad compass, a solar
compass, levels and transits, with stadia, gradienter and Saegmullar
solar attachment, also a plane table of the latest approved form with
best telescopic alidade and all necessary attachments, together with
all the rods, flags, chains, tapes, etc., that are necessary to equip fully
the various classes and divisions in surveying without interfering with
each other in their work.
The engineering library consists of over 500 volumes of the standard
works on the various engineering subjedls; these books are selected
from and are a part of the general library, but are arranged in a con-
venient room adjacent to the drawing rooms, and are freely used by
the engineering student. All the best engineering journals and
periodicals are received, bound, and kept on file.
Each engineering student is eligible for membership in the Engi-
neering Society. This society meets each week, and papers upon
engineering subjedls are prepared and read by the students.
An engineering journal, The Transit ^ is published annually by the
University. It is edited by the members of the Engineering Society,
and contains the results of original research in engineering problems
by undergraduate students and alumni.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 109
NATURAI. HISTORY COLLECTIONS.
GEOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS.
1. A large series of minerals, building stones, fossils, earths, etc.,
colle<5led chiefly in the prosecution of the State geological surveys,
between the years 1856 and 1870. These collections are annually in-
creasing by contributions from various sources.
2. The Calvin collection of American and European fossils.
3. A collection of cretaceous cycads from the Dakota sandstone
of the Black Hills.
4. Recent extensive collections illustrating the cretaceous faunas
and economic geology of the Black Hills.
5. A collection illustrating general economic geology.
A beautifully preserved skeleton of a Mosasaur, Platecarpus, has
lately been added to the geological collections through the generosity
of the Davenport Alumni Association.
HERBARIUM.
The herbarium is located in one room on the second floor of the
Natural Science Building. It contains:
1. A very large and constantly increasing collection of fungi,
chiefly saprophjrtic, from all parts of North and Central America. To
be classed here is also a large collection of the myxomycetes from all
parts of the world.
2. A large collection of ferns and mosses from both hemispheres,
including an especially complete series from tropical America.
3. A collection of lichens, representing most of the species of the
United States.
4. A collection of many thousand flowering plants, representing
very fully the flora of North America, and especially rich in Central
American and European forms. The number of plants in the herba-
rium exceeds 200,000.
5. A collection of seeds and dry fruits including cones, represent^
ing the flora of North America chiefly, but containing also much
material from the tropics.
. 6. A collection of the principal woods of the United States.
110 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA,
The herbarium coUedlions, thanks to friends and colle^rs in Tarioas
parts of the world, are steadily increasing in extent and value. It b
hoped that private coUediors will hereafter as heretofore find the
University a proper place for the deposit and care of collections of
plants.
In 1898 botanical expeditions were sent to various sections of the
United States. The principal one of these was in charge of Mr. T. E.
Savage, and was employed in Or^^n and Washington; Professor B.
Shimek spent some weeks in similiar work in Mississippi, and Mr. P.
C. Myers in various parts of Iowa.
Special thanks in this connedtion are also due to E. W. D. Hoi way;
A. P. Morgan, C. L. Smith, T. E. Lenocker, T. J. Fitzpatrick, F. Rep-
pert, T. M. Holsinger, H. F. Wickham, Paul Bartsch, B. Fink, R. I.
Cratty, J. E. Cameron, C. C. Stover, L. M. Cavanagh, Ellen Dubai, T.
E. Savage, P. C. Myers, C. W. Irish, W. G. Farlow, E. Bethel, Kath-
arine Vale, Columbian Museum, H. L. Jones, S. Calvin, Mae Webber.
MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY.
The museum of natural history is rapidly growing, and is becom-
ing more valuable through donations of material by friends of the
University.
By the generosity of the coUe^^r, the fine Homaday collection
of mammals and birds has become the property of the University.
This colle<Stion contains many rare forms of tnammalft and birds, and
is particularly rich in typical exotic forms from India and Australia.
Mr. D. H. Talbot of Sioux City has donated to the University his
extensive collection of natuxal history specimens and minerals. This
collection contains many thousand specimens, being e^>ecially rich in
mammals, birds, and anatomical preparations.
During the last ten years, expeditions for zoological explorations in
the interest of the University have visited the following r^ons:
Hahfttnft Tslftnd.<t, Bay of Fundy, Rocky Mountain region, Pacific coast,
Alaska, mountains of Tennessee, the Winnip^ country. Lake Atha-
basca, Great Slave Lake, the ArCtic coast, Siberia, Cuba, Florida Keys,
British West Indies, and the Bay of Naples.
An entire rearrangement of the museum has been undertaken, and
a new system of labeling, cataloguing, and exhibiting has been adopted
COI/IyEGIATE DEPARTMENT. Ill
with the intention of making the material of the utmost pra<^ical use
to students of natural history.
A large library of reference for the use of students of zoology is
placed on the museum floor, and a free use of all the material in the
various colle<Stions is encouraged, for which purpose a cheerful and
convenient study room has been provided for the use of students and
specialists.
ZOOI,OGICAI, COI^I^KCTIONS.
1. Mammals. A large series of mounted specimens is now on
exhibition, the great majority being rare and valuable foreign species,
including a series of marsupials, which surpasses an3rthing of the kind
west of the AUeghanies.
Besides the Homaday colle<5lion, the museum contains a large num-
ber of native mammals, about forty specimens being from the Pacific
coast. A complete series of the larger mammals of North America is
now being secured through the kindness of Mr. D. H. Talbot, and
the efforts of Mr. Prank Russell, who returned from the far North
with an exceptionally fine series of the large mammals of that region,
including five good specimens of the musk ox.
2. Birds. The ornithological material in the museum now em-
braces about 1 1, coo specimens, about i,ooo of which are exhibited in
the mounted series, the remainder being included in the study series
for the use of students and specialists.
Besides a large colle<ftion of native birds, containing nearly all the
species found in Iowa, the following colledtions are noteworthy:
The Homaday colledlion of birds, containing one hundred and
twenty-five specimens, nearly all of which are exotics, and many, such
as the ostrich and emu, of great value.
The Bond colle<SUon of birds of Wyoming, donated together with a
large collection of Iowa birds, by Mr. Prank Bond of Cheyenne,
Wyoming.
The Harrison colle^on of British game birds and birds of prey, a
large and valuable series, donated by John Harrison, Esq., of England.
The Talbot colle<5tion of American birds, embracing thousands of
specimens, mostly from the Mississippi valley.
A collection of 500 birds from the N. W. Provinces of British Amer-
ica, made by the Curator, Mr. Prank Russell, and Mr. A. G. Smith.
112 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
A colte<5tion of about 600 specimens of birds from the Winnip^
country, Great Slave Lake, Athabasca Lake, the Mackenzie River, and
the ArdUc coast, made by Mr. Frank Russell.
The Curator has donated his study series of over 800 bird skins from
North and Central America, and the Bahama Islands.
3. Reptiles. The alcoholic colledlion of reptiles has received many
important additions, among which may be mentioned a number of
specimens from India, donated by Rev. A. Loughridge, and many
native specimens presented by students. Ex-Regent B. F. Osbom has
donated his large coUedtion of alcoholic specimens, which consists
principally of reptiles, thus nearly doubling the series of these forms.
4. Fishes. Assistant Professor B. Shimek has presented the mu-
seum with his entire colle<5Uon of fresh-water fishes, of which the
museum now has seven hundred specimens, besides a number of
marine forms.
A coUedtion of 135 species of the fresh- water fishes of Central and
Western North America, has been donated to the University by the
United States Fish Commission.
5. Insedts. Assistant Professor Wickham is now engaged in assort-
ing a large series of the coleoptera and lepidoptera of North America,
which he has generously donated. All of the foreign coleoptera in
this large coUedtion are now the property of the museum.
6. Marine Invertebrates. A coUedtion consisting of several thou-
sand specimens of crustaceans, moUusks, star fishes, corals, sponges,
etc., has been supplemented by a valuable series consisting of several
hundred alcoholic specimens, many of which are the gift of the United
States Fish Commission.
The alcoholic coUedtion has been enlarged by marine forms coUedked
during two expeditions to the Bahamas, Cuba, and the Florida Keys,
and thousands of specimens have been added by colledtions made in
the Bay of Fundy by Professors Calvin and Nutting.
A car load of marine specimens was secured by the Bahama expedi-
tion in 1893. This coUedtion contains a large number of deep-water
forms, thus giving the University special advantages in the matter of
marine materials for exhibition and study.
A valuable series of marine forms of the more fragUe and delicate
kinds, such as medusee, sea-anemones, etc., has been secured from the
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 113
Stazione 2^oologica at Naples, where the most superb preparations of
these beautiful forms are made.
7. Terrestrial and Fresh Water Mollusca. The Shimek collection
of land and fresh-water shells, embracing nearly all the species known
to occur in Iowa, together with many exotic species.
8. Osteological Preparations. A series of mounted skulls and skel-
etons, illustrating the osteology of typical series of vertebrates, is
exhibited, and is of the greatest value to students of comparative
anatomy and zoology. During the last year the skeleton of a large
whale {Balaena biscaytnsis) has been received.
9. Ethnological Material, illustrating the handiwork of the Mound
Builders, Pueblo Indians, Zunis, Moquis, Acomas, Mojaves, Crees,
Dog Ribs, Metis, Kosmolliks, Piegans, Tchukchees, and Navajos, to-
gether with skulls and other remains of the ancient and modem in-
habitants of America.
Mr. D. H. Talbot of Sioux City has added very largely to this
department of the museimi. Mr. Russell has been adlive in securing
ethnological specimens illustrating the life and manufadhires of the
Crees, of other northern tribes of Indians, and of the Esquimaux.
GENERAI< INFORMATION.
THE LIBRARY.
The Library comprises about 32,500 volimies. Much prog^ress has
been made in replacing the 25,000 volumes lost by fire in 1897, and
laige additions will be made during the coming year. About 160
periodicals, foreign and domestic, are regularly taken, and many
newspapers of the state are generously contributed by their publishers.
These are kept in the general reading-room and are accessible to all
students during library hours.
The main room of the library is large and well lighted, and is open
to students of all departments of the University from 8 a. m. till 12
M., and from 1 130 to 5 P. M., and from 7 to 9 p. M.
114 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
LITERARY AND SCIENTIFIC SOCIETIES.
The literary and scientific societies maintained by the Faculty and
the students of the University afford an important means of general
culture, scientific research, and literary and forensic training, and thus
form a valuable element as well as an attrsuSlive feature in University
life.
Of those condudted by the Faculty, the Baconian has for its object
discussion of scientific questions, and the Pouticai, Sobncb Club
discusses questions in history, politics, economics, law, education, and
ethics, while the Whitney Society is devoted to the field of lan-
guage and literature and the methods of teaching these subje^.
The Phi Beta Kappa Society eledb to membership, on the basis
of high scholarship, a certain number from the graduating class who
have completed the Classical or Philosophical Course.
Among the purely literary societies are the Tabard, Poi,ygon, and
Ivy Lane. The Irving Institute, the Zetagathian Society, the
Phii^omathian Society for young men, and the Hesperian Society
and the Erodei^hian Society for young women, hold weekly
meetings for improvement in debate, oratory, writing, and dedama*
tion.
There are also in the institution societies connected with the Engi-
neering, Chemical, Law, and Medical Departments.
MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS.
The University Glee Club, the Minstrels, the Military Band, the
Mandolin Club, etc., afford opportunity for musical training and fur-
nish entertainments.
THE LECTURE BUREAU.
The Zetagathian and Irving Societies unite to form a Le^hire Bureau
which furnishes a series of literary and musical entertainments.
THE ORATORICAL LEAGUE.
This association is made up of members of the Zetagathian, Irving,
and Philomathean Societies, and is a member of the Northern Orator-
ical League, consisting of Oberlin College, Northwestern University,
and the Universities of Wisconsin, Michigan, Chicago, and Iowa.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT. 115
THE DEBATING LEAGUE.
This oi^ganization, composed of the Zetagathian and Irving Societies,
carries on systematic training in debating through private pradlice and
public contests. It has had public debates with the Universities of
Minnesota and Chicago for some years, and will this year meet the
Universities of Minnesota and Wisconsin.
ATHLETIC UNION.
For the encouragement and better management of athletic sports
and games the students of the University have organized an Athletic
Union to which the students of all departments and classes are admitted
upon the payment of a nominal membership fee.
CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATIONS.
The Young Men's and Young Women's Christian Associations are
the center of the religious life of the University and a<^ve f adlors in
all forms of moral and Christian work properly within the scope of
such organizations. All students of good moral chanuEler are invited
to membership either adtive or associate. Through the exertions of
these associations, Close Hall has been ere^ed, mainly from funds
contributed by the Faculty, students, and alumni of the University, and
the citizens of Iowa City. It is a spacious and convenient building,
containing a large assembly hall, gymnasium, reading rooms, recep-
tion rooms, and bath rooms. It is extensively used for the meetings of
the associations, as well as for the social, literary, and class gatherings
of the students.
Through the generosity of Hon. T. S. Parvin the social room of the
Y. W. C. A., has been finely fitted out with furniture, cabinet, and
pidlures, as a memorial to his wife and daughter. A similar room for
the Y. M. C. A., has been suitably furnished by Mr. W. D. Cannon,
Jr., of Iowa City.
The Associations strive to be useful to all students in every feasible
way. Members meet new students at the trains, aid them in securing
suitable rooms and boarding places, hold receptions at the opening of
the year and on various occasions, maintain an employment bureau,
and issue for free distribution a Student's Handbook containing
116 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
information of interest and value to the whole student body. The
General Secretary is glad to be helpful to students on all occasions.
HOSPITALS.
The two Hospitals conne<fted with the University afford the best care
and treatment for students seriously ill. Provision for free beds for
students is commended to the attention of generous friends of the Uni-
versity.
UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS.
Natural History Bulletin. The laboratories of natural history
inaugtirated in 1888 the publication of bulletins for the purpose of
preserving a record of the work prosecuted along the lines of botany,
geology, and zoology. Four volumes have thus far appeared in six-
teen nimibers, and material for the fifth volume is ready for publica-
tion. This may be expedted during the next eighteen months. The
numbers have a large circulation and are ettoX, gratis to all correspond-
ents from whom the University receives an equivalent, either in
publications or material. To others the price is 50 cents a number.
Address the Secretary of the University.
The Transit. An engineering journal, Tlu Transit^ is published
annually by the University. It is edited by the members of the Engi-
neering Society, and contains the results of original research in
engineering problems by imdergraduate students and alumni.
Studies in Psychology, This is an annual publication devoted to
experimental psychology, begun in 1897. It contains the results of
original research by the students and instructors in the psychological
laboratory.
Documentary MaUrial Relating to the History of Iowa. These
publications contain documentary material illustrative of the history
and politics of the commonwealth of Iowa. The series is edited by
the professor of government and administration.
STUDENT PUBLICATIONS.
The Vidette-Reporter. A tri-weekly newspaper.
The Quill. A weekly literary publication.
The Hawkeye. A University annual published by the Junior dais.
COLtEGlATE DEPARTMENT. 117
UNIVERSITY EXTENSION.
The University recognizes in the University Extension movement
an agency of great value in education. It invites correspondence from
communities which may desire to organize le^ure courses on literary
and scientific subjedU, and will to the extent of its ability meet the
desires of these communities. Lediure courses covering a wide range
of subje^ are offered by members of the University Faculties. Printed
matter explaining the work offered by the University, including
syllabi of ledlure courses, is published by the University, and can be
secured by addressing the Director of University Extension.
PRIZES.
Peck Prizbs.— Mr. P. W. Peck of Chicago has established for the
Northern Oratorical League prizes of $ioo and $so to be given to the
first and second honor men in the annual contests.
PiCKARD Prizb. — ^A prize of $20 was offered last year by Dr. J. h.
Pickard for the encouragement of extempore speaking to the student
in political science who was awarded first rank in competitive extem-
pore debate. A prize of the same value is again offered for this year.
The competitive debate will take place early in June.
Sawybr Prize. — A special gold medal, or a purse of I25, known as
The Sawyer prize, is offered for 1900 for the best essay of three thou-
sand words written by any student of the University on a subject
approved by the professor of English.
ROBBRT Tii«UNGHAST pRBNCH Prizb.— A gold medal, in memory
of the late Captain Robert French of Davenport, is offered for the best
short story written by any student of the University. If work of suffi-
cient merit is offered in competition, the medal will be awarded in
1899. If no such work is offered in that year, the medal will be
awarded the first year sufficiently good work appears.
LowDBN Prizbs. — Frank O. Lowden, Esq., of the class of 1885,
offers two prizes of the value of ^25 each for excellence in classical
scholarship,— one for work in Latin and the other for work in Greek.
The conditions of the competition will be announced at the opening
of the collegiate year 1899-1900.
118 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Maykr Prizb. — Mr. Max Mayer of Iowa City has established a
prize of the annual value of $2$ for excellence in athletics. The de-
tails as to the special matters of competition and the methods of
awarding the prize will be publicly announced at the beginning of
the year 1899-1900. This prize is open to students of all departments
of the University.
The Locai. Axumni Association Prize. — ^An annual prize of free
tuition, $25, is offered to the Freshman from Johnson County who
passes the best special examination set for this purpose.
Morgan Prize. — ^A cup of the value of {25 is offered annually by
Mr. R. E. Morgan of Iowa City for the best record made in football
kicking. The competition is open to all students of the University.
STUDENTS AND CIVII, AUTHORITIES.
The relations of students to all laws and to city ordinances is pre-
cisely the same as that of other residents of the city. The University
grounds are as completely under the jurisdidtion of the civil authori-
ties as any other part cf the city.
MEANS OF MORAL AND REIylGIOUS CULTURE.
Besides the opportunities offered by the Christian Associations, and
the positive influence exerted by them, the churches of the city, in
which the members of the Faculty are a lai^e factor, take a deep inter-
est in the students of the University and heartily welcome them to
their public services and to a share in their religious activities and
social life. The churches of the city are the Baptist, Christian, Con-
gregational, German and English Lutheran, Methodist Episcopal,
Presbyterian, Protestant Episcopal, Roman Catholic, Unitarian, and
Church of God.
PHYSICAL TRAINING AND ATHLETICS.
The University authorities encourage physical training as acquired
in a gymnasium, in military drill, and in the exercises and sports in
the athletic park, but only in such amount and of such charadler as
is compatible with, and promotive of, the higher obje<5ls of the Uni^-cr^
sity. Intercollegiate contests are allowed, but under conditions as to
COtLSGIATB DBPARTMBNT. lid
membership and organization of teams, and leaves of absence deter-
mined by the Faculty, on report and recommendation of the Faculty
committee on athletics.
In addition to this committee there is an Advisory Board composed
of four students and three members of the Faculty, to which are com-
mitted the general supervision and control of athletic affairs. The
University is a member of the Iowa Inter-Collegiate Athletic Compadi,
and the Faculty requires that the rules of the Compa<S^, a copy of
which appears on the enclosed leaflet, shall be stridUy complied with.
Athletic Park. This field contains about ten acres in the immediate
vicinity of the University grounds on which have been construdled a
track for running and bicycling, tennis courts, baseball and football
fields, and a grand stand.
G3rmnasium. In connection with dose Hall is an excellent gym-
nasium, equipped with suitable apparatus, lockers, baths, etc. This is
under the diredlion of a competent instru^or, who oi^anizes classes
for both young men and young women.
NEW COLLEGIATE HALL.
This building now in process of ere<5lion will be 120 z 260 feet, three
stories and basement in height, and will contain ninety-two recitation
rooms, seminary rooms and offices, waiting room for gentlemen,
ladies' waiting room, and a general lecture room having a seating
capacity of 250. Its style is Colonial which harmonizes with the Cen-
tral Building (Old Capitol). It will be built with Bedford stone, fire-
proofed throughout, lighted with gas and ele^ricity, and equipped
with a complete system of heating and ventilation.
In September, 1900, Collegiate Hall will be occupied by the chairs
of English, French, German, Greek, Latin, History, Political Science,
Pedagogy, Government and Administration, Psychology and Philos-
ophy, and Mathematics.
In addition to ample ledture rooms, each chair will have an office,
and a Seminary room for the use of advanced students working under
the direction of the professors in chaise, and for the chair of Psy-
chology there will be a large and well equipped laboratory.
120 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA,
EXPENSES.
There are no dormitories and no commons conneifted with the Uni-
versity. Boarding and lodging in private houses can be obtained for
from $3 to {5 a week. Clubs are also formed, in which the cost of
living is from I1.50 to I2.50 a week. Room rent varies from 50 cents
to I1.50 for each student a week.
The expense for tuition is as follows:
Coll^iate Department, $25 per annum, payable, $10 at the begin-
ning of the first term, f 10 at the beginning of the second term, and
the balance at the beginning of the third term. For one or two terms
the fee will be |io each. Application for reduction of tuition in this
department, or for exemption therefrom, may be made to the Presi-
dent, and will be referred to the Executive Committee, or to the Board
of Regents.
Each candidate for graduation will be required to pay a fee of $5.
A fee of |io is required of all candidates for the Master's d^ree, for
the degree of Civil Engineer, or for the degree of Dodlor of Philosophy.
Ample facilities are afforded in the city for instruction in book-
keeping, stenography and type-writing, in studies preparatory to the
University, and in music, by the High School, the Iowa City Com-
mercial College, the Academy, the Iowa City Conservatory of Music,
and by private instrudlors.
LAW DEPARTMENT.
FACULTY AND LECTURERS.
Amos Noyes Currier, A. M., JJlt. D.,
A<5ting President.
Bmun McCi«ain, a. M., LL. D.,
Chancellor and Resident Professor of I«aw.
Samuki. Hayes, M. S., LL. B.,
Resident Professor of I«aw.
James a. Rohbach, A. M., Lly. B.,
Secretary and Resident Professor of I«aw.
Harry S. Richards, Ph. B., LL. B.,
Resident Professor of I«aw.
GiPFORD S. Robinson, LL. D.,
I«e<5turer on I«aw.
Martin J. Wade, LL. B.,
I^e^turer on I«aw.
Horace E. Deemer, LL. B.,
I,e<5turer on I^aw.
Theodore Anderson, Ph. B., LL. B.,
Itfibrsrian.
LAW DEPARTMENT.
PREPARATORY STUDY; LENGTH OF COURSE.
The profession of law is properly regarded as a learned profession,
requiring a considerable degree of general education as a preparation
for its proper study and prance. Those who can take a college course
either in whole or in part, before entering upon the prescribed period
of law study, should do so, and it is recommended that in preparatory
study special attention be given to American and English history,
political science, and international law. Whether one who desires to
enter upon the study of law shall have collegiate preparation may
perhaps be left to his own judgment, with the suggestion that such
preparation is important to ultimate professional success. But in order
that the student may successfully prosecute his studies in the law
school he should have at least a high school education or its equiva-
lent, and this will be insisted upon as a condition for admission to this
Department.
The Statutes of Iowa regidating admission to the bar require two
years* study of law, and the same term of study is required for gradu-
ation from the Law Department. The course of study is arranged on
this basts, extending through two school years of thirty-six weeks
each, exclusive of vacations, and the students are classified accordingly
as Juniors and Seniors. The State Bar Association has recommended
to the Legislature the extension of the required term of study for
admission to the Bar to three years, and whenever such extension is
made the Law Department will, without doubt, extend its course of
study to three years, and in this respedi as in others strive to keep
abreast of the best law schools of the country, but so long as a two
years* term of study is sufficient to secure admission to the bar it is not
deemed expedient to require a longer term for graduation from the
Department.
LAW DEPARTMENT. 123
METHODS OF INSTRUCTION.
The aim of any course of mstru<5tion in law may properly^ be con-
sidered as twofold: First, to impart a knowledge of the recognized
principles of the law, and, secondly, to discipline the mind in methods
of legal study. Various methods of instrudlion, each having its
special merits, are pursued in different schools. They may be roughly
arranged in three classes, namely, ledlures, text-book instru<^on, and
study of cases. The peculiar merit of the first is that it may be made
the means of giving the most vivid and striking pidlure of legal prin-
ciples; the second furnishes the most convenient means of individual
study, and the third the best discipline in legal thinking. In this
school the effort is made so to present the subjedls as to combine in
the highest practicable degree the excellences of these various methods.
In conne<5tion with several of the ledbire courses, the students are
furnished with printed synopses, which give in a concise form, and
more accurately than a student would usually write them in his note-
book, the principal do<Ebines of the subjedl, arranged according to
some anal3rtical method. On some of the most extensive and impor-
tant subjedb, the students are required to provide themselves with
and use text-books in which lessons are to be regularly prepared and
recited, the recitations either following, or being accompanied with,
oral explanations more or less formal, calling attention to the impor-
tant dodlrines and explaining those which may be obscure. The
study of leading cases is carried on extensively in connedtion with the
courses of le<5hires, references for that purpose being given by the
lecturer, or printed in the synopsis, and the student is frequently
required to state briefly in the class the points decided in cases assigned
for that purpose. In some subje<Sis the students are required to pro-
vide themselves with volumes of seledled cases, and the exercise in
the class consists of a discussion of such cases by members of the
class, and deduction therefrom of the rules of law on the topic to
which the cases relate. This exercise in developing the rules of law
from adhial cases selected for the purpose, and studied by each stu-
dent before their discussion in the class, familiarizes the student with
the methods of investigation pursued by the lawyer and the judge,
and gives not only a knowledge of the law on the subje<5l, but a
124 STAtB UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
discipline in research and in legal thinking not to be attained, it is
believed, in any other way. As a preparation for this method of study,
the course in the study of cases is especially valuable.
The fadl that the greater part of the instru^on is by resident pro-
fessors, giving their entire time to the school, makes it possible to
pursue each subjedl consecutively, one hour a day, until it is con-
cluded. In this way the student is able to obtain a clearer and more
complete conception of the subje<5l presented than would be possible if
the instru<5lion were irregular and disconnedled.
As an aid and stimulus in study, and also for the purpose of fur-
nishing satisfactory evidence of progress, written examinations are
required from time to time on the various topics of the course, and
until a reasonable proficiency in each topic has thus been shown, the
candidate for graduation will not be presented to the committee for
final examination.
SCHEDULE OF STUDIES.
The course of study is so arranged that the Junior and Senior classes
have separate and distindt courses of instru^on throughout, and the
subje<5ls are divided between the two courses and arranged in each
course so as to be presented in natural order.
In the Jimior year are placed subjedls which are elementary and at
the same time fundamental. The work of this year is therefore of
more importance to the student than that of the Senior year, and
requires careful study, thereby imparting thorough discipline and
a familiarity with the methods of legal reasoning. It is believed
that the Junior studies are such as to make of the greatest value to
the student the services of regular and experienced instru^rs and the
advantages of a law school. Unless the principles of law as a system,
the nature of its important divisions, and the fundamental dodtrines
of such subjedls as Elementary Law, Contnuft, Torts, Criminal Law,
Pleading, and Evidence, are thoroughly mastered, the whole legal
education will be defedtive and unsatisfadlory.
The courses of study are so arranged that the students in each year
shall have instrudtion in studies peculiar to that year for at least two
hours a day, that time being divided between two instrudtora on sep-
LAW DEPARTMENT. 125
arate subjedls, which are thus carried along together. In each class a
third hour of class work will be required during a part of the year.
The following schedule of study has several features to some extent
peculiar. At the beginning of the Junior year a course of ledlures,
occup3dng one hour a day, is given on Elementary Law, in which
course the attention of the student is called to the nature of law, its
sources and development, the difference between the unwritten and
the written law, the method of determining what the law is by use of
reports, statutes, treatises, digests, etc., and finally to the different
branches into which the whole body of the law is usually divided, and
their relations to each other. This course covers remedial as well as
substantive law, and thus furnishes instrudlion in the general princi-
ples of pleading, serving in this respedl as a basis for the study of
Code Pleading.
To the various branches of pleading and practice, special, attention
is given. Although it has been generally considered that the logic of
pleading is to be found in the common law system, while the code
sjTStem is looked upon as unscientific, yet a comparative study of the
two will show that the latter is broader in its principles and more lib-
eral in its application than the former. The principal branches of
practice are fully treated during the Junior year in order that the stu-
dent may apply them in the moot courts; but an advanced course in
pleading with special reference to principles of common law pleading
is given in the Senior year.
The school attempts to teach how to ascertain the authoritative
value of cases. There is one course in which this is the only purpose.
In this course the fadls, pleadings, and result of each case are briefly
stated by the student. Attention is then directed to the manner in
which the case reached the court whose opinion is reported. The stu-
dent is required to discover exadlly what proposition of law was essen-
tial to the decision and to eliminate di^. To this end he is finally
required to prepare a brief but accurate note of the dodhine for which
the case is authority. This work is intended to fit students for pre-
paring briefs, text-books, and digests. Obviously this method is
identical with that adopted by all careful lawyers in coUedling author-
ities. The student who has mastered the system is prepared to make
good use of other case courses in which the ultimate purpose is the
126 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
mastery of the subjedt to which the cases pertain, and, indeed, is pre>
pared to use intelligently all cases to which he may be referred in any
part of his study or future practice.
The following schedule presents the course substantially as it was
given during the year 1898-99 and the order in which the subje^
may be expedked during the year 1899-1900.
JUNIOR YEAR.
Elementary Law. A course of ledtures presenting the elementary
principles of law in general, and of its important branches. This
course covers also the principles of pleading. Eight and one-half
weeks. Professor Rohbach.
Contracts and Study of Cases. Bishop on Contra^, and Wam-
baugh*s Cases for Analysis, being the text-books used. Thirteen and
one-half weeks. Professor Richards.
Code Pleading. A course of instruction, mainly by leisure, on plead-
ing imder the codes, with practical exercises. Five weeks. Professor
Hayes.
winter term.
Sales, Bailments, and Pledges. A course of instru^on by the use
of Burdick's Cases on Sales and printed synopsis of bailments and
pledges. Nine weeks. Chancellor McCi^ain.
Torts. Recitations in Cooley on Torts, with oral explanations, and
citation and examination of leading cases. Eleven weeks. Professor
Hayes.
Agency. A course of lediures. One week. Judge Robinson.
Domestic Relations. A course of ledtures on the subjedt of marriage
and divorce, the property rights of married women, parent and child,
guardian and ward, the rights and liabilities of infants, and kindred
topics. Three weeks. Judge Deemer.
SPRING TERM.
Negotiable Instrmnents. Recitations in Norton on Bills and Notes.
Five weeks. Professor Rohbach.
LAW DEPARTMENT. 127
Trial and Judgment. Lediures on procedure at law in Courts of
Record from the beginning of the trial until the entering of judgment
with references to statutory provisions. Five weeks. Professor
Hayes.
Eridence. Recitations in Jones on Evidence. Five weeks. Judge
Wadk.
Criminal Law. A course of le<5lures accompanied with recitations
in McClain's Outlines of Criminal Law and Procedure, with references
also to statutory provisions. Five weeks. Professor Rohbach.
Probate Law and Procedure. A course of ledfcnres on the execution
and probate of wills, and the law of executors and administrators, in-
cluding the settlement and distribution of decendents' estates, with
references to statutory provisions and examination of cases. Five
weeks. Professor Richards.
International Law. LedVures, with recitations in Snow's Cases on
International Law as a text-book. Optional. Four weeks. Chan-
cellor McClfAIN.
SENIOR YEAR.
FAU, TBRM.
Real Property. Recitations in Tiedeman on Real Property, accom-
panied with oral explanations and references to leading cases and
le<Slure8on adtionsto recover real property. Ten weeks. Professor
Haybs.
Insurance. A course of ledhires on Fire, Life, and Accident Insur-
ance. Four weeks. Chancellor McCi#ain.
Cairien. Study of cases, McClain's Cases on Carriers (covering
both carriers of goods and carriers of passengers) being used as a text-
book. Six weeks. Chancellor McCi^iN.
Criminal Procedure. Ledhires with recitations in McClain's Out-
lines of Criminal Law and Procedure. Three and one-half weeks.
Professor Rohbach.
Chattel Mortgages. Recitations in Jones on Chattel Mortgages.
Three and one-half weeks. Chancellor McCi^ain.
128 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
WINTER TERM.
Equity and Equity Pleading. Recitations in Bispham on Equity.
Ledlures on Equity Pleading. Nine weeks. Professor Richards.
Corporations. I^6tures upon the general do<5lrines of the Law of
Corporations, both private and municipal. Seven weeks. Professor
ROHBACH.
Appellate Proceedings. I/e^ures upon the pra<Sticeand procedure
in Appellate Courts. One week. Judge Robinson.
Justice Practice. Le<Slures on Practice in Justices* Courts. One
week. Optional. Professor Haybs.
Guaranty and Suretyship. A course of lectures. One week. Judge
Dbbmbr.
Trial Practice. A course of ledlures. Two weeks. Judge Dbbmrr.
Damages. Recitations in Beale*s Cases on Damages. Optional.
Pour weeks. Chancellor McCi^ain.
spring tbrm.
Partnership. Study of Cases, Burdick*s Cases on Partnership being
used as a text-book. Five weeks. (Two weeks in winter term). Pro-
fessor Richards.
Constitutional Law and Federal Jarlspmdence. LeiSlures, with ref-
erences to Cooley*s Principles of Constitutional Law, and also study
of selected cases. Ten weeks. Chancellor McCi^iN.
Pleading. An advanced course, Perry on Pleading being used as a
text-book. Ledlures. Three weeks. Professor Haybs.
Attachment, Gamiahmenty and Execution. Ledtures, with references
to statutory provisions and leading cases. Three weeks. Professor
Haybs.
STUDIES IN COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT.
For the purpose of giving the law students all the advantages of the
University which it will be pnuSticable for them to make use of, it has
been arranged that so many of them as can do so without interference
with the regtdar studies required of them in the Law Department,
may attend any classes in the Collegiate Department.
Special attention is called to the opportunity thus a£forded for the
LAW DEPARTMENT. 129
study of elocution (in which separate classes are organized for law
students) and for pursuing any of the courses of study laid down in
political science, in history, in logic, or in English. No extra charge
will be made for such studies, but law students will be admitted to
such classes only on the approval of the lyaw Faculty, and with the
consent of the professor whose class they desire to enter.
LAW ELECTIVES FOR COLLEGIATE STUDENTS.
The Collegiate Faculty permits Seniors in that Department to take
as ele<5tive studies in their collegiate course, and to receive credit
therefor, any of the Junior law studies to the extent of thirty-six
weeks' work of one hour a day, but this provision does not apply to
students entering the Senior year from other colleges.
It is believed that, whether looked upon as a means of mental disci-
pline or as a preparation for the duties of citizenship or the prosecu-
tion of business, a full course in the Law Department will be found,
for those who are properly prepared for it and can pursue it as a part
of a liberal education, ftdly equal to any course of study that can be
pursued for the same length of time. If, however, a student deems it
not pra<^cable for him to pursue such a course of study after gradua-
tion from the Collegiate Department, he may derive some of the
advantages of such study, and some insight into the principles and
methods of the system of law under which he lives, by ele<5ting as part
of his regular course some of the groups of studies above given.
Credit will be given to students in the Collegiate Department taking
studies in this Department for work done, but no credit can be given
to those students in resped): to time, the statute requiring, for admission
to the bar of the State, that the applicant shall have spent at least two
years of nine months each in a law school, or two years of twelve
months each, in the office of some pradlicing attorney. Therefore,
while this Department gives credit for work done in any study taken
with its classes, yet it will not give credit for time unless the student
taking such study or studies shall have been duly enrolled as a student
of this Department.
MOOT COURTS.
For the purpose of affording exercise in the application of legal
principles to statements of fadts, and in connedUon with instrudlios in
130 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
pleading and practice, moot courts have become a well recognized
and important feature of the law school. Two such comts are con-
dudled in conne^lion with the Department, holding their sessions on
one or more afternoons of each week, each presided over by a mem-
ber of the Faculty. It is deemed best to keep the members of the two
classes separate in this, as in other work of the school, and it is thus
possible to seledl the cases assigned so that they may relate to subje^
on which the students have already had instru<^on . The Senior moot
court will be organized at the beginning of the fall term, whilst that
of the Jimiors will not commence its work until the winter term, prac-
tical exercises in pleading being given the members of that class dur-
ing the fall term, in connection with instruction in pleading and
praCHce.
The method of condudiing these courts is to give to two or more
students, representing the attorneys in the case, a written statement
showing the fadts on which the adtion and defense are to be based.
Pleadings are then prepared as they would be in an adbial case. These
pleadings are subjedted to attack by motion or demurrer, and the
issues of law or fadt raised are tried to the court, the statement of
fadls being regarded as the evidence offered on issues of fadt.
Another method of trial has been introduced with success, which in-
volves the proof by competent evidence of the fadb shown by the
statement. This gives praAice in the examination of witnesses and in
applying the rules determining the admissibility of evidence. During
one term, trials are condudted with all the formalities usual in nisi
prius courts, jurors being smnmoned and impaneled, witnesses sub-
poenaed, and instrudtions prepared and given.
It is also recommended that the students form dub courts for fur-
ther exercise in pleading and pradtice. Professors will give such
assistance in forming and condudting dub courts as is needed.
LITERARY SOCIETIES.
Two literary sodeties, the Hanmiond Law Senate and The Forum,
composed exdusivdy of students of this Department, hold regular
weekly meetings, furnishing to their members valuable training in
debating and other exerdses usually provided for by such oxganixa-
tions.
LAW DEPARTMENT. 131
UBRARY FACILITIES.
In commodious quarters on the same floor with the le6lure-room is
the Law library of nine thousand five hundred volumes, to which the
students have personal access. This library contains a ftdl series of
the reports of the Supreme Court of the United States and of the
courts of last resort of thirty-three states, including all the series of
reports most frequently referred to; also the American Decisions,
American Reports, American State Reports, Lawyers* Reports An-
notated, a colle<5Uon of English Reports, which, with additions lately
made, is almost complete, full series of the Reporter System and a
large colletSHon of the latest and best law text-books.
The library is in charge of a regular librarian who renders valuable
assistance to the students in the prosecution of their work.
The library rooms are open for the use of students from 8 A. m. to
12 M., and from 1:30 to 5:30 and 7 to 9 p. M. of each school day, and
during the forenoon of Saturday.
The University library is open to the students of this Department,
as well as those of the other Departments of the University, and books
may be drawn from it under reasonable regulations. No extra charge
is made for the privileges of either of the libraries.
HAMMOND HISTORICAL LAW COLLECTION.
A valuable collection of twelve htmdred volumes relating principally
to the Civil Law and the History of the Common Law, presented to
the University by the widow of William G. Hammond, LL. D., the
first Chancellor of the Law Department, is kept in the Law library as
a separate collection for the use of the students of the Department
and others interested in such subjeCls. These books are in special
cases, tmder the charge of the Law librarian and accessible on request.
LECTURE HALL.
The Law Department has the exclusive occupancy of the second
floor of the central, or stone, building on the campus, which was
eredted for and used as the Capitol Building before the removal of the
capital of the State to Des Moines. The rooms on this floor are those
formerly occupied as legislative chambers. The leClure hall is fur-
132 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
nished with arm-chairs provided with broad arm-rests for use in tak-
ing notes.
FEES AND EXPENSES.
The rate of tuition established by the Board of Regents is J20 per
term of about twelve weeks, payable in advance, to the Secretary of
the University. Each student upon passing his final examination, is
required to pay the sum of |7 as a graduation fee, to cover the charge
for diploma and for certificates of admission to the State and Federal
Courts. There are no other fees or chaiges.
Other expenses may be made very reasonable. Good board and
lodging can be had at from $3.50 to $4.50 per week, and this may be
reduced to |2. 50 or I3.00 per week by taking meals in dubs.
COST OF BOOKS.
The books required for use in recitations, and with which the stu-
dent must provide himself, are the following:
Bishop on Contradis; McClain's Synopses; Annotated Code of Iowa;
Wambaugh's Cases for Analysis; Burdick*s Cases on Sales; Coole^ on
Torts; Jones on Evidence; McClain*s Outlines of Criminal Law and
Procedure; Norton on Bills and Notes; Tiedeman on Real Property;
McClain's Cases on Carriers; Bispham's Principles of Equity; Cooley*s
Principles of Constitutional Law; Perry on Pleading; Burdick's Cases
on Partnership, and the Law Bulletin.
The cost of the required books will not exceed (45.00 for the Junior
year, or I70.00 for both years.
The student will find it greatly to his advantage to provide himself
with a good law dictionary, and if pradticable, a copy of Blackstone's
Commentaries in any edition. It is desirable, also, that the student
bring with him or purchase, in addition to the above list of required
books, as many as pradticable of the following which are recommended
as the leading and best books on the subjedb which are taught by
ledbires; Walker's American Law, or Pomeroy's Municipal Law;
Schouler*s Domestic Relations; Pomeroy's Remedies and Remedial
Rights, or Bliss on Code Pleading; Drake on Attachment; Benjamin,
or Tiedeman, on Sales; Schouler on Bailments and Carriers; Story, or
Mechem, on Agency; Bates on Partnership; May on Insurance; Beach,
LAW DEPARTMENT. 183
or Morawetz, on Corporations; Curtis on Jiirisdi<5lion of Federal Courts;
Cooley*s Constitutional Limitations.
Any of the books mentioned may be procured through the Law
librarian from time to time, as needed, at a considerable redu<5lion
from list price; they are not kept for sale by the book-stores in Iowa
City.
The Department owns about twelve sets of the text-books above
mentioned as required in the course, which it will rent in sets to stu-
dents, furnishing them all the books required for either year for
I12.50 for the year. The rent sets do not include a law didtionary,
nor the Law Bulletin. As there are sometimes more calls for rent
sets than can be met, those who desire to rent books should make
application in advance.
ENROLLMENT AND PRELIMINARY EXAMINATIONS.
Students may enroll at any time. It is better, however, to enter at
the beginning of the term, and best to enter at the commencement of
the school year.
Those who enter the Department are expelled to have an English
education at least equivalent to that generally given in the high
schools of the State. A diploma, or certificate, showing the completion
of a college or high school course, or a course of study in an academy,
equivalent to a high school course, will be accepted in lieu of an
examination. Students who have not such diploma or certificate,
must take a preliminary examination in the usual branches of a high
school course, or present such evidence of proficiency therein as the
Faculty may require.
At the preliminary examination of September, 1898, each candidate
was required to write a short essay, corredl in expression, spelling,
capitalization, pundluation and paragraphing, on any one of the fol-
lowing subjedls, the essay not containing less than three hundred nor
more than six hundred words. The subjedls were:
Daniel Webster and contemporaneotis history; The Monroe Dodlrine;
Causes leading to the War with England in 1812; The Missouri Com-
promise; Kansas, the struggle as to whether it should be free or slave;
Penn and the Settlement of Pennsylvania; The Settlement of James-
town.
184 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA,
Future examinations will be similar to the examination here de-
scribed, the subjedls for essays varying from year to year.
Students wishing to study special subjedls without graduation will
be admitted without preliminary examinations upon showing them-
selves qualified to pursue the studies desired.
Preliminary examinations will be held on Wednesday, September
13, 1899, commencing at 9 A. M.
ADMISSION TO SENIOR STANDING.
To be qualified for admission to the Senior class a student must
have studied law in this or some other law school for at least thirty-
six weeks, so that on the completion of the Senior year in this school
he will have had the two years of law study required by the statute
for admission to pradlice in the Supreme Court of Iowa. In excep-
tional cases the Faculty will accept a certificate of reading under the
dire<^on of an attorney for not less than four months in lieu of law
school work; but a substitution of this kind will be discouraged, and
will not be accepted for more than one of the three terms of school
work required for the Junior year. Credit for time of pra<Stice as a
licensed attorney in this or any other state will be given under the
same limitations. If any claim for credit on account of reading under
an attorney's dire^ion or for time of practice as a licensed attorney is
to be made, certificates of the necessary fadU must be presented when
the student asks enrollment as a Senior, that is at the banning of
the fall term.
In addition to the requirements as to time, it will be necessary that
the applicant shall pass an examination, before admission to the
Senior class, upon at least five of the principal subjedls of the Junior
year, and if he is a candidate for graduation it will be necessary, in
addition to the five subjedls before mentioned, that he shall pass upon
all the subjedls of the Junior year as well as those of the Senior year,
at some time previous to his graduation. This rule applies to those
who have been admitted to piadlice as well as to students of law.
The examinations for admission to the Senior class for those who
have not previously completed the Junior course in the Department
win commence on the first day of the University year, Wednesday,
September 13, 1899.
LAW DEPARTMENT. 136
It will be seen from the above statement that the Faculty requires
for graduation substantially two years of law school study, giving
credit in no case for office reading or time of pradlice beyond three
months of law school work. In so far as these requirements are more
stridl as to credit to be given for office reading than heretofore, they
will not be applicable to those desiring to enter the Junior class at the
beginning of the next school year, to-wit, in September, 1899; but be-
ginning with the Junior class enrolled in the fall of 1900 they will be
stridUy followed. Those who desire to be enrolled as Seniors in Sep-
tember, 1900, for graduation in June, 1901, may do so under the pro-
visions announced in previous catalogues by which a substitution of
office study to the extent of eight months in lieu of two of the three
terms of the Junior year, was permitted.
The Faculty feels that two years of law school work is the very least
that should be accepted as sufficient to entitle a student to graduation
and therefore it will not permit the work of the Junior and the Senior
years to be combined or carried on at one time except that students
who are properly admitted to Senior standing will be allowed to make
up any portion of the Jimior course in which they are deficient. It
must be borne in mind that it is not the number of pages read, nor
the number of answers learned, which determines the student's
attainments in law, but that discipline and development of the mind,
and the habit of corre<A legal thinking, are essential elements of a
legal education. Experience has shown how imperfe^, as a rule, is
the preparation of those who study in offices, and how necessary S3rs-
tematic instrudtion is at the beginning of the student's course, and
the Faculty strongly recommends that all the studies of the Junior
year be pursued in the law school and that if but one year can be
spent in school, the student shall commence his studies there and read
in an office afterwards. Even those who have had previous reading
in an office will, it is believed, usually find the instrudHon in the
Junior year to be of greater importance to them than that of the
Senior year in obtaining a thorough and accurate knowledge of the
law. The practical advantages of experience in a law office are not to
be underrated, but such experience will prove of greater benefit after
the principles of law have been acquired than at the beginning of the
study.
136 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
GRADUATION.
Two years' study is essential to graduation, one 3rear of which must
have been spent in this school.
Students will be given credit for time of study in another school to
the extent of one year. In exceptional cases office study or time of
pradlice as an attorney may be accepted as a substitute for three
months of law school work.
Before being recommended for graduation, the candidate who has
pursued a portion of his studies elsewhere, must satisfy the Faculty of
his proficiency in those studies by passing examinations therein.
Candidates for graduation must be of goodcharadierand must, upon
being recommended by the Faoilty, pass a final examination con-
dudled at Iowa City by a committee of examiners appointed by the
Supreme Court of Iowa, in accordance with the rules of that court
regulating admission to the bar. Upon passing such examination,
the candidates receive the degree of Bachelor of Laws, and are admit-
ted to practice in all courts of the State of Iowa, and in the federal
courts of the Northern Distridi of Iowa, oaths of admission being ad-
ministered in conne<5Hon with their graduation; and they receive the
usual diplomas, and certificates of admission. Those who are not
twenty-one years of age may pass the examination and receive their
diplomas, but cannot be admitted to pradtice until attaining that age.
Final examinations will be held only at the end of the University
year.
Theses.
Each candidate for graduation must present to the Faculty, on
or before the first Monday in April, a thesis upon some legal topic
approved by the Factdty. Such thesis must be legibly written, or
printed by typewriter, on paper 8 x lo^ inches in size of page,
leaving a blank margin of at least one inch at sides and at top
and bottom. The thesis shall not be less than 1,500 nor more than
2,500 words in length, exclusive of citations of authorities. In citing
cases the names of the parties, as well as the volume and page of the
report, must be given. The character of the thesis will be taken into
account in determining whether the candidate is qualified to be recom-
mended to the Examining Committee for final examination.
LAW DEPARTMENT. 137
All theses become the property of the Department.
The subje<5b approved by the Faculty for the year 1898-99 are as
follows:
1. Discuss the validity of a stipulation in a free pass exempting the
carrier of passengers from liability.
2. Can damages be recovered for the malicious prosecution of a
civil action without cause ?
3. Discuss the effedt of a stipulation in a fire policy for arbitration
or appraisement as a condition to recovery.
4. Discuss suicide as a defense to recovery under a life policy.
5. Explain the distinction between conditions and warranties in
sales.
6. In a deed conve3dng the fee to a trad^ of Iowa land, the only
covenant expressed is one against incumbrance. The grantor was at
the time of conve3rance a married man and his wife in no way relin-
quished dower. Discuss the grantee's right to sue on the breach of
this covenant while grantor and his wife are still alive, and his right
to assert a claim against the grantor's estate after the widow has
claimed and been allowed her dower out of the land.
7. Discuss the validity of a stipulation in a lease purporting to
authorize the lessor to take possession without writ or order of the
court therefor against the consent of the lessee in the event the latter
retains possession after the expiration of the term; and also the right
to recover in damages when the defendant has done that which gave
a cause for the action for forcible entry or detention.
8. Discuss the legal relations existing between water companies
and consumers. Is water property ?
9. Discuss the liability for attempts to commit a^ which are
impossible, and which are not known to be so, by the one attempting
to carry out his criminal intentions.
10. Discuss the growth of federal encroachment upon state author-
ity as indicated by the decisions of the federal courts.
11. Discuss the theory of the burden of proof where insanity is set
up as a defense in a criminal prosecution.
12. Discuss the question of whether or not the same promise or
performance may serve as a consideration for successive promises.
138 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
13. Is a party's capacity to contract determined by the law of his
domicile or by the law of the place where the contradl is made ?
14. Does a part performance of a contract, which as a whole cannot
be performed within a year, take the case out of the Statute of Frauds?
15. Discuss the effeA of Rylands v. Fletcher^ L. R. 3 H. L. 330,
as shown by subsequent decisions.
Any further information may be obtained by addressing the Presi-
dent of the University, or Emlin McClain, Chancellor of the Law
Department, at Iowa City, Iowa.
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT.
FACULTY AND OTHER INSTRUCTORS.
Amos Noybs CurrieRi A. M., LI/. D.,
Adtins: President.
Philo Judson Parnsworth, a. M., M. D.,
Bmeritus Professor of Materia Medica, and Therapeutics.
John CunTon Shradkr, A. M., M. D., LL. D.,
Kmeritus Professor of Obstetrics, Gynecology, Clinical Gynecology, and
Diseases of Children.
WlUJAM Drummond Middi«ston, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Sutgery and Clinical Surgery, and Dean of the Faculty.
Lawrhncb Wii^wam I/ITTig, a. M., M. D., M. R. C. S.,
Professor of Theory and Pradtice of Medicine, and Clinical Medicine, and
Assistant to the Chair of Sui^ery.
James Renwick Guthrie, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Obstetrics and Gynecology.
EI3ERT WlI^WAM ROCKWOOD, B. S., M. D.,
Professor of Chemistry and Toxicology, Dire<5tor of Hospital, and Secretary
of the Faculty.
James Wii^ijam Dai^bey, B. S., M. D.,
Professor of Ophthalmology.
Chari^es Sumner Chase» A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Materia Medica, and Therapeutics.
Wai,ter L. Bierring, M. D.,
Professor of Pathology and Bacteriology, and Clinical Assistant to the Chair
of Obstetrics and^Gynecology.
John Wai^ter Harriman, M. D.,
Professor of Anatomy, and Assistant to the Surgical Clinic.
Chari«bs Moore Robertson, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Otology. Rhinology, and I«aryngology.
Wii^UAM Robert Whiteis, M. S., M. D.,
Professor of Histology and Embryology, and Clinical Assistant to the Chair
of Otology, Rhinology, and ijaryngology.
Lee Waixace Dean, M. S., M. D.,
Acting Professor of Physiology, Assistant to the Chair of Ophthalmology,
and I«eAurer on Hygiene.
140 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Martin J. Wadb, LL. B.,
Professor of Medical Jurisprudence.
Gbrshom Hydb Hn^i,, A. B., M. D.,
I«e<Sturer on Insanity.
Frank Thomas Brbbnb, D. D. S., M. D.,
I«e<£turer on Dentistry.
Emii« Louis Bobrnbr, Pharm. D.,
Instructor in Pharmacy.
Wbucjam Edward Bari«ow, M. A.,
Demonstrator of Chemistry.
Wii^bbr John Tbbtbrs, M. S., Fh. C,
Demonstrator of Chemistry.
John T. McCuntock, A. B., M. D.,
Demonstrator of Anatomy, Pathology, and Badleriology.
WlIrUAM GRBBN,
Janitor.
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT.
A thorough elementary preparation is required before entering on
the course of medical ledlures. The University affords a preliminary
scientific course preparatory to the professional, and it is expedled
that many will avail themselves of this opportunity. In the branches
of medicine there should be a thorough training in principles before
the pra^ical portion is begun. For this purpose a careful presenta-
tion of the subjetSls is made by ledlures, and the knowledge fixed by
recitations and frequent reviews. Ample means of illustration are
nsed, and the materials for demonstration are abundant. In the prac-
tical branches abundant clinical material is found to illustrate the
subjedls taught.
The thirtieth annual course of ledlures will begin on September 13,
1899, and will dose on March 28, 1900. There will be a holiday vaca-
tion commencing Thursday evening, December 21, and ending Wed-
nesday morning, January 3, 1900.
The course is divided into four years of twenty-six weeks each. It
is the intention of the Board of Regents and the Faculty to increase
the length of the annual course of ledlures as soon as possible, and
notice of such increase may appear in the next annual announcement.
Medical, surgical, g3mecological, ophthalmological, aural, laryn-
gological, and rhinological clinics, are held each week during the
term. Attendance upon these is required of all students, excepting
those engaged in laboratory work during clinic hours.
OUTLINE OF THE PLAN OP INSTRUCTION.
ANATOMY.
The ledlures in anatomy will be illustrated by means of specimens,
charts, models, dissedlions, and black-board figures. Special effort
will be made to associate anatomical arrangement with clinical fadls
and methods of diagnosis.
142 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
During the first year the lectures will cover the subjedU of osteol-
ogy, syndesmology, the alimentary canal and associated structures,
the vascular and respiratory systems, and the genito-urinary organs.
These will be presented in full detail from their anatomical, mechani-
cal, and functional aspe<5ls, attention being paid to practical develop-
mental laws and relations of viscera to surface markings and neighbor-
ing structures.
In the second year the subjedis covered during the first year will be
carefully reviewed with additional reference to the medical and surgi-
cal anatomy. The nervous system and the anatomy of the special
senses will be presented in detail not only by leCbires but also by
practical demonstrations to the class divided into small seCtions.
The third year will be devoted entirely to regional anatomy. The
leClures during this year will at all times be illustrated by special dis-
sections or surface marking upon the living subjeCl.
PRACTICAL ANATOMY.
The thorough study of this branch, for at least four courses, is made
a condition of graduation. Facilities for obtaining material are such,
under improved legislation in the State, that an abundance will
be provided for all who may apply. The demonstrators will always
be ready to aid and direCt the prosecution of these studies.
Upon the completion of each course of disseCtion, the student will
be examined on the anatomy of the part disseCted, and if the exami-
nation be satisfactory, a certificate to that effeCt will be given. No fee
is required for disseCting material.
PHYSIOLOGY.
In this subjeCl the indu^ve method will be very largely employed
in imparting instruction. The leClures will be illustrated by diagrams,
by charts, and by experiments upon the lower animals. The relations
between ph3rsiology and medical diagnosis will be presented to the
student. During the first year the leChires will cover the subje^ of
general physiology, proximate principles, digestion, absorption, cir-
culation, respiration, excretion, and the general physiology of the
nervous system. The leCbires upon the subjeCts will be thorough. At
MEDICAIy DEPARTMENT. 143
the close of the session there will be an examination which must be
passed before the student can take up the second year's work in physiol-
ogy. During the second year a careful review of the subje<^ treated
the first year will be made. The physiology of the nervous system,
the generative system, and the special senses will be studied. At the
completion of the second year's work there will be a final examination
in this branch.
CHEMISTRY AND TOXICOLOGY.
The course in chemistry extends through two years. In the first
year the leisures are on general chemistry. The laboratory work con
sists, first, of analytical chemistry, including methods of testing for
the metallic poisons; then the common medicinal substances are
studied. The student learns methods of chemical manipulation, and
the use of apparatus, and also becomes acquainted with the a^on of
reagents and of chemicals upon each other. The course includes the
examination of drinking water from a sanitary standpoint, each stu-
dent making a number of analyses of various wholesome and polluted
waters. It concludes with the methods of quantitative analysis, which
are of the moot use to the medical pradUtioner.
In the second year physiological chemistry is taken up. The leis-
ures are in explanation and amplification of the laboratory work. The
latter includes the study of the proximate principles of the body and
their chemical changes. Artificial digestive experiments are made,
their product being isolated and tested. The constituents of the
blood are tested, and the methods for the identification of stains are
learned. The qualitative tests for the abnormal constituents of the
urine follow, and the quantitative determination of such as are of
importance. The course is completed by the identification of urinary
sediments and calculi, and the anal3r8is of various pathological speci-
mens of urine.
The ledhires on toxicology treat of the physiological and chemical
action of the principal poisons, as well as their antidotes. The methods
of identifying these in food, excreta, etc., are explained and illustrated
by experiments.
The work in pradtical chemistry is condudied in the Chemical Build-
ing of the University, in which the Medical Department occupies
144 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
rooms on the ground floor. These consist of rooms for the instruAors,
store rooms, and two large laboratories. They are well lighted and
heated by steam. Hoods, conne<5led with ventilating shafts, remove
offensive and injurious gases. The outfit is ample for demonstrating
the general principles of chemistry, as well as its application to med-
icine. Each student is supplied with a set of the necessary apparatus.
HISTOLOGY.
The course in histology extends through the Freshman year and
consists of a series of two didadtic leisures and four hours laboratory
work each week.
The histological laboratory, situated on the first floor, southeast
comer of the Medical Building, is well lighted and thoroughly
equipped with microscopes and all necessary apparatus for carrying
on the work. The laboratory work comprises the preparation and
study of microscopic slides showing the minute strudhire of the differ-
ent tissues and organs of the body. The slides prepared by each
student become his personal property.
Instrudlion is given in histological technique, hardening, embed-
ding, sediion-cutting, staining and preparation of material for exam-
ination.
During the Sophomore year opportunities are offered to those who
wish to work in embryology and special histology.
PHARMACY.
An outline course in pharmacy is specially provided whereby the
student may familiarize himself with pharmaceutical processes and
the methods of preparing official preparations by adiual laboratory
practice.
MATERIA MEDICA.
This subjedi is presented during the Freshman and Sophomore
years in progressive form. The introdudlory topics, such as defini-
tions, dosage, modes and routes of administration of medicines, pre-
scription writing, with special reference to the detection and avoidance
of incompatibilities, will be presented at the beginning of each session
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 146
before the classes jointly. The further consideration of the sabjedl
will be progressive, organic drugs being presented one session, inor-
ganic the next. At the close of each session a test will be given on
the topics covered during the session. Toward the close of the
Sophomore year the entire subject will be reviewed and a final ex-
amination given. During the didadUc ledlnres crude drugs will be
presented from time to time illustrative of thesubjeA. All official
preparations from the same will be presented and briefly discussed
during the course.
THERAPEUTICS.
This branch of pharmacology, recognized as the distindHvely scien-
tific division of the subje<5l, will be presented during the Sophomore
and Junior years. Both general and special therapeutics will be out-
lined and discussed with special view to stimulate in the student a
desire to prosecute methods of original research in the dire<5lion of
studying the physiological adlion of drugs. To this end experiments
will be made from time to time illustrative of such adtion upon the
lower animals.
PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY.
The cou]^ in pathology and baiSteriology extends through the
Sophomore, Junior, and Senior years, and is presented by means of
dida^c ledhires and laboratory work. The ledhires are devoted to
bacteriology and general and special pathology, and are illustrated by
means of drawings, preparations from the medical museum, and speci-
mens derived from post-mortem examinations.
The pathological and badteriological laboratory is situated in the
west hall on the second floor of the Medical Building. It is thoroughly
equipped with new microscopes of the most modem type, and all
apparatus necessary for carrying on every form of bacteriological re-
search. Each student is provided with a table, a microscope, and the
necessary staining reagents.
In the Sophomore year the ledtures are confined to general pathol-
ogy and the elementary principles of bacteriology. The laboratory
work consists of two hours each week throughout the year, and is
illustrative of the didadtic ledtuies, comprising the preparation and
146 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
study of slides showing the general pathological changes that occur
in human tissues. An examination will be held at the close of the
year.
In the Junior year the ledlures are devoted to the pathology of
tumors, and the special pathology of the different organs of the human
body. The laboratory work consists of two hours a week throughout the
year. It bears a dire<5t relation to the ledbires and comprises the
*
preparation and study of slides showing the disease changes that occur
in special tissues and organs, including a complete coUedtion of
tumors. Furthermore the work embodies the study of the general
charadleristics of micro-organisms, the preparation of artificial media,
and the mounting of slides of the different organisms, with special
reference to the pathogenic ba^eria that are of great interest to med-
ical men. Instrudlion is also given in the technique of making a
post-mortem examination.
A final examination in pathology will be held at the close of the
Junior year. During the Senior year two hours each week are devoted
to clinical microscopy, and advanced work in pathological histology
and badleriology.
Beginning the Thursday after Commencement, at 1:30 p. m., there
is given a private course in practical badteriology, which continues for
one month. The laboratory is open daily from 9 a. m. to 6 P. M., and
the students become familiar with all the details of badteriological
technique. The number of participants is limited to twenty. To
secure a place at a table, $5 must be paid March i. The rest of the
fee is payable at the opening of the course.
PRACTICE OF MEDICINE.
The Chair of Theory and Prance of Medicine combines didaiStic
and clinical instruction. Many of the subjedts treated in the didadtic
course find illustration in the hospital amphitheatre, and pathological
study is facilitated by post-mortem examinations, as well as by wet
and dry preparations from the museum.
MEDICAL DIAGNOSIS.
Recitations for the Senior class will be held each week on this sab-
jedl, the department of medical diagnosis receiving pradtical treatment
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 147
here as well as at the clinic. The Sophomore class will receive prac-
tical instrudlion in physical diagnosis, including the use and applica-
tion of all the instruments and methods of precision.
SURGERY.
Surgery is taught dida^ically in ledtures which are reviewed by
daily class quiz, with recitation by advanced students on prior work;
and pradtically by adlual surgical diagnosis and treatment of patients
at the clinic by the members of the Senior class; also by a course of
operative surgery for the Senior class in which all surgical operations
are performed upon the cadaver. One hour each week is devoted to
minor surgery and bandaging.
OBSTETRICS AND GYNECOLOGY.
The instrui^on in these important subjedls is complete. All modem
means for illustration are employed, and advanced students are care-
fully trained in the principal obstetric operations.
OPHTHALMOLOGY.
The instrudtion in this branch combines dida^ic and clinical
teaching. One le^ure a week is given in the anatomy, physiology,
and pathology of the region involved] and the Wednesday clinic is
devoted to the diagnosis and treatment of its diseases. A large num-
ber of cases appear at these clinics, and a great many operations of
all kinds are performed.
OTOLOGY, RHINOLOGY, AND LARYNGOLOGY.
The instrudtion in these branches is given by didadtic and clinical
teaching, one le<5lure and one clinic being given each week. Much
attention is dire<5led to the methods of examination and treatment of
cases. The ear, nose, and throat clinic being large, it enables students
to become familiar with the use of instruments, while all are allowed
to treat patients under the supervision of the instrudlor. It is the aim
of the course to familiarize each student with the normal as well as the
pathological conditions of the several organs. The clinic room has
been especially fitted up for the work and is in itself complete.
148 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
MEDICAL JURISPRUDENCE.
In this important department of medicine, the students receive in-
strudtion in those subje<Sls that are essential to the pradUtioner.
INSANITY.
This subjedl is discussed as concisely as possible, with the special
needs of the general pradUtioner constantly in view, and the material
that appears at the clinic from time to time, during the term, is utilized
in illustration. A course of ledliu-es on this subjedl will be delivered
during the latter part of January.
HYGIENE.
The course in hygiene will consist of twenty-four ledlures and
recitations. The ledlures will cover the subjedl of disinfection, school
hygiene, public hygiene, and heredity. A written examination will
be held at the end of the year.
CLINICS.
The clinics have been well and abundantly supplied with material.
The patronage of the hospital is such that a variety of cases is pre-
sented for operation and treatment. The hospital is open for the re-
ception of patients during the entire year.
Every case is fully utilized as a means of instrudtion by a system of
examination in which advanced students are required to diagnosticate
disease and suggest treatment, before the class, subjedl to the correc-
tion of the clinical teacher.
CLINICAL PATIENTS.
Medical cases should be referred to Professor L. W. Littig; surgical
cases to Professor W. D. Middleton; gynecological cases to Professor
J. R. Guthrie; eye cases to Professor J. W. Dalbey; ear, nose, and
throat cases to Professor C. M. Robertson.
MEDICAL MUSEUM.
The muaeum contains a laige and interesting colledtion of morbid
and other specimens, furnishing valuable aid to instrudUon by the
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 149
large amount of material illustrative of pathological and normal con-
ditions. This is constantly drawn upon as a means of demonstration.
Physicians are earnestly requested to send to the curator, Dr. W. L.
Bierring, any specimens of healthy, morbid, or comparative anatomy.
For all such favors due credit will be given by labeling the specimens
with the name of the donor before placing them in the museum.
MEDICAL LIBRARY.
The Ranney Memorial Medical Library, consisting of a large num-
ber of works especially devoted to insanity and mental diseases, is
open for consultation, together with a well seledled list of books on
general medical subjedls to which are added each year the latest
works and the latest editions. The reading room, which is situated
on the third floor of the Medical Building, is supplied with the cur-
rent medical journals, and will be open every day of the session.
Medical students have also the privilege of drawing books from the
general librar>' of the University.
OUTLINE OF THE COURSE.
FRESHMAN YEAR.
I«ECTURES AND RBCITATIONS, BACH WBBE.
Anatomy — Four leisures; one recitation.
Physiology — Three lectures; one recitation.
General Chemistry — ^Three le<^ures; one recitation.
Materia Medica — Organic: two le<$lures; one recitation.
Histology — ^Two ledlures; one recitation.
Laboratory work for the session as follows:
Chemistry — One hundred and sixty hours.
Biology and Histology — One hundred hours.
Bandaging — ^Twenty hours.
Dissedling — ^Two courses.
Final examination in General Chemistry and Histology, also exam-
ination (not final) in Physiology, Anatomy, and Materia Medica.
150 STATB UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
SOPHOMORE YEAR.
I«SCTU1LBS AXD RBCITATIONS, BACH WBBK.
Anatomy — ^Four ledbires; one recitation before holidays, two after
holidays.
Physiology — ^Three le^Slures; one recitation before holidays, two
after holidays.
Physiological Chemistry — ^Two ledtures.
General Pathology and Badieriology — ^Two ledhires; one recitation.
Materia Medica — Organic: two ledbires until holidays; one recitation.
Inorganic: one ledbire until holidays.
Therapeutics — One ledhire after holidays.
Obstetrics — ^Two ledtures.
Medical Diagnosis — One hour.
Hygiene — One hour.
Pharmacy — Ten ledbires during the session.
Laboratory work for the term as follows:
Physiological Chemistry — Sixty hours.
General Pathology — Fifty hours.
Disse<^ng — ^Two courses.
Pharmacy — Thirty hours.
Embryology — Optional.
General University Clinics, when not otherwise engaged.
Final examination in Anatomy, Physiological Chemistry, Physiol-
ogy, Materia Medica, General Pathology, and Hygiene.
JUNIOR YEAR.
LBCTURBS, RBCITATIONS, AND CUNICS, BACH WBBK.
Theory and Pra<%ice of Medicine — ^Four ledlures; one recitation.
Surgery — ^Three ledbires; one recitation.
Pathology — Two ledbires; one recitation:
Therapeutics — ^Two ledtures; one recitation.
Obstetrics — ^Two ledluies; one recitation.
Gynecology — One ledlure; one recitation.
Toxicology — One ledbire.
Applied Anatomy: Medical, Surgical, and Nervous— One ledbire.
MEDICAL BBPARTMENT. 161
Applied Physiology of the Nervous System — ^Twelve ledtures during
the session.
General Medical, Suigical, Gynecological, and Ophthalmological
Clinics — Seven hours.
Laboratory work for the term as follows:
Pathology — Fifty-two hours.
Bacteriology — ^Twenty-six hours.
Pinal examinations in Obstetrics, Therapeutics, and Special Pathol-
ogy.
SENIOR YEAR.
I^ECTURBS, RBCITATIONS, AND CI«INICS, EACH WEBK.
Theory and Pnuflice of Medicine — ^Five ledbires; one recitation.
Surgery — Three ledhures; one recitation.
Gynecology — One leAure; one recitation.
Ophthalmology — One leAure.
Otology, Rhinology, and Laryngology — One ledlure.
Dermatology — One ledture after holidays.
Paediatrics — One leAure after holidays.
Operative Surgery — ^Twelve hours during the session.
Operative Obstetrics — ^Twelve hours during the session.
Medical Jurisprudence — ^Twelve ledhires during the session.
Dentistry — Five le^ures during the session.
Haematology — Five hours during the session.
Insanity — Twelve le^ures during the session.
General Medical, Surgical, G3mecological, Ophthalmological, Aural,
Rhinological, and Laryngological Clinics — Nine hours.
Laboratory work:
Clinical and Medico-legal Microscopy— Twenty-six hours.
Final examination in Pradtice of Medicine, Surgery, Gynecology,
Ophthalmology, Ear, Nose, and Throat.
TEXT-BOOKS AND BOOKS OF REFERENCE.
The following are recommended by the Faculty:
Medical Dictionary — Gould, Duane, Dunglison.
Anatomy — Gray, Quain, Morris, Treve*s Surgical Applied Anatomy.
DissedloTS — Holden, Heath, Ellis.
152 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Comparative Anatomy— Wiederaheim, Jeffcry Bell, Howell.
Physiology — Landois and Stirling, Stewart, Kirk, Foster, American
Text-book.
General Chemistry — Simon, Bartley, Roscoe, and Schorlemmer.
Physiological Chemistry — Rockwood, Vaughan and Novy.
Urine Analysis — Purdy, Nenbauer and Vogel, Black.
Toxicology — ^Wormley, Taylor.
Surgery — Park, American Text-Book of Surgery, Roberts, Stimson
on Fradlures and Dislocations, Wharton's Minor Surgery and Bandag-
ing, Warren, Senn on Tumors, DaCosta.
Pathology — Stenzel, Ziegler, Thoma, Delafield and Prudden, Green.
Badleriology — ^Abbot, McFarland, Crookshank, Stembei^.
Practice of Medicine — Osier or Tyson, Anders, Striimpel, Wood and
Fitz, American Text-Book of Theory and Practice of Medicine, Flint.
Medical Diagnosis — Vierordt, Musser, DaCosta, Flint.
Obstetrics — ^American Text-Book of Obstetrics, Lusk, Davis, Parvin,
Leishman, Playfair, King, Dorland.
Obstetric Suigery — Grandin and Jarmin.
Embryology — Minot, Manton.
Gynecology — Skene, Thomas and Munde, Garrigues, American
Text-Book, Pozzi, Davenport, May's Manual, Clinical Gynecology,
Keating and Coe.
Materia Medica — ^White and Wilcox, Potter, Bartholow.
Therapeutics — Hare, H. C. Wood, Potter, Farquharson.
Diseases of Children — Starr's American Text-Book, Holt, J. I^.
Smith, Goodhart.
Medical Jurisprudence — McClellan's Civil Malpractice, Wharton
and Stille, Beck, Elwell.
Histology — Stoehr, Piersol, Schafer, Stirling.
Ophthalmology — Fuchs, Juler, Noyes, Nettleship on the Eye.
Otology, Laryngology, and Rhinology — Burnette, MacBride, Bos-
worth, Roosa, Buck, Politzer, Sajous, Browne.
Insanity— Lewis's Text-Book of Mental Diseases, Steam, Clouston's
Mental Disease.
Dermatology— Jamison, Hyde, Duhring, Crocker.
Pra<Slical Hygiene — Parker.
Dietetics — Thompson, Pavy.
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 153
Text-books and books of reference can be obtained at an average
cost per volume of from $2.00 to I5.00, or f 15.00 to |20.oo per year.
It is of far greater advantage to the student, during the college
course, to study and review a single text-book in each department
than to read several cursorily. It is, therefore, advised that a single
work, in each department recommended above, be chosen and care-
fully studied, while any other may be used for reference and subse-
quent perusal. The first one of each of the above lists is preferred.
TUITION.
The fee for tuition is I65.00 for each year, of which $40.00 is payable
at the opening of the term, and the balance on or before January 10.
All fees must be paid, when due, to the Secretary of the Board of
Regents, William J. Haddock, and students who do not pay these
when due will be suspended from the Department until pa3anent has
been made.
In the combined course the fees are I25.00 for each of the first two
years in the Collegiate Department, and $75.00 for each of the last
four years of the course, paid as medical fees. Students entering the
Medical Department from other schools with advanced standing will
pay |io.oo for disse<fting material used in making up deficiencies in
this branch. For students taking a partial course the fees are |io.oo
per year for each branch except disse<fling where the fee is I15.00.
There are no extra fees whatever, but for each laboratory course in
chemistry, also for that in practical pharmacy, there is required a de-
posit of I3.00 to cover breakage and to insure the return of all keys at
the close of the session. This sum (breakage, if any, deduced) is
returned to the student on presentation of the certificate of the pro-
fessor in charge of the laboratory in question.
The above statement is now in effe<5l, and will be understood to
apply to all students in the Department, entirely irrespe<SHve of the
date of matriculation.
Alumni of this Department will be admitted to le^ures and clinics
free of charge, but will pay the usual laboratory fees. Graduates of
other medical colleges, which are recognized by this Department, will
be admitted to full ledlure privileges upon pa3ring the matriculation
fee and a fee of |io.oo with the usual laboratory fees.
154 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
A certificate of attendance will be issued to each student at the dose
of the session.
Students upon arrival will apply for all needed information to the
Secretary, Dr. E. W. Rockwood.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION.
1. Credible certificate of good moral charadter signed by two phy-
sicians of good standing in the state from which the applicant comes.
2. Graduates or matriculates of respe<5lable colleges or graduates
of high schools of the first grade, or of normal schools established by
state authority, may be admitted without examination upon presenta-
tion of satisfadtory credentials, provided, that in each case, at least
one year of Latin has been included in the course. All candidates for
admission must present their credentials or apply for a permit for
examination at the office of the President of the University not later
than noon of Tuesday, September I3, 1899.
Examination for admission will embrace the subjedls usually taught
in the high schools of Iowa, including one year's I^tin, which subject
may, however, be made up before entering upon the second year's
course. In September, 1899, those who have no diploma will be ex-
amined in Latin (one year). Physics (one year), English, U. S. His-
tory, Arithmetic, Algebra through Quadratics, plane and solid Geom-
etry, and Botany, or some other science.
3. Students entering from other medical schools with advanced
standing must be examined as stated above.
This school is a member of the Association of American Medical
Colleges, and adheres to the requirements of that Association.
COMBINED SCIENTIFIC AND MEDICAL COURSE.
Arrangements have been made with the Faculty of the Collegiate
Department by which it will be possible for a student to complete the
course in Science and the course in the Medical Department in six
years, thereby obtaining the degrees of B. S. and M. D. This combined
course is especially recommended to all students who intend to enter
the profession of medicine.
MEDICAI, DEPARTMENT. 155
COMBINED COURSE I^EADING TO THE DEGREES OF
B. S. AND M. D.
(Subje(5ls printed in italics are to be taken in the Collegiate Depart-
ment.)
First Tear.
Germany 5, or Latin^ 4 or 5.*
Maihematics^ 5.
Drawng, 3.
English, 2.
Military Drills 3.
Second Tear.
German , 3, and English, 2; or German, 3, and Economics, 2; or
Latin, 5; or Greek, 5.
Physics^ 5.
Animal Morphology and Physiology, 5; or Systematic Zoology, 5.
Military Drill, 3.
Third Tear.
French, 5; or Greek, 5; or Latin, 5. (At least one year of Latin re-
quired. )
Animal Morphology and Physiology, 5; or
Botany (fall and winter) and Histology (spring), 5.
Chemistry, 5.
Anatomy (fall and winter) and DisseiS^ion (spring), 4.
Military Drill, 3.
Fourth Year.
Anatomy, 5.
Physiology (Medica!l), 4.
Physiological Chemistry, 2, with laboratory work.
General Pathology, 2.
Materia Medica, 3.
Obstetrics, 2.
Physical Diagnosis, i.
Bandaging, i.
*The figures indicate the number of exetciflefl a week. For a full statement re-
garding collegiate courses of study see University Catalogue, pages 38 to 98.
156 STATE UNIVBRSITY OF IOWA.
Pharmacy, 40 hours.
DissedUng when possible.
Embryology and Ba<Steriology (spring).
Clinics when not otherwise engaged.
Fifth Tear.
Junior Medical, with colUgiaU eleSiives in the spring term.
Sixth Tear.
Senior Medical, with collegitUe ele^ives in the spring term.
ADVANCED STANDING.
Students from other accredited medical colleges who have attended
one course of lectures, will be admitted to the Sophomore class upon
passing an examination in the branches taught during the first year.
Those who have attended two courses will be admitted to the Junior
class upon passing an examination in the branches taught during the
first and second years.
Those who have attended three courses will be admitted to the
Senior class upon passing an examination in the branches taught dur-
ing the first, second, and third years.
Graduates from colleges in good standing, who, during their college
course, have devoted regular time to the study of the following
branches: Biology, Botany, Chemistry, Physics, Histolog^y, Physiol-
ogy, and Human Anatomy may be admitted to the second year of the
medical course. Students entering under these conditions must take
instrudlion in Materia Medica and Pharmacy during the first year of
their medical course, and at the end of their first session must pass
examinations in all branches of the Freshman year not previously
pursued by them. They must also have completed the work required
of the Sophomore class in the dissection of the human subje<Si.
In all cases those who enter from other schools witli advanced
standing must comply with the requirements for admission on page
154.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION.
1. The candidate must be twenty-one years of age.
2. He must be known to be of unexceptionable moral chara<5ter.
3. The time of study must include attendance upon at least four
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 167
full courses of ledhires, the last of which must be taken in this insti-
tution. The time occupied by each of the four courses of leisures
shall not be less than six months of twenty-six weeks, and no two of
the four courses shall be within the same year.
4. The candidate must have satisfatSiorily completed at least four
courses in Pradlical Anatomy.
5. The deportment during the term must have been unexception
able.
6. Attendance upon all ledhires, clinics, and other instru<5Uon in
the course must have been in accordance with the requirements of the
department.
7. All members of the Freshman dass will be examined in General
Chemistry, Histology, Physiology, Anatomy, and Materia Medica at
the end of that year. The examination in General Chemistry and
Histology , will be final should the student show the required profi-
ciency.
8. Members of the Sophomore class at the end of that year must
pass satisfactory examinations in Anatomy, Physiology, Physiological
Chemistry, General Pathology, Materia Medica, Pharmacy, and
Hygiene.
9. Members of the Junior class will be given a final examination at
tlie end of the year in Obstetrics, Therapeutics, and Special Pathology.
In case of failure to pass any of these examinations, the student
may be reexamined at the opening of the next session. If he fail in
tliis second examination, he will be allowed to present himself for re-
examination only after attendance upon another course of lectures.
Students of the Senior class who are candidates for the degree of
Do<5tor of Medicine must, before March first, present to the Secretary
of the Faculty a certificate of legal age and of good moral charadter,
also the receipts from the Secretary of the Board of Regents showing
that all fees have been paid.
During the last week of the term, having complied with the other
requirements, they must pass a satisfadlory examination in Practice
of Medicine, Surgery, Ophthalmology, Gynecology, Ear, Nose, and
Throat and in any other subjects taught, if so dire<^ted by the Faculty
at the beginning of the term.
Class standing, recitation marks, together with demonstrators' re-
158 STATE UNTVBRSITY OF IOWA.
ports and final examinations, will be taken into consideration when
determining the candidate's fitness to receive the medical d^ree.
MEDICAI, BUILDING.
The Medical Building is located on the south end of the campus,
in a line with the other University buildings. It is one of the best and
most commodious medical collie buildings in the west. It comprises
a basement for general purposes, the first floor containing the office
of the Secretary of the Medical Faculty, professors' rooms, the histo-
logical laboratory, a le<Ebire room, and the janitor's room.
On the second floor is a spacious and well-lighted pathological and
bacteriological laboratory supplied with a sufficient number of micro-
scopes for class-work and with other appliances, prosedtor's room, and
general Faculty room, and a large amphitheatre provided with opera
chairs for two hundred and sixty-six students. The third floor is
divided into a library and reading room, bandaging room and doak
room.
The fourth floor (80 x 36 feet) used as a dissedting room, is supplied
with sinks and water, and each table is lighted with gas.
The whole building is heated with steam and well ventilated.
UNIVERSITY HOSPITAL.
The Twenty-sixth General Assembly levied a tax for the ere^on of
new buildings for the University, and by the action of the Board of
R^ents the first year's tax, somewhat more than fifty thousand dol-
lars, has been devoted to the building and equipment of a Hospital
which was opened for the reception of patients in January, 1898. The
University Hospital is in all respedb modem and without a superior
in the west. With an administration building thoroughly furnished,
with large and commodious wards as well as private rooms, with a
clinical amphitheatre that will comfortably seat two hundred or more,
and with separate surgical, gynecological, medical, ophthalmologics!,
and laryngological operating rooms together with a well supplied
Free Dtspensaxy open throughout the year, but little is left to be
desired.
It is confidently believed that the students who make the Medical
Department of the University the school of their choice will find in
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 169
all its departments complete and perfedi equipment, both for didactic
and illustrative instruction.
RESIDENT PHYSICIANS.
Appointments as Resident Physicians in State and other institutions
are made each year from the graduates of the Medical Department.
These are awarded to such of the applicants as the Faculty judges
best prepared for the position, the successful candidates being allowed
to select, in the order of their rank, from those positions which are
available.
The appointments for the present year are as follows:
John R. Gardner, University Hospital, Iowa City.
Jesse L. Van Gorden, Mercy Hospital, Davenport.
Board in Iowa City can be obtained for from |2.oo to I3.00 a week;
rooms from |2.oo to $8.00 a month. Many students procure rooms
and board in clubs, which materially reduces the cost.
NECESSARY YEARLY EXPENSES.
Tuition fee, which includes all University charges
except laboratory breakage $ 65 $6$
Breakage i to 2
Room rent, 6 months 12 to 48
Board, 26 weeks 52 to 78
Fuel and light 6 to 15
Books 12 to 20
Total I148 to I228
Graduates of this school are requested to acquaint the Secretary of
the Faculty immediately with their postoffice addresses, and to inform
him promptly of any change of residence.
For any further information address Dr. E. W. Rockwood, Secretary
of the Medical Faculty, Iowa City, Iowa.
160
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
UNIVERSITY TRAINING SCHOOL FOR NURSES.
There is conne<5led with the hospital of the Medical Department of
the University a School for Nurses which offers a three years' course
to women who desire to enter the profession of nursing. Le«5tures
will be delivered by members of the Medical Faculty on Anatomy,
Physiology, Materia Medica, Hygiene, Dietetics, Bacteriology, Obstet-
rics, Gynecology, Infe<5tious Diseases, Diseases of Eye, Ear, Nose, and
Throat, Diseases of Children, Medical, Surgical, Obstetrical, and
Special Nursing. The Superintendent will ledlure upon Hospital
Administration and Ward Management, and will give instnvStion in
Massage. There will also be a complete course in invalid cookery.
The leisures will be supplemented by recitations as well as by pradlical
work in the wards and operating room. A diploma will be awarded
at the end of the course. Candidates may be admitted when vacancies
occur.
For further information application should be made to the Superin-
tendent of the University Hospital, Iowa City, Iowa.
OFFICERS AND ATTENDANTS OF THE HOSPITAL.
El^BERT W. ROCKWOOD, B. S., M. D.,
Dirc<ftor.
JKNNIK S. COTTI^E,
Superintendent.
Francis A. Ei,y, M. D.,
Resident Physician.
John P. Muli^in, M. D.
Ansesthetizer at the Gynecological Clinic.
NURSBS.
Head Nurse.
Clara H. Hearle.
First Year,
Mabel Black.
Ethel Hill.
Margaret Sailor.
Third Year,
Amelia Stem.
Second Year.
Antonia Epeneter.
Mary M. Holden.
Olive P. Howie.
Laura Long.
Emma Thomas.
HOMCEOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMENT.
FACULTY AND ASSISTANTS.
Amos Noybs Curribr, A. M., LL. D.,
AAlng President, and Adting Dean of the Department.
Jambs Grant Gii^hrist, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Surgery and Surgical Gynecology, and Registrar of the
Faculty.
Chari«bs Hbrbbrt Cogswbi.1., M. D.,
Professor of Obstetrics and Diseases of Women.
Frank John Nbwbbrry, M. S., M. D., O. et A. Chir.,
Professor of Ophthalmology, Otology, and Paedology.
Gborgb ROYAI,, M. D.,
Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics.
Phii,ip E. Tribm, a. M., M. D.,
Adting Professor of Theory and Piadtice.
Thbodorb L. Hazard, M. D.,
Assistant to the Chair x>f Materia Medica.
PRBD J. BBCKBR, M. D.,
Assistant to the Chair of Surgery.
Assistant to the Chair of Ophthalmology, etc.
Al^WSUS ly. POIXARD, M. D.,
Assistant to the Chair of Obstetrics.
Mary A. Raff,
Matron.
BiGBLOW P. Bl^CKSTONB, M. D.,
House Surgeon.
Lbora Johnson, M. D.,
Clinical Assistant to the Chair of Surgery.
162 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTORS FROM THE MEDICAL
DEPARTMENT.
John W. Harriman, M. D.,
Professor of Anatomy.
El^BBKT W. ROCKWOOD, B. S., M. D.,
Professor of Chemistry and Toxicology.
Wai,tbr L. Bikrring, M. D.,
Professor of Pathology and Badteriology.
WlI^UAM R. WhiTBIS, M. S., M. D.,
Professor of Histology and Bmbtyology.
LBB Wai,I^CB DBAN, M. S., M. D.,
Acting Professor of Physiology.
W. E. Bari«ow, M. a.,
Demonstrator of Chemistry.
Wn^BBR John Tbbtbrs, M. S., Ph. C,
Demonstrator of Chemistry.
Gbrshom H. Hh^i,, a. B., M. D.,
(Superintendent of the Hospital for the Insane at Independence).
I^edbirer on Insanity.
I«e<£turer on Medical Jurisprudence.
HOMCEOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMENT.
Thq twenty-third annual course of instrudlion will open on
Wednesday, September 13, 1899 and close on Tuesday, March 27, 1900.
The opening ledVure will be given by Professor Gilchrist at 4 p. m., in
the amphitheatre. The course of study extends over four years.
Men and women are admitted on equal terms, no distin<5lion whatever
being made between them. The large and well equipped laboratories
in the University, the hospital facilities afforded by the union of the
college and hospital under one roof, and the opportunity for collateral
study in any department of literature or science, furnish facilities for
securing an education in medicine not to be surpassed. Furthermore,
a diploma from a University of the first rank has a value that does not
attach to that of any private school.
A course has been authorized continuing over six years, which will
enable the student to obtain the degree of B. S., in addition to the
medical degree. See Combined Scientific and Medical Course on page
34 of the University Catalogue.
ADMISSION.
The requirements for admission are the same as in all the professional
departments of the University, viz: the possession of a diploma from
a high school approved by the University, or some equivalent, as the
completion of the Freshman year in a college of letters of approved
standing, with a sufficient knowledge of Latin. Failing in these re-
quirements, the applicant for admission to the Freshman class must
pass an examination in English scholarship and Latin sufficient to
admit to the Freshman class in the Collegiate Department. Appli-
cants for admission to advanced standing must present evidence that
they have attended one or more sessions in a reputable medical^col-
164 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
lege and will be admitted to such class as they may prove themselves
qualified to enter. All applicants for admission will apply to the
examining committee in the President's office, on Tuesday or Wednes-
day, September 12 or 13, 1899. If admitted, they will then report for
enrollment and assignment of seats at the Registrar's office in the
Homoeopathic Medical Building on Dubuque street. All fees must be
paid to the Secretary of the Board of Regents, and to him only.
Advancement to higher classes is secured only by examination, oral
and written, combined with the quiz record and class standing. An
average of 65 per cent must be secured in any one study to pass that
chair; an average of 75 per cent in all the examinations is necessary
to pass to a higher class, and to secure a degree. A failure to pass in
two or more studies will stop advancement until the conditions are
satisfied. A failure in one study will not stop advancement, but the
student must pass a satisfactory examination in that study before the
close of the year to which he is promoted. The Faculty reserves the
right to determine the class which any student shall enter, in the case
of applicants who have had one or more years in other medical schooK
Graduates in science or arts, also those with degrees in pharmacy
or dentistry, from accredited schools, under the requirements of the
State Board of Medical Examiners, may be granted advanced standing
equal to one year's credit, on a schedule of studies to be determined
in each case.
Graduates of non-homceopaihic medical colleges may be admitted as
graduate students, as follows: If an adeundem degree is sought they
must matriculate in the University, pay a ledlure fee and an examina-
tion fee, and pass an examination in the therapeutics of the branches
taught in this Department. If a degree is not sought, a matriculation
fee is to be paid, and such laboratory expenses as may be necessary,
together with a lecture fee, if a full course is taken.
Alumni of this school will be admitted to all ledtures and clinics
free of charge.
By order of the Board of Regents no student will be enrolled until
all necessary fees have been paid.
In case any student is unable to pay the fees at the proper time,
such student may, on application to the Dean of the Department, be
granted an extension for a short time.
HOMCeOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 166
Students who do not pay the proper fees or avail themselves of the
provision above mentioned, will be suspended from the Department
until such fees are paid.
TUITION FEES.
The fee for tuition is sixty-five dollars ($6$) for each year, of which
forty dollars ((40) is payable on or before 0<5lober ist, and the remain-
der on or before January loth. There are no extra fees whatever, but
for each laboratory course in chemistry, there is required a deposit
of $3, to cover breakage, and to insure the return of all keys at the
close of the session. This sum (breakage, if any, dedudted) is re-
turned to the student.
The Combined Course in which the degrees of B. S. and M. D. are
secured in six years, requires two years in the Collegiate Department,
for which the fee is $25 a year. On completion of the Sophomore
year, the student enters the Freshman class in medicine, and the fee
is $75 for each of the last four years of the course.
The above statement of fees is now in efTe(^.t, and will apply to all
students in the Department, irrespedlive of the date of matriculation.
OUTLINE OF THE PLAN OF INSTRUCTION.
FRESHMAN YEAR.
Chemistry. This subje<5t is studied through the Freshman year.
The course consists of leAures and laboratory work. The le<5lures
treat first of the general principles of the science; then the subje<Sb of
interest to the student of medicine are discussed. Especial attention
is paid to the compounds found in the body, with their fundlions and
chemical changes. Poisonous substances and such as are of value in
prad^ical work are also considered. In the laboratory the student be-
gins with tests for metals, particularly the poisonous ones, and passes
to the analysis of complex substances. He learns the methods of
manipulation, and becomes familiar with the properties and adlions
of reagents. The sanitary examination of water follows, with the
166 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
analysis of a variety of pore and polluted specimens. The course is
concluded with the methods of quantitative analysis which are of
most value to the medical pra^tioner.
Text-books: Simon, Roscoe, and Schorlemmer.
Anatomy. The work in anatomy for the Freshman year will be
the study of bones and joints with final examinations on these topics
at the close of the term. The anatomy of the intestinal tradl and
accessory organs will be considered, but this subject will not be com-
pleted until the Sophomore 3rear. Two disse<5tions are required in
this 3rear, with examinations at the dose.
Text-book : Gray .
Physiology. In this subject the indudlive method will be very
largely employed in imparting instru<5tion. The leisures will be illus-
trated by diagrams, charts, and by experiments upon the lower
animals. The relations between physiology and medical diagnosis
will be presented to the student. During the first year le<Shires will
cover the following subje<5U: General ph3rsiology, proximate princi-
ples, digestion, absorption, circulation, respiration, excretion, and the
general physiology of the nervous system. The le<5lures upon these
subje<5ls will be thorough. At the close of the session there will be
an examination, which must be passed before the student can take up
the second year's work in physiology.
Text-books: I/andlois and Stirling, Stewart, Kirke, Poster, Amer-
ican Text Book.
Histology. The work in this subje^ runs through the Fresh-
man year. One ledhire a week will be given, many of them being
illustrated by means of the stereopticon. Two hours each week are
devoted to laboratory work in the new histological laboratory, which
is commodious, well-lighted, and supplied with thirty-six new com-
pound microscopes, with all necessary accessories, disse<5ting micn>>
scopes, microtomes of various kinds, inje<5ling apparatus, turn-table,
etc.
Each student is furnished with microscope, reagents, and apparatus;
is taught the use of the microscope; and demonstrates, or has demon-
strated before him, the general technique of the subjedt of histology,
hardening, embedding, sectioning, staining, mounting, etc.
HOMCEOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 167
Histological injedtions are made before the class. During the term
the student prepares for himself a series of slides, illustrating the
ultimate distribution of the blood, and cellular strudbire of normal
tissues and organs.
Text-book: Klein*s Manual of Histology.
Organon of the Healing Art. Ten ledbires on the Organon will be
given, with a view to presenting the teachings of Hahnemann on the
causes of disease, on methods of proving remedies, on examining the
case for therapeutic purposes, as well as on the principles of homoe-
opathy and the application of the law of similars.
Pharmacology. One hour a week for half of the year will be devoted
to the study of the preparation and preservation of drugs, and thera-
peutic appliances.
Materia Medica. After the Thanksgiving recess, there will be one
recitation a week on symptomatology in which Dewey's Essentials of
Materia Medica will be used as a text-book. There will be an examina-
tion on this subjedl at the close of the year.
Minor Surgery. Throughout the year, one hour a week, will be
used in teaching minor surgery, including the minor surgical opera-
tions, use of instruments, and care of the same. An examination will
be held at the close of the year.
Clinics. The various clinical le(5hires are open to Freshmen, who
should attend them, as far as their time will allow. It is desirable
that they attend them as regularly as possible, but attendance is not
made compulsory.
SOPHOMORE YEAR.
Anatomy. The work of the Freshman year will be thoroughly and
carefully reviewed, and in addition the anatomy of the genito-urinary
organs, the nervous system, and that of the special senses, will be
systematically presented. The teaching will be obje^ve, and every
care will be taken to present the subie<5ls in a manner to secure the
best results. Two disse^ions are also required during this year, thus
making four in the two years. Further advancement may be secured
by an examination on all the work of the year.
Physiology. During the second year a careful review of the sub-
168 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
je^ treated during the first year will be made. The physiology of
the nervous system, the fundUon of generation, and the special senses
will be thoroughly and comprehensively taught. Final examinations
will be held at the close of the year.
Text-books: The same as in Freshman year.
Chemistry. In the Sophomore year ph3rsiological chemistry is taken
up. The ledtures are in explanation and amplification of the labora-
tory work. The latter includes the study of the proximate principles
of the body and their chemical changes; artificial digestion experi-
ments, with the isolation and study of their produ<^; the properties
of the constituents of the blood; the methods of testing stains; and the
qualitative and quantitative analysis of urine. The course is com-
pleted by the identification of urinary sediments and calculi.
Text-books: Rockwood*s Laboratory Manual, Vaughan and Novy.
Pathology and Bacteriology. The course in pathology and badleri-
ology in the Sophomore year is presented by means of didadUc le^ures
and laboratory work. The ledtures are devoted to ba^eriology, and
general and special pathology, and are illustrated by means of draw-
ings, preparations from the medical museum, and specimens derived
from post-mortem examinations.
The pathological and badleriological laboratory is situated in the
west hall on the second floor of the Medical Building. It is thoroughly
equipped with new microscopes of the most modem type, and all
apparatus necessary for carrying on every form of bacteriological re-
search. Each student is provided with a table, a microscope, and all
necessary staining reagents.
In tliis year the ledbires are confined to general pathology and the
elementary principles of badleriology. The laboratory work consists
of two houra each week throughout the year, is illustrative of the
didadlic ledtures, and comprises the preparation and study of slides
showing the general pathological changes that occur in human tissues.
An examination will be held at the close of the year.
Text-books: Pathology — Stengel, Ziegler, Thoma, Delafield and
Prudden, Green.
Bacteriology — Abbot, McFarland, Crookshank, Sternberg.
Surgical Emergencies. Two le<5tures a week, throughout the year.
HOMCEOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 169
are given on such subjedU as anaesthesia, shock, hemorrhage, wounds,
and traumatism, fra^ures, dislocations, and other related topics,
which include conditions falling to the care of the general medical
pradtitioner. These subjedU are carefully and thoroughly presented,
great pains being taken to give the student practical instrudlion. The
course is supplemented by one lecture a week, during a portion of the
term, on bandaging and surgical dressings of all kinds.
Physical Diagnosis. Inures are given weekly, throughout the
year, upon physical diagnosis, contrasting normal and pathological
conditions, particularly of the chest. This includes pradlice with
modern appliances for reaching a corredi diagnosis in diseased condi-
tions.
Materia Medica. During this year three ledtures a week are given
on materia medica and symptomatology. The mineral remedies will
be studied during the session of 1899-1900, with weekly quizzes on the
vegetable remedies. A brief review of the toxicological and physio-
logical effedb of the drug will be given, then the most prominent and
chanu^eristic symptoms. These symptoms will be grouped as they
have been found useful for therapeutic purposes.
Text-books: Oi^non, Dewey's Essentials of Materia Medica, Par-
rington's Clinical Materia Medica.
Theory and Practice. The teaching will be didad^ic and clinical.
General and special pathology will be taught according to the latest
investigations into the etiology and nature of disease. It will be the
aim of the occupant of this chair to teach only that which has secured
the san<Stion of competent observers, and which has been confirmed by
abundant clinical experience. In teaching the relation of drug patho-
genesis to semieology the well established principles of homceopathic
therapeutics will be closely and consistently followed. Attendance
upon clinics will be obligatory. As the ledlure-room is under the
same roof with the hospital, admirable opporttmities for bed-side in-
stmdtion are furnished.
Text-books: Dickinson's Theory and Pradlice, Amdt*s System of
Medicine, Raue*s Special Pathology, Goodno's Pradtice; for reference.
Pepper's Text-book of Theory and Practice of Medicine, Stevens's
Manual of Pathology.
170 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Clinics. The Sophomore class is expected to attend all the clinics,
in addition to the work outlined above. No amount of purely didadiic
teaching can possibly compensate for the lack of clinical demonstra-
tion.
JUNIOR YEAR.
Anatomy. One hour a week is devoted to surgical and topograph-
ical anatomy, fully illustrated. This course is very useful as prepara-
tory to operative surgery and as related to ph3rsical diagnosis.
Text-book: Heath's Applied Anatomy.
Pathology. In the Junior year the leisures are devoted to the
pathology of tumors, and the special pathology of the different organs
of the human body. The laboratory work, consisting of two hours a
week throughout the year, bears a diredk relation to the le<Slures, and
comprises the preparation and study of slides showing the disease
changes that occur in special tissues and organs, including a complete
coUedlion of tumors; embodying furthermore the study of the general
charaiSleristics of micro-organisms, the preparation of artificial media,
and the mounting of slides of the different organisms, with special
reference to the pathogenic badieria that are of great interest to med-
ical men.
Instruction is also given in the technique of making a post-mortem
examination.
A final examination in pathology will be held at the close of the
Junior year.
Text-books: The same as in Sophomore year.
Toxicology. Instruction in this branch continues through the
Junior year. It is given by weekly le<5lures supplemented by quizzes.
The adlion of the principal poisons is considered, and the antidotes
for each are given. The methods of testing for the poisons are ex-
plained and illustrated by experiments.
Text-books: Wormley, Taylor.
Physical Diagnosis. One ledture and demonstration a week on
physical diagnosis will be given in continuation of the work of the
preceding year.
Paedology. Weekly le6lures and recitations are given on diseases of
children. The subjects taken up are the diseases of infancy, as well
HOMCEOPATHIC MBMCAI, DEPARTMENT. 171
as early childhood, and while lai;gely treated by the didactic method,
clinical demonstrations are used whenever possible.
Text-books: Tooker, Fisher.
Ifateria Medica. The work commenced in the preceding year will
be continued. Three le<5^ures a week. In addition one hour a week
is given to applied therapeutics, in which cases will be presented
(hypothetical or adlual), prescribed for, and the indications for the
remedies used analytically considered.
Text-books: Parrington*s Comparative Materia Medica, and Dun-
ham's Therapeutics.
Ophthalmology and Otology. During this year the instrudtion in the
diseases of the eye and ear is both didadlic and clinical. Special stress
is laid upon the diagnosis and treatment of those diseases which will
most often present themselves in the work of the general practitioner.
The dida<5tic teaching is illustrated by models and drawings. The
clinics are large and varied, opportunity being thus given to examine
and treat the cases presented.
Text-books: Norton, BufPum, Angell.
Laryngology and Rhinology. Instru<5tion is given in lar3mgology
and rhinology to the Junior class by weekly ledlures and clinics. Stu-
dents are assigned cases for treatment, and given ample opportunity
to become expert in the use of the laryngoscope, rhinoscope, and
other instruments employed in the diagnosis and treatment of the
various diseases.
Text-books: Ivin or Brown.
Obstetrics. This branch is commenced in the Junior year. The
plan of instrudlion will be the usual didadtic method supplemented
by demonstrations, with wet and dry preparations, models and dia-
grams, together with clinical practice whenever possible. Two lec-
tures a week are given, with occasional quizzes and recitations. The
scheme is designed to carry the student forward, after thorough
instrudlion in the anatomy of the pelvis and generative apparatus,
through ovulation, menstruation, gestation, and normal labor. Use
of the various instruments is taught on the manikin, and every care
taken to prepare the students thoroughly for dealing with complica-
tions. Dystochia, and all forms of abnormal gestation and labor, are
172 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
given in the closing portion of the course. The central idea is to give
the praAical preference over the merely theoretical.
Text-books: Guernsey, Leavitt and Lusk, Grandin and Jarmen,
Obstetric Suigery.
Gynecology. This branch is divided between the chair of obstetrics
and surgery. Medical diseases of women are considered by the chair
of obstetrics during the last half of the term. The snigical diseases
are treated, throughout the year, by the chair of surgery by ledhires,
clinics, and demonstrations.
Text-books: Wood's Gynecology, Southwick*s Pra<Slical Gynecol-
ogy.
Practice. Theory and pra<^ice are continued during this year on the
general lines already laid down. More prominence is given to clinical
instrudtion, since attendance upon the public clinic is required. The
clinical material is abundant and increasing every year; the number
and variety of cases presented the last year were very large. Partic-
ular effort is made to familiarize the student with such morbid condi-
tions as he is likely to meet in his daily pra<5lice.
Text-books: The same as already noted.
Surgical Bmergencies. This study is continued during the Junior
year, a final examination being held at the close of the term. While
all phases of emergency surgery are considered, particular attention
is given to fra<5lures and dislocations.
Text-books: Hamilton's Fradlures, etc.
Surgical Pathology. Three ledlnres a week are given on the science
and art of surgery, much stress being laid upon differential diagnosis.
The clinical le<5lures are supplemental to the dida<5lic instrudHon, and
attendance is obligatory.
Text-books: Gilchrist's Sui^gical Pathology, Adams and Chislett*s
text-book, or Fisher and Macdonald's text-book.
Clinics. Attendance on all the clinics is required of Junior students.
As will be found noted later, the students in this 3rear will be ex-
pected to attend the weekly meetings of the Johnson County Homceo-
pathic Medical Society.
HOMOEOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 173
SENIOR YEAR.
In this year PraAice, Obstetrics, Materia Medica, Gynecology,
Ophthalmology, Rhinology, Laryngology, and Surgical Pathol-
ogy will be continued, and final examinations held at the close of the
term. In addition the following will be taken up in short courses.
Operative Surgery. Operations on the cadaver will be made by
each student. The operations will be preceded by a short course of
lectures on the principles underlying operative treatment, and the
legal, professional, personal, and social obligations and amenities of
the surgeon.
Applied Therapeutics. Two hours a week are devoted to the study
of seledled cases, with the purpose of showing the manner of seledling
the indicated remedy. This study is carried on in the clinics, where
students in this class are required to make diagnosis and prescriptions.
Medical Jurisprudence. A short course is given on forensic medi-
cine by a Professor of the Law Faculty, by appointment, and in such
a manner as not to interrupt the regular work of the class. In con-
nedtion with these leisures the legal status of the medical pradli-
tioner, as determined by the various State laws, will be presented and
discussed.
Insanity. Alienism and mental disorders, are taught in a short
course of ledlures, given by appointment.
CLINICS.
The clinics of this department are open to students of all the classes,
but the attendance is not obligatory in the Freshman year. All the
clinics are full; in some of them the capacity of the hospital has been
severely taxed. The general arrangement^and clinical system are as
follows: The House Surgeon at the commencement of the term details
two students from the Senior class as clinical assistants. One of these
retires after one week's service, one after two weeks. One student a
week is detailed thereafter, so that each Senior student has two con-
secutive weeks of clinical work. The duties are to assist at all clinics,
and to attend to all dressings in the hospital, under the supervision
of the House Surgeon. This gives unusual facilities for pradiical in-
174 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
stru<5lion. In the medical, eye, and ear clinics each member of the
Senior class will be given repeated opportunities for examination of
patients, and will be required to diagnose the disease and suggest
method of treatment. The clinics are largely patronized, the number
of cases and tlie variety being fully equal to the college clinics else-
where. The clinics are held as follows:
Medical Clinic. Thursday afternoon, service of the Professor of
Theory and Pra<5lice.
Surgical Clinic. Saturday morning, service of the Professor of Sur-
gery-
Eye and Ear Clinic. Tuesday afternoon, service of the Professor of
Ophthalmology, etc.
Gynecological Clinic. Friday morning, service of the Professor of
Gynecology.
Obstetrical Clinics. By appointment, service of the Professor of
Obstetrics.
Subclinics. The subclinics are held two or more times a week, to
which sections of the Senior class are admitted, where opportunity is
afforded all to make examinations in gynecological cases, and the use
of various instruments of precision for purposes of diagnosis.
Medical and surgical treatment, and nursing are free for patients
entering the general clinics. Board in the hospital is furnished for
{7.00 a week.
Correspondence with reference to admission to the clinics or hospi-
tal should be had with the professor having charge of the particular
clinic, or the Registrar of the Factdty. Arrangements can be made
for the reception of a limited number of obstetrical cases, only between
the 15th of September and the 15th of February.
DiSPSNSARY. In conneiStion with the clinics a dispensary has been
opened, where the clinical assistants, under the dire<5Vion of the Faculty,
prescribe for and visit out-patients, as well as attend such cases of
obstetrics as apply. The dispensary is growing in patronage and
influence, and has become a highly important and profitable portion
of the work, affording at once material for the clinics and pnuftical
instrudtion to the attendant.
HOMOEOPATHIC MEDICAI, DEPARTMENT. 176
TRAINING SCHOOL FOR NURSES.
A training school for nurses has been authorized by the Board of
Regents, the complete course covering three years. The first year is
devoted to preliminary studies fitting the pupil for the a<5live work,
that is, as nurses in the hospital. Candidates for admission to the
Training School must be not imder twenty nor over thirty-five years
of age, must have a common school education, and must present two
letters of recommendation as to their capability, qualifications, and
moral charadter. No other examination for admission will be re-
quired.
The first year, covering the preliminary work, begins and closes
with the medical term of the University. A fee of five dollars will be
charged, payable at the beginning of the term to the Registrar of the
Faculty. The work of this year is entirely didadlic, consisting of
ledlures upon anatomy, physiology, special nursing in diseases of the
eye, ear, nose, and throat, and on practical nursing. For cases of
emergency and home-nursing, this course is especially desirable.
Aside from their pra<5tical work, during the second year, the nurses
will have one recitation each week, and during the third year special
topics for essays will be arranged. Those who have completed the
preliminary work, at the beginning of the second year, may be entered
upon one month*s probation in the hospital, during which time they
will receive board, lodging, and laundry, but no compensation. If
they are found satisfactory, they shall at the end of the first month
and during the remainder of the second year in addition to their living,
as above, receive $S a month for personal expenses, with a slight in-
crease during the third year. This sum is not to be regarded as wages,
the instrudtion given being in itself full compensation for all services
rendered. Those who complete the three years* course will receive
a suitable certificate signed by the President of the University and by
the Secretary of the Board of Regents. The graduating exercises occur
in connedtion with those of the Department. For further information
address the Matron, Miss Mary A. Raff.
176 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
BOARD AND ACCOMMODATIONS.
Good board can be obtained at from $3 to {5 a week. By associat-
ing in clubs, students may supply themselves with good accommoda-
tions at a material redudlion from the customary prices.
Students will be furnished with all necessary information concern-
ing rooms and boarding by applying to the Y. M. C. A. Information
Bureau.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION.
To be admitted to the degree of Dodlor of Medicine (M. D.) in this
Department, the student must exhibit to the Dean evidence of having
pursued the study of medicine for four years; must have attended four
courses of lectures, of at least six months each, the last of which shall
have been in this institution; and must be not less than twenty-one
years of age.
Arrangements have recently been made with the Faculty of the
Collegiate Department by which it will be possible for a student to
complete the course in science and the course in the Homoeopathic
Medical Department in six years, thereby obtaining the degrees of B.
S. and M. D. See page 34 of the University Catalogue.
HOMCEOPATHIC MEDICAL ALUMNI ASSOCIATION.
The Alumni Association held its eleventh annual meeting at the
College Building, March 28, 1899, at which time the following officers
were eleAed:
President— A. S. Hanskn, M. D., Cedar Falls.
First Vice-President— L. W. Strubi^b, M. D., West Liberty.
Second Vice-President— J. J. Mbtzingbr, M. D., Iowa City.
Secretary— B. P. Bi«ackstonb, M. D., Manson.
Treasurer — Leora Johnson, M. D., Iowa City.
Executive Committee— Prbsidbnt, Sbcrbtary, and Trbasurbr.
Alumni are urged to send their names to the Secretary, to be en-
rolled as members. A small admission fee is required, the funds so
procured to be donated to the hospital according to a vote taken at
the last meeting. Alumni are requested to keep the Secretary informed
of change of address.
HOMCBOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMENT. 177
JOHNSON COUNTY HOMCEOPATHIC MEDICAL SOCIETY.
The meetings of this society are held weekly in the ledlnre-room of
the Department, and have been very useful adjundts to the instrudlion
given. Senior students are associate members, and enjoy all the
privileges of membership, except that of voting and the right to hold
office. The Society has proved of the utmost value to all privileged to
attend its meetings, from the fa<5l that such topics as degeneration,
heredity, sanitation (public and domestic), and many others, are
presented by members of other faculties of the University.
Officers for 1899-1900:
President— Jambs O. OitCHRisT, A. M., M. D.
Vice-President — Lbora Johnson, M. D.
Secretary — Ci«ara M. Hazard, M. D.
Any further information may be obtained by addressing the Presi-
dent of the University, the Dean or Registrar of the Homoeopathic
Medical Faculty, at Iowa City, Iowa.
DENTAL DEPARTMENT.
FACULTY.
Amos No yes Curribr, A. M., LL. D.,
Adting President.
Prank Thomas Brbbns, M. D., D. D. S.,
Professor of Operative Dentistry and Therapeutics, and Superintendent of
Operative Clinics.
WlI«UAM S. HOSFORD, A. B., D. D. S.,
Professor of Prosthetic Dentistry, and Crown and Bridge Work, Superin-
tendent of Prosthetic Clinics, and Dean of the Faculty.
WiLWAM Harper DeFord, A. M., M. D., D. D. S.,
Professor of Oral Pathology and Hygiene.
OTHER INSTRUCTORS AND OFFICERS.
WiLLUAM Drummond Middi,hton, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Surgery and Clinical Surgery.
EI.BBRT WH^UAM ROCKWOOD, B. S., M. D.,
Professor of Chemistry and Metallurgy.
Wai,thr Lawrence Bibrring, M. D.,
Professor of Patholosy and Badteriology.
Charles Sumner Chase, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Materia Medica and Therapeutics.
John Walter Harriman, M. D.,
Professor of Anatomy.
WiixiAM Robert Whiteis, M. S., M. D.,
Professor of Histology.
Lbe Waixace Dean, M. S., M. D.,
Adting Professor of Physiology.
James E. Flbbnbr, D. D. S.,
Ledturer on Orthodontia.
Charles Cleveland Nxttting, A. M.,
Lecturer on Comparative OdontogiQ^phy.
180 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
ROYAI^ WlNTHROP BAI^DWIN, D. D. S.,
I^e^urer on Regional Anatomy, and Clinical Demonstrator.
A. E. Rogers, D. D. S.,
I«edturer on Dental Anatomy, and Clinical Demonstrator.
WlIXIAM G. Cl^RK, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator of Porcelain Work.
Chari^bs B. Lewis, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator of Dental Technology.
Prank B. James, D. D. S.,
Demonstrator of Dental Technology.
Wii^UAM Edward Bari«ow, M. A.,
Demonstrator of Chemistry.
WII3ER John Teeters, M. S., Ph. C,
Demonstrator of Chemistry.
John Thomas McCXintock, A. B., M. D.,
Demonstrator of Anatomy.
E. A. Spraker,
Custodian.
HEIfEN BaSCHNAGEI*,
Clerk.
VISITING CLINICAL INSTRUCTORS.
T. L. James, D. D. S., Pairfidd.
C. J. Peterson, D. D. S., Dubuque.
A. R. Begun, D. D. S., Des Moines.
C. A. Cope, D. D. S., Onawa.
K. M. Pui^i^brton, D. D. S., Cedar Palls.
S. C. Hatch, D. D. S., Sioux Ci^y.
Guy Hunti^ey, D. D. S., Mason City.
C. A. Pai^bcer, D. D. S., Grinnell.
C. R. Baker, D. D. S., Davenport.
DENTAL DEPARTMENT.
Instruction in this school is given throughout the academic year
by ledlures, recitations, clinical teaching, and pradlical exercises, uni-
formly distributed. The course of instruction is progressive and ex-
tends over three years of nine months each. Some of the studies of
the first and second years are pursued in conne<Slion with the classes
in the Medical Department, the student receiving instrudlion by the
same professors, at the same time and place with the medical students,
and at the end of the year passing with them the examination.
It is the objedt of the Faculty to present a complete course of in-
strudlion in theory and pradlice of Dentistry; and for this purpose
well-appointed laboratories and infirmaries are provided and such
arrangements made as insure an ample supply of patients. Clinical
instrudlion is given by the professors and other instrudlors, and under
the diredtion of demonstrators patients are assigned to the students,
insuring to all opportunity of operating at the chair, and becoming by
adlual pradlice familiar with all the operations demanded of the
dentist. The infirmaries remain open, and clinical instrudlors and
demonstrators are in attendance daily throughout the school year,
offering to students unsurpassed facilities for acquiring pradlici^
knowledge and manipulative dexterity.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION.
The applicant must present to the Faculty satisfadlory evidence of
good moral charadler, and must pass a preliminary examination, or
present a diploma or a certificate of graduation from a college, acad-
emy, or high school, or a first class teachers* certificate covering the
branches enumerated below. Students of both sexes are admitted on
equal terms and are afforded the same facilities for acquiring a thor-
ough dental education.
182 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
The prelimiiiajy examination may be placed in the hands of any
state or county superintendent of public instnu^on. The candidate
must make a general average of at least seventy-five per cent in this
examination; but he may be admitted with one condition, which, ho^v-
ever, must be made up during lus Freshman year. The examination
will embrace the following branches:
English. Grammar, Composition, Spelling, Punctuation, Gram-
matical Constnu^on.
Geography. Descriptive and Phy^cal Geography.
History. United States and General History.
Kathematics. Advanced Arithmetic, Algebra through quadratics.
Plane Geometry.
Latin. Grammar, declensions, conjugations, constnu^on, transla-
tion of easy prose.
Physics. Elementary Physics.
The student may, at the option of the Faculty, substitute any one of
the following eledtives in lieu of one of the preceding studies: Three
terms of algebra, through quadratics; three terms of geometry, plane
and solid; two terms of physiology; two terms of physical geography:
one term of botany, with analysis of forty plants; three terms of gen-
eral history; three terms of physics; three terms of English literature;
two terms of civil government; two terms of history of England; three
terms of American literature; three terms of chemistry; one term of
commercial arithmetic; two terms of astronomy; two terms of geology;
two terms of natural history; one term of political science; two terms
of drawing; three terms of German; three terms of Greek; three terms
of Latin reading, Caesar; three terms of Cicero, four orations; three
terms of Vergil, six books; one term of book-keeping; three terms of
French; three terms of manual training.
Admission of Graduates of Medicine. A diploma from a reputable
medical college may entitie the holder to enter the second or Junior
grade in colleges of the Association subjedt to other rules governing
admission to that grade.
Admission of Graduates of Pharmacy and Veterinary Medicine. Stu-
dents qualified according to above heading may matriculate as Juniors
subje^ to other rules governing admission to this grade.
DENTAL DEPARTMENT. 188
AdmiMion of Undergradnatefl of Medicine. Undergraduates of repu-
table medical colleges, who have regularly completed one full scholastic
3rear, having attended at least seventy-five per cent of a five month's
term, and passed a satisfactory examination in the studies of the
Freshman year, may be admitted to the Junior class, subjedl to other
rules governing admission to that grade.
SCHEDULE OF STUDIES.
First or Freshman Year. Completed the first year: Chemistry,
including laboratory, Organic Materia Medica, Histology, including
laboratory work. Comparative Anatomy, with Dissedtion, Dental
Anatomy with Technic, and Operative Technic.
Subje^ taken the first year and continued through the second
year: Anatomy, Physiology, Dental Technology, ledtures and labora-
tory work, and Operative Technic.
Second or Junior Year. Subjedb completed the second year: Anat-
omy with Dissection, Physiology, Organic Chemistry, and Metallurgy,
including laboratory work. Inorganic Materia Medica and Thera-
peutics, Dental Technology, and laboratory work.
Subjects taken the second and continued through the third year:
Surgery, Pathology, Therapeutics, Orthodontia Technic, Operative
Technic, Operative Dentistry, and Prosthetic Dentistry.
Third or Senior Year. Subjects completed the third year: Oral
Surgery, Pathology, Regional Anatomy, Special Histology, Clinical
Dentistry, Therapeutics, Dental Art, Special Therapeutics, Practical
Bacteriology, Operative Dentistry, Prosthetic Dentistry, Dental Pathol-
ogy, Hygiene, and Oral Surgery.
All students of the first and second years wUl be required to pass an
examination on the studies pursued in their respective courses before
leaving the University at the close of each term. No student who has
failed in two of the studies of his course will pass to advanced stand-
ing unless these studies are made up before the holiday vacation. No
certificates are given to any who fail in more than two branches, ex-
cept a time certificate stating the aCtual time of attendance.
184 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
COURSE OF LECTURES AND LABORATORY
WORK.
OPERATIVE DENTISTRY AND THERAPEUTICS.
To arrest decay and prevent the destrudtion of human teeth is the
ideal work of operative dentistry. To know how to fill teeth well and
lastingly is the ambitious desire of every intelligent student of dentis-
try. In the ledhires delivered on this subje^ the student will be made
acquainted with all the useful materials and methods of filling teeth,
the use of instruments, and the various manipulations required in a
full pradtice of the operating chair. The same will be fully illustrated
and demonstrated by numerous clinics, which will constitute an im-
portant feature of the dental instrudtion. The student is expedied to
supply himself with such instruments as will enable him to perform
all the usual operations of dentistry, under the supervision of the
demonstrators. The application of remedies to diseased conditions is
taught pradlically every day upon the patients in the operative clinic.
Students who own a dental engine should bring it with them.
CLINICAL DENTISTRY.
In clinical dentistry thorough pradtical instrudHon is given in the
details of operation, use of materials, instruments, appliances, and the
application of remedial agents for the restoration of diseased condi-
tions. The students are required to take charge of patients and per-
form operations under the supervision of demonstrators. The large
number of clinical patients presenting themselves furnishes ample
opportunity for a variety of pradtical work.
PROSTHETIC DENTISTRY.
The instrudtion in this subjedi is both didadlic and pradtical. It is
the aim to teach not only the mere mechanical processes of Dentistry,
but that combination of art with mechanism which enables the prac-
titioner to effedl so much in restoring the symmetry of the face and
usefulness of the teeth where they have been lost or impaired by acci-
dent or disease. Thorough instrudtion is also given in methods of
DENTAL DEPARTMENT. 186
restoring the dental organs with crowns of metal, or porcelain, by
bridges, and by the making of artificial dentures with bases of metal,
rubber, celluloid, aluminum, gold, and porcelain, either alone or in
combination.
GENERAL PATHOLOGY AND BACTERIOLOGY.
Pathology and badteriology are taught during the Junior and Senior
years by means of ledlures and laboratory work. The work in the
Junior year is devoted to general pathology, comprising a study of
the general pathological changes, such as circulatory disturbances,
degenerations, and inflammations, that occur in human tissues. Dur-
ing the Senior year the work consists of special pathology and bac-
teriology. It includes the study of forms of new growths and the
disease changes occurring in special structures, especially the oral
tissues and such changes as come within the sphere of dental surgery.
The bacteriological laboratory is equipped with the most improved
apparatus for ba<^riolQgical investigation. The work comprises the
study of the chara<Steristics of micro-organisms of the buccal cavity
and their relation to dental caries and other disease processes. The
slides prepared become the property of the student.
HISTOLOGY.
Histology is taught during the Freshman and Junior years by means
of lectures and laboratory work. The laboratory work comprises the
preparing and study of microscopical slides, showing the minute
strudhire of the different tissues and organs of the human body, with
special reference to the digestive apparatus. Instrudlion is given in
the various methods of preparing and staining tissues for microscop-
ical examination, the slides prepared becoming the personal property
of the student. During the Junior year the work is continued in the
form of special dental histology, which is presented by means of
didadlic ledhires and laboratory work. In the laboratory, each stu-
dent prepares and studies a colledtion of slides pertaining to the
histology of all the dental tissues and softer structures of the buccal
cavity, including a complete series showing the development of the
teeth, the slides becoming the property of the student.
186 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
ORAL PATHOLOGY.
The work in oral pathology embraces a brief consideration of in-
flammation and its terminations, pathological conditions incident to
first dentition, pathological conditions incident to second dentition,
dental caries — various theories and experiments by which conclusions
are reached, individual diseases of the teeth, — sensitive dentine,
hjrpenemia, congestion and inflammation of the pulp, pulp nodules,
putrescent pulps, alveolar abscess, acute and chronic, diseases of the
peridental membrane, perecementitis, gingivitis, pyorrhoea alveolaris,
the tongue and the mouth in diseases of remote parts, various tumors
in and about the mouth especially, the epulic tumors, osteoma, simple
cystic tumors, dentigerous C3rsts, diseases of the antrum, ranula, mouth
breathing, alveolar necrosis, maxillary necrosis, phosphor-necrosis,
epitheleoma, syphilis, particularly mouth manifestations, especially
neuralgia and many other practical subje^ as seen in practice.
HYGIENE.
The importance of this subject cannot be overestimated when it is
understood that decay of the teeth, suppuration of the pulp, alveolar
dental abscess, pyorrhoea alveolaris, and perhaps other diseases with
which dentists have to contend, are the direA result of unhygienic
conditions in the oral cavities. The processes of fermentation, sup-
puration, and infediion in general, are considered, and full instruction
given in oral, personal, and office hygiene, and in the best methods of
disinfedlion and antisepsis, including the care of the instruments in
daily use.
ORAL SURGERY.
The instrudUon in this subjedb combines didadtic and clinical
teaching. Third year students are expedted to attend the surgical
clinics.
CHEMISTRY.
The work in chemistry is carried on during two years. It consists
ledlures and laboratory work. In the Freshman 3rear the ledhires
treat of the general principles of the science with special attention to
their application to dental operations and the needs of the dental
DENTAL DEPARTMENT. 187
practitioner. The laboratory work is chiefly in qualitative analysis
with a view of familiarizing the student with the a(5lion of reagents,
with chemical manipulations, and with the most important properties
of the metals and their compounds.
The ledtures of the Junior year will be upon metallurgy and the
laboratory work such as shall more fully illustrate the properties of
the metals. The methods of refining gold, silver, and platinum will
be given, and also those for making and testing alloys and amalgams.
MATERIA MEDICA.
Freshman Year. The Freshman class receives two ledlures each
week upon the preliminary matter leading to the detailed considera-
tion of drugs proper and organic drugs in particular, inclusive of those
of vegetable and animal origin. The preliminary topics include defi-
nitions, classification, dosage, routes and modes of administration
of remedies, prescription writing, including incompatibilities, metric
and common systems of weights and measures, etc. The second
division of the subje<Sls, viz., that of organic drugs, takes up their dis-
cussion in detail, following a natural and helpful classification based
upon the dominant a<5lion of a leading drug in each group or class to
which such drugs may be assigned. Also the antagonistic and S3mer-
gistic a^ons of the drugs are considered in their appropriate places
and order. Quizzes, recitations, and written tests are given frequently
to aid the student's memory. At the close of the session a review and
session-test will be given.
Junior Year. The Junior class completes inorganic materia medica
prior to the holiday vacation and reviews the entire subjed preparatory
to passing the same before the close of the sessional year. After the
holidajTS the class begins general therapeutics, special stress being laid
upon those topics that appertain chiefly to dentistry, such as anaes-
thetics, general and local; coagulants, mineral and vegetable; pain
obtunders, sedatives, narcotics, etc. Also such drugs as are comprised
in the list of antiseptics, disinfe^nts, germicides, deodorants, epis-
postics, escharotics, etc., are specially considered. The consideration
of a few of the more prominent and common dental afiFedtions, such as
abscess of the antrum, alveolar abscesses, pyorrhoea alveolaris, etc.,
vdll be briefly discussed from their therapeutic standpoint chiefly.
18d STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
At the close of the year an examination will be given upon this sub-
jedl as well as that of materia medica.
ANATOMY.
Anatomy is taught in the first and second years by ledbixes and
recitations, one course in dissection being taken each year.
PHYSIOLOGY.
In this subje<Sl the indudtive method will be very largely employed
in imparting instnuStion. The ledhires will be illustrated by diagrams,
charts, and by experiments upon the lower animals. The relations
between physiology and medical diagnosis will be presented to the
student.
During the first year the le^ures will cover the subjedis: General
physiology, proximate principles, digestion, absorption, circulation,
respiration, excretion, and the general physiology of the nervous
system. The ledlures upon these subjedb will be thorough. At the
close of the session there will be an examination which must be passed
before the student can take up the second year's work in physiology.
During the second year a careful review of the subjedl treated dur-
ing the first year will be made. The ph3^iology of the nervous system,
the generative system, and the special senses will be studied. At the
completion of the second year's work there will be a final examination
in this branch.
ORTHODONTIA.
Instruction in orthodontia is given by the use of large charts, demon-
strating appliances of practical cases, with special attention to prevent-
ive measures for the care of deciduous teeth and corrective treat-
ment during the eruption of the permanent teeth. The course consists
also of the treatment of practical cases in the infirmary, the care of
which is given to individual students, under the direction of demon-
strators in charge, and is also used for class instructions.
REGIONAL ANATOMY.
The instruction in regional anatomy is supplementary to the leChires
on general anatomy, and includes a careful description of the bones,
muscles, blood vessels, and nerves of the head and face, especially
DENTAL DEPARTMENT. 189
such as are intimately associated with the physiology and pathology
of the dental oigans. The ledbires are illustrated by maps, charts,
and models, and by several well prepared natural specimens of the
head, jaws, teeth, and nerves in situ.
■
COMPARATIVE ODONTOGRAPHY.
This course is of unusual practical value. The dental organs and
their practical use, comprised in the various orders or families of the
animal kingdom, are illustrated by natural specimens, lantern exhibi-
tions, and dissedtion of the lower animals.
DISSECTION.
Early in the term students make application to the demonstrator of
anatomy for places at the dissedling table. Each student is required
to dissedk at least one part. No charge is made for material.
DENTAL ANATOMY.
This course is supplementary to the snbjedi of general anatomy, and
in addition to hearing ledbires, each student prepares a series of sec^
tions of the natural teeth, making drawings of the same, — showing
outlines of tooth forms, pulp chambers, canals, and the relations of
the different strudiures of a tooth. Carving of some of the typical
forms of teeth from different materials is also a part of the couxse.
Instruments for this, and the operative technic couxse will cost from
$S to $io, a list of which will be furnished at the b^;inning of the
term.
PORCELAIN WORK.
The use of porcelain in the various applications to the pradtice of
dentistry is taught, including crowns, bridges, artificial dentures, in-
lays, etc. Also the use of the various furnaces is demonstrated.
OPERATIVE AND PROSTHETIC TECHNIC.
This course consists of the tempering and making of instruments
both for operative and prosthetic work, also the preparation of cavi-
ties in the natural teeth out of the mouth and filling of the same with
190 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
the different fiUing materials. The course is thoroughly pruftical and
constitutes a very important feature of the student's work preparatory
to the clinical experience.
It is the desire of the Faculty that the dental profession assist in
the above course by forwarding to the department all the extxaiSked
teeth possible. Express charges vnll be paid by the department.
DENTAL MUSEUM AND LIBRARY.
Members of the dental profession, dental students, and all persons
interested, are invited to contribute to the museum such specimens of
malformation, normal or diseased conditions, as will serve for illus-
tration of dental teaching; also to the library any books, pamphlets,
journals, or other reading matter pertaining to dental subjedis. Such
contributions will be duly labeled with the donor's name, and care-
fully preserved.
LABORATORIES AND CLINIC ROOMS.
The didactic work is supplemented by practical teaching in the
laboratory and clinic rooms, with an eObundance of patients (6,114 1'^
session). The clinic rooms are equipped fully and completely with
Wilkerson and Columbia chairs, cabinets, and all necessary apparatus
for the purpose, such as lathes, furnaces for porcelain work, rolling
mills, vulcanizers, tables, microscopes, etc. Students are required to
supply only the lighter and more portable instruments, the list of
which will be furnished on application.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION FOR SESSION OF
I 899-1900.
The candidate for graduation must be of legal age, and of good
moral charadier; must present to the Faculty and Board of Examiners
a satisfadlory case of artificial dentistry; also the required clinical
record of practical operations on the natural teeth; must sustain a
satisf adiory examination in the branches taught, and must prove his
fitness for the pradUce of dentistry.
The time of study must include attendance on three courses of lec-
tures, the last of which must be at this institution.
DENTAI, DEPARTMENT. 191
The deportment during the couxBe must have been unexceptionable;
and attendance upon all ledlures, clinics, and other instrudUon in the
course must have been in accord with the requirements of the depart-
ment.
Members of the Junior class must be examined finally in anatomy,
physiology, organic chemistry, metallurgy, and therapeutics.
Members of the Senior class must notify the Dean of the Faculty in
writing during the second week of February of their intention of be-
coming applicants for the degree of Dodlor of Dental Surgery, at the
same time presenting a certificate from the Secretary of having paid
all fees, with a certificate of legal age and good moral chara<fler.
Attendance on any course of ledtures in other reputable dental
colleges having similar requirements will be accepted as equivalent to
a corresponding course in this department. Graduates of medical col-
leges will be required to attend two full years of instrudUon in prac-
tical dentistry in this institution, including the courses of lectures,
before applying for graduation.
Having complied with the requirements of this department, the
Faculty and Board of Examiners will recommend the candidate to the
Board of Regents as entitled to receive the degree of Do<5lor of Dental
Surgery.
TUITION.
The fee for tuition is $75 for each 3rear, payable $so on or before
October i, and I25 on or before January 10. There are no extra fees
whatever, but a deposit of I3 must be made to cover breakage and
loss before beginning work in the chemical laboratory.
The above statement of the fees is now in efiFe^, and will be under-
stood to apply to all students in the department, entirely irrespedtive
of the date of matriculation.
PRACTITIONERS' COURSE.
This course is planned for the convenience and benefit of pradti-
tioners. It will be optional with those entering the course as to what
studies they will pursue, and what methods in pradlical work they
may take up. The curriculum will be arranged more especially to
give a thorough course in pulp and abscess treatment, and other path-
1»2 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
ological conditions of the oral cavity. In addition to this, detailed
instru<^on will be given in bridge and crown work, continuous gum
dentures, porcelain fillings, and in the methods of working metals by
all the different operations which the pra^tioner is called upon to
perform.
RBQUIRBMENTS FOR ADMISSION TO PRACTITIONERS' COURSE.
Anyone in reputable practice may enter this course. Those attend-
ing the full course of two months will be given a Pra4^tioner*s Certifi-
cate at the end of the course. Graduates of this department will be
admitted on the payment of the matriculation fee only. Graduates
of other reputable dental schools will be admitted on payment of the
matriculation fee and |io.
A full corps of demonstrators in all subjects has been appointed to
attend to the duties pertaining thereto. The service of several addi-
tional clinical instrudtors will be obtained during the session, each a
specialist.
PBES FOR PRACTITIONERS' COUitSE.
Matriculation fee t 5 oo
Tickets, including certificates 25 oo
I<aboratory fee 6 00
13600
DENTAL ASSISTANTS' COURSE.
A training school for dental assistants has been authorized by the
Board of Regents. The course will extend through one year of nine
months, beginning and ending with the regular dental term. The fee
for tuition is $7$ for the course, of which $$0 is payable on or before
Odlober i, and the balance on or before January 10. Candidates for
admission to this course must possess a common school education, and
must present two letters of recommendation as to their capabilities,
qualifications, and moral charadter. No other examination for admis-
sion will be required. Those completing the course will receive a
suitable certificate properly signed, and attested by the seal of the
University. This course will be both didactic and pra^csl, thotongh
instruction being given in operative and prosthetic technic, therapeu-
DENTAL DEPARTMENT. 193
tics, pathology, and dental anatomy; there are also special ledtnres
and work relative to the duties of an assistant both at the operating
chair and in the laboratory.
Credits obtained in this course will be allowed to those desiring to
attend and complete the regular dental course, providing the require-
ments are fulfilled as provided for the regular dental course.
PAYMENT OF FEES.
All fees must be paid promptly, when due, to the Secretary of the
Board of Regents, William J. Haddock. Students who do not pay the
fees when due will be suspended from the department until payment
has been made.
BOARD AND ACCOMMODATIONS.
Board in Iowa City can be obtained for from f 2.00 to $3.00 a week;
rooms from {2.00 to |8.oo a month. Many sttidents procure rooms,
and board in clubs, which materially reduces the cost.
TEXT-BOOKS AND BOOKS OF REFERENCE.
These can be obtained at the bookstores in Iowa City. Dealers
give a discount of from ten to twenty per cent The following are
recommended by the Faculty:
Operative Dentistry: American Text-book of Operative Dentistry,
Ottellnngui, Flagg*s Plastics.
Prosthetic Dentistry: Essig's Prosthetic Dentistry, Richardson's
Mechanical Dentistry, Evan's Artificial Crown and Bridge Work; col-
lateral reading of Harris's Principle and Practice, American System
of Dentistry.
General Pathology: Green, Stengel, Zeigler, Delafield, Pruddcn.
Ba^eriology: Abbott, Crookshank, McFarland.
Histology: Piersol, Schaefer, Stirling, Klein.
Oral Pathology and Hygiene: Greene, Garretson's Oral Surgery,
Wilson on Hygiene, Marshall's Diseases of Face, Mouth, and Jaws,
Barrett's, Birchard's.
Chemistry: General Chemistry— Wurtz, Blozam, Witthaus; Quali-
tative Analysis— Thorpe, Crafts.
IM STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Materia Medica: White and Wilcox, Potter.
Therapeutics: H. C. Wood, Potter, Gorgas.
Anatomy: Gray (13th edition), Holden's Landmarks, Quain ( loth
edition), Holden's Osteology, McClellan's Regional Anatomy, Treve's
Applied Anatomy.
Physiology: Poster, Landois and Sterling, Kirk, Stewart.
Orthodontia: Angles, Guilford.
Dental Anatomy: Tomes, Black.
Comparatiye Anatomy: Howell.
DidHonaries: Harrison, Dunglison, Thomas.
NOTICE.
The National Association of Dental Faculties, of which this depart-
ment is a member, has passed a rule whereby all students not regularly
matriculated within tei) da}^ from the opening of any school will not
receive credit for a full course. In case one is prevented by sickness,
properly certified to by a reputable practicing physician, from com-
plying with the foregoing rule, the time of admission shall not be later
than twenty days from the opening day.
The Dental Department of the State University of Iowa complies
not only with the rules and conditions of the National Association of
Dental Faculties but also with those of the National Association of
Dental Examiners.
Students should make their arrangements to be in attendance on the
first day of the session, as the Faculty cannot adjust their plans to the
tardy arrival of students by wasting time on imimportant leChires at
the banning. Promptness at the beginning of the term is very
essential.
Members of the profession who receive this Catalogue are requested
to notify the Secretary of any change in their address. They will
also confer a favor by sending the names of other dentists pradtidng
in the towns in which they reside. For further information apply to
Wm. S. Hosford, Dean of the Dental Department, Iowa City, Iowa.
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACY.
FACULTY.
Amos Noybs Currier, A. M., LL. D.,
Adting President.
Emii« Louis Borrnbr, Ph. G., Phar. D.,
Professor of Pharmacy, Director of the Pharmaceutical I«aboratory, and
Dean of the Faculty.
LAUNCEWrtf W. Andrews, Ph. D.,
Professor of Chemistry, and Director of the Chemical I^abonitory.
Thomas H. Macbride, A. M., Ph. D.,
Professor of Pharmacognosy, and Dire<5tor of the Microscopical I«aboratory .
Chari«es S. Chase, A. M., M. D.,
Professor of Materia Medica.
Bohumil Shimek, C. E.,
Professor of Botany.
B. W. RoCKWOOD, B. S., M. D.,
I«edturer on Toxicology.
PERCY H. WaucER, M. Sm
Instrudkor in Chemistry.
Frank N. Brink,
Assistant in Chemical I«aboratory.
Zada M. Cooper, Ph. G.,
Assistant in the Pharmaceutical I«aboratory.
Chari«es G. Park, Ph. G.,
Assistant in the Pharmaceutical I«aboratory.
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACY.
The Department of Pharmacy of the State University of Iowa is de-
signed to furnish pharmacists, and those desiring to engage in phar-
macy, an opportunity to acquire a thorough pra^cal education in the
departments of science most intimately connected with the pnuSUce of
that profession. A technical education, such as that offered by the
schools of pharmacy, and seldom if ever acquired in drug stores, is as
necessary to the accomplished pharmacist as is the special tnuning
of a medical course to the physician. The day is not far distant when
the pharmacist who is not provided with the evidence of skill which
the college diploma furnishes, will labor under equal disadvantages
with the non-graduated physician of to-day.
The experience of the past fourteen years has thoroughly demon-
stratjed the pradlicability of the courses in this Department. This is
shown by the readiness with which students of even one session find
and hold employment in drug stores, at salaries much higher than
they could possibly command without the college training, and by the
isA that a much larger percentage of students who have completed
one year*s work in this school pass the examinations before the State
Board of Pharmacy, than of candidates who go before the Board from
drug stores, even after several years' experience.
Incidentally, therefore, the courses are well calculated to aid those
who desire specially to qualify for the examinations of the State Board
of Pharmacy.
It is the aim of the Faculty to make the courses so pradtical that
students will find it not only professionally but also pecuniarily profit-
able to spend a season or two in the Department.
Sec. 2589 of the Code, relating to the r^stration of pharmacists,
was amended by the Legislature on March 26th, 1898, to read as fol-
lows:
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACY. 197
Sec. 2589. Examinations — ^registration. The commission, at such
times and places as it may seledl, and in such manner as it may deter-
mine upon, shall examine all persons desiring to engage in and con-
dudi business as registered pharmacists, as contemplated in the
preceding sedlion, and, if found competent, the applicant's name shall
be entered in the registry book of certificate holders. Graduates of
pharmacy holding a diploma from the State University, or from any
school or college of pharmacy requiring a course of study and labora-
tory work equivalent to that prescribed by the said University in its
catalogue for the school year 1897-98, shall be entitled to registration
as pharmacists without examination. Pharmacists thus registered
have the sole right to keep and sell all medicines and poisons, except
intoxicating liquors.
The fifteenth annual course of ledlures will beg^n on Wednesday,
September 13, 1899, and close on Wednesday, March 28, 1900. There
will be a vacation commencing December 21, 1899, and ending Jan-
uary 3, 1900.
BUILDING.
This school is comfortably located in a three-story building, ere^ed
at a cost of about fifty thousand dollars, and furnishing about twenty-
five thousand square feet of floor space, perhaps the largest accommo-
dations in the way of room enjoyed by any school of pharmacy in this
country. The equipment of this building is of the most modem, and
in keeping with the advancing stage of the science. Through liberal
appropriations periodically made by the L^slature and Board of
Regents, the accumulated equipment of some years is being constantly
enlarged, and affords excellent facilities for instrudtion. The ledVure-
rooms are provided with all desirable conveniences for class demon-
stration, and with large tablet chairs. The laboratories are especially
roomy, the chemical and pharmaceutical laboratories occupying each
a floor space of 54x140 feet, divided into two large general and a num-
ber of smaller special laboratories. Two forty-horse power boilers
supply the steam for all purposes, and a seven-horse power gas engine
furnishes the power for drug mill, dynamo, etc.
198 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION.
Every applicant for admission to the Junior class will be required to
pass a preliminary examination in English, penmanship, geography,
and arithmetic, or give satisfactory evidence of having completed such
studies in a grammar school.
Admission to the Senior class will be by examination in the branches
of study taught during the Junior year. Students presenting evidence
of having passed the Junior examination in another recognized college
or school of pharmacy will be admitted without further examination.
COURSES OF INSTRUCTION.
The courses of instrudiion embrace le^ures on pharmacy, materia
medica, pharmacognosy, botany, chemistry, and toxicology, with
pradHcal work in pharmaceutical, microscopical, and chemical labora-
tories, and almost daily recitations during the term.
About two-hundred and twenty-five ledtures are delivered annually
to each of the Junior and Senior classes and more than four hundred
hours are devoted by each student to practical work in the several
laboratories, and to recitations.
Following the precedent established some years ago by some of the
older colleges of pharmacy, the graded course is adopted. The full
course extends over two years, and the students are divided into
Junior and Senior classes, composed of first and second course stu-
dents, respe^vely. This arrangement, while adding greatly to the
labors of the Faculty, proves of much benefit to students by enabling
the professors not only to introduce new and profitable subje<5ls in
their departments, but by extending their le<5lures over two sessions,
to take up the elementary work during the first, and the more ad-
vanced during the second year.
PHARMACY.
Propbssor Bosrnbr.
The introdudlory ledtures to the Junior class will embrace a short
review of the pharmacopoeias of the United States, England, France.
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACY. 199
and Germany, the various systems and appliances of weights and
measures in use by the leading nations; the apparatus and methods
necessary for the determination of the specific gravity of solids and
liquids, and the sources and management of heat for pharmaceutical
purposes. These will be followed by descriptions and illustrations of
apparatus necessary to condudt properly the processes of percolation,
filtration, comminution, sifting, solution, precipitation, neutralization,
evaporation, distillation, sublimation, etc.
The official drugs will be considered by groups, the classification
being based upon the more prominent proximate constituents con-
tained in the drugs under consideration, beginning with those sub-
stances containing prominently lignin, and passing in order to those
containing starches, sugars, gums, resins, oleo-resins, fixed oils, vola-
tile oils, alkaloids, glucosides, neutral principles, etc. All the prep-
arations of a drug will be considered together. To aid the student in
memorizing the strength of official preparations, these will be consid-
ered by pharmacopceial classifications.
The lectures to the Senior class will begin with a short review of
the subjedls embraced in the Junior course, followed by a critical
study of the preparations of the United States Pharmacopoeia, classi-
fied according to the charadter of their a<Stive or medicinal constitu-
ents. The relation they sustain to each other will be considered, and
whenever practicable, the methods of their preparation will be dem-
onstrated, the aim being to apply the theories and general principles
taught in the Junior course.
The concluding lectures of the course will be devoted to extem-
poraneous pharmacy, — such as the preparation of emulsions, pills, sup-
positories, solutions, ointments, etc., and the dispensing of physicians'
prescriptions, the preparation of toilet articles, perfumery, etc.
The adulteration and sophistication to which official preparations
are subjedt, and the methods for their dete^on will be noticed to the
extent which their importance may demand.
200 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA,
CHEMISTRY.
Professor Andrews.
The laboratory work will be divided into two distindl courses, both
of which are requisite for graduation, but only one of which can be
taken by the student during either of the two college years.
Junior Year. The Junior year comprises instrudUon in the general
principles of chemistry, and in qualitatiye analysis, arranged with
special reference to pharmaceutical preparations.
The lediures elucidate the fundamental laws of the science, demon-
strating them, whenever possible, by numerous experiments performed
before the class. The chief metallic and non-metallic elements with
their more important compounds and reactions are considered. The
practical application of the principles of chemical calculation, by
which the composition of compounds may be deduced from their
formulas, in consequence of its great importance to the pharmacist, is
carefully inculcated. Instru^ion in details of the work, and in mat-
ters of manipulation is conveyed in the laboratory course, which occu-
pies, on an average, seven hours a week. Here the student is taught
by a systematically arrranged series of experiments the properties of
the commonest chemical agents, and how to handle chemical appara-
tus properly. When some manipulative skill is attained, qualitative
anal3rsis is taken up. The characteristic reactions of bodies as applied
to their detection in mixtures are made familiar in a series of exam-
ples, beginning with the simplest substances, and passing gradually
to the more complex, such as are met with in the pradUce of Phar-
macy. The student is expected at the conclusion of this course to be
able to test the purity of official preparations and to detedt the nature
of any adulteration which may be present. He is required to pass a
pra<%ical examination covering this ground.
Senior Year. Quantitative analysis is taken up, particular emphasis
being laid upon volumetric processes, as these, by virtue of the ease
and rapidity with which they are executed, are of the greatest general
usefulness.
The chemical reactions used for detecting morphine, strychnine and
other alkaloidal and coal tar produdb of pharmaceutical importance
DEPARTMENT OP PHARMACY. 201
are studied in the laboratory and the class is exercised in the pradtical
analysis of mixtures of such substances.
Pra<5tice is given in the valuation of numerous inorganic and organic
pharmaceutical preparations, and in the methods of controlling or
determining their ezadt strength. A laboratory examination concludes
the course.
PHARMACOGNOSY.
P&OFBSSOR MaCBRIDB.
This course is intended to present the organic Materia Medica from
the standpoint of the biologist, with a view to enabling the student to
handle his materials intelligently, and to identify them in accordance
with the recognized principles of biologic science. The various drugs
of organic origin are taken up in the order of their natural classifica-
tion, the principal fadls as to their nature, origin, and preparation are
set forth in a series of le<Stures illustrated by abundant material in
original packages, as well as by herbarium specimens (in the case of
plants), charts, drawings, microscopic preparations, etc.
Winter. One hour a week, commencing about November i.
Ample cabinets of Materia Medica are at hand, and free use is con-
stantly made of the magnificent colledtions now found in the Her-
barium of the University.
Text-books: Plueckiger*s Principles of Pharmacognosy; Maisch*s
Materia Medica; Bentley and Trimen's Medicinal Plants; Millspaugh*s
American Medicinal Plants; The United States Dispensatory; The
National Dispensatory.
BOTANY.
Professor Shimbk.
Three courses are offered in Botany:
Course i. Genera] Botany. This course is devoted to a careful
study of the elements of the science. The various organs of the plant
are reviewed and the local autumnal flora is made to afford abundant
material to illustrate, in the hands of the student, the morphology of
roots, stems, and leaves, as well as the ordinary principles of floral
202 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
analysis, and the means of specific identification. Types of the prin-
cipal orders of greatest economic value are studied in detail.
Junior Year, Pall term. Two hours a day for the first six weeks.
Course 2. The second course is devoted to an inquiry into the life
and growth of the plant; the cell, its morphology and produdbs; the
morphology of the entire plant strudlure as a means of identification.
It includes laboratory work with the microscope, and evening ledhires
illustrated by numerous stereopticon views.
Junior Year, One hour a week during fall and winter terms, fol-
lowing Course i.
Course 3. Microscopic Technology. This course includes instruc-
tion in the use of the compound microscope, and its emplojrment in
the investigation of vegetable stru^ures. The student is supplied
with an instrument and all necessary reagents and apparatus, and is
taught the various modes of cutting, staining, and mounting histolog-
ical preparations. Pradtical instruction is given in the use of the
microscope in the identification of crude drugs as well as in the detec-
tion of adulteration. Each student taking this course prepares at the
laboratory for his own use, a cabinet of microscopic slides, illustrative
of many of the more important official drugs.
Senior Year. Winter term. Two hours a week.
Students in all these courses are afforded ample laboratory facilities,
and the splendid botanical colledtions in the University Herbarium
are always available for illustrations and comparative study.
The following list includes the principal text-books: Macbride*s
Lessons in Elementary Botany; Wood's Class Book of Botany; Gray's
Manual of Botany; Goodale's Physiological Botany.
MATERIA MEDICA.
Propbssor Chasb.
This branch will be presented to the students of the Pharmacy Depart-
ment from a twofold standpoint, namely, that of extemporaneous
pharmacy and the prescribing physician. To this end a brief outiine
course in physiology illustrative of the functions of the more promi-
nent organs of the body will precede the discussion in detail of the
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACY. 203
subject matter that more properly belongs to this chair. However,
the professor in charge feels that the pharmacist can best serve those
who seek his aid by having a general apprehension of a few of the
salient points that belong chiefly to the ph3r8iologist.
Junior Year, The members of the Junior class will be given pre-
liminary definitions of the subjedl; also various terms such as alka-
loids, glucosides, leucomaines, ptomaines, gums, resins, etc., etc.
Also the various official preparations will be defined and discussed.
The routes and modes of administration of remedies, their physiolog-
ical and tozicological adtion will likewise be considered. The origin,
source, composition, chemical charadleristics, and physical properties,
the modes of preparations, etc., of each drug will be noted briefly,
their more elaborate consideration being referred to the chair of
Pharmacognosy.
The subjedi of prescription writing, including incompatibles, their
classifications, and their instantaneous detection and means of avoid-
ance will be subjedb for careful consideration and drill. Cumulative
a<^on of drugs in the system — ^how it may occur and how avoided —
will also be discussed . The common and metric systems of weights and
measures will receive due attention. Finally with subje^ of dosage
considered at length, the student will be assumed to be ready to be
introduced formally to the chief drugs made use of in his profession.
To this end organic drugs of both v^etable and animal origin will be
first considered. The student will be required to make full and
exhaustive notes on each ledlure at the time of its delivery, and also
present a carefully prepared transcription of the textual matter found
in the text-book used. A very excellent and natural grouping of
drugs considered will be followed, based upon the dominant adlion of
the leading drug of the group or class to which such drugs may be
assigned . In this manner systematic study is preserved and the sub jedi
matter much more easily retained. Frequent quizzing, recitations,
and written tests supplement the student's part of the work, thereby
facilitating the retention of the fadls presented.
Senior Year, This course is an amplification of the preceding.
The Senior class is given a rapid review of the subjedt-matter of the
Junior course and then completes the unfinished portion of this part
of his work. A brief course in Inorganic Materia Medica is likewise
204 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
presented to the members of this class, comprising the more impor-
tant drugs made use of in pharmacy. With frequent reviews, tests,
drills, etc., this class will, before the termination of the session, com-
plete the subjedi, review and pass it. Prescription writing will be
dwelt upon in this course as in the preceding year so as to make sight
reading and detection of errors possible. The physiological action of
drugs is also specially presented, antagonistic and synergistic remedies
being noted. Thus with a review of the entire subjedl, this class is
led to a general comprehension of the fimdamental principles and
knowledge of the leading drugs used in this important branch of their
course.
TOXICOLOGY.
Professor Rockwood.
The course consists of one ledbire a week during the entire session.
The general adlion of poisons is first considered, then the most impor-
tant ones are treated separately. Their physical properties and chem-
ical adlion are noticed, together with their uses, and most common
sources as tozicological agents. The symptoms of the different classes
are given, and the treatment for each. Especial attention is paid to
antidotes. Methods of testing suspicious substances, as well as the
examination of secretions and excretions, are explained and illus-
trated by experiments.
PHARMACEUTICAL LABORATORY.
The pharmaceutical laboratory, provided with the necessary con-
veniences, apparatus, and material for thorough practical instru<^ion
will be open daily during the greater part of the school year. The
instrudlion will embrace practice in the use of thermometers, hydrom-
eters, specific gravity bottles, and balances; the preparation of tinc-
tures, syrups, oleo-resins, solid and fluid extrad^, pill masses, com-
pound powders, solutions, hypodermic and compressed tablets, and
many chemicals, such as the official iron solutions, scale salts of iron,
mercury and lead compounds, which the apothecary should and can
prepare for himself, both with advantage and profit; extemporaneous
pharmacy, including the preparation of emulsions, pills, plasters, sup-
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACY. 205
positories, prescriptions, the application of pharmacopoeial tests, the
manufadhire of handkerchief eztradts, colognes, sachet-powders, etc. ;
in short, pradtice in all the varied duties of a first-class pharmacy. The
greatly improved facilities of the laboratory building will permit
of the introduction of work found impracticable for preceding classes.
Instruction in this branch is now looked upon as one of the utmost
importance in pharmaceutical education, especially as much of the
work formerly condudted entirely by the apothecary is now in the
hands of large manufacturing establishments, and the student in phar-
macy is thereby deprived of many valuable opportunities for gaining
the necessary experience and self-confidence in drug stores, which a
personal acquaintance with the various manipulations is sure to bring
about. The instruction in this laboratory will be individual; the
progress made will, therefore, depend upon the student's knowledge
and exertions.
All students desiring to graduate from this school are required to
pursue this course during the Junior and Senior years.
Students will be furnished with all necessary apparatus and
material, but will be required to pay for all breakage or damage to
apparatus while in their possession.
TUITION.
The fee for tuition is (75 for each year, of which $50 is payable on or
before OCtober i, and the remainder on or before January 10. There
are no extra fees whatever, but for each laboratory course in chem-
istry or practical pharmacy there is required a deposit of $3 to cover
breakage and to insure the return of all keys at the close of the
session. This sum (breakage, if any, deduced) is returned to the
student on presentation of the certificate of the professor in charge of
the laboratory in question.
The above statement of fees is now in e&eSt, and will be understood
to apply to all students in the Department, entirely irrespective of the
date of matriculation.
All fees must be paid to the Secretary of the Board of R^ents,
William J. Haddock.
All students who are delinquent in the payment of tuition will be
suspended from the Department until the tuition is paid.
206 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
QUALIFICATIONS FOR GRADUATION.
Every person upon whom the diploma of this Department is con-
ferred must be of good moral charadier, have arrived at the age of
twenty-one years, have attended two full courses of le^ures, the last
one of which shall have been in this school, including two full courses
of pharmaceutical, microscopical, and chemical laboratory pradlice,
and shall pass satisfadory written examinations in all the branches
taught in this school, when he shall be entitled to the degree of Grad-
uate in Pharmacy (Ph. G.).
FINAL EXAMINATIONS.
The examinations of candidates for graduation wUl take place during
the week preceding the close of the le<ftuie season.
WEEKLY EXAMINATIONS.
As auxiliary to the ledtures, the professors will hold frequent quizzes
in their respective departments, to serve as reviews of the subjedls dis-
cussed in the ledbires.
TEXT-BOOKS.
Pharmacy. — For Juniors: U. S. Pharmacopoeia, Remington's Prac-
tice of Pharmacy, National Formulary. For Seniors: All the above,
Caspari's Treatise on Pharmacy, Coblentz* Handbook of Pharmacy,
Scoville's Art of Compounding.
Chemistry. — Pharmaceutical and Medical Chemistry by Sadtlerand
Trimble.
Pharmacognosy. — Maisch's Organic Materia Medica.
Materia Medica. — White & Wilcox's Materia Medica and Therapeu-
tics, Sajrre's Organic Materia Medica and Pharmacognosy, Culbreth*s
Materia Medica and Pharmacology.
Botany. — Macbride's Lessons in Elementary Botany, Gray's or
Wood's Manual, Bastin's College Botany.
REFERENCE BOOKS.
U. S. Dispensatory, National Dispensatory, Fresenins' Analytical
Chemistry, Hoffman and Power's Examination of Medicinal Chem-
icals, Gray's Botanical Text-Book, Vol. II.
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACY. 207
BOARD.
The cost of board in clubs is from 1 1.50 to I2.50 per week; in private
houses from f 2.50 to f4.oo per week. Rooms can be obtained at from
50 cents to 1 1. 50 per week for each student.
LIBRARIES.
The general library of the University is accessible to students of all
departments during eight hours of every week-day. Books may also
be drawn for outside use.
One hundred and sixty American and European periodicals are
taken, and are kept upon the tables of the reading-room throughout
the year.
For further particulars address Emil L. Boemer, Dean of the Depart-
ment of Pharmacy, Iowa City, Iowa.
DEGREES CONFERRED JUNE, 1898.
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT.
MASTER OF ARTS.
Freeman, Mae A., Ph. B. Merritt, Fred D, B. S.
Hilsinger, Geoi^ge E., A. B. Watt, W. G., A. B.
MASTER OP SCIENCE.
Bauer, George N., B, S. Lorenz, C. F., B. S.
#
Hartman, R. T., B. S. Savage, T. E., B. S.
Thompson, G. F., Ph. B.
BACHElfOR OP ARTS.
Brown, Samuel J. Morton, Mary Gertrude
Gabriel, Jennie May Oleson, Die N.
Gonwick, Clara Otto, Ralph
Hatch, Daisy Eleanore Sharpe, James Joseph
Hilsinger, Margaret L. Smith, Carsten C.
HoUingsworth, Frank Veblen, Oswald
Homibrook, Mary Weed, Fredmund Carson
Jacobs, Marcia A. Williams, Mark Wayne
McCurdy, Lena Adelaide Williams, Fred Paul
BACHEI«OR OP PHU^OSOPHY.
Anderson, Theodore Carter, George Henry
Barker, William Lloyd Clayton, Joseph Ellsworth
Beardsley, John Cobb, Clyde Beryl
Blume, Fred H. Coldren, May Belle
Brusie, Ida M. Copeland, Edwin Grant
Carroll, Nancy Grace Corlett, Jessie M.
GRADUATES.
209
Denny, Alden Ray
Dunham, Martha Aurilla
Emry, Martha Elva
Eustis, Carl
Frailey, Joseph Robinson
Golden, Ethel Rose
Hastings, Jessie Pearle
Holsteen, Frederick Sophus
Horine, Ora Huntington
Hulsebus, Elizabeth J.
Humphrey, Maude
Kearwille, Elizabeth
Kelley, Mary Celestia
Kriechbaum, Ida Elizabeth
Lenocker, Francis E.
Irindeman, Frank
Welty,
Lodwick, Libbie
Lowman, Minerva M.
Lytle, Mary
Northey, Delia Frances
Otto, Joseph Max
Paxson, Ruthana
Frail, John Cornelius
Preston, Gertrude Elaine
Rea, George Morris
St. John, Maud
Smith, Ralph J.
Smith, William Avery
Soleman, Fred Armstrong
Swisher, Leonard Alonzo
Taylor, Herbert Edward
Weinrich, Herman P.
Ira Carlton
BACHBI<OR OP SCISNCS.
Anderson, Robinson Gregg
Hilpert, Meier George
Hobby, Edwin Elmer
Stull, Wilfred N.
Werthmueller, Ferdinand R.
Whitacre, Grace
BACHBI«OR OF SCIENCE IN CIVII, ENGINEERING.
Johnson, Maro
BACHEI«OR OF SCIENCE IN EI^ECTRICAI, ENGINEERING.
Saylor, Earl Clarence
BACHBl«OR OP DIDACTICS.
Maxson, Charles H.
SPECIAI^ CERTIFICATE IN GERMAN.
Hulsebus, Elizabeth J. Kearwille, Elizabeth
210
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
I^AW DEPARTMENT.
BACHBI«OR OP I«AWS.
Allen, George K.
Anderson, Theodore
Ashe, Thomas G.
Baker. Irving W., Ph. B.
Baker, Jesse C, Jr.
Barrett, Will L.
Bawden, Stephen P.
Beard, Henry C.
Bliven, George H.
Brewster, Geoi^ge F.
Bronner, George A.
Bruce, James
Bushyager, Henry B.
Clark, Charles W., Ph. B.
Clements, Frank H., Ph. B.
Coad, James C.
Cobb, Dennis J.
Cosson, George W.
Davis, Walter M., Ph. B.
Draper, William H.
Dunlap, Ralph L.
Dnrbin, Fred
Dykins, Charles W.
Evemneyer, Louise
Fry, Joseph H.
Fuller, Homer, A.
Grattan, Paul H., B. S.
Green, George A.
Hall, James C.
Hamann, Albert W., A. B.
O'Connor, Frank A.
O'Connor, Maurice, B. D.
Plum, WiUiam M.
Popham, R. G., A. B.
Price, George M., Ph. B.
Resser, Burt C, A. B.
Rollins, Richard R., B. S.
Sharp, Edward F.
Shure, William H.
Skewis, Edward J.
Smith, William A., B. S.
Hanley, Peter J.
Hanson, Harry W., Ph. B.
Harrison, Albert D.
Head, Roscoe C.
Hering, James C
Hilsinger, Geoi^ge E., Ph. B.
Hoffman, Arthur
Horton, Frank J.
Hughes, Samuel J.
Hull, John E., Ph. B.
Hyndman, John A.
Kellogg, Charles F.
Kelly, William F.
Klingenberg, Theodore W.
Komarek, Edward W.
Krause, Oscar
Larrabee, Frederic, Ph. B.
Lee, Thomas F., A. B.
Lewis, Burton K.
Liffring, John D.
Livick, Ernest
Long, Frank K., B. D.
McGuire, Augustine J.
GRADUATES.
211
McNeil, Harry H., A. B.
Mather, Charles B.
Maxwell, Ezra A., B. S.
Meister, Melvin G.
Meyers, Joseph H., B. Agri.
Murphy, Charles W.
Newbold, Willis B.
Spensley, Robert W.
Swords, George W.
Tyer, Henry W., B. S.
Wagner, Henry F.
Warner, Thomas F., Ph. B.
Watkins, Samuel R., Ph. B.
Watt, Walter G., A. B.
Weed, Howard T.
Welty. Bert B.
Williams, Joe
Wyckoff, Clarence S., B. S.
Youker, Dewitt T.
DEGREES CONFERRED MARCH, 1899.
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT.
DOCTOR OP MKDICINS.
Gardner, John Raphal Lewis, Charles Ball
HOMOEOPATHIC MEDICAI, DEPARTMENT.
DOCTOR OP MSDICINB.
Abbott, Edward C.
Blackstone, Bigelow P.
Calkins, Fred B.
Carver, Harry E., M. S.
Davis, Metta E.
Marble, Pearl L.
McCabe, Fordyce
Metzinger, John J.
Smith, Estella C.
NURSES.
Waitc, Carrie I.
212
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
DENTAL DEPARTMENT.
DOCTOR OF DBNTAI, SURGERY, MARCH, 1898.
Barrera, Isaac
Beam, Frank N.
Bingham, Frederick Nathan
Bradley, William Oscar
Brock, Herbert Bruce
Brooks, George
Brown, Curtis Henry
Brown, Sim Chaney
Calhoun, Joseph Farrar
Crandall, Walter Gove
Davis, Walter Arthur
Daugherty, James Bertis
Deetkin, Julius Charles
Dillinger, Hanna
Eickelberg, George Charles
Eichar, Cora Leone
Fawkes, Charles James
Fickes, Josiah Barton
Gable, John Carlton
Gary, Arthur George
Grafton, Charles Warwick
Godlove, George Wesley
Hall, Robert W.
Hayes, Clinton LeGrande
Henle, Mathias Francis
Hirons, Jennie
Hollenbeck, Chas. Dighton
Hood, Gueme Tuttle
Hope, Bird Norris
Johnson, Francis Alexander
Wood,
Joslin, Walter Trich
Keeler, Howard Denton
Kinsley, Jason Daniel
Lambert, Nella Maxwell
Lawton, Ernest John
Leech, Charles Sloan
Leigh, Lloyd Charles
Lillibridge, William Otis
Lindsay, Clayton Bums
McClelland, Freeman
McClanahan, William B.
McKee, John Wesley
Meis, Herman James
Miller, William C.
Morrow, Burton Allen
^ZKy Mahlon D.
Patton, Jefferson Hollister
Read, William M.
Reynard, May
Rice, James Kinlon
Rundroff, Arthur H.
Sensibaugh, William Chandler
Starbuck, Adelbert W.
Sutton, Harry Burse
Tinker, E. Fay
Torrance, Charles Anderson
Truax, Frederick Elmer
Webb, John Everett
Weikert, William Henry
Wells, Frederick Paine
George Leroy
DOCTOR OP DBNTAX« SURGERY, JUNB, 1898.
Decker, Herbert M. Haley, Frank Richardson
Weymouth, Ida
GRADUATES. 218
DEPARTMENT OF PHARMACY.
GRADUATB IN PHARMACY.
Ashford, George Washington Junger, William Fred
Barr, Henry James lyePevre, Louis Kountz
Benham, I^ewis Albert Mittvalsky, Edward Charles
Conry, William I^eRoy Nichols, Fred Claudius
Dabney, Maurice John SchaumloefFel, Marie Berenice
Delaney, Jerry C. ' Schnier, John Valentine
Hieber, Harvey George Swan, Wallace Cantwell
COLLEGIATE DEPARTMENT.
GRADUATE STUDENTS.
CANDIDATES FOR THE DOCTOR'S DEGRHK.
Menitt, Fred D, B. S., A. M., Political Economy, Comp. Const
Law.
Stookey, Stephen W., B.S., M.S., Zoology, Botany.
RESIDENT CANDIDATES FOR THE MASTER'S DEGREE.
Anderson, Fannie E. Parker, B. S., U. S. Government, Sociology.
Anderson, Robinson Gregg, B. S., U. S. Government, Sociology.
Anderson, Theodore, Ph. B.,
Bowman, Charles H., Ph. B.,
Burge, Albertus J., B. S.,
Butler, Maud B., Ph. B.,
Dilley, Wesley, Y., Ph. B.,
Dorcas, Herbert C, Ph. B.,
Easton, Burton Scott, B. S.,
Ensign, Forest C, Ph. B.,
Fracker, George C, Ph. B.,
Hatch, Daisy Eleanore, A. B.,
Hensel, Blanche Alice, Ph. B.,
Horack, Frank E., Ph. B.,
Seymour, Libbie, A. B.,
Shimek, Bohumil, C. E.,
Stull, Wilfred N., B. S.,
Sturm, Frederic Bernard, A. B.,
Thorn, Clifford J., A. B.,
Comp. Const. Law, Political
Science.
Physics, Mathematics.
Morphology, Zoology.
History, French.
Political Economy, Government.
Pedagogy, Psychology.
Mathematics, Astronomy.
Sociology, Pedagogy.
Pedagogy, Psychology.
English, French.
Latin, Roman Antiquities.
Comp. Const. Law, Philosophy.
Pedagogy, Sociology.
Botany, History.
An. Chemistry, Oigan. Chem.
German, History.
Comp. Const. Law, Political
Philosophy.
COLLEGIATE ENROLLMENT.
215
NON-RKSIDHNT CANDIDATES FOR THB MASTER'S DEGREE.
Baker, Irving W., Ph. B.,
Bartsch, Paul, B. S.,
Political Philosophy, U. S. History.
Ornithology, Conchology.
Beckman, Frederick W., Ph. B., Government, American History.
Bettenga, Everett P., Ph. B., German, Pedagogy.
Briggs, George N., A. B.,
Brown, Florence E., Ph. B.,
Brown, S. Joe, A. B.,
Cameron, John E., B. S.,
Churchill, D. B., Ph. B.,
Clayton, Joseph E., Ph. B.,
Clone, R. B., Ph. B.,
Fitzpatrick, Mary L.t B. S.,
Fitzpatrick, Thomas J., B. S.,
Pedagogy, U, S. Government.
Abnormal Psychology, Anhnal
Morphology.
Pedagogy, Psychology.
Botany, Zoology.
Sociology, History.
Geology, Morphology.
Mediaeval History, Economics.
Botany, French.
Botany, Geology.
Hamilton, Arthur S., B. S., M. D., Abnormal Psychology, Speculative
Zoology.
Comp. Const. Law, Modem History
Sociology, History.
Greek Philosophy, Greek History.
Political Science, Psychologfy.
Chemistry, Mathematics.
U. S. History, Comp. Const. Law.
Geology, Botany.
Hanks, John, A. B., B. D.,
Hearst, W. L., Ph. B., M. D.,
Humphrey, Maude, Ph. B.,
Ink, Raymond P., B. C. E.,
Jackson, Lester T., B. S.,
Keeler, W. C, Ph. B.,
Lenocker, Francis E., Ph. B.,
McAlvin, James G., Ph. B., M. D. Sociology, History.
Meissner, John, Ph. B.,
Parsons, Louis A., A. B.,
Paxson, Susan B., Ph. B.,
Reever, W. H., Ph. B.,
Rigg, G. B., B. S.,
Sayers, S. Jefferson, Ph. B.,
Schlenker, Carl, A. B.,
Shephard, H. H., A. B.,
Smith, Charles L., A. B.,
Pedagogy, Political Economy.
Physics, Mathematics.
Pedagogy, Latin.
U. S. History, Political Science.
Botany, Morphology.
U. S. History, Administration.
German Classic Drama, History of
Prussia.
Economics, U. S. History.
Central America Plants, History of
Botany.
Stevenson, Marcia Jacobs, A. B., English, American History.
216 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
Thompson, L,. L., A. B., History, Principles of the U. S.
Government.
Williams, H. P., A. B., Ethics, Economics.
RESIDBNT GRADUATES NOT CANDIDATES FOR AN ADVANCED
DEGREE.
Allin, Norra, Ph. B.
Bailey, Charles H., B. S.
Barrett, Mary E., Ph. B.
Brown, Charles Snmner, A. B., (Rochester Uniyersity . )
Cavanagh, Lucy, Ph. B.
Coldren, May Belle, Ph. B.
Donohoe, Anthony P., B. S.
Hammond, Juliet. A. B., (Smith College.)
Harney, Helen M., A. M.,
Holmes, M. Roberta, A. M.
Holsteen, Fred S., Ph. B.
Hughes, Louise E., A. M.
Lodwick, lyibbie. Ph. B.
Neff, Mary Lawson, Ph. B.
Rankin, Evangeline, Ph. B.
Rankin, Luella C, Ph. B.
Savage, Thomas E., M. S.
Smith, Arthur G., A. M.
Smith, Grace Partridge, A. B.
Smith, Ralph J., Ph. B.
Stevenson, S. K., Ph. B.
Thomas, B. Frank, Ph. B.
Teeters, Wilber John. M. S., (University of Michigan.)
Veblen, Oswald, A. B.
Weed, Fredmund C, A. B.
Wickham, Bessie, A. M.
Wickham, Kate, Ph. B.
Zimmerman, Amy, A. B.
COI<LEGIATE ENROLI^MENT.
217
SENIOR CI^ASS.
NAME.
COURSE.
RESIDENCE.
Adams, Georgia
Ph.
Solon.
Balle» Julius E.
Ph.
Denison.
Barber, Nathan Brainerd
Civ. Eng.
Iowa City.
Barclay, Wade Crawford
CI.
Tiffin.
Blackmore, Ralph Davis
Sc.
Aplington.
Blum, Bertha M.
CI.
Sioux City.
Bowman, Ernest Charles
Civ. Eng.
Solon.
Bowman, John Gabbert
CI.
Davenport.
Bradley, Charles C.
CI.
Council Bluffs
Brink, Prank N.
Ph.
Atlantic.
Brush, William Burritt
CI.
Ottumwa.
Burt, Alfred James
Ph.
Emmetsbutg.
Chamberlain, Park
Ph.
Wyoming.
Chase, Will B.
Sc.
Des Moines.
Clapp, Helen I^ila
Ph.
Shelby.
Clements, Melville Fisk
Civ. Eng.
Agency.
Coad, Harry Elmer
Ph.
Mt. Union.
Codner, Prances T.
Sc.
New London.
Curtis, Maurice Leonard
CI.
Knoxville.
Dalbey, Irvine J.
Sc.
Olin.
Dean, Ray H.
Sc.
Muscatine.
Dey, Ann Hull
Ph.
Iowa City.
Katon, Ernest T.
Ph.
Manchester.
Eby, Moray L.
Sc.
Adair.
Ehret, Anna Lillian
Ph.
Iowa City.
Eustis, Carrie Luella
Ph.
Stuart.
Fee, Louis Waller
Sc.
Monmouth.
Foster, Mabel Marcella
Ph.
Iowa City.
Freligh, Clarence Neil
Sc.
New Sharon.
Garrett, Charles Reece
CI.
Troy.
Gilchrist, Helen Cox
Ph.
Iowa City.
Graff, Lulu A.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Greeley, Lennie Mabyn
Ph.
Iowa City.
Green, Ellen Cecelia
CI.
Sioux City.
218
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMK.
COX7SSS.
RKSTDBNCS.
Ham, John Webb
Sc.
Iowa City.
Hawk, Ira Tapper
CI.
Maple Grove.
Hearst, Mamie Francis
Ph.
Cedar Falls.
Holt, John Wesley
CI.
Swedesburg.
Horack, H. Claude
Ph.
Iowa City.
Howard, John R.
a.
Indianola.
Howard, Libbie C.
Ph.
Je£ferBon.
Hull, Elmer Clapp
Ph.
Iowa City.
Humphrey, Charles William
Ph.
Winterset.
Jackson, James Macomber
CI.
Orient.
Jarvis, Calvin W.
Ph.
*
Iowa City.
Jayne, Eben Hay
Civ. Eng.
Iowa City.
Jones, Lillian
Ph.
Iowa City.
Kemmerer, T. Wilbert
Sc.
Eldridge.
Lambert, J. J.
Ph.
Cedar Falls.
Lancaster, Henry Hay
Ph.
AUerton.
Larrabee, Helen
Ph.
Clermont.
Latta, Frank Rlwyn
CI.
Washington.
Lee, Leslie Parvin
Ph.
Iowa City.
Lewis, Charles Levi
Ph.
Cambridge.
Loomis, William W.
Ph.
Clermont.
Lorenz, Max Otto
CI.
Burlington.
Louis, John Jay
Ph.
Harlan.
McCormick, John Bernard
CI.
Churdan.
McCurdy, Ralph Bruce
Ph.
Oskaloosa.
MacFarland, Winifred
Ph.
Columbus Junction,
Miller, James Franklin
Civ. Eng.
Strawberry Point
Morris, William Robert
Ph.
Cotter.
Mosuat, H. Roy
Ph.
Belle Plaine.
Mueller, Herman August
Ph.
McBride.
Myers, Milfred
Ph.
Rockford, 111.
Myers, Perry C.
Sc.
Williamsburg.
Nelson, John Silford Florid
Ph.
Madrid.
Ogden, John Francis
Ph.
Pleasanton.
Owen, Erza Lois
Ph.
Iowa City.
Patterson, James G.
Ph.
Leighton.
COLI<EGIATE ENROI<LMENT.
219
NAMH.
Peet, Ddbert C.
Rea, Ralph Randolph
Riggs, Hattie
Roberts, Anna E.
Robinson, Jessie
Safley, Agnes Isabel
Schenk, Erwin
Seeds, Sara Ethel
Seymour, Edith Maria
Shaffer, Nina R.
Shellenbetger, Emma F.
Smith, Jay
Smith, Tillman
Sogard, John
Startsman, Charles Wentworth
Stober, Antonie J.
Stotts, J. H.
Stover, George E.
Swisher, Benjamin Franklyn
Thorbum, Andrew I/>gan
Townsend, Egbert Raymond
Watkins, Joseph Cook
Weeks, Gaylord
Weld, LeRoy Dougherty
Weldy, Morton E.
White, Eva May
White, Frank G.
White, Ivewis Rush
Wickersham, Dorothy I.
Willett, William S.
Williams, Charles Allyn
Williams, Fred Almor
Williams, Mabel Clare
COURSE.
RBSIDSNCB.
Ph.
Anamosa.
Sc.
Grundy Center.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Sioux City.
Sc.
Tipton.
Sc.
Waterloo.
Ph.
Manchester.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Minneapolis, Minn.
Sc.
Hancock.
Ph.
Leon.
Ph.
Pueblo, Colo.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Brooklyn.
Sc.
Chicago, ni.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Webster.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Civ. Eng.
Iowa City.
Civ. Eng.
Denison.
Sc.
Cedar Rapids.
CI.
New Sharon.
Ph.
Maynard.
Civ. Eng.
Winterset.
Ph.
Sioux Rapids.
Ph.
Capron.
CI.
Tama.
CI.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Neola.
Ph.
Iowa City.
220
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
JUNIOR CLASS.
NAMM.
COURSE.
RBSIDBNCS.
Albert, Henry
Sc.
Reinbeck.
Allen, Henrietta F.
Sc.
Allenwood, Pa.
Andrews, L. H.
Ph.
McBride.
Angus, Haney Adelbert
Sc.
Burt.
Baker, Frank Milton
•
Ph.
Emmetsburg.
Balle, Minnie Marie
Ph.
Denison.
Barth, George D.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Baughman, Ruby
a.
Jefferson.
Beach, Carl Hoff
oc.
Cedar Falls.
Beard, William Finis
Civ. Eng.
Mt. Union.
Beck, William Edmund
Sc.
Sioux City.
Blackmore, Auzman Hodgen
Sc.
Aplington.
Bloom, Myra
Ph.
Iowa City.
Bl3rthe, Edward Ellsworth
Ph.
Williamsburg.
Boss, Clara Atwood
CI.
Cedar Falls.
Cass, Austin
Ph.
Harlan.
Chamberlain, Will W.
Ph.
Wyoming.
Childs, Hal Augustan
Sc.
I^nox.
Clearman, Hattie M.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Cogswell, Charles Herbert, Jr.
Sc.
Cedar Rapids.
Cole, Arthur Casbuni
Ph.
Waterloo.
Consigny, Eugene Frank
Sc.
Avoca.
Deems, Oren Manferd
Sc.
Burlington.
Dubai, Elinor
Sc.
Iowa City.
Eddy, Helen M.
Ph.
Marengo.
Egan, George William
CI.
California.
Fairall, Henrietta
Sc.
Iowa City.
Fairall, Herbert Snowden, Jr.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Fellingham, John H.
CI.
West Side.
Fellingham, I/)vinia Marsh
Ph.
West Side.
Person, Merton I^roy
Ph.
Frendale.
Fletcher, George H.
Ph.
Cedar Rapids.
Goettsch, Henry Max
Sc.
Davenport.
Harkness, Gordon Follett
Sc.
Iowa City.
COI.LEGIATE ENROI^LMENT.
221
NAMB.
COURSE.
RKSIDENCE.
Hartley, May M.
Sc.
Los Angeles, Cal.
Heath, Maggie May
Ph.
Iowa City.
Hensen, Louis
Ph.
Denison.
Hetzel, Clarence Charles
Sc.
Avoca.
Hoffman, William Louis
Ph.
Waterloo.
Hunt, Percival
CI.
Cedar Falls.
Hunter, Lemuel Amos
Civ. Eng.
Iowa City.
Hurst, Margaret Lillian
Ph.
Leon.
Johnson, John E.
CI.
Rock Island, 111.
Johnson, J. Edward
Ph.
Norway.
Jones, Clyde Ray
Sc.
Charles City.
Kephart, Milton Lawrence
Ph.
Shue)rville.
Kindall, Joseph W.
CI.
Onawa.
Kingland, Thomas A.
Ph.
Mt. Valley.
Klinker, P. J.
Ph.
Denison.
Knapp, Leo
Civ. Eng.
Lenox.
Lambert, Byron J.
Ph.
Cedar Falls.
Lasheck, Adelaide Elizabeth
Ph.
Iowa City.
Louis, Edmund J.
Sc.
Atlantic.
McChesney, Cornelia Ingham
Ph.
Iowa City.
McCord, Clyde W.
CI.
Iowa City.
McCutchen, Fred Clifton
Ph.
Holstein.
Macomber, Edith Katharine
Ph.
Carroll.
McReynolds, Scott
Ph.
San Bernardino, Cal
Meggers, Frank Henry, Jr.
Civ. Eng.
Dysart.
Mehaffy, James Harlan
Ph.
Morning Sun.
Mitchell, Ernest Roy
Ph.
Ottumwa.
Moulton, Mark Mills
CI.
Maquoketa.
Newbold, Belle Edna
Sc.
Hillsboro.
Ogden, Raymond Davis
Ph.
Williamsburg.
Paarmann, J. Herman
Sc.
Davenport.
Page, Clarence Vernon
CI.
Iowa City.
Page, Edna Elizabeth
CI.
Iowa City.
Phillips, Albin filackmore
Sc.
Creamery.
Pinkham, Leda
Ph.
Iowa City.
Polk, Mamie
CI.
Winterset.
222
STATE UNIVBRSITY OF IOWA.
NAME.
COURSE.
RESIDENCE.
RaU, Edward E.
CI.
Cedar Falls.
Retnley, Bertha
Ph.
Anamosa.
Remley, James Edward
Ph.
Anamosa.
Robinson, Alta Aileen
Ph.
Iowa City.
Robish, Albert Arrand
Civ. Eng.
Sumner.
Rogen, Earl Bertram
Sc.
Osage.
Saffoid, Abbie M.
Sc.
Hamilton, 111.
Safley, Margaret James
Ph.
Tipton.
Saunders, Herbert C.
Ph.
Manilla.
Scales, Elmo Richard
Ph.
Ackley.
Schoonover, George t,.
Ph.
Anamosa.
Schultz, Dorothy M.
Ph.
Burlington.
Shuck, May
Ph.
Iowa City.
Simonton, T. M.
Ph.
Sharon Center.
Speers, Albert Percy
Ph.
Iowa City.
Sprague, Edna Mabel
Ph.
Ft. Dodge.
Springer, William James
Ph.
Decatur City.
Spurgeon, Floris J.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Stockwell, Steven S.
Ph.
Waverly.
Svdtzer, I^eslie Edison
Ph.
Iowa City.
Thompson, John Morrow
Ph.
Bedford.
Twinam, M. Adelaide
Ph.
Crawfordsville.
TutUe, Stella
Sc.
Webster City.
Waite, Lillian Ethel
Sc.
Iowa City.
Way, Kathryn W.
Ph.
Britt
Webber, Charles Albert
a.
Ferris, 111.
Weinrich, Oscar L.
Sc.
Burlington.
Wells, Frank
Ph.
Miles.
Werts, Charles M.
Sc.
Russell.
Whiteker, EUis John
CI.
Davenport.
Whitcomb, Bonner *
El. Eng.
Des Moines.
Whitmore, Oara B.
Ph.
Fairfield.
Wieneke, Laura Anna
Sc.
Iowa City.
Yates, Edward Gilbert
Ph.
Williamsburg.
COI<I,EGIATE ENROLLMENT.
223
SOPHOMORE CLASS.
y
NAME.
COURSE.
RESIDENCE.
Alden, Henry F.
CI.
Davenport.
Allin, George R.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Anderson, Laura
Ph.
Iowa City.
Anthony, Charles Henry
Sc.
Iowa City.
Arnold, Henry S.
Ph.
Davis City.
Bailey, Prank Sidney
Ph.
Iowa City.
Bailey, Frederick W.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Ball, George Washington, Jr.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Bannister, Robert J.
Ph.
Ottumwa.
Barrett, Anna Moore
Ph.
Iowa City.
Benham, Bessie
Ph.
Shelby.
Birk, Levi Albert
Civ. Eng.
Anamosa.
Bloom, Blanche
Ph.
Iowa City.
Boddy, Marshall V.
Ph.
Ayrshire.
Boler, John
Ph.
Atlantic.
Bond, Perry Avery
Sc.
Sioux City.
Brackett, Otto T.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Briggs, Fletcher
Ph.
Nevada.
Brockway, Alice R.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Brockway, James Madison
Ph.
Iowa City.
Brown Clarence A.
Sc.
Sioux City.
Bnrge, Jennie
Sc.
River Jundlion.
Bnrrier, Emmett Francis
Sc.
Farmington.
Burros, James H.
a.
Winterset
Bnrton, Harry E.
a.
Onawa.
Byrnes, Ralph L.
Sc
Iowa City,
Carder, Helen L.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Oapp, Mortimer Edwy
Sc.
Shelby.
Close, Katherine 8.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Collins, Frank B.
Ph.
Grundy Center,
Collins, Roy A. Miles
Ph.
Eldora.
Conley, Agnes J. M.
Ph.
New Hampton.
Converse, Charles Crozat
Ph.
Cresco.
Cook, Roy Arthur
CI.
Independence.
224
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMB.
COURSE.
RESIDBNCK.
Cox, Clifford Vemard
Ph.
Newton.
Cushing. Edith Wylie
CI.
Davenport.
Daum, Selma
Ph.
West Liberty.
Deck, Margaret Luetta
Sc.
Oskaloosa.
Downing, Ralph V.
CI.
WeUman.
Drake, Fred Collins
Ph.
Adel.
Dye, Charles Wesley
Sc.
Macedonia.
Eaton, John Alvin
Civ. Eng.
Creston.
Parrington, Minnie M.
Sc.
Iowa Palls.
Penton, Jennie Inez
Ph.
Eldora.
Fesenbeck, J. Alvin
Ph.
Danbury.
Frank, W. C.
Ph.
Red Oak.
Gilchrist, Janet Marjorie
Ph.
Iowa City.
Gow, Annie I^uise
Ph.
Greenfield.
Gow, James Ellis
Ph.
Greenfield.
Griffith, John George
Sc.
Iowa City.
Groendycke, Clara I^uisa
Sc.
Gracehill.
Haller, Julius T.
Sc.
Davenport.
Hanson, Fr^nk F.
Ph.
Monmouth.
Hart, Sara L.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Hartman, Amelia
Ph.
Griswold.
Henry, Carl J.
Ph.
Butler, Mo.
Hershire, Mildred
. Ph.
Iowa City.
Hickenlooper, Thomas Wallace
Civ. Eng.
Albia.
Hobby, William Richard
Sc.
Iowa City.
Hoffman, Paul M.
Sc.
Muscatine.
Holbrook, Charles Ed.
Ph.
Onawa.
Hospers, John W.
Ph.
Orange City.
Howard, Alice
Sc.
Marshalltown.
Hruska, Victoria
Ph.
Spillville.
Hull, Pearl
Ph.
Iowa City.
Hurst, John Francis
oc.
Leon.
Ilgenfritz, Burr D.
Ph.
Clarksville.
Jensen, Frank Thomas
Civ. Eng.
DyaarL
Johnson, Emma
Ph.
Farlin.
Jorgenson, James Edwin
CI.
West Side.
COLLEGIATE ENROLLMENT.
226
NAME.
COURSE.
RESIDENCE.
Joy, Florence Livingston
CI.
Iowa City.
Kain, WUl E.
Ph.
Algona.
Kelley, Rita Amanda
Ph.
Iowa City.
Kingsbury, Maud Cleavela. ^
Ph.
Iowa City.
Koontz, G. Wilson
dC«
Iowa City.
Kuck, Orlando A.
Ph.
Charles City.
McCafTree, Howard A.
CI.
Waverly Jundlion
McCarthy, Mark Joseph
Ph.
Struble.
McClain, Donald
CI.
Iowa City.
McCord, Charles Joseph
CI.
Iowa City.
McCulla, Walter Philo
Ph.
Sutherland.
McDonald, Charles S.
CI.
Council Bluffs.
McElroy, Gilbert A.
oc.
Thurman.
McGee, Alice Florence
Ph.
Iowa City.
McGee, John W. B.
Ph.
Iowa City,
McKenzie, John A.
CI.
Living Springs,
McKinney, Henderson U.
Sc.
York, Kansas.
McLaughlin, Harold M.
Sc.
Mason City.
Mann, Loulu Mina
Ph.
Des Moines.
Martin, Katherine
Ph.
Iowa City.
Mauthe, Katherine
Sc.
Gracehill.
Merriau, Fred S.
CI.
Marble Rock.
Miller, Daniel Fry, Jr.
CI.
Keokuk.
Moore, William Franklin
CI.
Dale.
Moser, Edward Parker *
Ph.
Eldora.
Noland, Harry B.
Ph.
Cedar Falls.
Otto, Luda C.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Pearson, Abby B.
CI.
D3r8art.
Perkins, Celia Ethel
Ph.
Keosauqua.
Petersen, Walter H.
Ph.
^ Davenport.
Peterson, Laura Agnes
Ph.
Morshalltown.
Peterson, Nina M.
Ph.
Needles, Cal.
Porter, M. Monta
a.
Albia.
Rankin, Warren L.
Ph.
Carson.
Reed, Luther Oliver
Sc.
Burr Oak.
Remley, Arthur L.
Ph.
Anamosa.
226 STATE UNIVERSITY OI^ IOWA
t>«
NAMS.
COURSE.
RESIDENCE.
Remley, Geofge E.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Reno, Margaret
Ph.
Iowa City.
Riggs, Obie N.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Roberta, Carl Eckley
CI.
Washington.
Robinson, Claude Lyle
Sc.
Iowa City.
Rosser, Bert P.
Sc.
Troy.
Rnssell, Earl Willard
a.
Adel.
Sanders, George E.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Schlesinger, Leo R.
Sc.
Hampton.
Scott, Jesse Freer
Sc.
Eagle Grove.
Seymour, William T.
Civ. Eng.
Iowa City.
Sheldon, Benjamin It.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Sieg, Lee P.
Sc.
Marshalltown.
Slavata, Jennie
Sc.
Iowa City.
Smith, C. Horton
av. Eng.
Iowa City.
Soesbe, Clarence W.
CI.
Greene.
Sterling, Editha Hortense
Ph.
Iowa City.
Stover, Bessie E.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Stuart, Clara
Ph.
West Branch.
Sweney, Gail
Ph.
Osage.
Swisher, Esther McDowell
a.
Iowa City.
Treimer, Anna
Sc
Dixon.
Tulloss, Carolyn M.
Ph.
Iowa City. ,
Turner, Nena Belle
Ph.
Peabody, Kas.
Umberger, T. D. Terrill
Sc.
Burlington.
Warren, Madison Clyde
Ph.
Glenwood.
Whedon, Arthur D.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Wiedow, Henry
Sc.
Victor.
Williams, Samuel Clyde
Sc.
Iowa City.
Willis, Bertha B.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Willis, Faith Gertrude
Ph.
Iowa City.
COLLBGIATB ENROLUiBNT.
227
FRESHMAN CLASS.
NAMB.
COURSB.
RBSIDBNCB.
Ashby, Esther Alma
Ph.
Pilotburg.
Ashby, Eleanor
Ph.
Pilotburg.
Aahford, Charles P.
Bh.
Nevada.
Bailey, Edgar
Sc.
Charles City.
Bailey, Katherine Ethel
Ph.
Iowa City.
Baker, Mark Emery
Ph.
Iowa City.
Barber, Myrtle
Ph.
Estherville.
Bartlett, Herbert G.
Ph.
Orchard.
Bell, Everett Garfield
CI.
Milton.
Bemis, Prances Perl
Ph.
Estherville.
Benge, Nina
Ph.
Winterset.
Berry, Fred S.
Ph.
Sioux City.
Boeger, Myles
Ph.
Davis City.
Boehm, Walter Martinus
Sc.
Ames.
Bond, Ethel May
Ph.
Sioux City.
Borschel, Anna Barbara
Ph.
Morse.
Bourn, Albert
Ph.
Modale.
Brackett, Merritt
a.
Iowa City.
Branson, Lanra H.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Butler, Lindley M.
Ph.
Forest City.
Calkins, Guy Smith
Ph.
Iowa City.
Call, Roy Guyon
El. Eng.
Iowa City.
Carter, l>ila Belle
Ph.
Iowa City.
Casady, Thomas
CL
Des Moines.
Chamberlin, Elizabeth
Ph.
North Liberty,
Chantry, Elsie
Ph.
Malvern.
Chantry, Lillian
Ph.
Chesterman, Ethel
Ph.
Sioux City.
Choate, Rufus C.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Clapp, Albert Carpenter
Sc.
Shelby.
Clark, Maude Geneva
Ph.
McGregor.
Clearman, RoUen Ives
Ph.
Iowa City.
Close, Anna S.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Coast, William Oscar
Sc.
Iowa City.
228
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAME.
Cobb, Dorr Edward
Coy, Charles L.
Cronin, Elizabeth
Crowell, Charles R.
Cummings, Prank S.
Currier, Albert Moore
Darrow, J. Don
Davis, Mabel Florence
Dayton, Mellie Leona
DeKay, Alfred B.
Dorchester, A. J.
Dorland, Arthur
Dow, Blanche
Downing, Harold B.
DuBois, Walter I^ynn
Dunkel, George
Dunlap, Mary C.
Eberhart, Prank Vaughan
Eby, Robert
EUer, Chester J.
Emry, Fred Grant
Felkner, Wilma
Filer, Paul S.
Finnicum, Bert
Fish, James Wilson
Fitz, Joseph Hamilton
Fitz, Mary
Flick, Bruce J.
Ford, D. Fae
Frazier, Keith
Fry, Hayes A.
Funson, Harry S.
Geyer, Ellen
Gifford, Judge H. S.
Goettsch, Charles
Goettach, Julius
COURSE.
RESIDENCE.
Ph.
Fort Worth. Tex.
Ph.
Odebolt.
Sc.
Marcus.
Ph.
Fremont, Neb.
Civ. Eng.
Des Moines.
a.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Columbus Jun^on.
Ph.
Sioux City.
Ph.
Waukon.
Ph.
Ida Grove.
Civ. Eng.
Bellevue.
Sc.
York, Montana.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Wellman.
Sc.
RockweU City.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Sc.
Newton.
Ph.
Adair.
Ph.
Pekin.
Ph.
Brighton.
Ph.
Iowa City.
CI.
Parkersbuig.
CI.
Panora.
Ph.
Britt.
Sc.
Panora.
a.
Panora.
Ph.
Bedford.
Ph.
Manchester.
Ph.
Nevada.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Ph.
Nevada.
Ph.
Cedar Rapids.
Ph.
Nevada.
Ph.
Davenport.
Sc.
Davenport.
COLLEGIATE ENROLLMENT.
229
NAMK.
COUKSK.
RBSID9NCB.
Goldsmith, W. S.
Sc.
Trenton.
HaU, Ray Edwin
Sc.
Webster City.
Halleck, Joseph Dwight
Ph.
Vinton.
Harris, Fred E,
Ph.
Woodward.
Harvey, James P.
Ph.
Leon.
Hayler, George Rex
El. Eng.
Fort Dodge.
Haynes, Helen Olive
CI.
Centerville.
Henick, Anna G.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Hess, Sadie Murray
Ph.
Iowa City.
Holmes, Grace Maude
Ph.
W. Waterloo.
Holmes, Hugh B.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Hoover, Alden Robbins
Sc.
Muscatine.
Homibrook, Freeman H.
Sc.
Cherokee.
Houser, Paulina May
Ph.
Iowa City.
Houts, Frank
Ph.
Hamburg.
Hughes, Homer
Civ. Eng.
Iowa City.
Huntington, Harry Garfield
Ph.
Onawa.
Irvine, Albert Elmer
Ph.
Oelwein.
Jackson, Ernest Andrew
Ph.
Des Moines.
Johnson, H. C.
Ph.
Greene.
Jones, Edna M.
Ph.
Beacon.
Keerl, Harry
Civ. Eng.
Mason City.
Kemp, John Levi
Sc.
Leon.
Kinney, Ross James
Ph.
Panora.
Kirby, James P.
Ph.
Williamsburg.
Koop, Charlotte Calkins
Ph.
McGregor.
Krause, Charles S.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Laartz, C. H.
Ph.
Atlantic.
Lake, Constant Bruce
Sc.
Marengo.
Landers, John C.
Civ. Eng.
Webster City.
Lewis, Matgarette Elsie
Ph.
Harlan.
Lillibridge, William Otis
Sc.
Akron.
Linder, Emma Gertrude
Sc.
Iowa City.
Lodwick, Deca
Ph.
Eldon.
Lodwick, Maud
Ph.
Eldon.
Lowman, Stella Elizabeth
Ph.
Iowa City.
230
STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
NAME.
COUKSB.
RKSIDBNCK.
Lynch, Robert J.
Sc.
Eagle Grove.
Macbride, Jean
Ph.
Iowa City.
McCabe, Richard
Ph.
Clarence.
McCrory, S. H.
Ph.
Ireton.
McCullough, Roy D.
Ph.
Wapello.
McCutchen, Carl Richard
Ph.
Holstein.
McCutchen, James L.
Sc.
Rock Rapids.
McPerren, Rnbe
CI.
Webster City.
McKinley, Marie Cathryn GertmdePh.
Iowa City.
Macy, Clarence S.
Ph.
Add.
Manhard, Edward
Sc.
Parmington.
Mamer, Stuue
Ph.
Sharon Center.
Marsh, Richard Dana
Civ. Eng.
Marahalltown.
Martin, Thomas Edwin
Sc.
Emmetsburg.
Maudlin, Mina May
CI.
Ladora.
Mayer, Harry A.
Sc.
Leon.
Mead, Ray C.
Ph.
Wall Lake.
Meade, Edward H.
Ph.
Rockwell City
Mehaffy, Milton
Ph.
Morning Sun.
Mingus, M. Edna
CI.
Iowa City.
Moler, M. Imo
Ph.
Iowa City.
Moore, Simon E.
Ph.
Panora.
Morgan, Walter J.
Ph.
Newton.
Morrison, Cameron Swazey
CI.
Davenport.
Morse, J. Warren
a.
Osage.
Morton, Helen Louise
Ph.
Iowa Falls.
Moulton, Helen Field
CI.
Iowa City.
Mueller, Eugene P.
Ph.
Denison.
Mueller, Mary Theresa
Ph.
Iowa City.
Naftzgar, Jesse Blaine
Sc.
West Liberty.
Namur, Cecilia
Ph.
Iowa City.
Nicking, Herman
El. Eng.
Iowa City.
Nolan, Adelaide M.
Ph.
Jefferson.
Overholt, Mabel
Ph.
Iowa City.
Paarmann, Mrs. J. H.
Ph.
Davenport
Parsons, Ella Beckley
Ph.
Iowa City.
COLLEGIATE ENROLLMENT.
231
NAME.
COUR5K.
RKSIDBNC9.
Peters, Louis Gustavus
Ph,
Baldwin.
Phillips, Ray B.
Ph.
Oelwein.
Pinkham, James E.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Plock, Henrietto D.
Ph.
Burlington.
Plum, Vem
Sc.
Avoca.
Popham, Jessie
Ph.-
Williamsburg.
Preacott, Bertha Claire
Ph.
Sioux City.
Raguet, Conde LeRoy
CI.
Washington.
Randall, Frank Hall
CI.
Denison.
Randall, Van Quincy
El. Eng.
Kansas City, Mo
Remley, Alfred G.
Ph.
Anamosa.
Reppert, Emma LeMaitre
CI. .
Agency.
Resser, Jesse
Ph.
Perry.
Rich, David W.
CI.
Wayland.
Roach, Lena
Ph.
Rock Rapids.
Robb, Madge Elston
CI.
Albia.
Rule, Edward A.
Sc.
Des Moines.
Rule, Harold Vemett
Civ. Eng.
Mason City.
Scales, Alfred J.
Ph.
Ackley.
Scales, Ora E.
Ph.
Ackley.
Slemons, Edson Stuart
Ph.
Butte, Mont.
Smith, Carrie Belle
Ph.
Red Oak.
Smith, Mabel Clare
CI.
Harlan.
Smith, Maude L.
Ph.
West Liberty.
Speidel, Homer V.
Sc.
Iowa City.
Speidel, Ida Theresia
Sc.
Iowa City.
Stephenson, Winfred Norton
Sc.
Des Moines.
Storck, Arthur H.,
Ph.
DeSoto.
Storey, Leslie
Ph.
Iowa City.
Stover, Samuel K.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Sunier, Fannie Annette
Ph.
Iowa City.
Swartz, Ra3rmond H.
CI.
Creston.
Swisher, Mabel Alice
Ph.
Iowa City.
Switzer, Grace E. E.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Thode, Guy Eugene
Ph.
Stuart.
Thompson, John Wesley
Ph.
Wapello.
232
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAME.
COURSK.
RESIDBNCB.
Tuttle, T^uren Taylor
Ph.
Burlington.
Warner, Joseph Sylvester
Ph.
Leon.
Wells, lyeonard Alva
Ph.
Newton.
Whedon, A. D.
Ph.
Iowa City.
Wiley, J. Bertram
CI.
Buck Grove,
Williamson, Ralph Clinton
Ph.
Iowa City.
Wilson, I^eo Armstrong
Sc.
Marengo.
Wilson, Mamie Alwilda
Ph.
Randolph.
Woltman, Mamie Katheryne
Sc.
Iowa City.
SPECIAL STUDENTS.
NAME.
Anderson, Oscar El wood
Baker, Horace William
Belsheim, Gullik H.
Blakely, Ira Thomas
Braman, Hammond
Branjord, Berent M.
SUBJECT.
International Law.
English, Econ.
Logic, Politics.
International Law.
Civil Engineering.
International Law.
Burdick, Walter Van Buren English.
Carmichael, Joseph E.
Caswell, Clyde
Clinite, Frank E.
Crary, Frederic
Crozen,AVilliam A.
Davies, Alice R.
DeSellem, Zoe E.
Dewey, J. B.
International Law.
Pol. Economy.
Pol. Economy.
International Law.
International Law.
Hist. Education.
English.
History.
Dickinson, Lester Jesse, B. S. Politics.
Dunn, James
Edmondson, Charles H.
Edson, John Truman
Elgin, Charles H.
Erickson, Christian
Felkner, Elizabeth A.
French, Remington Fred
International Law.
Politics, History.
International Law.
Psychology.
U. S. Government.
Hist. Education.
Politics.
RKSIDBNCK.
Rochester.
Morning Sun.
Leland.
Hope, N. Dakota.
Boston, Mass.
Randall.
Davenport.
Davenport.
Marshalltown.
Independence.
Read.
Mantens, III.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
West Union.
Danbury.
Clinton.
MQton.
Blaine.
Centerville.
Inwood.
Iowa City.
Independence.
COLLEGIATB ENROLI.MENT.
233
NAMK.
Gray, Harry B.
Gnldner, I^.
Hall, Bert Elias
Hanson, William P.
Harriman, I^via
Harrison, Ella
Havner, Horace Moore
Hebel, D. A.
Heninger, Charles C.
Hindman, Minnie H.
Hobbie, I^eslie W.
Holly, William R.
Hourihan, James
Hubbard, Alice E.
Hummer, William
James, Prank M.
Jebens, Henry H.
Johnson, Joseph Oliver, M.
Johnson, Karl J.
Johnson, Oliver
Jones, Elizabeth
Joy, Adelaide Faith
Kelly, Horace Alcinous
Kramer, Anna
Landmann, Theodore
Lenz, Ada
Lenz, John G.
Littig, Amy
Lutz, Walter B., A. B.
Lynch, Thomas F.
McBeth, Robert.
McBumey, James W.
McClain, Henry G.
McCormick, William A.
Martin, Etta
Moon, Charles
SUBJECT.
International I«aw.
German.
International Law.
Politics.
English, German.
International Law.
English, Psychology.
English, Econ.
International Law.
Hist. Education.
Physics, Math.
Iowa Government.
Logic, Pol. Econ.
German.
Spanish.
English, Politics.
International Law.
Di. French.
German.
Physics.
Hist. Education.
Hist. Education.
German, Math.
German, Botany.
Politics.
English, History.
English, History.
German.
Politics.
Politics.
Politics.
Politics, History.
Greek.
Politics.
Hist. Education.
International Law.
RESIDKNCB.
Plato.
Davenport.
Corredtionville.
Williamsburg.
Iowa City.
Carthage, Mo.
New York.
Burlington.
Martinsbux^g.
Iowa City.
Hampton.
Meriden.
Mt. Pleasant.
Spencer.
Iowa City.
Greenfield.
Davenport.
Saude.
Osage.
Cedar Falls.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Burlington.
Iowa City.
Scotland, S. D.
Cedar Rapids.
Cedar Rapids.
Iowa City.
Oskaloosa.
Bamum.
Keosauqua.
Churdan.
Iowa City.
Churdan.
Iowa City.
Tipton.
234
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMK.
Moore, Thomas A.
Hunger, Robert H.
Murphy, Jerry B,
Okey, F. C.
Per^^rine, James H., A. B.
Rule, Arthur L.
Safford, Margaret
Sargent, Fred W.
Scully, George A.
Shillig, Blnora
Smith, Edward A.
Soukup, Albert F.
Steffen, William
Stimmel, Edward C.
Suhr, John C.
Tanner, John Frederick
Tanner, Mayme
Taylor, James Arthur
Teter, I/>renzo Dow
Thompson, JohnM., B. S.
Walsh, Eugene John
Watts, Seymor
Wheeler, Hamilton H.
Wheeler, I^ucien C.
Wright, Herbert R.
SUBJECT.
International Law.
International Law.
International Law.
International Law.
International Law.
International Law.
History.
International Law.
International Law.
Hist. Education.
Logic, History.
Economics.
Mech. Drawing.
Botany.
International Law.
German.
English, German.
Politics.
International Law.
International Law.
International Law.
English, German.
History.
French.
International Law.
RSSIDBNC^
West Branch.
Sioux City.
Marengo.
Coming.
Coming.
Mason City.
Hamilton, 111.
Vermillion, S. D.
Ottumwa.
Iowa City.
Omaha, Nebr.
Iowa City.
Plain View.
Iowa City.
West Side.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Bloomfield.
Knoxville.
Marion.
Clinton.
Miles.
Kankakee, 111.
Cedar Rapids.
Marshalltown.
LAW DEPARTMENT.
SENIOR CLASS.
NAMB. DECRBB. RSSIDBNCB.
Adams, Asa Allen Mason City.
B. E., Martyn College.
Ainsworth, Fanny Louise West Union.
Allen, Charles Herbert Scranton.
Anderson, Fannie E. Parker West Union.
B. S., Upper Iowa University.
Anderson, Joseph Robert Keokuk.
Anderson, Robinson Gregg West Union.
B. S., State University of Iowa.
Baker, George B. Iowa City.
BaUe, Julius Edinger Denison.
Barker, William Lloyd Cresco.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Bamer, Fred Irwin Cedar Palls.
B. D., Iowa State Normal.
Belsheim, Gullik Henry Leland.
Berry, Ernest James Alta:
Blackburn, Arthur Cresco.
Bulman, Walter Washington Waukon.
Carlson, Albert Bamt Beresford, S. D.
B. S.. Northern Indiana Normal.
Condon, Maurice Francis New Hampton.
Cooper, Francis Augustus Davenport.
Crary, Samuel Delos Mapleton.
Crookham, John Addison Oskaloosa.
Dickinson, Lester Jesse Danbury.
B. S., Cornell College.
236 STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAME. DBORBB. RKSIDBNCB.
Dilley, Wesley Young Hawaiden.
Ph. B., Cornell College.
Edson, John Troman Blaine.
Erickson, Christian Inwood.
Eustis, Carl Stuart.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Farber, Edwin U. Dayenport.
Fee, Thomas Grant Centerville.
Fehr, Elmer Lincoln Oakland.
Flynn, Leo James Dubuque.
French, Remington Fred Independence.
Haddock, Paul Stewart Bedford.
Hagander, Oscar William Keokuk.
Hall, James Frank Eddyville.
Hanley, Joseph Rhodes Muscatine.
Harrington, Timothy P. Rowan.
Havner, Horace Moore New York.
Hoag, Lindley Murray Io¥ra Falls.
Holbert, Anna Catharine Iowa City.
Hollingsworth, Frank Perry.
A. B., State University of Iowa.
Holly, William Richard Meriden.
Huebner, Charles Frederick Iowa City.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Hughes, Samuel Judson Corydon.
Johnson, Elmer Aug^tus Chester.
Kennedy, George Washington Montrose.
Korf, Henry Christopher Newton.
Letts, Dickinson Fairfield.
B. S., Parsons College.
Luken, Fernando Oskaloosa.
B. L., Oskaloosa College.
Lynch, Thomas Finn Bamum.
McBeth, Robert Ra3rmond Keosauqua.
McCord, Robert Leigh Lake City.
A. B., State University of Iowa.
LAW ENROLI^ENT. 287
NAME. DEGRBE. RESroENCE.
McKee, John William Conesville.
Macomber, Charles Coombs Carroll.
Ph. B., The University of Chicago.
Matthews, John R. Pond du Lac, Wis.
Mattison, Geoige Eaton Clinton.
Millen, Emmor Henry Earlville.
Miskimins, Sidney Irwin Baxter,
Mitchell, Oliver Holmes Vinton.
Moothart, John Solomon Primghar.
Morrison, Samuel Turner Iowa City.
Muekel, Frank Lewis Dubuque.
Munger, Robert Howe Sioux City.
Noel, Fred William Iowa City.
Paisley, Albert Alexander Burlington.
A. B., State University of Iowa.
Patterson, George Elmer Algona.
Phillips, Leon Paul Volga City.
Piersol, George Judson Rockwell.
Ph. B., Iowa College.
Prichett, Edward Fort Madison.
Rohde, Carl Adolph Davenport.
Ross, Joseph Henry Cedar Rapids.
Sargent, Amor Hartley Grundy Center.
Ph. B., Iowa College.
Shaver, Bird Alexander Red Oak.
Smith, Edward A. Omaha, Neb.
Smith, Ralph J. Iowa City.
Ph. B., State Univerrity of Iowa.
Soper, Erastus Burrows, Jr. Emmetsbuig.
A. B., Columbia University.
Strauss, Oscar Des Moines.
Ph. B., University of Michigan.
Sullivan, Daniel C. Nichols.
Talbott, Mina Grant Carroll.
Tallman, Jesse Milton Camanche.
B. S., Cornell College.
238 STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
NAMS. DBGRES. RSSIDBNCB.
Taylor, James Arthur Bloomfield.
B. S., Southern Iowa Normal.
Thorn, Clifford J. Washington.
A. B. Boston University.
Threlkeld, Delman Chariton.
Turner, Earl James Manson.
B. D., Iowa State Normal.
Underwood, Mount Vernon Jesup.
Walker, Gerald Griffin Blairstown.
Weaver, Abiam Cuthbert Colfax.
Webber, John Francis Ferris, 111.
Weed, Fredmund Casson Coming.
A. B., State University of Iowa.
Westrope, Norman Scott Harlan.
Wheelock, Theodore Morris Moline, 111.
White, Arthur Wellesley Vinton.
B. S., Northern Indiana Normal.
Williams, Augustus Bumside Ottumwa.
Williams, Keota Winona Ottumwa.
Willoughby, Hugh A. Grundy Center.
Work, Emmet Alexander Ottumwa.
A. B., Iowa Wesleyan University.
JUNIOR CLASS.
NAMB. DKGRBH. RKSn>BNCB.
Ainsworth, Album Stevens Fort Dodge.
Anderson, Oscar Elwood Avoca.
Baer, Bemice Worth Harlan.
B. D., Southern Iowa Normal.
Baker, Horace William Wapello.
Barnes, Adonis D. West Liberty.
Bander, Alpheus Germaine Elgin.
B. S., Northern Indiana Normal.
Birdsall, Maurice Clarion.
LAW ENROLLMENT.
239
NAMB. DBGRJSB.
Bittle, Thomas Washington
A. B., Cornell College.
Blakely, Ira Thomas
Boardman, Homer Norman
Borman, August Henry
Bowie, Archie G.
Branjord, Berent Marlinus
Brant, Melbon Roscoe
Brooke, Robert L.
Burt, Alfred James
Byrnes, James
Carmichael, Joseph EUicott
Caswell, C. Clyde
Clearman, Lewis Charles Wade
Clinite, Prank E.
Crary, Charles Judson
Crary, Frederic
Croxen, William Arthur
Davies, Edward Patrick
Davisson, Robert Alexander
Dayton, Charles Houghton
B. S., State University of Iowa.
Downing, William Henry
Dunn, James
Edmondson, Charles H.
Elgin, Charles Henry
Eller, Chester John
Fletcher, John
Fowler, John Charles
Gray, Harry Blanchard
Hall, Bert Elias
Hammond, Frank Earl
Hampson, Frank Christopher
Hanley, Charles Parmer
Harrison, Ella
Harvey, James F.
Hebel, David Andrew
RESIDENCE.
Lisbon.
Hope, N. D.
Nevada.
Elkader.
Iowa City.
Randall. .
Iowa City.
West Liberty.
Emmetsburg.
Waukon.
Davenport.
Marshalltown.
Iowa City.
Independence.
Lafayette, Ind.
Read.
Manteno. 111.
Floris.
Indianola.
Iowa City.
Greene.
Clinton.
Milton.
Centerville.
Hedrick.
Avoca.
Keokuk.
Plato.
Correction ville.
Hamburg.
Muscatine.
Carthage, Mo.
Leon.
Burlington.
240
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
NAMB.
Heninger, Charles C.
Hickman, James Harlan
Hirsch, Edward Louis
Holsteen, Fred Sophus
DBG&KB.
RESIDENCB.
Martinsbmg.
Chariton.
Burlington.
Burlington.
Ph. B.y State University of Iowa.
Swedesburg.
Iowa City.
Cherokee.
Mount Pleasant.
Indianola.
Spencer.
Strawberry Point
Davenport.
Iowa City.
Saude.
Holt, John Wesley
Horack, Hugo Claude
Homibrook, Edward John
Hourihan, James
Howard, John R.
Hubbard, Alice Elizabeth
Hughes, Clinton Boardman
Jebens, Henry Hans
Johnson, John Edward
Johnson, Joseph Oliver
M. Di., Iowa State Normal.
Johnson, Earl Johan
Kammerer, John
Kennedy, James A. C.
Koser, Geoige Samuel
Landmann, Theodore
Lewis, Dnstin Ephiaim
Lindquist, George Gilbert
Louis, John Jay
Lutz, Walter Blackburn
A. B., Penn College.
Lyngby, Ejnar Viggo
Exam. Juris., State University of Denmark.
McCormick, John Bernard Churdan.
McCormick, William A. Churdan.
McCurdy, Ralph Bruce Oskaloosa.
McElroy, Walter Hamilton Ottumwa.
McGee, John W. B. Iowa City.
McManus, Vincent P. Adair.
Moon, Charles Hovey Tipton.
Moore, Thomas Alton West Branch.
Osage.
Wapello.
Omaha, Neb.
Sioux City.
Scotland, S. D.
Coming.
Gowrie.
Harlan.
Oskaloosa.
Harlan.
LAW KNROLLMENT.
241
NAME.
Murphy, Jerry B.
Murphy, William Henry
Niccolls, George Howard
0*firien, John Edmund
D9GREK.
RESIDENCE.
Marengo.
Onawa.
Morning Sun.
Wankon.
Coming.
Okey, Frank Clifford
A. B., Princeton University.
O'Neil, Bernard Thomas Big Rock.
Otto, Joseph Max Iowa City.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Otto, Ralph Iowa City.
A. B., State University of Iowa.
Harlan.
Oskaloosa.
Dexter.
Coming.
Parker, Arley Vem
Parry, Alexander Clem
Percy, Allen Truman
Peregrine, James H.
A. B., Parsons College.
Poston, Leonard Sylvester
Reiley, Robert LeRoy
A. B., Knox College.
Reynolds, Hal Reede
Robinson, I. Barton
Rohde, Albert Edward
Ross, Thomas Alexander
Rule, Arthur L3mnwood
Ruymann, Adolf
Sailor, George Duiell
B. S., Comell College.
St. Clair, Charles Conklin
Sargent, Fred Wesley
Schaeffer, George Schuyler
A. B., State University of Iowa.
Scully, George William Ottumwa.
Shepard, Hugh Hurst Mason City.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Smith, Jay Hancock.
Ph. B., Iowa College.
Davenport
WapeUo.
Des Moines.
Hampton.
Davenport.
Sioux City.
Mason City.
Davenport.
Iowa dty.
Holdrege, Neb.
Akron.
Iowa City.
242
STATE UNIVBRSITY OF IOWA.
NAMB.
Snider, William PhiUp
Soukup, Albert Prank
Sperry, Bdward Smith
Stevens, Fred Leroy
Suhr, John C.
Sullivan, John Lawrence
Swiaher, Benjamin Franklin
Taylor, Herbert Edward
D8GKKB.
RBSIDBNCB.
Granger.
Iowa City.
Hamburg.
Iowa City.
West Side.
Clermont.
Iowa City.
Postville.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Teter, Lorenzo Dow Knoxville.
Thomas, Benjamin Franklin Traer.
Ph. B., State University of Iowa.
Thompson, John McCandleas
B. S., Coe College.
Thorbum, Andrew Logan
M. Di., Iowa State Normal.
Treichler, Rex Oliver
True, George Clifford
Walsh, Eugene John
Watters, Joseph Ernest
Wheeler, Hamilton Harry
Wheeler, Luden Charles
White, Lewis Rush
Whitmer, Albert Roy
Whitmer, Samuel Douglas
Wilcox, John Clinton
WUlett, William S.
Williams, Fred Almor
Wilson, William Bruce
Wright, Herbert Richard
Marion.
Iowa City.
Orient
Oskaloosa.
Clinton.
Grinnell.
Kankakee, 111.
Cedar Rapids.
Sioux Rapids.
Wilton Junction.
Wilton Junction.
Montour.
Tama.
Neola.
Moulton.
Marshalltown.
MEDICAL DEPARTMENT.
SENIOR CLASS.
NAMS.
Gardner, John Raphal
Lewis, Charles Ball, D. D. S.»
RKSIDENCK.
Iowa.
<i
PRKCSPTOR.
Faculty.
C. G. Lewis.
JUNIOR CLASS.
NAME.
RESIDBNCB.
PRECKPTOR.
Augustine, Grant
Iowa.
J. L. Augustine.
Bachman, Morris Piper
<i
J. L. Heries.
Barker, James Archie, B. Did.
C. C. Heady.
Bauer, William John
f<
E. N. Brown.
Binford, William Sherwood
If
G. W. Padgham.
Bulge, Albertus Joseph, B. S.,
«(
L. W. Dean.
Copeland, John Albert
iC
J. B. Kessler.
Corsaut, James Colvan
<i
W. S. Burrows.
Deters, Willie August
Minnesota.
Faculty.
Gray, Howard D.
Iowa.
C. C. Smead.
Hildreth, Herman Lee
<i
Faculty.
Hohenschnh, Frank Adam
i(
Faculty.
HoUenbeck, Hubert Lewis
(<
L. J. Adair.
Meis, Edward William
(<
W. L. Bierring.
Meyhaus, John Henry
i(
A. D. Hageboeck.
Neff, Mary Lawson, A. B.
i<
Faculty.
Reiter, Alfred E.
<(
H. F. Steinle.
Sloan, Arthur Neely
(t
R. E. Conniff.
Stuart, Percy Ernest
i«
A. W. Adair.
Van Gorden, Jesse Leland
i<
J. C. Davies.
Weir, Edward C.
i<
A. Weaver.
York, Nathan Albert
tc
J. C. Shrader.
244
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
SOPHOMORE CLASS.
NAME.
RBSIDENCB.
PRBCBKTOR.
Ainsworth, Willard Charles
Iowa.
E. W. Haradon.
Beach, Lena Alice
t(
Faculty.
Beach, Melville Augustus
Cf
Faculty.
Bdsheim, Andrew Gilbert
(1
G. G. Belsheim.
Bennett, Henry Sumner
Illinois.
Faculty.
Blackmore, Ralph Davis
Iowa.
E. L. Blackmore.
Brundage, Myron
f(
Facidty.
Bullock, William Elmer
ti
G. H. Cassidy.
Cantonwine, Eutellis Augustus
South DakoU
Faculty.
Cantwell, John Dalzell
Iowa.
A. W. Cantwell.
Chapman, Horace Ray
ft
H. M. McKenzie.
Cretzmeyer, Charles H.
f(
W. A. Rohlf.
Daly, Maud
ft
Faculty.
DeLespinasse, Adolph Frederick
H. **
J. F. DeLespinasse.
Dennert, Frank
11
J. R. Guthrie.
Ekblad, William, A. B.
Kansas.
Faculty.
Fairchild, Reuben Joel
Illinois.
J. S. Whitmire.
Fitzpatrick, Dennis Francis
Iowa.
Jas. Murphy.
Fisher, Evelyn Battelle, Ph. B.
i(
E. W. aark.
Frank, Carl Schurtz
it
J. C. Wihwn.
Gifford, Andrew James
South Dakota
W. H. Lane.
Hall, Elmo Allen
Iowa.
Faculty.
Harlan, Charles D.
c<
J. C. Williams.
Harold, Arthur William
II
O. P. Hanson.
Heilman, Ernest Samuel
(1
E. C. Heilman.
Hender, Alfred Baker
II
L. W. Littig.
Hews, Lewis DeWitt
II
R. H. Hews.
Hobbs, Samuel Warren, Ph. B.
ll
Faculty.
Hoyt, Benjamin
Wisconsin.
J. Simonson.
Honnold, Frederick Jacob
Iowa.
I. M. Lovett
Jarvis, Fred Jackson
II
J. L. Avery.
Jones, James Franklin, B. S.
<i
G. H. Stanger.
Kemmerer, Theodore Wilbcrt
II
C. T. Kemmerer.
Krejsa, Oldrich
«i
Faculty.
MEDICAL ENROLLMENT.
245
NAM9.
Lofgren, Emil
Logan, Fred Wallace
Logan, Jay Augustus
Long, Henry Shively
Lowry, James David
Luckey, George Miller, A. B.
McCall, Harry Kenyon
Meadows, Lawrence Harland
Meigs, Benjamin Lyle
Middleton, George McClellan
Morgan, Charles Henry
Morton, Lewis Burrows
Overholser, John D.
Peterson, August John
Pence, Roy William
Plumer, Lee Elmer
Pringle, Jesse A.
Puleston, Fred
Ramsey, Guy
Rentz, Charles Bernard
Ridenour, Joseph Elmer
Sailor, Edwin Allen
Schroeder, William
Seara, Edwin
Shaw, Robert H.
Sheldon, Benjamin L.
Smith, Lizzie
Stober, Alvin Martin
Speers, Will Frederick
Stanley, Clarence J., B. S.
Wescott, Leroy Anderson, M.
Wheat, Fred Calwell
Williams, Benjamin Gregory,
Wright, Howard Jesse
R^SIDENCS. PRECEPTOR.
Illinois. B. C. and S. L. Anderson
Iowa. E. E. Munger.
Illinois. John A. Logan.
Iowa. Faculty.
** R. Evans.
Illinois. J. E. Luckey.
Iowa. Faculty.
** E. E. Browning.
** W. A. Chapman and C. V.Artz
W. D. Middleton.
A. W. Adair.
W. M. Morton.
Faculty.
Facidty.
D. N. Loose.
A. J. Plumer.
L. A. Rogers.
A. G. Hejinian.
Jas. Murphy.
E. A. Doty.
Faculty.
J. B. Carder.
J. F. McCarthy.
Illinois. Faculty.
** Chas. Lanning.
Iowa. Faculty.
Faculty.
Faculty.
C. C. Griffin.
J. S. Love.
Did. ** A. F. Walters.
** Faculty,
B. S. ** B. F. Andrews.
** Faculty.
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
II
d46
STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
FRESHMAN CLASS.
NAMS. SKSIDKNCB.
PRBCBPTOR.
Agnew, Fred F.
Iowa.
I. Patterson.
Albert, Henry
(i
J. L. and F. W. Powers
Anderson, Harry Nathaniel
<«
S. H. Arthur.
Baer, Thomas Horatio
«i
Faculty.
Beattie, Geoi^ge Edward
((
Faculty.
Boal, Robert James
((
D. Y. Graham.
Bradley, Edwin Brace
11
Faculty.
Buell, Prank H.
(«
Faculty.
Chase, Will Bronk
(i
T. J. Priestly.
Christensen, Christen Jensen
Ci
N. M. Whitehill.
Clark, Alice May
tf
H. H. Clark.
Cobb, Henry Aaron
(<
J. E. Conn.
Coffee, Percy Elmo
<(
W. O. Coffee.
Cooper, Jay Clark
C(
J. W. Sifton.
Cummings, William Cyrus
((
L. F. Cummings
Dawson, Eddy R.
South Dakota. A. L. Peterson.
Day, William Elton
Iowa.
H. E. Day.
Dingman, Marshall Edwin
(C
R, T. Jewell.
Eaton, William H.
If
Faculty.
Edgar, Nelson
«l
J. C. Edgar.
Edwards, James Archibald
It
Faculty.
Pairall, Herbert Snowden
11
Faculty.
Pamham, Alford Jay
II
Faculty.
Piske, Edgar Ellsworth
II
W. P. Burke.
Ford, Harry Garfield
11
W. J. Williams.
Free, Samuel Pratt
II
J. H. Shipley.
Pritchel, Gottfried Constantine
IC
Faculty.
Gillett, Omer Rand, Ph. B.
Colorado.
Faculty.
Glynn, Charles Edward
Iowa.
J. M. Glynn.
Graham, Dell Ewing
11
Faculty.
Gray, John Franklin
11
S. T. Gray.
Greear, Clabe Baker
Viiginia.
Faculty.
Guldner, Ludwig Frederick
Iowa.
J. W. Crawford.
Hanake, Edward Albert, Ph. G.
14
J. C. Dennison.
MEDICAI, ENROLLMENT.
247
NAMB.
Harkness, Gordon FoUette
Hazby, Thomas Alderaon
HeUer, William Henry
Helmey, Carl Theodore
Heinen, William Clark
Henninger, Louis
Homibrook, Freeman Harding
Johnson, Charles Curtis
Jones, Henry R.
King, Clarence Joshua
Leehey, Florance Patrick
Little, Ernest Hartley
Lowrey, Claude
Lundvick, Arthur Wesley
McAllister, Fred J.
McCauliff, Guy T.
Mclntyre, Artliur Cecil
Mareah, George
Nervig, Isaac Eugene
Overmass, Sam Edward
Patterson, William Madison
Ferry, Eber Rose Butler
Pheasant, Ray Linn
Phillips, Albin Blackmore
Reppert, Lyell
Rogers, Earl Bertram
Scarborough, Bert Vergil
Schaefer, Paul Henry
Schoenig, Alfred Richard
Seashore, David Edward
Seashore, Gilbert, A. B.
Sherbon, John Bayard
Siegfriedt, John Casper Fred
Skinner, Arthur Chase
Starbuck, Thomas Davidson
Steelsmith, Daniel Clarence
RBSIDBNCB. PRBCBPTOR.
Iowa. Faculty.
*' E. Rawson and G. M. Bilmeyer.
" F. E. Loomis.
South Dakota {jP- 1; g-J2Uud.
J. W. Everhart.
Iowa.
II
Faculty.
II
Faculty.
II
W. E. Hamman.
II
Faculty.
II
O. B. McRinney.
II
Faculty.
11
F. L. Rogers.
II
C. S. James.
II
Faculty.
li
Faculty.
II
Faculty.
14
Faculty.
II
Faculty.
41
Faculty,
II
J. F. Roselle.
Illinois.
Faculty.
Iowa.
J. R. Guthrie.
Nebraska.
S. O. Whaley.
Iowa.
N. W. Phniips.
14
Faculty.
II
Faculty.
II
Faculty.
II
Faculty.
II
Faculty.
II
Faculty.
II
Faculty.
14
H. K. Baird.
II
W. L. Allen.
14
G. R. Skinner.
II
Faculty.
II
Faculty.
248
STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
NAMB.
Stephenson, Winfred Norton
Tamiaea, James Hugh
Taylor, Charles Irwin
Taylor, John Lealand
Thomas, Will Harper
TUden, William Clark, B. S.
Trail, Charles Jeptha
Vinson, Harry Warren
Voss, Otto
Walliker, Wilbur Myron
Wells, James Harlan
Wiedow, Henry
Wiley, Jesse Bertram
Yoimg, John Wray
RSSIDENCB.
PKHCEPTOB..
Iowa.
Faculty.
II
J. I/. Tamisea.
II
Pacnlty.
11
A. B. Brackett
II
Facidty.
II
W. E. Harriman.
II
Faculty.
II
Faculty.
II
J. P. Hoering.
II
Faculty.
II
Faculty.
II
Faculty.
II
Faculty.
II
J. W. and H. C. Young
SPECIAL STUDENTS.
Preligh, Clarence Neil, B. S.
Goodenough, Walter Rue
Middleton, Edward McClellan
Moulton, Louisa, A. B.
Thomer, Maurice
Werts, Charles Martel
•ni-
HOMGBOPATHIC MEDICAL DEPARTMENT.
SENIOR CLASS.
NAMB.
PRKCKPTOR.
RBSIDBNCB
Abbott, Ed. C.
J. G. Gilchrist,
Iowa.
Blackstone, B. P.
A. L. Pollard,
Iowa.
Calkins, Fred B.
R. W. CalWns,
Nebraska.
Carver, H. E., M. S.
Faculty,
Iowa.
Davis, Metta E.
C. B. Adams,
Iowa.
Marble, Pearl L.
Thofl. Phillips,
Iowa.
McCabe, Fordyce
A. C. McAllister,
Iowa.
Metzinger, John J.
Faculty,
Iowa.
Hamilton, Wm. A.
Faculty,
Iowa.
JUNIOR CLASS.
NAMB.
RBSIDBNCB
Bishop, Alfred H.
Iowa.
Carmichael, Eugene
Iowa.
Coddington, James K.
Illinois.
Eilers, Paul E.
Iowa.
Hill, Alice L.
Iowa.
Hoskins, John B.
Iowa.
Howe, Marion A.
Iowa.
Lenz, John G. (Partial)
Iowa.
McGarvey, Anna M.
Iowa.
Rorabangh, William E.
Iowa.
Schenck, Erwin
Iowa.
Winten, Rose De L.
Iowa.
260
STATE UNIVERSITY OF IOWA.
SOPHOMORE CLASS.
NAMB.
RKSIOSNCE.
Anderson, George W.
Iowa.
Baboock, Elmer
Iowa.
Blessin, Otto
Iowa.
Cross, George B.
Iowa.
Hubbard, Cheater
Iowa.
Kauffman, Edward C.
Iowa.
Kauffman, Ira D.
Iowa.
Launder, Prank T.
Iowa.
LitUe, Lowell
Nebraska.
Martin, Hobart E.
Iowa.
Maxwell, Adelbert B.
Iowa.
Musgrave, George J.
Iowa.
Parsons, Percy L.
Iowa.
Pond, Issi Otto
Iowa.
Richards, Prank 0.
Iowa.
Sarchett, George A.
Iowa.
Snitkay, Chas. J.
Iowa.
Swallum, James A.
Iowa.
Wenzelick, George J.
Iowa.
Wilkinson, Landy A.
Iowa.
Winters, Louis E.
Iowa.
PRESHMAN CLASS.
NAME.
RBSIDSNCB.
Alden, Geo. W.
Iowa.
Beattie, Geo. E. (Partial)
Iowa.
Bower, Curtis E.
Iowa.
Carolus, Walter J.
Iowa.
Clapp, Archie B.
Iowa.
Cogswell, Chas. H., Jr.
Iowa.
Cooper, Wm. A.
Iowa.
Crew, Arthur E.
Iowa.
Edmunds, Clara
Iowa.
Humeston, Prank E.
Iowa.
Jackson, James M.
Iowa.
Jerrel, Alfred B.
IO¥^.
HOMCeOPATHIC MEDICAI, HNROI^LMENT.
261
NAMS.
Klinefelter, Lewis E. (Partial)
Lathrop, William C.
McCnsky, Wm. J.
McDoweU, Gilbert T.
Page, Clarence V.
Shurtz, Oneida
White, Cheney L
Woods, Samnel, D. E.
RBSID9NCK.
Iowa.
Iowa.
Iowa.
So. Dakota.
Iowa.
Iowa.
Iowa.
Iowa.
SCHOOI. FOR NURSES.
HKAD NURSE.
Sara L. Graves.
SENIOR CLASS.
NAME.
Smith, Carrie E.
Waite, Carrie I.
Blank, Mae E.
Dunham, Elva M.
Moore, Mary P.
Conners, Jennie
Cnrran, Alma
Herrick, Nellie G.
Watkins, Mac
Ashby, Eleanor
Ashby, Esther
Coughlan, Carrie H.
Edmonds, Clara
Foster, Mabel M.
Ga3rman, Leah M.
Hull, Mrs. C. C.
Price, Mrs. M. P.
Pearson, Abby B.
JUNIOR CLASS.
PUPIL CLASS.
RKSIDKNCB.
Iowa City.
Wellman.
Walker.
Manchester.
Mt. Vernon.
West Liberty.
Washington.
Mt. Vernon.
.Des Moines.
Pilotburg.
Pilotburg.
Iowa City.
Lenox.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Iowa City.
Dysart.
DENTAL DEPARTMENT.
SENIOR CLASS.
NAMB.
Albright, L. C.
Baumer, J. B.
Booth, J. J.
Bruce, G. R.
Countrymann, C. C.
Davis, J. C.
Davis J. M.
Gardner, H. H.
Gray, L. B.
Gay, J. C.
Hannofin, T. L.
Hogan, E. M.
Johnson, O.
Keeler, C. C.
Kelley, O. R.
Kelley, T. H.
Lawrence, W. H.
hong, J, E.
I/)wry, W. D.
McGarvey, L. E.
Mentzer, C. J.
Monriss, R. E.
Oyler, W. S.
Page, R. R.
Pray, C. H.
Penney, C. L.
Seydd, S. J. K.
Stute, F. N.
RBSIDBNCB.
Primghar, Iowa.
Iowa City, Iowa.
Marion, Iowa.
Dubuque, Iowa.
Birmingham, Iowa.
Mount Vernon, Iowa.
Aledo,.Ill.
Iowa City, Iowa,
Bancroft, Iowa.
Conesville, Iowa.
New Albin, Iowa.
Stuart, Iowa.
Cedar Palls, Iowa.
Des Moines, Iowa.
Iowa City, Iowa.
Oxford, Iowa.
Armstrong, Iowa.
Mount Pleasant, Iowa.
Davenport, Iowa.
Davenport, Iowa.
Robins, Iowa.
La Plate, Mo.
West Branch, Iowa.
Iowa City, Iowa.
Vinton, Iowa.
Stacyville, Iowa.
Io¥Fa City, Iowa.
Lyle, Minn.
DENTAL ENROLLMENT.
263
NAMB.
*Swisher, A. R.
Tullis, G. F.
Warner, R. T.
Williams, R.
Willey, H. D.
Welsh, J. D.
Young, Lillian M.
RESIDENCB.
Iowa City, Iowa.
Ottumwa, Iowa.
Parkersburg, Iowa.
Council Bluffs, Iowa.
Onawa, Iowa.
New Albin, Iowa.
Whittier, Iowa.
Brown, Esther
Chesebro, M. B.
Dessaint, L. R.
Devaney, W.
Derter, C. J.
Eller, C. L.
Fairall, J. A.
Gibford, H. T.
Gore, F. A.
Griffis, T. R.
Goodenough, G. D.
Hall, E. A.
Hasek, A. M.
Holson, Alliene M.
Holson, E. R.
Kenderdine, W. H.
Knowles, A. C. *
JUNIOR CLASS.
Kuster, S. W.
McCartney, O. E.
Mentzer, J. A.
Moore, R. B.
Morris, Robt. C.
Overholt, F. E.
Parsons, C. D.
Robeson, Mary G.
Safford, Margaret L.
Seller, Agnes
Shannon, R. B.
*Swisher, A. R.
Taylor, M. H.
Thompson, D. L.
Vorwald, T.
Will, R. T.
Woolverton, Ella G.
Young, A. S.
*Allen, Henrietta P.
Benson, G. C.
Birchard, T. L.
FRESHMAN CLASS.
Bowen, D. H.
Bo3r8en, H. A.
tBoller, J. H.
* Irregular.
t Not in Attendftnce.
254
STATE UNIVERSITY OI' IOWA.
Cameron, W. J.
Cannom, W. L.
Carpenter, L. D.
Chamberlain, L.
Davis, J. A.
Davis, J. D. C.
Davis, R. K.
De Lespinasse, A. P.
Dewey, J. B.
Faber, A. J.
Ftaser, M. O.
Gilbreath, P. M.
Glass, A. W.
Godlove, L. h.
Graybeal, W.
HamU, M. P.
Hammer, W. W.
Hawes, D. R.
Hecht, R. H.
Houser, D. G. ^
♦Heizer, O. J. ^
Kier, G. P. -•^''
Lange, P. f
Lnndy, L. T.
fBialcolm, P. A.
Macfadden, C. C.
Maxon, L. J.
McCoy, T. R.
Moore, C. A.
Morton, R. A.
Morrison, J. C.
Moss, S.
Naibert, W. P.
Patterson, S. S.
Pringle, G. A.
tPenniwell, G. W.
Reed, G.
Reidy, M. J.
Rule, R. W.
Schrader, E. A.
Schaffner, G. D.
Shane, C. N.
Tilton, C. T.
tThompson, C. A.
Wait. T:
Waters, P. H.
• Irregular.
t Not in attendance.
DEPARTMENT OP PHARMACY.
SENIOR CI^ASS.
NAME.
Aflhford, George Waahington
BaiTp Henry James
Benham, Louis Albert
Conry, William LeRoy
Dabney, Maurice John
Delaney, Jerry C.
Dyhr, William
Hieber, Harvey George
Junger, William Fred
LePevie, Louis Kountz
Mittvalsky, Edward Charles
Nichols, Fred Claudius
Schaumloeffel, Marie Berenice
Schnier, John Valentine
Swan, Wallace Cantwell
RHSIDENCB.
Homer, Neb.
Vinton.
Shelby.
Waterloo.
Oakland.
Milligan, Neb.
West Branch.
Cedar Falls.
Reinbeck.
Montrose.
Cedar Rapids.
Green Mountain.
Ravenswood, Mo.
Worthington.
Morning Sun.
JUNIOR CLASS.
NAMB.
Baker, Melvin Franklin
Bender, Arthur Clarence
Benesh, Emil
Brady, Charles Francis
Carroll, Mrs. Charles H.
Cash, William Frank
Collins, Denis Francis
Cronin, Daniel Joseph
Downs, Newton Lawrence
RHSIDBNCIt.
Eldora.
Shenandoah.
Vining.
Cedar Palls.
Marcus, Wash.
Underwood.
Iowa City.
Ute.
Pender, Neb.
256
STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
NAME.
Goodnow, Harvey Adelbert
Grover, Robert Oswald
Hart, Bert
Hughes, Wilber Curtis
Kane, William P.
Koltermann, Gustave Herman
Krabiel, WUliam Qyde
Merckel, Carl Donald
Miller, Frederick William
Miller, William
Murfin, Lewis Thomas
Nixon, Andrew Wallace
Opfer, John C.
Schulze, William Joseph
Selleck, Edwin Curtis
Severin, Alfred Louis
Stansbury, Howard Erskine
Stotts, Orville David
Stump, Wilbur Henry
Welch, Arthur Brooks
Whisler, Ray Glen
Wise, Harley Louis
RSSIDBNCB.
West Union.
Central City.
Danbnry.
Lewiston, 111.
Deerfield.
Charles City.
Winterset.
Charles City.
Homestead.
Macedonia.
Ponca, Neb.
Hudson.
Waukon.
Decorah.
Onawa.
Cedar Palls.
Spencer.
Redfield.
Toledo.
Bloomfield.
Cairo.
Postoria.
SUMMARY.
CoUfHGIATS DSPA&TMBNT:
Graduate Students 88
Seniors 103
Jnniora 104
Sophomores 137
Freshmen 187
Special 79—^
Law Department :
Seniors 93
Juniors 128—221
Mbdicai. Depaktbcent:
Seniors 2
Juniors 22
Sophomores 68
Freshmen 84
Special 6 — 182
HOM<EOPATHIC MEDICAI. DEPARTMENT :
Seniors 9
Juniors 12
Sophomores 21
Freshmen 20
Nurses 19— 81
Dentai, Department :
Seniors 35
Juniors 35
Freshmen 52 — 122
Pharmacy Department :
Seniors 15
Juniors 31— 46
1350
Dedudl for names counted twice ... 67
1283
UNIVERSITY ALUMNI ASSOCIATION.
Presideiit:
N. W. Macy, C. '73, L. *75 Harlan
Vioe Presidenta:
W. L. Eaton, L. '72 Osage
CiARA Rbmi^KY, C. '76 Mason City
C. H. Burton, C. '89, I^. '95 Iowa City
Secretary:
O. A. Byinoton, C. '80, I*. '81 Iowa City
Treasurer:
Chari^SS S. Magowan, C. '84 Iowa City
Executive Committee:
Mrs. Lou Prbston, C. '73 Iowa City
W. L. Bibrring, M. '9a Iowa City
B. P. Shambaugh, C. '9a Iowa City
Advisory Committee to the Athletic Association:
E. S. Whitb, C. '94 Harlan
H. S. Richards, C '92 Iowa City
E. RussBix Smith, L. '95 Fairfield
Railroad Secretary:
S. K. Stbvbnson, C. '93 Iowa City
All graduates of the University are invited to membership. The
annual meeting occurs at 2 p. M. on Tuesday preceding Commence-
ment and the banquet at 6 P. ic. of the same day.
INDEX.
Accredited Schools, 23
Admiadon, Requirements for,
Collegiate Department, x6
Dental Department, x8x
Horn. Med. Department, 163
I«aw Department, 122
Medical Department, 154
Pharmacy Department, X98
Advanced Degrees, 99
Advanced Standing,
Collegiate, 29
Dental, x82
I/«w, X34
Medical. 156
Alumni Associations,
University, 258
Hom. Med., X76
Animal Morphology, 68, 95
Assistants' Course, Dental, 192
Astronomy, 78, X07
Athletics, xx8
Athletic Union, 1x5
BatUlion, 86
Biological Sciences. Special Courses
Jn. 33
Botany, 72, 97
Botanical CoUedtions, 109
Calendar, 3
Certificate, Admission by, 22
Certificates, Special, 37
French, 37, 45
German, 37, 43
Chemistry, 66, 94
Chemistx7, Spcdal Courses in, 33
Civil Authorities, Students and, 1x8
Civil Bngineering, 34, 78
ClassicaTConrse, 30
CUnica,
Dental Department, 190
Hom. Med. Department, 173
Medical Department, X48
Collegiate Building, New, xx9
Collegiate Department, 12
Committees, Standing, X4
Courses of Instruction, 38
Courses of Study,
Collegiate, 30
Dental, X83
Graduate, 88
Hom. Med., 165
I«aw. 126
Medical, 149
Pharmacy, X98
Debating I«eague, 115
Degrees, Advanced, 99
D^rees, Baccalaureate, 36
Degrees Conferred, June, 1898,
Collegiate Department, 206
I«aw Department, 2x0
Degrees Conferred, March, X898,
Dental Draartment, 2x2
Hom. Meo. Department, 2xx
Medical Department, 21 x
Pharmacy Department, 213
Dental Department, X79
Draughting Rooms, X07
Drawing, 79
Education, 60, 03
Ble^rical Bngineering, 35
Blearidty, 64
Blocution. 47
Bngineering,
Bledibii^i, 35
Bnglish, 45, 90J
Bnrollment.
Collegiate, 2x4
Dental, 252
Hom. Med., 249
I/aw, 235
Medical, 243
Pharmacy, 255
Summary, 257
Ethics. 56
Examinations,
Collegiate Entrance, x6, 23
Dental Preliminary, 182
I«aw Preliminary, X33
Expeditions, xxo
Collegiate, xso
Dental, X9X, X92
Horn. Med., X76
I/awj X32
Medical, 159
Pharmacy, 205, 207
PaculW,
Collegiate, X2
Dental, X79
General, 5
Hom. Med., x6i
I«aw, X2X
Medical, X39
Pharmacy, 195
Finance, 52
French, 43, 80
French, Certificates in, 37, 45
Geological Colle^ona, X09
Geology, 7X, 06
German, 41, 80
German, Certificates in, 37, 43
Gothic, 47, 90
Government and Admlnistiation, 55,
92
Graduate Courses of Study, 88
Graduates, Resident. 88, 2x4
Graduates, see De^^recs Confeyred.
Graduation, Requirements for.
Collegiate Department, 36, 99
Dental Department, 190
Hom. Med.. Department, 176
I/aw Department, X36
Medical Department, X56
Pharmacy Department, 206
260
STATE UNIVERSITY OP IOWA.
Greek, 40, 89
Gymnasium, 1x9
Hammond ijitnaxy, 131
Herbarium, 109
High Schools, Accredited, 33
Histology, 68, 95
History, 48, 90
Hom. Med., Department, i^
Hos^tals,
UnivezBity Hospital. 158
Hom. Med. Hospital, 275
Information, General, 1x3
InstrudtoTs, Collagiate, »
I«aboratoriea,
Botanical, 105
Chemical, xoa
Dental, 190
Bngineenng, X07
Geological, 104
Pharmaceutical, ao4
Physical, 109
Physiological and Morphological,
X(H
Psychological, 60, 106
I^tin,38,88
I«aw Department, X2i
I«aw Eledtives, xa9
X,e<!ture Bureau, X14
I«ibraxy of the University, 1x3
I/iw Library, 131
Dental Library, 190
Medical Library, 149
Literaiy Societies,
Collegiate, XX4
I*aw, 130
Logic, 58
Material Equipment, xoa
Mathematics. 74, 98
Medical Buildmg, 158
Medical Department, 141
Medical and Scientific Courae, 34, 155
Middle High German, 43. 89
MiliUry Science and TaSics, 84
Moot Courts, 129
Morphology, 68, 95
Museums,
Natural History Museum, iio
Medical Museum, 148
Dental Museum, X90
Musical Organizations. 1x4
Natural History CoUei^ns, X09
Normal School, Iowa State, 29
Nurses, Training School for,
Hom. Medical, 175
Medical, 160
Observatory, 107 »
OflScers, 4, 5
Old High German, 89
Old Saxon, 47, 90
Oratorical League, XX4
Organization, 11
Paleontology, 72, 96
Pedagogy, 60, 93
Pharmacy Department, 196
Philosophical Conraes, 30, 31
Philoaophy, ^ 92
BiTxiuning
xx8
Physical
Physics, 64, %•
Poutical Science, 51, 91
Pia^tioners* Course, Den. DepL 191
CoU^^te Department, X17
Publications,
University, xi6
Student, 116
Psychological Laboratory, 60, x«6
PsycholQgv, A 92
Regents, Board of, 4
Religious Bxerdses, xj8
Resident Graduates,
Resident Physicians, 159
Science, General Course in, 33
Science. Special Courses, 33
Scientinc Bzpeditiona, xio
Schedule of Studies,
Collegiate, 30
Dental, i8«
Hom. Med., 165
LawjX24
Medical, 149
Pharmacy, 198
Schools, Accredited, 23
Societies, 114, 230
Sociology, 56
Spanish, 45
Special Certificates,
French, 37, 45
German, 37, 43
Standing Committees, 14
State, University and, ix
Students, see Enrollment.
Summary, 257
Teachers' Certificates and Diplomas,63
Text and Reference Books,
Dental Department, 193
Law Department, 132
Medical Department, 151
Pharmacy Department, ao6
Theses, Law, X36
Training School for Nnxses,
University, 160
Hom. Med., 175
Tuition and Expenses,
Collegiate Department, xao
Dental Department, 191
Hom. Meal Department, 165
Law Department, 133
Medical Department, 153
Pharmacy Department, 905, 907
University and State, xi
University Extension. xx7
Young Men's Christian Aaaodation,
"5
Young Women's Christian
tion, 115
Zoological Colfeftions, xix
Zoology, 69, 96
/ J
f
f»
r
'.
}
■ K
\f^^^''^'^
'»^ «,'.
OCT i: i^i
.J
j^.
iiSf.ffi^'^^^
,^
I . ■
>
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11